diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5779-0.txt | 10892 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5779-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 184699 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5779-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 194847 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5779-h/5779-h.htm | 13549 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5779.txt | 10891 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5779.zip | bin | 0 -> 183742 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/cflow10.txt | 11147 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/cflow10.zip | bin | 0 -> 184097 bytes |
11 files changed, 46495 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/5779-0.txt b/5779-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e06091f --- /dev/null +++ b/5779-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10892 @@ +Project Gutenberg’s The Crushed Flower and Other Stories, by Leonid Andreyev + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Crushed Flower and Other Stories + +Author: Leonid Andreyev + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5779] +Posting Date: March 26, 2009 +Last Updated: October 31, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER *** + + + + +Produced by Jarrod Newton + + + + + + + + +THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER STORIES + + +By Leonid Andreyev + +Translated by Herman Bernstein + + + + + +CONTENTS + + The Crushed Flower + A Story Which Will Never Be Finished + On the Day of the Crucifixion + The Serpent’s Story + Love, Faith and Hope + The Ocean + Judas Iscariot and Others + “The Man Who Found the Truth” + + + + + +THE CRUSHED FLOWER + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +His name was Yura. + +He was six years old, and the world was to him enormous, alive and +bewitchingly mysterious. He knew the sky quite well. He knew its deep +azure by day, and the white-breasted, half silvery, half golden clouds +slowly floating by. He often watched them as he lay on his back upon the +grass or upon the roof. But he did not know the stars so well, for he +went to bed early. He knew well and remembered only one star--the green, +bright and very attentive star that rises in the pale sky just before +you go to bed, and that seemed to be the only star so large in the whole +sky. + +But best of all, he knew the earth in the yard, in the street and in the +garden, with all its inexhaustible wealth of stones, of velvety grass, +of hot sand and of that wonderfully varied, mysterious and delightful +dust which grown people did not notice at all from the height of their +enormous size. And in falling asleep, as the last bright image of the +passing day, he took along to his dreams a bit of hot, rubbed off stone +bathed in sunshine or a thick layer of tenderly tickling, burning dust. + +When he went with his mother to the centre of the city along the large +streets, he remembered best of all, upon his return, the wide, flat +stones upon which his steps and his feet seemed terribly small, like +two little boats. And even the multitude of revolving wheels and horses’ +heads did not impress themselves so clearly upon his memory as this new +and unusually interesting appearance of the ground. + +Everything was enormous to him--the fences, the dogs and the people--but +that did not at all surprise or frighten him; that only made everything +particularly interesting; that transformed life into an uninterrupted +miracle. According to his measures, various objects seemed to him as +follows: + +His father--ten yards tall. + +His mother--three yards. + +The neighbour’s angry dog--thirty yards. + +Their own dog--ten yards, like papa. + +Their house of one story was very, very tall--a mile. + +The distance between one side of the street and the other--two miles. + +Their garden and the trees in their garden seemed immense, infinitely +tall. + +The city--a million--just how much he did not know. + +And everything else appeared to him in the same way. He knew many +people, large and small, but he knew and appreciated better the little +ones with whom he could speak of everything. The grown people behaved +so foolishly and asked such absurd, dull questions about things that +everybody knew, that it was necessary for him also to make believe that +he was foolish. He had to lisp and give nonsensical answers; and, of +course, he felt like running away from them as soon as possible. +But there were over him and around him and within him two entirely +extraordinary persons, at once big and small, wise and foolish, at once +his own and strangers--his father and mother. + +They must have been very good people, otherwise they could not have been +his father and mother; at any rate, they were charming and unlike other +people. He could say with certainty that his father was very great, +terribly wise, that he possessed immense power, which made him a person +to be feared somewhat, and it was interesting to talk with him about +unusual things, placing his hand in father’s large, strong, warm hand +for safety’s sake. + +Mamma was not so large, and sometimes she was even very small; she was +very kind hearted, she kissed tenderly; she understood very well how he +felt when he had a pain in his little stomach, and only with her could +he relieve his heart when he grew tired of life, of his games or when he +was the victim of some cruel injustice. And if it was unpleasant to cry +in father’s presence, and even dangerous to be capricious, his tears +had an unusually pleasant taste in mother’s presence and filled his soul +with a peculiar serene sadness, which he could find neither in his games +nor in laughter, nor even in the reading of the most terrible fairy +tales. + +It should be added that mamma was a beautiful woman and that everybody +was in love with her. That was good, for he felt proud of it, but that +was also bad--for he feared that she might be taken away. And every time +one of the men, one of those enormous, invariably inimical men who were +busy with themselves, looked at mamma fixedly for a long time, Yura felt +bored and uneasy. He felt like stationing himself between him and mamma, +and no matter where he went to attend to his own affairs, something was +drawing him back. + +Sometimes mamma would utter a bad, terrifying phrase: + +“Why are you forever staying around here? Go and play in your own room.” + +There was nothing left for him to do but to go away. He would take a +book along or he would sit down to draw, but that did not always help +him. Sometimes mamma would praise him for reading but sometimes she +would say again: + +“You had better go to your own room, Yurochka. You see, you’ve spilt +water on the tablecloth again; you always do some mischief with your +drawing.” + +And then she would reproach him for being perverse. But he felt worst of +all when a dangerous and suspicious guest would come when Yura had to +go to bed. But when he lay down in his bed a sense of easiness came +over him and he felt as though all was ended; the lights went out, life +stopped; everything slept. + +In all such cases with suspicious men Yura felt vaguely but very +strongly that he was replacing father in some way. And that made him +somewhat like a grown man--he was in a bad frame of mind, like a grown +person, but, therefore, he was unusually calculating, wise and serious. +Of course, he said nothing about this to any one, for no one would +understand him; but, by the manner in which he caressed father when he +arrived and sat down on his knees patronisingly, one could see in the +boy a man who fulfilled his duty to the end. At times father could not +understand him and would simply send him away to play or to sleep--Yura +never felt offended and went away with a feeling of great satisfaction. +He did not feel the need of being understood; he even feared it. At +times he would not tell under any circumstances why he was crying; at +times he would make believe that he was absent minded, that he heard +nothing, that he was occupied with his own affairs, but he heard and +understood. + +And he had a terrible secret. He had noticed that these extraordinary +and charming people, father and mother, were sometimes unhappy and +were hiding this from everybody. Therefore he was also concealing his +discovery, and gave everybody the impression that all was well. Many +times he found mamma crying somewhere in a corner in the drawing room, +or in the bedroom--his own room was next to her bedroom--and one night, +very late, almost at dawn, he heard the terribly loud and angry voice of +father and the weeping voice of mother. He lay a long time, holding his +breath, but then he was so terrified by that unusual conversation in the +middle of the night that he could not restrain himself and he asked his +nurse in a soft voice: + +“What are they saying?” + +And the nurse answered quickly in a whisper: + +“Sleep, sleep. They are not saying anything.” + +“I am coming over to your bed.” + +“Aren’t you ashamed of yourself? Such a big boy!” + +“I am coming over to your bed.” + +Thus, terribly afraid lest they should be heard, they spoke in whispers +and argued in the dark; and the end was that Yura moved over to nurse’s +bed, upon her rough, but cosy and warm blanket. + +In the morning papa and mamma were very cheerful and Yura pretended that +he believed them and it seemed that he really did believe them. But that +same evening, and perhaps it was another evening, he noticed his father +crying. It happened in the following way: He was passing his father’s +study, and the door was half open; he heard a noise and he looked in +quietly--father lay face downward upon his couch and cried aloud. There +was no one else in the room. Yura went away, turned about in his room +and came back--the door was still half open, no one but father was in +the room, and he was still sobbing. If he cried quietly, Yura could +understand it, but he sobbed loudly, he moaned in a heavy voice and his +teeth were gnashing terribly. He lay there, covering the entire couch, +hiding his head under his broad shoulders, sniffing heavily--and that +was beyond his understanding. And on the table, on the large table +covered with pencils, papers and a wealth of other things, stood the +lamp burning with a red flame, and smoking--a flat, greyish black strip +of smoke was coming out and bending in all directions. + +Suddenly father heaved a loud sigh and stirred. Yura walked away +quietly. And then all was the same as ever. No one would have learned of +this; but the image of the enormous, mysterious and charming man who +was his father and who was crying remained in Yura’s memory as something +dreadful and extremely serious. And, if there were things of which he +did not feel like speaking, it was absolutely necessary to say nothing +of this, as though it were something sacred and terrible, and in that +silence he must love father all the more. But he must love so that +father should not notice it, and he must give the impression that it is +very jolly to live on earth. + +And Yura succeeded in accomplishing all this. Father did not notice that +he loved him in a special manner; and it was really jolly to live on +earth, so there was no need for him to make believe. The threads of his +soul stretched themselves to all--to the sun, to the knife and the cane +he was peeling; to the beautiful and enigmatic distance which he saw +from the top of the iron roof; and it was hard for him to separate +himself from all that was not himself. When the grass had a strong and +fragrant odour it seemed to him that it was he who had such a fragrant +odour, and when he lay down in his bed, however strange it may seem, +together with him in his little bed lay down the enormous yard, the +street, the slant threads of the rain and the muddy pools and the whole, +enormous, live, fascinating, mysterious world. Thus all fell asleep +with him and thus all awakened with him, and together with him they +all opened their eyes. And there was one striking fact, worthy of the +profoundest reflection--if he placed a stick somewhere in the garden +in the evening it was there also in the morning; and the knuckle-bones +which he hid in a box in the barn remained there, although it was dark +and he went to his room for the night. Because of this he felt a natural +need for hiding under his pillow all that was most valuable to him. +Since things stood or lay there alone, they might also disappear of +their accord, he reasoned. And in general it was so wonderful and +pleasant that the nurse and the house and the sun existed not only +yesterday, but every day; he felt like laughing and singing aloud when +he awoke. + +When people asked him what his name was he answered promptly: + +“Yura.” + +But some people were not satisfied with this alone, and they wanted to +know his full name--and then he replied with a certain effort: + +“Yura Mikhailovich.” + +And after a moment’s thought he added: + +“Yura Mikhailovich Pushkarev.” + + + +CHAPTER II + + +An unusual day arrived. It was mother’s birthday. Guests were expected +in the evening; military music was to play, and in the garden and upon +the terrace parti-coloured lanterns were to burn, and Yura need not go +to bed at 9 o’clock but could stay up as late as he liked. + +Yura got up when all were still sleeping. He dressed himself and jumped +out quickly with the expectation of miracles. But he was unpleasantly +surprised--the rooms were in the same disorder as usual in the morning; +the cook and the chambermaid were still sleeping and the door was closed +with a hook--it was hard to believe that the people would stir and +commence to run about, and that the rooms would assume a holiday +appearance, and he feared for the fate of the festival. It was still +worse in the garden. The paths were not swept and there was not a single +lantern there. He grew very uneasy. Fortunately, Yevmen, the coachman, +was washing the carriage behind the barn in the back yard and though he +had done this frequently before, and though there was nothing unusual +about his appearance, Yura clearly felt something of the holiday in the +decisive way in which the coachman splashed the water from the bucket +with his sinewy arms, on which the sleeves of his red blouse were rolled +up to his elbows. Yevmen only glanced askance at Yura, and suddenly Yura +seemed to have noticed for the first time his broad, black, wavy beard +and thought respectfully that Yevmen was a very worthy man. He said: + +“Good morning, Yevmen.” + +Then all moved very rapidly. Suddenly the janitor appeared and started +to sweep the paths, suddenly the window in the kitchen was thrown open +and women’s voices were heard chattering; suddenly the chambermaid +rushed out with a little rug and started to beat it with a stick, as +though it were a dog. All commenced to stir; and the events, starting +simultaneously in different places, rushed with such mad swiftness that +it was impossible to catch up with them. While the nurse was giving Yura +his tea, people were beginning to hang up the wires for the lanterns in +the garden, and while the wires were being stretched in the garden, the +furniture was rearranged completely in the drawing room, and while the +furniture was rearranged in the drawing room, Yevmen, the coachman, +harnessed the horse and drove out of the yard with a certain special, +mysterious mission. + +Yura succeeded in concentrating himself for some time with the greatest +difficulty. Together with father he was hanging up the lanterns. And +father was charming; he laughed, jested, put Yura on the ladder; he +himself climbed the thin, creaking rungs of the ladder, and finally both +fell down together with the ladder upon the grass, but they were not +hurt. Yura jumped up, while father remained lying on the grass, hands +thrown back under his head, looking with half-closed eyes at the +shining, infinite azure of the sky. Thus lying on the grass, with a +serious expression on his face, apparently not in the mood for play, +father looked very much like Gulliver longing for his land of giants. +Yura recalled something unpleasant; but to cheer his father up he sat +down astride upon his knees and said: + +“Do you remember, father, when I was a little boy I used to sit down on +your knees and you used to shake me like a horse?” + +But before he had time to finish he lay with his nose on the grass; he +was lifted in the air and thrown down with force--father had thrown him +high up with his knees, according to his old habit. Yura felt offended; +but father, entirely ignoring his anger, began to tickle him under his +armpits, so that Yura had to laugh against his will; and then father +picked him up like a little pig by the legs and carried him to the +terrace. And mamma was frightened. + +“What are you doing? The blood will rush to his head!” + +After which Yura found himself standing on his legs, red faced, +dishevelled, feeling very miserable and terribly happy at the same time. + +The day was rushing fast, like a cat that is chased by a dog. Like +forerunners of the coming great festival, certain messengers appeared +with notes, wonderfully tasty cakes were brought, the dressmaker came +and locked herself in with mamma in the bedroom; then two gentlemen +arrived, then another gentleman, then a lady--evidently the entire city +was in a state of agitation. Yura examined the messengers as though they +were strange people from another world, and walked before them with +an air of importance as the son of the lady whose birthday was to be +celebrated; he met the gentlemen, he escorted the cakes, and toward +midday he was so exhausted that he suddenly started to despise life. He +quarrelled with the nurse and lay down in his bed face downward in order +to have his revenge on her; but he fell asleep immediately. He awoke +with the same feeling of hatred for life and a desire for revenge, but +after having looked at things with his eyes, which he washed with cold +water, he felt that both the world and life were so fascinating that +they were even funny. + +When they dressed Yura in a red silk rustling blouse, and he thus +clearly became part of the festival, and he found on the terrace a long, +snow white table glittering with glass dishes, he again commenced to +spin about in the whirlpool of the onrushing events. + +“The musicians have arrived! The musicians have arrived!” he cried, +looking for father or mother, or for any one who would treat the arrival +of the musicians with proper seriousness. Father and mother were sitting +in the garden--in the arbour which was thickly surrounded with wild +grapes--maintaining silence; the beautiful head of mother lay on +father’s shoulder; although father embraced her, he seemed very serious, +and he showed no enthusiasm when he was told of the arrival of the +musicians. Both treated their arrival with inexplicable indifference, +which called forth a feeling of sadness in Yura. But mamma stirred and +said: + +“Let me go. I must go.” + +“Remember,” said father, referring to something Yura did not understand +but which resounded in his heart with a light, gnawing alarm. + +“Stop. Aren’t you ashamed?” mother laughed, and this laughter made +Yura feel still more alarmed, especially since father did not laugh but +maintained the same serious and mournful appearance of Gulliver pining +for his native land.... + +But soon all this was forgotten, for the wonderful festival had begun in +all its glory, mystery and grandeur. The guests came fast, and there was +no longer any place at the white table, which had been deserted but a +while before. Voices resounded, and laughter and merry jests, and the +music began to play. And on the deserted paths of the garden where but +a while ago Yura had wandered alone, imagining himself a prince in quest +of the sleeping princess, now appeared people with cigarettes and with +loud free speech. Yura met the first guests at the front entrance; he +looked at each one carefully, and he made the acquaintance and even the +friendship of some of them on the way from the corridor to the table. + +Thus he managed to become friendly with the officer, whose name was +Mitenka--a grown man whose name was Mitenka--he said so himself. Mitenka +had a heavy leather sword, which was as cold as a snake, which could +not be taken out--but Mitenka lied; the sword was only fastened at the +handle with a silver cord, but it could be taken out very nicely; and +Yura felt vexed because the stupid Mitenka instead of carrying his +sword, as he always did, placed it in a corner in the hallway as a cane. +But even in the corner the sword stood out alone--one could see at once +that it was a sword. Another thing that displeased Yura was that another +officer came with Mitenka, an officer whom Yura knew and whose name was +also Yura Mikhailovich. Yura thought that the officer must have been +named so for fun. That wrong Yura Mikhailovich had visited them several +times; he even came once on horseback; but most of the time he came just +before little Yura had to go to bed. And little Yura went to bed, while +the unreal Yura Mikhailovich remained with mamma, and that caused him +to feel alarmed and sad; he was afraid that mamma might be deceived. He +paid no attention to the real Yura Mikhailovich: and now, walking +beside Mitenka, he did not seem to realise his guilt; he adjusted his +moustaches and maintained silence. He kissed mamma’s hand, and that +seemed repulsive to little Yura; but the stupid Mitenka also kissed +mamma’s hand, and thereby set everything aright. + +But soon the guests arrived in such numbers, and there was such a +variety of them, as if they had fallen straight from the sky. And some +of them seemed to have fallen near the table, while others seemed +to have fallen into the garden. Suddenly several students and ladies +appeared in the path. The ladies were ordinary, but the students had +holes cut at the left side of their white coats--for their swords. +But they did not bring their swords along, no doubt because of their +pride--they were all very proud. And the ladies rushed over to Yura and +began to kiss him. Then the most beautiful of the ladies, whose name was +Ninochka, took Yura to the swing and swung him until she threw him down. +He hurt his left leg near the knee very painfully and even stained +his little white pants in that spot, but of course he did not cry, and +somehow his pain had quickly disappeared somewhere. At this time father +was leading an important-looking bald-headed old man in the garden, and +he asked Yurochka, + +“Did you get hurt?” + +But as the old man also smiled and also spoke, Yurochka did not kiss +father and did not even answer him; but suddenly he seemed to have lost +his mind--he commenced to squeal for joy and to run around. If he had a +bell as large as the whole city he would have rung that bell; but as +he had no such bell he climbed the linden tree, which stood near the +terrace, and began to show off. The guests below were laughing and mamma +was shouting, and suddenly the music began to play, and Yura soon stood +in front of the orchestra, spreading his legs apart and, according to +his old but long forgotten habit, put his finger into his mouth. The +sounds seemed to strike at him all at once; they roared and thundered; +they made his legs tingle, and they shook his jaw. They played so loudly +that there was nothing but the orchestra on the whole earth--everything +else had vanished. The brass ends of some of the trumpets even spread +apart and opened wide from the great roaring; Yura thought that it would +be interesting to make a military helmet out of such a trumpet. + +Suddenly Yura grew sad. The music was still roaring, but now it was +somewhere far away, while within him all became quiet, and it was +growing ever more and more quiet. Heaving a deep sigh, Yura looked at +the sky--it was so high--and with slow footsteps he started out to make +the rounds of the holiday, of all its confused boundaries, possibilities +and distances. And everywhere he turned out to be too late; he wanted +to see how the tables for card playing would be arranged, but the tables +were ready and people had been playing cards for a long time when he +came up. He touched the chalk and the brush near his father and his +father immediately chased him away. What of that, what difference did +that make to him? He wanted to see how they would start to dance and +he was sure that they would dance in the parlour, but they had already +commenced to dance, not in the parlour, but under the linden trees. He +wanted to see how they would light the lanterns, but the lanterns had +all been lit already, every one of them, to the very last of the last. +They lit up of themselves like stars. + +Mamma danced best of all. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Night arrived in the form of red, green and yellow lanterns. While there +were no lanterns, there was no night. And now it lay everywhere. It +crawled into the bushes; it covered the entire garden with darkness, as +with water, and it covered the sky. Everything looked as beautiful as +the very best fairy tale with coloured pictures. At one place the house +had disappeared entirely; only the square window made of red light +remained. And the chimney of the house was visible and there a certain +spark glistened, looked down and seemed to think of its own affairs. +What affairs do chimneys have? Various affairs. + +Of the people in the garden only their voices remained. As long as some +one walked near the lanterns he could be seen; but as soon as he walked +away all seemed to melt, melt, melt, and the voice above the ground +laughed, talked, floating fearlessly in the darkness. But the officers +and the students could be seen even in the dark--a white spot, and above +it a small light of a cigarette and a big voice. + +And now the most joyous thing commenced for Yura--the fairy tale. The +people and the festival and the lanterns remained on earth, while he +soared away, transformed into air, melting in the night like a grain of +dust. The great mystery of the night became his mystery, and his little +heart yearned for still more mystery; in its solitude his heart yearned +for the fusion of life and death. That was Yura’s second madness that +evening--he became invisible. Although he could enter the kitchen as +others did, he climbed with difficulty upon the roof of the cellar over +which the kitchen window was flooded with light and he looked in; there +people were roasting something, busying themselves, and did not know +that he was looking at them--and yet he saw everything! Then he went +away and looked at papa’s and mamma’s bedroom; the room was empty; but +the beds had already been made for the night and a little image lamp was +burning--he saw that. Then he looked into his own room; his own bed was +also ready, waiting for him. He passed the room where they were playing +cards, also as an invisible being, holding his breath and stepping so +lightly, as though he were soaring in the air. Only when he reached the +garden, in the dark, he drew a proper breath. Then he resumed his quest. +He came over to people who were talking so near him that he could touch +them with his hand, and yet they did not know that he was there, and +they continued to speak undisturbed. He watched Ninochka for a long +time until he learned all her life--he was almost trapped. Ninochka even +exclaimed: + +“Yurochka, is that you?” + +He lay down behind a bush and held his breath. Thus Ninochka was +deceived. And she had almost caught him! To make things more mysterious, +he started to crawl instead of walk--now the alleys seemed full of +danger. Thus a long time went by--according to his own calculations +at the time, ten years went by, and he was still hiding and going ever +farther away from the people. And thus he went so far that he was seized +with dread--between him and the past, when he was walking like everybody +else, an abyss was formed over which it seemed to him impossible to +cross. Now he would have come out into the light but he was afraid--it +was impossible; all was lost. And the music was still playing, and +everybody had forgotten him, even mamma. He was alone. There was a +breath of cold from the dewy grass; the gooseberry bush scratched him, +the darkness could not be pierced with his eyes, and there was no end to +it. O Lord! + +Without any definite plan, in a state of utter despair, Yura now crawled +toward a mysterious, faintly blinking light. Fortunately it turned out +to be the same arbour which was covered with wild grapes and in which +father and mother had sat that day. He did not recognise it at first! +Yes, it was the same arbour. The lights of the lanterns everywhere had +gone out, and only two were still burning; a yellow little lantern was +still burning brightly, and the other, a yellow one, too, was already +beginning to blink. And though there was no wind, that lantern quivered +from its own blinking, and everything seemed to quiver slightly. Yura +was about to get up to go into the arbour and there begin life anew, +with an imperceptible transition from the old, when suddenly he heard +voices in the arbour. His mother and the wrong Yura Mikhailovich, the +officer, were talking. The right Yura grew petrified in his place; his +heart stood still; and his breathing ceased. + +Mamma said: + +“Stop. You have lost your mind! Somebody may come in here.” + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +“And you?” + +Mamma said: + +“I am twenty-six years old to-day. I am old!” + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +“He does not know anything. Is it possible that he does not know +anything? He does not even suspect? Listen, does he shake everybody’s +hand so firmly?” + +Mamma said: + +“What a question! Of course he does! That is--no, not everybody.” + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +“I feel sorry for him.” + +Mamma said: + +“For him?” + +And she laughed strangely. Yurochka understood that they were talking +of him, of Yurochka--but what did it all mean, O Lord? And why did she +laugh? + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +“Where are you going? I will not let you go.” + +Mamma said: + +“You offend me. Let me go! No, you have no right to kiss me. Let me go!” + +They became silent. Now Yurochka looked through the leaves and saw that +the officer embraced and kissed mamma. Then they spoke of something, but +he understood nothing; he heard nothing; he suddenly forgot the meaning +of words. And he even forgot the words which he knew and used before. +He remembered but one word, “Mamma,” and he whispered it uninterruptedly +with his dry lips, but that word sounded so terrible, more terrible than +anything. And in order not to exclaim it against his will, Yura covered +his mouth with both hands, one upon the other, and thus remained until +the officer and mamma went out of the arbour. + +When Yura came into the room where the people were playing cards, the +serious, bald-headed man was scolding papa for something, brandishing +the chalk, talking, shouting, saying that father did not act as he +should have acted, that what he had done was impossible, that only bad +people did such things, that the old man would never again play with +father, and so on. And father was smiling, waving his hands, attempting +to say something, but the old man would not let him, and he commenced to +shout more loudly. And the old man was a little fellow, while father +was big, handsome and tall, and his smile was sad, like that of Gulliver +pining for his native land of tall and handsome people. + +Of course, he must conceal from him--of course, he must conceal from +him that which happened in the arbour, and he must love him, and he felt +that he loved him so much. And with a wild cry Yura rushed over to the +bald-headed old man and began to beat him with his fists with all his +strength. + +“Don’t you dare insult him! Don’t you dare insult him!” + +O Lord, what has happened! Some one laughed; some one shouted. Father +caught Yura in his arms, pressed him closely, causing him pain, and +cried: + +“Where is mother? Call mother.” + +Then Yura was seized with a whirlwind of frantic tears, of desperate +sobs and mortal anguish. But through his frantic tears he looked at +his father to see whether he had guessed it, and when mother came in he +started to shout louder in order to divert any suspicion. But he did not +go to her arms; he clung more closely to father, so that father had to +carry him into his room. But it seemed that he himself did not want +to part with Yura. As soon as he carried him out of the room where the +guests were he began to kiss him, and he repeated: + +“Oh, my dearest! Oh, my dearest!” + +And he said to mamma, who walked behind him: + +“Just think of the boy!” + +Mamma said: + +“That is all due to your whist. You were scolding each other so, that +the child was frightened.” + +Father began to laugh, and answered: + +“Yes, he does scold harshly. But Yura, oh, what a dear boy!” + +In his room Yura demanded that father himself undress him. “Now, you +are getting cranky,” said father. “I don’t know how to do it; let mamma +undress you.” + +“But you stay here.” + +Mamma had deft fingers and she undressed him quickly, and while she was +removing his clothes Yura held father by the hand. He ordered the nurse +out of the room; but as father was beginning to grow angry, and he might +guess what had happened in the arbour, decided to let him go. But while +kissing him he said cunningly: + +“He will not scold you any more, will he?” + +Papa smiled. Then he laughed, kissed Yura once more and said: + +“No, no. And if he does I will throw him across the fence.” + +“Please, do,” said Yura. “You can do it. You are so strong.” + +“Yes, I am pretty strong. But you had better sleep! Mamma will stay here +with you a while.” + +Mamma said: + +“I will send the nurse in. I must attend to the supper.” + +Father shouted: + +“There is plenty of time for that! You can stay a while with the child.” + +But mamma insisted: + +“We have guests! We can’t leave them that way.” + +But father looked at her steadfastly, and shrugged his shoulders. Mamma +decided to stay. + +“Very well, then, I’ll stay here. But see that Maria does not mix up the +wines.” + +Usually it was thus: when mamma sat near Yura as he was falling asleep +she held his hand until the last moment--that is what she usually did. +But now she sat as though she were all alone, as though Yura, her son, +who was falling asleep, was not there at all--she folded her hands in +her lap and looked into the distance. To attract her attention Yura +stirred, but mamma said briefly: + +“Sleep.” + +And she continued to look. But when Yura’s eyes had grown heavy and he +was falling asleep with all his sorrow and his tears, mamma suddenly +went down on her knees before the little bed and kissed Yura firmly +many, many times. But her kisses were wet--hot and wet. + +“Why are your kisses wet? Are you crying?” muttered Yura. + +“Yes, I am crying.” + +“You must not cry.” + +“Very well, I won’t,” answered mother submissively. + +And again she kissed him firmly, firmly, frequently, frequently. Yura +lifted both hands with a heavy movement, clasped his mother around the +neck and pressed his burning cheek firmly to her wet and cold cheek. +She was his mother, after all; there was nothing to be done. But how +painful; how bitterly painful! + + + + + +A STORY WHICH WILL NEVER BE FINISHED + + +Exhausted with the painful uncertainty of the day, I fell asleep, +dressed, on my bed. Suddenly my wife aroused me. In her hand a candle +was flickering, which appeared to me in the middle of the night as +bright as the sun. And behind the candle her chin, too, was trembling, +and enormous, unfamiliar dark eyes stared motionlessly. + +“Do you know,” she said, “do you know they are building barricades on +our street?” + +It was quiet. We looked straight into each other’s eyes, and I felt my +face turning pale. Life vanished somewhere and then returned again with +a loud throbbing of the heart. It was quiet and the flame of the candle +was quivering, and it was small, dull, but sharp-pointed, like a crooked +sword. + +“Are you afraid?” I asked. + +The pale chin trembled, but her eyes remained motionless and looked +at me, without blinking, and only now I noticed what unfamiliar, what +terrible eyes they were. For ten years I had looked into them and had +known them better than my own eyes, and now there was something new in +them which I am unable to define. I would have called it pride, but there +was something different in them, something new, entirely new. I took her +hand; it was cold. She grasped my hand firmly and there was something +new, something I had not known before, in her handclasp. + +She had never before clasped my hand as she did this time. + +“How long?” I asked. + +“About an hour already. Your brother has gone away. He was apparently +afraid that you would not let him go, so he went away quietly. But I saw +it.” + +It was true then; the time had arrived. I rose, and, for some reason, +spent a long time washing myself, as was my wont in the morning before +going to work, and my wife held the light. Then we put out the light and +walked over to the window overlooking the street. It was spring; it was +May, and the air that came in from the open window was such as we +had never before felt in that old, large city. For several days the +factories and the roads had been idle; and the air, free from smoke, +was filled with the fragrance of the fields and the flowering gardens, +perhaps with that of the dew. I do not know what it is that smells so +wonderfully on spring nights when I go out far beyond the outskirts of +the city. Not a lantern, not a carriage, not a single sound of the city +over the unconcerned stony surface; if you had closed your eyes you +would really have thought that you were in a village. There a dog was +barking. I had never before heard a dog barking in the city, and I +laughed for happiness. + +“Listen, a dog is barking.” + +My wife embraced me, and said: + +“It is there, on the corner.” + +We bent over the window-sill, and there, in the transparent, dark depth, +we saw some movement--not people, but movement. Something was moving +about like a shadow. Suddenly the blows of a hatchet or a hammer +resounded. They sounded so cheerful, so resonant, as in a forest, as +on a river when you are mending a boat or building a dam. And in the +presentiment of cheerful, harmonious work, I firmly embraced my wife, +while she looked above the houses, above the roofs, looked at the young +crescent of the moon, which was already setting. The moon was so young, +so strange, even as a young girl who is dreaming and is afraid to tell +her dreams; and it was shining only for itself. + +“When will we have a full moon?...” + +“You must not! You must not!” my wife interrupted. “You must not speak +of that which will be. What for? IT is afraid of words. Come here.” + +It was dark in the room, and we were silent for a long time, without +seeing each other, yet thinking of the same thing. And when I started +to speak, it seemed to me that some one else was speaking; I was not +afraid, yet the voice of the other one was hoarse, as though suffocating +for thirst. + +“What shall it be?” + +“And--they?” + +“You will be with them. It will be enough for them to have a mother. I +cannot remain.” + +“And I? Can I?” + +I know that she did not stir from her place, but I felt distinctly that +she was going away, that she was far--far away. I began to feel so cold, +I stretched out my hands--but she pushed them aside. + +“People have such a holiday once in a hundred years, and you want to +deprive me of it. Why?” she said. + +“But they may kill you there. And our children will perish.” + +“Life will be merciful to me. But even if they should perish--” + +And this was said by her, my wife--a woman with whom I had lived for ten +years. But yesterday she had known nothing except our children, and had +been filled with fear for them; but yesterday she had caught with terror +the stern symptoms of the future. What had come over her? Yesterday--but +I, too, forgot everything that was yesterday. + +“Do you want to go with me?” + +“Do not be angry”--she thought that I was afraid, angry--“Don’t be +angry. To-night, when they began to knock here, and you were still +sleeping, I suddenly understood that my husband, my children--all these +were simply temporary... I love you, very much”--she found my hand and +shook it with the same new, unfamiliar grasp--“but do you hear how +they are knocking there? They are knocking, and something seems to be +falling, some kind of walls seem to be falling--and it is so spacious, +so wide, so free. It is night now, and yet it seems to me that the sun +is shining. I am thirty years of age, and I am old already, and yet it +seems to me that I am only seventeen, and that I love some one with my +first love--a great, boundless love.” + +“What a night!” I said. “It is as if the city were no more. You are +right, I have also forgotten how old I am.” + +“They are knocking, and it sounds to me like music, like singing of +which I have always dreamed--all my life. And I did not know whom it was +that I loved with such a boundless love, which made me feel like crying +and laughing and singing. There is freedom--do not take my happiness +away, let me die with those who are working there, who are calling the +future so bravely, and who are rousing the dead past from its grave.” + +“There is no such thing as time.” + +“What do you say?” + +“There is no such thing as time. Who are you? I did not know you. Are +you a human being?” + +She burst into such ringing laughter as though she were really only +seventeen years old. + +“I did not know you, either. Are you, too, a human being? How strange +and how beautiful it is--a human being!” + +That which I am writing happened long ago, and those who are sleeping +now in the sleep of grey life and who die without awakening--those will +not believe me: in those days there was no such thing as time. The sun +was rising and setting, and the hand was moving around the dial--but +time did not exist. And many other great and wonderful things happened +in those days.... And those who are sleeping now the sleep of this grey +life and who die without awakening, will not believe me. + +“I must go,” said I. + +“Wait, I will give you something to eat. You haven’t eaten anything +to-day. See how sensible I am: I shall go to-morrow. I shall give the +children away and find you.” + +“Comrade,” said I. + +“Yes, comrade.” + +Through the open windows came the breath of the fields, and silence, +and from time to time, the cheerful strokes of the axe, and I sat by the +table and looked and listened, and everything was so mysteriously new +that I felt like laughing. I looked at the walls and they seemed to me +to be transparent. As if embracing all eternity with one glance, I saw +how all these walls had been built, I saw how they were being destroyed, +and I alone always was and always will be. Everything will pass, but +I shall remain. And everything seemed to me strange and queer--so +unnatural--the table and the food upon it, and everything outside of me. +It all seemed to me transparent and light, existing only temporarily. + +“Why don’t you eat?” asked my wife. + +I smiled: + +“Bread--it is so strange.” + +She glanced at the bread, at the stale, dry crust of bread, and for some +reason her face became sad. Still continuing to look at it, she silently +adjusted her apron with her hands and her head turned slightly, very +slightly, in the direction where the children were sleeping. + +“Do you feel sorry for them?” I asked. + +She shook her head without removing her eyes from the bread. + +“No, but I was thinking of what happened in our life before.” + +How incomprehensible! As one who awakens from a long sleep, she surveyed +the room with her eyes and all seemed to her so incomprehensible. Was +this the place where we had lived? + +“You were my wife.” + +“And there are our children.” + +“Here, beyond the wall, your father died.” + +“Yes. He died. He died without awakening.” + +The smallest child, frightened at something in her sleep, began to cry. +And this simple childish cry, apparently demanding something, sounded +so strange amid these phantom walls, while there, below, people were +building barricades. + +She cried and demanded--caresses, certain queer words and promises to +soothe her. And she soon was soothed. + +“Well, go!” said my wife in a whisper. + +“I should like to kiss them.” + +“I am afraid you will wake them up.” + +“No, I will not.” + +It turned out that the oldest child was awake--he had heard and +understood everything. He was but nine years old, but he understood +everything--he met me with a deep, stern look. + +“Will you take your gun?” he asked thoughtfully and earnestly. + +“I will.” + +“It is behind the stove.” + +“How do you know? Well, kiss me. Will you remember me?” + +He jumped up in his bed, in his short little shirt, hot from sleep, and +firmly clasped my neck. His arms were burning--they were so soft and +delicate. I lifted his hair on the back of his head and kissed his +little neck. + +“Will they kill you?” he whispered right into my ear. + +“No, I will come back.” + +But why did he not cry? He had cried sometimes when I had simply left +the house for a while: Is it possible that IT had reached him, too? Who +knows? So many strange things happened during the great days. + +I looked at the walls, at the bread, at the candle, at the flame which +had kept flickering, and took my wife by the hand. + +“Well--‘till we meet again!” + +“Yes--‘till we meet again!” + +That was all. I went out. It was dark on the stairway and there was +the odour of old filth. Surrounded on all sides by the stones and the +darkness, groping down the stairs, I was seized with a tremendous, +powerful and all-absorbing feeling of the new, unknown and joyous +something to which I was going. + + + + + +ON THE DAY OF THE CRUCIFIXION + + +On that terrible day, when the universal injustice was committed and +Jesus Christ was crucified in Golgotha among robbers--on that day, from +early morning, Ben-Tovit, a tradesman of Jerusalem, suffered from an +unendurable toothache. His toothache had commenced on the day before, +toward evening; at first his right jaw started to pain him, and one +tooth, the one right next the wisdom tooth, seemed to have risen +somewhat, and when his tongue touched the tooth, he felt a slightly +painful sensation. After supper, however, his toothache had passed, and +Ben-Tovit had forgotten all about it--he had made a profitable deal on +that day, had bartered an old donkey for a young, strong one, so he was +very cheerful and paid no heed to any ominous signs. + +And he slept very soundly. But just before daybreak something began to +disturb him, as if some one were calling him on a very important matter, +and when Ben-Tovit awoke angrily, his teeth were aching, aching openly +and maliciously, causing him an acute, drilling pain. And he could no +longer understand whether it was only the same tooth that had ached on +the previous day, or whether others had joined that tooth; Ben-Tovit’s +entire mouth and his head were filled with terrible sensations of pain, +as though he had been forced to chew thousands of sharp, red-hot nails, +he took some water into his mouth from an earthen jug--for a minute the +acuteness of the pain subsided, his teeth twitched and swayed like a +wave, and this sensation was even pleasant as compared with the other. + +Ben-Tovit lay down again, recalled his new donkey, and thought how +happy he would have been if not for his toothache, and he wanted to fall +asleep. But the water was warm, and five minutes later his toothache +began to rage more severely than ever; Ben-Tovit sat up in his bed and +swayed back and forth like a pendulum. His face became wrinkled and +seemed to have shrunk, and a drop of cold perspiration was hanging on +his nose, which had turned pale from his sufferings. Thus, swaying back +and forth and groaning for pain, he met the first rays of the sun, which +was destined to see Golgotha and the three crosses, and grow dim from +horror and sorrow. + +Ben-Tovit was a good and kind man, who hated any injustice, but when his +wife awoke he said many unpleasant things to her, opening his mouth with +difficulty, and he complained that he was left alone, like a jackal, +to groan and writhe for pain. His wife met the undeserved reproaches +patiently, for she knew that they came not from an angry heart--and she +brought him numerous good remedies: rats’ litter to be applied to his +cheek, some strong liquid in which a scorpion was preserved, and a real +chip of the tablets that Moses had broken. He began to feel a little +better from the rats’ litter, but not for long, also from the liquid and +the stone, but the pain returned each time with renewed intensity. + +During the moments of rest Ben-Tovit consoled himself with the thought +of the little donkey, and he dreamed of him, and when he felt worse he +moaned, scolded his wife, and threatened to dash his head against a rock +if the pain should not subside. He kept pacing back and forth on the +flat roof of his house from one corner to the other, feeling ashamed to +come close to the side facing the street, for his head was tied around +with a kerchief like that of a woman. Several times children came +running to him and told him hastily about Jesus of Nazareth. Ben-Tovit +paused, listened to them for a while, his face wrinkled, but then he +stamped his foot angrily and chased them away. He was a kind man and +he loved children, but now he was angry at them for bothering him with +trifles. + +It was disagreeable to him that a large crowd had gathered in the street +and on the neighbouring roofs, doing nothing and looking curiously at +Ben-Tovit, who had his head tied around with a kerchief like a woman. He +was about to go down, when his wife said to him: + +“Look, they are leading robbers there. Perhaps that will divert you.” + +“Let me alone. Don’t you see how I am suffering?” Ben-Tovit answered +angrily. + +But there was a vague promise in his wife’s words that there might be a +relief for his toothache, so he walked over to the parapet unwillingly. +Bending his head on one side, closing one eye, and supporting his cheek +with his hand, his face assumed a squeamish, weeping expression, and he +looked down to the street. + +On the narrow street, going uphill, an enormous crowd was moving forward +in disorder, covered with dust and shouting uninterruptedly. In the +middle of the crowd walked the criminals, bending down under the weight +of their crosses, and over them the scourges of the Roman soldiers were +wriggling about like black snakes. One of the men, he of the long light +hair, in a torn blood-stained cloak, stumbled over a stone which was +thrown under his feet, and he fell. The shouting grew louder, and the +crowd, like coloured sea water, closed in about the man on the ground. +Ben-Tovit suddenly shuddered for pain; he felt as though some one had +pierced a red-hot needle into his tooth and turned it there; he groaned +and walked away from the parapet, angry and squeamishly indifferent. + +“How they are shouting!” he said enviously, picturing to himself their +wide-open mouths with strong, healthy teeth, and how he himself would +have shouted if he had been well. This intensified his toothache, and he +shook his muffled head frequently, and roared: “Moo-Moo....” + +“They say that He restored sight to the blind,” said his wife, +who remained standing at the parapet, and she threw down a little +cobblestone near the place where Jesus, lifted by the whips, was moving +slowly. + +“Of course, of course! He should have cured my toothache,” replied +Ben-Tovit ironically, and he added bitterly with irritation: “What dust +they have kicked up! Like a herd of cattle! They should all be driven +away with a stick! Take me down, Sarah!” + +The wife proved to be right. The spectacle had diverted Ben-Tovit +slightly--perhaps it was the rats’ litter that had helped after all--he +succeeded in falling asleep. When he awoke, his toothache had passed +almost entirely, and only a little inflammation had formed over his +right jaw. His wife told him that it was not noticeable at all, but +Ben-Tovit smiled cunningly--he knew how kind-hearted his wife was and +how fond she was of telling him pleasant things. + +Samuel, the tanner, a neighbour of Ben-Tovit’s, came in, and Ben-Tovit +led him to see the new little donkey and listened proudly to the warm +praises for himself and his animal. + +Then, at the request of the curious Sarah, the three went to Golgotha to +see the people who had been crucified. On the way Ben-Tovit told Samuel +in detail how he had felt a pain in his right jaw on the day before, +and how he awoke at night with a terrible toothache. To illustrate it +he made a martyr’s face, closing his eyes, shook his head, and groaned +while the grey-bearded Samuel nodded his head compassionately and said: + +“Oh, how painful it must have been!” + +Ben-Tovit was pleased with Samuel’s attitude, and he repeated the story +to him, then went back to the past, when his first tooth was spoiled +on the left side. Thus, absorbed in a lively conversation, they reached +Golgotha. The sun, which was destined to shine upon the world on that +terrible day, had already set beyond the distant hills, and in the +west a narrow, purple-red strip was burning, like a stain of blood. The +crosses stood out darkly but vaguely against this background, and at the +foot of the middle cross white kneeling figures were seen indistinctly. + +The crowd had long dispersed; it was growing chilly, and after a glance +at the crucified men, Ben-Tovit took Samuel by the arm and carefully +turned him in the direction toward his house. He felt that he was +particularly eloquent just then, and he was eager to finish the story +of his toothache. Thus they walked, and Ben-Tovit made a martyr’s +face, shook his head and groaned skilfully, while Samuel nodded +compassionately and uttered exclamations from time to time, and from the +deep, narrow defiles, out of the distant, burning plains, rose the black +night. It seemed as though it wished to hide from the view of heaven the +great crime of the earth. + + + + + +THE SERPENT’S STORY + + +Hush! Hush! Hush! Come closer to me. Look into my eyes! + +I always was a fascinating creature, tender, sensitive, and grateful. +I was wise and I was noble. And I am so flexible in the writhing of my +graceful body that it will afford you joy to watch my easy dance. Now +I shall coil up into a ring, flash my scales dimly, wind myself around +tenderly and clasp my steel body in my gentle, cold embraces. One in +many! One in many! + +Hush! Hush! Look into my eyes! + +You do not like my writhing and my straight, open look? Oh, my head +is heavy--therefore I sway about so quietly. Oh, my head is +heavy--therefore I look so straight ahead, as I sway about. Come closer +to me. Give me a little warmth; stroke my wise forehead with your +fingers; in its fine outlines you will find the form of a cup into which +flows wisdom, the dew of the evening-flowers. When I draw the air by my +writhing, a trace is left in it--the design of the finest of webs, +the web of dream-charms, the enchantment of noiseless movements, the +inaudible hiss of gliding lines. I am silent and I sway myself. I look +ahead and I sway myself. What strange burden am I carrying on my neck? + +I love you. + +I always was a fascinating creature, and loved tenderly those I loved. +Come closer to me. Do you see my white, sharp, enchanting little teeth? +Kissing, I used to bite. Not painfully, no--just a trifle. Caressing +tenderly, I used to bite a little, until the first bright little drops +appeared, until a cry came forth which sounded like the laugh produced +by tickling. That was very pleasant--think not it was unpleasant; +otherwise they whom I kissed would not come back for more kisses. It +is now that I can kiss only once--how sad--only once! One kiss for +each--how little for a loving heart, for a sensitive soul, striving for +a great union! But it is only I, the sad one, who kiss but once, and +must seek love again--he knows no other love any more: to him my one, +tender, nuptial kiss is inviolable and eternal. I am speaking to you +frankly; and when my story is ended--I will kiss you. + +I love you. + +Look into my eyes. Is it not true that mine is a magnificent, a powerful +look? A firm look and a straight look? And it is steadfast, like steel +forced against your heart. I look ahead and sway myself, I look and I +enchant; in my green eyes I gather your fear, your loving, fatigued, +submissive longing. Come closer to me. Now I am a queen and you dare not +fail to see my beauty; but there was a strange time--Ah, what a +strange time! Ah, what a strange time! At the mere recollection I am +agitated--Ah, what a strange time! No one loved me. No one respected +me. I was persecuted with cruel ferocity, trampled in the mud and +jeered--Ah, what a strange time it was! One in many! One in many! + +I say to you: Come closer to me. + +Why did they not love me? At that time I was also a fascinating +creature, but without malice; I was gentle and I danced wonderfully. +But they tortured me. They burnt me with fire. Heavy and coarse beasts +trampled upon me with the dull steps of terribly heavy feet; cold tusks +of bloody mouths tore my tender body--and in my powerless sorrow I bit +the sand, I swallowed the dust of the ground--I was dying of despair. +Crushed, I was dying every day. Every day I was dying of despair. +Oh, what a terrible time that was! The stupid forest has forgotten +everything--it does not remember that time, but you have pity on me. +Come closer to me. Have pity on me, on the offended, on the sad one, on +the loving one, on the one who dances so beautifully. + +I love you. + +How could I defend myself? I had only my white, wonderful, sharp little +teeth--they were good only for kisses. How could I defend myself? It is +only now that I carry on my neck this terrible burden of a head, and my +look is commanding and straight, but then my head was light and my eyes +gazed meekly. Then I had no poison yet. Oh, my head is so heavy and it +is hard for me to hold it up! Oh, I have grown tired of my look--two +stones are in my forehead, and these are my eyes. Perhaps the glittering +stones are precious--but it is hard to carry them instead of gentle +eyes--they oppress my brain. It is so hard for my head! I look ahead and +sway myself; I see you in a green mist--you are so far away. Come closer +to me. + +You see, even in sorrow I am beautiful, and my look is languid because +of my love. Look into my pupil; I will narrow and widen it, and give it +a peculiar glitter--the twinkling of a star at night, the playfulness of +all precious stones--of diamonds, of green emeralds, of yellowish +topaz, of blood-red rubies. Look into my eyes: It is I, the queen--I am +crowning myself, and that which is glittering, burning and glowing--that +robs you of your reason, your freedom and your life--it is poison. It is +a drop of my poison. + +How has it happened? I do not know. I did not bear ill-will to the +living. + +I lived and suffered. I was silent. I languished. I hid myself hurriedly +when I could hide myself; I crawled away hastily. But they have never +seen me weep--I cannot weep; and my easy dance grew ever faster and ever +more beautiful. Alone in the stillness, alone in the thicket, I danced +with sorrow in my heart--they despised my swift dance and would have +been glad to kill me as I danced. Suddenly my head began to grow +heavy--How strange it is!--My head grew heavy. Just as small and +beautiful, just as wise and beautiful, it had suddenly grown terribly +heavy; it bent my neck to the ground, and caused me pain. Now I am +somewhat used to it, but at first it was dreadfully awkward and painful. +I thought I was sick. + +And suddenly... Come closer to me. Look into my eyes. Hush! Hush! Hush! + +And suddenly my look became heavy--it became fixed and strange--I was +even frightened! I want to glance and turn away--but cannot. I always +look straight ahead, I pierce with my eyes ever more deeply, I am as +though petrified. Look into my eyes. It is as though I am petrified, as +though everything I look upon is petrified. Look into my eyes. + +I love you. Do not laugh at my frank story, or I shall be angry. Every +hour I open my sensitive heart, for all my efforts are in vain--I am +alone. My one and last kiss is full of ringing sorrow--and the one I +love is not here, and I seek love again, and I tell my tale in vain--my +heart cannot bare itself, and the poison torments me and my head grows +heavier. Am I not beautiful in my despair? Come closer to me. + +I love you. + +Once I was bathing in a stagnant swamp in the forest--I love to be +clean--it is a sign of noble birth, and I bathe frequently. While +bathing, dancing in the water, I saw my reflection, and as always, fell +in love with myself. I am so fond of the beautiful and the wise! And +suddenly I saw--on my forehead, among my other inborn adornments, a new, +strange sign--Was it not this sign that has brought the heaviness, the +petrified look, and the sweet taste in my mouth? Here a cross is darkly +outlined on my forehead--right here--look. Come closer to me. Is this +not strange? But I did not understand it at that time, and I liked +it. Let there be no more adornment. And on the same day, on that same +terrible day, when the cross appeared, my first kiss became also my +last--my kiss became fatal. One in many! One in many! + +Oh! + +You love precious stones, but think, my beloved, how far more precious +is a little drop of my poison. It is such a little drop.--Have you ever +seen it? Never, never. But you shall find it out. Consider, my beloved, +how much suffering, painful humiliation, powerless rage devoured me: +I had to experience in order to bring forth this little drop. I am a +queen! I am a queen! In one drop, brought forth by myself, I carry +death unto the living, and my kingdom is limitless, even as grief +is limitless, even as death is limitless. I am queen! My look is +inexorable. My dance is terrible! I am beautiful! One in many! One in +many! + +Oh! + +Do not fall. My story is not yet ended. Come closer to me. + +And then I crawled into the stupid forest, into my green dominion. + +Now it is a new way, a terrible way! I was kind like a queen; and like +a queen I bowed graciously to the right and to the left. And they--they +ran away! Like a queen I bowed benevolently to the right and to the +left--and they, queer people--they ran away. What do you think? Why did +they run away? What do you think? Look into my eyes. Do you see in them +a certain glimmer and a flash? The rays of my crown blind your eyes, you +are petrified, you are lost. I shall soon dance my last dance---do not +fall. I shall coil into rings, I shall flash my scales dimly, and I +shall clasp my steel body in my gentle, cold embraces. Here I am! +Accept my only kiss, my nuptial kiss--in it is the deadly grief of all +oppressed lives. One in many! One in many! + +Bend down to me. I love you. + +Die! + + + + + +LOVE, FAITH AND HOPE + + +He loved. + +According to his passport, he was called Max Z. But as it was stated +in the same passport that he had no special peculiarities about his +features, I prefer to call him Mr. N+1. He represented a long line of +young men who possess wavy, dishevelled locks, straight, bold, and +open looks, well-formed and strong bodies, and very large and powerful +hearts. + +All these youths have loved and perpetuated their love. Some of them +have succeeded in engraving it on the tablets of history, like Henry +IV; others, like Petrarch, have made literary preserves of it; some +have availed themselves for that purpose of the newspapers, wherein the +happenings of the day are recorded, and where they figured among those +who had strangled themselves, shot themselves, or who had been shot by +others; still others, the happiest and most modest of all, perpetuated +their love by entering it in the birth records--by creating posterity. + +The love of N+1 was as strong as death, as a certain writer put it; as +strong as life, he thought. + +Max was firmly convinced that he was the first to have discovered the +method of loving so intensely, so unrestrainedly, so passionately, and +he regarded with contempt all who had loved before him. Still more, he +was convinced that even after him no one would love as he did, and he +felt sorry that with his death the secret of true love would be lost +to mankind. But, being a modest young man, he attributed part of his +achievement to her--to his beloved. Not that she was perfection itself, +but she came very close to it, as close as an ideal can come to reality. + +There were prettier women than she, there were wiser women, but was +there ever a better woman? Did there ever exist a woman on whose face +was so clearly and distinctly written that she alone was worthy of +love--of infinite, pure, and devoted love? Max knew that there never +were, and that there never would be such women. In this respect, he had +no special peculiarities, just as Adam did not have them, just as you, +my reader, do not have them. Beginning with Grandmother Eve and ending +with the woman upon whom your eyes were directed--before you read these +lines--the same inscription is to be clearly and distinctly read on the +face of every woman at a certain time. The difference is only in the +quality of the ink. + +A very nasty day set in--it was Monday or Tuesday--when Max noticed with +a feeling of great terror that the inscription upon the dear face was +fading. Max rubbed his eyes, looked first from a distance, then from all +sides; but the fact was undeniable--the inscription was fading. Soon +the last letter also disappeared--the face was white like the recently +whitewashed wall of a new house. But he was convinced that the +inscription had disappeared not of itself, but that some one had wiped +it off. Who? + +Max went to his friend, John N. He knew and he felt sure that such a +true, disinterested, and honest friend there never was and never +would be. And in this respect, too, as you see, Max had no special +peculiarities. He went to his friend for the purpose of taking his +advice concerning the mysterious disappearance of the inscription, +and found John N. exactly at the moment when he was wiping away that +inscription by his kisses. It was then that the records of the local +occurrences were enriched by another unfortunate incident, entitled “An +Attempt at Suicide.” + + . . . . . . . . + +It is said that death always comes in due time. Evidently, that time had +not yet arrived for Max, for he remained alive--that is, he ate, drank, +walked, borrowed money and did not return it, and altogether he showed +by a series of psycho-physiological acts that he was a living being, +possessing a stomach, a will, and a mind--but his soul was dead, or, to +be more exact, it was absorbed in lethargic sleep. The sound of human +speech reached his ears, his eyes saw tears and laughter, but all that +did not stir a single echo, a single emotion in his soul. I do not know +what space of time had elapsed. It may have been one year, and it +may have been ten years, for the length of such intermissions in life +depends on how quickly the actor succeeds in changing his costume. + +One beautiful day--it was Wednesday or Thursday--Max awakened +completely. A careful and guarded liquidation of his spiritual property +made it clear that a fair piece of Max’s soul, the part which +contained his love for woman and for his friends, was dead, like a +paralysis-stricken hand or foot. But what remained was, nevertheless, +enough for life. That was love for and faith in mankind. Then Max, +having renounced personal happiness, started to work for the happiness +of others. + +That was a new phase--he believed. + +All the evil that is tormenting the world seemed to him to be +concentrated in a “red flower,” in one red flower. It was but necessary +to tear it down, and the incessant, heart-rending cries and moans which +rise to the indifferent sky from all points of the earth, like its +natural breathing, would be silenced. The evil of the world, he +believed, lay in the evil will and in the madness of the people. They +themselves were to blame for being unhappy, and they could be happy if +they wished. This seemed so clear and simple that Max was dumfounded +in his amazement at human stupidity. Humanity reminded him of a crowd +huddled together in a spacious temple and panic-stricken at the cry of +“Fire!” + +Instead of passing calmly through the wide doors and saving themselves, +the maddened people, with the cruelty of frenzied beasts, cry and +roar, crush one another and perish--not from the fire (for it is only +imaginary), but from their own madness. It is enough sometimes when one +sensible, firm word is uttered to this crowd--the crowd calms down and +imminent death is thus averted. Let, then, a hundred calm, rational +voices be raised to mankind, showing them where to escape and where +the danger lies--and heaven will be established on earth, if not +immediately, then at least within a very brief time. + +Max began to utter his word of wisdom. How he uttered it you will learn +later. The name of Max was mentioned in the newspapers, shouted in the +market places, blessed and cursed; whole books were written on what Max +N+1 had done, what he was doing, and what he intended to do. He appeared +here and there and everywhere. He was seen standing at the head of the +crowd, commanding it; he was seen in chains and under the knife of the +guillotine. In this respect Max did not have any special peculiarities, +either. A preacher of humility and peace, a stern bearer of fire and +sword, he was the same Max--Max the believer. But while he was doing all +this, time kept passing on. His nerves were shattered; his wavy locks +became thin and his head began to look like that of Elijah the Prophet; +here and there he felt a piercing pain.... + +The earth continued to turn light-mindedly around the sun, now coming +nearer to it, now retreating coquettishly, and giving the impression +that it fixed all its attention upon its household friend, the moon; +the days were replaced by other days, and the dark nights by other dark +nights, with such pedantic German punctuality and correctness that all +the artistic natures were compelled to move over to the far north by +degrees, where the devil himself would break his head endeavouring to +distinguish between day and night--when suddenly something happened to +Max. + +Somehow it happened that Max became misunderstood. He had calmed the +crowd by his words of wisdom many a time before and had saved them from +mutual destruction but now he was not understood. They thought that it +was he who had shouted “Fire!” With all the eloquence of which he was +capable he assured them that he was exerting all his efforts for their +sake alone; that he himself needed absolutely nothing, for he was alone, +childless; that he was ready to forget the sad misunderstanding and +serve them again with faith and truth--but all in vain. They would +not trust him. And in this respect Max did not have any special +peculiarities, either. The sad incident ended for Max in a new +intermission. + + . . . . . . . . + +Max was alive, as was positively established by medical experts, who had +made a series of simple tests. Thus, when they pricked a needle into his +foot, he shook his foot and tried to remove the needle. When they put +food before him, he ate it, but he did not walk and did not ask for any +loans, which clearly testified to the complete decline of his energy. +His soul was dead--as much as the soul can be dead while the body +is alive. To Max all that he had loved and believed in was dead. +Impenetrable gloom wrapped his soul. There were neither feelings in it, +nor desires, nor thoughts. And there was not a more unhappy man in the +world than Max, if he was a man at all. + +But he was a man. + +According to the calendar, it was Friday or Saturday, when Max awakened +as from a prolonged sleep. With the pleasant sensation of an owner to +whom his property has been restored which had wrongly been taken from +him, Max realised that he was once more in possession of all his five +senses. + +His sight reported to him that he was all alone, in a place which might +in justice be called either a room or a chimney. Each wall of the room +was about a metre and a half wide and about ten metres high. The walls +were straight, white, smooth, with no openings, except one through which +food was brought to Max. An electric lamp was burning brightly on the +ceiling. It was burning all the time, so that Max did not know now what +darkness was. There was no furniture in the room, and Max had to lie on +the stone floor. He lay curled together, as the narrowness of the room +did not permit him to stretch himself. + +His sense of hearing reported to him that until the day of his death +he would not leave this room.... Having reported this, his hearing sank +into inactivity, for not the slightest sound came from without, except +the sounds which Max himself produced, tossing about, or shouting until +he was hoarse, until he lost his voice. + +Max looked into himself. In contrast to the outward light which never +went out he saw within himself impenetrable, heavy, and motionless +darkness. In that darkness his love and faith were buried. + +Max did not know whether time was moving or whether it stood motionless. +The same even, white light poured down on him--the same silence and +quiet. Only by the beating of his heart Max could judge that Chronos had +not left his chariot. His body was aching ever more from the unnatural +position in which it lay, and the constant light and silence were +growing ever more tormenting. How happy are they for whom night exists, +near whom people are shouting, making noise, beating drums; who may +sit on a chair, with their feet hanging down, or lie with their feet +outstretched, placing the head in a corner and covering it with the +hands in order to create the illusion of darkness. + +Max made an effort to recall and to picture to himself what there is +in life; human faces, voices, the stars.... He knew that his eyes would +never in life see that again. He knew it, and yet he lived. He could +have destroyed himself, for there is no position in which a man can +not do that, but instead Max worried about his health, trying to eat, +although he had no appetite, solving mathematical problems to occupy his +mind so as not to lose his reason. He struggled against death as if it +were not his deliverer, but his enemy; and as if life were to him not +the worst of infernal tortures--but love, faith, and happiness. Gloom +in the Past, the grave in the Future, and infernal tortures in the +Present--and yet he lived. Tell me, John N., where did he get the +strength for that? + +He hoped. + + + + + +THE OCEAN + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +A misty February twilight is descending over the ocean. The newly fallen +snow has melted and the warm air is heavy and damp. The northwestern +wind from the sea is driving it silently toward the mainland, bringing +in its wake a sharply fragrant mixture of brine, of boundless space, of +undisturbed, free and mysterious distances. + +In the sky, where the sun is setting, a noiseless destruction of +an unknown city, of an unknown land, is taking place; structures, +magnificent palaces with towers, are crumbling; mountains are silently +splitting asunder and, bending slowly, are tumbling down. But no cry, +no moan, no crash of the fall reaches the earth--the monstrous play +of shadows is noiseless; and the great surface of the ocean, as though +ready for something, as though waiting for something, reflecting it +faintly, listens to it in silence. + +Silence reigns also in the fishermen’s settlement. The fishermen have +gone fishing; the children are sleeping and only the restless women, +gathered in front of the houses, are talking softly, lingering before +going to sleep, beyond which there is always the unknown. + +The light of the sea and the sky behind the houses, and the houses and +their bark roofs are black and sharp, and there is no perspective: the +houses that are far and those that are near seem to stand side by side +as if attached to one another, the roofs and the walls embracing one +another, pressing close to one another, seized with the same uneasiness +before the eternal unknown. + +Right here there is also a little church, its side wall formed crudely +of rough granite, with a deep window which seems to be concealing +itself. + +A cautious sound of women’s voices is heard, softened by uneasiness and +by the approaching night. + +“We can sleep peacefully to-night. The sea is calm and the rollers are +breaking like the clock in the steeple of old Dan.” + +“They will come back with the morning tide. My husband told me that they +will come back with the morning tide.” + +“Perhaps they will come back with the evening tide. It is better for us +to think they will come back in the evening, so that our waiting will +not be in vain. + +“But I must build a fire in the stove.” + +“When the men are away from home, one does not feel like starting a +fire. I never build a fire, even when I am awake; it seems to me that +fire brings a storm. It is better to be quiet and silent.” + +“And listen to the wind? No, that is terrible.” + +“I love the fire. I should like to sleep near the fire, but my husband +does not allow it.” + +“Why doesn’t old Dan come here? It is time to strike the hour.” + +“Old Dan will play in the church to-night; he cannot bear such +silence as this. When the sea is roaring, old Dan hides himself and is +silent--he is afraid of the sea. But, as soon as the waves calm down, +Dan crawls out quietly and sits down to play his organ.” + +The women laugh softly. + +“He reproaches the sea.” + +“He is complaining to God against it. He knows how to complain well. +One feels like crying when he tells God about those who have perished at +sea. Mariet, have you seen Dan to-day? Why are you silent, Mariet?” + +Mariet is the adopted daughter of the abbot, in whose house old Dan, the +organist, lives. Absorbed in thought, she does not hear the question. + +“Mariet, do you hear? Anna is asking you whether you have seen Dan +to-day.” + +“Yes, I think I have. I don’t remember. He is in his room. He does not +like to leave his room when father goes fishing.” + +“Dan is fond of the city priests. He cannot get used to the idea of a +priest who goes fishing, like an ordinary fisherman, and who goes to sea +with our husbands.” + +“He is simply afraid of the sea.” + +“You may say what you like, but I believe we have the very best priest +in the world.” + +“That’s true. I fear him, but I love him as a father.” + +“May God forgive me, but I would have been proud and always happy, if I +were his adopted daughter. Do you hear, Mariet?” + +The women laugh softly and tenderly. + +“Do you hear, Mariet?” + +“I do. But aren’t you tired of always laughing at the same thing? Yes, +I am his daughter--Is it so funny that you will laugh all your life at +it?” + +The women commence to justify themselves confusedly. + +“But he laughs at it himself.” + +“The abbot is fond of jesting. He says so comically: ‘My adopted +daughter,’ and then he strikes himself with his fist and shouts: ‘She’s +my real daughter, not my adopted daughter. She’s my real daughter.’” + +“I have never known my mother, but this laughter would have been +unpleasant to her. I feel it,” says Mariet. + +The women grow silent. The breakers strike against the shore dully with +the regularity of a great pendulum. The unknown city, wrapped with fire +and smoke, is still being destroyed in the sky; yet it does not fall +down completely; and the sea is waiting. Mariet lifts her lowered head. + +“What were you going to say, Mariet?” + +“Didn’t he pass here?” asks Mariet in a low voice. + +Another woman answers timidly: + +“Hush! Why do you speak of him? I fear him. No, he did not pass this +way.” + +“He did. I saw from the window that he passed by.” + +“You are mistaken; it was some one else.” + +“Who else could that be? Is it possible to make a mistake, if you have +once seen him walk? No one walks as he does.” + +“Naval officers, Englishmen, walk like that.” + +“No. Haven’t I seen naval officers in the city? They walk firmly, but +openly; even a girl could trust them.” + +“Oh, look out!” + +Frightened and cautious laughter. + +“No, don’t laugh. He walks without looking at the ground; he puts his +feet down as if the ground itself must take them cautiously and place +them.” + +“But if there’s a stone on the road? We have many stones here.” + +“He does not bend down, nor does he hide his head when a strong wind +blows.” + +“Of course not. Of course not. He does not hide his head.” + +“Is it true that he is handsome? Who has seen him at close range?” + +“I,” says Mariet. + +“No, no, don’t speak of him; I shall not be able to sleep all night. +Since they settled on that hill, in that accursed castle, I know no +rest; I am dying of fear. You are also afraid. Confess it.” + +“Well, not all of us are afraid.” + +“What have they come here for? There are two of them. What is there for +them to do here in our poor land, where we have nothing but stones and +the sea?” + +“They drink gin. The sailor comes every morning for gin.” + +“They are simply drunkards who don’t want anybody to disturb their +drinking. When the sailor passes along the street he leaves behind him +an odour as of an open bottle of rum.” + +“But is that their business--drinking gin? I fear them. Where is the +ship that brought them here? They came from the sea.” + +“I saw the ship,” says Mariet. + +The women begin to question her in amazement. + +“You? Why, then, didn’t you say anything about it? Tell us what you +know.” + +Mariet maintains silence. Suddenly one of the women exclaims: + +“Ah, look! They have lit a lamp. There is a light in the castle!” + +On the left, about half a mile away from the village, a faint light +flares up, a red little coal in the dark blue of the twilight and the +distance. There upon a high rock, overhanging the sea, stands an +ancient castle, a grim heritage of grey and mysterious antiquity. +Long destroyed, long ruined, it blends with the rocks, continuing and +delusively ending them by the broken, dented line of its batteries, its +shattered roofs, its half-crumbled towers. Now the rocks and the castle +are covered with a smoky shroud of twilight. They seem airy, devoid +of any weight, and almost as fantastic as those monstrous heaps of +structures which are piled up and which are falling so noiselessly in +the sky. But while the others are falling this one stands, and a live +light reddens against the deep blue--and it is just as strange a sight +as if a human hand were to kindle a light in the clouds. + +Turning their heads in that direction, the women look on with frightened +eyes. + +“Do you see,” says one of them. “It is even worse than a light on a +cemetery. Who needs a light among the tombstones?” + +“It is getting cold toward night and the sailor must have thrown some +branches into the fireplace, that’s all. At least, I think so,” says +Mariet. + +“And I think that the abbot should have gone there with holy water long +ago.” + +“Or with the gendarmes! If that isn’t the devil himself, it is surely +one of his assistants.” + +“It is impossible to live peacefully with such neighbours close by.” + +“I am afraid for the children.” + +“And for your soul?” + +Two elderly women rise silently and go away. Then a third, an old woman, +also rises. + +“We must ask the abbot whether it isn’t a sin to look at such a light.” + +She goes off. The smoke in the sky is ever increasing and the fire is +subsiding, and the unknown city is already near its dark end. The sea +odour is growing ever sharper and stronger. Night is coming from the +shore. + +Their heads turned, the women watch the departing old woman. Then they +turn again toward the light. + +Mariet, as though defending some one, says softly: + +“There can’t be anything bad in light. For there is light in the candles +on God’s altar.” + +“But there is also fire for Satan in hell,” says another old woman, +heavily and angrily, and then goes off. Now four remain, all young +girls. + +“I am afraid,” says one, pressing close to her companion. + +The noiseless and cold conflagration in the sky is ended; the city is +destroyed; the unknown land is in ruins. There are no longer any walls +or falling towers; a heap of pale blue gigantic shapes have fallen +silently into the abyss of the ocean and the night. A young little star +glances at the earth with frightened eyes; it feels like coming out of +the clouds near the castle, and because of its inmost neighbourship the +heavy castle grows darker, and the light in its window seems redder and +darker. + +“Good night, Mariet,” says the girl who sat alone, and then she goes +off. + +“Let us also go; it is getting cold,” say the other two, rising. “Good +night, Mariet.” + +“Good night.” + +“Why are you alone, Mariet? Why are you alone, Mariet, in the daytime +and at night, on week days and on merry holidays? Do you love to think +of your betrothed?” + +“Yes, I do. I love to think of Philipp.” + +The girl laughs. + +“But you don’t want to see him. When he goes out to sea, you look at +the sea for hours; when he comes back--you are not there. Where are you +hiding yourself?” + +“I love to think of Philipp.” + +“Like a blind man he gropes among the houses, forever calling: ‘Mariet! +Mariet! Have you not seen Mariet?’” + +They go off laughing and repeating: + +“Good night, Mariet. ‘Have you not seen Mariet! Mariet!’” + +The girl is left alone. She looks at the light in the castle. She hears +soft, irresolute footsteps. + +Old Dan, of small stature, slim, a coughing old man with a clean-shaven +face, comes out from behind the church. Because of his irresoluteness, +or because of the weakness of his eyes, he steps uncertainly, touching +the ground cautiously and with a certain degree of fear. + +“Oho! Oho!” + +“Is that you, Dan?” + +“The sea is calm, Dan. Are you going to play to-night?” + +“Oho! I shall ring the bell seven times. Seven times I shall ring it and +send to God seven of His holy hours.” + +He takes the rope of the bell and strikes the hour--seven ringing and +slow strokes. The wind plays with them, it drops them to the ground, but +before they touch it, it catches them tenderly, sways them softly and +with a light accompaniment of whistling carries them off to the dark +coast. + +“Oh, no!” mutters Dan. “Bad hours, they fall to the ground. They are +not His holy hours and He will send them back. Oh, a storm is coming! O +Lord, have mercy on those who are perishing at sea!” + +He mutters and coughs. + +“Dan, I have seen the ship again to-day. Do you hear, Dan?” + +“Many ships are going out to sea.” + +“But this one had black sails. It was again going toward the sun.” + +“Many ships are going out to sea. Listen, Mariet, there was once a wise +king--Oh, how wise he was!--and he commanded that the sea be lashed with +chains. Oho!” + +“I know, Dan. You told me about it.” + +“Oho, with chains! But it did not occur to him to christen the sea. Why +did it not occur to him to do that, Mariet? Ah, why did he not think of +it? We have no such kings now.” + +“What would have happened, Dan?” + +“Oho!” + +He whispers softly: + +“All the rivers and the streams have already been christened, and the +cross of the Lord has touched even many stagnant swamps; only the sea +remained--that nasty, salty, deep pool.” + +“Why do you scold it? It does not like to be scolded,” Mariet reproaches +him. + +“Oho! Let the sea not like it--I am not afraid of it. The sea thinks +it is also an organ and music for God. It is a nasty, hissing, furious +pool. A salty spit of satan. Fie! Fie! Fie!” + +He goes to the doors at the entrance of the church muttering angrily, +threatening, as though celebrating some victory: + +“Oho! Oho!” + +“Dan!” + +“Go home.” + +“Dan! Why don’t you light candles when you play? Dan, I don’t love my +betrothed. Do you hear, Dan?” + +Dan turns his head unwillingly. + +“I have heard it long ago, Mariet. Tell it to your father.” + +“Where is my mother, Dan?” + +“Oho! You are mad again, Mariet? You are gazing too much at the +sea--yes. I am going to tell--I am going to tell your father, yes.” + +He enters the church. Soon the sounds of the organ are heard. Faint +in the first, long-drawn, deeply pensive chords, they rapidly gain +strength. And with a passionate sadness, their human melodies now +wrestle with the dull and gloomy plaintiveness of the tireless surf. +Like seagulls in a storm, the sounds soar amidst the high waves, unable +to rise higher on their overburdened wings. The stern ocean holds them +captive by its wild and eternal charms. But when they have risen, the +lowered ocean roars more dully; now they rise still higher--and the +heavy, almost voiceless pile of water is shaking helplessly. Varied +voices resound through the expanse of the resplendent distances. Day has +one sorrow, night has another sorrow, and the proud, ever rebellious, +black ocean suddenly seems to become an eternal slave. + +Her cheek pressed against the cold stone of the wall, Mariet is +listening, all alone. She is growing reconciled to something; she is +grieving ever more quietly. + +Suddenly, firm footsteps are heard on the road; the cobblestones are +creaking under the vigorous steps--and a man appears from behind the +church. He walks slowly and sternly, like those who do not roam in vain, +and who know the earth from end to end. He carries his hat in his hands; +he is thinking of something, looking ahead. On his broad shoulders is +set a round, strong head, with short hair; his dark profile is stern +and commandingly haughty, and, although the man is dressed in a partly +military uniform, he does not subject his body to the discipline of his +clothes, but masters it as a free man. The folds of his clothes fall +submissively. + +Mariet greets him: + +“Good evening.” + +He walks on quite a distance, then stops and turns his head slowly. He +waits silently, as though regretting to part with his silence. + +“Did you say ‘Good evening’ to me?” he asks at last. + +“Yes, to you. Good evening.” + +He looks at her silently. + +“Well, good evening. This is the first time I have been greeted in this +land, and I was surprised when I heard your voice. Come nearer to me. +Why don’t you sleep when all are sleeping? Who are you?” + +“I am the daughter of the abbot of this place.” + +He laughs: + +“Have priests children? Or are there special priests in your land?” + +“Yes, the priests are different here.” + +“Now, I recall, Khorre told me something about the priest of this +place.” + +“Who is Khorre?” + +“My sailor. The one who buys gin in your settlement.” + +He suddenly laughs again and continues: + +“Yes, he told me something. Was it your father who cursed the Pope and +declared his own church independent?” + +“Yes.” + +“And he makes his own prayers? And goes to sea with the fishermen? And +punishes with his own hands those who disobey him?” + +“Yes. I am his daughter. My name is Mariet. And what is your name?” + +“I have many names. Which one shall I tell you?” + +“The one by which you were christened.” + +“What makes you think that I was christened?” + +“Then tell me the name by which your mother called you.” + +“What makes you think that I had a mother? I do not know my mother.” + +Mariet says softly: + +“Neither do I know my mother.” + +Both are silent. They look at each other kindly. + +“Is that so?” he says. “You, too, don’t know your mother? Well, then, +call me Haggart.” + +“Haggart?” + +“Yes. Do you like the name? I have invented it myself--Haggart. It’s a +pity that you have been named already. I would have invented a fine name +for you.” + +Suddenly he frowned. + +“Tell me, Mariet, why is your land so mournful? I walk along your paths +and only the cobblestones creak under my feet. And on both sides are +huge rocks.” + +“That is on the road to the castle--none of us ever go there. Is it true +that these stones stop the passersby with the question: ‘Where are you +going?’” + +“No, they are mute. Why is your land so mournful? It is almost a week +since I’ve seen my shadow. It is impossible! I don’t see my shadow.” + +“Our land is very cheerful and full of joy. It is still winter now, but +soon spring will come, and sunshine will come back with it. You shall +see it, Haggart.” + +He speaks with contempt: + +“And you are sitting and waiting calmly for its return? You must be a +fine set of people! Ah, if I only had a ship!” + +“What would you have done?” + +He looks at her morosely and shakes his head suspiciously. + +“You are too inquisitive, little girl. Has any one sent you over to me?” + +“No. What do you need a ship for?” + +Haggart laughs good-naturedly and ironically: + +“She asks what a man needs a ship for. You must be a fine set of people. +You don’t know what a man needs a ship for! And you speak seriously? If +I had a ship I would have rushed toward the sun. And it would not matter +how it sets its golden sails, I would overtake it with my black sails. +And I would force it to outline my shadow on the deck of my ship. And I +would put my foot upon it this way!” + +He stamps his foot firmly. Then Mariet asks, cautiously: + +“Did you say with black sails?” + +“That’s what I said. Why do you always ask questions? I have no ship, +you know. Good-bye.” + +He puts on his hat, but does not move. Mariet maintains silence. Then he +says, very angrily: + +“Perhaps you, too, like the music of your old Dan, that old fool?” + +“You know his name?” + +“Khorre told me it. I don’t like his music, no, no. Bring me a good, +honest dog, or beast, and he will howl. You will say that he knows no +music--he does, but he can’t bear falsehood. Here is music. Listen!” + +He takes Mariet by the hand and turns her roughly, her face toward the +ocean. + +“Do you hear? This is music. Your Dan has robbed the sea and the wind. +No, he is worse than a thief, he is a deceiver! He should be hanged on a +sailyard--your Dan! Good-bye!” + +He goes, but after taking two steps he turns around. + +“I said good-bye to you. Go home. Let this fool play alone. Well, go.” + +Mariet is silent, motionless. Haggart laughs: + +“Are you afraid perhaps that I have forgotten your name? I remember it. +Your name is Mariet. Go, Mariet.” + +She says softly: + +“I have seen your ship.” + +Haggart advances to her quickly and bends down. His face is terrible. + +“It is not true. When?” + +“Last evening.” + +“It is not true! Which way was it going?” + +“Toward the sun.” + +“Last evening I was drunk and I slept. But this is not true. I have +never seen it. You are testing me. Beware!” + +“Shall I tell you if I see it again?” + +“How can you tell me?” + +“I shall come up your hill.” + +Haggart looks at her attentively. + +“If you are only telling me the truth. What sort of people are there in +your land--false or not? In the lands I know, all the people are false. +Has any one else seen that ship?” + +“I don’t know. I was alone on the shore. Now I see that it was not your +ship. You are not glad to hear of it.” + +Haggart is silent, as though he has forgotten her presence. + +“You have a pretty uniform. You are silent? I shall come up to you.” + +Haggart is silent. His dark profile is stern and wildly gloomy; every +motion of his powerful body, every fold of his clothes, is full of the +dull silence of the taciturnity of long hours, or days, or perhaps of a +lifetime. + +“Your sailor will not kill me? You are silent. I have a betrothed. His +name is Philipp, but I don’t love him. You are now like that rock which +lies on the road leading to the castle.” + +Haggart turns around silently and starts. + +“I also remember your name. Your name is Haggart.” + +He goes away. + +“Haggart!” calls Mariet, but he has already disappeared behind the +house. Only the creaking of the scattered cobblestones is heard, dying +away in the misty air. Dan, who has taken a rest, is playing again; he +is telling God about those who have perished at sea. + +The night is growing darker. Neither the rock nor the castle is visible +now; only the light in the window is redder and brighter. + +The dull thuds of the tireless breakers are telling the story of +different lives. + + + +CHAPTER II + + +A strong wind is tossing the fragment of a sail which is hanging over +the large, open window. The sail is too small to cover the entire +window, and, through the gaping hole, the dark night is breathing +inclement weather. There is no rain, but the warm wind, saturated with +the sea, is heavy and damp. + +Here in the tower live Haggart and his sailor, Khorre. Both are sleeping +now a heavy, drunken sleep. On the table and in the corners of the room +there are empty bottles, and the remains of food; the only taburet is +overturned, lying on one side. Toward evening the sailor got up, lit a +large illumination lamp, and was about to do more, but he was overcome +by intoxication again and fell asleep upon his thin mattress of straw +and seagrass. Tossed by the wind, the flame of the illumination-lamp is +quivering in yellow, restless spots over the uneven, mutilated walls, +losing itself in the dark opening of the door, which leads to the other +rooms of the castle. + +Haggart lies on his back, and the same quivering yellow shades run +noiselessly over his strong forehead, approach his closed eyes, his +straight, sharply outlined nose, and, tossing about in confusion, rush +back to the wall. The breathing of the sleeping man is deep and uneven; +from time to time his heavy, strange hand lifts itself, makes several +weak, unfinished movements, and falls down on his breast helplessly. + +Outside the window the breakers are roaring and raging, beating against +the rocks--this is the second day a storm is raging in the ocean. The +ancient tower is quivering from the violent blows of the waves. It +responds to the storm with the rustling of the falling plaster, with +the rattling of the little cobblestones as they are torn down, with the +whisper and moans of the wind which has lost its way in the passages. It +whispers and mutters like an old woman. + +The sailor begins to feel cold on the stone floor, on which the wind +spreads itself like water; he tosses about, folds his legs under +himself, draws his head into his shoulders, gropes for his imaginary +clothes, but is unable to wake up--his intoxication produced by a two +days’ spree is heavy and severe. But now the wind whines more powerfully +than before; something heaves a deep groan. Perhaps a part of a +destroyed wall has sunk into the sea. The quivering yellow spots +commence to toss about upon the crooked wall more desperately, and +Khorre awakes. + +He sits up on his mattress, looks around, but is unable to understand +anything. + +The wind is hissing like a robber summoning other robbers, and filling +the night with disquieting phantoms. It seems as if the sea were full of +sinking vessels, of people who are drowning and desperately struggling +with death. Voices are heard. Somewhere near by people are shouting, +scolding each other, laughing and singing, like madmen, or talking +sensibly and rapidly--it seems that soon one will see a strange human +face distorted by horror or laughter, or fingers bent convulsively. But +there is a strong smell of the sea, and that, together with the cold, +brings Khorre to his senses. + +“Noni!” he calls hoarsely, but Haggart does not hear him. After a +moment’s thought, he calls once more: + +“Captain. Noni! Get up.” + +But Haggart does not answer and the sailor mutters: + +“Noni is drunk and he sleeps. Let him sleep. Oh, what a cold night it +is. There isn’t enough warmth in it even to warm your nose. I am cold. +I feel cold and lonesome, Noni. I can’t drink like that, although +everybody knows I am a drunkard. But it is one thing to drink, and +another to drown in gin--that’s an entirely different matter. Noni--you +are like a drowned man, simply like a corpse. I feel ashamed for your +sake, Noni. I shall drink now and--” + +He rises, and staggering, finds an unopened bottle and drinks. + +“A fine wind. They call this a storm--do you hear, Noni? They call this +a storm. What will they call a real storm?” + +He drinks again. + +“A fine wind!” + +He goes over to the window and, pushing aside the corner of the sail, +looks out. + +“Not a single light on the sea, or in the village. They have hidden +themselves and are sleeping--they are waiting for the storm to pass. +B-r-r, how cold! I would have driven them all out to sea; it is mean to +go to sea only when the weather is calm. That is cheating the sea. I am +a pirate, that’s true; my name is Khorre, and I should have been hanged +long ago on a yard, that’s true, too--but I shall never allow myself +such meanness as to cheat the sea. Why did you bring me to this hole, +Noni?” + +He picks up some brushwood, and throws it into the fireplace. + +“I love you, Noni. I am now going to start a fire to warm your feet. I +used to be your nurse, Noni; but you have lost your reason--that’s true. +I am a wise man, but I don’t understand your conduct at all. Why did you +drop your ship? You will be hanged, Noni, you will be hanged, and I will +dangle by your side. You have lost your reason, that’s true!” + +He starts a fire, then prepares food and drink. + +“What will you say when you wake up? ‘Fire.’ And I will answer, ‘Here it +is.’ Then you will say, ‘Something to drink.’ And I will answer, ‘Here +it is.’ And then you will drink your fill again, and I will drink with +you, and you will prate nonsense. How long is this going to last? We +have lived this way two months now, or perhaps two years, or twenty +years--I am drowning in gin--I don’t understand your conduct at all, +Noni.” + +He drinks. + +“Either I have lost my mind from this gin, or a ship is being wrecked +near by. How they are crying!” + +He looks out of the window. + +“No, no one is here. It is the wind. The wind feels weary, and it plays +all by itself. It has seen many shipwrecks, and now it is inventing. The +wind itself is crying; the wind itself is scolding and sobbing; and the +wind itself is laughing--the rogue! But if you think that this rag +with which I have covered the window is a sail, and that this ruin of +a castle is a three-masted brig, you are a fool! We are not going +anywhere! We are standing securely at our moorings, do you hear?” + +He pushes the sleeping man cautiously. + +“Get up, Noni. I feel lonesome. If we must drink, let’s drink +together--I feel lonesome. Noni!” + +Haggart awakens, stretches himself and says, without opening his eyes: + +“Fire.” + +“Here it is.” + +“Something to drink.” + +“Here it is! A fine wind, Noni. I looked out of the window, and the sea +splashed into my eyes. It is high tide now and the water-dust flies up +to the tower. I feel lonesome, Noni. I want to speak to you. Don’t be +angry!” + +“It’s cold.” + +“Soon the fire will burn better. I don’t understand your actions. Don’t +be angry, Noni, but I don’t understand your actions! I am afraid that +you have lost your mind.” + +“Did you drink again?” + +“I did.” + +“Give me some.” + +He drinks from the mouth of the bottle lying on the floor, his eyes +wandering over the crooked mutilated walls, whose every projection and +crack is now lighted by the bright flame in the fireplace. He is not +quite sure yet whether he is awake, or whether it is all a dream. With +each strong gust of wind the flame is hurled from the fireplace, and +then the entire tower seems to dance--the last shadows melt and rush off +into the open door. + +“Don’t drink it all at once, Noni! Not all at once!” says the sailor and +gently takes the bottle away from him. Haggart seats himself and clasps +his head with both hands. + +“I have a headache. What is that cry? Was there a shipwreck?” + +“No, Noni. It is the wind playing roguishly.” + +“Khorre!” + +“Captain.” + +“Give me the bottle.” + +He drinks a little more and sets the bottle on the table. Then he paces +the room, straightening his shoulders and his chest, and looks out of +the window. Khorre looks over his shoulder and whispers: + +“Not a single light. It is dark and deserted. Those who had to die have +died already, and the cautious cowards are sitting on the solid earth.” + +Haggart turns around and says, wiping his face: + +“When I am intoxicated, I hear voices and singing. Does that happen to +you, too, Khorre? Who is that singing now?” + +“The wind is singing, Noni--only the wind.” + +“No, but who else? It seems to me a human being is singing, a woman is +singing, and others are laughing and shouting something. Is that all +nothing but the wind?” + +“Only the wind.” + +“Why does the wind deceive me?” says Haggart haughtily. + +“It feels lonesome, Noni, just as I do, and it laughs at the human +beings. Have you heard the wind lying like this and mocking in the open +sea? There it tells the truth, but here--it frightens the people on +shore and mocks them. The wind does not like cowards. You know it.” + +Haggart says morosely: + +“I heard their organist playing not long ago in church. He lies.” + +“They are all liars.” + +“No!” exclaims Haggart angrily. “Not all. There are some who tell the +truth there, too. I shall cut your ears off if you will slander honest +people. Do you hear?” + +“Yes.” + +They are silent; they listen to the wild music of the sea. The wind +has evidently grown mad. Having taken into its embrace a multitude +of instruments with which human beings produce their music--harps, +reed-pipes, priceless violins, heavy drums and brass trumpets--it breaks +them all, together with a wave, against the sharp rocks. It dashes them +and bursts into laughter--only thus does the wind understand music--each +time in the death of an instrument, each time in the breaking of +strings, in the snapping of the clanging brass. Thus does the mad +musician understand music. Haggart heaves a deep sigh and with some +amazement, like a man just awakened from sleep, looks around on all +sides. Then he commands shortly: + +“Give me my pipe.” + +“Here it is.” + +Both commence to smoke. + +“Don’t be angry, Noni,” says the sailor. “You have become so angry that +one can’t come near you at all. May I chat with you?” + +“There are some who do tell the truth there, too,” says Haggart sternly, +emitting rings of smoke. + +“How shall I say it you, Noni?” answers the sailor cautiously but +stubbornly. “There are no truthful people there. It has been so ever +since the deluge. At that time all the honest people went out to sea, +and only the cowards and liars remained upon the solid earth.” + +Haggart is silent for a minute; then he takes the pipe from his mouth +and laughs gaily. + +“Have you invented it yourself?” + +“I think so,” says Khorre modestly. + +“Clever! And it was worth teaching you sacred history for that! Were you +taught by a priest?” + +“Yes. In prison. At that time I was as innocent as a dove. That’s also +from sacred scriptures, Noni. That’s what they always say there.” + +“He was a fool! It was not necessary to teach you, but to hang you,” + says Haggart, adding morosely: “Don’t talk nonsense, sailor. Hand me a +bottle.” + +They drink. Khorre stamps his foot against the stone floor and asks: + +“Do you like this motionless floor?” + +“I should have liked to have the deck of a ship dancing under my feet.” + +“Noni!” exclaims the sailor enthusiastically. “Noni! Now I hear real +words! Let us go away from here. I cannot live like this. I am drowning +in gin. I don’t understand your actions at all, Noni! You have lost your +mind. Reveal yourself to me, my boy. I was your nurse. I nursed you, +Noni, when your father brought you on board ship. I remember how the +city was burning then and we were putting out to sea, and I didn’t know +what to do with you; you whined like a little pig in the cook’s room. I +even wanted to throw you overboard--you annoyed me so much. Ah, Noni, it +is all so touching that I can’t bear to recall it. I must have a drink. +Take a drink, too, my boy, but not all at once, not all at once!” + +They drink. Haggart paces the room heavily and slowly, like a man who is +imprisoned in a dungeon but does not want to escape. + +“I feel sad,” he says, without looking at Khorre. Khorre, as though +understanding, shakes his head in assent. + +“Sad? I understand. Since then?” + +“Ever since then.” + +“Ever since we drowned those people? They cried so loudly.” + +“I did not hear their cry. But this I heard--something snapped in my +heart, Khorre. Always sadness, everywhere sadness! Let me drink!” + +He drinks. + +“He who cried--am I perhaps afraid of him, Khorre? That would be fine! +Tears were trickling from his eyes; he wept like one who is unfortunate. +Why did he do that? Perhaps he came from a land where the people had +never heard of death--what do you think, sailor?” + +“I don’t remember him, Noni. You speak so much about him, while I don’t +remember him.” + +“He was a fool,” says Haggart. “He spoilt his death for himself, and +spoilt me my life. I curse him, Khorre. May he be cursed. But that +doesn’t matter, Khorre--no!” + +Silence. + +“They have good gin on this coast,” says Khorre. “He’ll pass easily, +Noni. If you have cursed him there will be no delay; he’ll slip into +hell like an oyster.” + +Haggart shakes his head: + +“No, Khorre, no! I am sad. Ah, sailor, why have I stopped here, where I +hear the sea? I should go away, far away on land, where the people don’t +know the sea at all, where the people have never heard about the sea--a +thousand miles away, five thousand miles away!” + +“There is no such land.” + +“There is, Khorre. Let us drink and laugh, Khorre. That organist lies. +Sing something for me, Khorre--you sing well. In your hoarse voice I +hear the creaking of ropes. Your refrain is like a sail that is torn by +the storm. Sing, sailor!” + +Khorre nods his head gloomily. + +“No, I will not sing.” + +“Then I shall force you to pray as they prayed!” + +“You will not force me to pray, either. You are the Captain, and you +may kill me, and here is your revolver. It is loaded, Noni. And now I am +going to speak the truth, Captain! Khorre, the boatswain, speaks to you +in the name of the entire crew.” + +Haggart says: + +“Drop this performance, Khorre. There is no crew here. You’d better +drink something.” + +He drinks. + +“But the crew is waiting for you, you know it. Captain, is it your +intention to return to the ship and assume command again?” + +“No.” + +“Captain, is it perhaps your intention to go to the people on the coast +and live with them?” + +“No.” + +“I can’t understand your actions, Noni. What do you intend to do, +Captain?” + +Haggart drinks silently. + +“Not all at once, Noni, not at once. Captain, do you intend to stay in +this hole and wait until the police dogs come from the city? Then they +will hang us, and not upon a mast, but simply on one of their foolish +trees.” + +“Yes. The wind is getting stronger. Do you hear, Khorre? The wind is +getting stronger!” + +“And the gold which we have buried here?” He points below, with his +finger. + +“The gold? Take it and go with it wherever you like.” + +The sailor says angrily: + +“You are a bad man, Noni. You have only set foot on earth a little while +ago, and you already have the thoughts of a traitor. That’s what the +earth is doing!” + +“Be silent, Khorre. I am listening. Our sailors are singing. Do you +hear? No, that’s the wine rushing to my head. I’ll be drunk soon. Give +me another bottle.” + +“Perhaps you will go to the priest? He would absolve your sins.” + +“Silence!” roars Haggart, clutching at his revolver. + +Silence. The storm is increasing. Haggart paces the room in agitation, +striking against the walls. He mutters something abruptly. Suddenly he +seizes the sail and tears it down furiously, admitting the salty wind. +The illumination lamp is extinguished and the flame in the fireplace +tosses about wildly--like Haggart. + +“Why did you lock out the wind? It’s better now. Come here.” + +“You were the terror of the seas!” says the sailor. + +“Yes, I was the terror of the seas.” + +“You were the terror of the coasts! Your famous name resounded like the +surf over all the coasts, wherever people live. They saw you in their +dreams. When they thought of the ocean, they thought of you. When they +heard the storm, they heard you, Noni!” + +“I burnt their cities. The deck of my ship is shaking under my feet, +Khorre. The deck is shaking under me!” + +He laughs wildly, as if losing his senses. + +“You sank their ships. You sent to the bottom the Englishman who was +chasing you.” + +“He had ten guns more than I.” + +“And you burnt and drowned him. Do you remember, Noni, how the wind +laughed then? The night was as black as this night, but you made day of +it, Noni. We were rocked by a sea of fire.” + +Haggart stands pale-faced, his eyes closed. Suddenly he shouts +commandingly: + +“Boatswain!” + +“Yes,” Khorre jumps up. + +“Whistle for everybody to go up on deck.” + +“Yes.” + +The boatswain’s shrill whistle pierces sharply into the open body of the +storm. Everything comes to life, and it looks as though they were +upon the deck of a ship. The waves are crying with human voices. In +semi-oblivion, Haggart is commanding passionately and angrily: + +“To the shrouds!--The studding sails! Be ready, forepart! Aim at the +ropes; I don’t want to sink them all at once. Starboard the helm, sail +by the wind. Be ready now. Ah, fire! Ah, you are already burning! Board +it now! Get the hooks ready.” + +And Khorre tosses about violently, performing the mad instructions. + +“Yes, yes.” + +“Be braver, boys. Don’t be afraid of tears! Eh, who is crying there? +Don’t dare cry when you are dying. I’ll dry your mean eyes upon the +fire. Fire! Fire everywhere! Khorre--sailor! I am dying. They have +poured molten tar into my chest. Oh, how it burns!” + +“Don’t give way, Noni. Don’t give way. Recall your father. Strike them +on the head, Noni!” + +“I can’t, Khorre. My strength is failing. Where is my power?” + +“Strike them on the head, Noni. Strike them on the head!” + +“Take a knife, Khorre, and cut out my heart. There is no ship, +Khorre--there is nothing. Cut out my heart, comrade--throw out the +traitor from my breast.” + +“I want to play some more, Noni. Strike them on the head!” + +“There is no ship, Khorre, there is nothing--it is all a lie. I want to +drink.” + +He takes a bottle and laughs: + +“Look, sailor--here the wind and the storm and you and I are locked. It +is all a deception, Khorre!” + +“I want to play.” + +“Here my sorrow is locked. Look! In the green glass it seems like water, +but it isn’t water. Let us drink, Khorre--there on the bottom I see +my laughter and your song. There is no ship--there is nothing! Who is +coming?” + +He seizes his revolver. The fire in the fire-place is burning faintly; +the shadows are tossing about--but two of these shadows are darker than +the others and they are walking. Khorre shouts: + +“Halt!” + +A man’s voice, heavy and deep, answers: + +“Hush! Put down your weapons. I am the abbot of this place.” + +“Fire, Noni, fire! They have come for you.” + +“I have come to help you. Put down your knife, fool, or I will break +every bone in your body without a knife. Coward, are you frightened by a +woman and a priest?” + +Haggart puts down his revolver and says ironically: + +“A woman and a priest! Is there anything still more terrible? Pardon my +sailor, Mr. abbot, he is drunk, and when he is drunk he is very reckless +and he may kill you. Khorre, don’t turn your knife.” + +“He has come after you, Noni.” + +“I have come to warn you; the tower may fall. Go away from here!” says +the abbot. + +“Why are you hiding yourself, girl? I remember your name; your name is +Mariet,” says Haggart. + +“I am not hiding. I also remember your name--it is Haggart,” replies +Mariet. + +“Was it you who brought him here?” + +“I.” + +“I have told you that they are all traitors, Noni,” says Khorre. + +“Silence!” + +“It is very cold here. I will throw some wood into the fireplace. May I +do it?” asks Mariet. + +“Do it,” answers Haggart. + +“The tower will fall down before long,” says the abbot. “Part of the +wall has caved in already; it is all hollow underneath. Do you hear?” + +He stamps his foot on the stone floor. + +“Where will the tower fall?” + +“Into the sea, I suppose! The castle is splitting the rocks.” + +Haggart laughs: + +“Do you hear, Khorre? This place is not as motionless as it seemed to +you--while it cannot move, it can fall. How many people have you brought +along with you, priest, and where have you hidden them?” + +“Only two of us came, my father and I,” says Mariet. + +“You are rude to a priest. I don’t like that,” says the abbot. + +“You have come here uninvited. I don’t like that either,” says Haggart. + +“Why did you lead me here, Mariet? Come,” says the abbot. + +Haggart speaks ironically: + +“And you leave us here to die? That is unChristian, Christian.” + +“Although I am a priest, I am a poor Christian, and the Lord knows it,” + says the abbot angrily. “I have no desire to save such a rude scamp. Let +us go, Mariet.” + +“Captain?” asks Khorre. + +“Be silent, Khorre,” says Haggart. “So that’s the way you speak, abbot; +so you are not a liar?” + +“Come with me and you shall see.” + +“Where shall I go with you?” + +“To my house.” + +“To your house? Do you hear, Khorre? To the priest! But do you know whom +you are calling to your house?” + +“No, I don’t know. But I see that you are young and strong. I see that +although your face is gloomy, it is handsome, and I think that you could +be as good a workman as others.” + +“A workman? Khorre, do you hear what the priest says?” + +Both laugh. The abbot says angrily: + +“You are both drunk.” + +“Yes, a little! But if I were sober I would have laughed still more,” + answers Haggart. + +“Don’t laugh, Haggart,” says Mariet. + +Haggart replies angrily: + +“I don’t like the tongues of false priests, Mariet--they are coated with +truth on top, like a lure for flies. Take him away, and you, girl, go +away, too! I have forgotten your name!” + +He sits down and stares ahead sternly. His eyebrows move close together, +and his hand is pressed down heavily by his lowered head, by his strong +chin. + +“He does not know you, father! Tell him about yourself. You speak so +well. If you wish it, he will believe you, father. Haggart!” + +Haggart maintains silence. + +“Noni! Captain!” + +Silence. Khorre whispers mysteriously: + +“He feels sad. Girl, tell the priest that he feels sad.” + +“Khorre,” begins Mariet. Haggart looks around quickly. + +“What about Khorre? Why don’t you like him, Mariet? We are so much like +each other.” + +“He is like you?” says the woman with contempt. “No, Haggart! But here +is what he did: He gave gin to little Noni again to-day. He moistened +his finger and gave it to him. He will kill him, father.” + +Haggart laughs: + +“Is that so bad? He did the same to me.” + +“And he dipped him in cold water. The boy is very weak,” says Mariet +morosely. + +“I don’t like to hear you speak of weakness. Our boy must be strong. +Khorre! Three days without gin.” + +He shows him three fingers. + +“Who should be without gin? The boy or I?” asks Khorre gloomily. + +“You!” replies Haggart furiously. “Begone!” + +The sailor sullenly gathers his belongings--the pouch, the pipe, and the +flask--and wabbling, goes off. But he does not go far--he sits down upon +a neighbouring rock. Haggart and his wife look at him. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +The work is ended. Having lost its gloss, the last neglected fish lies +on the ground; even the children are too lazy to pick it up; and an +indifferent, satiated foot treads it into the mud. A quiet, fatigued +conversation goes on, mingled with gay and peaceful laughter. + +“What kind of a prayer is our abbot going to say to-day? It is already +time for him to come.” + +“And do you think it is so easy to compose a good prayer? He is +thinking.” + +“Selly’s basket broke and the fish were falling out. We laughed so much! +It seems so funny to me even now!” + +Laughter. Two fishermen look at the sail in the distance. + +“All my life I have seen large ships sailing past us. Where are they +going? They disappear beyond the horizon, and I go off to sleep; and I +sleep, while they are forever going, going. Where are they going? Do you +know?” + +“To America.” + +“I should like to go with them. When they speak of America my heart +begins to ring. Did you say America on purpose, or is that the truth?” + +Several old women are whispering: + +“Wild Gart is angry again at his sailor. Have you noticed it?” + +“The sailor is displeased. Look, how wan his face is.” + +“Yes, he looks like the evil one when he is compelled to listen to a +psalm. But I don’t like Wild Gart, either. No. Where did he come from?” + +They resume their whispers. Haggart complains softly: + +“Why have you the same name, Mariet, for everybody? It should not be so +in a truthful land.” + +Mariet speaks with restrained force, pressing both hands to her breast: + +“I love you so dearly, Gart; when you go out to sea, I set my teeth +together and do not open them until you come back. When you are away, I +eat nothing and drink nothing; when you are away, I am silent, and the +women laugh: ‘Mute Mariet!’ But I would be insane if I spoke when I am +alone.” + +HAGGART--Here you are again compelling me to smile. You must not, +Mariet--I am forever smiling. + +MARIET--I love you so dearly, Gart. Every hour of the day and the night +I am thinking only of what I could still give to you, Gart. Have I not +given you everything? But that is so little--everything! There is but +one thing I want to do--to keep on giving to you, giving! When the sun +sets, I present you the sunset; when the sun rises, I present you the +sunrise--take it, Gart! And are not all the storms yours? Ah, Haggart, +how I love you! + +HAGGART--I am going to toss little Noni so high to-day that I will toss +him up to the clouds. Do you want me to do it? Let us laugh, dear little +sister Mariet. You are exactly like myself. When you stand that way, +it seems to me that I am standing there--I have to rub my eyes. Let us +laugh! Some day I may suddenly mix things up--I may wake up and say to +you: “Good morning, Haggart!” + +MARIET--Good morning, Mariet. + +HAGGART--I will call you Haggart. Isn’t that a good idea? + +MARIET--And I will call you Mariet. + +HAGGART--Yes--no. You had better call me Haggart, too. + +“You don’t want me to call you Mariet?” asks Mariet sadly. + +The abbot and old Dan appear. The abbot says in a loud, deep voice: + +“Here I am. Here I am bringing you a prayer, children. I have just +composed it; it has even made me feel hot. Dan, why doesn’t the boy ring +the bell? Oh, yes, he is ringing. The fool--he isn’t swinging the +right rope, but that doesn’t matter; that’s good enough, too. Isn’t it, +Mariet?” + +Two thin but merry bells are ringing. + +Mariet is silent and Haggart answers for her: + +“That’s good enough. But what are the bells saying, abbot?” + +The fishermen who have gathered about them are already prepared to +laugh--the same undying jest is always repeated. + +“Will you tell no one about it?” says the abbot, in a deep voice, slily +winking his eye. “Pope’s a rogue! Pope’s a rogue!” + +The fishermen laugh merrily. + +“This man,” roars the abbot, pointing at Haggart, “is my favourite man! +He has given me a grandson, and I wrote the Pope about it in Latin. But +that wasn’t so hard; isn’t that true, Mariet? But he knows how to look +at the water. He foretells a storm as if he himself caused it. Gart, do +you produce the storm yourself? Where does the wind come from? You are +the wind yourself.” + +All laugh approval. An old fisherman says: + +“That’s true, father. Ever since he has been here, we have never been +caught in a storm.” + +“Of course it is true, if I say it. ‘Pope’s a rogue! Pope’s a rogue!’” + +Old Dan walks over to Khorre and says something to him. Khorre nods his +head negatively. The abbot, singing “Pope’s a rogue,” goes around the +crowd, throws out brief remarks, and claps some people on the shoulder +in a friendly manner. + +“Hello, Katerina, you are getting stout. Oho! Are you all ready? And +Thomas is missing again--this is the second time he has stayed away +from prayer. Anna, you are rather sad--that isn’t good. One must live +merrily, one must live merrily! I think that it is jolly even in hell, +but in a different way. It is two years since you have stopped growing, +Philipp. That isn’t good.” + +Philipp answers gruffly: + +“Grass also stops growing if a stone falls upon it.” + +“What is still worse than that--worms begin to breed under the rock.” + +Mariet says softly, sadly and entreatingly: + +“Don’t you want me to call you Mariet?” + +Haggart answers obstinately and sternly: + +“I don’t. If my name will be Mariet, I shall never kill that man. He +disturbs my life. Make me a present of his life, Mariet. He kissed you.” + +“How can I present you that which is not mine? His life belongs to God +and to himself.” + +“That is not true. He kissed you; do I not see the burns upon your lips? +Let me kill him, and you will feel as joyful and care-free as a seagull. +Say ‘yes,’ Mariet.” + +“No; you shouldn’t do it, Gart. It will be painful to you.” + +Haggart looks at her and speaks with deep irony. + +“Is that it? Well, then, it is not true that you give me anything. You +don’t know how to give, woman.” + +“I am your wife.” + +“No! A man has no wife when another man, and not his wife, grinds his +knife. My knife is dull, Mariet!” + +Mariet looks at him with horror and sorrow. + +“What did you say, Haggart? Wake up; it is a terrible dream, Haggart! It +is I--look at me. Open your eyes wider, wider, until you see me well. Do +you see me, Gart?” + +Haggart slowly rubs his brow. + +“I don’t know. It is true I love you, Mariet. But how incomprehensible +your land is--in your land a man sees dreams even when he is not asleep. +Perhaps I am smiling already. Look, Mariet.” + +The abbot stops in front of Khorre. + +“Ah, old friend, how do you do? You are smiling already. Look, Mariet.” + +“I don’t want to work,” ejaculates the sailor sternly. + +“You want your own way? This man,” roars the abbot, pointing at Khorre, +“thinks that he is an atheist. But he is simply a fool; he does not +understand that he is also praying to God--but he is doing it the wrong +way, like a crab. Even a fish prays to God, my children; I have seen it +myself. When you will be in hell, old man, give my regards to the Pope. +Well, children, come closer, and don’t gnash your teeth. I am going to +start at once. Eh, you, Mathias--you needn’t put out the fire in your +pipe; isn’t it the same to God what smoke it is, incense or tobacco, if +it is only well meant. Why do you shake your head, woman?” + +WOMAN--His tobacco is contraband. + +YOUNG FISHERMAN--God wouldn’t bother with such trifles. The abbot thinks +a while: + +“No; hold on. I think contraband tobacco is not quite so good. That’s an +inferior grade. Look here; you better drop your pipe meanwhile, Mathias; +I’ll think the matter over later. Now, silence, perfect silence. Let God +take a look at us first.” + +All stand silent and serious. Only a few have lowered their heads. Most +of the people are looking ahead with wide-open, motionless eyes, as +though they really saw God in the blue of the sky, in the boundless, +radiant, distant surface of the sea. The sea is approaching with a +caressing murmur; high tide has set in. + +“My God and the God of all these people! Don’t judge us for praying, not +in Latin but in our own language, which our mothers have taught us. +Our God! Save us from all kinds of terrors, from unknown sea monsters; +protect us against storms and hurricanes, against tempests and gales. +Give us calm weather and a kind wind, a clear sun and peaceful waves. +And another thing, O Lord! we ask You; don’t allow the devil, to +come close to our bedside when we are asleep. In our sleep we are +defenceless, O Lord! and the devil terrifies us, tortures us to +convulsions, torments us to the very blood of our heart. And there +is another thing, O Lord! Old Rikke, whom You know, is beginning to +extinguish Your light in his eyes and he can make nets no longer--” + +Rikke frequently shakes his head in assent. + +“I can’t, I can’t!” + +“Prolong, then, O Lord! Your bright day and bid the night wait. Am I +right, Rikke?” + +“Yes.” + +“And here is still another, the last request, O Lord. I shall not ask +any more: The tears do not dry up in the eyes of our old women crying +for those who have perished. Take their memory away, O Lord, and give +them strong forgetfulness. There are still other trifles, O Lord, but +let the others pray whose turn has come before You. Amen.” + +Silence. Old Dan tugs the abbot by the sleeve, and whispers something in +his ear. + +ABBOT--Dan is asking me to pray for those who perished at sea. + +The women exclaim in plaintive chorus: + +“For those who perished at sea! For those who died at sea!” + +Some of them kneel. The abbot looks tenderly at their bowed heads, +exhausted with waiting and fear, and says: + +“No priest should pray for those who died at sea--these women should +pray. Make it so, O Lord, that they should not weep so much!” + +Silence. The incoming tide roars more loudly--the ocean is carrying to +the earth its noise, its secrets, its bitter, briny taste of unexplored +depths. + +Soft voices say: + +“The sea is coming.” + +“High tide has started.” + +“The sea is coming.” + +Mariet kisses her father’s hand. + +“Woman!” says the priest tenderly. “Listen, Gart, isn’t it strange that +this--a woman”--he strokes his daughter tenderly with his finger on her +pure forehead--“should be born of me, a man?” + +Haggart smiles. + +“And is it not strange that this should have become a wife to me, a +man?” He embraces Mariet, bending her frail shoulders. + +“Let us go to eat, Gart, my son. Whoever she may be, I know one thing +well. She has prepared for you and me an excellent dinner.” + +The people disperse quickly. Mariet says confusedly and cheerfully: + +“I’ll run first.” + +“Run, run,” answers the abbot. “Gart, my son, call the atheist +to dinner. I’ll hit him with a spoon on the forehead; an atheist +understands a sermon best of all if you hit him with a spoon.” + +He waits and mutters: + +“The boy has commenced to ring the bells again. He does it for himself, +the rogue. If we did not lock the steeple, they would pray there from +morning until night.” + +Haggart goes over to Khorre, near whom Dan is sitting. + +“Khorre! Let us go to eat--the priest called you.” + +“I don’t want to go, Noni.” + +“So? What are you going to do here on shore?” + +“I will think, Noni, think. I have so much to think to be able to +understand at least something.” + +Haggart turns around silently. The abbot calls from the distance: + +“He is not coming? Well, then, let him stay there. And Dan--never call +Dan, my son”--says the priest in his deep whisper, “he eats at night +like a rat. Mariet purposely puts something away for him in the closet +for the night; when she looks for it in the morning, it is gone. Just +think of it, no one ever hears when he takes it. Does he fly?” + +Both go off. Only the two old men, seated in a friendly manner on +two neighbouring rocks, remain on the deserted shore. And the old men +resemble each other so closely, and whatever they may say to each other, +the whiteness of their hair, the deep lines of their wrinkles, make them +kin. + +The tide is coming. + +“They have all gone away,” mutters Khorre. “Thus will they cook hot soup +on the wrecks of our ship, too. Eh, Dan! Do you know he ordered me +to drink no gin for three days. Let the old dog croak! Isn’t that so, +Noni?” + +“Of those who died at sea... Those who died at sea,” mutters Dan. “A son +taken from his father, a son from his father. The father said go, and +the son perished in the sea. Oi, oi, oi!” + +“What are you prating there, old man? I say, he ordered me to drink no +gin. Soon he will order, like that King of yours, that the sea be lashed +with chains.” + +“Oho! With chains.” + +“Your king was a fool. Was he married, your king?” + +“The sea is coming, coming!” mutters Dan. “It brings along its noise, +its secret, its deception. Oh, how the sea deceives man. Those who died +at sea--yes, yes, yes. Those who died at sea.” + +“Yes, the sea is coming. And you don’t like it?” asks Khorre, rejoicing +maliciously. “Well, don’t you like it? I don’t like your music. Do you +hear, Dan? I hate your music!” + +“Oho! And why do you come to hear it? I know that you and Gart stood by +the wall and listened.” + +Khorre says sternly: + +“It was he who got me out of bed.” + +“He will get you out of bed again.” + +“No!” roars Khorre furiously. “I will get up myself at night. Do you +hear, Dan? I will get up at night and break your music.” + +“And I will spit into your sea.” + +“Try,” says the sailor distrustfully. “How will you spit?” + +“This way,” and Dan, exasperated, spits in the direction of the sea. The +frightened Khorre, in confusion, says hoarsely: + +“Oh, what sort of man are you? You spat! Eh, Dan, look out; it will be +bad for you--you yourself are talking about those who died at sea.” + +Dan shouts, frightened: + +“Who speaks of those that perished at sea? You, you dog!” + +He goes away, grumbling and coughing, swinging his hand and stooping. +Khorre is left alone before the entire vastness of the sea and the sky. + +“He is gone. Then I am going to look at you, O sea, until my eyes will +burst of thirst!” + +The ocean, approaching, is roaring. + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +At the very edge of the water, upon a narrow landing on the rocky shore, +stands a man--a small, dark, motionless dot. Behind him is the cold, +almost vertical slope of granite, and before his eyes the ocean is +rocking heavily and dully in the impenetrable darkness. Its mighty +approach is felt in the open voice of the waves which are rising from +the depths. Even sniffing sounds are heard--it is as though a drove of +monsters, playing, were splashing, snorting, lying down on their backs, +and panting contentedly, deriving their monstrous pleasures. + +The ocean smells of the strong odour of the depths, of decaying +seaweeds, of its grass. The sea is calm to-day and, as always, alone. + +And there is but one little light in the black space of water and +night--the distant lighthouse of the Holy Cross. + +The rattle of cobblestones is heard from under a cautious step: Haggart +is coming down to the sea along a steep path. He pauses, silent with +restraint, breathing deeply after the strain of passing the dangerous +slope, and goes forward. He is now at the edge--he straightens himself +and looks for a long time at him who had long before taken his strange +but customary place at the very edge of the deep. He makes a few steps +forward and greets him irresolutely and gently--Haggart greets him even +timidly: + +“Good evening, stranger. Have you been here long?” + +A sad, soft, and grave voice answers: + +“Good evening, Haggart. Yes, I have been here long.” + +“You are watching?” + +“I am watching and listening.” + +“Will you allow me to stand near you and look in the same direction +you are looking? I am afraid that I am disturbing you by my uninvited +presence--for when I came you were already here--but I am so fond of +this spot. This place is isolated, and the sea is near, and the earth +behind is silent; and here my eyes open. Like a night-owl, I see better +in the dark; the light of day dazzles me. You know, I have grown up on +the sea, sir.” + +“No, you are not disturbing me, Haggart. But am I not disturbing you? +Then I shall go away.” + +“You are so polite, sir,” mutters Haggart. + +“But I also love this spot,” continues the sad, grave voice. “I, too, +like to feel that the cold and peaceful granite is behind me. You have +grown up on the sea, Haggart--tell me, what is that faint light on the +right?” + +“That is the lighthouse of the Holy Cross.” + +“Aha! The lighthouse of the Holy Cross. I didn’t know that. But can such +a faint light help in time of a storm? I look and it always seems to me +that the light is going out. I suppose it isn’t so.” + +Haggart, agitated but restrained, says: + +“You frighten me, sir. Why do you ask me what you know better than I do? +You want to tempt me--you know everything.” + +There is not a trace of a smile in the mournful voice--nothing but +sadness. + +“No, I know little. I know even less than you do, for I know more. +Pardon my rather complicated phrase, Haggart, but the tongue responds +with so much difficulty not only to our feeling, but also to our +thought.” + +“You are polite,” mutters Haggart agitated. “You are polite and always +calm. You are always sad and you have a thin hand with rings upon it, +and you speak like a very important personage. Who are you, sir?” + +“I am he whom you called--the one who is always sad.” + +“When I come, you are already here; when I go away, you remain. Why do +you never want to go with me, sir?” + +“There is one way for you, Haggart, and another for me.” + +“I see you only at night. I know all the people around this settlement, +and there is no one who looks like you. Sometimes I think that you are +the owner of that old castle where I lived. If that is so I must tell +you the castle was destroyed by the storm.” + +“I don’t know of whom you speak.” + +“I don’t understand how you know my name, Haggart. But I don’t want to +deceive you. Although my wife Mariet calls me so, I invented that name +myself. I have another name--my real name--of which no one has ever +heard here.” + +“I know your other name also, Haggart. I know your third name, too, +which even you do not know. But it is hardly worth speaking of this. You +had better look into this dark sea and tell me about your life. Is it +true that it is so joyous? They say that you are forever smiling. They +say that you are the bravest and most handsome fisherman on the coast. +And they also say that you love your wife Mariet very dearly.” + +“O sir!” exclaims Haggart with restraint, “my life is so sad that you +could not find an image like it in this dark deep. O sir! my sufferings +are so deep that you could not find a more terrible place in this dark +abyss.” + +“What is the cause of your sorrow and your sufferings, Haggart?” + +“Life, sir. Here your noble and sad eyes look in the same direction my +eyes look--into this terrible, dark distance. Tell me, then, what is +stirring there? What is resting and waiting there, what is silent there, +what is screaming and singing and complaining there in its own voices? +What are the voices that agitate me and fill my soul with phantoms of +sorrow, and yet say nothing? And whence comes this night? And whence +comes my sorrow? Are you sighing, sir, or is it the sigh of the ocean +blending with your voice? My hearing is beginning to fail me, my master, +my dear master.” + +The sad voice replies: + +“It is my sigh, Haggart. My great sorrow is responding to your sorrow. +You see at night like an owl, Haggart; then look at my thin hands and at +my rings. Are they not pale? And look at my face--is it not pale? Is it +not pale--is it not pale? Oh, Haggart, my dear Haggart.” + +They grieve silently. The heavy ocean is splashing, tossing about, +spitting and snorting and sniffing peacefully. The sea is calm to-night +and alone, as always. + +“Tell Haggart--” says the sad voice. + +“Very well. I will tell Haggart.” + +“Tell Haggart that I love him.” + +Silence--and then a faint, plaintive reproach resounds softly: + +“If your voice were not so grave, sir, I would have thought that you +were laughing at me. Am I not Haggart that I should tell something to +Haggart? But no--I sense a different meaning in your words, and you +frighten me again. And when Haggart is afraid, it is real terror. Very +well, I will tell Haggart everything you have said.” + +“Adjust my cloak; my shoulder is cold. But it always seems to me that +the light over there is going out. You called it the lighthouse of the +Holy Cross, if I am not mistaken?” + +“Yes, it is called so here.” + +“Aha! It is called so here.” + +Silence. + +“Must I go now?” asks Haggart. + +“Yes, go.” + +“And you will remain here?” + +“I will remain here.” + +Haggart retreats several steps. + +“Good-bye, sir.” + +“Good-bye, Haggart.” + +Again the cobblestones rattle under his cautious steps; without looking +back, Haggart climbs the steep rocks. + +Of what great sorrow speaks this night? + + + +CHAPTER V + + +“Your hands are in blood, Haggart. Whom have you killed, Haggart?” + +“Silence, Khorre, I killed that man. Be silent and listen--he will +commence to play soon. I stood here and listened, but suddenly my heart +sank, and I cannot stay here alone.” + +“Don’t confuse my mind, Noni; don’t tempt me. I will run away from here. +At night, when I am already fast asleep, you swoop down on me like a +demon, grab me by the neck, and drag me over here--I can’t understand +anything. Tell me, my boy, is it necessary to hide the body?” + +“Yes, yes.” + +“Why didn’t you throw it into the sea?” + +“Silence! What are you prating about? I have nothing to throw into the +sea.” + +“But your hands are in blood.” + +“Silence, Khorre! He will commence soon. Be silent and listen--I say to +you--Are you a friend to me or not, Khorre?” + +He drags him closer to the dark window of the church. Khorre mutters: + +“How dark it is. If you raised me out of bed for this accursed music--” + +“Yes, yes; for this accursed music.” + +“Then you have disturbed my honest sleep in vain; I want no music, +Noni.” + +“So! Was I perhaps to run through the street, knock at the windows and +shout: ‘Eh, who is there; where’s a living soul? Come and help Haggart, +stand up with him against the cannons.’” + +“You are confusing things, Noni. Drink some gin, my boy. What cannons?” + +“Silence, sailor.” + +He drags him away from the window. + +“Oh, you shake me like a squall!” + +“Silence! I think he looked at us from the window; something white +flashed behind the window pane. You may laugh. Khorre--if he came out +now I would scream like a woman.” + +He laughs softly. + +“Are you speaking of Dan? I don’t understand anything, Noni.” + +“But is that Dan? Of course it is not Dan--it is some one else. Give me +your hand, sailor.” + +“I think that you simply drank too much, like that time--remember, +in the castle? And your hand is quivering. But then the game was +different--” + +“Tss!” + +Khorre lowers his voice: + +“But your hand is really in blood. Oh, you are breaking my fingers!” + +Haggart threatens: + +“If you don’t keep still, dog, I’ll break every bone of your body! I’ll +pull every vein out of your body, if you don’t keep still, you dog!” + +Silence. The distant breakers are softly groaning, as if +complaining--the sea has gone far away from the black earth. And the +night is silent. It came no one knows whence and spread over the earth; +it spread over the earth and is silent; it is silent, waiting for +something. And ferocious mists have swung themselves to meet it--the sea +breathed phantoms, driving to the earth a herd of headless submissive +giants. A heavy fog is coming. + +“Why doesn’t he light a lamp?” asks Khorre sternly but submissively. + +“He needs no light.” + +“Perhaps there is no one there any longer.” + +“Yes, he’s there.” + +“A fog is coming. How quiet it is! There’s something wrong in the +air--what do you think, Noni?” + +“Tss!” + +The first soft sounds of the organ resound. Some one is sitting alone +in the dark and is speaking to God in an incomprehensible language about +the most important things. And however faint the sounds--suddenly the +silence vanishes, the night trembles and stares into the dark church +with all its myriads of phantom eyes. An agitated voice whispers: + +“Listen! He always begins that way. He gets a hold of your soul at once! +Where does he get the power? He gets a hold of your heart!” + +“I don’t like it.” + +“Listen! Now he makes believe he is Haggart, Khorre! Little Haggart in +his mother’s lap. Look, all hands are filled with golden rays; little +Haggart is playing with golden rays. Look!” + +“I don’t see it, Noni. Leave my hand alone, it hurts.” + +“Now he makes believe he is Haggart! Listen!” + +The oppressive chords resound faintly. Haggart moans softly. + +“What is it, Noni? Do you feel any pain?” + +“Yes. Do you understand of what he speaks?” + +“No.” + +“He speaks of the most important--of the most vital, Khorre--if we could +only understand it--I want to understand it. Listen, Khorre, listen! Why +does he make believe that he is Haggart? It is not my soul. My soul does +not know this.” + +“What, Noni?” + +“I don’t know. What terrible dreams there are in this land! Listen. +There! Now he will cry and he will say: ‘It is Haggart crying.’ He will +call God and will say: ‘Haggart is calling.’ He lies--Haggart did not +call, Haggart does not know God.” + +He moans again, trying to restrain himself. + +“Do you feel any pain?” + +“Yes--Be silent.” + +Haggart exclaims in a muffled voice: + +“Oh, Khorre!” + +“What is it, Noni?” + +“Why don’t you tell him that it isn’t Haggart? It is a lie!” whispers +Haggart rapidly. “He thinks that he knows, but he does not know +anything. He is a small, wretched old man with red eyes, like those of +a rabbit, and to-morrow death will mow him down. Ha! He is dealing in +diamonds, he throws them from one hand to the other like an old miser, +and he himself is dying of hunger. It is a fraud, Khorre, a fraud. Let +us shout loudly, Khorre, we are alone here.” + +He shouts, turning to the thundering organ: + +“Eh, musician! Even a fly cannot rise on your wings, even the smallest +fly cannot rise on your wings. Eh, musician! Let me have your torn hat +and I will throw a penny into it; your lie is worth no more. What are +you prating there about God, you rabbit’s eyes? Be silent, I am shamed +to listen to you. I swear, I am ashamed to listen to you! Don’t you +believe me? You are still calling? Whither?” + +“Strike them on the head, Noni.” + +“Be silent, you dog! But what a terrible land! What are they doing here +with the human heart? What terrible dreams there are in this land?” + +He stops speaking. The organ sings solemnly. + +“Why did you stop speaking, Noni?” asks the sailor with alarm. + +“I am listening. It is good music, Khorre. Have I said anything?” + +“You even shouted, Noni, and you forced me to shout with you.” + +“That is not true. I have been silent all the time. Do you know, I +haven’t even opened my mouth once! You must have been dreaming, Khorre. +Perhaps you are thinking that you are near the church? You are simply +sleeping in your bed, sailor. It is a dream.” + +Khorre is terrified. + +“Drink some gin, Noni.” + +“I don’t need it. I drank something else already.” + +“Your hands?” + +“Be silent, Khorre. Don’t you see that everything is silent and is +listening, and you alone are talking? The musician may feel offended!” + +He laughs quietly. Brass trumpets are roaring harmoniously about the +triumphant conciliation between man and God. The fog is growing thicker. + +A loud stamping of feet--some one runs through the deserted street in +agitation. + +“Noni!” whispers the sailor. “Who ran by?” + +“I hear.” + +“Noni! Another one is running. Something is wrong.” + +Frightened people are running about in the middle of the night--the +echo of the night doubles the sound of their footsteps, increasing their +terror tenfold, and it seems as if the entire village, terror-stricken, +is running away somewhere. Rocking, dancing silently, as upon waves, a +lantern floats by. + +“They have found him, Khorre. They have found the man I killed, sailor! +I did not throw him into the sea; I brought him and set his head up +against the door of his house. They have found him.” + +Another lantern floats by, swinging from side to side. As if hearing +the alarm, the organ breaks off at a high chord. An instant of silence, +emptiness of dread waiting, and then a woman’s sob of despair fills it +up to the brim. + +The mist is growing thicker. + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +The flame in the oil-lamp is dying out, having a smell of burning. It is +near sunrise. A large, clean, fisherman’s hut. A skilfully made +little ship is fastened to the ceiling, and even the sails are set. +Involuntarily this little ship has somehow become the centre of +attraction and all those who speak, who are silent and who listen, look +at it, study each familiar sail. Behind the dark curtain lies the body +of Philipp--this hut belonged to him. + +The people are waiting for Haggart--some have gone out to search for +him. On the benches along the walls, the old fishermen have seated +themselves, their hands folded on their knees; some of them seem to be +slumbering; others are smoking their pipes. They speak meditatively and +cautiously, as though eager to utter no unnecessary words. Whenever +a belated fisherman comes in, he looks first at the curtain, then he +silently squeezes himself into the crowd, and those who have no place on +the bench apparently feel embarrassed. + +The abbot paces the room heavily, his hands folded on his back, his head +lowered; when any one is in his way, he quietly pushes him aside with +his hand. He is silent and knits his brows convulsively. Occasionally he +glances at the door or at the window and listens. + +The only woman present there is Mariet. She is sitting by the table +and constantly watching her father with her burning eyes. She shudders +slightly at each loud word, at the sound of the door as it opens, at the +noise of distant footsteps. + +At night a fog came from the sea and covered the earth. And such +perfect quiet reigns now that long-drawn tolling is heard in the distant +lighthouse of the Holy Cross. Warning is thus given to the ships that +have lost their way in the fog. + +Some one in the corner says: + +“Judging from the blow, it was not one of our people that killed him. +Our people can’t strike like that. He stuck the knife here, then slashed +over there, and almost cut his head off.” + +“You can’t do that with a dull knife!” + +“No. You can’t do it with a weak hand. I saw a murdered sailor on the +wharf one day--he was cut up just like this.” + +Silence. + +“And where is his mother?” asks some one, nodding at the curtain. + +“Selly is taking care of her. Selly took her to her house.” + +An old fisherman quietly asks his neighbour: + +“Who told you?” + +“Francina woke me. Who told you, Marle?” + +“Some one knocked on my window.” + +“Who knocked on your window?” + +“I don’t know.” + +Silence. + +“How is it you don’t know? Who was the first to see?” + +“Some one passed by and noticed him.” + +“None of us passed by. There was nobody among us who passed by.” + +A fisherman seated at the other end, says: + +“There was nobody among us who passed by. Tell us, Thomas.” + +Thomas takes out his pipe: + +“I am a neighbour of Philipp’s, of that man there--” he points at the +curtain. “Yes, yes, you all know that I am his neighbour. And if anybody +does not know it--I’ll say it again, as in a court of justice: I am his +neighbour--I live right next to him--” he turns to the window. + +An elderly fisherman enters and forces himself silently into the line. + +“Well, Tibo?” asks the abbot, stopping. + +“Nothing.” + +“Haven’t you found Haggart?” + +“No. It is so foggy that they are afraid of losing themselves. They walk +and call each other; some of them hold each other by the hand. Even a +lantern can’t be seen ten feet away.” + +The abbot lowers his head and resumes his pacing. The old fisherman +speaks, without addressing any one in particular. + +“There are many ships now staring helplessly in the sea.” + +“I walked like a blind man,” says Tibo. “I heard the Holy Cross ringing. +But it seems as if it changed its place. The sound comes from the left +side.” + +“The fog is deceitful.” + +Old Desfoso says: + +“This never happened here. Since Dugamel broke Jack’s head with a shaft. +That was thirty--forty years ago.” + +“What did you say, Desfoso?” the abbot stops. + +“I say, since Dugamel broke Jack’s head--” + +“Yes, yes!” says the abbot, and resumes pacing the room. + +“Then Dugamel threw himself into the sea from a rock and was dashed to +death--that’s how it happened. He threw himself down.” + +Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with hatred. Silence. + +“What did you say, Thomas?” + +Thomas takes his pipe out of his mouth. + +“Nothing. I only said that some one knocked at my window.” + +“You don’t know who?” + +“No. And you will never know. I came out, I looked--and there Philipp +was sitting at his door. I wasn’t surprised--Philipp often roamed about +at night ever since--” + +He stops irresolutely. Mariet asks harshly: + +“Since when? You said ‘since.’” + +Silence. Desfoso replies frankly and heavily: + +“Since your Haggart came. Go ahead, Thomas, tell us about it.” + +“So I said to him: ‘Why did you knock, Philipp? Do you want anything?’ +But he was silent.” + +“And he was silent?” + +“He was silent. ‘If you don’t want anything, you had better go to sleep, +my friend,’ said I. But he was silent. Then I looked at him--his throat +was cut open.” + +Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with aversion. Silence. Another +fisherman enters, looks at the curtain and silently forces his way into +the crowd. Women’s voices are heard behind the door; the abbot stops. + +“Eh, Lebon! Chase the women away,” he says. “Tell them, there is nothing +for them to do here.” + +Lebon goes out. + +“Wait,” the abbot stops. “Ask how the mother is feeling; Selly is taking +care of her.” + +Desfoso says: + +“You say, chase away the women, abbot? And your daughter? She is here.” + +The abbot looks at Mariet. She says: + +“I am not going away from here.” + +Silence. The abbot paces the room again; he looks at the little ship +fastened to the ceiling and asks: + +“Who made it?” + +All look at the little ship. + +“He,” answers Desfoso. “He made it when he wanted to go to America as a +sailor. He was always asking me how a three-masted brig is fitted out.” + +They look at the ship again, at its perfect little sails--at the little +rags. Lebon returns. + +“I don’t know how to tell you about it, abbot. The women say that +Haggart and his sailor are being led over here. The women are afraid.” + +Mariet shudders and looks at the door; the abbot pauses. + +“Oho, it is daybreak already, the fog is turning blue!” says one +fisherman to another, but his voice breaks off. + +“Yes. Low tide has started,” replies the other dully. + +Silence. Then uneven footsteps resound. Several young fishermen with +excited faces bring in Haggart, who is bound, and push Khorre in after +him, also bound. Haggart is calm; as soon as the sailor was bound, +something wildly free appeared in his movements, in his manners, in the +sharpness of his swift glances. + +One of the men who brought Haggart says to the abbot in a low voice: + +“He was near the church. Ten times we passed by and saw no one, until he +called: ‘Aren’t you looking for me?’ It is so foggy, father.” + +The abbot shakes his head silently and sits down. Mariet smiles to her +husband with her pale lips, but he does not look at her. Like all the +others, he has fixed his eyes in amazement on the toy ship. + +“Hello, Haggart,” says the abbot. + +“Hello, father.” + +“You call me father?” + +“Yes, you.” + +“You are mistaken, Haggart. I am not your father.” + +The fishermen exchanged glances contentedly. + +“Well, then. Hello, abbot,” says Haggart with indifference, and resumes +examining the little ship. Khorre mutters: + +“That’s the way, be firm, Noni.” + +“Who made this toy?” asks Haggart, but no one replies. + +“Hello, Gart!” says Mariet, smiling. “It is I, your wife, Mariet. Let me +untie your hands.” + +With a smile, pretending that she does not notice the stains of blood, +she unfastens the ropes. All look at her in silence. Haggart also looks +at her bent, alarmed head. + +“Thank you,” he says, straightening his hands. + +“It would be a good thing to untie my hands, too,” said Khorre, but +there is no answer. + +ABBOT--Haggart, did you kill Philipp? + +HAGGART--I. + +ABBOT--Do you mean to say--eh, you, Haggart--that you yourself killed +him with your own hands? Perhaps you said to the sailor: “Sailor, go and +kill Philipp,” and he did it, for he loves you and respects you as his +superior? Perhaps it happened that way! Tell me, Haggart. I called you +my son, Haggart. + +HAGGART--No, I did not order the sailor to do it. I killed Philipp with +my own hand. + +Silence. + +KHORRE--Noni! Tell them to unfasten my hands and give me back my pipe. + +“Don’t be in a hurry,” roars the priest. “Be bound awhile, drunkard! You +had better be afraid of an untied rope--it may be formed into a noose.” + +But obeying a certain swift movement or glance of Haggart, Mariet walks +over to the sailor and opens the knots of the rope. And again all look +in silence upon her bent, alarmed head. Then they turn their eyes upon +Haggart. Just as they looked at the little ship before, so they now look +at him. And he, too, has forgotten about the toy. As if aroused from +sleep, he surveys the fishermen, and stares long at the dark curtain. + +ABBOT--Haggart, I am asking you. Who carried Philipp’s body? + +HAGGART--I. I brought it and put it near the door, his head against the +door, his face against the sea. It was hard to set him that way, he was +always falling down. But I did it. + +ABBOT--Why did you do it? + +HAGGART--I don’t know exactly. I heard that Philipp has a mother, an +old woman, and I thought this might please them better--both him and his +mother. + +ABBOT--(With restraint.) You are laughing at us? + +HAGGART--No. What makes you think I am laughing? I am just as serious as +you are. Did he--did Philipp make this little ship? + +No one answers. Mariet, rising and bending over to Haggart across the +table, says: + +“Didn’t you say this, Haggart: ‘My poor boy, I killed you because I +had to kill you, and now I am going to take you to your mother, my dear +boy’?” + +“These are very sad words. Who told them to you, Mariet?” asks Haggart, +surprised. + +“I heard them. And didn’t you say further: ‘Mother, I have brought you +your son, and put him down at your door--take your boy, mother’?” + +Haggart maintains silence. + +“I don’t know,” roars the abbot bitterly. “I don’t know; people don’t +kill here, and we don’t know how it is done. Perhaps that is as it +should be--to kill and then bring the murdered man to his mother’s +threshold. What are you gaping at, you scarecrow?” + +Khorre replies rudely: + +“According to my opinion, he should have thrown him into the sea. Your +Haggart is out of his mind; I have said it long ago.” + +Suddenly old Desfoso shouts amid the loud approval of the others: + +“Hold your tongue! We will send him to the city, but we will hang you +like a cat ourselves, even if you did not kill him.” + +“Silence, old man, silence!” the abbot stops him, while Khorre looks +over their heads with silent contempt. “Haggart, I am asking you, why +did you take Philipp’s life? He needed his life just as you need yours.” + +“He was Mariet’s betrothed--and--” + +“Well?” + +“And--I don’t want to speak. Why didn’t you ask me before, when he was +alive? Now I have killed him.” + +“But”--says the abbot, and there is a note of entreaty in his heavy +voice. “But it may be that you are already repenting, Haggart? You are a +splendid man, Gart. I know you; when you are sober you cannot hurt even +a fly. Perhaps you were intoxicated--that happens with young people--and +Philipp may have said something to you, and you--” + +“No.” + +“No? Well, then, let it be no. Am I not right, children? But perhaps +something strange came over you--it happens with people--suddenly a red +mist will get into a man’s head, the beast will begin to howl in his +breast, and--In such cases one word is enough--” + +“No, Philipp did not say anything to me. He passed along the road, when +I jumped out from behind a large rock and stuck a knife into his throat. +He had no time even to be scared. But if you like--” Haggart surveys the +fishermen with his eyes irresolutely--“I feel a little sorry for him. +That is, just a little. Did he make this toy?” + +The abbot lowers his head sternly. And Desfoso shouts again, amidst sobs +of approval from the others: + +“No! Abbot, you better ask him what he was doing at the church. Dan saw +them from the window. Wouldn’t you tell us what you and your accursed +sailor were doing at the church? What were you doing there? Speak.” + +Haggart looks at the speaker steadfastly and says slowly: + +“I talked with the devil.” + +A muffled rumbling follows. The abbot jumps from his place and roars +furiously: + +“Then let him sit on your neck! Eh, Pierre, Jules, tie him down as fast +as you can until morning. And the other one, too. And in the morning--in +the morning, take him away to the city, to the Judges. I don’t know +their accursed city laws”--cries the abbot in despair--“but they will +hang you, Haggart! You will dangle on a rope, Haggart!” + +Khorre rudely pushes aside the young fisherman who comes over to him +with a rope, and says to Desfoso in a low voice: + +“It’s an important matter, old man. Go away for a minute--he oughtn’t to +hear it,” he nods at Haggart. + +“I don’t trust you.” + +“You needn’t. That’s nothing. Noni, there is a little matter here. Come, +come, and don’t be afraid. I have no knife.” + +The people step aside and whisper. Haggart is silently waiting to be +bound, but no one comes over to him. All shudder when Mariet suddenly +commences to speak: + +“Perhaps you think that all this is just, father? Why, then, don’t you +ask me about it? I am his wife. Don’t you believe that I am his wife? +Then I will bring little Noni here. Do you want me to bring little Noni? +He is sleeping, but I will wake him up. Once in his life he may wake up +at night in order to say that this man whom you want to hang in the city +is his father.” + +“Don’t!” says Haggart. + +“Very well,” replies Mariet obediently. “He commands and I must obey--he +is my husband. Let little Noni sleep. But I am not sleeping, I am here. +Why, then, didn’t you ask me: ‘Mariet, how was it possible that your +husband, Haggart, should kill Philipp’?” + +Silence. Desfoso, who has returned and who is agitated, decides: + +“Let her speak. She is his wife.” + +“You will not believe, Desfoso,” says Mariet, turning to the old +fisherman with a tender and mournful smile. “Desfoso, you will not +believe what strange and peculiar creatures we women are!” + +Turning to all the people with the same smile, she continues: + +“You will not believe what queer desires, what cunning, malicious +little thoughts we women have. It was I who persuaded my husband to kill +Philipp. Yes, yes--he did not want to do it, but I urged him; I cried so +much and threatened him, so he consented. Men always give in--isn’t that +true, Desfoso?” + +Haggart looks at his wife in a state of great perplexity, his eyebrows +brought close to each other. Mariet continues, without looking at him, +still smiling as before: + +“You will ask me, why I wanted Philipp’s death? Yes, yes, you will ask +this question, I know it. He never did me any harm, that poor Philipp, +isn’t that true? Then I will tell you: He was my betrothed. I don’t know +whether you will be able to understand me. You, old Desfoso--you would +not kill the girl you kissed one day? Of course not. But we women are +such strange creatures--you can’t even imagine what strange, suspicious, +peculiar creatures we are. Philipp was my betrothed, and he kissed me--” + +She wipes her mouth and continues, laughing: + +“Here I am wiping my mouth even now. You have all seen how I wiped my +mouth. I am wiping away Philipp’s kisses. You are laughing. But ask your +wife, Desfoso--does she want the life of the man who kissed her before +you? Ask all women who love--even the old women! We never grow old in +love. We are born so, we women.” + +Haggart almost believes her. Advancing a step forward, he asks: + +“You urged me? Perhaps it is true, Mariet--I don’t remember.” + +Mariet laughs. + +“Do you hear? He has forgotten. Go on, Gart. You may say that it was +your own idea? That’s the way you men are--you forget everything. Will +you say perhaps that I--” + +“Mariet!” Haggart interrupts her threateningly. + +Mariet, turning pale, looking sorrowfully at his terrible eyes which are +now steadfastly fixed upon her, continues, still smiling: + +“Go on, Gart! Will you say perhaps that I--Will you say perhaps that I +dissuaded you? That would be funny--” + +HAGGART--No, I will not say that. You lie, Mariet! Even I, Haggart--just +think of it, people--even I believed her, so cleverly does this woman +lie. + +MARIET--Go--on--Haggart. + +HAGGART--You are laughing? Abbot, I don’t want to be the husband of your +daughter--she lies. + +ABBOT--You are worse than the devil, Gart! That’s what I say--You are +worse than the devil, Gart! + +HAGGART--You are all foolish people! I don’t understand you; I don’t +know now what to do with you. Shall I laugh? Shall I be angry? Shall +I cry? You want to let me go--why, then, don’t you let me go? You are +sorry for Philipp. Well, then, kill me--I have told you that it was I +who killed the boy. Am I disputing? But you are making grimaces like +monkeys that have found bananas--or have you such a game in your land? +Then I don’t want to play it. And you, abbot, you are like a juggler in +the marketplace. In one hand you have truth and in the other hand +you have truth, and you are forever performing tricks. And now she is +lying--she lies so well that my heart contracts with belief. Oh, she is +doing it well! + +And he laughs bitterly. + +MARIET--Forgive me, Gart. + +HAGGART--When I wanted to kill him, she hung on my hand like a rock, and +now she says that she killed him. She steals from me this murder; she +does not know that one has to earn that, too! Oh, there are queer people +in your land! + +“I wanted to deceive them, not you, Gart. I wanted to save you,” says +Mariet. + +Haggart replies: + +“My father taught me: ‘Eh, Noni, beware! There is one truth and one law +for all--for the sun, for the wind, for the waves, for the beasts--and +only for man there is another truth. Beware of this truth of man, Noni!’ +so said my father. Perhaps this is your truth? Then I am not afraid of +it, but I feel very sad and very embittered. Mariet, if you sharpened my +knife and said: ‘Go and kill that man’--it may be that I would not have +cared to kill him. ‘What is the use of cutting down a withered tree?’--I +would have said. But now--farewell, Mariet! Well, bind me and take me to +the city.” + +He waits haughtily, but no one approaches him. Mariet has lowered her +head upon her hands, her shoulders are twitching. The abbot is also +absorbed in thought, his large head lowered. Desfoso is carrying on a +heated conversation in whispers with the fishermen. Khorre steps forward +and speaks, glancing at Haggart askance: + +“I had a little talk with them, Noni--they are all right, they are good +fellows, Noni. Only the priest--but he is a good man, too--am I right, +Noni? Don’t look so crossly at me, or I’ll mix up the whole thing! You +see, kind people, it’s this way: this man, Haggart, and I have saved up +a little sum of money, a little barrel of gold. We don’t need it, Noni, +do we? Perhaps you will take it for yourselves? What do you think? +Shall we give them the gold, Noni? You see, here I’ve entangled myself +already.” + +He winks slyly at Mariet, who has now lifted her head. + +“What are you prating there, you scarecrow?” asks the abbot. + +Khorre continues: + +“Here it goes, Noni; I am straightening it out little by little! But +where have we buried it, the barrel? Do you remember, Noni? I have +forgotten. They say it’s from the gin, kind people; they say that one’s +memory fails from too much gin. I am a drunkard, that’s true.” + +“If you are not inventing--then you had better choke yourself with your +gold, you dog!” says the abbot. + +HAGGART--Khorre! + +KHORRE--Yes. + +HAGGART--To-morrow you will get a hundred lashes. Abbot, order a hundred +lashes for him! + +ABBOT--With pleasure, my son. With pleasure. + +The movements of the fishermen are just as slow and languid, but there +is something new in their increased puffing and pulling at their pipes, +in the light quiver of their tanned hands. Some of them arise and look +out of the window with feigned indifference. + +“The fog is rising!” says one, looking out of the window. “Do you hear +what I said about the fog?” + +“It’s time to go to sleep. I say, it’s time to go to sleep!” + +Desfoso comes forward and speaks cautiously: + +“That isn’t quite so, abbot. It seems you didn’t say exactly what +you ought to say, abbot. They seem to think differently. I don’t say +anything for myself--I am simply talking about them. What do you say, +Thomas?” + +THOMAS--We ought to go to sleep, I say. Isn’t it true that it is time to +go to sleep? + +MARIET (softly)--Sit down, Gart. You are tired to-night. You don’t +answer? + +An old fisherman says: + +“There used to be a custom in our land, I heard, that a murderer was to +pay a fine for the man he killed. Have you heard about it, Desfoso?” + +Another voice is heard: + +“Philipp is dead. Philipp is dead already, do you hear, neighbour? Who +is going to support his mother?” + +“I haven’t enough even for my own! And the fog is rising, neighbour.” + +“Abbot, did you hear us say: ‘Gart is a bad man; Gart is a +good-for-nothing, a city trickster?’ No, we said: ‘This thing has never +happened here before,’” says Desfoso. + +Then a determined voice remarks: + +“Gart is a good man! Wild Gart is a good man!” + +DESFOSO--If you looked around, abbot, you couldn’t find a single, strong +boat here. I haven’t enough tar for mine. And the church--is that the +way a good church ought to look? I am not saying it myself, but it comes +out that way--it can’t be helped, abbot. + +Haggart turns to Mariet and says: + +“Do you hear, woman?” + +“I do.” + +“Why don’t you spit into their faces?” + +“I can’t. I love you, Haggart. Are there only ten Commandments of God? +No, there is still another: ‘I love you, Haggart.’” + +“What sad dreams there are in your land.” + +The abbot rises and walks over to the fishermen. + +“Well, what did you say about the church, old man? You said something +interesting about the church, or was I mistaken?” + +He casts a swift glance at Mariet and Haggart. + +“It isn’t the church alone, abbot. There are four of us old men: Legran, +Stoffle, Puasar, Kornu, and seven old women. Do I say that we are not +going to feed them? Of course, we will, but don’t be angry, father--it +is hard! You know it yourself, abbot--old age is no fun.” + +“I am an old man, too!” begins old Rikke, lisping, but suddenly he +flings his hat angrily to the ground. “Yes, I am an old man. I don’t +want any more, that’s all! I worked, and now I don’t want to work. +That’s all! I don’t want to work.” + +He goes out, swinging his hand. All look sympathetically at his stooping +back, at his white tufts of hair. And then they look again at Desfoso, +at his mouth, from which their words come out. A voice says: + +“There, Rikke doesn’t want to work any more.” + +All laugh softly and forcedly. + +“Suppose we send Gart to the city--what then?” Desfoso goes on, without +looking at Haggart. “Well, the city people will hang him--and then +what? The result will be that a man will be gone, a fisherman will be +gone--you will lose a son, and Mariet will lose her husband, and the +little boy his father. Is there any joy in that?” + +“That’s right, that’s right!” nods the abbot, approvingly. “But what a +mind you have, Desfoso!” + +“Do you pay attention to them, Abbot?” asked Haggart. + +“Yes, I do, Haggart. And it wouldn’t do you any harm to pay attention to +them. The devil is prouder than you, and yet he is only the devil, and +nothing more.” + +Desfoso affirms: + +“What’s the use of pride? Pride isn’t necessary.” + +He turns to Haggart, his eyes still lowered; then he lifts his eyes and +asks: + +“Gart! But you don’t need to kill anybody else. Excepting Philipp, you +don’t feel like killing anybody else, do you?” + +“No.” + +“Only Philipp, and no more? Do you hear? Only Philipp, and no more. And +another question--Gart, don’t you want to send away this man, Khorre? We +would like you to do it. Who knows him? People say that all this trouble +comes through him.” + +Several voices are heard: + +“Through him. Send him away, Gart! It will be better for him!” + +The abbot upholds them. + +“True!” + +“You, too, priest!” says Khorre, gruffly. Haggart looks with a faint +smile at his angry, bristled face, and says: + +“I rather feel like sending him away. Let him go.” + +“Well, then, Abbot,” says Desfoso, turning around, “we have decided, in +accordance with our conscience--to take the money. Do I speak properly?” + +One voice answers for all: + +“Yes.” + +DESFOSO--Well, sailor, where is the money? + +KHORRE--Captain? + +HAGGART--Give it to them. + +KHORRE (rudely)--“Then give me back my knife and my pipe first! Who is +the eldest among you--you? Listen, then: Take crowbars and shovels and +go to the castle. Do you know the tower, the accursed tower that fell? +Go over there--” + +He bends down and draws a map on the floor with his crooked finger. All +bend down and look attentively; only the abbot gazes sternly out of the +window, behind which the heavy fog is still grey. Haggart whispers in a +fit of rage: + +“Mariet, it would have been better if you had killed me as I killed +Philipp. And now my father is calling me. Where will be the end of my +sorrow, Mariet? Where the end of the world is. And where is the end of +the world? Do you want to take my sorrow, Mariet?” + +“I do, Haggart.” + +“No, you are a woman.” + +“Why do you torture me, Gart? What have I done that you should torture +me so? I love you.” + +“You lied.” + +“My tongue lied. I love you.” + +“A serpent has a double tongue, but ask the serpent what it wants--and +it will tell you the truth. It is your heart that lied. Was it not you, +girl, that I met that time on the road? And you said: ‘Good evening.’ +How you have deceived me!” + +Desfoso asks loudly: + +“Well, abbot? You are coming along with us, aren’t you, father. +Otherwise something wrong might come out of it. Do I speak properly?” + +The abbot replies merrily: + +“Of course, of course, children. I am going with you. Without me, you +will think of the church. I have just been thinking of the church--of +the kind of church you need. Oh, it’s hard to get along with you, +people!” + +The fishermen go out very slowly--they are purposely lingering. + +“The sea is coming,” says one. “I can hear it.” + +“Yes, yes, the sea is coming! Did you understand what he said?” + +The few who remained are more hasty in their movements. Some of them +politely bid Haggart farewell. + +“Good-bye, Gart.” + +“I am thinking, Haggart, what kind of a church we need. This one will +not do, it seems. They prayed here a hundred years; now it is no good, +they say. Well, then, it is necessary to have a new one, a better one. +But what shall it be?” + +“‘Pope’s a rogue, Pope’s a rogue.’ But, then, I am a rogue, too. Don’t +you think, Gart, that I am also something of a rogue? One moment, +children, I am with you.” + +There is some crowding in the doorway. The abbot follows the last man +with his eyes and roars angrily: + +“Eh, you, Haggart, murderer! What are you smiling at? You have no right +to despise them like that. They are my children. They have worked--have +you seen their hands, their backs? If you haven’t noticed that, you are +a fool! They are tired. They want to rest. Let them rest, even at the +cost of the blood of the one you killed. I’ll give them each a little, +and the rest I will throw out into the sea. Do you hear, Haggart?” + +“I hear, priest.” + +The abbot exclaims, raising his arms: + +“O Lord! Why have you made a heart that can have pity on both the +murdered and the murderer! Gart, go home. Take him home, Mariet, and +wash his hands!” + +“To whom do you lie, priest?” asks Haggart, slowly. “To God or to the +devil? To yourself or to the people? Or to everybody?” + +He laughs bitterly. + +“Eh, Gart! You are drunk with blood.” + +“And with what are you drunk?” + +They face each other. Mariet cries angrily, placing herself between +them: + +“May a thunder strike you down, both of you, that’s what I am praying +to God. May a thunder strike you down! What are you doing with my heart? +You are tearing it with your teeth like greedy dogs. You didn’t drink +enough blood, Gart, drink mine, then! You will never have enough, Gart, +isn’t that true?” + +“Now, now,” says the abbot, calming them. “Take him home, Mariet. Go +home, Gart, and sleep more.” + +Mariet comes forward, goes to the door and pauses there. + +“Gart! I am going to little Noni.” + +“Go.” + +“Are you coming along with me?” + +“Yes--no--later.” + +“I am going to little Noni. What shall I tell him about his father when +he wakes up?” + +Haggart is silent. Khorre comes back and stops irresolutely at the +threshold. Mariet casts at him a glance full of contempt and then goes +out. Silence. + +“Khorre!” + +“Yes.” + +“Gin!” + +“Here it is, Noni. Drink it, my boy, but not all at once, not all at +once, Noni.” + +Haggart drinks; he examines the room with a smile. + +“Nobody. Did you see him, Khorre? He is there, behind the curtain. Just +think of it, sailor--here we are again with him alone.” + +“Go home, Noni!” + +“Right away. Give me some gin.” + +He drinks. + +“And they? They have gone?” + +“They ran, Noni. Go home, my boy! They ran off like goats. I was +laughing so much, Noni.” + +Both laugh. + +“Take down that toy, Khorre. Yes, yes, a little ship. He made it, +Khorre.” + +They examine the toy. + +“Look how skilfully the jib was made, Khorre. Good boy, Philipp! But the +halyards are bad, look. No, Philipp! You never saw how real ships are +fitted out--real ships which rove over the ocean, tearing its grey +waves. Was it with this toy that you wanted to quench your little +thirst--fool?” + +He throws down the little ship and rises: + +“Khorre! Boatswain!” + +“Yes.” + +“Call them! I assume command again, Khorre!” + +The sailor turns pale and shouts enthusiastically: + +“Noni! Captain! My knees are trembling. I will not be able to reach them +and I will fall on the way.” + +“You will reach them! We must also take our money away from these +people--what do you think, Khorre? We have played a little, and now it +is enough--what do you think, Khorre?” + +He laughs. The sailor looks at him, his hands folded as in prayer, and +he weeps. + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +“These are your comrades, Haggart? I am so glad to see them. You said, +Gart, yes--you said that their faces were entirely different from the +faces of our people, and that is true. Oh, how true it is! Our people +have handsome faces, too--don’t think our fishermen are ugly, but they +haven’t these deep, terrible scars. I like them very much, I assure you, +Gart. I suppose you are a friend of Haggart’s--you have such stern, fine +eyes? But you are silent? Why are they silent, Haggart; did you forbid +them to speak? And why are you silent yourself, Haggart? Haggart!” + +Illuminated by the light of torches, Haggart stands and listens to the +rapid, agitated speech. The metal of the guns and the uniforms vibrates +and flashes; the light is also playing on the faces of those who +have surrounded Haggart in a close circle--these are his nearest, his +friends. And in the distance there is a different game--there a large +ship is dancing silently, casting its light upon the black waves, +and the black water plays with them, pleating them like a braid, +extinguishing them and kindling them again. + +A noisy conversation and the splashing of the waters--and the dreadful +silence of kindred human lips that are sealed. + +“I am listening to you, Mariet,” says Haggart at last. “What do you +want, Mariet? It is impossible that some one should have offended you. I +ordered them not to touch your house.” + +“Oh, no, Haggart, no! No one has offended me!” exclaimed Mariet +cheerfully. “But don’t you like me to hold little Noni in my arms? +Then I will put him down here among the rocks. Here he will be warm and +comfortable as in his cradle. That’s the way! Don’t be afraid of waking +him, Gart; he sleeps soundly and will not hear anything. You may shout, +sing, fire a pistol--the boy sleeps soundly.” + +“What do you want, Mariet? I did not call you here, and I am not pleased +that you have come.” + +“Of course, you did not call me here, Haggart; of course, you didn’t. +But when the fire was started, I thought: ‘Now it will light the way for +me to walk. Now I will not stumble.’ And I went. Your friends will not +be offended, Haggart, if I will ask them to step aside for awhile? I +have something to tell you, Gart. Of course, I should have done that +before, I understand, Gart; but I only just recalled it now. It was so +light to walk!” + +Haggart says sternly: + +“Step aside, Flerio, and you all--step aside with him.” + +They all step aside. + +“What is it that you have recalled, Mariet? Speak! I am going away +forever from your mournful land, where one dreams such painful dreams, +where even the rocks dream of sorrow. And I have forgotten everything.” + +Gently and submissively, seeking protection and kindness, the woman +presses close to his hand. + +“O, Haggart! O, my dear Haggart! They are not offended because I asked +them so rudely to step aside, are they? O, my dear Haggart! The galloons +of your uniform scratched my cheek, but it is so pleasant. Do you know, +I never liked it when you wore the clothes of our fishermen--it was not +becoming to you, Haggart. But I am talking nonsense, and you are getting +angry, Gart. Forgive me!” + +“Don’t kneel. Get up.” + +“It was only for a moment. Here, I got up. You ask me what I want? This +is what I want: Take me with you, Haggart! Me and little Noni, Haggart!” + +Haggart retreats. + +“You say that, Mariet? You say that I should take you along? Perhaps you +are laughing, woman? Or am I dreaming again?” + +“Yes, I say that: Take me with you. Is this your ship? How large and +beautiful it is, and it has black sails, I know it. Take me on your +ship, Haggart. I know, you will say: ‘We have no women on the ship,’ but +I will be the woman: I will be your soul. Haggart, I will be your song, +your thoughts, Haggart! And if it must be so, let Khorre give gin to +little Noni--he is a strong boy.” + +“Eh, Mariet?” says Haggart sternly. “Do you perhaps want me to believe +you again? Eh, Mariet? Don’t talk of that which you do not know, woman. +Are the rocks perhaps casting a spell over me and turning my head? Do +you hear the noise, and something like voices? That is the sea, waiting +for me. Don’t hold my soul. Let it go, Mariet.” + +“Don’t speak, Haggart! I know everything. It was not as though I came +along a fiery road, it was not as though I saw blood to-day. Be silent, +Haggart! I have seen something more terrible, Haggart! Oh, if you +could only understand me! I have seen cowardly people who ran without +defending themselves. I have seen clutching, greedy fingers, crooked +like those of birds, like those of birds, Haggart! And out of these +fingers, which were forced open, gold was taken. And suddenly I saw a +man sobbing. Think of it, Haggart! They were taking gold from him, and +he was sobbing.” + +She laughs bitterly. Haggart advances a step toward her and puts his +heavy hand upon her shoulder: + +“Yes, yes, Mariet. Speak on, girl, let the sea wait.” + +Mariet removes his hand and continues: + +“‘No,’ I thought. ‘These are not my brethren at all!’ I thought and +laughed. And father shouted to the cowards: ‘Take shafts and strike +them.’ But they were running. Father is such a splendid man.” + +“Father is a splendid man,” Haggart affirms cheerfully. + +“Such a splendid man! And then one sailor bent down close to +Noni--perhaps he did not want to do any harm to him, but he bent down to +him too closely, so, I fired at him from your pistol. Is it nothing that +I fired at our sailor?” + +Haggart laughs: + +“He had a comical face! You killed him, Mariet.” + +“No. I don’t know how to shoot. And it was he who told me where you +were. O Haggart, O brother!” + +She sobs, and then she speaks angrily with a shade of a serpentine hiss +in her voice: + +“I hate them! They were not tortured enough; I would have tortured them +still more, still more. Oh, what cowardly rascals they are! Listen, +Haggart, I was always afraid of your power--to me there was always +something terrible and incomprehensible in your power. ‘Where is his +God?’ I wondered, and I was terrified. Even this morning I was afraid, +but now that this night came, this terror has fled, and I came running +to you over the fiery road: I am going with you, Haggart. Take me, +Haggart, I will be the soul of your ship!” + +“I am the soul of my ship, Mariet. But you will be the song of my +liberated soul, Mariet. You shall be the song of my ship, Mariet! Do you +know where we are going? We are going to look for the end of the world, +for unknown lands, for unknown monsters. And at night Father Ocean will +sing to us, Mariet!” + +“Embrace me, Haggart. Ah, Haggart, he is not a God who makes cowards of +human beings. We shall go to look for a new God.” + +Haggart whispers stormily: + +“I lied when I said that I have forgotten everything--I learned this in +your land. I love you, Mariet, as I love fire. Eh, Flerio, comrade!” He +shouts cheerfully: “Eh, Flerio, comrade! Have you prepared a salute?” + +“I have, Captain. The shores will tremble when our cannons speak.” + +“Eh, Flerio, comrade! Don’t gnash your teeth, without biting--no one +will believe you. Did you put in cannon balls--round, cast-iron, good +cannon balls? Give them wings, comrade--let them fly like blackbirds on +land and sea.” + +“Yes, Captain.” + +Haggart laughs: + +“I love to think how the cannon ball flies, Mariet. I love to watch its +invisible flight. If some one comes in its way--let him! Fate itself +strikes down like that. What is an aim? Only fools need an aim, while +the devil, closing his eyes, throws stones--the wise game is merrier +this way. But you are silent! What are you thinking of, Mariet?” + +“I am thinking of them. I am forever thinking of them.” + +“Are you sorry for them?” Haggart frowns. + +“Yes, I am sorry for them. But my pity is my hatred, Haggart. I hate +them, and I would kill them, more and more!” + +“I feel like flying faster--my soul is so free. Let us jest, Mariet! +Here is a riddle, guess it: For whom will the cannons roar soon? You +think, for me? No. For you? no, no, not for you, Mariet! For little +Noni, for him--for little Noni who is boarding the ship to-night. Let +him wake up from this thunder. How our little Noni will be surprised! +And now be quiet, quiet--don’t disturb his sleep--don’t spoil little +Noni’s awakening.” + +The sound of voices is heard--a crowd is approaching. + +“Where is the captain?” + +“Here. Halt, the captain is here!” + +“It’s all done. They can be crammed into a basket like herrings.” + +“Our boatswain is a brave fellow! A jolly man.” + +Khorre, intoxicated and jolly, shouts: + +“Not so loud, devils! Don’t you see that the captain is here? They +scream like seagulls over a dead dolphin.” + +Mariet steps aside a little distance, where little Noni is sleeping. + +KHORRE--Here we are, Captain. No losses, Captain. And how we laughed, +Noni. + +HAGGART--You got drunk rather early. Come to the point. + +KHORRE--Very well. The thing is done, Captain. We’ve picked up all our +money--not worse than the imperial tax collectors. I could not tell +which was ours, so I picked up all the money. But if they have buried +some of the gold, forgive us, Captain--we are not peasants to plough the +ground. + +Laughter. Haggart also laughs. + +“Let them sow, we shall reap.” + +“Golden words, Noni. Eh, Tommy, listen to what the Captain is saying. +And another thing: Whether you will be angry or not--I have broken the +music. I have scattered it in small pieces. Show your pipe, Tetyu! Do +you see, Noni, I didn’t do it at once, no. I told him to play a jig, and +he said that he couldn’t do it. Then he lost his mind and ran away. They +all lost their minds there, Captain. Eh, Tommy, show your beard. An old +woman tore half of his beard out, Captain--now he is a disgrace to look +upon. Eh, Tommy! He has hidden himself, he’s ashamed to show his face, +Captain. And there’s another thing: The priest is coming here.” + +Mariet exclaims: + +“Father!” + +Khorre, astonished, asks: + +“Are you here? If she came to complain, I must report to you, +Captain--the priest almost killed one of our sailors. And she, too. I +ordered the men to bind the priest--” + +“Silence.” + +“I don’t understand your actions, Noni--” + +Haggart, restraining his rage, exclaims: + +“I shall have you put in irons! Silence!” + +With ever-growing rage: + +“You dare talk back to me, riff-raff! You--” + +Mariet cautions him: + +“Gart! They have brought father here.” + +Several sailors bring in the abbot, bound. His clothes are in disorder, +his face is agitated and pale. He looks at Mariet with some amazement, +and lowers his eyes. Then he heaves a sigh. + +“Untie him!” says Mariet. Haggart corrects her restrainedly: + +“Only I command here, Mariet. Khorre, untie him.” + +Khorre unfastens the knots. Silence. + +ABBOT--Hello, Haggart. + +“Hello, abbot.” + +“You have arranged a fine night, Haggart!” + +Haggart speaks with restraint: + +“It is unpleasant for me to see you. Why did you come here? Go home, +priest, no one will touch you. Keep on fishing--and what else were you +doing? Oh, yes--make your own prayers. We are going out to the ocean; +your daughter, you know, is also going with me. Do you see the ship? +That is mine. It’s a pity that you don’t know about ships--you would +have laughed for joy at the sight of such a beautiful ship! Why is he +silent, Mariet? You had better tell him.” + +ABBOT--Prayers? In what language? Have you, perhaps, discovered a new +language in which prayers reach God? Oh, Haggart, Haggart! + +He weeps, covering his face with his hands. Haggart, alarmed, asks: + +“You are crying, abbot?” + +“Look, Gart, he is crying. Father never cried. I am afraid, Gart.” + +The abbot stops crying. Heaving a deep sigh, he says: + +“I don’t know what they call you: Haggart or devil or something else--I +have come to you with a request. Do you hear, robber, with a request? +Tell your crew not to gnash their teeth like that--I don’t like it.” + +Haggart replies morosely: + +“Go home, priest! Mariet will stay with me.” + +“Let her stay with you. I don’t need her, and if you need her, take her. +Take her, Haggart. But--” + +He kneels before him. A murmur of astonishment. Mariet, frightened, +advances a step to her father. + +“Father! You are kneeling?” + +ABBOT--Robber! Give us back the money. You will rob more for yourself, +but give this money to us. You are young yet, you will rob some more +yet-- + +HAGGART--You are insane! There’s a man--he will drive the devil himself +to despair! Listen, priest, I am shouting to you: You have simply lost +your mind! + +The abbot, still kneeling, continues: + +“Perhaps, I have--by God, I don’t know. Robber, dearest, what is this to +you? Give us this money. I feel sorry for them, for the scoundrels! +They rejoiced so much, the scoundrels. They blossomed forth like an +old blackthorn which has nothing but thorns and a ragged bark. They +are sinners. But am I imploring God for their sake? I am imploring you. +Robber, dearest--” + +Mariet looks now at Haggart, now at the priest. Haggart is hesitating. +The abbot keeps muttering: + +“Robber, do you want me to call you son? Well, then--son--it makes no +difference now--I will never see you again. It’s all the same! Like +an old blackthorn, they bloomed--oh, Lord, those scoundrels, those old +scoundrels!” + +“No,” Haggart replied sternly. + +“Then you are the devil, that’s who you are. You are the devil,” mutters +the abbot, rising heavily from the ground. Haggart shows his teeth, +enraged. + +“Do you wish to sell your soul to the devil? Yes? Eh, abbot--don’t you +know yet that the devil always pays with spurious money? Let me have a +torch, sailor!” + +He seizes a torch and lifts it high over his head--he covers his +terrible face with fire and smoke. + +“Look, here I am! Do you see? Now ask me, if you dare!” + +He flings the torch away. What does the abbot dream in this land full +of monstrous dreams? Terrified, his heavy frame trembling, helplessly +pushing the people aside with his hands, he retreats. He turns around. +Now he sees the glitter of the metal, the dark and terrible faces; he +hears the angry splashing of the waters--and he covers his head with his +hands and walks off quickly. Then Khorre jumps up and strikes him with a +knife in his back. + +“Why have you done it?”--the abbot clutches the hand that struck him +down. + +“Just so--for nothing!” + +The abbot falls to the ground and dies. + +“Why have you done it?” cries Mariet. + +“Why have you done it?” roars Haggart. + +And a strange voice, coming from some unknown depths, answers with +Khorre’s lips: + +“You commanded me to do it.” + +Haggart looks around and sees the stern, dark faces, the quivering +glitter of the metal, the motionless body; he hears the mysterious, +merry dashing of the waves. And he clasps his head in a fit of terror. + +“Who commanded? It was the roaring of the sea. I did not want to kill +him--no, no!” + +Sombre voices answer: + +“You commanded. We heard it. You commanded.” + +Haggart listens, his head thrown back. Suddenly he bursts into loud +laughter: + +“Oh, devils, devils! Do you think that I have two ears in order that you +may lie in each one? Go down on your knees, rascal!” + +He hurls Khorre to the ground. + +“String him up with a rope! I would have crushed your venomous head +myself--but let them do it. Oh, devils, devils! String him up with a +rope.” + +Khorre whines harshly: + +“Me, Captain! I was your nurse, Noni.” + +“Silence! Rascal!” + +“I? Noni! Your nurse? You squealed like a little pig in the cook’s room. +Have you forgotten it, Noni?” mutters the sailor plaintively. + +“Eh,” shouts Haggart to the stern crowd. “Take him!” + +Several men advance to him. Khorre rises. + +“If you do it to me, to your own nurse--then you have recovered, Noni! +Eh, obey the captain! Take me! I’ll make you cry enough, Tommy! You are +always the mischief-maker!” + +Grim laughter. Several sailors surround Khorre as Haggart watches them +sternly. A dissatisfied voice says: + +“There is no place where to hang him here. There isn’t a single tree +around.” + +“Let us wait till we get aboard ship! Let him die honestly on the mast.” + +“I know of a tree around here, but I won’t tell you,” roars Khorre +hoarsely. “Look for it yourself! Well, you have astonished me, Noni. How +you shouted, ‘String him up with a rope!’ Exactly like your father--he +almost hanged me, too. Good-bye, Noni, now I understand your actions. +Eh, gin! and then--on the rope!” + +Khorre goes off. No one dares approach Haggart; still enraged, he paces +back and forth with long strides. He pauses, glances at the body and +paces again. Then he calls: + +“Flerio! Did you hear me give orders to kill this man?” + +“No, Captain.” + +“You may go.” + +He paces back and forth again, and then calls: + +“Flerio! Have you ever heard the sea lying?” + +“No.” + +“If they can’t find a tree, order them to choke him with their hands.” + +He paces back and forth again. Mariet is laughing quietly. + +“Who is laughing?” asks Haggart in fury. + +“I,” answers Mariet. “I am thinking of how they are hanging him and I +am laughing. O, Haggart, O, my noble Haggart! Your wrath is the wrath +of God, do you know it? No. You are strange, you are dear, you are +terrible, Haggart, but I am not afraid of you. Give me your hand, +Haggart, press it firmly, firmly. Here is a powerful hand!” + +“Flerio, my friend, did you hear what he said? He says the sea never +lies.” + +“You are powerful and you are just--I was insane when I feared your +power, Gart. May I shout to the sea: ‘Haggart, the Just’?” + +“That is not true. Be silent, Mariet, you are intoxicated with blood. I +don’t know what justice is.” + +“Who, then, knows it? You, you, Haggart! You are God’s justice, Haggart. +Is it true that he was your nurse? Oh, I know what it means to be a +nurse; a nurse feeds you, teaches you to walk--you love a nurse as +your mother. Isn’t that true, Gart--you love a nurse as a mother? And +yet--‘string him up with a rope, Khorre’!” + +She laughs quietly. + +A loud, ringing laughter resounds from the side where Khorre was led +away. Haggart stops, perplexed. + +“What is it?” + +“The devil is meeting his soul there,” says Mariet. + +“No. Let go of my hand! Eh, who’s there?” + +A crowd is coming. They are laughing and grinning, showing their teeth. +But noticing the captain, they become serious. The people are repeating +one and the same name: + +“Khorre! Khorre! Khorre!” + +And then Khorre himself appears, dishevelled, crushed, but happy--the +rope has broken. Knitting his brow, Haggart is waiting in silence. + +“The rope broke, Noni,” mutters Khorre hoarsely, modestly, yet with +dignity. “There are the ends! Eh, you there, keep quiet! There is +nothing to laugh at--they started to hang me, and the rope broke, Noni.” + +Haggart looks at his old, drunken, frightened, and happy face, and he +laughs like a madman. And the sailors respond with roaring laughter. The +reflected lights are dancing more merrily upon the waves--as if they are +also laughing with the people. + +“Just look at him, Mariet, what a face he has,” Haggart is almost +choking with laughter. “Are you happy? Speak--are you happy? Look, +Mariet, what a happy face he has! The rope broke--that’s very strong--it +is stronger even than what I said: ‘String him up with a rope.’ Who said +it? Don’t you know, Khorre? You are out of your wits, and you don’t know +anything--well, never mind, you needn’t know. Eh, give him gin! I am +glad, very glad that you are not altogether through with your gin. +Drink, Khorre!” + +Voices shout: + +“Gin!” + +“Eh, the boatswain wants a drink! Gin!” + +Khorre drinks it with dignity, amid laughter and shouts of approval. +Suddenly all the noise dies down and a sombre silence reigns--a woman’s +strange voice drowns the noise--so strange and unfamiliar, as if it were +not Mariet’s voice at all, but another voice speaking with her lips: + +“Haggart! You have pardoned him, Haggart?” + +Some of the people look at the body; those standing near it step aside. +Haggart asks, surprised: + +“Whose voice is that? Is that yours, Mariet? How strange! I did not +recognise your voice.” + +“You have pardoned him, Haggart?” + +“You have heard--the rope broke--” + +“Tell me, did you pardon the murderer? I want to hear your voice, +Haggart.” + +A threatening voice is heard from among the crowd: + +“The rope broke. Who is talking there? The rope broke.” + +“Silence!” exclaims Haggart, but there is no longer the same commanding +tone in his voice. “Take them all away! Boatswain! Whistle for everybody +to go aboard. The time is up! Flerio! Get the boats ready.” + +“Yes, yes.” + +Khorre whistles. The sailors disperse unwillingly, and the same +threatening voice sounds somewhere from the darkness: + +“I thought at first it was the dead man who started to speak. But I +would have answered him too: ‘Lie there! The rope broke.’” + +Another voice replies: + +“Don’t grumble. Khorre has stronger defenders than you are.” + +“What are you prating about, devils?” says Khorre. “Silence! Is that +you, Tommy? I know you, you are always the mischief-maker--” + +“Come on, Mariet!” says Haggart. “Give me little Noni, I want to carry +him to the boat myself. Come on, Mariet.” + +“Where, Haggart?” + +“Eh, Mariet! The dreams are ended. I don’t like your voice, woman--when +did you find time to change it? What a land of jugglers! I have never +seen such a land before!” + +“Eh, Haggart! The dreams are ended. I don’t like your voice, +either--little Haggart! But it may be that I am still sleeping--then +wake me. Haggart, swear that it was you who said it: ‘The rope broke.’ +Swear that my eyes have not grown blind and that they see Khorre alive. +Swear that this is your hand, Haggart!” + +Silence. The voice of the sea is growing louder--there is the splash and +the call and the promise of a stern caress. + +“I swear.” + +Silence. Khorre and Flerio come up to Haggart. + +“All’s ready, Captain,” says Flerio. + +“They are waiting, Noni. Go quicker! They want to feast to-night, Noni! +But I must tell you, Noni, that they--” + +HAGGART--Did you say something, Flerio? Yes, yes, everything is ready. I +am coming. I think I am not quite through yet with land. This is such +a remarkable land, Flerio; the dreams here drive their claws into a +man like thorns, and they hold him. One has to tear his clothing, and +perhaps his body as well. What did you say, Mariet? + +MARIET--Don’t you want to kiss little Noni? You shall never kiss him +again. + +“No, I don’t want to.” + +Silence. + +“You will go alone.” + +“Yes, I will go alone.” + +“Did you ever cry, Haggart?” + +“No.” + +“Who is crying now? I hear some one crying bitterly.” + +“That is not true--it is the roaring of the sea.” + +“Oh, Haggart! Of what great sorrow does that voice speak?” + +“Be silent, Mariet. It is the roaring of the sea.” + +Silence. + +“Is everything ended now, Haggart?” + +“Everything is ended, Mariet.” + +Mariet, imploring, says: + +“Gart! Only one motion of the hand! Right here--against the +heart--Gart!” + +“No. Leave me alone.” + +“Only one motion of the hand! Here is your knife. Have pity on me, kill +me with your hand. Only one motion of your hand, Gart!” + +“Let go. Give me my knife.” + +“Gart, I bless you! One motion of your hand, Gart!” + +Haggart tears himself away, pushing the woman aside: + +“No! Don’t you know that it is just as hard to make one motion of the +hand as it is for the sun to come down from the sky? Good-bye, Mariet!” + +“You are going away?” + +“Yes, I am going away. I am going away, Mariet. That’s how it sounds.” + +“I shall curse you, Haggart. Do you know! I shall curse you, Haggart. +And little Noni will curse you, Haggart--Haggart!” + +Haggart exclaims cheerfully and harshly: + +“Eh, Khorre. You, Flerio, my old friend. Come here, give me your +hand--Oh, what a powerful hand it is! Why do you pull me by the sleeve, +Khorre? You have such a funny face. I can almost see how the rope +snapped, and you came down like a sack. Flerio, old friend, I feel like +saying something funny, but I have forgotten how to say it. How do they +say it? Remind me, Flerio. What do you want, sailor?” + +Khorre whispers to him hoarsely: + +“Noni, be on your guard. The rope broke because they used a rotten rope +intentionally. They are betraying you! Be on your guard, Noni. Strike +them on the head, Noni.” + +Haggart bursts out laughing. + +“Now you have said something funny. And I? Listen, Flerio, old friend. +This woman who stands and looks--No, that will not be funny!” + +He advances a step. + +“Khorre, do you remember how well this man prayed? Why was he killed? He +prayed so well. But there is one prayer he did not know--this one--‘To +you I bring my great eternal sorrow; I am going to you, Father Ocean!’” + +And a distant voice, sad and grave, replies: + +“Oh, Haggart, my dear Haggart.” + +But who knows--perhaps it was the roaring of the waves. Many sad and +strange dreams come to man on earth. + +“All aboard!” exclaims Haggart cheerily, and goes off without looking +around. Below, a gay noise of voices and laughter resounds. The +cobblestones are rattling under the firm footsteps--Haggart is going +away. + +“Haggart!” + +He goes, without turning around. + +“Haggart!” + +He has gone away. + +Loud shouting is heard--the sailors are greeting Haggart. They drink +and go off into the darkness. On the shore, the torches which were +cast aside are burning low, illumining the body, and a woman is rushing +about. She runs swiftly from one spot to another, bending down over the +steep rocks. Insane Dan comes crawling out. + +“Is that you, Dan? Do you hear, they are singing, Dan? Haggart has gone +away.” + +“I was waiting for them to go. Here is another one. I am gathering the +pipes of my organ. Here is another one.” + +“Be accursed, Dan!” + +“Oho? And you, too, Mariet, be accursed!” + +Mariet clasps the child in her arms and lifts him high. Then she calls +wildly: + +“Haggart, turn around! Turn around, Haggart! Noni is calling you. He +wants to curse you, Haggart. Turn around! Look, Noni, look--that is your +father. Remember him, Noni. And when you grow up, go out on every sea +and find him, Noni. And when you find him--hang your father high on a +mast, my little one.” + +The thundering salute drowns her cry. Haggart has boarded his ship. The +night grows darker and the dashing of the waves fainter--the ocean is +moving away with the tide. The great desert of the sky is mute and the +night grows darker and the dashing of the waves ever fainter. + + + + + +JUDAS ISCARIOT AND OTHERS + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +Jesus Christ had often been warned that Judas Iscariot was a man of very +evil repute, and that He ought to beware of him. Some of the disciples, +who had been in Judaea, knew him well, while others had heard much about +him from various sources, and there was none who had a good word for +him. If good people in speaking of him blamed him, as covetous, cunning, +and inclined to hypocrisy and lying, the bad, when asked concerning him, +inveighed against him in the severest terms. + +“He is always making mischief among us,” they would say, and spit in +contempt. “He always has some thought which he keeps to himself. He +creeps into a house quietly, like a scorpion, but goes out again with an +ostentatious noise. There are friends among thieves, and comrades among +robbers, and even liars have wives, to whom they speak the truth; but +Judas laughs at thieves and honest folk alike, although he is himself +a clever thief. Moreover, he is in appearance the ugliest person in +Judaea. No! he is no friend of ours, this foxy-haired Judas Iscariot,” + the bad would say, thereby surprising the good people, in whose opinion +there was not much difference between him and all other vicious people +in Judaea. They would recount further that he had long ago deserted his +wife, who was living in poverty and misery, striving to eke out a living +from the unfruitful patch of land which constituted his estate. He had +wandered for many years aimlessly among the people, and had even gone +from one sea to the other,--no mean distance,--and everywhere he lied +and grimaced, and would make some discovery with his thievish eye, and +then suddenly disappear, leaving behind him animosity and strife. Yes, +he was as inquisitive, artful and hateful as a one-eyed demon. Children +he had none, and this was an additional proof that Judas was a wicked +man, that God would not have from him any posterity. + +None of the disciples had noticed when it was that this ugly, +foxy-haired Jew first appeared in the company of Christ: but he had for +a long time haunted their path, joined in their conversations, performed +little acts of service, bowing and smiling and currying favour. +Sometimes they became quite used to him, so that he escaped their weary +eyes; then again he would suddenly obtrude himself on eye and +ear, irritating them as something abnormally ugly, treacherous and +disgusting. They would drive him away with harsh words, and for a +short time he would disappear, only to reappear suddenly, officious, +flattering and crafty as a one-eyed demon. + +There was no doubt in the minds of some of the disciples that under +his desire to draw near to Jesus was hidden some secret intention--some +malign and cunning scheme. + +But Jesus did not listen to their advice; their prophetic voice did +not reach His ears. In that spirit of serene contradiction, which +ever irresistibly inclined Him to the reprobate and unlovable, He +deliberately accepted Judas, and included him in the circle of the +chosen. The disciples were disturbed and murmured under their breath, +but He would sit still, with His face towards the setting sun, and +listen abstractedly, perhaps to them, perhaps to something else. For ten +days there had been no wind, and the transparent atmosphere, wary and +sensitive, continued ever the same, motionless and unchanged. It seemed +as though it preserved in its transparent depths every cry and song +made during those days by men and beasts and birds--tears, laments +and cheerful song, prayers and curses--and that on account of these +crystallised sounds the air was so heavy, threatening, and saturated +with invisible life. Once more the sun was sinking. It rolled heavily +downwards in a flaming ball, setting the sky on fire. Everything upon +the earth which was turned towards it: the swarthy face of Jesus, the +walls of the houses, and the leaves of the trees--everything obediently +reflected that distant, fearfully pensive light. Now the white walls +were no longer white, and the white city upon the white hill was turned +to red. + +And lo! Judas arrived. He arrived bowing low, bending his back, +cautiously and timidly protruding his ugly, bumpy head--just exactly as +his acquaintances had described. He was spare and of good height, almost +the same as that of Jesus, who stooped a little through the habit of +thinking as He walked, and so appeared shorter than He was. Judas was to +all appearances fairly strong and well knit, though for some reason or +other he pretended to be weak and somewhat sickly. He had an uncertain +voice. Sometimes it was strong and manly, then again shrill as that of +an old woman scolding her husband, provokingly thin, and disagreeable to +the ear, so that ofttimes one felt inclined to tear out his words from +the ear, like rough, decaying splinters. His short red locks failed to +hide the curious form of his skull. It looked as if it had been split +at the nape of the neck by a double sword-cut, and then joined together +again, so that it was apparently divided into four parts, and inspired +distrust, nay, even alarm: for behind such a cranium there could be no +quiet or concord, but there must ever be heard the noise of sanguinary +and merciless strife. The face of Judas was similarly doubled. One side +of it, with a black, sharply watchful eye, was vivid and mobile, readily +gathering into innumerable tortuous wrinkles. On the other side were no +wrinkles. It was deadly flat, smooth, and set, and though of the same +size as the other, it seemed enormous on account of its wide-open blind +eye. Covered with a whitish film, closing neither night nor day, this +eye met light and darkness with the same indifference, but perhaps on +account of the proximity of its lively and crafty companion it never got +full credit for blindness. + +When in a paroxysm of joy or excitement, Judas would close his sound eye +and shake his head. The other eye would always shake in unison and +gaze in silence. Even people quite devoid of penetration could clearly +perceive, when looking at Judas, that such a man could bring no good.... + +And yet Jesus brought him near to Himself, and once even made him sit +next to Him. John, the beloved disciple, fastidiously moved away, +and all the others who loved their Teacher cast down their eyes in +disapprobation. But Judas sat on, and turning his head from side to +side, began in a somewhat thin voice to complain of ill-health, and said +that his chest gave him pain in the night, and that when ascending a +hill he got out of breath, and when he stood still on the edge of +a precipice he would be seized with a dizziness, and could scarcely +restrain a foolish desire to throw himself down. And many other impious +things he invented, as though not understanding that sicknesses do +not come to a man by chance, but as a consequence of conduct not +corresponding with the laws of the Eternal. Thus Judas Iscariot kept +on rubbing his chest with his broad palm, and even pretended to cough, +midst a general silence and downcast eyes. + +John, without looking at the Teacher, whispered to his friend Simon +Peter-- + +“Aren’t you tired of that lie? I can’t stand it any longer. I am going +away.” + +Peter glanced at Jesus, and meeting his eye, quickly arose. + +“Wait a moment,” said he to his friend. + +Once more he looked at Jesus; sharply as a stone torn from a mountain, +he moved towards Judas, and said to him in a loud voice, with expansive, +serene courtesy-- + +“You will come with us, Judas.” + +He gave him a kindly slap on his bent back, and without looking at the +Teacher, though he felt His eye upon him, resolutely added in his loud +voice, which excluded all objection, just as water excludes air-- + +“It does not matter that you have such a nasty face. There fall into our +nets even worse monstrosities, and they sometimes turn out very tasty +food. It is not for us, our Lord’s fishermen, to throw away a catch, +merely because the fish have spines, or only one eye. I saw once at Tyre +an octopus, which had been caught by the local fishermen, and I was +so frightened that I wanted to run away. But they laughed at me. A +fisherman from Tiberias gave me some of it to eat, and I asked for more, +it was so tasty. You remember, Master, that I told you the story, and +you laughed, too. And you, Judas, are like an octopus--but only on one +side.” + +And he laughed loudly, content with his joke. When Peter spoke, his +words resounded so forcibly, that it seemed as though he were driving +them in with nails. When Peter moved, or did anything, he made a noise +that could be heard afar, and which called forth a response from the +deafest of things: the stone floor rumbled under his feet, the doors +shook and rattled, and the very air was convulsed with fear, and roared. +In the clefts of the mountains his voice awoke the inmost echo, and +in the morning-time, when they were fishing on the lake, he would roll +about on the sleepy, glittering water, and force the first shy sunbeams +into smiles. + +For this apparently he was loved: when on all other faces there still +lay the shadow of night, his powerful head, and bare breast, and freely +extended arms were already aglow with the light of dawn. + +The words of Peter, evidently approved as they were by the Master, +dispersed the oppressive atmosphere. But some of the disciples, who +had been to the seaside and had seen an octopus, were disturbed by the +monstrous image so lightly applied to the new disciple. They recalled +the immense eyes, the dozens of greedy tentacles, the feigned +repose--and how all at once: it embraced, clung, crushed and sucked, +all without one wink of its monstrous eyes. What did it mean? But Jesus +remained silent, He smiled with a frown of kindly raillery on Peter, who +was still telling glowing tales about the octopus. Then one by one +the disciples shame-facedly approached Judas, and began a friendly +conversation, with him, but--beat a hasty and awkward retreat. + +Only John, the son of Zebedee, maintained an obstinate silence; and +Thomas had evidently not made up his mind to say anything, but was still +weighing the matter. He kept his gaze attentively fixed on Christ and +Judas as they sat together. And that strange proximity of divine beauty +and monstrous ugliness, of a man with a benign look, and of an octopus +with immense, motionless, dully greedy eyes, oppressed his mind like an +insoluble enigma. + +He tensely wrinkled his smooth, upright forehead, and screwed up his +eyes, thinking that he would see better so, but only succeeded in +imagining that Judas really had eight incessantly moving feet. But that +was not true. Thomas understood that, and again gazed obstinately. + +Judas gathered courage: he straightened out his arms, which had been +bent at the elbows, relaxed the muscles which held his jaws in tension, +and began cautiously to protrude his bumpy head into the light. It had +been the whole time in view of all, but Judas imagined that it had been +impenetrably hidden from sight by some invisible, but thick and cunning +veil. But lo! now, as though creeping out from a ditch, he felt his +strange skull, and then his eyes, in the light: he stopped and then +deliberately exposed his whole face. Nothing happened; Peter had gone +away somewhere or other. Jesus sat pensive, with His head leaning on His +hand, and gently swayed His sunburnt foot. The disciples were conversing +together, and only Thomas gazed at him attentively and seriously, like +a conscientious tailor taking measurement. Judas smiled; Thomas did +not reply to the smile; but evidently took it into account, as he did +everything else, and continued to gaze. But something unpleasant alarmed +the left side of Judas’ countenance as he looked round. John, handsome, +pure, without a single fleck upon his snow-white conscience, was looking +at him out of a dark corner, with cold but beautiful eyes. And though +he walked as others walk, yet Judas felt as if he were dragging himself +along the ground like a whipped cur, as he went up to John and said: +“Why are you silent, John? Your words are like golden apples in vessels +of silver filigree; bestow one of them on Judas, who is so poor.” + +John looked steadfastly into his wide-open motionless eye, and said +nothing. And he looked on, while Judas crept out, hesitated a moment, +and then disappeared in the deep darkness of the open door. + +Since the full moon was up, there were many people out walking. Jesus +went out too, and from the low roof on which Judas had spread his couch +he saw Him going out. In the light of the moon each white figure looked +bright and deliberate in its movements; and seemed not so much to walk +as to glide in front of its dark shadow. Then suddenly a man would be +lost in something black, and his voice became audible. And when people +reappeared in the moonlight, they seemed silent--like white walls, +or black shadows--as everything did in the transparent mist of night. +Almost every one was asleep when Judas heard the soft voice of Jesus +returning. All in and around about the house was still. A cock crew; +somewhere an ass, disturbed in his sleep, brayed aloud and insolently as +in daytime, then reluctantly and gradually relapsed into silence. Judas +did not sleep at all, but listened surreptitiously. The moon illumined +one half of his face, and was reflected strangely in his enormous open +eye, as on the frozen surface of a lake. + +Suddenly he remembered something, and hastily coughed, rubbing his +perfectly healthy chest with his hairy hand: maybe some one was not yet +asleep, and was listening to what Judas was thinking! + + + +CHAPTER II + + +They gradually became used to Judas, and ceased to notice his ugliness. +Jesus entrusted the common purse to him, and with it there fell on +him all household cares: he purchased the necessary food and clothing, +distributed alms, and when they were on the road, it was his duty to +choose the place where they were to stop, or to find a night’s lodging. + +All this he did very cleverly, so that in a short time he had earned the +goodwill of some of the disciples, who had noticed his efforts. Judas +was an habitual liar, but they became used to this, when they found +that his lies were not followed by any evil conduct; nay, they added a +special piquancy to his conversation and tales, and made life seem like +a comic, and sometimes a tragic, tale. + +According to his stories, he seemed to know every one, and each person +that he knew had some time in his life been guilty of evil conduct, or +even crime. Those, according to him, were called good, who knew how to +conceal their thoughts and acts; but if one only embraced, flattered, +and questioned such a man sufficiently, there would ooze out from him +every untruth, nastiness, and lie, like matter from a pricked wound. He +freely confessed that he sometimes lied himself; but affirmed with an +oath that others were still greater liars, and that if any one in this +world was ever deceived, it was Judas. + +Indeed, according to his own account, he had been deceived, time upon +time, in one way or another. Thus, a certain guardian of the treasures +of a rich grandee once confessed to him, that he had for ten years been +continually on the point of stealing the property committed to him, but +that he was debarred by fear of the grandee, and of his own conscience. +And Judas believed him--and he suddenly committed the theft, and +deceived Judas. But even then Judas still trusted him--and then he +suddenly restored the stolen treasure to the grandee, and again deceived +Judas. Yes, everything deceived him, even animals. Whenever he pets a +dog it bites his fingers; but when he beats it with a stick it licks his +feet, and looks into his eyes like a daughter. He killed one such dog, +and buried it deep, laying a great stone on the top of it--but who +knows? Perhaps just because he killed it, it has come to life again, and +instead of lying in the trench, is running about cheerfully with other +dogs. + +All laughed merrily at Judas’ tale, and he smiled pleasantly himself, +winking his one lively, mocking eye--and by that very smile confessed +that he had lied somewhat; that he had not really killed the dog. But +he meant to find it and kill it, because he did not wish to be deceived. +And at these words of Judas they laughed all the more. + +But sometimes in his tales he transgressed the bounds of probability, +and ascribed to people such proclivities as even the beasts do not +possess, accusing them of such crimes as are not, and never have been. +And since he named in this connection the most honoured people, some +were indignant at the calumny, while others jokingly asked: + +“How about your own father and mother, Judas--were they not good +people?” + +Judas winked his eye, and smiled with a gesture of his hands. And the +fixed, wide-open eye shook in unison with the shaking of his head, and +looked out in silence. + +“But who was my father? Perhaps it was the man who used to beat me with +a rod, or may be--a devil, a goat or a cock.... How can Judas tell? How +can Judas tell with whom his mother shared her couch. Judas had many +fathers: to which of them do you refer?” + +But at this they were all indignant, for they had a profound reverence +for parents; and Matthew, who was very learned in the scriptures, said +severely in the words of Solomon: + +“‘Whoso slandereth his father and his mother, his lamp shall be +extinguished in deep darkness.’” + +But John the son of Zebedee haughtily jerked out: “And what of us? What +evil have you to say of us, Judas Iscariot?” + +But he waved his hands in simulated terror, whined, and bowed like a +beggar, who has in vain asked an alms of a passer-by: “Ah! they are +tempting poor Judas! They are laughing at him, they wish to take in the +poor, trusting Judas!” And while one side of his face was crinkled up in +buffooning grimaces, the other side wagged sternly and severely, and the +never-closing eye looked out in a broad stare. + +More and louder than any laughed Simon Peter at the jokes of Judas +Iscariot. But once it happened that he suddenly frowned, and became +silent and sad, and hastily dragging Judas aside by the sleeve, he bent +down, and asked in a hoarse whisper-- + +“But Jesus? What do you think of Jesus? Speak seriously, I entreat you.” + +Judas cast on him a malign glance. + +“And what do you think?” + +Peter whispered with awe and gladness-- + +“I think that He is the son of the living God.” + +“Then why do you ask? What can Judas tell you, whose father was a goat?” + +“But do you love Him? You do not seem to love any one, Judas.” + +And with the same strange malignity, Iscariot blurted out abruptly and +sharply: “I do.” + +Some two days after this conversation, Peter openly dubbed Judas +“my friend the octopus”; but Judas awkwardly, and ever with the same +malignity, endeavoured to creep away from him into some dark corner, and +would sit there morosely glaring with his white, never-closing eye. + +Thomas alone took him quite seriously. He understood nothing of +jokes, hypocrisy or lies, nor of the play upon words and thoughts, but +investigated everything positively to the very bottom. He would often +interrupt Judas’ stories about wicked people and their conduct with +short practical remarks: + +“You must prove that. Did you hear it yourself? Was there any one +present besides yourself? What was his name?” + +At this Judas would get angry, and shrilly cry out, that he had seen +and heard everything himself; but the obstinate Thomas would go on +cross-examining quietly and persistently, until Judas confessed that +he had lied, or until he invented some new and more probable lie, which +provided the others for some time with food for thought. But when Thomas +discovered a discrepancy, he would immediately come and calmly expose +the liar. + +Usually Judas excited in him a strong curiosity, which brought about +between them a sort of friendship, full of wrangling, jeering, and +invective on the one side, and of quiet insistence on the other. +Sometimes Judas felt an unbearable aversion to his strange friend, and, +transfixing him with a sharp glance, would say irritably, and almost +with entreaty-- + +“What more do you want? I have told you all.” + +“I want you to prove how it is possible that a he-goat should be your +father,” Thomas would reply with calm insistency, and wait for an +answer. + +It chanced once, that after such a question, Judas suddenly stopped +speaking and gazed at him with surprise from head to foot. What he saw +was a tall, upright figure, a grey face, honest eyes of transparent +blue, two fat folds beginning at the nose and losing themselves in a +stiff, evenly-trimmed beard. He said with conviction: + +“What a stupid you are, Thomas! What do you dream about--a tree, a wall, +or a donkey?” + +Thomas was in some way strangely perturbed, and made no reply. But at +night, when Judas was already closing his vivid, restless eye for sleep, +he suddenly said aloud from where he lay--the two now slept together on +the roof-- + +“You are wrong, Judas. I have very bad dreams. What think you? Are +people responsible for their dreams?” + +“Does, then, any one but the dreamer see a dream?” Judas replied. + +Thomas sighed gently, and became thoughtful. But Judas smiled +contemptuously, and firmly closed his roguish eye, and quickly gave +himself up to his mutinous dreams, monstrous ravings, mad phantoms, +which rent his bumpy skull to pieces. + +When, during Jesus’ travels about Judaea, the disciples approached +a village, Iscariot would speak evil of the inhabitants and foretell +misfortune. But almost always it happened that the people, of whom +he had spoken evil, met Christ and His friends with gladness, and +surrounded them with attentions and love, and became believers, and +Judas’ money-box became so full that it was difficult to carry. And when +they laughed at his mistake, he would make a humble gesture with his +hands, and say: + +“Well, well! Judas thought that they were bad, and they turned out to be +good. They quickly believed, and gave money. That only means that Judas +has been deceived once more, the poor, confiding Judas Iscariot!” + +But on one occasion, when they had already gone far from a village, +which had welcomed them kindly, Thomas and Judas began a hot dispute, +to settle which they turned back, and did not overtake Jesus and His +disciples until the next day. Thomas wore a perturbed and sorrowful +appearance, while Judas had such a proud look, that you would have +thought that he expected them to offer him their congratulations and +thanks upon the spot. Approaching the Master, Thomas declared with +decision: “Judas was right, Lord. They were ill-disposed, stupid people. +And the seeds of your words has fallen upon the rock.” And he related +what had happened in the village. + +After Jesus and His disciples left it, an old woman had begun to cry out +that her little white kid had been stolen, and she laid the theft at +the door of the visitors who had just departed. At first the people had +disputed with her, but when she obstinately insisted that there was no +one else who could have done it except Jesus, many agreed with her, and +even were about to start in pursuit. And although they soon found the +kid straying in the underwood, they still decided that Jesus was a +deceiver, and possibly a thief. + +“So that’s what they think of us, is it?” cried Peter, with a snort. +“Lord, wilt Thou that I return to those fools, and--” + +But Jesus, saying not a word, gazed severely at him, and Peter in +silence retired behind the others. And no one ever referred to the +incident again, as though it had never occurred, and as though Judas +had been proved wrong. In vain did he show himself on all sides, +endeavouring to give to his double, crafty, hooknosed face an expression +of modesty. They would not look at him, and if by chance any one did +glance at him, it was in a very unfriendly, not to say contemptuous, +manner. + +From that day on Jesus’ treatment of him underwent a strange change. +Formerly, for some reason or other, Judas never used to speak +directly with Jesus, who never addressed Himself directly to him, but +nevertheless would often glance at him with kindly eyes, smile at his +rallies, and if He had not seen him for some time, would inquire: “Where +is Judas?” + +But now He looked at him as if He did not see him, although as before, +and indeed more determinedly than formerly, He sought him out with +His eyes every time that He began to speak to the disciples or to the +people; but He was either sitting with His back to him, so that He was +obliged, as it were, to cast His words over His head so as to reach +Judas, or else He made as though He did not notice him at all. And +whatever He said, though it was one thing one day, and then next day +quite another, although it might be the very thing that Judas was +thinking, it always seemed as though He were speaking against him. To +all He was the tender, beautiful flower, the sweet-smelling rose of +Lebanon, but for Judas He left only sharp thorns, as though Judas had +neither heart, nor sight, nor smell, and did not understand, even better +than any, the beauty of tender, immaculate petals. + +“Thomas! Do you like the yellow rose of Lebanon, which has a swarthy +countenance and eyes like the roe?” he inquired once of his friend, who +replied indifferently-- + +“Rose? Yes, I like the smell. But I have never heard of a rose with a +swarthy countenance and eyes like a roe!” + +“What? Do you not know that the polydactylous cactus, which tore your +new garment yesterday, has only one beautiful flower, and only one eye?” + +But Thomas did not know this, although only yesterday a cactus had +actually caught in his garment and torn it into wretched rags. But +then Thomas never did know anything, though he asked questions about +everything, and looked so straight with his bright, transparent eyes, +through which, as through a pane of Phoenician glass, was visible a +wall, with a dismal ass tied to it. + +Some time later another occurrence took place, in which Judas again +proved to be in the right. + +At a certain village in Judaea, of which Judas had so bad an opinion, +that he had advised them to avoid it, the people received Christ with +hostility, and after His sermon and exposition of hypocrites they burst +into fury, and threatened to stone Jesus and His disciples. Enemies He +had many, and most likely they would have carried out their sinister +intention, but for Judas Iscariot. Seized with a mad fear for Jesus, as +though he already saw the drops of ruby blood upon His white garment, +Judas threw himself in blind fury upon the crowd, scolding, screeching, +beseeching, and lying, and thus gave time and opportunity to Jesus and +His disciples to escape. + +Amazingly active, as though running upon a dozen feet, laughable and +terrible in his fury and entreaties, he threw himself madly in front of +the crowd and charmed it with a certain strange power. He shouted +that the Nazarene was not possessed of a devil, that He was simply an +impostor, a thief who loved money as did all His disciples, and even +Judas himself: and he rattled the money-box, grimaced, and beseeched, +throwing himself on the ground. And by degrees the anger of the crowd +changed into laughter and disgust, and they let fall the stones which +they had picked up to throw at them. + +“They are not fit to die by the hands of an honest person,” said they, +while others thoughtfully followed the rapidly disappearing Judas with +their eyes. + +Again Judas expected to receive congratulations, praise, and thanks, and +made a show of his torn garments, and pretended that he had been beaten; +but this time, too, he was greatly mistaken. The angry Jesus strode on +in silence, and even Peter and John did not venture to approach Him: and +all whose eyes fell on Judas in his torn garments, his face glowing with +happiness, but still somewhat frightened, repelled him with curt, angry +exclamations. + +It was just as though he had not saved them all, just as though he had +not saved their Teacher, whom they loved so dearly. + +“Do you want to see some fools?” said he to Thomas, who was thoughtfully +walking in the rear. “Look! There they go along the road in a crowd, +like a flock of sheep, kicking up the dust. But you are wise, Thomas, +you creep on behind, and I, the noble, magnificent Judas, creep on +behind like a dirty slave, who has no place by the side of his masters.” + +“Why do you call yourself magnificent?” asked Thomas in surprise. + +“Because I am so,” Judas replied with conviction, and he went on +talking, giving more details of how he had deceived the enemies of +Jesus, and laughed at them and their stupid stones. + +“But you told lies,” said Thomas. + +“Of course I did,” quickly assented Iscariot. “I gave them what they +asked for, and they gave me in return what I wanted. And what is a lie, +my clever Thomas? Would not the death of Jesus be the greatest lie of +all?” + +“You did not act rightly. Now I believe that a devil is your father. It +was he that taught you, Judas.” + +The face of Judas grew pale, and something suddenly came over Thomas, +and as if it were a white cloud, passed over and concealed the road +and Jesus. With a gentle movement Judas just as suddenly drew Thomas to +himself, pressed him closely with a paralysing movement, and whispered +in his ear-- + +“You mean, then, that a devil has instructed me, don’t you, Thomas? +Well, I saved Jesus. Therefore a devil loves Jesus and has need of Him, +and of the truth. Is it not so, Thomas? But then my father was not a +devil, but a he-goat. Can a he-goat want Jesus? Eh? And don’t you want +Him yourselves, and the truth also?” + +Angry and slightly frightened, Thomas freed himself with difficulty from +the clinging embrace of Judas, and began to stride forward quickly. +But he soon slackened his pace as he endeavoured to understand what had +taken place. + +But Judas crept on gently behind, and gradually came to a standstill. +And lo! in the distance the pedestrians became blended into a +parti-coloured mass, so that it was impossible any longer to distinguish +which among those little figures was Jesus. And lo! the little Thomas, +too, changed into a grey spot, and suddenly--all disappeared round a +turn in the road. + +Looking round, Judas went down from the road and with immense leaps +descended into the depths of a rocky ravine. His clothes blew out with +the speed and abruptness of his course, and his hands were extended +upwards as though he would fly. Lo! now he crept along an abrupt +declivity, and suddenly rolled down in a grey ball, rubbing off his +skin against the stones; then he jumped up and angrily threatened the +mountain with his fist-- + +“You too, damn you!” + +Suddenly he changed his quick movements into a comfortable, concentrated +dawdling, chose a place by a big stone, and sat down without hurry. He +turned himself, as if seeking a comfortable position, laid his hands +side by side on the grey stone, and heavily sank his head upon them. +And so for an hour or two he sat on, as motionless and grey as the grey +stone itself, so still that he deceived even the birds. The walls of the +ravine rose before him, and behind, and on every side, cutting a sharp +line all round on the blue sky; while everywhere immense grey stones +obtruded from the ground, as though there had been at some time or +other, a shower here, and as though its heavy drops had become petrified +in endless split, upturned skull, and every stone in it was like a +petrified thought; and there were many of them, and they all kept +thinking heavily, boundlessly, stubbornly. + +A scorpion, deceived by his quietness, hobbled past, on its tottering +legs, close to Judas. He threw a glance at it, and, without lifting +his head from the stone, again let both his eyes rest fixedly on +something--both motionless, both veiled in a strange whitish turbidness, +both as though blind and yet terribly alert. And lo! from out of the +ground, the stones, and the clefts, the quiet darkness of night began to +rise, enveloped the motionless Judas, and crept swiftly up towards +the pallid light of the sky. Night was coming on with its thoughts and +dreams. + +That night Judas did not return to the halting-place. And the disciples, +forgetting their thoughts, busied themselves with preparations for their +meal, and grumbled at his negligence. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Once, about mid-day, Jesus and His disciples were walking along a stony +and hilly road devoid of shade, and, since they had been more than +five hours afoot, Jesus began to complain of weariness. The disciples +stopped, and Peter and his friend John spread their cloaks and those of +the other disciples, on the ground, and fastened them above between two +high rocks, and so made a sort of tent for Jesus. He lay down in the +tent, resting from the heat of the sun, while they amused Him with +pleasant conversation and jokes. But seeing that even talking fatigued +Him, and being themselves but little affected by weariness and the heat, +they went some distance off and occupied themselves in various ways. One +sought edible roots among the stones on the slope of the mountain, +and when he had found them brought them to Jesus; another, climbing +up higher and higher, searched musingly for the limits of the blue +distance, and failing, climbed up higher on to new, sharp-pointed rocks. +John found a beautiful little blue lizard among the stones, and smiling +brought it quickly with tender hands to Jesus. The lizard looked with +its protuberant, mysterious eyes into His, and then crawled quickly +with its cold body over His warm hand, and soon swiftly disappeared with +tender, quivering tail. + +But Peter and Philip, not caring about such amusements, occupied +themselves in tearing up great stones from the mountain, and hurling +them down below, as a test of their strength. The others, attracted by +their loud laughter, by degrees gathered round them, and joined in their +sport. Exerting their strength, they would tear up from the ground an +ancient rock all overgrown, and lifting it high with both hands, hurl it +down the slope. Heavily it would strike with a dull thud, and hesitate +for a moment; then resolutely it would make a first leap, and each time +it touched the ground, gathering from it speed and strength, it would +become light, furious, all-subversive. Now it no longer leapt, but flew +with grinning teeth, and the whistling wind let its dull round mass pass +by. Lo! it is on the edge--with a last, floating motion the stone would +sweep high, and then quietly, with ponderous deliberation, fly downwards +in a curve to the invisible bottom of the precipice. + +“Now then, another!” cried Peter. His white teeth shone between his +black beard and moustache, his mighty chest and arms were bare, and +the sullen, ancient rocks, dully wondering at the strength which lifted +them, obediently, one after another, precipitated themselves into the +abyss. Even the frail John threw some moderate-sized stones, and Jesus +smiled quietly as He looked at their sport. + +“But what are you doing, Judas? Why do you not take part in the game? +It seems amusing enough?” asked Thomas, when he found his strange friend +motionless behind a great grey stone. + +“I have a pain in my chest. Moreover, they have not invited me.” + +“What need of invitation! At all events, I invite you; come! Look what +stones Peter throws!” + +Judas somehow or other happened to glance sideward at him, and Thomas +became, for the first time, indistinctly aware that he had two faces. +But before he could thoroughly grasp the fact, Judas said in his +ordinary tone, at once fawning and mocking-- + +“There is surely none stronger than Peter? When he shouts, all the asses +in Jerusalem think that their Messiah has arrived, and lift up their +voices too. You have heard them before now, have you not, Thomas?” + +Smiling politely; and modestly wrapping his garment round his chest, +which was overgrown with red curly hairs, Judas stepped into the circle +of players. + +And since they were all in high good humour, they met him with mirth and +loud jokes, and even John condescended to vouchsafe a smile, when Judas, +pretending to groan with the exertion, laid hold of an immense stone. +But lo! he lifted it with ease, and threw it, and his blind, wide-open +eye gave a jerk, and then fixed itself immovably on Peter; while the +other eye, cunning and merry, was overflowing with quiet laughter. + +“No! you throw again!” said Peter in an offended tone. + +And lo! one after the other they kept lifting and throwing gigantic +stones, while the disciples looked on in amazement. Peter threw a +great stone, and then Judas a still bigger one. Peter, frowning and +concentrated, angrily wielded a fragment of rock, and struggling as +he lifted it, hurled it down; then Judas, without ceasing to smile, +searched for a still larger fragment, and digging his long fingers into +it, grasped it, and swinging himself together with it, and paling, sent +it into the gulf. When he had thrown his stone, Peter would recoil and +so watch its fall; but Judas always bent himself forward, stretched out +his long vibrant arms, as though he were going to fly after the stone. +Eventually both of them, first Peter, then Judas, seized hold of an old +grey stone, but neither one nor the other could move it. All red with +his exertion, Peter resolutely approached Jesus, and said aloud-- + +“Lord! I do not wish to be beaten by Judas. Help me to throw this +stone.” + +Jesus made answer in a low voice, and Peter, shrugging his broad +shoulders in dissatisfaction, but not daring to make any rejoinder, came +back with the words-- + +“He says: ‘But who will help Iscariot?’” + +Then glancing at Judas, who, panting with clenched teeth, was still +embracing the stubborn stone, he laughed cheerfully-- + +“Look what an invalid he is! See what our poor sick Judas is doing!” + +And even Judas laughed at being so unexpectedly exposed in his +deception, and all the others laughed too, and even Thomas allowed his +pointed, grey, overhanging moustache to relax into a smile. + +And so in friendly chat and laughter, they all set out again on the +way, and Peter, quite reconciled to his victor, kept from time to time +digging him in the ribs, and loudly guffawed-- + +“There’s an invalid for you!” + +All of them praised Judas, and acknowledged him victor, and all chatted +with him in a friendly manner; but Jesus once again had no word of +praise for Judas. He walked silently in front, nibbling the grasses, +which He plucked. And gradually, one by one, the disciples craved +laughing, and went over to Jesus. So that in a short time it came about, +that they were all walking ahead in a compact body, while Judas--the +victor, the strong man--crept on behind, choking with dust. + +And lo! they stood still, and Jesus laid His hand on Peter’s shoulder, +while with His other He pointed into the distance, where Jerusalem had +just become visible in the smoke. And the broad, strong back of Peter +gently accepted that slight sunburnt hand. + +For the night they stayed in Bethany, at the house of Lazarus. And when +all were gathered together for conversation, Judas thought that they +would now recall his victory over Peter, and sat down nearer. But the +disciples were silent and unusually pensive. Images of the road they +had traversed, of the sun, the rocks and the grass, of Christ lying down +under the shelter, quietly floated through their heads, breathing a +soft pensiveness, begetting confused but sweet reveries of an eternal +movement under the sun. The wearied body reposed sweetly, and thought +was merged in something mystically great and beautiful--and no one +recalled Judas! + +Judas went out, and then returned. Jesus was discoursing, and His +disciples were listening to Him in silence. + +Mary sat at His feet, motionless as a statue, and gazed into His face +with upturned eyes. John had come quite close, and endeavoured to sit so +that his hand touched the garment of the Master, but without disturbing +Him. He touched Him and was still. Peter breathed loud and deeply, +repeating under his breath the words of Jesus. + +Iscariot had stopped short on the threshold, and contemptuously letting +his gaze pass by the company, he concentrated all its fire on Jesus. And +the more he looked the more everything around Him seemed to fade, and to +become clothed with darkness and silence, while Jesus alone shone forth +with uplifted hand. And then, lo! He was, as it were, raised up into +the air, and melted away, as though He consisted of mist floating over +a lake, and penetrated by the light of the setting moon, and His soft +speech began to sound tenderly, somewhere far, far away. And gazing at +the wavering phantom, and drinking in the tender melody of the distant +dream-like words, Judas gathered his whole soul into his iron fingers, +and in its vast darkness silently began building up some colossal +scheme. Slowly, in the profound darkness, he kept lifting up masses, +like mountains, and quite easily heaping them one on another: and again +he would lift up and again heap them up; and something grew in the +darkness, spread noiselessly and burst its bounds. His head felt like a +dome, in the impenetrable darkness of which the colossal thing continued +to grow, and some one, working on in silence, kept lifting up masses +like mountains, and piling them one on another and again lifting up, and +so on and on... whilst somewhere in the distance the phantom-like words +tenderly sounded. + +Thus he stood blocking the doorway, huge and black, while Jesus went on +talking, and the strong, intermittent breathing of Peter repeated His +words aloud. But on a sudden Jesus broke off an unfinished sentence, and +Peter, as though waking from sleep, cried out exultingly-- + +“Lord! to Thee are known the words of eternal life!” + +But Jesus held His peace, and kept gazing fixedly in one direction. And +when they followed His gaze they perceived in the doorway the petrified +Judas with gaping mouth and fixed eyes. And, not understanding what +was the matter, they laughed. But Matthew, who was learned in the +Scriptures, touched Judas on the shoulder, and said in the words of +Solomon-- + +“‘He that looketh kindly shall be forgiven; but he that is met within +the gates will impede others.’” + +Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully and everything about +him, his eyes, hands and feet, seemed to start in different directions, +as those of an animal which suddenly perceives the eye of man upon him. +Jesus went straight to Judas, as though words trembled on His lips, but +passed by him through the open, and now unoccupied, door. + +In the middle of the night the restless Thomas came to Judas’ bed, and +sitting down on his heels, asked-- + +“Are you weeping, Judas?” + +“No! Go away, Thomas.” + +“Why do you groan, and grind your teeth? Are you ill?” + +Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully there fell from his +lips distressful words, fraught with grief and anger-- + +“Why does not He love me? Why does He love the others? Am I not +handsomer, better and stronger than they? Did not I save His life while +they ran away like cowardly dogs?” + +“My poor friend, you are not quite right. You are not good-looking +at all, and your tongue is as disagreeable as your face. You lie and +slander continually; how then can you expect Jesus to love you?” + +But Judas, stirring heavily in the darkness, continued as though he +heard him not-- + +“Why is He not on the side of Judas, instead of on the side of those +who do not love Him? John brought Him a lizard; I would bring him a +poisonous snake. Peter threw stones; I would overthrow a mountain for +His sake. But what is a poisonous snake? One has but to draw its fangs, +and it will coil round one’s neck like a necklace. What is a mountain, +which it is possible to dig down with the hands, and to trample with the +feet? I would give to Him Judas, the bold, magnificent Judas. But now He +will perish, and together with him will perish Judas.” + +“You are speaking strangely, Judas!” + +“A withered fig-tree, which must needs be cut down with the axe, such am +I: He said it of me. Why then does He not do it? He dare not, Thomas! +I know him. He fears Judas. He hides from the bold, strong, magnificent +Judas. He loves fools, traitors, liars. You are a liar, Thomas; have you +never been told so before?” + +Thomas was much surprised, and wished to object, but he thought that +Judas was simply railing, and so only shook his head in the darkness. +And Judas lamented still more grievously, and groaned and ground +his teeth, and his whole huge body could be heard heaving under the +coverlet. + +“What is the matter with Judas? Who has applied fire to his body? He +will give his son to the dogs. He will give his daughter to be betrayed +by robbers, his bride to harlotry. And yet has not Judas a tender heart? +Go away, Thomas; go away, stupid! Leave the strong, bold, magnificent +Judas alone!” + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +Judas had concealed some denarii, and the deception was discovered, +thanks to Thomas, who had seen by chance how much money had been given +to them. It was only too probable that this was not the first time that +Judas had committed a theft, and they all were enraged. The angry Peter +seized Judas by his collar and almost dragged him to Jesus, and the +terrified Judas paled but did not resist. + +“Master, see! Here he is, the trickster! Here’s the thief. You trusted +him, and he steals our money. Thief! Scoundrel! If Thou wilt permit, +I’ll--” + +But Jesus held His peace. And attentively regarding him, Peter suddenly +turned red, and loosed the hand which held the collar, while Judas shyly +rearranged his garment, casting a sidelong glance on Peter, and assuming +the downcast look of a repentant criminal. + +“So that’s how it’s to be,” angrily said Peter, as he went out, loudly +slamming the door. They were all dissatisfied, and declared that on no +account would they consort with Judas any longer; but John, after some +consideration, passed through the door, behind which might be heard the +quiet, almost caressing, voice of Jesus. And when in the course of time +he returned, he was pale, and his downcast eyes were red as though with +recent tears. + +“The Master says that Judas may take as much money as he pleases.” Peter +laughed angrily. John gave him a quick reproachful glance, and suddenly +flushing, and mingling tears with anger, and delight with tears, loudly +exclaimed: + +“And no one must reckon how much money Judas receives. He is our +brother, and all the money is as much his as ours: if he wants much +let him take much, without telling any one, or taking counsel with any. +Judas is our brother, and you have grievously insulted him--so says the +Master. Shame on you, brother!” + +In the doorway stood Judas, pale and with a distorted smile on his face. +With a light movement John went up to him and kissed him three times. +After him, glancing round at one another, James, Philip and the others +came up shamefacedly; and after each kiss Judas wiped his mouth, but +gave a loud smack as though the sound afforded him pleasure. Peter came +up last. + +“We were all stupid, all blind, Judas. He alone sees, He alone is wise. +May I kiss you?” + +“Why not? Kiss away!” said Judas as in consent. + +Peter kissed him vigorously, and said aloud in his ear-- + +“But I almost choked you. The others kissed you in the usual way, but I +kissed you on the throat. Did it hurt you?” + +“A little.” + +“I will go and tell Him all. I was angry even with Him,” said Peter +sadly, trying noiselessly to open the door. + +“And what are you going to do, Thomas?” asked John severely. He it was +who looked after the conduct and the conversation of the disciples. + +“I don’t know yet. I must consider.” + +And Thomas thought long, almost the whole day. The disciples had +dispersed to their occupations, and somewhere on the other side of the +wall, Peter was shouting joyfully--but Thomas was still considering. He +would have come to a decision more quickly had not Judas hindered him +somewhat by continually following him about with a mocking glance, and +now and again asking him in a serious tone-- + +“Well, Thomas, and how does the matter progress?” + +Then Judas brought his money-box, and shaking the money and pretending +not to look at Thomas, began to count it-- + +“Twenty-one, two, three.... Look, Thomas, a bad coin again. Oh! +what rascals people are; they even give bad money as offerings. +Twenty-four... and then they will say again that Judas has stolen it... +twenty-five, twenty-six....” + +Thomas approached him resolutely... for it was already towards evening, +and said-- + +“He is right, Judas. Let me kiss you.” + +“Will you? Twenty-nine, thirty. It’s no good. I shall steal again. +Thirty-one....” + +“But how can you steal, when it is neither yours nor another’s? You will +simply take as much as you want, brother.” + +“It has taken you a long time to repeat His words! Don’t you value time, +you clever Thomas?” + +“You seem to be laughing at me, brother.” + +“And consider, are you doing well, my virtuous Thomas, in repeating His +words? He said something of His own, but you do not. He really kissed +me--you only defiled my mouth. I can still feel your moist lips upon +mine. It was so disgusting, my good Thomas. Thirty-eight, thirty-nine, +forty. Forty denarii. Thomas, won’t you check the sum?” + +“Certainly He is our Master. Why then should we not repeat the words of +our Master?” + +“Is Judas’ collar torn away? Is there now nothing to seize him by? The +Master will go out of the house, and Judas will unexpectedly steal three +more denarii. Won’t you seize him by the collar?” + +“We know now, Judas. We understand.” + +“Have not all pupils a bad memory? Have not all masters been deceived +by their pupils? But the master has only to lift the rod, and the pupils +cry out, ‘We know, Master!’ But the master goes to bed, and the pupils +say: ‘Did the Master teach us this?’ And so, in this case, this morning +you called me a thief, this evening you call me brother. What will you +call me to-morrow?” + +Judas laughed, and lifting up the heavy rattling money-box with ease, +went on: + +“When a strong wind blows it raises the dust, and foolish people look +at the dust and say: ‘Look at the wind!’ But it is only dust, my good +Thomas, ass’s dung trodden underfoot. The dust meets a wall and lies +down gently at its foot, but the wind flies farther and farther, my good +Thomas.” + +Judas obligingly pointed over the wall in illustration of his meaning, +and laughed again. + +“I am glad that you are merry,” said Thomas, “but it is a great pity +that there is so much malice in your merriment.” + +“Why should not a man be cheerful, who has been kissed so much, and +who is so useful? If I had not stolen the three denarii would John have +known the meaning of delight? Is it not pleasant to be a hook, on which +John may hang his damp virtue out to dry, and Thomas his moth-eaten +mind?” + +“I think that I had better be going.” + +“But I am only joking, my good Thomas. I merely wanted to know whether +you really wished to kiss the old obnoxious Judas--the thief who stole +the three denarii and gave them to a harlot.” + +“To a harlot!” exclaimed Thomas in surprise. “And did you tell the +Master of it?” + +“Again you doubt, Thomas. Yes, to a harlot. But if you only knew, +Thomas, what an unfortunate woman she was. For two days she had had +nothing to eat.” + +“Are you sure of that?” said Thomas in confusion. + +“Yes! Of course I am. I myself spent two days with her, and saw that she +ate and drank nothing except red wine. She tottered from exhaustion, and +I was always falling down with her.” + +Thereupon Thomas got up quickly, and, when he had gone a few steps away, +he flung out at Judas: + +“You seem to be possessed of Satan, Judas.” + +And as he went away, he heard in the approaching twilight how dolefully +the heavy money-box rattled in Judas’ hands. And Judas seemed to laugh. + +But the very next day Thomas was obliged to acknowledge that he had +misjudged Judas, so simple, so gentle, and at the same time so serious +was Iscariot. He neither grimaced nor made ill-natured jokes; he was +neither obsequious nor scurrilous, but quietly and unobtrusively went +about his work of catering. He was as active as formerly, as though he +did not have two feet like other people, but a whole dozen of them, +and ran noiselessly without that squeaking, sobbing, and laughter of a +hyena, with which he formerly accompanied his actions. And when Jesus +began to speak, he would seat himself quickly in a corner, fold his +hands and feet, and look so kindly with his great eyes, that many +observed it. He ceased speaking evil of people, but rather remained +silent, so that even the severe Matthew deemed it possible to praise +him, saying in the words of Solomon: + +“‘He that is devoid of wisdom despiseth his neighbour: but a man of +understanding holdeth his peace.’” + +And he lifted up his hand, hinting thereby at Judas’ former +evil-speaking. In a short time all remarked this change in him, and +rejoiced at it: only Jesus looked on him still with the same detached +look, although he gave no direct indication of His dislike. And even +John, for whom Judas now showed a profound reverence, as the beloved +disciple of Jesus, and as his own champion in the matter of the three +denarii, began to treat him somewhat more kindly, and even sometimes +entered into conversation with him. + +“What do you think, Judas,” said he one day in a condescending manner, +“which of us, Peter or I, will be nearest to Christ in His heavenly +kingdom?” + +Judas meditated, and then answered-- + +“I suppose that you will.” + +“But Peter thinks that he will,” laughed John. + +“No! Peter would scatter all the angels with his shout; you have heard +him shout. Of course, he will quarrel with you, and will endeavour to +occupy the first place, as he insists that he, too, loves Jesus. But +he is already advanced in years, and you are young; he is heavy on his +feet, while you run swiftly; you will enter there first with Christ? +Will you not?” + +“Yes, I will not leave Jesus,” John agreed. + +On the same day Simon Peter referred the very same question to Judas. +But fearing that his loud voice would be heard by the others, he led +Judas out to the farthest corner behind the house. + +“Well then, what is your opinion about it?” he asked anxiously. “You are +wise; even the Master praises you for your intellect. And you will speak +the truth.” + +“You, of course,” answered Iscariot without hesitation. And Peter +exclaimed with indignation, “I told him so!” + +“But, of course, he will try even there to oust you from the first +place.” + +“Certainly!” + +“But what can he do, when you already occupy the place? Won’t you be the +first to go there with Jesus? You will not leave Him alone? Has He not +named you the ROCK?” + +Peter put his hand on Judas’ shoulder, and said with warmth: “I +tell you, Judas, you are the cleverest of us all. But why are you so +sarcastic and malignant? The Master does not like it. Otherwise you +might become the beloved disciple, equally with John. But to you +neither,” and Peter lifted his hand threateningly, “will I yield my +place next to Jesus, neither on earth, nor there! Do you hear?” + +Thus Judas endeavoured to make himself agreeable to all, but, at the +same time, he cherished hidden thoughts in his mind. And while he +remained ever the same modest, restrained and unobtrusive person, he +knew how to make some especially pleasing remark to each. Thus to Thomas +he said: + +“The fool believeth every word: but the prudent taketh heed to his +paths.” + +While to Matthew, who suffered somewhat from excess in eating and +drinking, and was ashamed of his weakness, he quoted the words of +Solomon, the sage whom Matthew held in high estimation: + +“‘The righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soul: but the belly of +the wicked shall want.’” + +But his pleasant speeches were rare, which gave them the greater value. +For the most part he was silent, listening attentively to what was said, +and always meditating. + +When reflecting, Judas had an unpleasant look, ridiculous and at the +same time awe-inspiring. As long as his quick, crafty eye was in motion, +he seemed simple and good-natured enough, but directly both eyes became +fixed in an immovable stare, and the skin on his protruding forehead +gathered into strange ridges and creases, a distressing surmise would +force itself on one, that under that skull some very peculiar thoughts +were working. So thoroughly apart, peculiar, and voiceless were the +thoughts which enveloped Iscariot in the deep silence of secrecy, when +he was in one of his reveries, that one would have preferred that he +should begin to speak, to move, nay, even, to tell lies. For a lie, +spoken by a human tongue, had been truth and light compared with that +hopelessly deep and unresponsive silence. + +“In the dumps again, Judas?” Peter would cry with his clear voice and +bright smile, suddenly breaking in upon the sombre silence of Judas’ +thoughts, and banishing them to some dark corner. “What are you thinking +about?” + +“Of many things,” Iscariot would reply with a quiet smile. And +perceiving, apparently, what a bad impression his silence made upon the +others, he began more frequently to shun the society of the disciples, +and spent much time in solitary walks, or would betake himself to the +flat roof and there sit still. And more than once he startled Thomas, +who has unexpectedly stumbled in the darkness against a grey heap, out +of which the hands and feet of Judas suddenly started, and his jeering +voice was heard. + +But one day, in a specially brusque and strange manner, Judas recalled +his former character. This happened on the occasion of the quarrel for +the first place in the kingdom of heaven. Peter and John were disputing +together, hotly contending each for his own place nearest to Jesus. They +reckoned up their services, they measured the degrees of their love +for Jesus, they became heated and noisy, and even reviled one another +without restraint. Peter roared, all red with anger. John was quiet and +pale, with trembling hands and biting speech. Their quarrel had already +passed the bounds of decency, and the Master had begun to frown, when +Peter looked up by chance on Judas, and laughed self-complacently: John, +too, looked at Judas, and also smiled. Each of them recalled what the +cunning Judas had said to him. And foretasting the joy of approaching +triumph, they, with silent consent, invited Judas to decide the matter. + +Peter called out, “Come now, Judas the wise, tell us who will be first, +nearest to Jesus, he or I?” + +But Judas remained silent, breathing heavily, his eyes eagerly +questioning the quiet, deep eyes of Jesus. + +“Yes,” John condescendingly repeated, “tell us who will be first, +nearest to Jesus.” + +Without taking his eyes off Christ, Judas slowly rose, and answered +quietly and gravely: + +“I.” + +Jesus let His gaze fall slowly. And quietly striking himself on the +breast with a bony finger, Iscariot repeated solemnly and sternly: “I, +I shall be nearest to Jesus!” And he went out. Struck by his insolent +freak, the disciples remained silent; but Peter suddenly recalling +something, whispered to Thomas in an unexpectedly gentle voice: + +“So that is what he is always thinking about! See?” + + + +CHAPTER V + + +Just at this time Judas Iscariot took the first definite step towards +the Betrayal. He visited the chief priest Annas secretly. He was very +roughly received, but that did not disturb him in the least, and he +demanded a long private interview. When he found himself alone with the +dry, harsh old man, who looked at him with contempt from beneath his +heavy overhanging eyelids, he stated that he was an honourable man +who had become one of the disciples of Jesus of Nazareth with the sole +purpose of exposing the impostor, and handing Him over to the arm of the +law. + +“But who is this Nazarene?” asked Annas contemptuously, making as though +he heard the name of Jesus for the first time. + +Judas on his part pretended to believe in the extraordinary ignorance of +the chief priest, and spoke in detail of the preaching of Jesus, of +His miracles, of His hatred for the Pharisees and the Temple, of His +perpetual infringement of the Law, and eventually of His wish to wrest +the power out of the hands of the priesthood, and to set up His own +personal kingdom. And so cleverly did he mingle truth with lies, that +Annas looked at him more attentively, and lazily remarked: “There are +plenty of impostors and madmen in Judah.” + +“No! He is a dangerous person,” Judas hotly contradicted. “He breaks +the law. And it were better that one man should perish, rather than the +whole people.” + +Annas, with an approving nod, said-- + +“But He, apparently, has many disciples.” + +“Yes, many.” + +“And they, it seems probable, have a great love for Him?” + +“Yes, they say that they love Him, love Him much, more than themselves.” + +“But if we try to take Him, will they not defend Him? Will they not +raise a tumult?” + +Judas laughed long and maliciously. “What, they? Those cowardly dogs, +who run if a man but stoop down to pick up a stone. They indeed!” + +“Are they really so bad?” asked Annas coldly. + +“But surely it is not the bad who flee from the good; is it not rather +the good who flee from the bad? Ha! ha! They are good, and therefore +they flee. They are good, and therefore they hide themselves. They are +good, and therefore they will appear only in time to bury Jesus. They +will lay Him in the tomb themselves; you have only to execute Him.” + +“But surely they love Him? You yourself said so.” + +“People always love their teacher, but better dead than alive. While a +teacher’s alive he may ask them questions which they will find difficult +to answer. But, when a teacher dies, they become teachers themselves, +and then others fare badly in turn. Ha! ha!” + +Annas looked piercingly at the Traitor, and his lips puckered--which +indicated that he was smiling. + +“You have been insulted by them. I can see that.” + +“Can one hide anything from the perspicacity of the astute Annas? You +have pierced to the very heart of Judas. Yes, they insulted poor Judas. +They said he had stolen from them three denarii--as though Judas were +not the most honest man in Israel!” + +They talked for some time longer about Jesus, and His disciples, and of +His pernicious influence on the people of Israel, but on this occasion +the crafty, cautious Annas gave no decisive answer. He had long had +his eyes on Jesus, and in secret conclave with his own relatives and +friends, with the authorities, and the Sadducees, had decided the fate +of the Prophet of Galilee. But he did not trust Judas, who he had heard +was a bad, untruthful man, and he had no confidence in his flippant +faith in the cowardice of the disciples, and of the people. Annas +believed in his own power, but he feared bloodshed, feared a serious +riot, such as the insubordinate, irascible people of Jerusalem lent +itself to so easily; he feared, in fact, the violent intervention of the +Roman authorities. Fanned by opposition, fertilised by the red blood +of the people, which vivifies everything on which it falls, the heresy +would grow stronger, and stifle in its folds Annas, the government, and +all his friends. So, when Iscariot knocked at his door a second time +Annas was perturbed in spirit and would not admit him. But yet a third +and a fourth time Iscariot came to him, persistent as the wind, which +beats day and night against the closed door and blows in through its +crevices. + +“I see that the most astute Annas is afraid of something,” said Judas +when at last he obtained admission to the high priest. + +“I am strong enough not to fear anything,” Annas answered haughtily. And +Iscariot stretched forth his hands and bowed abjectly. + +“What do you want?” + +“I wish to betray the Nazarene to you.” + +“We do not want Him.” + +Judas bowed and waited, humbly fixing his gaze on the high priest. + +“Go away.” + +“But I am bound to return. Am I not, revered Annas?” + +“You will not be admitted. Go away!” + +But yet again and again Judas called on the aged Annas, and at last was +admitted. + +Dry and malicious, worried with thought, and silent, he gazed on the +Traitor, and, as it were, counted the hairs on his knotted head. Judas +also said nothing, and seemed in his turn to be counting the somewhat +sparse grey hairs in the beard of the high priest. + +“What? you here again?” the irritated Annas haughtily jerked out, as +though spitting upon his head. + +“I wish to betray the Nazarene to you.” + +Both held their peace, and continued to gaze attentively at each other. +Iscariot’s look was calm; but a quiet malice, dry and cold, began +slightly to prick Annas, like the early morning rime of winter. + +“How much do you want for your Jesus?” + +“How much will you give?” + +Annas, with evident enjoyment, insultingly replied: “You are nothing but +a band of scoundrels. Thirty pieces--that’s what we will give.” + +And he quietly rejoiced to see how Judas began to squirm and run +about--agile and swift as though he had a whole dozen feet, not two. + +“Thirty pieces of silver for Jesus!” he cried in a voice of wild +madness, most pleasing to Annas. “For Jesus of Nazareth! You wish to +buy Jesus for thirty pieces of silver? And you think that Jesus can be +betrayed to you for thirty pieces of silver?” Judas turned quickly to +the wall, and laughed in its smooth, white fence, lifting up his long +hands. “Do you hear? Thirty pieces of silver! For Jesus!” + +With the same quiet pleasure, Annas remarked indifferently: + +“If you will not deal, go away. We shall find some one whose work is +cheaper.” + +And like old-clothes men who throw useless rags from hand to hand in the +dirty market-place, and shout, and swear and abuse each other, so they +embarked on a rabid and fiery bargaining. Intoxicated with a strange +rapture, running and turning about, and shouting, Judas ticked off on +his fingers the merits of Him whom he was selling. + +“And the fact that He is kind and heals the sick, is that worth nothing +at all in your opinion? Ah, yes! Tell me, like an honest man!” + +“If you--” began Annas, who was turning red, as he tried to get in a +word, his cold malice quickly warming up under the burning words of +Judas, who, however, interrupted him shamelessly: + +“That He is young and handsome--like the Narcissus of Sharon, and the +Lily of the Valley? What? Is that worth nothing? Perhaps you will say +that He is old and useless, and that Judas is trying to dispose of an +old bird? Eh?” + +“If you--” Annas tried to exclaim; but Judas’ stormy speech bore away +his senile croak, like down upon the wind. + +“Thirty pieces of silver! That will hardly work out to one obolus for +each drop of blood! Half an obolus will not go to a tear! A quarter to +a groan. And cries, and convulsions! And for the ceasing of His +heartbeats? And the closing of His eyes? Is all this to be thrown +in gratis?” sobbed Iscariot, advancing toward the high priest and +enveloping him with an insane movement of his hands and fingers, and +with intervolved words. + +“Includes everything,” said Annas in a choking voice. + +“And how much will you make out of it yourself? Eh? You wish to rob +Judas, to snatch the bit of bread from his children. No, I can’t do it. +I will go on to the market-place, and shout out: ‘Annas has robbed poor +Judas. Help!’” + +Wearied, and grown quite dizzy, Annas wildly stamped about the floor in +his soft slippers, gesticulating: “Be off, be off!” + +But Judas on a sudden bowed down, stretching forth his hands +submissively: + +“But if you really.... But why be angry with poor Judas, who only +desires his children’s good. You also have children, young and +handsome.” + +“We shall find some one else. Be gone!” + +“But I--I did not say that I was unwilling to make a reduction. Did +I ever say that I could not too yield? And do I not believe you, that +possibly another may come and sell Jesus to you for fifteen oboli--nay, +for two--for one?” + +And bowing lower and lower, wriggling and flattering, Judas submissively +consented to the sum offered to him. Annas shamefacedly, with dry, +trembling hand, paid him the money, and silently looking round, as +though scorched, lifted his head again and again towards the ceiling, +and moving his lips rapidly, waited while Judas tested with his teeth +all the silver pieces, one after another. + +“There is now so much bad money about,” Judas quickly explained. + +“This money was devoted to the Temple by the pious,” said Annas, +glancing round quickly, and still more quickly turning the ruddy bald +nape of his neck to Judas’ view. + +“But can pious people distinguish between good and bad money! Only +rascals can do that.” + +Judas did not take the money home, but went beyond the city and hid +it under a stone. Then he came back again quietly with heavy, dragging +steps, as a wounded animal creeps slowly to its lair after a severe and +deadly fight. Only Judas had no lair; but there was a house, and in +the house he perceived Jesus. Weary and thin, exhausted with continual +strife with the Pharisees, who surrounded Him every day in the Temple +with a wall of white, shining, scholarly foreheads, He was sitting, +leaning His cheek against the rough wall, apparently fast asleep. +Through the open window drifted the restless noises of the city. On the +other side of the wall Peter was hammering, as he put together a new +table for the meal, humming the while a quiet Galilean song. But He +heard nothing; he slept on peacefully and soundly. And this was He, whom +they had bought for thirty pieces of silver. + +Coming forward noiselessly, Judas, with the tender touch of a mother, +who fears to wake her sick child--with the wonderment of a wild beast +as it creeps from its lair suddenly, charmed by the sight of a white +flowerlet--he gently touched His soft locks, and then quickly withdrew +his hand. Once more he touched Him, and then silently crept out. + +“Lord! Lord!” said he. + +And going apart, he wept long, shrinking and wriggling and scratching +his bosom with his nails and gnawing his shoulders. Then suddenly he +ceased weeping and gnawing and gnashing his teeth, and fell into a +sombre reverie, inclining his tear-stained face to one side in the +attitude of one listening. And so he remained for a long time, doleful, +determined, from every one apart, like fate itself. + + . . . . . . . . + +Judas surrounded the unhappy Jesus, during those last days of His short +life, with quiet love and tender care and caresses. Bashful and timid +like a maid in her first love, strangely sensitive and discerning, he +divined the minutest unspoken wishes of Jesus, penetrating to the hidden +depth of His feelings, His passing fits of sorrow, and distressing +moments of weariness. And wherever Jesus stepped, His foot met something +soft, and whenever He turned His gaze, it encountered something +pleasing. Formerly Judas had not liked Mary Magdalene and the other +women who were near Jesus. He had made rude jests at their expense, and +done them little unkindnesses. But now he became their friend, their +strange, awkward ally. With deep interest he would talk with them of +the charming little idiosyncrasies of Jesus, and persistently asking +the same questions, he would thrust money into their hands, their very +palms--and they brought a box of very precious ointment, which Jesus +liked so much, and anointed His feet. He himself bought for Jesus, after +desperate bargaining, an expensive wine, and then was very angry when +Peter drank nearly all of it up, with the indifference of a person who +looks only to quantity; and in that rocky Jerusalem almost devoid of +trees, flowers, and greenery he somehow managed to obtain young spring +flowers and green grass, and through these same women to give them to +Jesus. + +For the first time in his life he would take up little children in +his arms, finding them somewhere about the courts and streets, and +unwillingly kiss them to prevent their crying; and often it would happen +that some swarthy urchin with curly hair and dirty little nose, would +climb up on the knees of the pensive Jesus, and imperiously demand to be +petted. And while they enjoyed themselves together, Judas would walk +up and down at one side like a severe jailor, who had himself, in +springtime, let a butterfly in to a prisoner, and pretends to grumble at +the breach of discipline. + +On an evening, when together with the darkness, alarm took post as +sentry by the window, Iscariot would cleverly turn the conversation to +Galilee, strange to himself but dear to Jesus, with its still waters +and green banks. And he would jog the heavy Peter till his dulled memory +awoke, and in clear pictures in which everything was loud, distinct, +full of colour, and solid, there arose before his eyes and ears the dear +Galilean life. With eager attention, with half-open mouth in child-like +fashion, and with eyes laughing in anticipation, Jesus would listen to +his gusty, resonant, cheerful utterance, and sometimes laughed so at his +jokes, that it was necessary to interrupt the story for some minutes. +But John told tales even better than Peter. There was nothing ludicrous, +nor startling, about his stories, but everything seemed so pensive, +unusual, and beautiful, that tears would appear in Jesus’ eyes, and +He would sigh softly, while Judas nudged Mary Magdalene and excitedly +whispered to her-- + +“What a narrator he is! Do you hear?” + +“Yes, certainly.” + +“No, be more attentive. You women never make good listeners.” + +Then they would all quietly disperse to bed, and Jesus would kiss His +thanks to John, and stroke kindly the shoulder of the tall Peter. + +And without envy, but with a condescending contempt, Judas would witness +these caresses. Of what importance were these tales and kisses and sighs +compared with what he, Judas Iscariot, the red-haired, misshapen Judas, +begotten among the rocks, could tell them if he chose? + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +With one hand betraying Jesus, Judas tried hard with the other to +frustrate his own plans. He did not indeed endeavour to dissuade Jesus +from the last dangerous journey to Jerusalem, as did the women; he even +inclined rather to the side of the relatives of Jesus, and of those +amongst His disciples who looked for a victory over Jerusalem as +indispensable to the full triumph of His cause. But he kept continually +and obstinately warning them of the danger, and in lively colours +depicted the threatening hatred of the Pharisees for Jesus, and their +readiness to commit any crime if, either secretly or openly, they might +make an end of the Prophet of Galilee. Each day and every hour he kept +talking of this, and there was not one of the believers before whom +Judas had not stood with uplifted finger and uttered this serious +warning: + +“We must look after Jesus. We must defend for Jesus, when the hour +comes.” + +But whether it was the unlimited faith which the disciples had in the +miracle-working power of their Master, or the consciousness of their own +uprightness, or whether it was simply blindness, the alarming words of +Judas were met with a smile, and his continual advice provoked only +a grumble. When Judas procured, somewhere or other, two swords, and +brought them, only Peter approved of them, and gave Judas his meed of +praise, while the others complained: + +“Are we soldiers that we should be made to gird on swords? Is Jesus a +captain of the host, and not a prophet?” + +“But if they attempt to kill Him?” + +“They will not dare when they perceive how all the people follow Him.” + +“But if they should dare! What then?” + +John replied disdainfully-- + +“One would think, Judas, that you were the only one who loved Jesus!” + +And eagerly seizing hold of these words, and not in the least offended, +Judas began to question impatiently and hotly, with stern insistency: + +“But you love Him, don’t you?” + +And there was not one of the believers who came to Jesus whom he did not +ask more than once: “Do you love Him? Dearly love Him?” + +And all answered that they loved Him. + +He used often to converse with Thomas, and holding up his dry, hooked +forefinger, with its long, dirty nail, in warning, would mysteriously +say: + +“Look here, Thomas, the terrible hour is drawing near. Are you prepared +for it? Why did you not take the sword I brought you?” + +Thomas would reply with deliberation: + +“We are men unaccustomed to the use of arms. If we were to take issue +with the Roman soldiery, they would kill us all, one after the other. +Besides, you brought only two swords, and what could we do with only +two?” + +“We could get more. We could take them from the Roman soldiers,” Judas +impatiently objected, and even the serious Thomas smiled through his +overhanging moustache. + +“Ah! Judas! Judas! But where did you get these? They are like Roman +swords.” + +“I stole them. I could have stolen more, only some one gave the alarm, +and I fled.” + +Thomas considered a little, then said sorrowfully-- + +“Again you acted ill, Judas. Why do you steal?” + +“There is no such thing as property.” + +“No, but to-morrow they will ask the soldiers: ‘Where are your swords?’ +And when they cannot find them they will be punished though innocent.” + +The consequence was, that after the death of Jesus the disciples +recalled these conversations of Judas, and determined that he had wished +to destroy them, together with the Master, by inveigling them into an +unequal and murderous conflict. And once again they cursed the hated +name of Judas Iscariot the Traitor. + +But the angry Judas, after each conversation, would go to the women and +weep. They heard him gladly. The tender womanly element, that there +was in his love for Jesus, drew him near to them, and made him simple, +comprehensible, and even handsome in their eyes, although, as before, a +certain amount of disdain was perceptible in his attitude towards them. + +“Are they men?” he would bitterly complain of the disciples, fixing his +blind, motionless eye confidingly on Mary Magdalene. “They are not men. +They have not an oboles’ worth of blood in their veins!” + +“But then you are always speaking ill of others,” Mary objected. + +“Have I ever?” said Judas in surprise. “Oh, yes, I have indeed spoken +ill of them; but is there not room for improvement in them? Ah! Mary, +silly Mary, why are you not a man, to carry a sword?” + +“It is so heavy, I could not lift it!” said Mary smilingly. + +“But you will lift it, when men are too worthless. Did you give Jesus +the lily that I found on the mountain? I got up early to find it, and +this morning the sun was so beautiful, Mary! Was He pleased with it? Did +He smile?” + +“Yes, He was pleased. He said that its smell reminded Him of Galilee.” + +“But surely, you did not tell Him that it was Judas--Judas Iscariot--who +got it for Him?” + +“Why, you asked me not to tell Him.” + +“Yes, certainly, quite right,” said Judas, with a sigh. “You might have +let it out, though, women are such chatterers. But you did not let it +out; no, you were firm. You are a good woman, Mary. You know that I have +a wife somewhere. Now I should be glad to see her again; perhaps she is +not a bad woman either. I don’t know. She said, ‘Judas was a liar and +malignant,’ so I left her. But she may be a good woman. Do you know?” + +“How should I know, when I have never seen your wife?” + +“True, true, Mary! But what think you, are thirty pieces of silver a +large sum? Is it not rather a small one?” + +“I should say a small one.” + +“Certainly, certainly. How much did you get when you were a harlot, five +pieces of silver or ten? You were an expensive one, were you not?” + +Mary Magdalene blushed, and dropped her head till her luxuriant, golden +hair completely covered her face, so that nothing but her round white +chin was visible. + +“How bad you are, Judas; I want to forget about that, and you remind me +of it!” + +“No, Mary, you must not forget that. Why should you? Let others forget +that you were a harlot, but you must remember. It is the others who +should forget as soon as possible, but you should not. Why should you?” + +“But it was a sin!” + +“He fears who never committed a sin, but he who has committed it, what +has he to fear? Do the dead fear death; is it not rather the living? No, +the dead laugh at the living and their fears.” + +Thus by the hour would they sit and talk in friendly guise, he--already +old, dried-up and misshapen, with his bulbous head and monstrous +double-sided face; she--young, modest, tender, and charmed with life as +with a story or a dream. + +But time rolled by unconcernedly, while the thirty pieces of silver lay +under the stone, and the terrible day of the Betrayal drew inevitably +near. Already Jesus had ridden into Jerusalem on the ass’s back, and +the people, strewing their garments in the way, had greeted Him with +enthusiastic cries of “Hosanna! Hosanna! He that cometh in the name of +the Lord!” + +So great was the exultation, so unrestrainedly did their loving cries +rend the skies, that Jesus wept, but His disciples proudly said: + +“Is not this the Son of God with us?” + +And they themselves cried out with enthusiasm: “Hosanna! Hosanna! He +that cometh in the name of the Lord!” + +That evening it was long before they went to bed, recalling the +enthusiastic and joyful reception. Peter was like a madman, as though +possessed by the demon of merriment and pride. He shouted, drowning all +voices with his leonine roar; he laughed, hurling his laughter at their +heads, like great round stones; he kept kissing John and James, and even +gave a kiss to Judas. He noisily confessed that he had had great fears +for Jesus, but that he feared nothing now, that he had seen the love of +the people for Him. + +Swiftly moving his vivid, watchful eye, Judas glanced in surprise from +side to side. He meditated, and then again listened, and looked. Then +he took Thomas aside, and pinning him, as it were, to the wall with +his keen gaze, he asked in doubt and fear, but with a certain confused +hopefulness: + +“Thomas! But what if He is right? What if He be founded upon a rock, and +we upon sand? What then?” + +“Of whom are you speaking?” + +“How, then, would it be with Judas Iscariot? Then I should be obliged +to strangle Him in order to do right. Who is deceiving Judas? You or he +himself? Who is deceiving Judas? Who?” + +“I don’t understand you, Judas. You speak very unintelligently. ‘Who is +deceiving Jesus?’ ‘Who is right?’” + +And Judas nodded his head and repeated like an echo: + +“Who is deceiving Judas? Who?” + +And the next day, in the way in which Judas raised his hand with thumb +bent back,[1] and by the way in which he looked at Thomas, the same +strange question was implied: + +“Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?” + + +[1] Does our author refer to the Roman sign of disapprobation, vertere, +or convertere, pollicem?--Tr. + + +And still more surprised, and even alarmed, was Thomas, when suddenly in +the night he heard the loud, apparently glad voice of Judas: + +“Then Judas Iscariot will be no more. Then Jesus will be no more. Then +there will be Thomas, the stupid Thomas! Did you ever wish to take the +earth and lift it? And then, possibly hurl it away?” + +“That’s impossible. What are you talking about, Judas?” + +“It’s quite possible,” said Iscariot with conviction, “and we will lift +it up some day when you are asleep, stupid Thomas. Go to sleep. I’m +enjoying myself. When you sleep your nose plays the Galilean pipe. +Sleep!” + +But now the believers were already dispersed about Jerusalem, hiding +in houses and behind walls, and the faces of those that met them looked +mysterious. The exultation had died down. Confused reports of danger +found their way in; Peter, with gloomy countenance, tested the sword +given to him by Judas, and the face of the Master became even more +melancholy and stern. So swiftly the time passed, and inevitably +approached the terrible day of the Betrayal. Lo! the Last Supper was +over, full of grief and confused dread, and already had the obscure +words of Jesus sounded concerning some one who should betray Him. + +“You know who will betray Him?” asked Thomas, looking at Judas with his +straight-forward, clear, almost transparent eyes. + +“Yes, I know,” Judas replied harshly and decidedly. “You, Thomas, will +betray Him. But He Himself does not believe what He says! It is full +time! Why does He not call to Him the strong, magnificent Judas?” + +No longer by days, but by short, fleeting hours, was the inevitable time +to be measured. It was evening; and evening stillness and long shadows +lay upon the ground--the first sharp darts of the coming night of mighty +contest--when a harsh, sorrowful voice was heard. It said: + +“Dost Thou know whither I go, Lord? I go to betray Thee into the hands +of Thine enemies.” + +And there was a long silence, evening stillness, and swift black +shadows. + +“Thou art silent, Lord? Thou commandest me to go?” + +And again silence. + +“Allow me to remain. But perhaps Thou canst not? Or darest not? Or wilt +not?” + +And again silence, stupendous, like the eyes of eternity. + +“But indeed Thou knowest that I love Thee. Thou knowest all things. Why +lookest Thou thus at Judas? Great is the mystery of Thy beautiful eyes, +but is mine less? Order me to remain! But Thou art silent. Thou art ever +silent. Lord, Lord, is it for this that in grief and pains have I sought +Thee all my life, sought and found! Free me! Remove the weight; it is +heavier than even mountains of lead. Dost Thou hear how the bosom of +Judas Iscariot is cracking under it?” + +And the last silence was abysmal, like the last glance of eternity. + +“I go.” + +But the evening stillness woke not, neither uttered cry nor plaint, nor +did its subtle air vibrate with the slightest tinkle--so soft was the +fall of the retreating steps. They sounded for a time, and then were +silent. And the evening stillness became pensive, stretched itself out +in long shadows, and then grew dark;--and suddenly night, coming to meet +it, all atremble with the rustle of sadly brushed-up leaves, heaved a +last sigh and was still. + +There was a bustle, a jostle, a rattle of other voices, as though some +one had untied a bag of lively resonant voices, and they were falling +out on the ground, by one and two, and whole heaps. It was the disciples +talking. And drowning them all, reverberating from the trees and walls, +and tripping up over itself, thundered the determined, powerful voice of +Peter--he was swearing that never would he desert his Master. + +“Lord,” said he, half in anger, half in grief: “Lord! I am ready to go +with Thee to prison and to death.” + +And quietly, like the soft echo of retiring footsteps, came the +inexorable answer: + +“I tell thee, Peter, the cock will not crow this day before thou dost +deny Me thrice.” + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +The moon had already risen when Jesus prepared to go to the Mount of +Olives, where He had spent all His last nights. But He tarried, for some +inexplicable reason, and the disciples, ready to start, were hurrying +Him. Then He said suddenly: + +“He that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip; and he +that hath no sword, let him sell his garment and buy one. For I say unto +you that this that is written must yet be accomplished in me: ‘And he +was reckoned among the transgressors.’” + +The disciples were surprised and looked at one another in confusion. +Peter replied: + +“Lord, we have two swords here.” + +He looked searchingly into their kind faces, lowered His head, and said +softly: + +“It is enough.” + +The steps of the disciples resounded loudly in the narrow streets, and +they were frightened by the sounds of their own footsteps; on the white +wall, illumined by the moon, their black shadows appeared--and they were +frightened by their own shadows. Thus they passed in silence through +Jerusalem, which was absorbed in sleep, and now they came out of the +gates of the city, and in the valley, full of fantastic, motionless +shadows, the stream of Kedron stretched before them. Now they were +frightened by everything. The soft murmuring and splashing of the water +on the stones sounded to them like voices of people approaching them +stealthily; the monstrous shades of the rocks and the trees, obstructing +the road, disturbed them, and their motionlessness seemed to them +to stir. But as they were ascending the mountain and approaching the +garden, where they had safely and quietly passed so many nights before, +they were growing ever bolder. From time to time they looked back at +Jerusalem, all white in the moonlight, and they spoke to one another +about the fear that had passed; and those who walked in the rear heard, +in fragments, the soft words of Jesus. He spoke about their forsaking +Him. + +In the garden they paused soon after they had entered it. The majority +of them remained there, and, speaking softly, began to make ready for +their sleep, outspreading their cloaks over the transparent embroidery +of the shadows and the moonlight. Jesus, tormented with uneasiness, and +four of His disciples went further into the depth of the garden. There +they seated themselves on the ground, which had not yet cooled off from +the heat of the day, and while Jesus was silent, Peter and John lazily +exchanged words almost devoid of any meaning. Yawning from fatigue, they +spoke about the coolness of the night; about the high price of meat in +Jerusalem, and about the fact that no fish was to be had in the city. +They tried to determine the exact number of pilgrims that had gathered +in Jerusalem for the festival, and Peter, drawling his words and yawning +loudly, said that they numbered 20,000, while John and his brother Jacob +assured him just as lazily that they did not number more than 10,000. +Suddenly Jesus rose quickly. + +“My soul is exceedingly sorrowful, even unto death; tarry ye here and +watch with Me,” He said, and departed hastily to the grove and soon +disappeared amid its motionless shades and light. + +“Where did He go?” said John, lifting himself on his elbow. Peter turned +his head in the direction of Jesus and answered fatiguedly: + +“I do not know.” + +And he yawned again loudly, then threw himself on his back and became +silent. The others also became silent, and their motionless bodies were +soon absorbed in the sound sleep of fatigue. Through his heavy slumber +Peter vaguely saw something white bending over him, some one’s voice +resounded and died away, leaving no trace in his dimmed consciousness. + +“Simon, are you sleeping?” + +And he slept again, and again some soft voice reached his ear and died +away without leaving any trace. + +“You could not watch with me even one hour?” + +“Oh, Master! if you only knew how sleepy I am,” he thought in his +slumber, but it seemed to him that he said it aloud. And he slept again. +And a long time seemed to have passed, when suddenly the figure of Jesus +appeared near him, and a loud, rousing voice instantly awakened him and +the others: + +“You are still sleeping and resting? It is ended, the hour has come--the +Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of the sinners.” + +The disciples quickly sprang to their feet, confusedly seizing their +cloaks and trembling from the cold of the sudden awakening. Through the +thicket of the trees a multitude of warriors and temple servants was +seen approaching noisily, illumining their way with torches. And from +the other side the disciples came running, quivering from cold, their +sleepy faces frightened; and not yet understanding what was going on, +they asked hastily: + +“What is it? Who are these people with torches?” + +Thomas, pale faced, his moustaches in disorder, his teeth chattering +from chilliness, said to Peter: + +“They have evidently come after us.” + +Now a multitude of warriors surrounded them, and the smoky, quivering +light of the torches dispelled the soft light of the moon. In front +of the warriors walked Judas Iscariot quickly, and sharply turning his +quick eye, searched for Jesus. He found Him, rested his look for an +instant upon His tall, slender figure, and quickly whispered to the +priests: + +“Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is He. Take Him and lead Him +cautiously. Lead Him cautiously, do you hear?” + +Then he moved quickly to Jesus, who waited for him in silence, and he +directed his straight, sharp look, like a knife, into His calm, darkened +eyes. + +“Hail, Master!” he said loudly, charging his words of usual greeting +with a strange and stern meaning. + +But Jesus was silent, and the disciples looked at the traitor with +horror, not understanding how the soul of a man could contain so much +evil. Iscariot threw a rapid glance at their confused ranks, noticed +their quiver, which was about to turn into a loud, trembling fear, +noticed their pallor, their senseless smiles, the drowsy movements +of their hands, which seemed as though fettered in iron at the +shoulders--and a mortal sorrow began to burn in his heart, akin to +the sorrow Christ had experienced before. Outstretching himself into a +hundred ringing, sobbing strings, he rushed over to Jesus and kissed +His cold cheek tenderly. He kissed it so softly, so tenderly, with such +painful love and sorrow, that if Jesus had been a flower upon a thin +stalk it would not have shaken from this kiss and would not have dropped +the pearly dew from its pure petals. + +“Judas,” said Jesus, and with the lightning of His look He illumined +that monstrous heap of shadows which was Iscariot’s soul, but he could +not penetrate into the bottomless depth. “Judas! Is it with a kiss you +betray the Son of Man?” + +And He saw how that monstrous chaos trembled and stirred. Speechless +and stern, like death in its haughty majesty, stood Judas Iscariot, and +within him a thousand impetuous and fiery voices groaned and roared: + +“Yes! We betray Thee with the kiss of love! With the kiss of love we +betray Thee to outrage, to torture, to death! With the voice of love +we call together the hangmen from their dark holes, and we place a +cross--and high over the top of the earth we lift love, crucified by +love upon a cross.” + +Thus stood Judas, silent and cold, like death, and the shouting and +the noise about Jesus answered the cry of His soul. With the rude +irresoluteness of armed force, with the awkwardness of a vaguely +understood purpose, the soldiers seized Him and dragged Him +off--mistaking their irresoluteness for resistance, their fear for +derision and mockery. Like a flock of frightened lambs, the disciples +stood huddled together, not interfering, yet disturbing everybody, even +themselves. Only a few of them resolved to walk and act separately. +Jostled from all sides, Peter drew out the sword from its sheath with +difficulty, as though he had lost all his strength, and faintly lowered +it upon the head of one of the priests--without causing him any harm. +Jesus, observing this, ordered him to throw away the useless weapon, and +it fell under foot with a dull thud, and so evidently had it lost its +sharpness and destructive power that it did not occur to any one to pick +it up. So it rolled about under foot, until several days afterwards it +was found on the same spot by some children at play, who made a toy of +it. + +The soldiers kept dispersing the disciples, but they gathered together +again and stupidly got under the soldiers’ feet, and this went on so +long that at last a contemptuous rage mastered the soldiery. One of them +with frowning brow went up to the shouting John; another rudely pushed +from his shoulder the hand of Thomas, who was arguing with him +about something or other, and shook a big fist right in front of his +straightforward, transparent eyes. John fled, and Thomas and James fled, +and all the disciples, as many as were present, forsook Jesus and fled. +Losing their cloaks, knocking themselves against the trees, tripping up +against stones and falling, they fled to the hills terror-driven, +while in the stillness of the moonlight night the ground rumbled loudly +beneath the tramp of many feet. Some one, whose name did not transpire, +just risen from his bed (for he was covered only with a blanket), rushed +excitedly into the crowd of soldiers and servants. When they tried to +stop him, and seized hold of his blanket, he gave a cry of terror, and +took to flight like the others, leaving his garment in the hands of the +soldiers. And so he ran stark-naked, with desperate leaps, and his bare +body glistened strangely in the moonlight. + +When Jesus was led away, Peter, who had hidden himself behind the trees, +came out and followed his Master at a distance. Noticing another man in +front of him, who walked silently, he thought that it was John, and he +called him softly: + +“John, is that you?” + +“And is that you, Peter?” answered the other, pausing, and by the voice +Peter recognised the traitor. “Peter, why did you not run away together +with the others?” + +Peter stopped and said with contempt: + +“Leave me, Satan!” + +Judas began to laugh, and paying no further attention to Peter, he +advanced where the torches were flashing dimly and where the clanking of +the weapons mingled with the footsteps. Peter followed him cautiously, +and thus they entered the court of the high priest almost simultaneously +and mingled in the crowd of the priests who were warming themselves at +the bonfires. Judas warmed his bony hands morosely at the bonfire and +heard Peter saying loudly somewhere behind him: + +“No, I do not know Him.” + +But it was evident that they were insisting there that he was one of +the disciples of Jesus, for Peter repeated still louder: “But I do not +understand what you are saying.” + +Without turning around, and smiling involuntarily, Judas shook his head +affirmatively and muttered: + +“That’s right, Peter! Do not give up the place near Jesus to any one.” + +And he did not see the frightened Peter walk away from the courtyard. +And from that night until the very death of Jesus, Judas did not see +a single one of the disciples of Jesus near Him; and amid all that +multitude there were only two, inseparable until death, strangely bound +together by sufferings--He who had been betrayed to abuse and torture +and he who had betrayed Him. Like brothers, they both, the Betrayed and +the betrayer, drank out of the same cup of sufferings, and the fiery +liquid burned equally the pure and the impure lips. + +Gazing fixedly at the wood-fire, which imparted a feeling of warmth to +his eyes, stretching out his long, shaking hands to the flame, his hands +and feet forming a confused outline in the trembling light and shade, +Iscariot kept mumbling in hoarse complaint: + +“How cold! My God, how cold it is!” + +So, when the fishermen go away at night leaving an expiring fire +of drift-wood upon the shore, from the dark depth of the sea might +something creep forth, crawl up towards the fire, look at it with +wild intentness, and dragging all its limbs up to it, mutter in hoarse +complaint: + +“How cold! My God, how cold it is!” + +Suddenly Judas heard behind him a burst of loud voices, the cries and +laughter of the soldiers full of the usual sleepy, greedy malice; and +lashes, short frequent strokes upon a living body. He turned round, a +momentary anguish running through his whole frame--his very bones. They +were scourging Jesus. + +Has it come to that? + +He had seen the soldiers lead Jesus away with them to their guardroom. +The night was already nearly over, the fires had sunk down and were +covered with ashes, but from the guardroom was still borne the sound of +muffled cries, laughter, and invectives. They were scourging Jesus. + +As one who has lost his way, Iscariot ran nimbly about the empty +courtyard, stopped in his course, lifted his head and ran on again, and +was surprised when he came into collision with heaps of embers, or with +the walls. + +Then he clung to the wall of the guardroom, stretched himself out to +his full height, and glued himself to the window and the crevices of the +door, eagerly examining what they were doing. He saw a confined stuffy +room, dirty, like all guardrooms in the world, with bespitten floor, and +walls as greasy and stained as though they had been trodden and rolled +upon. And he saw the Man whom they were scourging. They struck Him on +the face and head, and tossed Him about like a soft bundle from one end +of the room to the other. And since He neither cried out nor resisted, +after looking intently, it actually appeared at moments as though it was +not a living human being, but a soft effigy without bones or blood. It +bent itself strangely like a doll, and in falling, knocking its head +against the stone floor it did not give the impression of a hard +substance striking against a hard substance, but of something soft +and devoid of feeling. And when one looked long, it became like some +strange, endless game--and sometimes it became almost a complete +illusion. + +After one hard kick, the man or effigy fell slowly on its knees before a +sitting soldier, he in turn flung it away, and turning over, it dropped +down before the next, and so on and on. A loud guffaw arose, and Judas +smiled too,--as though the strong hand of some one with iron fingers had +torn his mouth asunder. It was the mouth of Judas that was deceived. + +Night dragged on, and the fires were still smouldering. Judas threw +himself from the wall, and crawled to one of the fires, poked up +the ashes, rekindled it, and although he no longer felt the cold, he +stretched his slightly trembling hands over the flames, and began to +mutter dolefully: + +“Ah! how painful, my Son, my Son! How painful!” + +Then he went again to the window, which was gleaming yellow with a +dull light between the thick grating, and once more began to watch them +scourging Jesus. Once before the very eyes of Judas appeared His swarthy +countenance, now marred out of human semblance, and covered with a +forest of dishevelled hair. Then some one’s hand plunged into those +locks, threw the Man down, and rhythmically turning His head from one +side to the other, began to wipe the filthy floor with His face. Right +under the window a soldier was sleeping, his open mouth revealing his +glittering white teeth; and some one’s broad back, with naked, brawny +neck, barred the window, so that nothing more could be seen. And +suddenly the noise ceased. + +“What’s that? Why are they silent? Have they suddenly divined the +truth?” + +Momentarily the whole head of Judas, in all its parts, was filled with +the rumbling, shouting and roaring of a thousand maddened thoughts! Had +they divined? They understood that this was the very best of men--it +was so simple, so clear! Lo! He is coming out, and behind Him they +are abjectly crawling. Yes, He is coming here, to Judas, coming out a +victor, a hero, arbiter of the truth, a god.... + +“Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?” + +But no. Once more noise and shouting. They are scourging Him again. They +do not understand, they have not guessed, they are beating Him harder, +more cruelly than ever. The fires burn out, covered with ashes, and the +smoke above them is as transparently blue as the air, and the sky as +bright as the moon. It is the day approaching. + +“What is day?” asks Judas. + +And lo! everything begins to glow, to scintillate, to grow young again, +and the smoke above is no longer blue, but rose-coloured. It is the sun +rising. + +“What is the sun?” asks Judas. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +They pointed the finger at Judas, and some in contempt, others with +hatred and fear, said: + +“Look, that is Judas the Traitor!” + +This already began to be the opprobrious title, to which he had doomed +himself throughout the ages. Thousands of years may pass, nation may +supplant nation, and still the air will resound with the words, uttered +with contempt and fear by good and bad alike: + +“Judas the Traitor!” + +But he listened imperturbably to what was said of him, dominated by a +feeling of burning, all-subduing curiosity. Ever since the morning when +they led forth Jesus from the guardroom, after scourging Him, Judas +had followed Him, strangely enough feeling neither grief nor pain nor +joy--only an unconquerable desire to see and hear everything. Though +he had had no sleep the whole night, his body felt light; when he was +crushed and prevented from advancing, he elbowed his way through the +crowd and adroitly wormed himself into the front place; and not for a +moment did his vivid quick eye remain at rest. At the examination of +Jesus before Caiaphas, in order not to lose a word, he hollowed his hand +round his ear, and nodded his head in affirmation, murmuring: + +“Just so! Thou hearest, Jesus?” + +But he was a prisoner, like a fly tied to a thread, which, buzzing, +flies hither and thither, but cannot for one moment free itself from the +tractable but unyielding thread. + +Certain stony thoughts lay at the back of his head, and to these he was +firmly bound; he knew not, as it were, what these thoughts were; he did +not wish to stir them up, but he felt them continually. At times they +would come to him all of a sudden, oppress him more and more, and begin +to crush him with their unimaginable weight, as though the vault of a +rocky cavern were slowly and terribly descending upon his head. + +Then he would grip his heart with his hand, and strive to set his whole +body in motion, as though he were perishing with cold, and hasten to +shift his eyes to a fresh place, and again to another. When they led +Jesus away from Caiaphas, he met His weary eyes quite close, and, +somehow or other, unconsciously he gave Him several friendly nods. + +“I am here, my Son, I am here,” he muttered hurriedly, and maliciously +poked to some gaper in the back who stood in his way. + +And now, in a huge shouting crowd, they all moved on to Pilate for the +last examination and trial, and with the same insupportable curiosity +Judas searched the faces of the ever swelling multitude. Many were quite +unknown to him; Judas had never seen them before, but some were there +who had cried, “Hosanna!” to Jesus, and at each step the number of them +seemed to increase. + +“Well, well!” thought Judas, and his head spun round as if he were +drunk, “the worst is over. Directly they will be crying: ‘He is ours, He +is Jesus! What are you about?’ and all will understand, and--” + +But the believers walked in silence. Some hypocritically smiled, as if +to say: “The affair is none of ours!” Others spoke with constraint, but +their low voices were drowned in the rumbling of movement, and the loud +delirious shouts of His enemies. + +And Judas felt better again. Suddenly he noticed Thomas cautiously +slipping through the crowd not far off, and struck by a sudden thought, +he was about to go up to him. At the sight of the traitor, Thomas was +frightened, and tried to hide himself. But in a little narrow street, +between two walls, Judas overtook him. + +“Thomas, wait a bit!” + +Thomas stopped, and stretching both hands out in front of him solemnly +pronounced the words: + +“Avaunt, Satan!” + +Iscariot made an impatient movement of the hands. + +“What a fool you are, Thomas! I thought that you had more sense than the +others. Satan indeed! That requires proof.” + +Letting his hands fall, Thomas asked in surprise: + +“But did not you betray the Master? I myself saw you bring the soldiers, +and point Him out to them. If this is not treachery, I should like to +know what is!” + +“Never mind that,” hurriedly said Judas. “Listen, there are many of you +here. You must all gather together, and loudly demand: ‘Give up Jesus. +He is ours!’ They will not refuse you, they dare not. They themselves +will understand.” + +“What do you mean! What are you thinking of!” said Thomas, with a +decisive wave of his hands. “Have you not seen what a number of armed +soldiers and servants of the Temple there are here? Moreover, the trial +has not yet taken place, and we must not interfere with the court. +Surely he understands that Jesus is innocent, and will order His release +without delay.” + +“You, then, think so too,” said Judas thoughtfully. “Thomas, Thomas, +what if it be the truth? What then? Who is right? Who has deceived +Judas?” + +“We were all talking last night, and came to the conclusion that the +court cannot condemn the innocent. But if it does, why then--” + +“What then!” + +“Why, then it is no court. And it will be the worse for them when they +have to give an account before the real Judge.” + +“Before the real! Is there any ‘real’ left?” sneered Judas. + +“And all of our party cursed you; but since you say that you were not +the traitor, I think you ought to be tried.” + +Judas did not want to hear him out; but turned right about, and hurried +down the street in the wake of the retreating crowd. He soon, however, +slackened his pace, mindful of the fact that a crowd always travels +slowly, and that a single pedestrian will inevitably overtake it. + +When Pilate led Jesus out from his palace, and set Him before the +people, Judas, crushed against a column by the heavy backs of the +soldiers, furiously turning his head about to see something between two +shining helmets, suddenly felt clearly that the worst was over. He saw +Jesus in the sunshine, high above the heads of the crowd, blood-stained, +pale with a crown of thorns, the sharp spikes of which pressed into His +forehead. + +He stood on the edge of an elevation, visible from His head to His +small, sunburnt feet, and waited so calmly, was so serene in His +immaculate purity, that only a blind man, who perceived not the very +sun, could fail to see, only a madman would not understand. And the +people held their peace--it was so still, that Judas heard the breathing +of the soldier in front of him, and how, at each breath, a strap creaked +somewhere about his body. + +“Yes, it will soon be over! They will understand immediately,” thought +Judas, and suddenly something strange, like the dazzling joy of +falling from a giddy height into a blue sparkling abyss, arrested his +heart-beats. + +Contemptuously drawing his lips down to his rounded well-shaven chin, +Pilate flung to the crowd the dry, curt words--as one throws bones to a +pack of hungry hounds--thinking to cheat their longing for fresh blood +and living, palpitating flesh: + +“You have brought this Man before me as a corrupter of the people, and +behold I have examined Him before you, and I find this Man guiltless of +that of which you accuse Him....” + +Judas closed his eyes. He was waiting. + +All the people began to shout, to sob, to howl with a thousand voices of +wild beasts and men: + +“Put Him to death! Crucify Him! Crucify Him!” And as though in +self-mockery, as though wishing in one moment to plumb the very depths +of all possible degradation, madness and shame, the crowd cries out, +sobs, and demands with a thousand voices of wild beasts and men: + +“Release unto us Barabbas! But crucify Him! Crucify Him!” + +But the Roman had evidently not yet said his last word. Over his proud, +shaven countenance there passed convulsions of disgust and anger. +He understood! He has understood all along! He speaks quietly to his +attendants, but his voice is not heard in the roar of the crowd. What +does he say? Is he ordering them to bring swords, and to smite those +maniacs? + +“Bring water.” + +“Water? What water? What for?” + +Ah, lo! he washes his hands. Why does he wash his clean white hands all +adorned with rings? He lifts them and cries angrily to the people, whom +surprise holds in silence: + +“I am innocent of the blood of this Just Person. See ye to it.” + +While the water is still dripping from his fingers on to the marble +pavement, something soft prostrates itself at his feet, and sharp, +burning lips kiss his hand, which he is powerless to withdraw, glue +themselves to it like tentacles, almost bite and draw blood. He looks +down in disgust and fear, and sees a great squirming body, a strangely +twofold face, and two immense eyes so queerly diverse from one another +that, as it were, not one being but a number of them clung to his hands +and feet. He heard a broken, burning whisper: + +“O wise and noble... wise and noble.” + +And with such a truly satanic joy did that wild face blaze, that, with a +cry, Pilate kicked him away, and Judas fell backwards. And there he lay +upon the stone flags like an overthrown demon, still stretching out his +hand to the departing Pilate, and crying as one passionately enamoured: + +“O wise, O wise and noble....” + +Then he gathered himself up with agility, and ran away followed by the +laughter of the soldiery. Evidently there was yet hope. When they come +to see the cross, and the nails, then they will understand, and then.... +What then? He catches sight of the panic-stricken Thomas in passing, and +for some reason or other reassuringly nods to him; he overtakes Jesus +being led to execution. The walking is difficult, small stones roll +under the feet, and suddenly Judas feels that he is tired. He gives +himself up wholly to the trouble of deciding where best to plant his +feet, he looks dully around, and sees Mary Magdalene weeping, and a +number of women weeping--hair dishevelled, eyes red, lips distorted--all +the excessive grief of a tender woman’s soul when submitted to outrage. +Suddenly he revives, and seizing the moment, runs up to Jesus: + +“I go with Thee,” he hurriedly whispers. + +The soldiers drive him away with blows of their whips, and squirming +so as to avoid the blows, and showing his teeth at the soldiers, he +explains hurriedly: + +“I go with Thee. Thither. Thou understandest whither.” + +He wipes the blood from his face, shakes his fist at one of the +soldiers, who turns round and smiles, and points him out to the others. +Then he looks for Thomas, but neither he nor any of the disciples are in +the crowd that accompanies Jesus. Again he is conscious of fatigue, and +drags one foot with difficulty after the other, as he attentively looks +out for the sharp, white, scattered pebbles. + +When the hammer was uplifted to nail Jesus’ left hand to the tree, Judas +closed his eyes, and for a whole age neither breathed, nor saw, nor +lived, but only listened. + +But lo! with a grating sound, iron strikes against iron, time after +time, dull, short blows, and then the sharp nail penetrating the soft +wood and separating its particles is distinctly heard. + +One hand. It is not yet too late! + +The other hand. It is not yet too late! + +A foot, the other foot! Is all lost? + +He irresolutely opens his eyes, and sees how the cross is raised, and +rocks, and is set fast in the trench. He sees how the hands of Jesus are +convulsed by the tension, how painfully His arms stretch, how the wounds +grow wider, and how the exhausted abdomen disappears under the ribs. +The arms stretch more and more, grow thinner and whiter, and become +dislocated from the shoulders, and the wounds of the nails redden and +lengthen gradually--lo! in a moment they will be torn away. No. It +stopped. All stopped. Only the ribs move up and down with the short, +deep breathing. + +On the very crown of the hill the cross is raised, and on it is the +crucified Jesus. The horror and the dreams of Judas are realised, he +gets up from his knees on which, for some reason, he has knelt, and +gazes around coldly. + +Thus does a stern conqueror look, when he has already determined in his +heart to surrender everything to destruction and death, and for the last +time throws a glance over a rich foreign city, still alive with sound, +but already phantom-like under the cold hand of death. And suddenly, +as clearly as his terrible victory, Iscariot saw its ominous +precariousness. What if they should suddenly understand? It is not yet +too late! Jesus still lives. There He gazes with entreating, sorrowing +eyes. + +What can prevent the thin film which covers the eyes of mankind, so thin +that it hardly seems to exist at all, what can prevent it from +rending? What if they should understand? What if suddenly, in all +their threatening mass of men, women and children, they should advance, +silently, without a cry, and wipe out the soldiery, plunging them up to +their ears in their own blood, should tear from the ground the accursed +cross, and by the hands of all who remain alive should lift up the +liberated Jesus above the summit of the hill! Hosanna! Hosanna! + +Hosanna? No! Better that Judas should lie on the ground. Better that he +should lie upon the ground, and gnashing his teeth like a dog, should +watch and wait until all these should rise up. + +But what has come to Time? Now it almost stands still, so that one would +wish to push it with the hands, to kick it, beat it with a whip like +a lazy ass. Now it rushes madly down some mountain, and catches its +breath, and stretches out its hand in vain to stop itself. There weeps +the mother of Jesus. Let them weep. What avail her tears now? nay, the +tears of all the mothers in the world? + +“What are tears?” asks Judas, and madly pushes unyielding Time, beats it +with his fists, curses it like a slave. It belongs to some one else, and +therefore is unamenable to discipline. Oh! if only it belonged to Judas! +But it belongs to all these people who are weeping, laughing, chattering +as in the market. It belongs to the sun; it belongs to the cross; to the +heart of Jesus, which is dying so slowly. + +What an abject heart has Judas! He lays his hand upon it, but it cries +out: “Hosanna,” so loud that all may hear. He presses it to the ground, +but it cries, “Hosanna, Hosanna!” like a babbler who scatters holy +mysteries broadcast through the street. + +“Be still! Be still!” + +Suddenly a loud broken lamentation, dull cries, the last hurried +movements towards the cross. What is it? Have they understood at last? + +No, Jesus is dying. But can this be? Yes, Jesus is dying. His pale hands +are motionless, but short convulsions run over His face, and breast, +and legs. But can this be? Yes, He is dying. His breathing becomes less +frequent. It ceases. No, there is yet one sigh, Jesus is still upon the +earth. But is there another? No, no, no. Jesus is dead. + +It is finished. Hosanna! Hosanna! + +His horror and his dreams are realised. Who will now snatch the victory +from the hands of Iscariot? + +It is finished. Let all people on earth stream to Golgotha, and shout +with their million throats, “Hosanna! Hosanna!” And let a sea of +blood and tears be poured out at its foot, and they will find only the +shameful cross and a dead Jesus! + +Calmly and coldly Iscariot surveys the dead, letting his gaze rest for a +moment on that neck, which he had kissed only yesterday with a farewell +kiss; and slowly goes away. Now all Time belongs to him, and he walks +without hurry; now all the World belongs to him, and he steps firmly, +like a ruler, like a king, like one who is infinitely and joyfully alone +in the world. He observes the mother of Jesus, and says to her sternly: + +“Thou weepest, mother? Weep, weep, and long will all the mothers upon +earth weep with thee: until I come with Jesus and destroy death.” + +What does he mean? Is he mad, or is he mocking--this Traitor? He is +serious, and his face is stern, and his eyes no longer dart about in +mad haste. Lo! he stands still, and with cold attention views a new, +diminished earth. + +It has become small, and he feels the whole of it under his feet. He +looks at the little mountains, quietly reddening under the last rays of +the sun, and he feels the mountains under his feet. + +He looks at the sky opening wide its azure mouth; he looks at the small +round disc of the sun, which vainly strives to singe and dazzle, and he +feels the sky and the sun under his feet. Infinitely and joyfully alone, +he proudly feels the impotence of all forces which operate in the world, +and has cast them all into the abyss. + +He walks farther on, with quiet, masterful steps. And Time goes neither +forward nor back: obediently it marches in step with him in all its +invisible immensity. + +It is the end. + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +As an old cheat, coughing, smiling fawningly, bowing incessantly, Judas +Iscariot the Traitor appeared before the Sanhedrin. It was the day after +the murder of Jesus, about mid-day. There they were all, His judges and +murderers: the aged Annas with his sons, exact and disgusting likenesses +of their father, and his son-in-law Caiaphas, devoured by ambition, and +all the other members of the Sanhedrin, whose names have been snatched +from the memory of mankind--rich and distinguished Sadducees, proud in +their power and knowledge of the Law. + +In silence they received the Traitor, their haughty faces remaining +motionless, as though no one had entered. And even the very least, and +most insignificant among them, to whom the others paid no attention, +lifted up his bird-like face and looked as though no one had entered. + +Judas bowed and bowed and bowed, and they looked on in silence: as +though it were not a human being that had entered, but only an unclean +insect that had crept in, and which they had not observed. But Judas +Iscariot was not the man to be perturbed: they kept silence, and he kept +on bowing, and thought that if it was necessary to go on bowing till +evening, he could do so. + +At length Caiaphas inquired impatiently: + +“What do you want?” + +Judas bowed once more, and said in a loud voice-- + +“It is I, Judas Iscariot, who betrayed to you Jesus of Nazareth.” + +“Well, what of that? You have received your due. Go away!” ordered +Annas; but Judas appeared unconscious of the command, and continued +bowing. Glancing at him, Caiaphas asked Annas: + +“How much did you give?” + +“Thirty pieces of silver.” + +Caiaphas laughed, and even the grey-bearded Annas laughed, too, and over +all their proud faces there crept a smile of enjoyment; and even the one +with the bird-like face laughed. Judas, perceptibly blanching, hastily +interrupted with the words: + +“That’s right! Certainly it was very little; but is Judas discontented, +does Judas call out that he has been robbed? He is satisfied. Has he not +contributed to a holy cause--yes, a holy? Do not the most sage people +now listen to Judas, and think: He is one of us, this Judas Iscariot; he +is our brother, our friend, this Judas Iscariot, the Traitor! Does not +Annas want to kneel down and kiss the hand of Judas? Only Judas will not +allow it; he is a coward, he is afraid they will bite him.” + +Caiaphas said: + +“Drive the dog out! What’s he barking about?” + +“Get along with you. We have no time to listen to your babbling,” said +Annas imperturbably. + +Judas drew himself up and closed his eyes. The hypocrisy, which he +had carried so lightly all his life, suddenly became an insupportable +burden, and with one movement of his eyelashes he cast it from him. +And when he looked at Annas again, his glance was simple, direct, and +terrible in its naked truthfulness. But they paid no attention to this +either. + +“You want to be driven out with sticks!” cried Caiaphas. + +Panting under the weight of the terrible words, which he was lifting +higher and higher, in order to hurl them hence upon the heads of the +judges, Judas hoarsely asked: + +“But you know... you know... who He was... He, whom you condemned +yesterday and crucified?” + +“We know. Go away!” + +With one word he would straightway rend that thin film which was spread +over their eyes, and all the earth would stagger beneath the weight of +the merciless truth! They had a soul, they should be deprived of it; +they had a life, they should lose their life; they had light before +their eyes, eternal darkness and horror should cover them. Hosanna! +Hosanna! + +And these words, these terrible words, were tearing his throat asunder-- + +“He was no deceiver. He was innocent and pure. Do you hear? Judas +deceived you. He betrayed to you an innocent man.” + +He waits. He hears the aged, unconcerned voice of Annas, saying: + +“And is that all you want to say?” + +“You do not seem to have understood me,” says Judas, with dignity, +turning pale. “Judas deceived you. He was innocent. You have slain the +innocent.” + +He of the bird-like face smiles; but Annas is indifferent, Annas yawns. +And Caiaphas yawns, too, and says wearily: + +“What did they mean by talking to me about the intellect of Judas +Iscariot? He is simply a fool, and a bore, too.” + +“What?” cries Judas, all suffused with dark madness. “But who are +you, the clever ones! Judas deceived you--hear! It was not He that he +betrayed--but you--you wiseacres, you, the powerful, you he betrayed to +a shameful death, which will not end, throughout the ages. Thirty pieces +of silver! Well, well. But that is the price of YOUR blood--blood +filthy as the dish-water which the women throw out of the gates of their +houses. Oh! Annas, old, grey, stupid Annas, chock-full of the Law, why +did you not give one silver piece, just one obolus more? At this price +you will go down through the ages!” + +“Be off!” cries Caiaphas, growing purple in the face. But Annas stops +him with a motion of the hand, and asks Judas as unconcernedly as ever: + +“Is that all?” + +“Verily, if I were to go into the desert, and cry to the wild beasts: +‘Wild beasts, have ye heard the price at which men valued their +Jesus?’--what would the wild beasts do? They would creep out of the +lairs, they would howl with anger, they would forget their fear of +mankind, and would all come here to devour you! If I were to say to the +sea: ‘Sea, knowest thou the price at which men valued their Jesus?’ If I +were to say to the mountains: ‘Mountains, know ye the price at which men +valued their Jesus?’ Then the sea and the mountains would leave their +places, assigned to them for ages, and would come here and fall upon +your heads!” + +“Does Judas wish to become a prophet? He speaks so loud!” mockingly +remarks he of the bird-like face, with an ingratiating glance at +Caiaphas. + +“To-day I saw a pale sun. It was looking at the earth, and saying: +‘Where is the Man?’ To-day I saw a scorpion. It was sitting upon a stone +and laughingly said: ‘Where is the Man?’ I went near and looked into +its eyes. And it laughed and said: ‘Where is the Man? I do not see Him!’ +Where is the Man? I ask you, I do not see Him--or is Judas become blind, +poor Judas Iscariot!” + +And Iscariot begins to weep aloud. + +He was, during those moments, like a man out of his mind, and Caiaphas +turned away, making a contemptuous gesture with his hand. But Annas +considered for a time, and then said: + +“I perceive, Judas, that you really have received but little, and that +disturbs you. Here is some more money; take it and give it to your +children.” + +He threw something, which rang shrilly. The sound had not died away, +before another, like it, strangely prolonged the clinking. + +Judas had hastily flung the pieces of silver and the oboles into the +faces of the high priest and of the judges, returning the price paid +for Jesus. The pieces of money flew in a curved shower, falling on their +faces, and on the table, and rolling about the floor. + +Some of the judges closed their hands with the palms outwards; others +leapt from their places, and shouted and scolded. Judas, trying to hit +Annas, threw the last coin, after which his trembling hand had long been +fumbling in his wallet, spat in anger, and went out. + +“Well, well,” he mumbled, as he passed swiftly through the streets, +scaring the children. “It seems that thou didst weep, Judas? Was +Caiaphas really right when he said that Judas Iscariot was a fool? He +who weeps in the day of his great revenge is not worthy of it--know’st +thou that, Judas? Let not thine eyes deceive thee; let not thine heart +lie to thee; flood not the fire with tears, Judas Iscariot!” + +The disciples were sitting in mournful silence, listening to what was +going on without. There was still danger that the vengeance of Jesus’ +enemies might not confine itself to Him, and so they were all expecting +a visit from the guard, and perhaps more executions. Near to John, +to whom, as the beloved disciple, the death of Jesus was especially +grievous, sat Mary Magdalene, and Matthew trying to comfort him in an +undertone. Mary, whose face was swollen with weeping, softly stroked his +luxurious curling hair with her hand, while Matthew said didactically, +in the words of Solomon: + +“‘The long suffering is better than a hero; and he that ruleth his own +spirit than one who taketh a city.’” + +At this moment Judas knocked loudly at the door, and entered. All +started up in terror, and at first were not sure who it was; but when +they recognised the hated countenance, the red-haired, bulbous head, +they uttered a simultaneous cry. + +Peter raised both hands and shouted: + +“Get out of here, Traitor! Get out, or I will kill you.” + +But the others looked more carefully at the face and eyes of the +Traitor, and said nothing, merely whispering in terror: + +“Leave him alone, leave him alone! He is possessed with a devil.” + +Judas waited until they had quite done, and then cried out in a loud +voice: + +“Hail, ye eyes of Judas Iscariot! Ye have just seen the cold-blooded +murderers. Lo! Where is Jesus? I ask you, where is Jesus?” + +There was something compelling in the hoarse voice of Judas, and Thomas +replied obediently-- + +“You know yourself, Judas, that our Master was crucified yesterday.” + +“But how came you to permit it? Where was your love? Thou, Beloved +Disciple, and thou, Rock, where were you all when they were crucifying +your Friend on the tree?” + +“What could we do, judge thou?” said Thomas, with a gesture of protest. + +“Thou asketh that, Thomas? Very well!” and Judas threw his head back, +and fell upon him angrily. “He who loves does not ask what can be +done--he goes and does it--he weeps, he bites, he throttles the enemy, +and breaks his bones! He, that is, who loves! If your son were drowning +would you go into the city and inquire of the passers by: ‘What must I +do? My son is drowning!’ No, you would rather throw yourself into the +water and drown with him. One who loved would!” + +Peter replied grimly to the violent speech of Judas: + +“I drew a sword, but He Himself forbade.” + +“Forbade? And you obeyed!” jeered Judas. “Peter, Peter, how could you +listen to Him? Does He know anything of men, and of fighting?” + +“He who does not submit to Him goes to hell fire.” + +“Then why did you not go, Peter? Hell fire! What’s that? Now, supposing +you had gone--what good’s your soul to you, if you dare not throw it +into the fire, if you want to?” + +“Silence!” cried John, rising. “He Himself willed this sacrifice. His +sacrifice is beautiful!” + +“Is a sacrifice ever beautiful, Beloved Disciple? Wherever there is +a sacrifice, then there is an executioner, and there traitors! +Sacrifice--that is suffering for one and disgrace for all the others! +Traitors, traitors, what have ye done with the world? Now they look at +it from above and below, and laugh and cry: ‘Look at that world, upon it +they crucified Jesus!’ And they spit on it--as I do!” + +Judas angrily spat on the ground. + +“He took upon Him the sin of all mankind. His sacrifice is beautiful,” + John insisted. + +“No! you have taken all sin upon yourselves. You, Beloved Disciple, will +not a race of traitors take their beginning from you, a pusillanimous +and lying breed? O blind men, what have ye done with the earth? You have +done your best to destroy it, ye will soon be kissing the cross on which +ye crucified Jesus! Yes, yes, Judas gives ye his word that ye will kiss +the cross!” + +“Judas, don’t revile!” roared Peter, pushing. “How could we slay all His +enemies? They are so many!” + +“And thou, Peter!” exclaimed John in anger, “dost thou not perceive that +he is possessed of Satan? Leave us, Tempter! Thou’rt full of lies. The +Teacher forbade us to kill.” + +“But did He forbid you to die? Why are you alive, when He is dead? Why +do your feet walk, why does your tongue talk trash, why do your eyes +blink, when He is dead, motionless, speechless? How do your cheeks dare +to be red, John, when His are pale? How can you dare to shout, Peter, +when He is silent? What could you do? You ask Judas? And Judas answers +you, the magnificent, bold Judas Iscariot replies: ‘Die!’ You ought to +have fallen on the road, to have seized the soldiers by the sword, by +the hands, and drowned them in a sea of your own blood--yes, die, die! +Better had it been, that His Father should have cause to cry out with +horror, when you all enter there!” + +Judas ceased with raised head. Suddenly he noticed the remains of a +meal upon the table. With strange surprise, curiously, as though for +the first time in his life he looked on food, he examined it, and slowly +asked: + +“What is this? You have been eating? Perhaps you have also been +sleeping?” + +Peter, who had begun to feel Judas to be some one, who could command +obedience, drooping his head, tersely replied: “I slept, I slept and +ate!” + +Thomas said, resolutely and firmly: + +“This is all untrue, Judas. Just consider: if we had all died, who would +have told the story of Jesus? Who would have conveyed His teaching to +mankind if we had all died, Peter and John and I?” + +“But what is the truth itself in the mouths of traitors? Does it not +become a lie? Thomas, Thomas, dost thou not understand, that thou art +now only a sentinel at the grave of dead Truth? The sentinel falls +asleep, and the thief cometh and carries away the truth; say, where is +the truth? Cursed be thou, Thomas! Fruitless, and a beggar shalt thou be +throughout the ages, and all you with him, accursed ones!” + +“Accursed be thou thyself, Satan!” cried John, and James and Matthew and +all the other disciples repeated his cry; only Peter held his peace. + +“I am going to Him,” said Judas, stretching his powerful hand on high. +“Who will follow Iscariot to Jesus?” + +“I--I also go with thee,” cried Peter, rising. + +But John and the others stopped him in horror, saying: + +“Madman! Thou hast forgotten, that he betrayed the Master into the hands +of His enemies.” + +Peter began to lament bitterly, striking his breast with his fist: + +“Whither, then, shall I go? O Lord! whither shall I go?” + + . . . . .. . . + +Judas had long ago, during his solitary walks, marked the place where he +intended to make an end of himself after the death of Jesus. + +It was upon a hill high above Jerusalem. There stood but one tree, bent +and twisted by the wind, which had torn it on all sides, half withered. +One of its broken, crooked branches stretched out towards Jerusalem, as +though in blessing or in threat, and this one Judas had chosen on which +to hang a noose. + +But the walk to the tree was long and tedious, and Judas Iscariot was +very weary. The small, sharp stones, scattered under his feet, seemed +continually to drag him backwards, and the hill was high, stern, and +malign, exposed to the wind. Judas was obliged to sit down several times +to rest, and panted heavily, while behind him, through the clefts of the +rock, the mountain breathed cold upon his back. + +“Thou too art against me, accursed one!” said Judas contemptuously, as +he breathed with difficulty, and swayed his heavy head, in which all the +thoughts were now petrifying. + +Then he raised it suddenly, and opening wide his now fixed eyes, angrily +muttered: + +“No, they were too bad for Judas. Thou hearest Jesus? Wilt Thou trust me +now? I am coming to Thee. Meet me kindly, I am weary--very weary. Then +Thou and I, embracing like brothers, shall return to earth. Shall we +not?” + +Again he swayed his petrifying head, and again he opened his eyes, +mumbling: + +“But maybe Thou wilt be angry with Judas when he arrives? And Thou wilt +not trust him? And wilt send him to hell? Well! What then! I will go to +hell. And in Thy hell fire I will weld iron, and weld iron, and demolish +Thy heaven. Dost approve? Then Thou wilt believe in me. Then Thou wilt +come back with me to earth, wilt Thou not, Jesus?” + +Eventually Judas reached the summit and the crooked tree, and there the +wind began to torment him. And when Judas rebuked it, it began to blow +soft and low, and took leave and flew away. + +“Right! But as for them, they are curs!” said Judas, making a slip-knot. +And since the rope might fail him and break, he hung it over a +precipice, so that if it broke, he would be sure to meet his death upon +the stones. And before he shoved himself off the brink with his foot, +and hanged himself, Judas Iscariot once more anxiously prepared Jesus +for his coming: + +“Yes, meet me kindly, Jesus. I am very weary.” + +He leapt. The rope strained, but held. His neck stretched, but his hands +and feet were crossed, and hung down as though damp. + +He died. Thus, in the course of two days, one after another, Jesus of +Nazareth and Judas Iscariot, the Traitor, left the world. + +All the night through, like some monstrous fruit, Judas swayed over +Jerusalem, and the wind kept turning his face now to the city, and now +to the desert--as though it wished to exhibit Judas to both city and +desert. But in whichever direction his face, distorted by death, was +turned, his red eyes suffused with blood, and now as like one another +as two brothers, incessantly looked towards the sky. In the morning some +sharp-sighted person perceived Judas hanging above the city, and cried +out in horror. + +People came and took him down, and knowing who he was, threw him into a +deep ravine, into which they were in the habit of throwing dead horses +and cats and other carrion. + +The same evening all the believers knew of the terrible death of the +Traitor, and the next day it was known to all Jerusalem. Stony Judaea +knew of it and green Galilee; and from one sea to the other, distant as +it was, the news flew of the death of the Traitor. + +Neither faster nor slower, but with equal pace with Time itself, it +went, and as there is no end to Time so will there be no end to the +stories about the Traitor Judas and his terrible death. + +And all--both good and bad--will equally anathematise his shameful +memory; and among all peoples, past and present, will he remain alone in +his cruel destiny--Judas Iscariot, the Traitor. + + + + + +“THE MAN WHO FOUND THE TRUTH” + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +I was twenty-seven years old and had just maintained my thesis for +the degree of Doctor of Mathematics with unusual success, when I was +suddenly seized in the middle of the night and thrown into this prison. +I shall not narrate to you the details of the monstrous crime of which +I was accused--there are events which people should neither remember +nor even know, that they may not acquire a feeling of aversion for +themselves; but no doubt there are many people among the living who +remember that terrible case and “the human brute,” as the newspapers +called me at that time. They probably remember how the entire civilised +society of the land unanimously demanded that the criminal be put to +death, and it is due only to the inexplicable kindness of the man at +the head of the Government at the time that I am alive, and I now write +these lines for the edification of the weak and the wavering. + +I shall say briefly: My father, my elder brother, and my sister were +murdered brutally, and I was supposed to have committed the crime for +the purpose of securing a really enormous inheritance. + +I am an old man now; I shall die soon, and you have not the slightest +ground for doubting when I say that I was entirely innocent of the +monstrous and horrible crime, for which twelve honest and conscientious +judges unanimously sentenced me to death. The death sentence was finally +commuted to imprisonment for life in solitary confinement. + +It was merely a fatal linking of circumstances, of grave and +insignificant events, of vague silence and indefinite words, which gave +me the appearance and likeness of the criminal, innocent though I was. +But he who would suspect me of being ill-disposed toward my strict +judges would be profoundly mistaken. They were perfectly right, +perfectly right. As people who can judge things and events only by their +appearance, and who are deprived of the ability to penetrate their own +mysterious being, they could not act differently, nor should they have +acted differently. + +It so happened that in the game of circumstances, the truth concerning +my actions, which I alone knew, assumed all the features of an insolent +and shameless lie; and however strange it may seem to my kind and +serious reader, I could establish the truth of my innocence only by +falsehood, and not by the truth. + +Later on, when I was already in prison, in going over in detail the +story of the crime and the trial, and picturing myself in the place of +one of my judges, I came to the inevitable conclusion each time that +I was guilty. Then I produced a very interesting and instructive work; +having set aside entirely the question of truth and falsehood on +general principles, I subjected the facts and the words to numerous +combinations, erecting structures, even as small children build various +structures with their wooden blocks; and after persistent efforts I +finally succeeded in finding a certain combination of facts which, +though strong in principle, seemed so plausible that my actual innocence +became perfectly clear, exactly and positively established. + +To this day I remember the great feeling of astonishment, mingled with +fear, which I experienced at my strange and unexpected discovery; by +telling the truth I lead people into error and thus deceive them, while +by maintaining falsehood I lead them, on the contrary, to the truth and +to knowledge. + +I did not yet understand at that time that, like Newton and his famous +apple, I discovered unexpectedly the great law upon which the entire +history of human thought rests, which seeks not the truth, but +verisimilitude, the appearance of truth--that is, the harmony between +that which is seen and that which is conceived, based on the strict +laws of logical reasoning. And instead of rejoicing, I exclaimed in an +outburst of naive, juvenile despair: “Where, then, is the truth? Where +is the truth in this world of phantoms and falsehood?” (See my “Diary of +a Prisoner” of June 29, 18--.) + +I know that at the present time, when I have but five or six more years +to live, I could easily secure my pardon if I but asked for it. But +aside from my being accustomed to the prison and for several other +important reasons, of which I shall speak later, I simply have no right +to ask for pardon, and thus break the force and natural course of the +lawful and entirely justified verdict. Nor would I want to hear people +apply to me the words, “a victim of judicial error,” as some of my +gentle visitors expressed themselves, to my sorrow. I repeat, there was +no error, nor could there be any error in a case in which a combination +of definite circumstances inevitably lead a normally constructed and +developed mind to the one and only conclusion. + +I was convicted justly, although I did not commit the crime--such is the +simple and clear truth, and I live joyously and peacefully my last few +years on earth with a sense of respect for this truth. + +The only purpose by which I was guided in writing these modest notes is +to show to my indulgent reader that under the most painful conditions, +where it would seem that there remains no room for hope or life--a human +being, a being of the highest order, possessing a mind and a will, +finds both hope and life. I want to show how a human being, condemned to +death, looked with free eyes upon the world, through the grated window +of his prison, and discovered the great purpose, harmony, and beauty of +the universe--to the disgrace of those fools who, being free, living a +life of plenty and happiness, slander life disgustingly. + +Some of my visitors reproach me for being “haughty”; they ask me where I +secured the right to teach and to preach; cruel in their reasoning, they +would like to drive away even the smile from the face of the man who has +been imprisoned for life as a murderer. + +No. Just as the kind and bright smile will not leave my lips, as an +evidence of a clear and unstained conscience, so my soul will never be +darkened, my soul, which has passed firmly through the defiles of life, +which has been carried by a mighty will power across these terrible +abysses and bottomless pits, where so many daring people have found +their heroic, but, alas! fruitless, death. + +And if the tone of my confessions may sometimes seem too positive to my +indulgent reader, it is not at all due to the absence of modesty in me, +but it is due to the fact that I firmly believe that I am right, and +also to my firm desire to be useful to my neighbour as far as my faint +powers permit. + +Here I must apologise for my frequent references to my “Diary of a +Prisoner,” which is unknown to the reader; but the fact is that I +consider the complete publication of my “Diary” too premature and +perhaps even dangerous. Begun during the remote period of cruel +disillusions, of the shipwreck of all my beliefs and hopes, breathing +boundless despair, my note book bears evidence in places that its author +was, if not in a state of complete insanity, on the brink of insanity. +And if we recall how contagious that illness is, my caution in the use +of my “Diary” will become entirely clear. + +O, blooming youth! With an involuntary tear in my eye I recall your +magnificent dreams, your daring visions and outbursts, your impetuous, +seething power--but I should not want your return, blooming youth! +Only with the greyness of the hair comes clear wisdom, and that +great aptitude for unprejudiced reflection which makes of all old men +philosophers and often even sages. + + + +CHAPTER II + + +Those of my kind visitors who honour me by expressing their delight and +even--may this little indiscretion be forgiven me!--even their adoration +of my spiritual clearness, can hardly imagine what I was when I came to +this prison. The tens of years which have passed over my head and +which have whitened my hair cannot muffle the slight agitation which +I experience at the recollection of the first moments when, with the +creaking of the rusty hinges, the fatal prison doors opened and then +closed behind me forever. + +Not endowed with literary talent, which in reality is an indomitable +inclination to invent and to lie, I shall attempt to introduce myself to +my indulgent reader exactly as I was at that remote time. + +I was a young man, twenty-seven years of age--as I had occasion to +mention before--unrestrained, impetuous, given to abrupt deviations. A +certain dreaminess, peculiar to my age; a self-respect which was easily +offended and which revolted at the slightest insignificant provocation; +a passionate impetuosity in solving world problems; fits of melancholy +alternated by equally wild fits of merriment--all this gave the young +mathematician a character of extreme unsteadiness, of sad and harsh +discord. + +I must also mention the extreme pride, a family trait, which I inherited +from my mother, and which often hindered me from taking the advice of +riper and more experienced people than myself; also my extreme obstinacy +in carrying out my purposes, a good quality in itself, which becomes +dangerous, however, when the purpose in question is not sufficiently +well founded and considered. + +Thus, during the first days of my confinement, I behaved like all other +fools who are thrown into prison. I shouted loudly and, of course, +vainly about my innocence; I demanded violently my immediate freedom and +even beat against the door and the walls with my fists. The door and +the walls naturally remained mute, while I caused myself a rather sharp +pain. I remember I even beat my head against the wall, and for hours I +lay unconscious on the stone floor of my cell; and for some time, when I +had grown desperate, I refused food, until the persistent demands of my +organism defeated my obstinacy. + +I cursed my judges and threatened them with merciless vengeance. At last +I commenced to regard all human life, the whole world, even Heaven, as +an enormous injustice, a derision and a mockery. Forgetting that in my +position I could hardly be unprejudiced, I came with the self-confidence +of youth, with the sickly pain of a prisoner, gradually to the complete +negation of life and its great meaning. + +Those were indeed terrible days and nights, when, crushed by the walls, +getting no answer to any of my questions, I paced my cell endlessly and +hurled one after another into the dark abyss all the great valuables +which life has bestowed upon us: friendship, love, reason and justice. + +In some justification to myself I may mention the fact that during +the first and most painful years of my imprisonment a series of events +happened which reflected themselves rather painfully upon my psychic +nature. Thus I learned with the profoundest indignation that the girl, +whose name I shall not mention and who was to become my wife, married +another man. She was one of the few who believed in my innocence; at the +last parting she swore to me to remain faithful to me unto death, and +rather to die than betray her love for me--and within one year after +that she married a man I knew, who possessed certain good qualities, but +who was not at all a sensible man. I did not want to understand at that +time that such a marriage was natural on the part of a young, healthy, +and beautiful girl. But, alas! we all forget our natural science when we +are deceived by the woman we love--may this little jest be forgiven me! +At the present time Mme. N. is a happy and respected mother, and this +proves better than anything else how wise and entirely in accordance +with the demands of nature and life was her marriage at that time, which +vexed me so painfully. + +I must confess, however, that at that time I was not at all calm. Her +exceedingly amiable and kind letter in which she notified me of her +marriage, expressing profound regret that changed circumstances and a +suddenly awakened love compelled her to break her promise to me--that +amiable, truthful letter, scented with perfume, bearing the traces of +her tender fingers, seemed to me a message from the devil himself. + +The letters of fire burned my exhausted brains, and in a wild ecstasy I +shook the doors of my cell and called violently: + +“Come! Let me look into your lying eyes! Let me hear your lying voice! +Let me but touch with my fingers your tender throat and pour into your +death rattle my last bitter laugh!” + +From this quotation my indulgent reader will see how right were the +judges who convicted me for murder; they had really foreseen in me a +murderer. + +My gloomy view of life at the time was aggravated by several other +events. Two years after the marriage of my fiancee, consequently three +years after the first day of my imprisonment, my mother died--she died, +as I learned, of profound grief for me. However strange it may seem, she +remained firmly convinced to the end of her days that I had committed +the monstrous crime. Evidently this conviction was an inexhaustible +source of grief to her, the chief cause of the gloomy melancholy which +fettered her lips in silence and caused her death through paralysis of +the heart. As I was told, she never mentioned my name nor the names of +those who died so tragically, and she bequeathed the entire enormous +fortune, which was supposed to have served as the motive for the murder, +to various charitable organisations. It is characteristic that even +under such terrible conditions her motherly instinct did not forsake her +altogether; in a postscript to the will she left me a considerable sum, +which secures my existence whether I am in prison or at large. + +Now I understand that, however great her grief may have been, that alone +was not enough to cause her death; the real cause was her advanced age +and a series of illnesses which had undermined her once strong and +sound organism. In the name of justice, I must say that my father, a +weak-charactered man, was not at all a model husband and family man; by +numerous betrayals, by falsehood and deception he had led my mother +to despair, constantly offending her pride and her strict, unbribable +truthfulness. But at that time I did not understand it; the death of my +mother seemed to me one of the most cruel manifestations of universal +injustice, and called forth a new stream of useless and sacrilegious +curses. + +I do not know whether I ought to tire the attention of the reader with +the story of other events of a similar nature. I shall mention but +briefly that one after another my friends, who remained my friends from +the time when I was happy and free, stopped visiting me. According +to their words, they believed in my innocence, and at first warmly +expressed to me their sympathy. But our lives, mine in prison and theirs +at liberty, were so different that gradually under the pressure of +perfectly natural causes, such as forgetfulness, official and other +duties, the absence of mutual interests, they visited me ever more and +more rarely, and finally ceased to see me entirely. I cannot recall +without a smile that even the death of my mother, even the betrayal of +the girl I loved did not arouse in me such a hopelessly bitter feeling +as these gentlemen, whose names I remember but vaguely now, succeeded in +wresting from my soul. + +“What horror! What pain! My friends, you have left me alone! My friends, +do you understand what you have done? You have left me alone. Can you +conceive of leaving a human being alone? Even a serpent has its mate, +even a spider has its comrade--and you have left a human being alone! +You have given him a soul--and left him alone! You have given him a +heart, a mind, a hand for a handshake, lips for a kiss--and you have +left him alone! What shall he do now that you have left him alone?” + +Thus I exclaimed in my “Diary of a Prisoner,” tormented by woeful +perplexities. In my juvenile blindness, in the pain of my young, +senseless heart, I still did not want to understand that the solitude, +of which I complained so bitterly, like the mind, was an advantage +given to man over other creatures, in order to fence around the sacred +mysteries of his soul from the stranger’s gaze. + +Let my serious reader consider what would have become of life if man +were robbed of his right, of his duty to be alone. In the gathering of +idle chatterers, amid the dull collection of transparent glass dolls, +that kill each other with their sameness; in the wild city where all +doors are open, and all windows are open--passers-by look wearily +through the glass walls and observe the same evidences of the hearth and +the alcove. Only the creatures that can be alone possess a face; while +those that know no solitude--the great, blissful, sacred solitude of the +soul--have snouts instead of faces. + +And in calling my friends “perfidious traitors” I, poor youth that +I was, could not understand the wise law of life, according to which +neither friendship, nor love, nor even the tenderest attachment of +sister and mother, is eternal. Deceived by the lies of the poets, who +proclaimed eternal friendship and love, I did not want to see that +which my indulgent reader observes from the windows of his dwelling--how +friends, relatives, mother and wife, in apparent despair and in tears, +follow their dead to the cemetery, and after a lapse of some time return +from there. No one buries himself together with the dead, no one asks +the dead to make room in the coffin, and if the grief-stricken wife +exclaims, in an outburst of tears, “Oh, bury me together with him!” she +is merely expressing symbolically the extreme degree of her despair--one +could easily convince himself of this by trying, in jest, to push her +down into the grave. And those who restrain her are merely expressing +symbolically their sympathy and understanding, thus lending the +necessary aspect of solemn grief to the funeral custom. + +Man must subject himself to the laws of life, not of death, nor to +the fiction of the poets, however beautiful it may be. But can the +fictitious be beautiful? Is there no beauty in the stern truth of life, +in the mighty work of its wise laws, which subjects to itself with great +disinterestedness the movements of the heavenly luminaries, as well as +the restless linking of the tiny creatures called human beings? + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Thus I lived sadly in my prison for five or six years. + +The first redeeming ray flashed upon me when I least expected it. + +Endowed with the gift of imagination, I made my former fiancee the +object of all my thoughts. She became my love and my dream. + +Another circumstance which suddenly revealed to me the ground under my +feet was, strange as it may seem, the conviction that it was impossible +to make my escape from prison. + +During the first period of my imprisonment, I, as a youthful and +enthusiastic dreamer, made all kinds of plans for escape, and some of +them seemed to me entirely possible of realisation. Cherishing deceptive +hopes, this thought naturally kept me in a state of tense alarm and +hindered my attention from concentrating itself on more important +and substantial matters. As soon as I despaired of one plan I created +another, but of course I did not make any progress--I merely moved +within a closed circle. It is hardly necessary to mention that each +transition from one plan to another was accompanied by cruel sufferings, +which tormented my soul, just as the eagle tortured the body of +Prometheus. + +One day, while staring with a weary look at the walls of my cell, I +suddenly began to feel how irresistibly thick the stone was, how strong +the cement which kept it together, how skilfully and mathematically +this severe fortress was constructed. It is true, my first sensation was +extremely painful; it was, perhaps, a horror of hopelessness. + +I cannot recall what I did and how I felt during the two or three months +that followed. The first note in my diary after a long period of silence +does not explain very much. Briefly I state only that they made new +clothes for me and that I had grown stout. + +The fact is that, after all my hopes had been abandoned, the +consciousness of the impossibility of my escape once for all +extinguished also my painful alarm and liberated my mind, which was then +already inclined to lofty contemplation and the joys of mathematics. + +But the following is the day I consider as the first real day of my +liberation. It was a beautiful spring morning (May 6) and the balmy, +invigourating air was pouring into the open window; while walking back +and forth in my cell I unconsciously glanced, at each turn, with a vague +interest, at the high window, where the iron grate outlined its form +sharply and distinctly against the background of the azure, cloudless +sky. + +“Why is the sky so beautiful through these bars?” I reflected as I +walked. “Is not this the effect of the aesthetic law of contrasts, +according to which azure stands out prominently beside black? Or is it +not, perhaps, a manifestation of some other, higher law, according to +which the infinite may be conceived by the human mind only when it is +brought within certain boundaries, for instance, when it is enclosed +within a square?” + +When I recalled that at the sight of a wide open window, which was not +protected by bars, or of the sky, I had usually experienced a desire +to fly, which was painful because of its uselessness and absurdity--I +suddenly began to experience a feeling of tenderness for the bars; +tender gratitude, even love. Forged by hand, by the weak human hand of +some ignorant blacksmith, who did not even give himself an account of +the profound meaning of his creation; placed in the wall by an equally +ignorant mason, it suddenly represented in itself a model of beauty, +nobility and power. Having seized the infinite within its iron squares, +it became congealed in cold and proud peace, frightening the ignorant, +giving food for thought to the intelligent and delighting the sage! + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +In order to make the further narrative clearer to my indulgent reader, +I am compelled to say a few words about the exclusive, quite flattering, +and, I fear, not entirely deserved, position which I occupy in our +prison. On one hand, my spiritual clearness, my rare and perfect view of +life, and the nobility of my feelings, which impress all those who speak +to me; and, on the other hand, several rather unimportant favours which +I have done to the Warden, have given me a series of privileges, of +which I avail myself, rather moderately, of course, not desiring to +upset the general plan and system of our prison. + +Thus, during the weekly visiting days, my visitors are not limited to +any special time for their interviews, and all those who wish to see me +are admitted, sometimes forming quite a large audience. Not daring to +accept altogether the assurances made somewhat ironically by the Warden, +to the effect that I would be “the pride of any prison,” I may say, +nevertheless, without any false modesty, that my words are treated with +proper respect, and that among my visitors I number quite a few warm +and enthusiastic admirers, both men and women. I shall mention that the +Warden himself and some of his assistants honour me by their visits, +drawing from me strength and courage for the purpose of continuing +their hard work. Of course I use the prison library freely, and even the +archives of the prison; and if the Warden politely refused to grant my +request for an exact plan of the prison, it is not at all because of his +lack of confidence in me, but because such a plan is a state secret.... + +Our prison is a huge five-story building. Situated in the outskirts of +the city, at the edge of a deserted field, overgrown with high grass, it +attracts the attention of the wayfarer by its rigid outlines, promising +him peace and rest after his endless wanderings. Not being plastered, +the building has retained its natural dark red colour of old brick, +and at close view, I am told, it produces a gloomy, even threatening, +impression, especially on nervous people, to whom the red bricks recall +blood and bloody lumps of human flesh. The small, dark, flat windows +with iron bars naturally complete the impression and lend to the whole a +character of gloomy harmony, or stern beauty. Even during good weather, +when the sun shines upon our prison, it does not lose any of its dark +and grim importance, and is constantly reminding the people that there +are laws in existence and that punishment awaits those who break them. + +My cell is on the fifth story, and my grated window commands a splendid +view of the distant city and a part of the deserted field to the right. +On the left, beyond the boundary of my vision, are the outskirts of the +city, and, as I am told, the church and the cemetery adjoining it. Of +the existence of the church and even the cemetery I had known before +from the mournful tolling of the bells, which custom requires during the +burial of the dead. + +Quite in keeping with the external style of architecture, the interior +arrangement of our prison is also finished harmoniously and properly +constructed. For the purpose of conveying to the reader a clearer idea +of the prison, I will take the liberty of giving the example of a fool +who might make up his mind to run away from our prison. Admitting that +the brave fellow possessed supernatural, Herculean strength and broke +the lock of his room--what would he find? The corridor, with numerous +grated doors, which could withstand cannonading--and armed keepers. +Let us suppose that he kills all the keepers, breaks all the doors, and +comes out into the yard--perhaps he may think that he is already free. +But what of the walls? The walls which encircle our prison, with three +rings of stone? + +I omitted the guard advisedly. The guard is indefatigable. Day and night +I hear behind my doors the footsteps of the guard; day and night his +eye watches me through the little window in my door, controlling my +movements, reading on my face my thoughts, my intentions and my dreams. +In the daytime I could deceive his attention with lies, assuming a +cheerful and carefree expression on my face, but I have rarely met the +man who could lie even in his sleep. No matter how much I would be on my +guard during the day, at night I would betray myself by an involuntary +moan, by a twitch of the face, by an expression of fatigue or grief, or +by other manifestations of a guilty and uneasy conscience. Only very +few people of unusual will power are able to lie even in their +sleep, skilfully managing the features of their faces, sometimes even +preserving a courteous and bright smile on their lips, when their souls, +given over to dreams, are quivering from the horrors of a monstrous +nightmare--but, as exceptions, these cannot be taken into consideration. +I am profoundly happy that I am not a criminal, that my conscience is +clear and calm. + +“Read, my friend, read,” I say to the watchful eye as I lay myself down +to sleep peacefully. “You will not be able to read anything on my face!” + +And it was I who invented the window in the prison door. + +I feel that my reader is astonished and smiles incredulously, mentally +calling me an old liar, but there are instances in which modesty is +superfluous and even dangerous. Yes, this simple and great invention +belongs to me, just as Newton’s system belongs to Newton, and as +Kepler’s laws of the revolution of the planets belong to Kepler. + +Later on, encouraged by the success of my invention, I devised and +introduced in our prison a series of little innovations, which were +concerned only with details; thus the form of chains and locks used in +our prison has been changed. + +The little window in the door was my invention, and, if any one should +dare deny this, I would call him a liar and a scoundrel. + +I came upon this invention under the following circumstances: One day, +during the roll call, a certain prisoner killed with the iron leg of his +bed the Inspector who entered his cell. Of course the rascal was hanged +in the yard of our prison, and the administration light mindedly grew +calm, but I was in despair--the great purpose of the prison proved to be +wrong since such horrible deeds were possible. How is it that no one had +noticed that the prisoner had broken off the leg of his bed? How is it +that no one had noticed the state of agitation in which the prisoner +must have been before committing the murder? + +By taking up the question so directly I thus approached considerably +the solution of the problem; and indeed, after two or three weeks had +elapsed I arrived simply and even unexpectedly at my great discovery. +I confess frankly that before telling my discovery to the Warden of the +prison I experienced moments of a certain hesitation, which was quite +natural in my position of prisoner. To the reader who may still be +surprised at this hesitation, knowing me to be a man of a clear, +unstained conscience, I will answer by a quotation from my “Diary of a +Prisoner,” relating to that period: + +“How difficult is the position of the man who is convicted, though +innocent, as I am. If he is sad, if his lips are sealed in silence, +and his eyes are lowered, people say of him: ‘He is repenting; he is +suffering from pangs of conscience.’ + +“If in the innocence of his heart he smiles brightly and kindly, the +keeper thinks: ‘There, by a false and feigned smile, he wishes to hide +his secret.’ + +“No matter what he does, he seems guilty--such is the force of the +prejudice against which it is necessary to struggle. But I am innocent, +and I shall be myself, firmly confident that my spiritual clearness will +destroy the malicious magic of prejudice.” + +And on the following day the Warden of the prison pressed my hand +warmly, expressing his gratitude to me, and a month later little holes +were made in all doors in every prison in the land, thus opening a field +for wide and fruitful observation. + +The entire system of our prison life gives me deep satisfaction. The +hours for rising and going to bed, for meals and walks are arranged so +rationally, in accordance with the real requirements of nature, that +soon they lose the appearance of compulsion and become natural, even +dear habits. Only in this way can I explain the interesting fact that +when I was free I was a nervous and weak young man, susceptible to colds +and illness, whereas in prison I have grown considerably stronger and +that for my sixty years I am enjoying an enviable state of health. I am +not stout, but I am not thin, either; my lungs are in good condition and +I have saved almost all my teeth, with the exception of two on the left +side of the jaw; I am good natured, even tempered; my sleep is sound, +almost without any dreams. In figure, in which an expression of calm +power and self-confidence predominates, and in face, I resemble somewhat +Michaelangelo’s “Moses”--that is, at least what some of my friendly +visitors have told me. + +But even more than by the regular and healthy regime, the strengthening +of my soul and body was helped by the wonderful, yet natural, +peculiarity of our prison, which eliminates entirely the accidental and +the unexpected from its life. Having neither a family nor friends, I am +perfectly safe from the shocks, so injurious to life, which are caused +by treachery, by the illness or death of relatives--let my indulgent +reader recall how many people have perished before his eyes not of +their own fault, but because capricious fate had linked them to people +unworthy of them. Without changing my feeling of love into trivial +personal attachments, I thus make it free for the broad and mighty love +for all mankind; and as mankind is immortal, not subjected to illness, +and as a harmonious whole it is undoubtedly progressing toward +perfection, love for it becomes the surest guarantee of spiritual and +physical soundness. + +My day is clear. So are also my days of the future, which are coming +toward me in radiant and even order. A murderer will not break into my +cell for the purpose of robbing me, a mad automobile will not crush me, +the illness of a child will not torture me, cruel treachery will not +steal its way to me from the darkness. My mind is free, my heart is +calm, my soul is clear and bright. + +The clear and rigid rules of our prison define everything that I must +not do, thus freeing me from those unbearable hesitations, doubts, +and errors with which practical life is filled. True, sometimes there +penetrates even into our prison, through its high walls, something +which ignorant people call chance, or even Fate, and which is only an +inevitable reflection of the general laws; but the life of the prison, +agitated for a moment, quickly goes back to its habitual rut, like +a river after an overflow. To this category of accidents belong +the above-mentioned murder of the Inspector, the rare and always +unsuccessful attempts at escape, and also the executions, which take +place in one of the remotest yards of our prison. + +There is still another peculiarity in the system of our prison, which I +consider most beneficial, and which gives to the whole thing a character +of stern and noble justice. Left to himself, and only to himself, the +prisoner cannot count upon support, or upon that spurious, wretched pity +which so often falls to the lot of weak people, disfiguring thereby the +fundamental purposes of nature. + +I confess that I think, with a certain sense of pride, that if I am now +enjoying general respect and admiration, if my mind is strong, my will +powerful, my view of life clear and bright, I owe it only to myself, to +my power and my perseverance. How many weak people would have perished +in my place as victims of madness, despair, or grief? But I have +conquered everything! I have changed the world. I gave to my soul the +form which my mind desired. In the desert, working alone, exhausted with +fatigue, I have erected a stately structure in which I now live joyously +and calmly, like a king. Destroy it--and to-morrow I shall begin to +build a new structure, and in my bloody sweat I shall erect it! For I +must live! + +Forgive my involuntary pathos in the last lines, which is so unbecoming +to my balanced and calm nature. But it is hard to restrain myself when I +recall the road I have travelled. I hope, however, that in the future +I shall not darken the mood of my reader with any outbursts of agitated +feelings. Only he shouts who is not confident of the truth of his words; +calm firmness and cold simplicity are becoming to the truth. + +P.S.--I do not remember whether I told you that the criminal who +murdered my father has not been found as yet. + + + +CHAPTER V + + +Deviating from time to time from the calm form of a historical narrative +I must pause on current events. Thus I will permit myself to acquaint my +readers in a few lines with a rather interesting specimen of the human +species which I have found accidentally in our prison. + +One afternoon a few days ago the Warden came to me for the usual chat, +and among other things told me there was a very unfortunate man in +prison at the time upon whom I could exert a beneficent influence. I +expressed my willingness in the most cordial manner, and for several +days in succession I have had long discussions with the artist K., by +permission of the Warden. The spirit of hostility, even of obstinacy, +with which, to my regret, he met me at his first visit, has now +disappeared entirely under the influence of my discussion. Listening +willingly and with interest to my ever pacifying words he gradually told +me his rather unusual story after a series of persistent questions. + +He is a man of about twenty-six or twenty-eight, of pleasant appearance, +and rather good manners, which show that he is a well-bred man. A +certain quite natural unrestraint in his speech, a passionate vehemence +with which he talks about himself, occasionally a bitter, even ironical +laughter, followed by painful pensiveness, from which it is difficult to +arouse him even by a touch of the hand--these complete the make-up of my +new acquaintance. Personally to me he is not particularly sympathetic, +and however strange it may seem I am especially annoyed by his +disgusting habit of constantly moving his thin, emaciated fingers and +clutching helplessly the hand of the person with whom he speaks. + +K. told me very little of his past life. + +“Well, what is there to tell? I was an artist, that’s all,” he repeated, +with a sorrowful grimace, and refused to talk about the “immoral act” + for which he was condemned to solitary confinement. + +“I don’t want to corrupt you, grandpa--live honestly,” he would jest in +a somewhat unbecoming familiar tone, which I tolerated simply because +I wished to please the Warden of the prison, having learned from the +prisoner the real cause of his sufferings, which sometimes assumed an +acute form of violence and threats. During one of these painful minutes, +when K.’s will power was weak, as a result of insomnia, from which he +was suffering, I seated myself on his bed and treated him in general +with fatherly kindness, and he blurted out everything to me right there +and then. + +Not desiring to tire the reader with an exact reproduction of his +hysterical outbursts, his laughter and his tears, I shall give only the +facts of his story. + +K.’s grief, at first not quite clear to me, consists of the fact that +instead of paper or canvas for his drawings he was given a large slate +and a slate pencil. (By the way, the art with which he mastered the +material, which was new to him, is remarkable. I have seen some of his +productions, and it seems to me that they could satisfy the taste of the +most fastidious expert of graphic arts. Personally I am indifferent to +the art of painting, preferring live and truthful nature.) Thus, owing +to the nature of the material, before commencing a new picture, K. had +to destroy the previous one by wiping it off his slate, and this seemed +to lead him every time to the verge of madness. + +“You cannot imagine what it means,” he would say, clutching my hands +with his thin, clinging fingers. “While I draw, you know, I forget +entirely that it is useless; I am usually very cheerful and I even +whistle some tune, and once I was even incarcerated for that, as it is +forbidden to whistle in this cursed prison. But that is a trifle--for I +had at least a good sleep there. But when I finish my picture--no, even +when I approach the end of the picture, I am seized with a sensation so +terrible that I feel like tearing the brain from my head and trampling +it with my feet. Do you understand me?” + +“I understand you, my friend, I understand you perfectly, and I +sympathise with you.” + +“Really? Well, then, listen, old man. I make the last strokes with so +much pain, with such a sense of sorrow and hopelessness, as though I +were bidding good-bye to the person I loved best of all. But here I +have finished it. Do you understand what it means? It means that it has +assumed life, that it lives, that there is a certain mysterious spirit +in it. And yet it is already doomed to death, it is dead already, dead +like a herring. Can you understand it at all? I do not understand it. +And, now, imagine, I--fool that I am--I nevertheless rejoice, I cry and +rejoice. No, I think, this picture I shall not destroy; it is so good +that I shall not destroy it. Let it live. And it is a fact that at such +times I do not feel like drawing anything new, I have not the slightest +desire for it. And yet it is dreadful. Do you understand me?” + +“Perfectly, my friend. No doubt the drawing ceases to please you on the +following day--” + +“Oh, what nonsense you are prating, old man! (That is exactly what he +said. ‘Nonsense.’) How can a dying child cease to please you? Of course, +if he lived, he might have become a scoundrel, but when he is dying--No, +old man, that isn’t it. For I am killing it myself. I do not sleep all +night long, I jump up, I look at it, and I love it so dearly that I +feel like stealing it. Stealing it from whom? What do I know? But when +morning sets in I feel that I cannot do without it, that I must take +up that cursed pencil again and create anew. What a mockery! To create! +What am I, a galley slave?” + +“My friend, you are in a prison.” + +“My dear old man! When I begin to steal over to the slate with the +sponge in my hand I feel like a murderer. It happens that I go around +it for a day or two. Do you know, one day I bit off a finger of my right +hand so as not to draw any more, but that, of course, was only a trifle, +for I started to learn drawing with my left hand. What is this necessity +for creating! To create by all means, create for suffering--create with +the knowledge that it will all perish! Do you understand it?” + +“Finish it, my friend, don’t be agitated; then I will expound to you my +views.” + +Unfortunately, my advice hardly reached the ears of K. In one of those +paroxysms of despair, which frighten the Warden of our prison, K. began +to throw himself about in his bed, tear his clothes, shout and sob, +manifesting in general all the symptoms of extreme mortification. I +looked at the sufferings of the unfortunate youth with deep emotion +(compared with me he was a youth), vainly endeavouring to hold his +fingers which were tearing his clothes. I knew that for this breach of +discipline new incarceration awaited him. + +“O, impetuous youth,” I thought when he had grown somewhat calmer, and +I was tenderly unfolding his fine hair which had become entangled, “how +easily you fall into despair! A bit of drawing, which may in the end +fall into the hands of a dealer in old rags, or a dealer in old bronze +and cemented porcelain, can cause you so much suffering!” But, of +course, I did not tell this to my youthful friend, striving, as any one +should under similar circumstances, not to irritate him by unnecessary +contradictions. + +“Thank you, old man,” said K., apparently calm now. “To tell the truth +you seemed very strange to me at first; your face is so venerable, but +your eyes. Have you murdered anybody, old man?” + +I deliberately quote the malicious and careless phrase to show how +in the eyes of lightminded and shallow people the stamp of a terrible +accusation is transformed into the stamp of the crime itself. +Controlling my feeling of bitterness, I remarked calmly to the +impertinent youth: + +“You are an artist, my child; to you are known the mysteries of the +human face, that flexible, mobile and deceptive masque, which, like the +sea, reflects the hurrying clouds and the azure ether. Being green, the +sea turns blue under the clear sky and black when the sky is black, when +the heavy clouds are dark. What do you want of my face, over which hangs +an accusation of the most cruel crime?” + +But, occupied with his own thoughts, the artist apparently paid no +particular attention to my words and continued in a broken voice: + +“What am I to do? You saw my drawing. I destroyed it, and it is +already a whole week since I touched my pencil. Of course,” he resumed +thoughtfully, rubbing his brow, “it would be better to break the slate; +to punish me they would not give me another one--” + +“You had better return it to the authorities.” + +“Very well, I may hold out another week, but what then? I know myself. +Even now that devil is pushing my hand: ‘Take the pencil, take the +pencil.’” + +At that moment, as my eyes wandered distractedly over his cell, I +suddenly noticed that some of the artist’s clothes hanging on the wall +were unnaturally stretched, and one end was skilfully fastened by the +back of the cot. Assuming an air that I was tired and that I wanted to +walk about in the cell, I staggered as from a quiver of senility in my +legs, and pushed the clothes aside. The entire wall was covered with +drawings! + +The artist had already leaped from his cot, and thus we stood facing +each other in silence. I said in a tone of gentle reproach: + +“How did you allow yourself to do this, my friend? You know the rules of +the prison, according to which no inscriptions or drawing on the walls +are permissible?” + +“I know no rules,” said K. morosely. + +“And then,” I continued, sternly this time, “you lied to me, my friend. +You said that you did not take the pencil into your hands for a whole +week.” + +“Of course I didn’t,” said the artist, with a strange smile, and even a +challenge. Even when caught red-handed, he did not betray any signs of +repentance, and looked rather sarcastic than guilty. Having examined +more closely the drawings on the wall, which represented human figures +in various positions, I became interested in the strange reddish-yellow +colour of an unknown pencil. + +“Is this iodine? You told me that you had a pain and that you secured +iodine.” + +“No. It is blood.” + +“Blood?” + +“Yes.” + +I must say frankly that I even liked him at that moment. + +“How did you get it?” + +“From my hand.” + +“From your hand? But how did you manage to hide yourself from the eye +that is watching you?” + +He smiled cunningly, and even winked. + +“Don’t you know that you can always deceive if only you want to do it?” + +My sympathies for him were immediately dispersed. I saw before me a man +who was not particularly clever, but in all probability terribly spoiled +already, who did not even admit the thought that there are people who +simply cannot lie. Recalling, however, the promise I had made to the +Warden, I assumed a calm air of dignity and said to him tenderly, as +only a mother could speak to her child: + +“Don’t be surprised and don’t condemn me for being so strict, my friend. +I am an old man. I have passed half of my life in this prison; I have +formed certain habits, like all old people, and submitting to all rules +myself, I am perhaps overdoing it somewhat in demanding the same of +others. You will of course wipe off these drawings yourself--although +I feel sorry for them, for I admire them sincerely--and I will not say +anything to the administration. We will forget all this, as if nothing +had happened. Are you satisfied?” + +He answered drowsily: + +“Very well.” + +“In our prison, where we have the sad pleasure of being confined, +everything is arranged in accordance with a most purposeful plan and is +most strictly subjected to laws and rules. And the very strict order, on +account of which the existence of your creations is so short lived, and, +I may say, ephemeral, is full of the profoundest wisdom. Allowing you to +perfect yourself in your art, it wisely guards other people against +the perhaps injurious influence of your productions, and in any case it +completes logically, finishes, enforces, and makes clear the meaning of +your solitary confinement. What does solitary confinement in our prison +mean? It means that the prisoner should be alone. But would he be alone +if by his productions he would communicate in some way or other with +other people outside?” + +By the expression of K.’s face I noticed with a sense of profound joy +that my words had produced on him the proper impression, bringing +him back from the realm of poetic inventions to the land of stern but +beautiful reality. And, raising my voice, I continued: + +“As for the rule you have broken, which forbids any inscription or +drawing on the walls of our prison, it is not less logical. Years will +pass; in your place there may be another prisoner like you--and he may +see that which you have drawn. Shall this be tolerated? Just think of +it! And what would become of the walls of our prison if every one who +wished it were to leave upon them his profane marks?” + +“To the devil with it!” + +This is exactly how K. expressed himself. He said it loudly, even with +an air of calmness. + +“What do you mean to say by this, my youthful friend?” + +“I wish to say that you may perish here, my old friend, but I shall +leave this place.” + +“You can’t escape from our prison,” I retorted, sternly. + +“Have you tried?” + +“Yes, I have tried.” + +He looked at me incredulously and smiled. He smiled! + +“You are a coward, old man. You are simply a miserable coward.” + +I--a coward! Oh, if that self-satisfied puppy knew what a tempest of +rage he had aroused in my soul he would have squealed for fright +and would have hidden himself on the bed. I--a coward! The world has +crumbled upon my head, but has not crushed me, and out of its terrible +fragments I have created a new world, according to my own design and +plan; all the evil forces of life--solitude, imprisonment, treachery, +and falsehood--all have taken up arms against me, but I have subjected +them all to my will. And I who have subjected to myself even my +dreams--I am a coward? + +But I shall not tire the attention of my indulgent reader with these +lyrical deviations, which have no bearing on the matter. I continue. + +After a pause, broken only by K.’s loud breathing, I said to him sadly: + +“I--a coward! And you say this to the man who came with the sole aim of +helping you? Of helping you not only in word but also in deed?” + +“You wish to help me? In what way?” + +“I will get you paper and pencil.” + +The artist was silent. And his voice was soft and timid when he asked, +hesitatingly: + +“And--my drawings--will remain?” + +“Yes; they will remain.” + +It is hard to describe the vehement delight into which the exalted young +man was thrown; naive and pure-hearted youth knows no bounds either in +grief or in joy. He pressed my hand warmly, shook me, disturbing my +old bones; he called me friend, father, even “dear old phiz” (!) and +a thousand other endearing and somewhat naive names. To my regret our +conversation lasted too long, and, notwithstanding the entreaties of the +young man, who would not part with me, I hurried away to my cell. + +I did not go to the Warden of the prison, as I felt somewhat agitated. +At that remote time I paced my cell until late in the night, striving +to understand what means of escaping from our prison that rather foolish +young man could have discovered. Was it possible to run away from our +prison? No, I could not admit and I must not admit it. And gradually +conjuring up in my memory everything I knew about our prison, I +understood that K. must have hit upon an old plan, which I had long +discarded, and that he would convince himself of its impracticability +even as I convinced myself. It is impossible to escape from our prison. + +But, tormented by doubts, I measured my lonely cell for a long time, +thinking of various plans that might relieve K.’s position and thus +divert him from the idea of making his escape. He must not run away from +our prison under any circumstances. Then I gave myself to peaceful and +sound sleep, with which benevolent nature has rewarded those who have a +clear conscience and a pure soul. + +By the way, lest I forget, I shall mention the fact that I destroyed my +“Diary of a Prisoner” that night. I had long wished to do it, but the +natural pity and faint-hearted love which we feel for our blunders and +our shortcomings restrained me; besides, there was nothing in my “Diary” + that could have compromised me in any way. And if I have destroyed it +now it is due solely to my desire to throw my past into oblivion and to +save my reader from the tediousness of long complaints and moans, from +the horror of sacrilegious cursings. May it rest in peace! + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +Having conveyed to the Warden of our prison the contents of my +conversation with K., I asked him not to punish the young man for +spoiling the walls, which would thus betray me, and I, to save the +youth, suggested the following plan, which was accepted by the Warden +after a few purely formal objections. + +“It is important for him,” I said, “that his drawings should be +preserved, but it is apparently immaterial to him in whose possession +these drawings are. Let him, then, avail himself of his art, paint your +portrait, Mr. Warden, and after that the portraits of the entire staff +of your officials. To say nothing of the honour you would show him +by this condescension--an honour which he will surely know how to +appreciate--the painting may be useful to you as a very original +ornament in your drawing room or study. Besides, nothing will prevent +us from destroying the drawings if we should not care for them, for the +naive and somewhat selfish young man apparently does not even admit the +thought that anybody’s hand would destroy his productions.” + +Smiling, the Warden suggested, with a politeness that flattered me +extremely, that the series of portraits should commence with mine. I +quote word for word that which the Warden said to me: + +“Your face actually calls for reproduction on canvas. We shall hang your +portrait in the office.” + +The zeal of creativeness--these are the only words I can apply to the +passionate, silent agitation in which K. reproduced my features. Usually +talkative, he now maintained silence for hours, leaving unanswered my +jests and remarks. + +“Be silent, old man, be silent--you are at your best when you are +silent,” he repeated persistently, calling forth an involuntary smile by +his zeal as a professional. + +My portrait would remind you, my indulgent reader, of that mysterious +peculiarity of artists, according to which they very often transmit +their own feelings, even their external features, to the subject upon +which they are working. Thus, reproducing with remarkable likeness, +the lower part of my face, where kindness and the expression of +authoritativeness and calm dignity are so harmoniously blended, K. +undoubtedly introduced into my eyes his own suffering and even his +horror. Their fixed, immobile gaze; madness glimmering somewhere in +their depth; the painful eloquence of a deep and infinitely lonely +soul--all that was not mine. + +“Is this I?” I exclaimed, laughing, when from the canvas this terrible +face, full of wild contradictions, stared at me. “My friend, I do not +congratulate you on this portrait. I do not think it is successful.” + +“It is you, old man, you! It is well drawn. You criticise it wrongly. +Where will you hang it?” + +He grew talkative again like a magpie, that amiable young man, and +all because his wretched painting was to be preserved for some time. O +impetuous, O happy youth! Here I could not restrain myself from a +little jest for the purpose of teaching a lesson to the self-confident +youngster, so I asked him, with a smile: + +“Well, Mr. Artist, what do you think? Am I murderer or not?” + +The artist, closing one eye, examined me and the portrait critically. +Then whistling a polka, he answered recklessly: “The devil knows you, +old man!” + +I smiled. K. understood my jest at last, burst out laughing and then +said with sudden seriousness: + +“You are speaking of the human face but do you know that there is +nothing worse in the world than the human face? Even when it tells the +truth, when it shouts about the truth, it lies, it lies, old man, for +it speaks its own language. Do you know, old man, a terrible incident +happened to me? It was in one of the picture galleries in Spain. I was +examining a portrait of Christ, when suddenly--Christ, you understand, +Christ--great eyes, dark, terrible suffering, sorrow, grief, love--well, +in a word--Christ. Suddenly I was struck with something; suddenly it +seemed to me that it was the face of the greatest wrongdoer, tormented +by the greatest unheard-of woes of repentance--Old man, why do you look +at me so! Old man!” + +Nearing my eyes to the very face of the artist, I asked him in a +cautious whisper, as the occasion required, dividing each word from the +other: + +“Don’t you think that when the devil tempted Him in the desert He did +not renounce him, as He said later, but consented, sold Himself--that +He did not renounce the devil, but sold Himself. Do you understand? Does +not that passage in the Gospels seem doubtful to you?” + +Extreme fright was expressed on the face of my young friend. Forcing +the palms of his hands against my chest, as if to push me away, he +ejaculated in a voice so low that I could hardly hear his indistinct +words: + +“What? You say Jesus sold Himself? What for?” + +I explained softly: + +“That the people, my child, that the people should believe Him.” + +“Well?” + +I smiled. K.’s eyes became round, as if a noose was strangling him. +Suddenly, with that lack of respect for old age which was one of his +characteristics, he threw me down on the bed with a sharp thrust and +jumped away into a corner. When I was slowly getting up from the awkward +position into which the unrestraint of that young man had forced me--I +fell backward, with my head between the pillow and the back of the +bed--he cried to me loudly: + +“Don’t you dare! Don’t you dare get up, you Devil.” + +But I did not think of rising to my feet. I simply sat down on the bed, +and, thus seated, with an involuntary smile at the passionate outburst +of the youth, I shook my head good naturedly and laughed. + +“Oh, young man, young man! You yourself have drawn me into this +theological conversation.” + +But he stared at me stubbornly, wide eyed, and kept repeating: + +“Sit there, sit there! I did not say this. No, no!” + +“You said it, you, young man--you. Do you remember Spain, the picture +gallery! You said it and now you deny it, mocking my clumsy old age. +Oh!” + +K. suddenly lowered his hands and admitted in a low voice: + +“Yes. I said it. But you, old man--” + +I do not remember what he said after that--it is so hard to recall all +the childish chatter of this kind, but unfortunately too light-minded +young man. I remember only that we parted as friends, and he pressed my +hand warmly, expressing to me his sincere gratitude, even calling me, so +far as I can remember, his “saviour.” + +By the way, I succeeded in convincing the Warden that the portrait of +even such a man as I, after all a prisoner, was out of place in such a +solemn official room as the office of our prison. And now the portrait +hangs on the wall of my cell, pleasantly breaking the cold monotony of +the pure white walls. + +Leaving for a time our artist, who is now carried away by the portrait +of the Warden, I shall continue my story. + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +My spiritual clearness, as I had the pleasure of informing the reader +before, has built up for me a considerable circle of men and women +admirers. With self-evident emotion I shall tell of the pleasant hours +of our hearty conversations, which I modestly call “My talks.” + +It is difficult for me to explain how I deserved it, but the majority +of those who come to me regard me with a feeling of the profoundest +respect, even adoration, and only a few come for the purpose of arguing +with me, but these arguments are usually of a moderate and proper +character. I usually seat myself in the middle of the room, in a soft +and deep armchair, which is furnished me for this occasion by the +Warden; my hearers surround me closely, and some of them, the more +enthusiastic youths and maidens, seat themselves at my feet. + +Having before me an audience more than half of which is composed of +women, and entirely disposed in my favour, I always appeal not so +much to the mind as to the sensitive and truthful heart. Fortunately +I possess a certain oratorical power, and the customary effects of the +oratorical art, to which all preachers, beginning in all probability +with Mohammed, have resorted, and which I can handle rather cleverly, +allow me to influence my hearers in the desired direction. It is easily +understood that to the dear ladies in my audience I am not so much the +sage, who has solved the mystery of the iron grate, as a great martyr of +a righteous cause, which they do not quite understand. Shunning abstract +discussions, they eagerly hang on every word of compassion and kindness, +and respond with the same. Allowing them to love me and to believe in +my immutable knowledge of life, I afford them the happy opportunity to +depart at least for a time from the coldness of life, from its painful +doubts and questions. + +I say openly without any false modesty, which I despise even as I +despise hypocrisy, there were lectures at which I myself being in a +state of exaltation, called forth in my audience, especially in my +nervous lady visitors, a mood of intense agitation, which turned into +hysterical laughter and tears. Of course I am not a prophet; I am +merely a modest thinker, but no one would succeed in convincing my +lady admirers that there is no prophetic meaning and significance in my +speeches. + +I remember one such lecture which took place two months ago. The night +before I could not sleep as soundly as I usually slept; perhaps it was +simply because of the full moon, which affects sleep, disturbing and +interrupting it. I vaguely remember the strange sensation which I +experienced when the pale crescent of the moon appeared in my window +and the iron squares cut it with ominous black lines into small silver +squares.... + +When I started for the lecture I felt exhausted and rather inclined to +silence than to conversation; the vision of the night before disturbed +me. But when I saw those dear faces, those eyes full of hope and ardent +entreaty for friendly advice; when I saw before me that rich field, +already ploughed, waiting only for the good seed to be sown, my heart +began to burn with delight, pity and love. Avoiding the customary +formalities which accompany the meetings of people, declining the hands +outstretched to greet me, I turned to the audience, which was agitated +at the very sight of me, and gave them my blessing with a gesture to +which I know how to lend a peculiar majesty. + +“Come unto me,” I exclaimed; “come unto me; you who have gone away from +that life. Here, in this quiet abode, under the sacred protection of the +iron grate, at my heart overflowing with love, you will find rest and +comfort. My beloved children, give me your sad soul, exhausted from +suffering, and I shall clothe it with light. I shall carry it to those +blissful lands where the sun of eternal truth and love never sets.” + +Many had begun to cry already, but, as it was too early for tears, I +interrupted them with a gesture of fatherly impatience, and continued: + +“You, dear girl, who came from the world which calls itself free--what +gloomy shadows lie on your charming and beautiful face! And you, my +daring youth, why are you so pale? Why do I see, instead of the ecstasy +of victory, the fear of defeat in your lowered eyes? And you, honest +mother, tell me, what wind has made your eyes so red? What furious rain +has lashed your wizened face? What snow has whitened your hair, for it +used to be dark?” + +But the weeping and the sobs drowned the end of my speech, and besides, +I admit it without feeling ashamed of it, I myself brushed away more +than one treacherous tear from my eyes. Without allowing the agitation +to subside completely, I called in a voice of stern and truthful +reproach: + +“Do not weep because your soul is dark, stricken with misfortunes, +blinded by chaos, clipped of its wings by doubts; give it to me and I +shall direct it toward the light, toward order and reason. I know the +truth. I have conceived the world! I have discovered the great principle +of its purpose! I have solved the sacred formula of the iron grate! +I demand of you--swear to me by the cold iron of its squares that +henceforth you will confess to me without shame or fear all your deeds, +your errors and doubts, all the secret thoughts of your soul and the +dreams and desires of your body!” + +“We swear! We swear! We swear! Save us! Reveal to us the truth! Take our +sins upon yourself! Save us! Save us!” numerous exclamations resounded. + +I must mention the sad incident which occurred during that same lecture. +At the moment when the excitement reached its height and the hearts had +already opened, ready to unburden themselves, a certain youth, looking +morose and embittered, exclaimed loudly, evidently addressing himself to +me: + +“Liar! Do not listen to him. He is lying!” + +The indulgent reader will easily believe that it was only by a great +effort that I succeeded in saving the incautious youth from the fury of +the audience. Offended in that which is most precious to a human being, +his faith in goodness and the divine purpose of life, my women admirers +rushed upon the foolish youth in a mob and would have beaten him +cruelly. Remembering, however, that there was more joy to the pastor in +one sinner who repents than in ten righteous men, I took the young man +aside where no one could hear us, and entered into a brief conversation +with him. + +“Did you call me a liar, my child?” + +Moved by my kindness, the poor young man became confused and answered +hesitatingly: + +“Pardon me for my harshness, but it seems to me that you are not telling +the truth.” + +“I understand you, my friend. You must have been agitated by the intense +ecstasy of the women, and you, as a sensible man, not inclined to +mysticism, suspected me of fraud, of a hideous fraud. No, no, don’t +excuse yourself. I understand you. But I wish you would understand me. +Out of the mire of superstitions, out of the deep gulf of prejudices and +unfounded beliefs, I want to lead their strayed thoughts and place them +upon the solid foundation of strictly logical reasoning. The iron grate, +which I mentioned, is not a mystical sign; it is only a formula, a +simple, sober, honest, mathematical formula. To you, as a sensible man, +I will willingly explain this formula. The grate is the scheme in which +are placed all the laws guiding the universe, which do away with chaos, +substituting in its place strict, iron, inviolable order, forgotten by +mankind. As a brightminded man you will easily understand--” + +“Pardon me. I did not understand you, and if you will permit me I--But +why do you make them swear?” + +“My friend, the soul of man, believing itself free and constantly +suffering from this spurious freedom, is demanding fetters for +itself--to some these fetters are an oath, to others a vow, to still +others simply a word of honour. You will give me your word of honour, +will you not?” + +“I will.” + +“And by this you are simply striving to enter the harmony of the world, +where everything is subjected to a law. Is not the falling of a stone +the fulfilment of a vow, of the vow called the law of gravitation?” + +I shall not go into detail about this conversation and the others that +followed. The obstinate and unrestrained youth, who had insulted me by +calling me liar, became one of my warmest adherents. + +I must return to the others. During the time that I talked with the +young man, the desire for penitence among my charming proselytes reached +its height. Not patient enough to wait for me, they commenced in a state +of intense ecstasy to confess to one another, giving to the room an +appearance of a garden where dozens of birds of paradise were twittering +at the same time. When I returned, each of them separately unfolded her +agitated soul to me.... + +I saw how, from day to day, from hour to hour, terrible chaos was +struggling in their souls with an eager inclination for harmony and +order; how in the bloody struggle between eternal falsehood and immortal +truth, falsehood, through inconceivable ways, passed into truth, and +truth became falsehood. I found in the human soul all the forces in the +world, and none of them was dormant, and in the mad whirlpool each soul +became like a fountain, whose source is the abyss of the sea and whose +summit the sky. And every human being, as I have learned and seen, is +like the rich and powerful master who gave a masquerade ball at his +castle and illuminated it with many lights; and strange masks came from +everywhere and the master greeted them, bowing courteously, and vainly +asking them who they were; and new, ever stranger, ever more terrible, +masks were arriving, and the master bowed to them ever more courteously, +staggering from fatigue and fear. And they were laughing and whispering +strange words about the eternal chaos, whence they came, obeying the +call of the master. And lights were burning in the castle--and in the +distance lighted windows were visible, reminding him of the festival, +and the exhausted master kept bowing ever lower, ever more courteously, +ever more cheerfully. My indulgent reader will easily understand that +in addition to a certain sense of fear which I experienced, the greatest +delight and even joyous emotion soon came upon me--for I saw that +eternal chaos was defeated and the triumphant hymn of bright harmony was +rising to the skies.... + +Not without a sense of pride I shall mention the modest offerings by +which my kind admirers were striving to express to me their feelings of +love and adoration. I am not afraid of calling out a smile on the lips +of my readers, for I feel how comical it is--I will say that among +the offerings brought me at first were fruit, cakes, all kinds of +sweet-meats. But I am afraid, however, that no one will believe me when +I say that I have actually declined these offerings, preferring the +observance of the prison regime in all its rigidness. + +At the last lecture, a kind and honourable lady brought me a basketful +of live flowers. To my regret, I was compelled to decline this present, +too. + +“Forgive me, madam, but flowers do not enter into the system of our +prison. I appreciate very much your magnanimous attention--I kiss your +hands, madam--” I said, “but I am compelled to decline the flowers. +Travelling along the thorny road to self-renunciation, I must not caress +my eyes with the ephemeral and illusionary beauty of these charming +lilies and roses. All flowers perish in our prison, madam.” + +Yesterday another lady brought me a very valuable crucifix of ivory, a +family heirloom, she said. Not afflicted with the sin of hypocrisy, I +told my generous lady frankly that I do not believe in miracles. + +“But at the same time,” I said, “I regard with the profoundest respect +Him who is justly called the Saviour of the world, and I honour greatly +His services to mankind. + +“If I should tell you, madam, that the Gospel has long been my favourite +book, that there is not a day in my life that I do not open this great +Book, drawing from it strength and courage to be able to continue my +hard course--you will understand that your liberal gift could not have +fallen into better hands. Henceforth, thanks to you, the sad solitude of +my cell will vanish; I am not alone. I bless you, my daughter.” + +I cannot forego mentioning the strange thoughts brought out by the +crucifix as it hung there beside my portrait. It was twilight; outside +the wall the bell was tolling heavily in the invisible church, calling +the believers together; in the distance, over the deserted field, +overgrown with high grass, an unknown wanderer was plodding along, +passing into the unknown distance, like a little black dot. It was as +quiet in our prison as in a sepulchre. I looked long and attentively at +the features of Jesus, which were so calm, so joyous compared with him +who looked silently and dully from the wall beside Him. And with my +habit, formed during the long years of solitude, of addressing inanimate +things aloud, I said to the motionless crucifix: + +“Good evening, Jesus. I am glad to welcome You in our prison. There are +three of us here: You, I, and the one who is looking from the wall, and +I hope that we three will manage to live in peace and in harmony. He is +looking silently, and You are silent, and Your eyes are closed--I shall +speak for the three of us, a sure sign that our peace will never be +broken.” + +They were silent, and, continuing, I addressed my speech to the +portrait: + +“Where are you looking so intently and so strangely, my unknown friend +and roommate? In your eyes I see mystery and reproach. Is it possible +that you dare reproach Him? Answer!” + +And, pretending that the portrait answered, I continued in a different +voice with an expression of extreme sternness and boundless grief: + +“Yes, I do reproach Him. Jesus, Jesus! Why is Your face so pure, so +blissful? You have passed only over the brink of human sufferings, as +over the brink of an abyss, and only the foam of the bloody and miry +waves have touched You. Do You command me, a human being, to sink into +the dark depth? Great is Your Golgotha, Jesus, but too reverent and +joyous, and one small but interesting stroke is missing--the horror of +aimlessness!” + +Here I interrupted the speech of the Portrait, with an expression of +anger. + +“How dare you,” I exclaimed; “how dare you speak of aimlessness in our +prison?” + +They were silent; and suddenly Jesus, without opening His eyes--He even +seemed to close them more tightly--answered: + +“Who knows the mysteries of the heart of Jesus?” + +I burst into laughter, and my esteemed reader will easily understand +this laughter. It turned out that I, a cool and sober mathematician, +possessed a poetic talent and could compose very interesting comedies. + +I do not know how all this would have ended, for I had already prepared +a thundering answer for my roommate when the appearance of the keeper, +who brought me food, suddenly interrupted me. But apparently my face +bore traces of excitement, for the man asked me with stern sympathy: + +“Were you praying?” + +I do not remember what I answered. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +Last Sunday a great misfortune occurred in our prison: The artist K., +whom the reader knows already, ended his life in suicide by flinging +himself from the table with his head against the stone floor. The +fall and the force of the blow had been so skilfully calculated by the +unfortunate young man that his skull was split in two. The grief of the +Warden was indescribable. Having called me to the office, the Warden, +without shaking hands with me, reproached me in angry and harsh terms +for having deceived him, and he regained his calm, only after my hearty +apologies and promises that such accidents would not happen again. I +promised to prepare a project for watching the criminals which would +render suicide impossible. The esteemed wife of the Warden, whose +portrait remained unfinished, was also grieved by the death of the +artist. + +Of course, I had not expected this outcome, either, although a few +days before committing suicide, K. had provoked in me a feeling of +uneasiness. Upon entering his cell one morning, and greeting him, I +noticed with amazement that he was sitting before his slate once more +drawing human figures. + +“What does this mean, my friend?” I inquired cautiously. “And how about +the portrait of the second assistant?” + +“The devil take it!” + +“But you--” + +“The devil take it!” + +After a pause I remarked distractedly: + +“Your portrait of the Warden is meeting with great success. Although +some of the people who have seen it say that the right moustache is +somewhat shorter than the left--” + +“Shorter?” + +“Yes, shorter. But in general they find that you caught the likeness +very successfully.” + +K. had put aside his slate pencil and, perfectly calm, said: + +“Tell your Warden that I am not going to paint that prison riffraff any +more.” + +After these words there was nothing left for me to do but leave him, +which I decided to do. But the artist, who could not get along without +giving vent to his effusions, seized me by the hand and said with his +usual enthusiasm: + +“Just think of it, old man, what a horror! Every day a new repulsive +face appears before me. They sit and stare at me with their froglike +eyes. What am I to do? At first I laughed--I even liked it--but when +the froglike eyes stared at me every day I was seized with horror. I was +afraid they might start to quack--qua-qua!” + +Indeed there was a certain fear, even madness, in the eyes of the +artist--the madness which shortly led him to his untimely grave. + +“Old man, it is necessary to have something beautiful. Do you understand +me?” + +“And the wife of the Warden? Is she not--” + +I shall pass in silence the unbecoming expressions with which he spoke +of the lady in his excitement. I must, however, admit that to a certain +extent the artist was right in his complaints. I had been present +several times at the sittings, and noticed that all who had posed for +the artist behaved rather unnaturally. Sincere and naive, conscious of +the importance of their position, convinced that the features of their +faces perpetuated upon the canvas would go down to posterity, they +exaggerated somewhat the qualities which are so characteristic of their +high and responsible office in our prison. A certain bombast of pose, an +exaggerated expression of stern authority, an obvious consciousness of +their own importance, and a noticeable contempt for those on whom their +eyes were directed--all this disfigured their kind and affable faces. +But I cannot understand what horrible features the artist found where +there should have been a smile. I was even indignant at the superficial +attitude with which an artist, who considered himself talented and +sensible, passed the people without noticing that a divine spark was +glimmering in each one of them. In the quest after some fantastic beauty +he light-mindedly passed by the true beauties with which the human soul +is filled. I cannot help feeling sorry for those unfortunate people who, +like K., because of a peculiar construction of their brains, always turn +their eyes toward the dark side, whereas there is so much joy and light +in our prison! + +When I said this to K. I heard, to my regret, the same stereotyped and +indecent answer: + +“The devil take it!” + +All I could do was to shrug my shoulders. Suddenly changing his tone and +bearing, the artist turned to me seriously with a question which, in my +opinion, was also indecent: + +“Why do you lie, old man?” + +I was astonished, of course. + +“I lie?” + +“Well, let it be the truth, if you like, but why? I am looking and +thinking. Why did you say that? Why?” + +My indulgent reader, who knows well what the truth has cost me, will +readily understand my profound indignation. I deliberately mention this +audacious and other calumnious phrases to show in what an atmosphere of +malice, distrust, and disrespect I have to plod along the hard road of +suffering. He insisted rudely: + +“I have had enough of your smiles. Tell me plainly, why do you speak +so?” + +Then, I admit, I flared up: + +“You want to know why I speak the truth? Because I hate falsehood and +I commit it to eternal anathema! Because fate has made me a victim of +injustice, and as a victim, like Him who took upon Himself the great sin +of the world and its great sufferings, I wish to point out the way to +mankind. Wretched egoist, you know only yourself and your miserable art, +while I love mankind.” + +My anger grew. I felt the veins on my forehead swelling. + +“Fool, miserable dauber, unfortunate schoolboy, in love with colours! +Human beings pass before you, and you see only their froglike eyes. How +did your tongue turn to say such a thing? Oh, if you only looked even +once into the human soul! What treasures of tenderness, love, humble +faith, holy humility, you would have discovered there! And to you, +bold man, it would have seemed as if you entered a temple--a bright, +illuminated temple. But it is said of people like you--‘do not cast your +pearls before swine.’” + +The artist was silent, crushed by my angry and unrestrained speech. +Finally he sighed and said: + +“Forgive me, old man; I am talking nonsense, of course, but I am so +unfortunate and so lonely. Of course, my dear old man, it is all true +about the divine spark and about beauty, but a polished boot is also +beautiful. I cannot, I cannot! Just think of it! How can a man have such +moustaches as he has? And yet he is complaining that the left moustache +is shorter!” + +He laughed like a child, and, heaving a sigh, added: + +“I’ll make another attempt. I will paint the lady. There is really +something good in her. Although she is after all--a cow.” + +He laughed again, and, fearing to brush away with his sleeve the drawing +on the slate, he cautiously placed it in the corner. + +Here I did that which my duty compelled me to do. Seizing the slate, +I smashed it to pieces with a powerful blow. I thought that the artist +would rush upon me furiously, but he did not. To his weak mind my act +seemed so blasphemous, so supernaturally horrible, that his deathlike +lips could not utter a word. + +“What have you done?” he asked at last in a low voice. “You have broken +it?” + +And raising my hand I replied solemnly: + +“Foolish youth, I have done that which I would have done to my heart if +it wanted to jest and mock me! Unfortunate youth, can you not see that +your art has long been mocking you, that from that slate of yours the +devil himself was making hideous faces at you?” + +“Yes. The devil!” + +“Being far from your wonderful art, I did not understand you at first, +nor your longing, your horror of aimlessness. But when I entered your +cell to-day and noticed you at your ruinous occupation, I said to +myself: It is better that he should not create at all than to create in +this manner. Listen to me.” + +I then revealed for the first time to this youth the sacred formula +of the iron grate, which, dividing the infinite into squares, thereby +subjects it to itself. K. listened to my words with emotion, looking +with the horror of an ignorant man at the figures which must have seemed +to him to be cabalistic, but which were nothing else than the ordinary +figures used in mathematics. + +“I am your slave, old man,” he said at last, kissing my hand with his +cold lips. + +“No, you will be my favourite pupil, my son. I bless you.” + +And it seemed to me that the artist was saved. True, he regarded me with +great joy, which could easily be explained by the extreme respect with +which I inspired him, and he painted the portrait of the Warden’s wife +with such zeal and enthusiasm that the esteemed lady was sincerely +moved. And, strange to say, the artist succeeded in making so strangely +beautiful the features of this woman, who was stout and no longer young, +that the Warden, long accustomed to the face of his wife, was greatly +delighted by its new expression. Thus everything went on smoothly, when +suddenly this catastrophe occurred, the entire horror of which I alone +knew. + +Not desiring to call forth any unnecessary disputes, I concealed from +the Warden the fact that on the eve of his death the artist had thrown +a letter into my cell, which I noticed only in the morning. I did not +preserve the note, nor do I remember all that the unfortunate youth told +me in his farewell message; I think it was a letter of thanks for +my effort to save him. He wrote that he regretted sincerely that his +failing strength did not permit him to avail himself of my instructions. +But one phrase impressed itself deeply in my memory, and you will +understand the reason for it when I repeat it in all its terrifying +simplicity. + +“I am going away from your prison,” thus read the phrase. + +And he really did go away. Here are the walls, here is the little window +in the door, here is our prison, but he is not there; he has gone away. +Consequently I, too, could go away. Instead of having wasted dozens of +years on a titanic struggle, instead of being tormented by the throes of +despair, instead of growing enfeebled by horror in the face of unsolved +mysteries, of striving to subject the world to my mind and my will, I +could have climbed the table and--one instant of pain--I would be +free; I would be triumphant over the lock and the walls, over truth +and falsehood, over joys and sufferings. I will not say that I had not +thought of suicide before as a means of escaping from our prison, but +now for the first time it appeared before me in all its attractiveness. +In a fit of base faint-heartedness, which I shall not conceal from my +reader, even as I do not conceal from him my good qualities; perhaps +even in a fit of temporary insanity I momentarily forgot all I knew +about our prison and its great purpose. I forgot--I am ashamed to +say--even the great formula of the iron grate, which I conceived and +mastered with such difficulty, and I prepared a noose made of my towel +for the purpose of strangling myself. But at the last moment, when all +was ready, and it was but necessary to push away the taburet, I asked +myself, with my habit of reasoning which did not forsake me even at that +time: But where am I going? The answer was: I am going to death. But +what is death? And the answer was: I do not know. + +These brief reflections were enough for me to come to myself, and with +a bitter laugh at my cowardice I removed the fatal noose from my neck. +Just as I had been ready to sob for grief a minute before, so now I +laughed--I laughed like a madman, realising that another trap, placed +before me by derisive fate, had so brilliantly been evaded by me. Oh, +how many traps there are in the life of man! Like a cunning fisherman, +fate catches him now with the alluring bait of some truth, now with the +hairy little worm of dark falsehood, now with the phantom of life, now +with the phantom of death. + +My dear young man, my fascinating fool, my charming silly fellow--who +told you that our prison ends here, that from one prison you did not +fall into another prison, from which it will hardly be possible for +you to run away? You were too hasty, my friend, you forgot to ask me +something else--I would have told it to you. I would have told you that +omnipotent law reigns over that which you call non-existence and death +just as it reigns over that which you call life and existence. Only the +fools, dying, believe that they have made an end of themselves--they +have ended but one form of themselves, in order to assume another form +immediately. + +Thus I reflected, laughing at the foolish suicide, the ridiculous +destroyer of the fetters of eternity. And this is what I said addressing +myself to my two silent roommates hanging motionlessly on the white wall +of my cell: + +“I believe and confess that our prison is immortal. What do you say to +this, my friends?” + +But they were silent. And having burst into good-natured laughter--What +quiet roommates I have! I undressed slowly and gave myself to peaceful +sleep. In my dream I saw another majestic prison, and wonderful jailers +with white wings on their backs, and the Chief Warden of the prison +himself. I do not remember whether there were any little windows in the +doors or not, but I think there were. I recall that something like +an angel’s eye was fixed upon me with tender attention and love. My +indulgent reader will, of course, guess that I am jesting. I did not +dream at all. I am not in the habit of dreaming. + +Without hoping that the Warden, occupied with pressing official affairs, +would understand me thoroughly and appreciate my idea concerning the +impossibility of escaping from our prison, I confined myself, in my +report, to an indication of several ways in which suicides could be +averted. With magnanimous shortsightedness peculiar to busy and trusting +people, the Warden failed to notice the weak points of my project and +clasped my hand warmly, expressing to me his gratitude in the name of +our entire prison. + +On that day I had the honour, for the first time, to drink a glass of +tea at the home of the Warden, in the presence of his kind wife and +charming children, who called me “Grandpa.” Tears of emotion which +gathered in my eyes could but faintly express the feelings that came +over me. + +At the request of the Warden’s wife, who took a deep interest in me, +I related in detail the story of the tragic murders which led me so +unexpectedly and so terribly to the prison. I could not find expressions +strong enough--there are no expressions strong enough in the human +language--to brand adequately the unknown criminal, who not only +murdered three helpless people, but who mocked them brutally in a fit of +blind and savage rage. + +As the investigation and the autopsy showed, the murderer dealt the last +blows after the people had been dead. It is very possible, however--even +murderers should be given their due--that the man, intoxicated by the +sight of blood, ceased to be a human being and became a beast, the son +of chaos, the child of dark and terrible desires. It was characteristic +that the murderer, after having committed the crime, drank wine and ate +biscuits--some of these were left on the table together with the marks +of his blood-stained fingers. But there was something so horrible +that my mind could neither understand nor explain: the murderer, after +lighting a cigar himself, apparently moved by a feeling of strange +kindness, put a lighted cigar between the closed teeth of my father. + +I had not recalled these details in many years. They had almost been +erased by the hand of time, and now while relating them to my shocked +listeners, who would not believe that such horrors were possible, I felt +my face turning pale and my hair quivering on my head. In an outburst of +grief and anger I rose from my armchair, and straightening myself to my +full height, I exclaimed: + +“Justice on earth is often powerless, but I implore heavenly justice, +I implore the justice of life which never forgives, I implore all the +higher laws under whose authority man lives. May the guilty one not +escape his deserved punishment! His punishment!” + +Moved by my sobs, my listeners there and then expressed their zeal and +readiness to work for my liberation, and thus at least partly redeem the +injustice heaped upon me. I apologised and returned to my cell. + +Evidently my old organism cannot bear such agitation any longer; +besides, it is hard even for a strong man to picture in his imagination +certain images without risking the loss of his reason. Only in this +way can I explain the strange hallucination which appeared before my +fatigued eyes in the solitude of my cell. As though benumbed I gazed +aimlessly at the tightly closed door, when suddenly it seemed to me that +some one was standing behind me. I had felt this deceptive sensation +before, so I did not turn around for some time. But when I turned around +at last I saw--in the distance, between the crucifix and my portrait, +about a quarter of a yard above the floor--the body of my father, as +though hanging in the air. It is hard for me to give the details, for +twilight had long set in, but I can say with certainty that it was +the image of a corpse, and not of a living being, although a cigar was +smoking in its mouth. To be more exact, there was no smoke from the +cigar, but a faintly reddish light was seen. It is characteristic that +I did not sense the odour of tobacco either at that time or later--I +had long given up smoking. Here--I must confess my weakness, but the +illusion was striking--I commenced to speak to the hallucination. +Advancing as closely as possible--the body did not retreat as I +approached, but remained perfectly motionless--I said to the ghost: + +“I thank you, father. You know how your son is suffering, and you have +come--you have come to testify to my innocence. I thank you, father. +Give me your hand, and with a firm filial hand-clasp I will respond to +your unexpected visit. Don’t you want to? Let me have your hand. Give me +your hand, or I will call you a liar!” + +I stretched out my hand, but of course the hallucination did not deem it +worth while to respond, and I was forever deprived of the opportunity of +feeling the touch of a ghost. The cry which I uttered and which so upset +my friend, the jailer, creating some confusion in the prison, was called +forth by the sudden disappearance of the phantom--it was so sudden +that the space in the place where the corpse had been seemed to me more +terrible than the corpse itself. + +Such is the power of human imagination when, excited, it creates +phantoms and visions, peopling the bottomless and ever silent emptiness +with them. It is sad to admit that there are people, however, who +believe in ghosts and build upon this belief nonsensical theories about +certain relations between the world of the living and the enigmatic land +inhabited by the dead. I understand that the human ear and eye can be +deceived--but how can the great and lucid human mind fall into such +coarse and ridiculous deception? + +I asked the jailer: + +“I feel a strange sensation, as though there were the odour of cigar +smoke in my cell. Don’t you smell it?” + +The jailer sniffed the air conscientiously and replied: + +“No I don’t. You only imagined it.” + +If you need any confirmation, here is a splendid proof that all I had +seen, if it existed at all, existed only in the net of my eye. + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +Something altogether unexpected has happened; the efforts of my friends, +the Warden and his wife, were crowned with success, and for two months I +have been free, out of prison. + +I am happy to inform you that immediately upon my leaving the prison +I occupied a very honourable position, to which I could hardly have +aspired, conscious of my humble qualities. The entire press met me +with unanimous enthusiasm. Numerous journalists, photographers, even +caricaturists (the people of our time are so fond of laughter and clever +witticisms), in hundreds of articles and drawings reproduced the story +of my remarkable life. With striking unanimity the newspapers assigned +to me the name of “Master,” a highly flattering name, which I accepted, +after some hesitation, with deep gratitude. I do not know whether it is +worth mentioning the few hostile notices called forth by irritation and +envy--a vice which so frequently stains the human soul. In one of these +notices, which appeared, by the way, in a very filthy little newspaper, +a certain scamp, guided by wretched gossip and baseless rumours about +my chats in our prison, called me a “zealot and liar.” Enraged by the +insolence of the miserable scribbler, my friends wanted to prosecute +him, but I persuaded them not to do it. Vice is its own proper +punishment. + +The fortune which my kind mother had left me and which had grown +considerably during the time I was in prison has enabled me to settle +down to a life of luxury in one of the most aristocratic hotels. I have +a large retinue of servants at my command and an automobile--a splendid +invention with which I now became acquainted for the first time--and I +have skilfully arranged my financial affairs. Live flowers brought to me +in abundance by my charming lady visitors give to my nook the appearance +of a flower garden or even a bit of a tropical forest. My servant, a +very decent young man, is in a state of despair. He says that he had +never seen such a variety of flowers and had never smelled such a +variety of odours at the same time. If not for my advanced age and the +strict and serious propriety with which I treat my visitors, I do not +know how far they would have gone in the expression of their feelings. +How many perfumed notes! How many languid sighs and humbly imploring +eyes! There was even a fascinating stranger with a black veil--three +times she appeared mysteriously, and when she learned that I had +visitors she disappeared just as mysteriously. + +I will add that at the present time I have had the honour of being +elected an honourary member of numerous humanitarian organisations +such as “The League of Peace,” “The League for Combating Juvenile +Criminality,” “The Society of the Friends of Man,” and others. Besides, +at the request of the editor of one of the most widely read newspapers, +I am to begin next month a series of public lectures, for which purpose +I am going on a tour together with my kind impresario. + +I have already prepared my material for the first three lectures and, in +the hope that my reader may be interested, I shall give the synopsis of +these lectures. + + +FIRST LECTURE + +Chaos or order? The eternal struggle between chaos and order. The +eternal revolt and the defeat of chaos, the rebel. The triumph of law +and order. + +SECOND LECTURE + +What is the soul of man? The eternal conflict in the soul of man between +chaos, whence it came, and harmony, whither it strives irresistibly. +Falsehood, as the offspring of chaos, and Truth, as the child of +harmony. The triumph of truth and the downfall of falsehood. + +THIRD LECTURE + +THE EXPLANATION OF THE SACRED FORMULA OF THE IRON GRATE + + +As my indulgent reader will see, justice is after all not an empty +sound, and I am getting a great reward for my sufferings. But not daring +to reproach fate which was so merciful to me, I nevertheless do not feel +that sense of contentment which, it would seem, I ought to feel. True, +at first I was positively happy, but soon my habit for strictly +logical reasoning, the clearness and honesty of my views, gained by +contemplating the world through a mathematically correct grate, have led +me to a series of disillusions. + +I am afraid to say it now with full certainty, but it seems to me that +all their life of this so-called freedom is a continuous self-deception +and falsehood. The life of each of these people, whom I have seen during +these days, is moving in a strictly defined circle, which is just as +solid as the corridors of our prison, just as closed as the dial of the +watches which they, in the innocence of their mind, lift every minute to +their eyes, not understanding the fatal meaning of the eternally moving +hand, which is eternally returning to its place, and each of them feels +this, even as the circus horse probably feels it, but in a state of +strange blindness each one assures us that he is perfectly free +and moving forward. Like the stupid bird which is beating itself to +exhaustion against the transparent glass obstacle, without understanding +what it is that obstructs its way, these people are helplessly beating +against the walls of their glass prison. + +I was greatly mistaken, it seems, also in the significance of the +greetings which fell to my lot when I left the prison. Of course I was +convinced that in me they greeted the representative of our prison, a +leader hardened by experience, a master, who came to them only for the +purpose of revealing to them the great mystery of purpose. And when they +congratulated me upon the freedom granted to me I responded with thanks, +not suspecting what an idiotic meaning they placed on the word. May I be +forgiven this coarse expression, but I am powerless now to restrain my +aversion for their stupid life, for their thoughts, for their feelings. + +Foolish hypocrites, fearing to tell the truth even when it adorns them! +My hardened truthfulness was cruelly taxed in the midst of these false +and trivial people. Not a single person believed that I was never so +happy as in prison. Why, then, are they so surprised at me, and why do +they print my portraits? Are there so few idiots that are unhappy in +prison? And the most remarkable thing, which only my indulgent reader +will be able to appreciate, is this: Often distrusting me completely, +they nevertheless sincerely go into raptures over me, bowing before me, +clasping my hands and mumbling at every step, “Master! Master!” + +If they only profited by their constant lying--but, no; they are +perfectly disinterested, and they lie as though by some one’s higher +order; they lie in the fanatical conviction that falsehood is in no way +different from the truth. Wretched actors, even incapable of a decent +makeup, they writhe from morning till night on the boards of the stage, +and, dying the most real death, suffering the most real sufferings, they +bring into their deathly convulsions the cheap art of the harlequin. +Even their crooks are not real; they only play the roles of crooks, +while remaining honest people; and the role of honest people is played +by rogues, and played poorly, and the public sees it, but in the name +of the same fatal falsehood it gives them wreaths and bouquets. And if +there is really a talented actor who can wipe away the boundary between +truth and deception, so that even they begin to believe, they go into +raptures, call him great, start a subscription for a monument, but do +not give any money. Desperate cowards, they fear themselves most of +all, and admiring delightedly the reflection of their spuriously +made-up faces in the mirror, they howl with fear and rage when some one +incautiously holds up the mirror to their soul. + +My indulgent reader should accept all this relatively, not forgetting +that certain grumblings are natural in old age. Of course, I have met +quite a number of most worthy people, absolutely truthful, sincere, and +courageous; I am proud to admit that I found among them also a proper +estimate of my personality. With the support of these friends of mine +I hope to complete successfully my struggle for truth and justice. I am +sufficiently strong for my sixty years, and, it seems, there is no power +that could break my iron will. + +At times I am seized with fatigue owing to their absurd mode of life. I +have not the proper rest even at night. + +The consciousness that while going to bed I may absent-mindedly have +forgotten to lock my bedroom door compels me to jump from my bed dozens +of times and to feel the lock with a quiver of horror. + +Not long ago it happened that I locked my door and hid the key under +my pillow, perfectly confident that my room was locked, when suddenly I +heard a knock, then the door opened, and my servant entered with a +smile on his face. You, dear reader, will easily understand the horror I +experienced at this unexpected visit--it seemed to me that some one had +entered my soul. And though I have absolutely nothing to conceal, this +breaking into my room seems to me indecent, to say the least. + +I caught a cold a few days ago--there is a terrible draught in their +windows--and I asked my servant to watch me at night. In the morning I +asked him, in jest: + +“Well, did I talk much in my sleep?” + +“No, you didn’t talk at all.” + +“I had a terrible dream, and I remember I even cried.” + +“No, you smiled all the time, and I thought--what fine dreams our Master +must see!” + +The dear youth must have been sincerely devoted to me, and I am deeply +moved by such devotion during these painful days. + +To-morrow I shall sit down to prepare my lectures. It is high time! + + + +CHAPTER X + + +My God! What has happened to me? I do not know how I shall tell my +reader about it. I was on the brink of the abyss, I almost perished. +What cruel temptations fate is sending me! Fools, we smile, without +suspecting anything, when some murderous hand is already lifted to +attack us; we smile, and the very next instant we open our eyes wide +with horror. I--I cried. I cried. Another moment and deceived, I would +have hurled myself down, thinking that I was flying toward the sky. + +It turned out that “the charming stranger” who wore a dark veil, and who +came to me so mysteriously three times, was no one else than Mme. N., my +former fiancee, my love, my dream and my suffering. + +But order! order! May my indulgent reader forgive the involuntary +incoherence of the preceding lines, but I am sixty years old, and my +strength is beginning to fail me, and I am alone. My unknown reader, +be my friend at this moment, for I am not of iron, and my strength is +beginning to fail me. Listen, my friend; I shall endeavour to tell you +exactly and in detail, as objectively as my cold and clear mind will be +able to do it, all that has happened. You must understand that which my +tongue may omit. + +I was sitting, engaged upon the preparation of my lecture, seriously +carried away by the absorbing work, when my servant announced that the +strange lady in the black veil was there again, and that she wished to +see me. I confess I was irritated, that I was ready to decline to see +her, but my curiosity, coupled with my desire not to offend her, led +me to receive the unexpected guest. Assuming the expression of majestic +nobleness with which I usually greet my visitors, and softening that +expression somewhat by a smile in view of the romantic character of the +affair, I ordered my servant to open the door. + +“Please be seated, my dear guest,” I said politely to the stranger, who +stood as dazed before me, still keeping the veil on her face. + +She sat down. + +“Although I respect all secrecy,” I continued jestingly, “I would +nevertheless ask you to remove this gloomy cover which disfigures you. +Does the human face need a mask?” + +The strange visitor declined, in a state of agitation. + +“Very well, I’ll take it off, but not now--later. First I want to see +you well.” + +The pleasant voice of the stranger did not call forth any recollections +in me. Deeply interested and even flattered, I submitted to my strange +visitor all the treasures of my mind, experience and talent. With +enthusiasm I related to her the edifying story of my life, constantly +illuminating every detail with a ray of the Great Purpose. (In this I +availed myself partly of the material on which I had just been working, +preparing my lectures.) The passionate attention with which the strange +lady listened to my words, the frequent, deep sighs, the nervous +quiver of her thin fingers in her black gloves, her agitated +exclamations--inspired me. + +Carried away by my own narrative, I confess, I did not pay proper +attention to the queer behaviour of my strange visitor. Having lost all +restraint, she now clasped my hands, now pushed them away, she cried and +availing herself of each pause in my speech, she implored: + +“Don’t, don’t, don’t! Stop speaking! I can’t listen to it!” + +And at the moment when I least expected it she tore the veil from her +face, and before my eyes--before my eyes appeared her face, the face of +my love, of my dream, of my boundless and bitter sorrow. Perhaps because +I lived all my life dreaming of her alone, with her alone I was young, +with her I had developed and grown old, with her I was advancing to the +grave--her face seemed to me neither old nor faded--it was exactly as I +had pictured it in my dreams--it seemed endlessly dear to me. + +What has happened to me? For the first time in tens of years I forgot +that I had a face--for the first time in tens of years I looked +helplessly, like a youngster, like a criminal caught red-handed, waiting +for some deadly blow. + +“You see! You see! It is I. It is I! My God, why are you silent? Don’t +you recognise me?” + +Did I recognise her? It were better not to have known that face at all! +It were better for me to have grown blind rather than to see her again! + +“Why are you silent? How terrible you are! You have forgotten me!” + +“Madam--” + +Of course, I should have continued in this manner; I saw how she +staggered. I saw how with trembling fingers, almost falling, she was +looking for her veil; I saw that another word of courageous truth, +and the terrible vision would vanish never to appear again. But +some stranger within me--not I--not I--uttered the following absurd, +ridiculous phrase, in which, despite its chilliness, rang so much +jealousy and hopeless sorrow: + +“Madam, you have deceived me. I don’t know you. Perhaps you entered the +wrong door. I suppose your husband and your children are waiting for +you. Please, my servant will take you down to the carriage.” + +Could I think that these words, uttered in the same stern and cold +voice, would have such a strange effect upon the woman’s heart? With +a cry, all the bitter passion of which I could not describe, she threw +herself before me on her knees, exclaiming: + +“So you do love me!” + +Forgetting that our life had already been lived, that we were old, that +all had been ruined and scattered like dust by Time, and that it can +never return again; forgetting that I was grey, that my shoulders were +bent, that the voice of passion sounds strangely when it comes from old +lips--I burst into impetuous reproaches and complaints. + +“Yes, I did deceive you!” her deathly pale lips uttered. “I knew that +you were innocent--” + +“Be silent. Be silent.” + +“Everybody laughed at me--even your friends, your mother whom I despised +for it--all betrayed you. Only I kept repeating: ‘He is innocent!’” + +Oh, if this woman knew what she was doing to me with her words! If the +trumpet of the angel, announcing the day of judgment, had resounded at +my very ear, I would not have been so frightened as now. What is the +blaring of a trumpet calling to battle and struggle to the ear of the +brave? It was as if an abyss had opened at my feet. It was as if an +abyss had opened before me, and as though blinded by lightning, as +though dazed by a blow, I shouted in an outburst of wild and strange +ecstasy: + +“Be silent! I--” + +If that woman were sent by God, she would have become silent. If she +were sent by the devil, she would have become silent even then. But +there was neither God nor devil in her, and interrupting me, not +permitting me to finish the phrase, she went on: + +“No, I will not be silent. I must tell you all. I have waited for you so +many years. Listen, listen!” + +But suddenly she saw my face and she retreated, seized with horror. + +“What is it? What is the matter with you? Why do you laugh? I am afraid +of your laughter! Stop laughing! Don’t! Don’t!” + +But I was not laughing at all, I only smiled softly. And then I said +very seriously, without smiling: + +“I am smiling because I am glad to see you. Tell me about yourself.” + +And, as in a dream, I saw her face and I heard her soft terrible +whisper: + +“You know that I love you. You know that all my life I loved you alone. +I lived with another and was faithful to him. I have children, but you +know they are all strangers to me--he and the children and I myself. +Yes, I deceived you, I am a criminal, but I do not know how it happened. +He was so kind to me, he made me believe that he was convinced of your +innocence--later I learned that he did not tell the truth, and with +this, just think of it, with this he won me.” + +“You lie!” + +“I swear to you. For a whole year he followed me and spoke only of you. +One day he even cried when I told him about you, about your sufferings, +about your love.” + +“But he was lying!” + +“Of course he was lying. But at that time he seemed so dear to me, +so kind that I kissed him on the forehead. Then we used to bring you +flowers to the prison. One day as we were returning from you--listen--he +suddenly proposed that we should go out driving. The evening was so +beautiful--” + +“And you went! How did you dare go out with him? You had just seen my +prison, you had just been near me, and yet you dared go with him. How +base!” + +“Be silent. Be silent. I know I am a criminal. But I was so exhausted, +so tired, and you were so far away. Understand me.” + +She began to cry, wringing her hands. + +“Understand me. I was so exhausted. And he--he saw how I felt--and yet +he dared kiss me.” + +“He kissed you! And you allowed him? On the lips?” + +“No, no! Only on the cheek.” + +“You lie!” + +“No, no. I swear to you.” + +I began to laugh. + +“You responded? And you were driving in the forest--you, my fiancee, my +love, my dream! And all this for my sake? Tell me! Speak!” + +In my rage I wrung her arms, and wriggling like a snake, vainly trying +to evade my look, she whispered: + +“Forgive me; forgive me.” + +“How many children have you?” + +“Forgive me.” + +But my reason forsook me, and in my growing rage I cried, stamping my +foot: + +“How many children have you? Speak, or I will kill you!” + +I actually said this. Evidently I was losing my reason completely if I +could threaten to kill a helpless woman. And she, surmising apparently +that my threats were mere words, answered with feigned readiness: + +“Kill me! You have a right to do it! I am a criminal. I deceived you. +You are a martyr, a saint! When you told me--is it true that even in +your thoughts you never deceived me--even in your thoughts!” + +And again an abyss opened before me. Everything trembled, everything +fell, everything became an absurd dream, and in the last effort to save +my extinguishing reason I shouted: + +“But you are happy! You cannot be unhappy; you have no right to be +unhappy! Otherwise I shall lose my mind.” + +But she did not understand. With a bitter laugh, with a senseless smile, +in which her suffering mingled with bright, heavenly joy, she said: + +“I am happy! I--happy! Oh, my friend, only near you I can find +happiness. From the moment you left the prison I began to despise my +home. I am alone there; I am a stranger to all. If you only knew how I +hate that scoundrel! You are sensible; you must have felt that you were +not alone in prison, that I was always with you there--” + +“And he?” + +“Be silent! Be silent! If you only heard with what delight I called him +scoundrel!” + +She burst into laughter, frightening me by the wild expression on her +face. + +“Just think of it! All his life he embraced only a lie. And when, +deceived, happy, he fell asleep, I looked at him with wide-open eyes, I +gnashed my teeth softly, and I felt like pinching him, like sticking him +with a pin.” + +She burst into laughter again. It seemed to me that she was driving +wedges into my brain. Clasping my head, I cried: + +“You lie! You lie to me!” + +Indeed, it was easier for me to speak to the ghost than to the woman. +What could I say to her? My mind was growing dim. And how could I +repulse her when she, full of love and passion, kissed my hands, my +eyes, my face? It was she, my love, my dream, my bitter sorrow! + +“I love you! I love you!” + +And I believed her--I believed her love. I believed everything. And once +more I felt that my locks were black, and I saw myself young again. And +I knelt before her and wept for a long time, and whispered to her about +my sufferings, about the pain of solitude, about a heart cruelly broken, +about offended, disfigured, mutilated thoughts. And, laughing and +crying, she stroked my hair. Suddenly she noticed that it was grey, and +she cried strangely: + +“What is it? And life? I am an old woman already.” + + +On leaving me she demanded that I escort her to the threshold, like a +young man; and I did. Before going she said to me: + +“I am coming back to-morrow. I know my children will deny me--my +daughter is to marry soon. You and I will go away. Do you love me?” + +“I do.” + +“We will go far, far away, my dear. You wanted to deliver some lectures. +You should not do it. I don’t like what you say about that iron grate. +You are exhausted, you need a rest. Shall it be so?” + +“Yes.” + +“Oh, I forgot my veil. Keep it, keep it as a remembrance of this day. My +dear!” + +In the vestibule, in the presence of the sleepy porter, she kissed me. +There was the odour of some new perfume, unlike the perfume with which +her letter was scented. And her coquettish laugh was like a sob as she +disappeared behind the glass door. + +That night I aroused my servant, ordered him to pack our things, and +we went away. I shall not say where I am at present, but last night +and to-night trees were rustling over my head and the rain was beating +against my windows. Here the windows are small, and I feel much better. +I wrote her a rather long letter, the contents of which I shall not +reproduce. I shall never see her again. + +But what am I to do? May the reader pardon these incoherent questions. +They are so natural in a man in my condition. Besides, I caught an acute +rheumatism while travelling, which is most painful and even dangerous +for a man of my age, and which does not permit me to reason calmly. For +some reason or another I think very often about my young friend K., who +went to an untimely grave. How does he feel in his new prison? + +To-morrow morning, if my strength will permit me, I intend to pay a +visit to the Warden of our prison and to his esteemed wife. Our prison-- + + + +CHAPTER XI + + +I am profoundly happy to inform my dear reader that I have completely +recovered my physical as well as my spiritual powers. A long rest out +in the country, amid nature’s soothing beauties; the contemplation of +village life, which is so simple and bright; the absence of the noise of +the city, where hundreds of wind-mills are stupidly flapping their +long arms before your very nose, and finally the complete solitude, +undisturbed by anything--all these have restored to my unbalanced +view of the world all its former steadiness and its iron, irresistible +firmness. I look upon my future calmly and confidently, and although +it promises me nothing but a lonely grave and the last journey to an +unknown distance, I am ready to meet death just as courageously as I +lived my life, drawing strength from my solitude, from the consciousness +of my innocence and my uprightness. + +After long hesitations, which are not quite intelligible to me now, I +finally resolved to establish for myself the system of our prison in all +its rigidness. For that purpose, finding a small house in the outskirts +of the city, which was to be leased for a long term of years, I hired +it. Then with the kind assistance of the Warden of our prison, (I cannot +express my gratitude to him adequately enough in words,) I invited to +the new place one of the most experienced jailers, who is still a +young man, but already hardened in the strict principles of our prison. +Availing myself of his instruction, and also of the suggestions of the +obliging Warden, I have engaged workmen who transformed one of the rooms +into a cell. The measurements as well as the form and all the details of +my new, and, I hope, my last dwelling are strictly in accordance with my +plan. My cell is 8 by 4 yards, 4 yards high, the walls are painted grey +at the bottom, the upper part of the walls and the ceiling are white, +and near the ceiling there is a square window 1 1/2 by 1 1/2 yards, with +a massive iron grate, which has already become rusty with age. In the +door, locked with a heavy and strong lock, which issues a loud creak at +each turn of the key, there is a small hole for observation, and below +it a little window, through which the food is brought and received. +The furnishing of the cell: a table, a chair, and a cot fastened to the +wall; on the wall a crucifix, my portrait, and the rules concerning the +conduct of the prisoners, in a black frame; and in the corner a closet +filled with books. This last, being a violation of the strict harmony +of my dwelling, I was compelled to do by extreme and sad necessity; +the jailer positively refused to be my librarian and to bring the books +according to my order, and to engage a special librarian seemed to me to +be an act of unnecessary eccentricity. Aside from this, in elaborating +my plans, I met with strong opposition not only from the local +population, which simply declared me to be insane, but even from +the enlightened people. Even the Warden endeavoured for some time to +dissuade me, but finally he clasped my hand warmly, with an expression +of sincere regret at not being in a position to offer me a place in our +prison. + +I cannot recall the first day of my confinement without a bitter smile. +A mob of impertinent and ignorant idlers yelled from morning till night +at my window, with their heads lifted high (my cell is situated in the +second story), and they heaped upon me senseless abuse; there were even +efforts--to the disgrace of my townspeople--to storm my dwelling, and +one heavy stone almost crushed my head. Only the police, which arrived +in time, succeeded in averting the catastrophe. When, in the evening, +I went out for a walk, hundreds of fools, adults and children, followed +me, shouting and whistling, heaping abuse upon me, and even hurling mud +at me. Thus, like a persecuted prophet, I wended my way without fear +amidst the maddened crowd, answering their blows and curses with proud +silence. + +What has stirred these fools? In what way have I offended their empty +heads? When I lied to them, they kissed my hands; now, when I have +re-established the sacred truth of my life in all its strictness and +purity, they burst into curses, they branded me with contempt, they +hurled mud at me. They were disturbed because I dared to live alone, and +because I did not ask them for a place in the “common cell for rogues.” + How difficult it is to be truthful in this world! + +True, my perseverance and firmness finally defeated them. With the +naivete of savages, who honour all they do not understand, they +commenced, in the second year, to bow to me, and they are making ever +lower bows to me, because their amazement is growing ever greater, their +fear of the inexplicable is growing ever deeper. And the fact that I +never respond to their greetings fills them with delight, and the fact +that I never smile in response to their flattering smiles, fills them +with a firm assurance that they are guilty before me for some grave +wrong, and that I know their guilt. Having lost confidence in their own +and other people’s words, they revere my silence, even as people revere +every silence and every mystery. If I were to start to speak suddenly, I +would again become human to them and would disillusion them bitterly, no +matter what I would say; in my silence I am to them like their eternally +silent God. For these strange people would cease believing their God +as soon as their God would commence to speak. Their women are already +regarding me as a saint. And the kneeling women and sick children that +I often find at the threshold of my dwelling undoubtedly expect of me +a trifle--to heal them, to perform a miracle. Well, another year or two +will pass, and I shall commence to perform miracles as well as those of +whom they speak with such enthusiasm. Strange people, at times I feel +sorry for them, and I begin to feel really angry at the devil who so +skilfully mixed the cards in their game that only the cheat knows the +truth, his little cheating truth about the marked queens and the marked +kings. They bow too low, however, and this hinders me from developing a +sense of mercy, otherwise--smile at my jest, indulgent reader--I would +not restrain myself from the temptation of performing two or three +small, but effective miracles. + +I must go back to the description of my prison. + +Having constructed my cell completely, I offered my jailer the following +alternative: He must observe with regard to me the rules of the prison +regime in all its rigidness, and in that case he would inherit all my +fortune according to my will, or he would receive nothing if he failed +to do his duty. It seemed that in putting the matter before him so +clearly I would meet with no difficulties. Yet at the very first +instance, when I should have been incarcerated for violating some prison +regulation, this naive and timid man absolutely refused to do it; +and only when I threatened to get another man immediately, a more +conscientious jailer, was he compelled to perform his duty. Though he +always locked the door punctually, he at first neglected his duty of +watching me through the peephole; and when I tried to test his firmness +by suggesting a change in some rule or other to the detriment of common +sense he yielded willingly and quickly. One day, on trapping him in this +way, I said to him: + +“My friend, you are simply foolish. If you will not watch me and guard +me properly I shall run away to another prison, taking my legacy along +with me. What will you do then?” + +I am happy to inform you that at the present time all these +misunderstandings have been removed, and if there is anything I can +complain of it is rather excessive strictness than mildness. Now that +my jailer has entered into the spirit of his position this honest man +treats me with extreme sternness, not for the sake of the profit but +for the sake of the principle. Thus, in the beginning of this week he +incarcerated me for twenty-four hours for violating some rule, of which, +it seemed to me, I was not guilty; and protesting against this seeming +injustice I had the unpardonable weakness to say to him: + +“In the end I will drive you away from here. You must not forget that +you are my servant.” + +“Before you drive me away I will incarcerate you,” replied this worthy +man. + +“But how about the money?” I asked with astonishment. “Don’t you know +that you will be deprived of it?” + +“Do I need your money? I would give up all my own money if I could stop +being what I am. But what can I do if you violate the rule and I must +punish you by incarcerating you?” + +I am powerless to describe the joyous emotion which came over me at +the thought that the consciousness of duty had at last entered his dark +mind, and that now, even if in a moment of weakness I wanted to leave my +prison, my conscientious jailer would not permit me to do it. The spark +of firmness which glittered in his round eyes showed me clearly that no +matter where I might run away he would find me and bring me back; and +that the revolver which he often forgot to take before, and which he now +cleans every day, would do its work in the event I decided to run away. + +And for the first time in all these years I fell asleep on the stone +floor of my dark cell with a happy smile, realising that my plan was +crowned with complete success, passing from the realm of eccentricity to +the domain of stern and austere reality. And the fear which I felt while +falling asleep in the presence of my jailer, my fear of his resolute +look, of his revolver; my timid desire to hear a word of praise from +him, or to call forth perhaps a smile on his lips, re-echoed in my soul +as the harmonious clanking of my eternal and last chains. + +Thus I pass my last years. As before, my health is sound and my free +spirit is clear. Let some call me a fool and laugh at me; in their +pitiful blindness let others regard me as a saint and expect me to +perform miracles; an upright man to some people, to others--a liar and +a deceiver--I myself know who I am, and I do not ask them to understand +me. And if there are people who will accuse me of deception, of +baseness, even of the lack of simple honour--for there are scoundrels +who are convinced to this day that I committed murder--no one will dare +accuse me of cowardice, no one will dare say that I could not perform my +painful duty to the end. From the beginning till the end I remained firm +and unbribable; and though a bugbear, a fanatic, a dark horror to some +people, I may awaken in others a heroic dream of the infinite power of +man. + +I have long discontinued to receive visitors, and with the death of the +Warden of our prison, my only true friend, whom I visited occasionally, +my last tie with this world was broken. Only I and my ferocious jailer, +who watches every movement of mine with mad suspicion, and the +black grate which has caught in its iron embrace and muzzled the +infinite--this is my life. Silently accepting the low bows, in my cold +estrangement from the people I am passing my last road. + +I am thinking of death ever more frequently, but even before death I do +not bend my fearless look. Whether it brings me eternal rest or a new +unknown and terrible struggle, I am humbly prepared to accept it. + +Farewell, my dear reader! Like a vague phantom you appeared before my +eyes and passed, leaving me alone before the face of life and death. Do +not be angry because at times I deceived you and lied--you, too, would +have lied perhaps in my place. Nevertheless I loved you sincerely, and +sincerely longed for your love; and the thought of your sympathy for +me was quite a support to me in my moments and days of hardship. I am +sending you my last farewell and my sincere advice. Forget about my +existence, even as I shall henceforth forget about yours forever. + + ***** + +A deserted field, overgrown with high grass, devoid of an echo, extends +like a deep carpet to the very fence of our prison, whose majestic +outlines subdue my imagination and my mind. When the dying sun illumines +it with its last rays, and our prison, all in red, stands like a queen, +like a martyr, with the dark wounds of its grated windows, and the sun +rises silently and proudly over the plain--with sorrow, like a lover, I +send my complaints and my sighs and my tender reproach and vows to her, +to my love, to my dream, to my bitter and last sorrow. I wish I could +forever remain near her, but here I look back--and black against the +fiery frame of the sunset stands my jailer, stands and waits. + +With a sigh I go back in silence, and he moves behind me noiselessly, +about two steps away, watching every move of mine. + +Our prison is beautiful at sunset. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Crushed Flower and Other Stories, by +Leonid Andreyev + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER *** + +***** This file should be named 5779-0.txt or 5779-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/7/5779/ + +Produced by Jarrod Newton + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/5779-0.zip b/5779-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4382416 --- /dev/null +++ b/5779-0.zip diff --git a/5779-h.zip b/5779-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..23942da --- /dev/null +++ b/5779-h.zip diff --git a/5779-h/5779-h.htm b/5779-h/5779-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..376d059 --- /dev/null +++ b/5779-h/5779-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,13549 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + The Crushed Flower and Other Stories, by Leonid Andreyev + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +Project Gutenberg's The Crushed Flower and Other Stories, by Leonid Andreyev + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Crushed Flower and Other Stories + +Author: Leonid Andreyev + +Release Date: March 26, 2009 [EBook #5779] +Last Updated: October 31, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER *** + + + + +Produced by Jarrod Newton, and David Widger + + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + THE CRUSHED FLOWER <br /><br />AND OTHER STORIES + </h1> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h2> + By Leonid Andreyev + </h2> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h3> + Translated by Herman Bernstein + </h3> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> <b>THE CRUSHED FLOWER</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> A STORY WHICH WILL NEVER BE FINISHED </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0006"> ON THE DAY OF THE CRUCIFIXION </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0007"> THE SERPENT’S STORY </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0008"> LOVE, FAITH AND HOPE </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0009"> <b>THE OCEAN</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER I </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER II </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER III </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER IV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER V </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER VI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER VII </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0017"> <b>JUDAS ISCARIOT AND OTHERS</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER I </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER II </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER III </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER IV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER V </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER VI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER VII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER VIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER IX </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0027"> <b>"THE MAN WHO FOUND THE TRUTH"</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER I </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER II </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER III </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER IV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER V </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER VI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER VII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER VIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER IX </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER X </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0030"> CHAPTER XI </a> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h1> + THE CRUSHED FLOWER + </h1> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I + </h2> + <p> + His name was Yura. + </p> + <p> + He was six years old, and the world was to him enormous, alive and + bewitchingly mysterious. He knew the sky quite well. He knew its deep + azure by day, and the white-breasted, half silvery, half golden clouds + slowly floating by. He often watched them as he lay on his back upon the + grass or upon the roof. But he did not know the stars so well, for he went + to bed early. He knew well and remembered only one star—the green, + bright and very attentive star that rises in the pale sky just before you + go to bed, and that seemed to be the only star so large in the whole sky. + </p> + <p> + But best of all, he knew the earth in the yard, in the street and in the + garden, with all its inexhaustible wealth of stones, of velvety grass, of + hot sand and of that wonderfully varied, mysterious and delightful dust + which grown people did not notice at all from the height of their enormous + size. And in falling asleep, as the last bright image of the passing day, + he took along to his dreams a bit of hot, rubbed off stone bathed in + sunshine or a thick layer of tenderly tickling, burning dust. + </p> + <p> + When he went with his mother to the centre of the city along the large + streets, he remembered best of all, upon his return, the wide, flat stones + upon which his steps and his feet seemed terribly small, like two little + boats. And even the multitude of revolving wheels and horses’ heads did + not impress themselves so clearly upon his memory as this new and + unusually interesting appearance of the ground. + </p> + <p> + Everything was enormous to him—the fences, the dogs and the people—but + that did not at all surprise or frighten him; that only made everything + particularly interesting; that transformed life into an uninterrupted + miracle. According to his measures, various objects seemed to him as + follows: + </p> + <p> + His father—ten yards tall. + </p> + <p> + His mother—three yards. + </p> + <p> + The neighbour’s angry dog—thirty yards. + </p> + <p> + Their own dog—ten yards, like papa. + </p> + <p> + Their house of one story was very, very tall—a mile. + </p> + <p> + The distance between one side of the street and the other—two miles. + </p> + <p> + Their garden and the trees in their garden seemed immense, infinitely + tall. + </p> + <p> + The city—a million—just how much he did not know. + </p> + <p> + And everything else appeared to him in the same way. He knew many people, + large and small, but he knew and appreciated better the little ones with + whom he could speak of everything. The grown people behaved so foolishly + and asked such absurd, dull questions about things that everybody knew, + that it was necessary for him also to make believe that he was foolish. He + had to lisp and give nonsensical answers; and, of course, he felt like + running away from them as soon as possible. But there were over him and + around him and within him two entirely extraordinary persons, at once big + and small, wise and foolish, at once his own and strangers—his + father and mother. + </p> + <p> + They must have been very good people, otherwise they could not have been + his father and mother; at any rate, they were charming and unlike other + people. He could say with certainty that his father was very great, + terribly wise, that he possessed immense power, which made him a person to + be feared somewhat, and it was interesting to talk with him about unusual + things, placing his hand in father’s large, strong, warm hand for safety’s + sake. + </p> + <p> + Mamma was not so large, and sometimes she was even very small; she was + very kind hearted, she kissed tenderly; she understood very well how he + felt when he had a pain in his little stomach, and only with her could he + relieve his heart when he grew tired of life, of his games or when he was + the victim of some cruel injustice. And if it was unpleasant to cry in + father’s presence, and even dangerous to be capricious, his tears had an + unusually pleasant taste in mother’s presence and filled his soul with a + peculiar serene sadness, which he could find neither in his games nor in + laughter, nor even in the reading of the most terrible fairy tales. + </p> + <p> + It should be added that mamma was a beautiful woman and that everybody was + in love with her. That was good, for he felt proud of it, but that was + also bad—for he feared that she might be taken away. And every time + one of the men, one of those enormous, invariably inimical men who were + busy with themselves, looked at mamma fixedly for a long time, Yura felt + bored and uneasy. He felt like stationing himself between him and mamma, + and no matter where he went to attend to his own affairs, something was + drawing him back. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes mamma would utter a bad, terrifying phrase: + </p> + <p> + “Why are you forever staying around here? Go and play in your own room.” + </p> + <p> + There was nothing left for him to do but to go away. He would take a book + along or he would sit down to draw, but that did not always help him. + Sometimes mamma would praise him for reading but sometimes she would say + again: + </p> + <p> + “You had better go to your own room, Yurochka. You see, you’ve spilt water + on the tablecloth again; you always do some mischief with your drawing.” + </p> + <p> + And then she would reproach him for being perverse. But he felt worst of + all when a dangerous and suspicious guest would come when Yura had to go + to bed. But when he lay down in his bed a sense of easiness came over him + and he felt as though all was ended; the lights went out, life stopped; + everything slept. + </p> + <p> + In all such cases with suspicious men Yura felt vaguely but very strongly + that he was replacing father in some way. And that made him somewhat like + a grown man—he was in a bad frame of mind, like a grown person, but, + therefore, he was unusually calculating, wise and serious. Of course, he + said nothing about this to any one, for no one would understand him; but, + by the manner in which he caressed father when he arrived and sat down on + his knees patronisingly, one could see in the boy a man who fulfilled his + duty to the end. At times father could not understand him and would simply + send him away to play or to sleep—Yura never felt offended and went + away with a feeling of great satisfaction. He did not feel the need of + being understood; he even feared it. At times he would not tell under any + circumstances why he was crying; at times he would make believe that he + was absent minded, that he heard nothing, that he was occupied with his + own affairs, but he heard and understood. + </p> + <p> + And he had a terrible secret. He had noticed that these extraordinary and + charming people, father and mother, were sometimes unhappy and were hiding + this from everybody. Therefore he was also concealing his discovery, and + gave everybody the impression that all was well. Many times he found mamma + crying somewhere in a corner in the drawing room, or in the bedroom—his + own room was next to her bedroom—and one night, very late, almost at + dawn, he heard the terribly loud and angry voice of father and the weeping + voice of mother. He lay a long time, holding his breath, but then he was + so terrified by that unusual conversation in the middle of the night that + he could not restrain himself and he asked his nurse in a soft voice: + </p> + <p> + “What are they saying?” + </p> + <p> + And the nurse answered quickly in a whisper: + </p> + <p> + “Sleep, sleep. They are not saying anything.” + </p> + <p> + “I am coming over to your bed.” + </p> + <p> + “Aren’t you ashamed of yourself? Such a big boy!” + </p> + <p> + “I am coming over to your bed.” + </p> + <p> + Thus, terribly afraid lest they should be heard, they spoke in whispers + and argued in the dark; and the end was that Yura moved over to nurse’s + bed, upon her rough, but cosy and warm blanket. + </p> + <p> + In the morning papa and mamma were very cheerful and Yura pretended that + he believed them and it seemed that he really did believe them. But that + same evening, and perhaps it was another evening, he noticed his father + crying. It happened in the following way: He was passing his father’s + study, and the door was half open; he heard a noise and he looked in + quietly—father lay face downward upon his couch and cried aloud. + There was no one else in the room. Yura went away, turned about in his + room and came back—the door was still half open, no one but father + was in the room, and he was still sobbing. If he cried quietly, Yura could + understand it, but he sobbed loudly, he moaned in a heavy voice and his + teeth were gnashing terribly. He lay there, covering the entire couch, + hiding his head under his broad shoulders, sniffing heavily—and that + was beyond his understanding. And on the table, on the large table covered + with pencils, papers and a wealth of other things, stood the lamp burning + with a red flame, and smoking—a flat, greyish black strip of smoke + was coming out and bending in all directions. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly father heaved a loud sigh and stirred. Yura walked away quietly. + And then all was the same as ever. No one would have learned of this; but + the image of the enormous, mysterious and charming man who was his father + and who was crying remained in Yura’s memory as something dreadful and + extremely serious. And, if there were things of which he did not feel like + speaking, it was absolutely necessary to say nothing of this, as though it + were something sacred and terrible, and in that silence he must love + father all the more. But he must love so that father should not notice it, + and he must give the impression that it is very jolly to live on earth. + </p> + <p> + And Yura succeeded in accomplishing all this. Father did not notice that + he loved him in a special manner; and it was really jolly to live on + earth, so there was no need for him to make believe. The threads of his + soul stretched themselves to all—to the sun, to the knife and the + cane he was peeling; to the beautiful and enigmatic distance which he saw + from the top of the iron roof; and it was hard for him to separate himself + from all that was not himself. When the grass had a strong and fragrant + odour it seemed to him that it was he who had such a fragrant odour, and + when he lay down in his bed, however strange it may seem, together with + him in his little bed lay down the enormous yard, the street, the slant + threads of the rain and the muddy pools and the whole, enormous, live, + fascinating, mysterious world. Thus all fell asleep with him and thus all + awakened with him, and together with him they all opened their eyes. And + there was one striking fact, worthy of the profoundest reflection—if + he placed a stick somewhere in the garden in the evening it was there also + in the morning; and the knuckle-bones which he hid in a box in the barn + remained there, although it was dark and he went to his room for the + night. Because of this he felt a natural need for hiding under his pillow + all that was most valuable to him. Since things stood or lay there alone, + they might also disappear of their accord, he reasoned. And in general it + was so wonderful and pleasant that the nurse and the house and the sun + existed not only yesterday, but every day; he felt like laughing and + singing aloud when he awoke. + </p> + <p> + When people asked him what his name was he answered promptly: + </p> + <p> + “Yura.” + </p> + <p> + But some people were not satisfied with this alone, and they wanted to + know his full name—and then he replied with a certain effort: + </p> + <p> + “Yura Mikhailovich.” + </p> + <p> + And after a moment’s thought he added: + </p> + <p> + “Yura Mikhailovich Pushkarev.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II + </h2> + <p> + An unusual day arrived. It was mother’s birthday. Guests were expected in + the evening; military music was to play, and in the garden and upon the + terrace parti-coloured lanterns were to burn, and Yura need not go to bed + at 9 o’clock but could stay up as late as he liked. + </p> + <p> + Yura got up when all were still sleeping. He dressed himself and jumped + out quickly with the expectation of miracles. But he was unpleasantly + surprised—the rooms were in the same disorder as usual in the + morning; the cook and the chambermaid were still sleeping and the door was + closed with a hook—it was hard to believe that the people would stir + and commence to run about, and that the rooms would assume a holiday + appearance, and he feared for the fate of the festival. It was still worse + in the garden. The paths were not swept and there was not a single lantern + there. He grew very uneasy. Fortunately, Yevmen, the coachman, was washing + the carriage behind the barn in the back yard and though he had done this + frequently before, and though there was nothing unusual about his + appearance, Yura clearly felt something of the holiday in the decisive way + in which the coachman splashed the water from the bucket with his sinewy + arms, on which the sleeves of his red blouse were rolled up to his elbows. + Yevmen only glanced askance at Yura, and suddenly Yura seemed to have + noticed for the first time his broad, black, wavy beard and thought + respectfully that Yevmen was a very worthy man. He said: + </p> + <p> + “Good morning, Yevmen.” + </p> + <p> + Then all moved very rapidly. Suddenly the janitor appeared and started to + sweep the paths, suddenly the window in the kitchen was thrown open and + women’s voices were heard chattering; suddenly the chambermaid rushed out + with a little rug and started to beat it with a stick, as though it were a + dog. All commenced to stir; and the events, starting simultaneously in + different places, rushed with such mad swiftness that it was impossible to + catch up with them. While the nurse was giving Yura his tea, people were + beginning to hang up the wires for the lanterns in the garden, and while + the wires were being stretched in the garden, the furniture was rearranged + completely in the drawing room, and while the furniture was rearranged in + the drawing room, Yevmen, the coachman, harnessed the horse and drove out + of the yard with a certain special, mysterious mission. + </p> + <p> + Yura succeeded in concentrating himself for some time with the greatest + difficulty. Together with father he was hanging up the lanterns. And + father was charming; he laughed, jested, put Yura on the ladder; he + himself climbed the thin, creaking rungs of the ladder, and finally both + fell down together with the ladder upon the grass, but they were not hurt. + Yura jumped up, while father remained lying on the grass, hands thrown + back under his head, looking with half-closed eyes at the shining, + infinite azure of the sky. Thus lying on the grass, with a serious + expression on his face, apparently not in the mood for play, father looked + very much like Gulliver longing for his land of giants. Yura recalled + something unpleasant; but to cheer his father up he sat down astride upon + his knees and said: + </p> + <p> + “Do you remember, father, when I was a little boy I used to sit down on + your knees and you used to shake me like a horse?” + </p> + <p> + But before he had time to finish he lay with his nose on the grass; he was + lifted in the air and thrown down with force—father had thrown him + high up with his knees, according to his old habit. Yura felt offended; + but father, entirely ignoring his anger, began to tickle him under his + armpits, so that Yura had to laugh against his will; and then father + picked him up like a little pig by the legs and carried him to the + terrace. And mamma was frightened. + </p> + <p> + “What are you doing? The blood will rush to his head!” + </p> + <p> + After which Yura found himself standing on his legs, red faced, + dishevelled, feeling very miserable and terribly happy at the same time. + </p> + <p> + The day was rushing fast, like a cat that is chased by a dog. Like + forerunners of the coming great festival, certain messengers appeared with + notes, wonderfully tasty cakes were brought, the dressmaker came and + locked herself in with mamma in the bedroom; then two gentlemen arrived, + then another gentleman, then a lady—evidently the entire city was in + a state of agitation. Yura examined the messengers as though they were + strange people from another world, and walked before them with an air of + importance as the son of the lady whose birthday was to be celebrated; he + met the gentlemen, he escorted the cakes, and toward midday he was so + exhausted that he suddenly started to despise life. He quarrelled with the + nurse and lay down in his bed face downward in order to have his revenge + on her; but he fell asleep immediately. He awoke with the same feeling of + hatred for life and a desire for revenge, but after having looked at + things with his eyes, which he washed with cold water, he felt that both + the world and life were so fascinating that they were even funny. + </p> + <p> + When they dressed Yura in a red silk rustling blouse, and he thus clearly + became part of the festival, and he found on the terrace a long, snow + white table glittering with glass dishes, he again commenced to spin about + in the whirlpool of the onrushing events. + </p> + <p> + “The musicians have arrived! The musicians have arrived!” he cried, + looking for father or mother, or for any one who would treat the arrival + of the musicians with proper seriousness. Father and mother were sitting + in the garden—in the arbour which was thickly surrounded with wild + grapes—maintaining silence; the beautiful head of mother lay on + father’s shoulder; although father embraced her, he seemed very serious, + and he showed no enthusiasm when he was told of the arrival of the + musicians. Both treated their arrival with inexplicable indifference, + which called forth a feeling of sadness in Yura. But mamma stirred and + said: + </p> + <p> + “Let me go. I must go.” + </p> + <p> + “Remember,” said father, referring to something Yura did not understand + but which resounded in his heart with a light, gnawing alarm. + </p> + <p> + “Stop. Aren’t you ashamed?” mother laughed, and this laughter made Yura + feel still more alarmed, especially since father did not laugh but + maintained the same serious and mournful appearance of Gulliver pining for + his native land.... + </p> + <p> + But soon all this was forgotten, for the wonderful festival had begun in + all its glory, mystery and grandeur. The guests came fast, and there was + no longer any place at the white table, which had been deserted but a + while before. Voices resounded, and laughter and merry jests, and the + music began to play. And on the deserted paths of the garden where but a + while ago Yura had wandered alone, imagining himself a prince in quest of + the sleeping princess, now appeared people with cigarettes and with loud + free speech. Yura met the first guests at the front entrance; he looked at + each one carefully, and he made the acquaintance and even the friendship + of some of them on the way from the corridor to the table. + </p> + <p> + Thus he managed to become friendly with the officer, whose name was + Mitenka—a grown man whose name was Mitenka—he said so himself. + Mitenka had a heavy leather sword, which was as cold as a snake, which + could not be taken out—but Mitenka lied; the sword was only fastened + at the handle with a silver cord, but it could be taken out very nicely; + and Yura felt vexed because the stupid Mitenka instead of carrying his + sword, as he always did, placed it in a corner in the hallway as a cane. + But even in the corner the sword stood out alone—one could see at + once that it was a sword. Another thing that displeased Yura was that + another officer came with Mitenka, an officer whom Yura knew and whose + name was also Yura Mikhailovich. Yura thought that the officer must have + been named so for fun. That wrong Yura Mikhailovich had visited them + several times; he even came once on horseback; but most of the time he + came just before little Yura had to go to bed. And little Yura went to + bed, while the unreal Yura Mikhailovich remained with mamma, and that + caused him to feel alarmed and sad; he was afraid that mamma might be + deceived. He paid no attention to the real Yura Mikhailovich: and now, + walking beside Mitenka, he did not seem to realise his guilt; he adjusted + his moustaches and maintained silence. He kissed mamma’s hand, and that + seemed repulsive to little Yura; but the stupid Mitenka also kissed + mamma’s hand, and thereby set everything aright. + </p> + <p> + But soon the guests arrived in such numbers, and there was such a variety + of them, as if they had fallen straight from the sky. And some of them + seemed to have fallen near the table, while others seemed to have fallen + into the garden. Suddenly several students and ladies appeared in the + path. The ladies were ordinary, but the students had holes cut at the left + side of their white coats—for their swords. But they did not bring + their swords along, no doubt because of their pride—they were all + very proud. And the ladies rushed over to Yura and began to kiss him. Then + the most beautiful of the ladies, whose name was Ninochka, took Yura to + the swing and swung him until she threw him down. He hurt his left leg + near the knee very painfully and even stained his little white pants in + that spot, but of course he did not cry, and somehow his pain had quickly + disappeared somewhere. At this time father was leading an + important-looking bald-headed old man in the garden, and he asked + Yurochka, + </p> + <p> + “Did you get hurt?” + </p> + <p> + But as the old man also smiled and also spoke, Yurochka did not kiss + father and did not even answer him; but suddenly he seemed to have lost + his mind—he commenced to squeal for joy and to run around. If he had + a bell as large as the whole city he would have rung that bell; but as he + had no such bell he climbed the linden tree, which stood near the terrace, + and began to show off. The guests below were laughing and mamma was + shouting, and suddenly the music began to play, and Yura soon stood in + front of the orchestra, spreading his legs apart and, according to his old + but long forgotten habit, put his finger into his mouth. The sounds seemed + to strike at him all at once; they roared and thundered; they made his + legs tingle, and they shook his jaw. They played so loudly that there was + nothing but the orchestra on the whole earth—everything else had + vanished. The brass ends of some of the trumpets even spread apart and + opened wide from the great roaring; Yura thought that it would be + interesting to make a military helmet out of such a trumpet. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Yura grew sad. The music was still roaring, but now it was + somewhere far away, while within him all became quiet, and it was growing + ever more and more quiet. Heaving a deep sigh, Yura looked at the sky—it + was so high—and with slow footsteps he started out to make the + rounds of the holiday, of all its confused boundaries, possibilities and + distances. And everywhere he turned out to be too late; he wanted to see + how the tables for card playing would be arranged, but the tables were + ready and people had been playing cards for a long time when he came up. + He touched the chalk and the brush near his father and his father + immediately chased him away. What of that, what difference did that make + to him? He wanted to see how they would start to dance and he was sure + that they would dance in the parlour, but they had already commenced to + dance, not in the parlour, but under the linden trees. He wanted to see + how they would light the lanterns, but the lanterns had all been lit + already, every one of them, to the very last of the last. They lit up of + themselves like stars. + </p> + <p> + Mamma danced best of all. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III + </h2> + <p> + Night arrived in the form of red, green and yellow lanterns. While there + were no lanterns, there was no night. And now it lay everywhere. It + crawled into the bushes; it covered the entire garden with darkness, as + with water, and it covered the sky. Everything looked as beautiful as the + very best fairy tale with coloured pictures. At one place the house had + disappeared entirely; only the square window made of red light remained. + And the chimney of the house was visible and there a certain spark + glistened, looked down and seemed to think of its own affairs. What + affairs do chimneys have? Various affairs. + </p> + <p> + Of the people in the garden only their voices remained. As long as some + one walked near the lanterns he could be seen; but as soon as he walked + away all seemed to melt, melt, melt, and the voice above the ground + laughed, talked, floating fearlessly in the darkness. But the officers and + the students could be seen even in the dark—a white spot, and above + it a small light of a cigarette and a big voice. + </p> + <p> + And now the most joyous thing commenced for Yura—the fairy tale. The + people and the festival and the lanterns remained on earth, while he + soared away, transformed into air, melting in the night like a grain of + dust. The great mystery of the night became his mystery, and his little + heart yearned for still more mystery; in its solitude his heart yearned + for the fusion of life and death. That was Yura’s second madness that + evening—he became invisible. Although he could enter the kitchen as + others did, he climbed with difficulty upon the roof of the cellar over + which the kitchen window was flooded with light and he looked in; there + people were roasting something, busying themselves, and did not know that + he was looking at them—and yet he saw everything! Then he went away + and looked at papa’s and mamma’s bedroom; the room was empty; but the beds + had already been made for the night and a little image lamp was burning—he + saw that. Then he looked into his own room; his own bed was also ready, + waiting for him. He passed the room where they were playing cards, also as + an invisible being, holding his breath and stepping so lightly, as though + he were soaring in the air. Only when he reached the garden, in the dark, + he drew a proper breath. Then he resumed his quest. He came over to people + who were talking so near him that he could touch them with his hand, and + yet they did not know that he was there, and they continued to speak + undisturbed. He watched Ninochka for a long time until he learned all her + life—he was almost trapped. Ninochka even exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + “Yurochka, is that you?” + </p> + <p> + He lay down behind a bush and held his breath. Thus Ninochka was deceived. + And she had almost caught him! To make things more mysterious, he started + to crawl instead of walk—now the alleys seemed full of danger. Thus + a long time went by—according to his own calculations at the time, + ten years went by, and he was still hiding and going ever farther away + from the people. And thus he went so far that he was seized with dread—between + him and the past, when he was walking like everybody else, an abyss was + formed over which it seemed to him impossible to cross. Now he would have + come out into the light but he was afraid—it was impossible; all was + lost. And the music was still playing, and everybody had forgotten him, + even mamma. He was alone. There was a breath of cold from the dewy grass; + the gooseberry bush scratched him, the darkness could not be pierced with + his eyes, and there was no end to it. O Lord! + </p> + <p> + Without any definite plan, in a state of utter despair, Yura now crawled + toward a mysterious, faintly blinking light. Fortunately it turned out to + be the same arbour which was covered with wild grapes and in which father + and mother had sat that day. He did not recognise it at first! Yes, it was + the same arbour. The lights of the lanterns everywhere had gone out, and + only two were still burning; a yellow little lantern was still burning + brightly, and the other, a yellow one, too, was already beginning to + blink. And though there was no wind, that lantern quivered from its own + blinking, and everything seemed to quiver slightly. Yura was about to get + up to go into the arbour and there begin life anew, with an imperceptible + transition from the old, when suddenly he heard voices in the arbour. His + mother and the wrong Yura Mikhailovich, the officer, were talking. The + right Yura grew petrified in his place; his heart stood still; and his + breathing ceased. + </p> + <p> + Mamma said: + </p> + <p> + “Stop. You have lost your mind! Somebody may come in here.” + </p> + <p> + Yura Mikhailovich said: + </p> + <p> + “And you?” + </p> + <p> + Mamma said: + </p> + <p> + “I am twenty-six years old to-day. I am old!” + </p> + <p> + Yura Mikhailovich said: + </p> + <p> + “He does not know anything. Is it possible that he does not know anything? + He does not even suspect? Listen, does he shake everybody’s hand so + firmly?” + </p> + <p> + Mamma said: + </p> + <p> + “What a question! Of course he does! That is—no, not everybody.” + </p> + <p> + Yura Mikhailovich said: + </p> + <p> + “I feel sorry for him.” + </p> + <p> + Mamma said: + </p> + <p> + “For him?” + </p> + <p> + And she laughed strangely. Yurochka understood that they were talking of + him, of Yurochka—but what did it all mean, O Lord? And why did she + laugh? + </p> + <p> + Yura Mikhailovich said: + </p> + <p> + “Where are you going? I will not let you go.” + </p> + <p> + Mamma said: + </p> + <p> + “You offend me. Let me go! No, you have no right to kiss me. Let me go!” + </p> + <p> + They became silent. Now Yurochka looked through the leaves and saw that + the officer embraced and kissed mamma. Then they spoke of something, but + he understood nothing; he heard nothing; he suddenly forgot the meaning of + words. And he even forgot the words which he knew and used before. He + remembered but one word, “Mamma,” and he whispered it uninterruptedly with + his dry lips, but that word sounded so terrible, more terrible than + anything. And in order not to exclaim it against his will, Yura covered + his mouth with both hands, one upon the other, and thus remained until the + officer and mamma went out of the arbour. + </p> + <p> + When Yura came into the room where the people were playing cards, the + serious, bald-headed man was scolding papa for something, brandishing the + chalk, talking, shouting, saying that father did not act as he should have + acted, that what he had done was impossible, that only bad people did such + things, that the old man would never again play with father, and so on. + And father was smiling, waving his hands, attempting to say something, but + the old man would not let him, and he commenced to shout more loudly. And + the old man was a little fellow, while father was big, handsome and tall, + and his smile was sad, like that of Gulliver pining for his native land of + tall and handsome people. + </p> + <p> + Of course, he must conceal from him—of course, he must conceal from + him that which happened in the arbour, and he must love him, and he felt + that he loved him so much. And with a wild cry Yura rushed over to the + bald-headed old man and began to beat him with his fists with all his + strength. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you dare insult him! Don’t you dare insult him!” + </p> + <p> + O Lord, what has happened! Some one laughed; some one shouted. Father + caught Yura in his arms, pressed him closely, causing him pain, and cried: + </p> + <p> + “Where is mother? Call mother.” + </p> + <p> + Then Yura was seized with a whirlwind of frantic tears, of desperate sobs + and mortal anguish. But through his frantic tears he looked at his father + to see whether he had guessed it, and when mother came in he started to + shout louder in order to divert any suspicion. But he did not go to her + arms; he clung more closely to father, so that father had to carry him + into his room. But it seemed that he himself did not want to part with + Yura. As soon as he carried him out of the room where the guests were he + began to kiss him, and he repeated: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, my dearest! Oh, my dearest!” + </p> + <p> + And he said to mamma, who walked behind him: + </p> + <p> + “Just think of the boy!” + </p> + <p> + Mamma said: + </p> + <p> + “That is all due to your whist. You were scolding each other so, that the + child was frightened.” + </p> + <p> + Father began to laugh, and answered: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he does scold harshly. But Yura, oh, what a dear boy!” + </p> + <p> + In his room Yura demanded that father himself undress him. “Now, you are + getting cranky,” said father. “I don’t know how to do it; let mamma + undress you.” + </p> + <p> + “But you stay here.” + </p> + <p> + Mamma had deft fingers and she undressed him quickly, and while she was + removing his clothes Yura held father by the hand. He ordered the nurse + out of the room; but as father was beginning to grow angry, and he might + guess what had happened in the arbour, decided to let him go. But while + kissing him he said cunningly: + </p> + <p> + “He will not scold you any more, will he?” + </p> + <p> + Papa smiled. Then he laughed, kissed Yura once more and said: + </p> + <p> + “No, no. And if he does I will throw him across the fence.” + </p> + <p> + “Please, do,” said Yura. “You can do it. You are so strong.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am pretty strong. But you had better sleep! Mamma will stay here + with you a while.” + </p> + <p> + Mamma said: + </p> + <p> + “I will send the nurse in. I must attend to the supper.” + </p> + <p> + Father shouted: + </p> + <p> + “There is plenty of time for that! You can stay a while with the child.” + </p> + <p> + But mamma insisted: + </p> + <p> + “We have guests! We can’t leave them that way.” + </p> + <p> + But father looked at her steadfastly, and shrugged his shoulders. Mamma + decided to stay. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, then, I’ll stay here. But see that Maria does not mix up the + wines.” + </p> + <p> + Usually it was thus: when mamma sat near Yura as he was falling asleep she + held his hand until the last moment—that is what she usually did. + But now she sat as though she were all alone, as though Yura, her son, who + was falling asleep, was not there at all—she folded her hands in her + lap and looked into the distance. To attract her attention Yura stirred, + but mamma said briefly: + </p> + <p> + “Sleep.” + </p> + <p> + And she continued to look. But when Yura’s eyes had grown heavy and he was + falling asleep with all his sorrow and his tears, mamma suddenly went down + on her knees before the little bed and kissed Yura firmly many, many + times. But her kisses were wet—hot and wet. + </p> + <p> + “Why are your kisses wet? Are you crying?” muttered Yura. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am crying.” + </p> + <p> + “You must not cry.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, I won’t,” answered mother submissively. + </p> + <p> + And again she kissed him firmly, firmly, frequently, frequently. Yura + lifted both hands with a heavy movement, clasped his mother around the + neck and pressed his burning cheek firmly to her wet and cold cheek. She + was his mother, after all; there was nothing to be done. But how painful; + how bitterly painful! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + A STORY WHICH WILL NEVER BE FINISHED + </h2> + <p> + Exhausted with the painful uncertainty of the day, I fell asleep, dressed, + on my bed. Suddenly my wife aroused me. In her hand a candle was + flickering, which appeared to me in the middle of the night as bright as + the sun. And behind the candle her chin, too, was trembling, and enormous, + unfamiliar dark eyes stared motionlessly. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know,” she said, “do you know they are building barricades on our + street?” + </p> + <p> + It was quiet. We looked straight into each other’s eyes, and I felt my + face turning pale. Life vanished somewhere and then returned again with a + loud throbbing of the heart. It was quiet and the flame of the candle was + quivering, and it was small, dull, but sharp-pointed, like a crooked + sword. + </p> + <p> + “Are you afraid?” I asked. + </p> + <p> + The pale chin trembled, but her eyes remained motionless and looked at me, + without blinking, and only now I noticed what unfamiliar, what terrible + eyes they were. For ten years I had looked into them and had known them + better than my own eyes, and now there was something new in them which I + am unable to define. I would have called it pride, but there was something + different in them, something new, entirely new. I took her hand; it was + cold. She grasped my hand firmly and there was something new, something I + had not known before, in her handclasp. + </p> + <p> + She had never before clasped my hand as she did this time. + </p> + <p> + “How long?” I asked. + </p> + <p> + “About an hour already. Your brother has gone away. He was apparently + afraid that you would not let him go, so he went away quietly. But I saw + it.” + </p> + <p> + It was true then; the time had arrived. I rose, and, for some reason, + spent a long time washing myself, as was my wont in the morning before + going to work, and my wife held the light. Then we put out the light and + walked over to the window overlooking the street. It was spring; it was + May, and the air that came in from the open window was such as we had + never before felt in that old, large city. For several days the factories + and the roads had been idle; and the air, free from smoke, was filled with + the fragrance of the fields and the flowering gardens, perhaps with that + of the dew. I do not know what it is that smells so wonderfully on spring + nights when I go out far beyond the outskirts of the city. Not a lantern, + not a carriage, not a single sound of the city over the unconcerned stony + surface; if you had closed your eyes you would really have thought that + you were in a village. There a dog was barking. I had never before heard a + dog barking in the city, and I laughed for happiness. + </p> + <p> + “Listen, a dog is barking.” + </p> + <p> + My wife embraced me, and said: + </p> + <p> + “It is there, on the corner.” + </p> + <p> + We bent over the window-sill, and there, in the transparent, dark depth, + we saw some movement—not people, but movement. Something was moving + about like a shadow. Suddenly the blows of a hatchet or a hammer + resounded. They sounded so cheerful, so resonant, as in a forest, as on a + river when you are mending a boat or building a dam. And in the + presentiment of cheerful, harmonious work, I firmly embraced my wife, + while she looked above the houses, above the roofs, looked at the young + crescent of the moon, which was already setting. The moon was so young, so + strange, even as a young girl who is dreaming and is afraid to tell her + dreams; and it was shining only for itself. + </p> + <p> + “When will we have a full moon?...” + </p> + <p> + “You must not! You must not!” my wife interrupted. “You must not speak of + that which will be. What for? IT is afraid of words. Come here.” + </p> + <p> + It was dark in the room, and we were silent for a long time, without + seeing each other, yet thinking of the same thing. And when I started to + speak, it seemed to me that some one else was speaking; I was not afraid, + yet the voice of the other one was hoarse, as though suffocating for + thirst. + </p> + <p> + “What shall it be?” + </p> + <p> + “And—they?” + </p> + <p> + “You will be with them. It will be enough for them to have a mother. I + cannot remain.” + </p> + <p> + “And I? Can I?” + </p> + <p> + I know that she did not stir from her place, but I felt distinctly that + she was going away, that she was far—far away. I began to feel so + cold, I stretched out my hands—but she pushed them aside. + </p> + <p> + “People have such a holiday once in a hundred years, and you want to + deprive me of it. Why?” she said. + </p> + <p> + “But they may kill you there. And our children will perish.” + </p> + <p> + “Life will be merciful to me. But even if they should perish—” + </p> + <p> + And this was said by her, my wife—a woman with whom I had lived for + ten years. But yesterday she had known nothing except our children, and + had been filled with fear for them; but yesterday she had caught with + terror the stern symptoms of the future. What had come over her? Yesterday—but + I, too, forgot everything that was yesterday. + </p> + <p> + “Do you want to go with me?” + </p> + <p> + “Do not be angry”—she thought that I was afraid, angry—“Don’t + be angry. To-night, when they began to knock here, and you were still + sleeping, I suddenly understood that my husband, my children—all + these were simply temporary... I love you, very much”—she found my + hand and shook it with the same new, unfamiliar grasp—“but do you + hear how they are knocking there? They are knocking, and something seems + to be falling, some kind of walls seem to be falling—and it is so + spacious, so wide, so free. It is night now, and yet it seems to me that + the sun is shining. I am thirty years of age, and I am old already, and + yet it seems to me that I am only seventeen, and that I love some one with + my first love—a great, boundless love.” + </p> + <p> + “What a night!” I said. “It is as if the city were no more. You are right, + I have also forgotten how old I am.” + </p> + <p> + “They are knocking, and it sounds to me like music, like singing of which + I have always dreamed—all my life. And I did not know whom it was + that I loved with such a boundless love, which made me feel like crying + and laughing and singing. There is freedom—do not take my happiness + away, let me die with those who are working there, who are calling the + future so bravely, and who are rousing the dead past from its grave.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no such thing as time.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say?” + </p> + <p> + “There is no such thing as time. Who are you? I did not know you. Are you + a human being?” + </p> + <p> + She burst into such ringing laughter as though she were really only + seventeen years old. + </p> + <p> + “I did not know you, either. Are you, too, a human being? How strange and + how beautiful it is—a human being!” + </p> + <p> + That which I am writing happened long ago, and those who are sleeping now + in the sleep of grey life and who die without awakening—those will + not believe me: in those days there was no such thing as time. The sun was + rising and setting, and the hand was moving around the dial—but time + did not exist. And many other great and wonderful things happened in those + days.... And those who are sleeping now the sleep of this grey life and + who die without awakening, will not believe me. + </p> + <p> + “I must go,” said I. + </p> + <p> + “Wait, I will give you something to eat. You haven’t eaten anything + to-day. See how sensible I am: I shall go to-morrow. I shall give the + children away and find you.” + </p> + <p> + “Comrade,” said I. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, comrade.” + </p> + <p> + Through the open windows came the breath of the fields, and silence, and + from time to time, the cheerful strokes of the axe, and I sat by the table + and looked and listened, and everything was so mysteriously new that I + felt like laughing. I looked at the walls and they seemed to me to be + transparent. As if embracing all eternity with one glance, I saw how all + these walls had been built, I saw how they were being destroyed, and I + alone always was and always will be. Everything will pass, but I shall + remain. And everything seemed to me strange and queer—so unnatural—the + table and the food upon it, and everything outside of me. It all seemed to + me transparent and light, existing only temporarily. + </p> + <p> + “Why don’t you eat?” asked my wife. + </p> + <p> + I smiled: + </p> + <p> + “Bread—it is so strange.” + </p> + <p> + She glanced at the bread, at the stale, dry crust of bread, and for some + reason her face became sad. Still continuing to look at it, she silently + adjusted her apron with her hands and her head turned slightly, very + slightly, in the direction where the children were sleeping. + </p> + <p> + “Do you feel sorry for them?” I asked. + </p> + <p> + She shook her head without removing her eyes from the bread. + </p> + <p> + “No, but I was thinking of what happened in our life before.” + </p> + <p> + How incomprehensible! As one who awakens from a long sleep, she surveyed + the room with her eyes and all seemed to her so incomprehensible. Was this + the place where we had lived? + </p> + <p> + “You were my wife.” + </p> + <p> + “And there are our children.” + </p> + <p> + “Here, beyond the wall, your father died.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. He died. He died without awakening.” + </p> + <p> + The smallest child, frightened at something in her sleep, began to cry. + And this simple childish cry, apparently demanding something, sounded so + strange amid these phantom walls, while there, below, people were building + barricades. + </p> + <p> + She cried and demanded—caresses, certain queer words and promises to + soothe her. And she soon was soothed. + </p> + <p> + “Well, go!” said my wife in a whisper. + </p> + <p> + “I should like to kiss them.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid you will wake them up.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will not.” + </p> + <p> + It turned out that the oldest child was awake—he had heard and + understood everything. He was but nine years old, but he understood + everything—he met me with a deep, stern look. + </p> + <p> + “Will you take your gun?” he asked thoughtfully and earnestly. + </p> + <p> + “I will.” + </p> + <p> + “It is behind the stove.” + </p> + <p> + “How do you know? Well, kiss me. Will you remember me?” + </p> + <p> + He jumped up in his bed, in his short little shirt, hot from sleep, and + firmly clasped my neck. His arms were burning—they were so soft and + delicate. I lifted his hair on the back of his head and kissed his little + neck. + </p> + <p> + “Will they kill you?” he whispered right into my ear. + </p> + <p> + “No, I will come back.” + </p> + <p> + But why did he not cry? He had cried sometimes when I had simply left the + house for a while: Is it possible that IT had reached him, too? Who knows? + So many strange things happened during the great days. + </p> + <p> + I looked at the walls, at the bread, at the candle, at the flame which had + kept flickering, and took my wife by the hand. + </p> + <p> + “Well—‘till we meet again!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes—‘till we meet again!” + </p> + <p> + That was all. I went out. It was dark on the stairway and there was the + odour of old filth. Surrounded on all sides by the stones and the + darkness, groping down the stairs, I was seized with a tremendous, + powerful and all-absorbing feeling of the new, unknown and joyous + something to which I was going. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + ON THE DAY OF THE CRUCIFIXION + </h2> + <p> + On that terrible day, when the universal injustice was committed and Jesus + Christ was crucified in Golgotha among robbers—on that day, from + early morning, Ben-Tovit, a tradesman of Jerusalem, suffered from an + unendurable toothache. His toothache had commenced on the day before, + toward evening; at first his right jaw started to pain him, and one tooth, + the one right next the wisdom tooth, seemed to have risen somewhat, and + when his tongue touched the tooth, he felt a slightly painful sensation. + After supper, however, his toothache had passed, and Ben-Tovit had + forgotten all about it—he had made a profitable deal on that day, + had bartered an old donkey for a young, strong one, so he was very + cheerful and paid no heed to any ominous signs. + </p> + <p> + And he slept very soundly. But just before daybreak something began to + disturb him, as if some one were calling him on a very important matter, + and when Ben-Tovit awoke angrily, his teeth were aching, aching openly and + maliciously, causing him an acute, drilling pain. And he could no longer + understand whether it was only the same tooth that had ached on the + previous day, or whether others had joined that tooth; Ben-Tovit’s entire + mouth and his head were filled with terrible sensations of pain, as though + he had been forced to chew thousands of sharp, red-hot nails, he took some + water into his mouth from an earthen jug—for a minute the acuteness + of the pain subsided, his teeth twitched and swayed like a wave, and this + sensation was even pleasant as compared with the other. + </p> + <p> + Ben-Tovit lay down again, recalled his new donkey, and thought how happy + he would have been if not for his toothache, and he wanted to fall asleep. + But the water was warm, and five minutes later his toothache began to rage + more severely than ever; Ben-Tovit sat up in his bed and swayed back and + forth like a pendulum. His face became wrinkled and seemed to have shrunk, + and a drop of cold perspiration was hanging on his nose, which had turned + pale from his sufferings. Thus, swaying back and forth and groaning for + pain, he met the first rays of the sun, which was destined to see Golgotha + and the three crosses, and grow dim from horror and sorrow. + </p> + <p> + Ben-Tovit was a good and kind man, who hated any injustice, but when his + wife awoke he said many unpleasant things to her, opening his mouth with + difficulty, and he complained that he was left alone, like a jackal, to + groan and writhe for pain. His wife met the undeserved reproaches + patiently, for she knew that they came not from an angry heart—and + she brought him numerous good remedies: rats’ litter to be applied to his + cheek, some strong liquid in which a scorpion was preserved, and a real + chip of the tablets that Moses had broken. He began to feel a little + better from the rats’ litter, but not for long, also from the liquid and + the stone, but the pain returned each time with renewed intensity. + </p> + <p> + During the moments of rest Ben-Tovit consoled himself with the thought of + the little donkey, and he dreamed of him, and when he felt worse he + moaned, scolded his wife, and threatened to dash his head against a rock + if the pain should not subside. He kept pacing back and forth on the flat + roof of his house from one corner to the other, feeling ashamed to come + close to the side facing the street, for his head was tied around with a + kerchief like that of a woman. Several times children came running to him + and told him hastily about Jesus of Nazareth. Ben-Tovit paused, listened + to them for a while, his face wrinkled, but then he stamped his foot + angrily and chased them away. He was a kind man and he loved children, but + now he was angry at them for bothering him with trifles. + </p> + <p> + It was disagreeable to him that a large crowd had gathered in the street + and on the neighbouring roofs, doing nothing and looking curiously at + Ben-Tovit, who had his head tied around with a kerchief like a woman. He + was about to go down, when his wife said to him: + </p> + <p> + “Look, they are leading robbers there. Perhaps that will divert you.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me alone. Don’t you see how I am suffering?” Ben-Tovit answered + angrily. + </p> + <p> + But there was a vague promise in his wife’s words that there might be a + relief for his toothache, so he walked over to the parapet unwillingly. + Bending his head on one side, closing one eye, and supporting his cheek + with his hand, his face assumed a squeamish, weeping expression, and he + looked down to the street. + </p> + <p> + On the narrow street, going uphill, an enormous crowd was moving forward + in disorder, covered with dust and shouting uninterruptedly. In the middle + of the crowd walked the criminals, bending down under the weight of their + crosses, and over them the scourges of the Roman soldiers were wriggling + about like black snakes. One of the men, he of the long light hair, in a + torn blood-stained cloak, stumbled over a stone which was thrown under his + feet, and he fell. The shouting grew louder, and the crowd, like coloured + sea water, closed in about the man on the ground. Ben-Tovit suddenly + shuddered for pain; he felt as though some one had pierced a red-hot + needle into his tooth and turned it there; he groaned and walked away from + the parapet, angry and squeamishly indifferent. + </p> + <p> + “How they are shouting!” he said enviously, picturing to himself their + wide-open mouths with strong, healthy teeth, and how he himself would have + shouted if he had been well. This intensified his toothache, and he shook + his muffled head frequently, and roared: “Moo-Moo....” + </p> + <p> + “They say that He restored sight to the blind,” said his wife, who + remained standing at the parapet, and she threw down a little cobblestone + near the place where Jesus, lifted by the whips, was moving slowly. + </p> + <p> + “Of course, of course! He should have cured my toothache,” replied + Ben-Tovit ironically, and he added bitterly with irritation: “What dust + they have kicked up! Like a herd of cattle! They should all be driven away + with a stick! Take me down, Sarah!” + </p> + <p> + The wife proved to be right. The spectacle had diverted Ben-Tovit slightly—perhaps + it was the rats’ litter that had helped after all—he succeeded in + falling asleep. When he awoke, his toothache had passed almost entirely, + and only a little inflammation had formed over his right jaw. His wife + told him that it was not noticeable at all, but Ben-Tovit smiled cunningly—he + knew how kind-hearted his wife was and how fond she was of telling him + pleasant things. + </p> + <p> + Samuel, the tanner, a neighbour of Ben-Tovit’s, came in, and Ben-Tovit led + him to see the new little donkey and listened proudly to the warm praises + for himself and his animal. + </p> + <p> + Then, at the request of the curious Sarah, the three went to Golgotha to + see the people who had been crucified. On the way Ben-Tovit told Samuel in + detail how he had felt a pain in his right jaw on the day before, and how + he awoke at night with a terrible toothache. To illustrate it he made a + martyr’s face, closing his eyes, shook his head, and groaned while the + grey-bearded Samuel nodded his head compassionately and said: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, how painful it must have been!” + </p> + <p> + Ben-Tovit was pleased with Samuel’s attitude, and he repeated the story to + him, then went back to the past, when his first tooth was spoiled on the + left side. Thus, absorbed in a lively conversation, they reached Golgotha. + The sun, which was destined to shine upon the world on that terrible day, + had already set beyond the distant hills, and in the west a narrow, + purple-red strip was burning, like a stain of blood. The crosses stood out + darkly but vaguely against this background, and at the foot of the middle + cross white kneeling figures were seen indistinctly. + </p> + <p> + The crowd had long dispersed; it was growing chilly, and after a glance at + the crucified men, Ben-Tovit took Samuel by the arm and carefully turned + him in the direction toward his house. He felt that he was particularly + eloquent just then, and he was eager to finish the story of his toothache. + Thus they walked, and Ben-Tovit made a martyr’s face, shook his head and + groaned skilfully, while Samuel nodded compassionately and uttered + exclamations from time to time, and from the deep, narrow defiles, out of + the distant, burning plains, rose the black night. It seemed as though it + wished to hide from the view of heaven the great crime of the earth. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SERPENT’S STORY + </h2> + <p> + Hush! Hush! Hush! Come closer to me. Look into my eyes! + </p> + <p> + I always was a fascinating creature, tender, sensitive, and grateful. I + was wise and I was noble. And I am so flexible in the writhing of my + graceful body that it will afford you joy to watch my easy dance. Now I + shall coil up into a ring, flash my scales dimly, wind myself around + tenderly and clasp my steel body in my gentle, cold embraces. One in many! + One in many! + </p> + <p> + Hush! Hush! Look into my eyes! + </p> + <p> + You do not like my writhing and my straight, open look? Oh, my head is + heavy—therefore I sway about so quietly. Oh, my head is heavy—therefore + I look so straight ahead, as I sway about. Come closer to me. Give me a + little warmth; stroke my wise forehead with your fingers; in its fine + outlines you will find the form of a cup into which flows wisdom, the dew + of the evening-flowers. When I draw the air by my writhing, a trace is + left in it—the design of the finest of webs, the web of + dream-charms, the enchantment of noiseless movements, the inaudible hiss + of gliding lines. I am silent and I sway myself. I look ahead and I sway + myself. What strange burden am I carrying on my neck? + </p> + <p> + I love you. + </p> + <p> + I always was a fascinating creature, and loved tenderly those I loved. + Come closer to me. Do you see my white, sharp, enchanting little teeth? + Kissing, I used to bite. Not painfully, no—just a trifle. Caressing + tenderly, I used to bite a little, until the first bright little drops + appeared, until a cry came forth which sounded like the laugh produced by + tickling. That was very pleasant—think not it was unpleasant; + otherwise they whom I kissed would not come back for more kisses. It is + now that I can kiss only once—how sad—only once! One kiss for + each—how little for a loving heart, for a sensitive soul, striving + for a great union! But it is only I, the sad one, who kiss but once, and + must seek love again—he knows no other love any more: to him my one, + tender, nuptial kiss is inviolable and eternal. I am speaking to you + frankly; and when my story is ended—I will kiss you. + </p> + <p> + I love you. + </p> + <p> + Look into my eyes. Is it not true that mine is a magnificent, a powerful + look? A firm look and a straight look? And it is steadfast, like steel + forced against your heart. I look ahead and sway myself, I look and I + enchant; in my green eyes I gather your fear, your loving, fatigued, + submissive longing. Come closer to me. Now I am a queen and you dare not + fail to see my beauty; but there was a strange time—Ah, what a + strange time! Ah, what a strange time! At the mere recollection I am + agitated—Ah, what a strange time! No one loved me. No one respected + me. I was persecuted with cruel ferocity, trampled in the mud and jeered—Ah, + what a strange time it was! One in many! One in many! + </p> + <p> + I say to you: Come closer to me. + </p> + <p> + Why did they not love me? At that time I was also a fascinating creature, + but without malice; I was gentle and I danced wonderfully. But they + tortured me. They burnt me with fire. Heavy and coarse beasts trampled + upon me with the dull steps of terribly heavy feet; cold tusks of bloody + mouths tore my tender body—and in my powerless sorrow I bit the + sand, I swallowed the dust of the ground—I was dying of despair. + Crushed, I was dying every day. Every day I was dying of despair. Oh, what + a terrible time that was! The stupid forest has forgotten everything—it + does not remember that time, but you have pity on me. Come closer to me. + Have pity on me, on the offended, on the sad one, on the loving one, on + the one who dances so beautifully. + </p> + <p> + I love you. + </p> + <p> + How could I defend myself? I had only my white, wonderful, sharp little + teeth—they were good only for kisses. How could I defend myself? It + is only now that I carry on my neck this terrible burden of a head, and my + look is commanding and straight, but then my head was light and my eyes + gazed meekly. Then I had no poison yet. Oh, my head is so heavy and it is + hard for me to hold it up! Oh, I have grown tired of my look—two + stones are in my forehead, and these are my eyes. Perhaps the glittering + stones are precious—but it is hard to carry them instead of gentle + eyes—they oppress my brain. It is so hard for my head! I look ahead + and sway myself; I see you in a green mist—you are so far away. Come + closer to me. + </p> + <p> + You see, even in sorrow I am beautiful, and my look is languid because of + my love. Look into my pupil; I will narrow and widen it, and give it a + peculiar glitter—the twinkling of a star at night, the playfulness + of all precious stones—of diamonds, of green emeralds, of yellowish + topaz, of blood-red rubies. Look into my eyes: It is I, the queen—I + am crowning myself, and that which is glittering, burning and glowing—that + robs you of your reason, your freedom and your life—it is poison. It + is a drop of my poison. + </p> + <p> + How has it happened? I do not know. I did not bear ill-will to the living. + </p> + <p> + I lived and suffered. I was silent. I languished. I hid myself hurriedly + when I could hide myself; I crawled away hastily. But they have never seen + me weep—I cannot weep; and my easy dance grew ever faster and ever + more beautiful. Alone in the stillness, alone in the thicket, I danced + with sorrow in my heart—they despised my swift dance and would have + been glad to kill me as I danced. Suddenly my head began to grow heavy—How + strange it is!—My head grew heavy. Just as small and beautiful, just + as wise and beautiful, it had suddenly grown terribly heavy; it bent my + neck to the ground, and caused me pain. Now I am somewhat used to it, but + at first it was dreadfully awkward and painful. I thought I was sick. + </p> + <p> + And suddenly... Come closer to me. Look into my eyes. Hush! Hush! Hush! + </p> + <p> + And suddenly my look became heavy—it became fixed and strange—I + was even frightened! I want to glance and turn away—but cannot. I + always look straight ahead, I pierce with my eyes ever more deeply, I am + as though petrified. Look into my eyes. It is as though I am petrified, as + though everything I look upon is petrified. Look into my eyes. + </p> + <p> + I love you. Do not laugh at my frank story, or I shall be angry. Every + hour I open my sensitive heart, for all my efforts are in vain—I am + alone. My one and last kiss is full of ringing sorrow—and the one I + love is not here, and I seek love again, and I tell my tale in vain—my + heart cannot bare itself, and the poison torments me and my head grows + heavier. Am I not beautiful in my despair? Come closer to me. + </p> + <p> + I love you. + </p> + <p> + Once I was bathing in a stagnant swamp in the forest—I love to be + clean—it is a sign of noble birth, and I bathe frequently. While + bathing, dancing in the water, I saw my reflection, and as always, fell in + love with myself. I am so fond of the beautiful and the wise! And suddenly + I saw—on my forehead, among my other inborn adornments, a new, + strange sign—Was it not this sign that has brought the heaviness, + the petrified look, and the sweet taste in my mouth? Here a cross is + darkly outlined on my forehead—right here—look. Come closer to + me. Is this not strange? But I did not understand it at that time, and I + liked it. Let there be no more adornment. And on the same day, on that + same terrible day, when the cross appeared, my first kiss became also my + last—my kiss became fatal. One in many! One in many! + </p> + <p> + Oh! + </p> + <p> + You love precious stones, but think, my beloved, how far more precious is + a little drop of my poison. It is such a little drop.—Have you ever + seen it? Never, never. But you shall find it out. Consider, my beloved, + how much suffering, painful humiliation, powerless rage devoured me: I had + to experience in order to bring forth this little drop. I am a queen! I am + a queen! In one drop, brought forth by myself, I carry death unto the + living, and my kingdom is limitless, even as grief is limitless, even as + death is limitless. I am queen! My look is inexorable. My dance is + terrible! I am beautiful! One in many! One in many! + </p> + <p> + Oh! + </p> + <p> + Do not fall. My story is not yet ended. Come closer to me. + </p> + <p> + And then I crawled into the stupid forest, into my green dominion. + </p> + <p> + Now it is a new way, a terrible way! I was kind like a queen; and like a + queen I bowed graciously to the right and to the left. And they—they + ran away! Like a queen I bowed benevolently to the right and to the left—and + they, queer people—they ran away. What do you think? Why did they + run away? What do you think? Look into my eyes. Do you see in them a + certain glimmer and a flash? The rays of my crown blind your eyes, you are + petrified, you are lost. I shall soon dance my last dance—-do not + fall. I shall coil into rings, I shall flash my scales dimly, and I shall + clasp my steel body in my gentle, cold embraces. Here I am! Accept my only + kiss, my nuptial kiss—in it is the deadly grief of all oppressed + lives. One in many! One in many! + </p> + <p> + Bend down to me. I love you. + </p> + <p> + Die! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + LOVE, FAITH AND HOPE + </h2> + <p> + He loved. + </p> + <p> + According to his passport, he was called Max Z. But as it was stated in + the same passport that he had no special peculiarities about his features, + I prefer to call him Mr. N+1. He represented a long line of young men who + possess wavy, dishevelled locks, straight, bold, and open looks, + well-formed and strong bodies, and very large and powerful hearts. + </p> + <p> + All these youths have loved and perpetuated their love. Some of them have + succeeded in engraving it on the tablets of history, like Henry IV; + others, like Petrarch, have made literary preserves of it; some have + availed themselves for that purpose of the newspapers, wherein the + happenings of the day are recorded, and where they figured among those who + had strangled themselves, shot themselves, or who had been shot by others; + still others, the happiest and most modest of all, perpetuated their love + by entering it in the birth records—by creating posterity. + </p> + <p> + The love of N+1 was as strong as death, as a certain writer put it; as + strong as life, he thought. + </p> + <p> + Max was firmly convinced that he was the first to have discovered the + method of loving so intensely, so unrestrainedly, so passionately, and he + regarded with contempt all who had loved before him. Still more, he was + convinced that even after him no one would love as he did, and he felt + sorry that with his death the secret of true love would be lost to + mankind. But, being a modest young man, he attributed part of his + achievement to her—to his beloved. Not that she was perfection + itself, but she came very close to it, as close as an ideal can come to + reality. + </p> + <p> + There were prettier women than she, there were wiser women, but was there + ever a better woman? Did there ever exist a woman on whose face was so + clearly and distinctly written that she alone was worthy of love—of + infinite, pure, and devoted love? Max knew that there never were, and that + there never would be such women. In this respect, he had no special + peculiarities, just as Adam did not have them, just as you, my reader, do + not have them. Beginning with Grandmother Eve and ending with the woman + upon whom your eyes were directed—before you read these lines—the + same inscription is to be clearly and distinctly read on the face of every + woman at a certain time. The difference is only in the quality of the ink. + </p> + <p> + A very nasty day set in—it was Monday or Tuesday—when Max + noticed with a feeling of great terror that the inscription upon the dear + face was fading. Max rubbed his eyes, looked first from a distance, then + from all sides; but the fact was undeniable—the inscription was + fading. Soon the last letter also disappeared—the face was white + like the recently whitewashed wall of a new house. But he was convinced + that the inscription had disappeared not of itself, but that some one had + wiped it off. Who? + </p> + <p> + Max went to his friend, John N. He knew and he felt sure that such a true, + disinterested, and honest friend there never was and never would be. And + in this respect, too, as you see, Max had no special peculiarities. He + went to his friend for the purpose of taking his advice concerning the + mysterious disappearance of the inscription, and found John N. exactly at + the moment when he was wiping away that inscription by his kisses. It was + then that the records of the local occurrences were enriched by another + unfortunate incident, entitled “An Attempt at Suicide.” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + . . . . . . . . +</pre> + <p> + It is said that death always comes in due time. Evidently, that time had + not yet arrived for Max, for he remained alive—that is, he ate, + drank, walked, borrowed money and did not return it, and altogether he + showed by a series of psycho-physiological acts that he was a living + being, possessing a stomach, a will, and a mind—but his soul was + dead, or, to be more exact, it was absorbed in lethargic sleep. The sound + of human speech reached his ears, his eyes saw tears and laughter, but all + that did not stir a single echo, a single emotion in his soul. I do not + know what space of time had elapsed. It may have been one year, and it may + have been ten years, for the length of such intermissions in life depends + on how quickly the actor succeeds in changing his costume. + </p> + <p> + One beautiful day—it was Wednesday or Thursday—Max awakened + completely. A careful and guarded liquidation of his spiritual property + made it clear that a fair piece of Max’s soul, the part which contained + his love for woman and for his friends, was dead, like a + paralysis-stricken hand or foot. But what remained was, nevertheless, + enough for life. That was love for and faith in mankind. Then Max, having + renounced personal happiness, started to work for the happiness of others. + </p> + <p> + That was a new phase—he believed. + </p> + <p> + All the evil that is tormenting the world seemed to him to be concentrated + in a “red flower,” in one red flower. It was but necessary to tear it + down, and the incessant, heart-rending cries and moans which rise to the + indifferent sky from all points of the earth, like its natural breathing, + would be silenced. The evil of the world, he believed, lay in the evil + will and in the madness of the people. They themselves were to blame for + being unhappy, and they could be happy if they wished. This seemed so + clear and simple that Max was dumfounded in his amazement at human + stupidity. Humanity reminded him of a crowd huddled together in a spacious + temple and panic-stricken at the cry of “Fire!” + </p> + <p> + Instead of passing calmly through the wide doors and saving themselves, + the maddened people, with the cruelty of frenzied beasts, cry and roar, + crush one another and perish—not from the fire (for it is only + imaginary), but from their own madness. It is enough sometimes when one + sensible, firm word is uttered to this crowd—the crowd calms down + and imminent death is thus averted. Let, then, a hundred calm, rational + voices be raised to mankind, showing them where to escape and where the + danger lies—and heaven will be established on earth, if not + immediately, then at least within a very brief time. + </p> + <p> + Max began to utter his word of wisdom. How he uttered it you will learn + later. The name of Max was mentioned in the newspapers, shouted in the + market places, blessed and cursed; whole books were written on what Max + N+1 had done, what he was doing, and what he intended to do. He appeared + here and there and everywhere. He was seen standing at the head of the + crowd, commanding it; he was seen in chains and under the knife of the + guillotine. In this respect Max did not have any special peculiarities, + either. A preacher of humility and peace, a stern bearer of fire and + sword, he was the same Max—Max the believer. But while he was doing + all this, time kept passing on. His nerves were shattered; his wavy locks + became thin and his head began to look like that of Elijah the Prophet; + here and there he felt a piercing pain.... + </p> + <p> + The earth continued to turn light-mindedly around the sun, now coming + nearer to it, now retreating coquettishly, and giving the impression that + it fixed all its attention upon its household friend, the moon; the days + were replaced by other days, and the dark nights by other dark nights, + with such pedantic German punctuality and correctness that all the + artistic natures were compelled to move over to the far north by degrees, + where the devil himself would break his head endeavouring to distinguish + between day and night—when suddenly something happened to Max. + </p> + <p> + Somehow it happened that Max became misunderstood. He had calmed the crowd + by his words of wisdom many a time before and had saved them from mutual + destruction but now he was not understood. They thought that it was he who + had shouted “Fire!” With all the eloquence of which he was capable he + assured them that he was exerting all his efforts for their sake alone; + that he himself needed absolutely nothing, for he was alone, childless; + that he was ready to forget the sad misunderstanding and serve them again + with faith and truth—but all in vain. They would not trust him. And + in this respect Max did not have any special peculiarities, either. The + sad incident ended for Max in a new intermission. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + . . . . . . . . +</pre> + <p> + Max was alive, as was positively established by medical experts, who had + made a series of simple tests. Thus, when they pricked a needle into his + foot, he shook his foot and tried to remove the needle. When they put food + before him, he ate it, but he did not walk and did not ask for any loans, + which clearly testified to the complete decline of his energy. His soul + was dead—as much as the soul can be dead while the body is alive. To + Max all that he had loved and believed in was dead. Impenetrable gloom + wrapped his soul. There were neither feelings in it, nor desires, nor + thoughts. And there was not a more unhappy man in the world than Max, if + he was a man at all. + </p> + <p> + But he was a man. + </p> + <p> + According to the calendar, it was Friday or Saturday, when Max awakened as + from a prolonged sleep. With the pleasant sensation of an owner to whom + his property has been restored which had wrongly been taken from him, Max + realised that he was once more in possession of all his five senses. + </p> + <p> + His sight reported to him that he was all alone, in a place which might in + justice be called either a room or a chimney. Each wall of the room was + about a metre and a half wide and about ten metres high. The walls were + straight, white, smooth, with no openings, except one through which food + was brought to Max. An electric lamp was burning brightly on the ceiling. + It was burning all the time, so that Max did not know now what darkness + was. There was no furniture in the room, and Max had to lie on the stone + floor. He lay curled together, as the narrowness of the room did not + permit him to stretch himself. + </p> + <p> + His sense of hearing reported to him that until the day of his death he + would not leave this room.... Having reported this, his hearing sank into + inactivity, for not the slightest sound came from without, except the + sounds which Max himself produced, tossing about, or shouting until he was + hoarse, until he lost his voice. + </p> + <p> + Max looked into himself. In contrast to the outward light which never went + out he saw within himself impenetrable, heavy, and motionless darkness. In + that darkness his love and faith were buried. + </p> + <p> + Max did not know whether time was moving or whether it stood motionless. + The same even, white light poured down on him—the same silence and + quiet. Only by the beating of his heart Max could judge that Chronos had + not left his chariot. His body was aching ever more from the unnatural + position in which it lay, and the constant light and silence were growing + ever more tormenting. How happy are they for whom night exists, near whom + people are shouting, making noise, beating drums; who may sit on a chair, + with their feet hanging down, or lie with their feet outstretched, placing + the head in a corner and covering it with the hands in order to create the + illusion of darkness. + </p> + <p> + Max made an effort to recall and to picture to himself what there is in + life; human faces, voices, the stars.... He knew that his eyes would never + in life see that again. He knew it, and yet he lived. He could have + destroyed himself, for there is no position in which a man can not do + that, but instead Max worried about his health, trying to eat, although he + had no appetite, solving mathematical problems to occupy his mind so as + not to lose his reason. He struggled against death as if it were not his + deliverer, but his enemy; and as if life were to him not the worst of + infernal tortures—but love, faith, and happiness. Gloom in the Past, + the grave in the Future, and infernal tortures in the Present—and + yet he lived. Tell me, John N., where did he get the strength for that? + </p> + <p> + He hoped. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE OCEAN + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I + </h2> + <p> + A misty February twilight is descending over the ocean. The newly fallen + snow has melted and the warm air is heavy and damp. The northwestern wind + from the sea is driving it silently toward the mainland, bringing in its + wake a sharply fragrant mixture of brine, of boundless space, of + undisturbed, free and mysterious distances. + </p> + <p> + In the sky, where the sun is setting, a noiseless destruction of an + unknown city, of an unknown land, is taking place; structures, magnificent + palaces with towers, are crumbling; mountains are silently splitting + asunder and, bending slowly, are tumbling down. But no cry, no moan, no + crash of the fall reaches the earth—the monstrous play of shadows is + noiseless; and the great surface of the ocean, as though ready for + something, as though waiting for something, reflecting it faintly, listens + to it in silence. + </p> + <p> + Silence reigns also in the fishermen’s settlement. The fishermen have gone + fishing; the children are sleeping and only the restless women, gathered + in front of the houses, are talking softly, lingering before going to + sleep, beyond which there is always the unknown. + </p> + <p> + The light of the sea and the sky behind the houses, and the houses and + their bark roofs are black and sharp, and there is no perspective: the + houses that are far and those that are near seem to stand side by side as + if attached to one another, the roofs and the walls embracing one another, + pressing close to one another, seized with the same uneasiness before the + eternal unknown. + </p> + <p> + Right here there is also a little church, its side wall formed crudely of + rough granite, with a deep window which seems to be concealing itself. + </p> + <p> + A cautious sound of women’s voices is heard, softened by uneasiness and by + the approaching night. + </p> + <p> + “We can sleep peacefully to-night. The sea is calm and the rollers are + breaking like the clock in the steeple of old Dan.” + </p> + <p> + “They will come back with the morning tide. My husband told me that they + will come back with the morning tide.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps they will come back with the evening tide. It is better for us to + think they will come back in the evening, so that our waiting will not be + in vain. + </p> + <p> + “But I must build a fire in the stove.” + </p> + <p> + “When the men are away from home, one does not feel like starting a fire. + I never build a fire, even when I am awake; it seems to me that fire + brings a storm. It is better to be quiet and silent.” + </p> + <p> + “And listen to the wind? No, that is terrible.” + </p> + <p> + “I love the fire. I should like to sleep near the fire, but my husband + does not allow it.” + </p> + <p> + “Why doesn’t old Dan come here? It is time to strike the hour.” + </p> + <p> + “Old Dan will play in the church to-night; he cannot bear such silence as + this. When the sea is roaring, old Dan hides himself and is silent—he + is afraid of the sea. But, as soon as the waves calm down, Dan crawls out + quietly and sits down to play his organ.” + </p> + <p> + The women laugh softly. + </p> + <p> + “He reproaches the sea.” + </p> + <p> + “He is complaining to God against it. He knows how to complain well. One + feels like crying when he tells God about those who have perished at sea. + Mariet, have you seen Dan to-day? Why are you silent, Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + Mariet is the adopted daughter of the abbot, in whose house old Dan, the + organist, lives. Absorbed in thought, she does not hear the question. + </p> + <p> + “Mariet, do you hear? Anna is asking you whether you have seen Dan + to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I think I have. I don’t remember. He is in his room. He does not + like to leave his room when father goes fishing.” + </p> + <p> + “Dan is fond of the city priests. He cannot get used to the idea of a + priest who goes fishing, like an ordinary fisherman, and who goes to sea + with our husbands.” + </p> + <p> + “He is simply afraid of the sea.” + </p> + <p> + “You may say what you like, but I believe we have the very best priest in + the world.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s true. I fear him, but I love him as a father.” + </p> + <p> + “May God forgive me, but I would have been proud and always happy, if I + were his adopted daughter. Do you hear, Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + The women laugh softly and tenderly. + </p> + <p> + “Do you hear, Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + “I do. But aren’t you tired of always laughing at the same thing? Yes, I + am his daughter—Is it so funny that you will laugh all your life at + it?” + </p> + <p> + The women commence to justify themselves confusedly. + </p> + <p> + “But he laughs at it himself.” + </p> + <p> + “The abbot is fond of jesting. He says so comically: ‘My adopted + daughter,’ and then he strikes himself with his fist and shouts: ‘She’s my + real daughter, not my adopted daughter. She’s my real daughter.’” + </p> + <p> + “I have never known my mother, but this laughter would have been + unpleasant to her. I feel it,” says Mariet. + </p> + <p> + The women grow silent. The breakers strike against the shore dully with + the regularity of a great pendulum. The unknown city, wrapped with fire + and smoke, is still being destroyed in the sky; yet it does not fall down + completely; and the sea is waiting. Mariet lifts her lowered head. + </p> + <p> + “What were you going to say, Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + “Didn’t he pass here?” asks Mariet in a low voice. + </p> + <p> + Another woman answers timidly: + </p> + <p> + “Hush! Why do you speak of him? I fear him. No, he did not pass this way.” + </p> + <p> + “He did. I saw from the window that he passed by.” + </p> + <p> + “You are mistaken; it was some one else.” + </p> + <p> + “Who else could that be? Is it possible to make a mistake, if you have + once seen him walk? No one walks as he does.” + </p> + <p> + “Naval officers, Englishmen, walk like that.” + </p> + <p> + “No. Haven’t I seen naval officers in the city? They walk firmly, but + openly; even a girl could trust them.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, look out!” + </p> + <p> + Frightened and cautious laughter. + </p> + <p> + “No, don’t laugh. He walks without looking at the ground; he puts his feet + down as if the ground itself must take them cautiously and place them.” + </p> + <p> + “But if there’s a stone on the road? We have many stones here.” + </p> + <p> + “He does not bend down, nor does he hide his head when a strong wind + blows.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course not. Of course not. He does not hide his head.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it true that he is handsome? Who has seen him at close range?” + </p> + <p> + “I,” says Mariet. + </p> + <p> + “No, no, don’t speak of him; I shall not be able to sleep all night. Since + they settled on that hill, in that accursed castle, I know no rest; I am + dying of fear. You are also afraid. Confess it.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, not all of us are afraid.” + </p> + <p> + “What have they come here for? There are two of them. What is there for + them to do here in our poor land, where we have nothing but stones and the + sea?” + </p> + <p> + “They drink gin. The sailor comes every morning for gin.” + </p> + <p> + “They are simply drunkards who don’t want anybody to disturb their + drinking. When the sailor passes along the street he leaves behind him an + odour as of an open bottle of rum.” + </p> + <p> + “But is that their business—drinking gin? I fear them. Where is the + ship that brought them here? They came from the sea.” + </p> + <p> + “I saw the ship,” says Mariet. + </p> + <p> + The women begin to question her in amazement. + </p> + <p> + “You? Why, then, didn’t you say anything about it? Tell us what you know.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet maintains silence. Suddenly one of the women exclaims: + </p> + <p> + “Ah, look! They have lit a lamp. There is a light in the castle!” + </p> + <p> + On the left, about half a mile away from the village, a faint light flares + up, a red little coal in the dark blue of the twilight and the distance. + There upon a high rock, overhanging the sea, stands an ancient castle, a + grim heritage of grey and mysterious antiquity. Long destroyed, long + ruined, it blends with the rocks, continuing and delusively ending them by + the broken, dented line of its batteries, its shattered roofs, its + half-crumbled towers. Now the rocks and the castle are covered with a + smoky shroud of twilight. They seem airy, devoid of any weight, and almost + as fantastic as those monstrous heaps of structures which are piled up and + which are falling so noiselessly in the sky. But while the others are + falling this one stands, and a live light reddens against the deep blue—and + it is just as strange a sight as if a human hand were to kindle a light in + the clouds. + </p> + <p> + Turning their heads in that direction, the women look on with frightened + eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Do you see,” says one of them. “It is even worse than a light on a + cemetery. Who needs a light among the tombstones?” + </p> + <p> + “It is getting cold toward night and the sailor must have thrown some + branches into the fireplace, that’s all. At least, I think so,” says + Mariet. + </p> + <p> + “And I think that the abbot should have gone there with holy water long + ago.” + </p> + <p> + “Or with the gendarmes! If that isn’t the devil himself, it is surely one + of his assistants.” + </p> + <p> + “It is impossible to live peacefully with such neighbours close by.” + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid for the children.” + </p> + <p> + “And for your soul?” + </p> + <p> + Two elderly women rise silently and go away. Then a third, an old woman, + also rises. + </p> + <p> + “We must ask the abbot whether it isn’t a sin to look at such a light.” + </p> + <p> + She goes off. The smoke in the sky is ever increasing and the fire is + subsiding, and the unknown city is already near its dark end. The sea + odour is growing ever sharper and stronger. Night is coming from the + shore. + </p> + <p> + Their heads turned, the women watch the departing old woman. Then they + turn again toward the light. + </p> + <p> + Mariet, as though defending some one, says softly: + </p> + <p> + “There can’t be anything bad in light. For there is light in the candles + on God’s altar.” + </p> + <p> + “But there is also fire for Satan in hell,” says another old woman, + heavily and angrily, and then goes off. Now four remain, all young girls. + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid,” says one, pressing close to her companion. + </p> + <p> + The noiseless and cold conflagration in the sky is ended; the city is + destroyed; the unknown land is in ruins. There are no longer any walls or + falling towers; a heap of pale blue gigantic shapes have fallen silently + into the abyss of the ocean and the night. A young little star glances at + the earth with frightened eyes; it feels like coming out of the clouds + near the castle, and because of its inmost neighbourship the heavy castle + grows darker, and the light in its window seems redder and darker. + </p> + <p> + “Good night, Mariet,” says the girl who sat alone, and then she goes off. + </p> + <p> + “Let us also go; it is getting cold,” say the other two, rising. “Good + night, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + “Good night.” + </p> + <p> + “Why are you alone, Mariet? Why are you alone, Mariet, in the daytime and + at night, on week days and on merry holidays? Do you love to think of your + betrothed?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do. I love to think of Philipp.” + </p> + <p> + The girl laughs. + </p> + <p> + “But you don’t want to see him. When he goes out to sea, you look at the + sea for hours; when he comes back—you are not there. Where are you + hiding yourself?” + </p> + <p> + “I love to think of Philipp.” + </p> + <p> + “Like a blind man he gropes among the houses, forever calling: ‘Mariet! + Mariet! Have you not seen Mariet?’” + </p> + <p> + They go off laughing and repeating: + </p> + <p> + “Good night, Mariet. ‘Have you not seen Mariet! Mariet!’” + </p> + <p> + The girl is left alone. She looks at the light in the castle. She hears + soft, irresolute footsteps. + </p> + <p> + Old Dan, of small stature, slim, a coughing old man with a clean-shaven + face, comes out from behind the church. Because of his irresoluteness, or + because of the weakness of his eyes, he steps uncertainly, touching the + ground cautiously and with a certain degree of fear. + </p> + <p> + “Oho! Oho!” + </p> + <p> + “Is that you, Dan?” + </p> + <p> + “The sea is calm, Dan. Are you going to play to-night?” + </p> + <p> + “Oho! I shall ring the bell seven times. Seven times I shall ring it and + send to God seven of His holy hours.” + </p> + <p> + He takes the rope of the bell and strikes the hour—seven ringing and + slow strokes. The wind plays with them, it drops them to the ground, but + before they touch it, it catches them tenderly, sways them softly and with + a light accompaniment of whistling carries them off to the dark coast. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no!” mutters Dan. “Bad hours, they fall to the ground. They are not + His holy hours and He will send them back. Oh, a storm is coming! O Lord, + have mercy on those who are perishing at sea!” + </p> + <p> + He mutters and coughs. + </p> + <p> + “Dan, I have seen the ship again to-day. Do you hear, Dan?” + </p> + <p> + “Many ships are going out to sea.” + </p> + <p> + “But this one had black sails. It was again going toward the sun.” + </p> + <p> + “Many ships are going out to sea. Listen, Mariet, there was once a wise + king—Oh, how wise he was!—and he commanded that the sea be + lashed with chains. Oho!” + </p> + <p> + “I know, Dan. You told me about it.” + </p> + <p> + “Oho, with chains! But it did not occur to him to christen the sea. Why + did it not occur to him to do that, Mariet? Ah, why did he not think of + it? We have no such kings now.” + </p> + <p> + “What would have happened, Dan?” + </p> + <p> + “Oho!” + </p> + <p> + He whispers softly: + </p> + <p> + “All the rivers and the streams have already been christened, and the + cross of the Lord has touched even many stagnant swamps; only the sea + remained—that nasty, salty, deep pool.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you scold it? It does not like to be scolded,” Mariet reproaches + him. + </p> + <p> + “Oho! Let the sea not like it—I am not afraid of it. The sea thinks + it is also an organ and music for God. It is a nasty, hissing, furious + pool. A salty spit of satan. Fie! Fie! Fie!” + </p> + <p> + He goes to the doors at the entrance of the church muttering angrily, + threatening, as though celebrating some victory: + </p> + <p> + “Oho! Oho!” + </p> + <p> + “Dan!” + </p> + <p> + “Go home.” + </p> + <p> + “Dan! Why don’t you light candles when you play? Dan, I don’t love my + betrothed. Do you hear, Dan?” + </p> + <p> + Dan turns his head unwillingly. + </p> + <p> + “I have heard it long ago, Mariet. Tell it to your father.” + </p> + <p> + “Where is my mother, Dan?” + </p> + <p> + “Oho! You are mad again, Mariet? You are gazing too much at the sea—yes. + I am going to tell—I am going to tell your father, yes.” + </p> + <p> + He enters the church. Soon the sounds of the organ are heard. Faint in the + first, long-drawn, deeply pensive chords, they rapidly gain strength. And + with a passionate sadness, their human melodies now wrestle with the dull + and gloomy plaintiveness of the tireless surf. Like seagulls in a storm, + the sounds soar amidst the high waves, unable to rise higher on their + overburdened wings. The stern ocean holds them captive by its wild and + eternal charms. But when they have risen, the lowered ocean roars more + dully; now they rise still higher—and the heavy, almost voiceless + pile of water is shaking helplessly. Varied voices resound through the + expanse of the resplendent distances. Day has one sorrow, night has + another sorrow, and the proud, ever rebellious, black ocean suddenly seems + to become an eternal slave. + </p> + <p> + Her cheek pressed against the cold stone of the wall, Mariet is listening, + all alone. She is growing reconciled to something; she is grieving ever + more quietly. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly, firm footsteps are heard on the road; the cobblestones are + creaking under the vigorous steps—and a man appears from behind the + church. He walks slowly and sternly, like those who do not roam in vain, + and who know the earth from end to end. He carries his hat in his hands; + he is thinking of something, looking ahead. On his broad shoulders is set + a round, strong head, with short hair; his dark profile is stern and + commandingly haughty, and, although the man is dressed in a partly + military uniform, he does not subject his body to the discipline of his + clothes, but masters it as a free man. The folds of his clothes fall + submissively. + </p> + <p> + Mariet greets him: + </p> + <p> + “Good evening.” + </p> + <p> + He walks on quite a distance, then stops and turns his head slowly. He + waits silently, as though regretting to part with his silence. + </p> + <p> + “Did you say ‘Good evening’ to me?” he asks at last. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, to you. Good evening.” + </p> + <p> + He looks at her silently. + </p> + <p> + “Well, good evening. This is the first time I have been greeted in this + land, and I was surprised when I heard your voice. Come nearer to me. Why + don’t you sleep when all are sleeping? Who are you?” + </p> + <p> + “I am the daughter of the abbot of this place.” + </p> + <p> + He laughs: + </p> + <p> + “Have priests children? Or are there special priests in your land?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the priests are different here.” + </p> + <p> + “Now, I recall, Khorre told me something about the priest of this place.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is Khorre?” + </p> + <p> + “My sailor. The one who buys gin in your settlement.” + </p> + <p> + He suddenly laughs again and continues: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he told me something. Was it your father who cursed the Pope and + declared his own church independent?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And he makes his own prayers? And goes to sea with the fishermen? And + punishes with his own hands those who disobey him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. I am his daughter. My name is Mariet. And what is your name?” + </p> + <p> + “I have many names. Which one shall I tell you?” + </p> + <p> + “The one by which you were christened.” + </p> + <p> + “What makes you think that I was christened?” + </p> + <p> + “Then tell me the name by which your mother called you.” + </p> + <p> + “What makes you think that I had a mother? I do not know my mother.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet says softly: + </p> + <p> + “Neither do I know my mother.” + </p> + <p> + Both are silent. They look at each other kindly. + </p> + <p> + “Is that so?” he says. “You, too, don’t know your mother? Well, then, call + me Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + “Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. Do you like the name? I have invented it myself—Haggart. It’s + a pity that you have been named already. I would have invented a fine name + for you.” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly he frowned. + </p> + <p> + “Tell me, Mariet, why is your land so mournful? I walk along your paths + and only the cobblestones creak under my feet. And on both sides are huge + rocks.” + </p> + <p> + “That is on the road to the castle—none of us ever go there. Is it + true that these stones stop the passersby with the question: ‘Where are + you going?’” + </p> + <p> + “No, they are mute. Why is your land so mournful? It is almost a week + since I’ve seen my shadow. It is impossible! I don’t see my shadow.” + </p> + <p> + “Our land is very cheerful and full of joy. It is still winter now, but + soon spring will come, and sunshine will come back with it. You shall see + it, Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + He speaks with contempt: + </p> + <p> + “And you are sitting and waiting calmly for its return? You must be a fine + set of people! Ah, if I only had a ship!” + </p> + <p> + “What would you have done?” + </p> + <p> + He looks at her morosely and shakes his head suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “You are too inquisitive, little girl. Has any one sent you over to me?” + </p> + <p> + “No. What do you need a ship for?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart laughs good-naturedly and ironically: + </p> + <p> + “She asks what a man needs a ship for. You must be a fine set of people. + You don’t know what a man needs a ship for! And you speak seriously? If I + had a ship I would have rushed toward the sun. And it would not matter how + it sets its golden sails, I would overtake it with my black sails. And I + would force it to outline my shadow on the deck of my ship. And I would + put my foot upon it this way!” + </p> + <p> + He stamps his foot firmly. Then Mariet asks, cautiously: + </p> + <p> + “Did you say with black sails?” + </p> + <p> + “That’s what I said. Why do you always ask questions? I have no ship, you + know. Good-bye.” + </p> + <p> + He puts on his hat, but does not move. Mariet maintains silence. Then he + says, very angrily: + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you, too, like the music of your old Dan, that old fool?” + </p> + <p> + “You know his name?” + </p> + <p> + “Khorre told me it. I don’t like his music, no, no. Bring me a good, + honest dog, or beast, and he will howl. You will say that he knows no + music—he does, but he can’t bear falsehood. Here is music. Listen!” + </p> + <p> + He takes Mariet by the hand and turns her roughly, her face toward the + ocean. + </p> + <p> + “Do you hear? This is music. Your Dan has robbed the sea and the wind. No, + he is worse than a thief, he is a deceiver! He should be hanged on a + sailyard—your Dan! Good-bye!” + </p> + <p> + He goes, but after taking two steps he turns around. + </p> + <p> + “I said good-bye to you. Go home. Let this fool play alone. Well, go.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet is silent, motionless. Haggart laughs: + </p> + <p> + “Are you afraid perhaps that I have forgotten your name? I remember it. + Your name is Mariet. Go, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + She says softly: + </p> + <p> + “I have seen your ship.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart advances to her quickly and bends down. His face is terrible. + </p> + <p> + “It is not true. When?” + </p> + <p> + “Last evening.” + </p> + <p> + “It is not true! Which way was it going?” + </p> + <p> + “Toward the sun.” + </p> + <p> + “Last evening I was drunk and I slept. But this is not true. I have never + seen it. You are testing me. Beware!” + </p> + <p> + “Shall I tell you if I see it again?” + </p> + <p> + “How can you tell me?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall come up your hill.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart looks at her attentively. + </p> + <p> + “If you are only telling me the truth. What sort of people are there in + your land—false or not? In the lands I know, all the people are + false. Has any one else seen that ship?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know. I was alone on the shore. Now I see that it was not your + ship. You are not glad to hear of it.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart is silent, as though he has forgotten her presence. + </p> + <p> + “You have a pretty uniform. You are silent? I shall come up to you.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart is silent. His dark profile is stern and wildly gloomy; every + motion of his powerful body, every fold of his clothes, is full of the + dull silence of the taciturnity of long hours, or days, or perhaps of a + lifetime. + </p> + <p> + “Your sailor will not kill me? You are silent. I have a betrothed. His + name is Philipp, but I don’t love him. You are now like that rock which + lies on the road leading to the castle.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart turns around silently and starts. + </p> + <p> + “I also remember your name. Your name is Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + He goes away. + </p> + <p> + “Haggart!” calls Mariet, but he has already disappeared behind the house. + Only the creaking of the scattered cobblestones is heard, dying away in + the misty air. Dan, who has taken a rest, is playing again; he is telling + God about those who have perished at sea. + </p> + <p> + The night is growing darker. Neither the rock nor the castle is visible + now; only the light in the window is redder and brighter. + </p> + <p> + The dull thuds of the tireless breakers are telling the story of different + lives. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II + </h2> + <p> + A strong wind is tossing the fragment of a sail which is hanging over the + large, open window. The sail is too small to cover the entire window, and, + through the gaping hole, the dark night is breathing inclement weather. + There is no rain, but the warm wind, saturated with the sea, is heavy and + damp. + </p> + <p> + Here in the tower live Haggart and his sailor, Khorre. Both are sleeping + now a heavy, drunken sleep. On the table and in the corners of the room + there are empty bottles, and the remains of food; the only taburet is + overturned, lying on one side. Toward evening the sailor got up, lit a + large illumination lamp, and was about to do more, but he was overcome by + intoxication again and fell asleep upon his thin mattress of straw and + seagrass. Tossed by the wind, the flame of the illumination-lamp is + quivering in yellow, restless spots over the uneven, mutilated walls, + losing itself in the dark opening of the door, which leads to the other + rooms of the castle. + </p> + <p> + Haggart lies on his back, and the same quivering yellow shades run + noiselessly over his strong forehead, approach his closed eyes, his + straight, sharply outlined nose, and, tossing about in confusion, rush + back to the wall. The breathing of the sleeping man is deep and uneven; + from time to time his heavy, strange hand lifts itself, makes several + weak, unfinished movements, and falls down on his breast helplessly. + </p> + <p> + Outside the window the breakers are roaring and raging, beating against + the rocks—this is the second day a storm is raging in the ocean. The + ancient tower is quivering from the violent blows of the waves. It + responds to the storm with the rustling of the falling plaster, with the + rattling of the little cobblestones as they are torn down, with the + whisper and moans of the wind which has lost its way in the passages. It + whispers and mutters like an old woman. + </p> + <p> + The sailor begins to feel cold on the stone floor, on which the wind + spreads itself like water; he tosses about, folds his legs under himself, + draws his head into his shoulders, gropes for his imaginary clothes, but + is unable to wake up—his intoxication produced by a two days’ spree + is heavy and severe. But now the wind whines more powerfully than before; + something heaves a deep groan. Perhaps a part of a destroyed wall has sunk + into the sea. The quivering yellow spots commence to toss about upon the + crooked wall more desperately, and Khorre awakes. + </p> + <p> + He sits up on his mattress, looks around, but is unable to understand + anything. + </p> + <p> + The wind is hissing like a robber summoning other robbers, and filling the + night with disquieting phantoms. It seems as if the sea were full of + sinking vessels, of people who are drowning and desperately struggling + with death. Voices are heard. Somewhere near by people are shouting, + scolding each other, laughing and singing, like madmen, or talking + sensibly and rapidly—it seems that soon one will see a strange human + face distorted by horror or laughter, or fingers bent convulsively. But + there is a strong smell of the sea, and that, together with the cold, + brings Khorre to his senses. + </p> + <p> + “Noni!” he calls hoarsely, but Haggart does not hear him. After a moment’s + thought, he calls once more: + </p> + <p> + “Captain. Noni! Get up.” + </p> + <p> + But Haggart does not answer and the sailor mutters: + </p> + <p> + “Noni is drunk and he sleeps. Let him sleep. Oh, what a cold night it is. + There isn’t enough warmth in it even to warm your nose. I am cold. I feel + cold and lonesome, Noni. I can’t drink like that, although everybody knows + I am a drunkard. But it is one thing to drink, and another to drown in gin—that’s + an entirely different matter. Noni—you are like a drowned man, + simply like a corpse. I feel ashamed for your sake, Noni. I shall drink + now and—” + </p> + <p> + He rises, and staggering, finds an unopened bottle and drinks. + </p> + <p> + “A fine wind. They call this a storm—do you hear, Noni? They call + this a storm. What will they call a real storm?” + </p> + <p> + He drinks again. + </p> + <p> + “A fine wind!” + </p> + <p> + He goes over to the window and, pushing aside the corner of the sail, + looks out. + </p> + <p> + “Not a single light on the sea, or in the village. They have hidden + themselves and are sleeping—they are waiting for the storm to pass. + B-r-r, how cold! I would have driven them all out to sea; it is mean to go + to sea only when the weather is calm. That is cheating the sea. I am a + pirate, that’s true; my name is Khorre, and I should have been hanged long + ago on a yard, that’s true, too—but I shall never allow myself such + meanness as to cheat the sea. Why did you bring me to this hole, Noni?” + </p> + <p> + He picks up some brushwood, and throws it into the fireplace. + </p> + <p> + “I love you, Noni. I am now going to start a fire to warm your feet. I + used to be your nurse, Noni; but you have lost your reason—that’s + true. I am a wise man, but I don’t understand your conduct at all. Why did + you drop your ship? You will be hanged, Noni, you will be hanged, and I + will dangle by your side. You have lost your reason, that’s true!” + </p> + <p> + He starts a fire, then prepares food and drink. + </p> + <p> + “What will you say when you wake up? ‘Fire.’ And I will answer, ‘Here it + is.’ Then you will say, ‘Something to drink.’ And I will answer, ‘Here it + is.’ And then you will drink your fill again, and I will drink with you, + and you will prate nonsense. How long is this going to last? We have lived + this way two months now, or perhaps two years, or twenty years—I am + drowning in gin—I don’t understand your conduct at all, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + He drinks. + </p> + <p> + “Either I have lost my mind from this gin, or a ship is being wrecked near + by. How they are crying!” + </p> + <p> + He looks out of the window. + </p> + <p> + “No, no one is here. It is the wind. The wind feels weary, and it plays + all by itself. It has seen many shipwrecks, and now it is inventing. The + wind itself is crying; the wind itself is scolding and sobbing; and the + wind itself is laughing—the rogue! But if you think that this rag + with which I have covered the window is a sail, and that this ruin of a + castle is a three-masted brig, you are a fool! We are not going anywhere! + We are standing securely at our moorings, do you hear?” + </p> + <p> + He pushes the sleeping man cautiously. + </p> + <p> + “Get up, Noni. I feel lonesome. If we must drink, let’s drink together—I + feel lonesome. Noni!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart awakens, stretches himself and says, without opening his eyes: + </p> + <p> + “Fire.” + </p> + <p> + “Here it is.” + </p> + <p> + “Something to drink.” + </p> + <p> + “Here it is! A fine wind, Noni. I looked out of the window, and the sea + splashed into my eyes. It is high tide now and the water-dust flies up to + the tower. I feel lonesome, Noni. I want to speak to you. Don’t be angry!” + </p> + <p> + “It’s cold.” + </p> + <p> + “Soon the fire will burn better. I don’t understand your actions. Don’t be + angry, Noni, but I don’t understand your actions! I am afraid that you + have lost your mind.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you drink again?” + </p> + <p> + “I did.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me some.” + </p> + <p> + He drinks from the mouth of the bottle lying on the floor, his eyes + wandering over the crooked mutilated walls, whose every projection and + crack is now lighted by the bright flame in the fireplace. He is not quite + sure yet whether he is awake, or whether it is all a dream. With each + strong gust of wind the flame is hurled from the fireplace, and then the + entire tower seems to dance—the last shadows melt and rush off into + the open door. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t drink it all at once, Noni! Not all at once!” says the sailor and + gently takes the bottle away from him. Haggart seats himself and clasps + his head with both hands. + </p> + <p> + “I have a headache. What is that cry? Was there a shipwreck?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Noni. It is the wind playing roguishly.” + </p> + <p> + “Khorre!” + </p> + <p> + “Captain.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me the bottle.” + </p> + <p> + He drinks a little more and sets the bottle on the table. Then he paces + the room, straightening his shoulders and his chest, and looks out of the + window. Khorre looks over his shoulder and whispers: + </p> + <p> + “Not a single light. It is dark and deserted. Those who had to die have + died already, and the cautious cowards are sitting on the solid earth.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart turns around and says, wiping his face: + </p> + <p> + “When I am intoxicated, I hear voices and singing. Does that happen to + you, too, Khorre? Who is that singing now?” + </p> + <p> + “The wind is singing, Noni—only the wind.” + </p> + <p> + “No, but who else? It seems to me a human being is singing, a woman is + singing, and others are laughing and shouting something. Is that all + nothing but the wind?” + </p> + <p> + “Only the wind.” + </p> + <p> + “Why does the wind deceive me?” says Haggart haughtily. + </p> + <p> + “It feels lonesome, Noni, just as I do, and it laughs at the human beings. + Have you heard the wind lying like this and mocking in the open sea? There + it tells the truth, but here—it frightens the people on shore and + mocks them. The wind does not like cowards. You know it.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart says morosely: + </p> + <p> + “I heard their organist playing not long ago in church. He lies.” + </p> + <p> + “They are all liars.” + </p> + <p> + “No!” exclaims Haggart angrily. “Not all. There are some who tell the + truth there, too. I shall cut your ears off if you will slander honest + people. Do you hear?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + They are silent; they listen to the wild music of the sea. The wind has + evidently grown mad. Having taken into its embrace a multitude of + instruments with which human beings produce their music—harps, + reed-pipes, priceless violins, heavy drums and brass trumpets—it + breaks them all, together with a wave, against the sharp rocks. It dashes + them and bursts into laughter—only thus does the wind understand + music—each time in the death of an instrument, each time in the + breaking of strings, in the snapping of the clanging brass. Thus does the + mad musician understand music. Haggart heaves a deep sigh and with some + amazement, like a man just awakened from sleep, looks around on all sides. + Then he commands shortly: + </p> + <p> + “Give me my pipe.” + </p> + <p> + “Here it is.” + </p> + <p> + Both commence to smoke. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t be angry, Noni,” says the sailor. “You have become so angry that + one can’t come near you at all. May I chat with you?” + </p> + <p> + “There are some who do tell the truth there, too,” says Haggart sternly, + emitting rings of smoke. + </p> + <p> + “How shall I say it you, Noni?” answers the sailor cautiously but + stubbornly. “There are no truthful people there. It has been so ever since + the deluge. At that time all the honest people went out to sea, and only + the cowards and liars remained upon the solid earth.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart is silent for a minute; then he takes the pipe from his mouth and + laughs gaily. + </p> + <p> + “Have you invented it yourself?” + </p> + <p> + “I think so,” says Khorre modestly. + </p> + <p> + “Clever! And it was worth teaching you sacred history for that! Were you + taught by a priest?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. In prison. At that time I was as innocent as a dove. That’s also + from sacred scriptures, Noni. That’s what they always say there.” + </p> + <p> + “He was a fool! It was not necessary to teach you, but to hang you,” says + Haggart, adding morosely: “Don’t talk nonsense, sailor. Hand me a bottle.” + </p> + <p> + They drink. Khorre stamps his foot against the stone floor and asks: + </p> + <p> + “Do you like this motionless floor?” + </p> + <p> + “I should have liked to have the deck of a ship dancing under my feet.” + </p> + <p> + “Noni!” exclaims the sailor enthusiastically. “Noni! Now I hear real + words! Let us go away from here. I cannot live like this. I am drowning in + gin. I don’t understand your actions at all, Noni! You have lost your + mind. Reveal yourself to me, my boy. I was your nurse. I nursed you, Noni, + when your father brought you on board ship. I remember how the city was + burning then and we were putting out to sea, and I didn’t know what to do + with you; you whined like a little pig in the cook’s room. I even wanted + to throw you overboard—you annoyed me so much. Ah, Noni, it is all + so touching that I can’t bear to recall it. I must have a drink. Take a + drink, too, my boy, but not all at once, not all at once!” + </p> + <p> + They drink. Haggart paces the room heavily and slowly, like a man who is + imprisoned in a dungeon but does not want to escape. + </p> + <p> + “I feel sad,” he says, without looking at Khorre. Khorre, as though + understanding, shakes his head in assent. + </p> + <p> + “Sad? I understand. Since then?” + </p> + <p> + “Ever since then.” + </p> + <p> + “Ever since we drowned those people? They cried so loudly.” + </p> + <p> + “I did not hear their cry. But this I heard—something snapped in my + heart, Khorre. Always sadness, everywhere sadness! Let me drink!” + </p> + <p> + He drinks. + </p> + <p> + “He who cried—am I perhaps afraid of him, Khorre? That would be + fine! Tears were trickling from his eyes; he wept like one who is + unfortunate. Why did he do that? Perhaps he came from a land where the + people had never heard of death—what do you think, sailor?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t remember him, Noni. You speak so much about him, while I don’t + remember him.” + </p> + <p> + “He was a fool,” says Haggart. “He spoilt his death for himself, and + spoilt me my life. I curse him, Khorre. May he be cursed. But that doesn’t + matter, Khorre—no!” + </p> + <p> + Silence. + </p> + <p> + “They have good gin on this coast,” says Khorre. “He’ll pass easily, Noni. + If you have cursed him there will be no delay; he’ll slip into hell like + an oyster.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart shakes his head: + </p> + <p> + “No, Khorre, no! I am sad. Ah, sailor, why have I stopped here, where I + hear the sea? I should go away, far away on land, where the people don’t + know the sea at all, where the people have never heard about the sea—a + thousand miles away, five thousand miles away!” + </p> + <p> + “There is no such land.” + </p> + <p> + “There is, Khorre. Let us drink and laugh, Khorre. That organist lies. + Sing something for me, Khorre—you sing well. In your hoarse voice I + hear the creaking of ropes. Your refrain is like a sail that is torn by + the storm. Sing, sailor!” + </p> + <p> + Khorre nods his head gloomily. + </p> + <p> + “No, I will not sing.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I shall force you to pray as they prayed!” + </p> + <p> + “You will not force me to pray, either. You are the Captain, and you may + kill me, and here is your revolver. It is loaded, Noni. And now I am going + to speak the truth, Captain! Khorre, the boatswain, speaks to you in the + name of the entire crew.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart says: + </p> + <p> + “Drop this performance, Khorre. There is no crew here. You’d better drink + something.” + </p> + <p> + He drinks. + </p> + <p> + “But the crew is waiting for you, you know it. Captain, is it your + intention to return to the ship and assume command again?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Captain, is it perhaps your intention to go to the people on the coast + and live with them?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “I can’t understand your actions, Noni. What do you intend to do, + Captain?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart drinks silently. + </p> + <p> + “Not all at once, Noni, not at once. Captain, do you intend to stay in + this hole and wait until the police dogs come from the city? Then they + will hang us, and not upon a mast, but simply on one of their foolish + trees.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. The wind is getting stronger. Do you hear, Khorre? The wind is + getting stronger!” + </p> + <p> + “And the gold which we have buried here?” He points below, with his + finger. + </p> + <p> + “The gold? Take it and go with it wherever you like.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor says angrily: + </p> + <p> + “You are a bad man, Noni. You have only set foot on earth a little while + ago, and you already have the thoughts of a traitor. That’s what the earth + is doing!” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent, Khorre. I am listening. Our sailors are singing. Do you hear? + No, that’s the wine rushing to my head. I’ll be drunk soon. Give me + another bottle.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you will go to the priest? He would absolve your sins.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence!” roars Haggart, clutching at his revolver. + </p> + <p> + Silence. The storm is increasing. Haggart paces the room in agitation, + striking against the walls. He mutters something abruptly. Suddenly he + seizes the sail and tears it down furiously, admitting the salty wind. The + illumination lamp is extinguished and the flame in the fireplace tosses + about wildly—like Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “Why did you lock out the wind? It’s better now. Come here.” + </p> + <p> + “You were the terror of the seas!” says the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I was the terror of the seas.” + </p> + <p> + “You were the terror of the coasts! Your famous name resounded like the + surf over all the coasts, wherever people live. They saw you in their + dreams. When they thought of the ocean, they thought of you. When they + heard the storm, they heard you, Noni!” + </p> + <p> + “I burnt their cities. The deck of my ship is shaking under my feet, + Khorre. The deck is shaking under me!” + </p> + <p> + He laughs wildly, as if losing his senses. + </p> + <p> + “You sank their ships. You sent to the bottom the Englishman who was + chasing you.” + </p> + <p> + “He had ten guns more than I.” + </p> + <p> + “And you burnt and drowned him. Do you remember, Noni, how the wind + laughed then? The night was as black as this night, but you made day of + it, Noni. We were rocked by a sea of fire.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart stands pale-faced, his eyes closed. Suddenly he shouts + commandingly: + </p> + <p> + “Boatswain!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” Khorre jumps up. + </p> + <p> + “Whistle for everybody to go up on deck.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + The boatswain’s shrill whistle pierces sharply into the open body of the + storm. Everything comes to life, and it looks as though they were upon the + deck of a ship. The waves are crying with human voices. In semi-oblivion, + Haggart is commanding passionately and angrily: + </p> + <p> + “To the shrouds!—The studding sails! Be ready, forepart! Aim at the + ropes; I don’t want to sink them all at once. Starboard the helm, sail by + the wind. Be ready now. Ah, fire! Ah, you are already burning! Board it + now! Get the hooks ready.” + </p> + <p> + And Khorre tosses about violently, performing the mad instructions. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Be braver, boys. Don’t be afraid of tears! Eh, who is crying there? Don’t + dare cry when you are dying. I’ll dry your mean eyes upon the fire. Fire! + Fire everywhere! Khorre—sailor! I am dying. They have poured molten + tar into my chest. Oh, how it burns!” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t give way, Noni. Don’t give way. Recall your father. Strike them on + the head, Noni!” + </p> + <p> + “I can’t, Khorre. My strength is failing. Where is my power?” + </p> + <p> + “Strike them on the head, Noni. Strike them on the head!” + </p> + <p> + “Take a knife, Khorre, and cut out my heart. There is no ship, Khorre—there + is nothing. Cut out my heart, comrade—throw out the traitor from my + breast.” + </p> + <p> + “I want to play some more, Noni. Strike them on the head!” + </p> + <p> + “There is no ship, Khorre, there is nothing—it is all a lie. I want + to drink.” + </p> + <p> + He takes a bottle and laughs: + </p> + <p> + “Look, sailor—here the wind and the storm and you and I are locked. + It is all a deception, Khorre!” + </p> + <p> + “I want to play.” + </p> + <p> + “Here my sorrow is locked. Look! In the green glass it seems like water, + but it isn’t water. Let us drink, Khorre—there on the bottom I see + my laughter and your song. There is no ship—there is nothing! Who is + coming?” + </p> + <p> + He seizes his revolver. The fire in the fire-place is burning faintly; the + shadows are tossing about—but two of these shadows are darker than + the others and they are walking. Khorre shouts: + </p> + <p> + “Halt!” + </p> + <p> + A man’s voice, heavy and deep, answers: + </p> + <p> + “Hush! Put down your weapons. I am the abbot of this place.” + </p> + <p> + “Fire, Noni, fire! They have come for you.” + </p> + <p> + “I have come to help you. Put down your knife, fool, or I will break every + bone in your body without a knife. Coward, are you frightened by a woman + and a priest?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart puts down his revolver and says ironically: + </p> + <p> + “A woman and a priest! Is there anything still more terrible? Pardon my + sailor, Mr. abbot, he is drunk, and when he is drunk he is very reckless + and he may kill you. Khorre, don’t turn your knife.” + </p> + <p> + “He has come after you, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “I have come to warn you; the tower may fall. Go away from here!” says the + abbot. + </p> + <p> + “Why are you hiding yourself, girl? I remember your name; your name is + Mariet,” says Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “I am not hiding. I also remember your name—it is Haggart,” replies + Mariet. + </p> + <p> + “Was it you who brought him here?” + </p> + <p> + “I.” + </p> + <p> + “I have told you that they are all traitors, Noni,” says Khorre. + </p> + <p> + “Silence!” + </p> + <p> + “It is very cold here. I will throw some wood into the fireplace. May I do + it?” asks Mariet. + </p> + <p> + “Do it,” answers Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “The tower will fall down before long,” says the abbot. “Part of the wall + has caved in already; it is all hollow underneath. Do you hear?” + </p> + <p> + He stamps his foot on the stone floor. + </p> + <p> + “Where will the tower fall?” + </p> + <p> + “Into the sea, I suppose! The castle is splitting the rocks.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart laughs: + </p> + <p> + “Do you hear, Khorre? This place is not as motionless as it seemed to you—while + it cannot move, it can fall. How many people have you brought along with + you, priest, and where have you hidden them?” + </p> + <p> + “Only two of us came, my father and I,” says Mariet. + </p> + <p> + “You are rude to a priest. I don’t like that,” says the abbot. + </p> + <p> + “You have come here uninvited. I don’t like that either,” says Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “Why did you lead me here, Mariet? Come,” says the abbot. + </p> + <p> + Haggart speaks ironically: + </p> + <p> + “And you leave us here to die? That is unChristian, Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “Although I am a priest, I am a poor Christian, and the Lord knows it,” + says the abbot angrily. “I have no desire to save such a rude scamp. Let + us go, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + “Captain?” asks Khorre. + </p> + <p> + “Be silent, Khorre,” says Haggart. “So that’s the way you speak, abbot; so + you are not a liar?” + </p> + <p> + “Come with me and you shall see.” + </p> + <p> + “Where shall I go with you?” + </p> + <p> + “To my house.” + </p> + <p> + “To your house? Do you hear, Khorre? To the priest! But do you know whom + you are calling to your house?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I don’t know. But I see that you are young and strong. I see that + although your face is gloomy, it is handsome, and I think that you could + be as good a workman as others.” + </p> + <p> + “A workman? Khorre, do you hear what the priest says?” + </p> + <p> + Both laugh. The abbot says angrily: + </p> + <p> + “You are both drunk.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a little! But if I were sober I would have laughed still more,” + answers Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t laugh, Haggart,” says Mariet. + </p> + <p> + Haggart replies angrily: + </p> + <p> + “I don’t like the tongues of false priests, Mariet—they are coated + with truth on top, like a lure for flies. Take him away, and you, girl, go + away, too! I have forgotten your name!” + </p> + <p> + He sits down and stares ahead sternly. His eyebrows move close together, + and his hand is pressed down heavily by his lowered head, by his strong + chin. + </p> + <p> + “He does not know you, father! Tell him about yourself. You speak so well. + If you wish it, he will believe you, father. Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart maintains silence. + </p> + <p> + “Noni! Captain!” + </p> + <p> + Silence. Khorre whispers mysteriously: + </p> + <p> + “He feels sad. Girl, tell the priest that he feels sad.” + </p> + <p> + “Khorre,” begins Mariet. Haggart looks around quickly. + </p> + <p> + “What about Khorre? Why don’t you like him, Mariet? We are so much like + each other.” + </p> + <p> + “He is like you?” says the woman with contempt. “No, Haggart! But here is + what he did: He gave gin to little Noni again to-day. He moistened his + finger and gave it to him. He will kill him, father.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart laughs: + </p> + <p> + “Is that so bad? He did the same to me.” + </p> + <p> + “And he dipped him in cold water. The boy is very weak,” says Mariet + morosely. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t like to hear you speak of weakness. Our boy must be strong. + Khorre! Three days without gin.” + </p> + <p> + He shows him three fingers. + </p> + <p> + “Who should be without gin? The boy or I?” asks Khorre gloomily. + </p> + <p> + “You!” replies Haggart furiously. “Begone!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor sullenly gathers his belongings—the pouch, the pipe, and + the flask—and wabbling, goes off. But he does not go far—he + sits down upon a neighbouring rock. Haggart and his wife look at him. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III + </h2> + <p> + The work is ended. Having lost its gloss, the last neglected fish lies on + the ground; even the children are too lazy to pick it up; and an + indifferent, satiated foot treads it into the mud. A quiet, fatigued + conversation goes on, mingled with gay and peaceful laughter. + </p> + <p> + “What kind of a prayer is our abbot going to say to-day? It is already + time for him to come.” + </p> + <p> + “And do you think it is so easy to compose a good prayer? He is thinking.” + </p> + <p> + “Selly’s basket broke and the fish were falling out. We laughed so much! + It seems so funny to me even now!” + </p> + <p> + Laughter. Two fishermen look at the sail in the distance. + </p> + <p> + “All my life I have seen large ships sailing past us. Where are they + going? They disappear beyond the horizon, and I go off to sleep; and I + sleep, while they are forever going, going. Where are they going? Do you + know?” + </p> + <p> + “To America.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to go with them. When they speak of America my heart begins + to ring. Did you say America on purpose, or is that the truth?” + </p> + <p> + Several old women are whispering: + </p> + <p> + “Wild Gart is angry again at his sailor. Have you noticed it?” + </p> + <p> + “The sailor is displeased. Look, how wan his face is.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he looks like the evil one when he is compelled to listen to a + psalm. But I don’t like Wild Gart, either. No. Where did he come from?” + </p> + <p> + They resume their whispers. Haggart complains softly: + </p> + <p> + “Why have you the same name, Mariet, for everybody? It should not be so in + a truthful land.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet speaks with restrained force, pressing both hands to her breast: + </p> + <p> + “I love you so dearly, Gart; when you go out to sea, I set my teeth + together and do not open them until you come back. When you are away, I + eat nothing and drink nothing; when you are away, I am silent, and the + women laugh: ‘Mute Mariet!’ But I would be insane if I spoke when I am + alone.” + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—Here you are again compelling me to smile. You must not, + Mariet—I am forever smiling. + </p> + <p> + MARIET—I love you so dearly, Gart. Every hour of the day and the + night I am thinking only of what I could still give to you, Gart. Have I + not given you everything? But that is so little—everything! There is + but one thing I want to do—to keep on giving to you, giving! When + the sun sets, I present you the sunset; when the sun rises, I present you + the sunrise—take it, Gart! And are not all the storms yours? Ah, + Haggart, how I love you! + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—I am going to toss little Noni so high to-day that I will + toss him up to the clouds. Do you want me to do it? Let us laugh, dear + little sister Mariet. You are exactly like myself. When you stand that + way, it seems to me that I am standing there—I have to rub my eyes. + Let us laugh! Some day I may suddenly mix things up—I may wake up + and say to you: “Good morning, Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + MARIET—Good morning, Mariet. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—I will call you Haggart. Isn’t that a good idea? + </p> + <p> + MARIET—And I will call you Mariet. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—Yes—no. You had better call me Haggart, too. + </p> + <p> + “You don’t want me to call you Mariet?” asks Mariet sadly. + </p> + <p> + The abbot and old Dan appear. The abbot says in a loud, deep voice: + </p> + <p> + “Here I am. Here I am bringing you a prayer, children. I have just + composed it; it has even made me feel hot. Dan, why doesn’t the boy ring + the bell? Oh, yes, he is ringing. The fool—he isn’t swinging the + right rope, but that doesn’t matter; that’s good enough, too. Isn’t it, + Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + Two thin but merry bells are ringing. + </p> + <p> + Mariet is silent and Haggart answers for her: + </p> + <p> + “That’s good enough. But what are the bells saying, abbot?” + </p> + <p> + The fishermen who have gathered about them are already prepared to laugh—the + same undying jest is always repeated. + </p> + <p> + “Will you tell no one about it?” says the abbot, in a deep voice, slily + winking his eye. “Pope’s a rogue! Pope’s a rogue!” + </p> + <p> + The fishermen laugh merrily. + </p> + <p> + “This man,” roars the abbot, pointing at Haggart, “is my favourite man! He + has given me a grandson, and I wrote the Pope about it in Latin. But that + wasn’t so hard; isn’t that true, Mariet? But he knows how to look at the + water. He foretells a storm as if he himself caused it. Gart, do you + produce the storm yourself? Where does the wind come from? You are the + wind yourself.” + </p> + <p> + All laugh approval. An old fisherman says: + </p> + <p> + “That’s true, father. Ever since he has been here, we have never been + caught in a storm.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course it is true, if I say it. ‘Pope’s a rogue! Pope’s a rogue!’” + </p> + <p> + Old Dan walks over to Khorre and says something to him. Khorre nods his + head negatively. The abbot, singing “Pope’s a rogue,” goes around the + crowd, throws out brief remarks, and claps some people on the shoulder in + a friendly manner. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, Katerina, you are getting stout. Oho! Are you all ready? And + Thomas is missing again—this is the second time he has stayed away + from prayer. Anna, you are rather sad—that isn’t good. One must live + merrily, one must live merrily! I think that it is jolly even in hell, but + in a different way. It is two years since you have stopped growing, + Philipp. That isn’t good.” + </p> + <p> + Philipp answers gruffly: + </p> + <p> + “Grass also stops growing if a stone falls upon it.” + </p> + <p> + “What is still worse than that—worms begin to breed under the rock.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet says softly, sadly and entreatingly: + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you want me to call you Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart answers obstinately and sternly: + </p> + <p> + “I don’t. If my name will be Mariet, I shall never kill that man. He + disturbs my life. Make me a present of his life, Mariet. He kissed you.” + </p> + <p> + “How can I present you that which is not mine? His life belongs to God and + to himself.” + </p> + <p> + “That is not true. He kissed you; do I not see the burns upon your lips? + Let me kill him, and you will feel as joyful and care-free as a seagull. + Say ‘yes,’ Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + “No; you shouldn’t do it, Gart. It will be painful to you.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart looks at her and speaks with deep irony. + </p> + <p> + “Is that it? Well, then, it is not true that you give me anything. You + don’t know how to give, woman.” + </p> + <p> + “I am your wife.” + </p> + <p> + “No! A man has no wife when another man, and not his wife, grinds his + knife. My knife is dull, Mariet!” + </p> + <p> + Mariet looks at him with horror and sorrow. + </p> + <p> + “What did you say, Haggart? Wake up; it is a terrible dream, Haggart! It + is I—look at me. Open your eyes wider, wider, until you see me well. + Do you see me, Gart?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart slowly rubs his brow. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know. It is true I love you, Mariet. But how incomprehensible + your land is—in your land a man sees dreams even when he is not + asleep. Perhaps I am smiling already. Look, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + The abbot stops in front of Khorre. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, old friend, how do you do? You are smiling already. Look, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t want to work,” ejaculates the sailor sternly. + </p> + <p> + “You want your own way? This man,” roars the abbot, pointing at Khorre, + “thinks that he is an atheist. But he is simply a fool; he does not + understand that he is also praying to God—but he is doing it the + wrong way, like a crab. Even a fish prays to God, my children; I have seen + it myself. When you will be in hell, old man, give my regards to the Pope. + Well, children, come closer, and don’t gnash your teeth. I am going to + start at once. Eh, you, Mathias—you needn’t put out the fire in your + pipe; isn’t it the same to God what smoke it is, incense or tobacco, if it + is only well meant. Why do you shake your head, woman?” + </p> + <p> + WOMAN—His tobacco is contraband. + </p> + <p> + YOUNG FISHERMAN—God wouldn’t bother with such trifles. The abbot + thinks a while: + </p> + <p> + “No; hold on. I think contraband tobacco is not quite so good. That’s an + inferior grade. Look here; you better drop your pipe meanwhile, Mathias; + I’ll think the matter over later. Now, silence, perfect silence. Let God + take a look at us first.” + </p> + <p> + All stand silent and serious. Only a few have lowered their heads. Most of + the people are looking ahead with wide-open, motionless eyes, as though + they really saw God in the blue of the sky, in the boundless, radiant, + distant surface of the sea. The sea is approaching with a caressing + murmur; high tide has set in. + </p> + <p> + “My God and the God of all these people! Don’t judge us for praying, not + in Latin but in our own language, which our mothers have taught us. Our + God! Save us from all kinds of terrors, from unknown sea monsters; protect + us against storms and hurricanes, against tempests and gales. Give us calm + weather and a kind wind, a clear sun and peaceful waves. And another + thing, O Lord! we ask You; don’t allow the devil, to come close to our + bedside when we are asleep. In our sleep we are defenceless, O Lord! and + the devil terrifies us, tortures us to convulsions, torments us to the + very blood of our heart. And there is another thing, O Lord! Old Rikke, + whom You know, is beginning to extinguish Your light in his eyes and he + can make nets no longer—” + </p> + <p> + Rikke frequently shakes his head in assent. + </p> + <p> + “I can’t, I can’t!” + </p> + <p> + “Prolong, then, O Lord! Your bright day and bid the night wait. Am I + right, Rikke?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And here is still another, the last request, O Lord. I shall not ask any + more: The tears do not dry up in the eyes of our old women crying for + those who have perished. Take their memory away, O Lord, and give them + strong forgetfulness. There are still other trifles, O Lord, but let the + others pray whose turn has come before You. Amen.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. Old Dan tugs the abbot by the sleeve, and whispers something in + his ear. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Dan is asking me to pray for those who perished at sea. + </p> + <p> + The women exclaim in plaintive chorus: + </p> + <p> + “For those who perished at sea! For those who died at sea!” + </p> + <p> + Some of them kneel. The abbot looks tenderly at their bowed heads, + exhausted with waiting and fear, and says: + </p> + <p> + “No priest should pray for those who died at sea—these women should + pray. Make it so, O Lord, that they should not weep so much!” + </p> + <p> + Silence. The incoming tide roars more loudly—the ocean is carrying + to the earth its noise, its secrets, its bitter, briny taste of unexplored + depths. + </p> + <p> + Soft voices say: + </p> + <p> + “The sea is coming.” + </p> + <p> + “High tide has started.” + </p> + <p> + “The sea is coming.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet kisses her father’s hand. + </p> + <p> + “Woman!” says the priest tenderly. “Listen, Gart, isn’t it strange that + this—a woman”—he strokes his daughter tenderly with his finger + on her pure forehead—“should be born of me, a man?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart smiles. + </p> + <p> + “And is it not strange that this should have become a wife to me, a man?” + He embraces Mariet, bending her frail shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go to eat, Gart, my son. Whoever she may be, I know one thing + well. She has prepared for you and me an excellent dinner.” + </p> + <p> + The people disperse quickly. Mariet says confusedly and cheerfully: + </p> + <p> + “I’ll run first.” + </p> + <p> + “Run, run,” answers the abbot. “Gart, my son, call the atheist to dinner. + I’ll hit him with a spoon on the forehead; an atheist understands a sermon + best of all if you hit him with a spoon.” + </p> + <p> + He waits and mutters: + </p> + <p> + “The boy has commenced to ring the bells again. He does it for himself, + the rogue. If we did not lock the steeple, they would pray there from + morning until night.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart goes over to Khorre, near whom Dan is sitting. + </p> + <p> + “Khorre! Let us go to eat—the priest called you.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t want to go, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “So? What are you going to do here on shore?” + </p> + <p> + “I will think, Noni, think. I have so much to think to be able to + understand at least something.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart turns around silently. The abbot calls from the distance: + </p> + <p> + “He is not coming? Well, then, let him stay there. And Dan—never + call Dan, my son”—says the priest in his deep whisper, “he eats at + night like a rat. Mariet purposely puts something away for him in the + closet for the night; when she looks for it in the morning, it is gone. + Just think of it, no one ever hears when he takes it. Does he fly?” + </p> + <p> + Both go off. Only the two old men, seated in a friendly manner on two + neighbouring rocks, remain on the deserted shore. And the old men resemble + each other so closely, and whatever they may say to each other, the + whiteness of their hair, the deep lines of their wrinkles, make them kin. + </p> + <p> + The tide is coming. + </p> + <p> + “They have all gone away,” mutters Khorre. “Thus will they cook hot soup + on the wrecks of our ship, too. Eh, Dan! Do you know he ordered me to + drink no gin for three days. Let the old dog croak! Isn’t that so, Noni?” + </p> + <p> + “Of those who died at sea... Those who died at sea,” mutters Dan. “A son + taken from his father, a son from his father. The father said go, and the + son perished in the sea. Oi, oi, oi!” + </p> + <p> + “What are you prating there, old man? I say, he ordered me to drink no + gin. Soon he will order, like that King of yours, that the sea be lashed + with chains.” + </p> + <p> + “Oho! With chains.” + </p> + <p> + “Your king was a fool. Was he married, your king?” + </p> + <p> + “The sea is coming, coming!” mutters Dan. “It brings along its noise, its + secret, its deception. Oh, how the sea deceives man. Those who died at sea—yes, + yes, yes. Those who died at sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the sea is coming. And you don’t like it?” asks Khorre, rejoicing + maliciously. “Well, don’t you like it? I don’t like your music. Do you + hear, Dan? I hate your music!” + </p> + <p> + “Oho! And why do you come to hear it? I know that you and Gart stood by + the wall and listened.” + </p> + <p> + Khorre says sternly: + </p> + <p> + “It was he who got me out of bed.” + </p> + <p> + “He will get you out of bed again.” + </p> + <p> + “No!” roars Khorre furiously. “I will get up myself at night. Do you hear, + Dan? I will get up at night and break your music.” + </p> + <p> + “And I will spit into your sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Try,” says the sailor distrustfully. “How will you spit?” + </p> + <p> + “This way,” and Dan, exasperated, spits in the direction of the sea. The + frightened Khorre, in confusion, says hoarsely: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, what sort of man are you? You spat! Eh, Dan, look out; it will be bad + for you—you yourself are talking about those who died at sea.” + </p> + <p> + Dan shouts, frightened: + </p> + <p> + “Who speaks of those that perished at sea? You, you dog!” + </p> + <p> + He goes away, grumbling and coughing, swinging his hand and stooping. + Khorre is left alone before the entire vastness of the sea and the sky. + </p> + <p> + “He is gone. Then I am going to look at you, O sea, until my eyes will + burst of thirst!” + </p> + <p> + The ocean, approaching, is roaring. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV + </h2> + <p> + At the very edge of the water, upon a narrow landing on the rocky shore, + stands a man—a small, dark, motionless dot. Behind him is the cold, + almost vertical slope of granite, and before his eyes the ocean is rocking + heavily and dully in the impenetrable darkness. Its mighty approach is + felt in the open voice of the waves which are rising from the depths. Even + sniffing sounds are heard—it is as though a drove of monsters, + playing, were splashing, snorting, lying down on their backs, and panting + contentedly, deriving their monstrous pleasures. + </p> + <p> + The ocean smells of the strong odour of the depths, of decaying seaweeds, + of its grass. The sea is calm to-day and, as always, alone. + </p> + <p> + And there is but one little light in the black space of water and night—the + distant lighthouse of the Holy Cross. + </p> + <p> + The rattle of cobblestones is heard from under a cautious step: Haggart is + coming down to the sea along a steep path. He pauses, silent with + restraint, breathing deeply after the strain of passing the dangerous + slope, and goes forward. He is now at the edge—he straightens + himself and looks for a long time at him who had long before taken his + strange but customary place at the very edge of the deep. He makes a few + steps forward and greets him irresolutely and gently—Haggart greets + him even timidly: + </p> + <p> + “Good evening, stranger. Have you been here long?” + </p> + <p> + A sad, soft, and grave voice answers: + </p> + <p> + “Good evening, Haggart. Yes, I have been here long.” + </p> + <p> + “You are watching?” + </p> + <p> + “I am watching and listening.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you allow me to stand near you and look in the same direction you + are looking? I am afraid that I am disturbing you by my uninvited presence—for + when I came you were already here—but I am so fond of this spot. + This place is isolated, and the sea is near, and the earth behind is + silent; and here my eyes open. Like a night-owl, I see better in the dark; + the light of day dazzles me. You know, I have grown up on the sea, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you are not disturbing me, Haggart. But am I not disturbing you? Then + I shall go away.” + </p> + <p> + “You are so polite, sir,” mutters Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “But I also love this spot,” continues the sad, grave voice. “I, too, like + to feel that the cold and peaceful granite is behind me. You have grown up + on the sea, Haggart—tell me, what is that faint light on the right?” + </p> + <p> + “That is the lighthouse of the Holy Cross.” + </p> + <p> + “Aha! The lighthouse of the Holy Cross. I didn’t know that. But can such a + faint light help in time of a storm? I look and it always seems to me that + the light is going out. I suppose it isn’t so.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart, agitated but restrained, says: + </p> + <p> + “You frighten me, sir. Why do you ask me what you know better than I do? + You want to tempt me—you know everything.” + </p> + <p> + There is not a trace of a smile in the mournful voice—nothing but + sadness. + </p> + <p> + “No, I know little. I know even less than you do, for I know more. Pardon + my rather complicated phrase, Haggart, but the tongue responds with so + much difficulty not only to our feeling, but also to our thought.” + </p> + <p> + “You are polite,” mutters Haggart agitated. “You are polite and always + calm. You are always sad and you have a thin hand with rings upon it, and + you speak like a very important personage. Who are you, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “I am he whom you called—the one who is always sad.” + </p> + <p> + “When I come, you are already here; when I go away, you remain. Why do you + never want to go with me, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “There is one way for you, Haggart, and another for me.” + </p> + <p> + “I see you only at night. I know all the people around this settlement, + and there is no one who looks like you. Sometimes I think that you are the + owner of that old castle where I lived. If that is so I must tell you the + castle was destroyed by the storm.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know of whom you speak.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t understand how you know my name, Haggart. But I don’t want to + deceive you. Although my wife Mariet calls me so, I invented that name + myself. I have another name—my real name—of which no one has + ever heard here.” + </p> + <p> + “I know your other name also, Haggart. I know your third name, too, which + even you do not know. But it is hardly worth speaking of this. You had + better look into this dark sea and tell me about your life. Is it true + that it is so joyous? They say that you are forever smiling. They say that + you are the bravest and most handsome fisherman on the coast. And they + also say that you love your wife Mariet very dearly.” + </p> + <p> + “O sir!” exclaims Haggart with restraint, “my life is so sad that you + could not find an image like it in this dark deep. O sir! my sufferings + are so deep that you could not find a more terrible place in this dark + abyss.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the cause of your sorrow and your sufferings, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “Life, sir. Here your noble and sad eyes look in the same direction my + eyes look—into this terrible, dark distance. Tell me, then, what is + stirring there? What is resting and waiting there, what is silent there, + what is screaming and singing and complaining there in its own voices? + What are the voices that agitate me and fill my soul with phantoms of + sorrow, and yet say nothing? And whence comes this night? And whence comes + my sorrow? Are you sighing, sir, or is it the sigh of the ocean blending + with your voice? My hearing is beginning to fail me, my master, my dear + master.” + </p> + <p> + The sad voice replies: + </p> + <p> + “It is my sigh, Haggart. My great sorrow is responding to your sorrow. You + see at night like an owl, Haggart; then look at my thin hands and at my + rings. Are they not pale? And look at my face—is it not pale? Is it + not pale—is it not pale? Oh, Haggart, my dear Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + They grieve silently. The heavy ocean is splashing, tossing about, + spitting and snorting and sniffing peacefully. The sea is calm to-night + and alone, as always. + </p> + <p> + “Tell Haggart—” says the sad voice. + </p> + <p> + “Very well. I will tell Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell Haggart that I love him.” + </p> + <p> + Silence—and then a faint, plaintive reproach resounds softly: + </p> + <p> + “If your voice were not so grave, sir, I would have thought that you were + laughing at me. Am I not Haggart that I should tell something to Haggart? + But no—I sense a different meaning in your words, and you frighten + me again. And when Haggart is afraid, it is real terror. Very well, I will + tell Haggart everything you have said.” + </p> + <p> + “Adjust my cloak; my shoulder is cold. But it always seems to me that the + light over there is going out. You called it the lighthouse of the Holy + Cross, if I am not mistaken?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is called so here.” + </p> + <p> + “Aha! It is called so here.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. + </p> + <p> + “Must I go now?” asks Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, go.” + </p> + <p> + “And you will remain here?” + </p> + <p> + “I will remain here.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart retreats several steps. + </p> + <p> + “Good-bye, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “Good-bye, Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + Again the cobblestones rattle under his cautious steps; without looking + back, Haggart climbs the steep rocks. + </p> + <p> + Of what great sorrow speaks this night? + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V + </h2> + <p> + “Your hands are in blood, Haggart. Whom have you killed, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, Khorre, I killed that man. Be silent and listen—he will + commence to play soon. I stood here and listened, but suddenly my heart + sank, and I cannot stay here alone.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t confuse my mind, Noni; don’t tempt me. I will run away from here. + At night, when I am already fast asleep, you swoop down on me like a + demon, grab me by the neck, and drag me over here—I can’t understand + anything. Tell me, my boy, is it necessary to hide the body?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Why didn’t you throw it into the sea?” + </p> + <p> + “Silence! What are you prating about? I have nothing to throw into the + sea.” + </p> + <p> + “But your hands are in blood.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, Khorre! He will commence soon. Be silent and listen—I say + to you—Are you a friend to me or not, Khorre?” + </p> + <p> + He drags him closer to the dark window of the church. Khorre mutters: + </p> + <p> + “How dark it is. If you raised me out of bed for this accursed music—” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes; for this accursed music.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you have disturbed my honest sleep in vain; I want no music, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “So! Was I perhaps to run through the street, knock at the windows and + shout: ‘Eh, who is there; where’s a living soul? Come and help Haggart, + stand up with him against the cannons.’” + </p> + <p> + “You are confusing things, Noni. Drink some gin, my boy. What cannons?” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, sailor.” + </p> + <p> + He drags him away from the window. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you shake me like a squall!” + </p> + <p> + “Silence! I think he looked at us from the window; something white flashed + behind the window pane. You may laugh. Khorre—if he came out now I + would scream like a woman.” + </p> + <p> + He laughs softly. + </p> + <p> + “Are you speaking of Dan? I don’t understand anything, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “But is that Dan? Of course it is not Dan—it is some one else. Give + me your hand, sailor.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that you simply drank too much, like that time—remember, in + the castle? And your hand is quivering. But then the game was different—” + </p> + <p> + “Tss!” + </p> + <p> + Khorre lowers his voice: + </p> + <p> + “But your hand is really in blood. Oh, you are breaking my fingers!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart threatens: + </p> + <p> + “If you don’t keep still, dog, I’ll break every bone of your body! I’ll + pull every vein out of your body, if you don’t keep still, you dog!” + </p> + <p> + Silence. The distant breakers are softly groaning, as if complaining—the + sea has gone far away from the black earth. And the night is silent. It + came no one knows whence and spread over the earth; it spread over the + earth and is silent; it is silent, waiting for something. And ferocious + mists have swung themselves to meet it—the sea breathed phantoms, + driving to the earth a herd of headless submissive giants. A heavy fog is + coming. + </p> + <p> + “Why doesn’t he light a lamp?” asks Khorre sternly but submissively. + </p> + <p> + “He needs no light.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps there is no one there any longer.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he’s there.” + </p> + <p> + “A fog is coming. How quiet it is! There’s something wrong in the air—what + do you think, Noni?” + </p> + <p> + “Tss!” + </p> + <p> + The first soft sounds of the organ resound. Some one is sitting alone in + the dark and is speaking to God in an incomprehensible language about the + most important things. And however faint the sounds—suddenly the + silence vanishes, the night trembles and stares into the dark church with + all its myriads of phantom eyes. An agitated voice whispers: + </p> + <p> + “Listen! He always begins that way. He gets a hold of your soul at once! + Where does he get the power? He gets a hold of your heart!” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t like it.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen! Now he makes believe he is Haggart, Khorre! Little Haggart in his + mother’s lap. Look, all hands are filled with golden rays; little Haggart + is playing with golden rays. Look!” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t see it, Noni. Leave my hand alone, it hurts.” + </p> + <p> + “Now he makes believe he is Haggart! Listen!” + </p> + <p> + The oppressive chords resound faintly. Haggart moans softly. + </p> + <p> + “What is it, Noni? Do you feel any pain?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. Do you understand of what he speaks?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “He speaks of the most important—of the most vital, Khorre—if + we could only understand it—I want to understand it. Listen, Khorre, + listen! Why does he make believe that he is Haggart? It is not my soul. My + soul does not know this.” + </p> + <p> + “What, Noni?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know. What terrible dreams there are in this land! Listen. There! + Now he will cry and he will say: ‘It is Haggart crying.’ He will call God + and will say: ‘Haggart is calling.’ He lies—Haggart did not call, + Haggart does not know God.” + </p> + <p> + He moans again, trying to restrain himself. + </p> + <p> + “Do you feel any pain?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes—Be silent.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart exclaims in a muffled voice: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Khorre!” + </p> + <p> + “What is it, Noni?” + </p> + <p> + “Why don’t you tell him that it isn’t Haggart? It is a lie!” whispers + Haggart rapidly. “He thinks that he knows, but he does not know anything. + He is a small, wretched old man with red eyes, like those of a rabbit, and + to-morrow death will mow him down. Ha! He is dealing in diamonds, he + throws them from one hand to the other like an old miser, and he himself + is dying of hunger. It is a fraud, Khorre, a fraud. Let us shout loudly, + Khorre, we are alone here.” + </p> + <p> + He shouts, turning to the thundering organ: + </p> + <p> + “Eh, musician! Even a fly cannot rise on your wings, even the smallest fly + cannot rise on your wings. Eh, musician! Let me have your torn hat and I + will throw a penny into it; your lie is worth no more. What are you + prating there about God, you rabbit’s eyes? Be silent, I am shamed to + listen to you. I swear, I am ashamed to listen to you! Don’t you believe + me? You are still calling? Whither?” + </p> + <p> + “Strike them on the head, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent, you dog! But what a terrible land! What are they doing here + with the human heart? What terrible dreams there are in this land?” + </p> + <p> + He stops speaking. The organ sings solemnly. + </p> + <p> + “Why did you stop speaking, Noni?” asks the sailor with alarm. + </p> + <p> + “I am listening. It is good music, Khorre. Have I said anything?” + </p> + <p> + “You even shouted, Noni, and you forced me to shout with you.” + </p> + <p> + “That is not true. I have been silent all the time. Do you know, I haven’t + even opened my mouth once! You must have been dreaming, Khorre. Perhaps + you are thinking that you are near the church? You are simply sleeping in + your bed, sailor. It is a dream.” + </p> + <p> + Khorre is terrified. + </p> + <p> + “Drink some gin, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t need it. I drank something else already.” + </p> + <p> + “Your hands?” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent, Khorre. Don’t you see that everything is silent and is + listening, and you alone are talking? The musician may feel offended!” + </p> + <p> + He laughs quietly. Brass trumpets are roaring harmoniously about the + triumphant conciliation between man and God. The fog is growing thicker. + </p> + <p> + A loud stamping of feet—some one runs through the deserted street in + agitation. + </p> + <p> + “Noni!” whispers the sailor. “Who ran by?” + </p> + <p> + “I hear.” + </p> + <p> + “Noni! Another one is running. Something is wrong.” + </p> + <p> + Frightened people are running about in the middle of the night—the + echo of the night doubles the sound of their footsteps, increasing their + terror tenfold, and it seems as if the entire village, terror-stricken, is + running away somewhere. Rocking, dancing silently, as upon waves, a + lantern floats by. + </p> + <p> + “They have found him, Khorre. They have found the man I killed, sailor! I + did not throw him into the sea; I brought him and set his head up against + the door of his house. They have found him.” + </p> + <p> + Another lantern floats by, swinging from side to side. As if hearing the + alarm, the organ breaks off at a high chord. An instant of silence, + emptiness of dread waiting, and then a woman’s sob of despair fills it up + to the brim. + </p> + <p> + The mist is growing thicker. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI + </h2> + <p> + The flame in the oil-lamp is dying out, having a smell of burning. It is + near sunrise. A large, clean, fisherman’s hut. A skilfully made little + ship is fastened to the ceiling, and even the sails are set. Involuntarily + this little ship has somehow become the centre of attraction and all those + who speak, who are silent and who listen, look at it, study each familiar + sail. Behind the dark curtain lies the body of Philipp—this hut + belonged to him. + </p> + <p> + The people are waiting for Haggart—some have gone out to search for + him. On the benches along the walls, the old fishermen have seated + themselves, their hands folded on their knees; some of them seem to be + slumbering; others are smoking their pipes. They speak meditatively and + cautiously, as though eager to utter no unnecessary words. Whenever a + belated fisherman comes in, he looks first at the curtain, then he + silently squeezes himself into the crowd, and those who have no place on + the bench apparently feel embarrassed. + </p> + <p> + The abbot paces the room heavily, his hands folded on his back, his head + lowered; when any one is in his way, he quietly pushes him aside with his + hand. He is silent and knits his brows convulsively. Occasionally he + glances at the door or at the window and listens. + </p> + <p> + The only woman present there is Mariet. She is sitting by the table and + constantly watching her father with her burning eyes. She shudders + slightly at each loud word, at the sound of the door as it opens, at the + noise of distant footsteps. + </p> + <p> + At night a fog came from the sea and covered the earth. And such perfect + quiet reigns now that long-drawn tolling is heard in the distant + lighthouse of the Holy Cross. Warning is thus given to the ships that have + lost their way in the fog. + </p> + <p> + Some one in the corner says: + </p> + <p> + “Judging from the blow, it was not one of our people that killed him. Our + people can’t strike like that. He stuck the knife here, then slashed over + there, and almost cut his head off.” + </p> + <p> + “You can’t do that with a dull knife!” + </p> + <p> + “No. You can’t do it with a weak hand. I saw a murdered sailor on the + wharf one day—he was cut up just like this.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. + </p> + <p> + “And where is his mother?” asks some one, nodding at the curtain. + </p> + <p> + “Selly is taking care of her. Selly took her to her house.” + </p> + <p> + An old fisherman quietly asks his neighbour: + </p> + <p> + “Who told you?” + </p> + <p> + “Francina woke me. Who told you, Marle?” + </p> + <p> + “Some one knocked on my window.” + </p> + <p> + “Who knocked on your window?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. + </p> + <p> + “How is it you don’t know? Who was the first to see?” + </p> + <p> + “Some one passed by and noticed him.” + </p> + <p> + “None of us passed by. There was nobody among us who passed by.” + </p> + <p> + A fisherman seated at the other end, says: + </p> + <p> + “There was nobody among us who passed by. Tell us, Thomas.” + </p> + <p> + Thomas takes out his pipe: + </p> + <p> + “I am a neighbour of Philipp’s, of that man there—” he points at the + curtain. “Yes, yes, you all know that I am his neighbour. And if anybody + does not know it—I’ll say it again, as in a court of justice: I am + his neighbour—I live right next to him—” he turns to the + window. + </p> + <p> + An elderly fisherman enters and forces himself silently into the line. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Tibo?” asks the abbot, stopping. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Haven’t you found Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “No. It is so foggy that they are afraid of losing themselves. They walk + and call each other; some of them hold each other by the hand. Even a + lantern can’t be seen ten feet away.” + </p> + <p> + The abbot lowers his head and resumes his pacing. The old fisherman + speaks, without addressing any one in particular. + </p> + <p> + “There are many ships now staring helplessly in the sea.” + </p> + <p> + “I walked like a blind man,” says Tibo. “I heard the Holy Cross ringing. + But it seems as if it changed its place. The sound comes from the left + side.” + </p> + <p> + “The fog is deceitful.” + </p> + <p> + Old Desfoso says: + </p> + <p> + “This never happened here. Since Dugamel broke Jack’s head with a shaft. + That was thirty—forty years ago.” + </p> + <p> + “What did you say, Desfoso?” the abbot stops. + </p> + <p> + “I say, since Dugamel broke Jack’s head—” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes!” says the abbot, and resumes pacing the room. + </p> + <p> + “Then Dugamel threw himself into the sea from a rock and was dashed to + death—that’s how it happened. He threw himself down.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with hatred. Silence. + </p> + <p> + “What did you say, Thomas?” + </p> + <p> + Thomas takes his pipe out of his mouth. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing. I only said that some one knocked at my window.” + </p> + <p> + “You don’t know who?” + </p> + <p> + “No. And you will never know. I came out, I looked—and there Philipp + was sitting at his door. I wasn’t surprised—Philipp often roamed + about at night ever since—” + </p> + <p> + He stops irresolutely. Mariet asks harshly: + </p> + <p> + “Since when? You said ‘since.’” + </p> + <p> + Silence. Desfoso replies frankly and heavily: + </p> + <p> + “Since your Haggart came. Go ahead, Thomas, tell us about it.” + </p> + <p> + “So I said to him: ‘Why did you knock, Philipp? Do you want anything?’ But + he was silent.” + </p> + <p> + “And he was silent?” + </p> + <p> + “He was silent. ‘If you don’t want anything, you had better go to sleep, + my friend,’ said I. But he was silent. Then I looked at him—his + throat was cut open.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with aversion. Silence. Another + fisherman enters, looks at the curtain and silently forces his way into + the crowd. Women’s voices are heard behind the door; the abbot stops. + </p> + <p> + “Eh, Lebon! Chase the women away,” he says. “Tell them, there is nothing + for them to do here.” + </p> + <p> + Lebon goes out. + </p> + <p> + “Wait,” the abbot stops. “Ask how the mother is feeling; Selly is taking + care of her.” + </p> + <p> + Desfoso says: + </p> + <p> + “You say, chase away the women, abbot? And your daughter? She is here.” + </p> + <p> + The abbot looks at Mariet. She says: + </p> + <p> + “I am not going away from here.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. The abbot paces the room again; he looks at the little ship + fastened to the ceiling and asks: + </p> + <p> + “Who made it?” + </p> + <p> + All look at the little ship. + </p> + <p> + “He,” answers Desfoso. “He made it when he wanted to go to America as a + sailor. He was always asking me how a three-masted brig is fitted out.” + </p> + <p> + They look at the ship again, at its perfect little sails—at the + little rags. Lebon returns. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know how to tell you about it, abbot. The women say that Haggart + and his sailor are being led over here. The women are afraid.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet shudders and looks at the door; the abbot pauses. + </p> + <p> + “Oho, it is daybreak already, the fog is turning blue!” says one fisherman + to another, but his voice breaks off. + </p> + <p> + “Yes. Low tide has started,” replies the other dully. + </p> + <p> + Silence. Then uneven footsteps resound. Several young fishermen with + excited faces bring in Haggart, who is bound, and push Khorre in after + him, also bound. Haggart is calm; as soon as the sailor was bound, + something wildly free appeared in his movements, in his manners, in the + sharpness of his swift glances. + </p> + <p> + One of the men who brought Haggart says to the abbot in a low voice: + </p> + <p> + “He was near the church. Ten times we passed by and saw no one, until he + called: ‘Aren’t you looking for me?’ It is so foggy, father.” + </p> + <p> + The abbot shakes his head silently and sits down. Mariet smiles to her + husband with her pale lips, but he does not look at her. Like all the + others, he has fixed his eyes in amazement on the toy ship. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, Haggart,” says the abbot. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, father.” + </p> + <p> + “You call me father?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you.” + </p> + <p> + “You are mistaken, Haggart. I am not your father.” + </p> + <p> + The fishermen exchanged glances contentedly. + </p> + <p> + “Well, then. Hello, abbot,” says Haggart with indifference, and resumes + examining the little ship. Khorre mutters: + </p> + <p> + “That’s the way, be firm, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “Who made this toy?” asks Haggart, but no one replies. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, Gart!” says Mariet, smiling. “It is I, your wife, Mariet. Let me + untie your hands.” + </p> + <p> + With a smile, pretending that she does not notice the stains of blood, she + unfastens the ropes. All look at her in silence. Haggart also looks at her + bent, alarmed head. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you,” he says, straightening his hands. + </p> + <p> + “It would be a good thing to untie my hands, too,” said Khorre, but there + is no answer. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Haggart, did you kill Philipp? + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—I. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Do you mean to say—eh, you, Haggart—that you + yourself killed him with your own hands? Perhaps you said to the sailor: + “Sailor, go and kill Philipp,” and he did it, for he loves you and + respects you as his superior? Perhaps it happened that way! Tell me, + Haggart. I called you my son, Haggart. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—No, I did not order the sailor to do it. I killed Philipp + with my own hand. + </p> + <p> + Silence. + </p> + <p> + KHORRE—Noni! Tell them to unfasten my hands and give me back my + pipe. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t be in a hurry,” roars the priest. “Be bound awhile, drunkard! You + had better be afraid of an untied rope—it may be formed into a + noose.” + </p> + <p> + But obeying a certain swift movement or glance of Haggart, Mariet walks + over to the sailor and opens the knots of the rope. And again all look in + silence upon her bent, alarmed head. Then they turn their eyes upon + Haggart. Just as they looked at the little ship before, so they now look + at him. And he, too, has forgotten about the toy. As if aroused from + sleep, he surveys the fishermen, and stares long at the dark curtain. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Haggart, I am asking you. Who carried Philipp’s body? + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—I. I brought it and put it near the door, his head against + the door, his face against the sea. It was hard to set him that way, he + was always falling down. But I did it. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Why did you do it? + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—I don’t know exactly. I heard that Philipp has a mother, an + old woman, and I thought this might please them better—both him and + his mother. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—(With restraint.) You are laughing at us? + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—No. What makes you think I am laughing? I am just as serious + as you are. Did he—did Philipp make this little ship? + </p> + <p> + No one answers. Mariet, rising and bending over to Haggart across the + table, says: + </p> + <p> + “Didn’t you say this, Haggart: ‘My poor boy, I killed you because I had to + kill you, and now I am going to take you to your mother, my dear boy’?” + </p> + <p> + “These are very sad words. Who told them to you, Mariet?” asks Haggart, + surprised. + </p> + <p> + “I heard them. And didn’t you say further: ‘Mother, I have brought you + your son, and put him down at your door—take your boy, mother’?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart maintains silence. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know,” roars the abbot bitterly. “I don’t know; people don’t kill + here, and we don’t know how it is done. Perhaps that is as it should be—to + kill and then bring the murdered man to his mother’s threshold. What are + you gaping at, you scarecrow?” + </p> + <p> + Khorre replies rudely: + </p> + <p> + “According to my opinion, he should have thrown him into the sea. Your + Haggart is out of his mind; I have said it long ago.” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly old Desfoso shouts amid the loud approval of the others: + </p> + <p> + “Hold your tongue! We will send him to the city, but we will hang you like + a cat ourselves, even if you did not kill him.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, old man, silence!” the abbot stops him, while Khorre looks over + their heads with silent contempt. “Haggart, I am asking you, why did you + take Philipp’s life? He needed his life just as you need yours.” + </p> + <p> + “He was Mariet’s betrothed—and—” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” + </p> + <p> + “And—I don’t want to speak. Why didn’t you ask me before, when he + was alive? Now I have killed him.” + </p> + <p> + “But”—says the abbot, and there is a note of entreaty in his heavy + voice. “But it may be that you are already repenting, Haggart? You are a + splendid man, Gart. I know you; when you are sober you cannot hurt even a + fly. Perhaps you were intoxicated—that happens with young people—and + Philipp may have said something to you, and you—” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “No? Well, then, let it be no. Am I not right, children? But perhaps + something strange came over you—it happens with people—suddenly + a red mist will get into a man’s head, the beast will begin to howl in his + breast, and—In such cases one word is enough—” + </p> + <p> + “No, Philipp did not say anything to me. He passed along the road, when I + jumped out from behind a large rock and stuck a knife into his throat. He + had no time even to be scared. But if you like—” Haggart surveys the + fishermen with his eyes irresolutely—“I feel a little sorry for him. + That is, just a little. Did he make this toy?” + </p> + <p> + The abbot lowers his head sternly. And Desfoso shouts again, amidst sobs + of approval from the others: + </p> + <p> + “No! Abbot, you better ask him what he was doing at the church. Dan saw + them from the window. Wouldn’t you tell us what you and your accursed + sailor were doing at the church? What were you doing there? Speak.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart looks at the speaker steadfastly and says slowly: + </p> + <p> + “I talked with the devil.” + </p> + <p> + A muffled rumbling follows. The abbot jumps from his place and roars + furiously: + </p> + <p> + “Then let him sit on your neck! Eh, Pierre, Jules, tie him down as fast as + you can until morning. And the other one, too. And in the morning—in + the morning, take him away to the city, to the Judges. I don’t know their + accursed city laws”—cries the abbot in despair—“but they will + hang you, Haggart! You will dangle on a rope, Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + Khorre rudely pushes aside the young fisherman who comes over to him with + a rope, and says to Desfoso in a low voice: + </p> + <p> + “It’s an important matter, old man. Go away for a minute—he oughtn’t + to hear it,” he nods at Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t trust you.” + </p> + <p> + “You needn’t. That’s nothing. Noni, there is a little matter here. Come, + come, and don’t be afraid. I have no knife.” + </p> + <p> + The people step aside and whisper. Haggart is silently waiting to be + bound, but no one comes over to him. All shudder when Mariet suddenly + commences to speak: + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you think that all this is just, father? Why, then, don’t you ask + me about it? I am his wife. Don’t you believe that I am his wife? Then I + will bring little Noni here. Do you want me to bring little Noni? He is + sleeping, but I will wake him up. Once in his life he may wake up at night + in order to say that this man whom you want to hang in the city is his + father.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t!” says Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” replies Mariet obediently. “He commands and I must obey—he + is my husband. Let little Noni sleep. But I am not sleeping, I am here. + Why, then, didn’t you ask me: ‘Mariet, how was it possible that your + husband, Haggart, should kill Philipp’?” + </p> + <p> + Silence. Desfoso, who has returned and who is agitated, decides: + </p> + <p> + “Let her speak. She is his wife.” + </p> + <p> + “You will not believe, Desfoso,” says Mariet, turning to the old fisherman + with a tender and mournful smile. “Desfoso, you will not believe what + strange and peculiar creatures we women are!” + </p> + <p> + Turning to all the people with the same smile, she continues: + </p> + <p> + “You will not believe what queer desires, what cunning, malicious little + thoughts we women have. It was I who persuaded my husband to kill Philipp. + Yes, yes—he did not want to do it, but I urged him; I cried so much + and threatened him, so he consented. Men always give in—isn’t that + true, Desfoso?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart looks at his wife in a state of great perplexity, his eyebrows + brought close to each other. Mariet continues, without looking at him, + still smiling as before: + </p> + <p> + “You will ask me, why I wanted Philipp’s death? Yes, yes, you will ask + this question, I know it. He never did me any harm, that poor Philipp, + isn’t that true? Then I will tell you: He was my betrothed. I don’t know + whether you will be able to understand me. You, old Desfoso—you + would not kill the girl you kissed one day? Of course not. But we women + are such strange creatures—you can’t even imagine what strange, + suspicious, peculiar creatures we are. Philipp was my betrothed, and he + kissed me—” + </p> + <p> + She wipes her mouth and continues, laughing: + </p> + <p> + “Here I am wiping my mouth even now. You have all seen how I wiped my + mouth. I am wiping away Philipp’s kisses. You are laughing. But ask your + wife, Desfoso—does she want the life of the man who kissed her + before you? Ask all women who love—even the old women! We never grow + old in love. We are born so, we women.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart almost believes her. Advancing a step forward, he asks: + </p> + <p> + “You urged me? Perhaps it is true, Mariet—I don’t remember.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet laughs. + </p> + <p> + “Do you hear? He has forgotten. Go on, Gart. You may say that it was your + own idea? That’s the way you men are—you forget everything. Will you + say perhaps that I—” + </p> + <p> + “Mariet!” Haggart interrupts her threateningly. + </p> + <p> + Mariet, turning pale, looking sorrowfully at his terrible eyes which are + now steadfastly fixed upon her, continues, still smiling: + </p> + <p> + “Go on, Gart! Will you say perhaps that I—Will you say perhaps that + I dissuaded you? That would be funny—” + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—No, I will not say that. You lie, Mariet! Even I, Haggart—just + think of it, people—even I believed her, so cleverly does this woman + lie. + </p> + <p> + MARIET—Go—on—Haggart. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—You are laughing? Abbot, I don’t want to be the husband of + your daughter—she lies. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—You are worse than the devil, Gart! That’s what I say—You + are worse than the devil, Gart! + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—You are all foolish people! I don’t understand you; I don’t + know now what to do with you. Shall I laugh? Shall I be angry? Shall I + cry? You want to let me go—why, then, don’t you let me go? You are + sorry for Philipp. Well, then, kill me—I have told you that it was I + who killed the boy. Am I disputing? But you are making grimaces like + monkeys that have found bananas—or have you such a game in your + land? Then I don’t want to play it. And you, abbot, you are like a juggler + in the marketplace. In one hand you have truth and in the other hand you + have truth, and you are forever performing tricks. And now she is lying—she + lies so well that my heart contracts with belief. Oh, she is doing it + well! + </p> + <p> + And he laughs bitterly. + </p> + <p> + MARIET—Forgive me, Gart. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—When I wanted to kill him, she hung on my hand like a rock, + and now she says that she killed him. She steals from me this murder; she + does not know that one has to earn that, too! Oh, there are queer people + in your land! + </p> + <p> + “I wanted to deceive them, not you, Gart. I wanted to save you,” says + Mariet. + </p> + <p> + Haggart replies: + </p> + <p> + “My father taught me: ‘Eh, Noni, beware! There is one truth and one law + for all—for the sun, for the wind, for the waves, for the beasts—and + only for man there is another truth. Beware of this truth of man, Noni!’ + so said my father. Perhaps this is your truth? Then I am not afraid of it, + but I feel very sad and very embittered. Mariet, if you sharpened my knife + and said: ‘Go and kill that man’—it may be that I would not have + cared to kill him. ‘What is the use of cutting down a withered tree?’—I + would have said. But now—farewell, Mariet! Well, bind me and take me + to the city.” + </p> + <p> + He waits haughtily, but no one approaches him. Mariet has lowered her head + upon her hands, her shoulders are twitching. The abbot is also absorbed in + thought, his large head lowered. Desfoso is carrying on a heated + conversation in whispers with the fishermen. Khorre steps forward and + speaks, glancing at Haggart askance: + </p> + <p> + “I had a little talk with them, Noni—they are all right, they are + good fellows, Noni. Only the priest—but he is a good man, too—am + I right, Noni? Don’t look so crossly at me, or I’ll mix up the whole + thing! You see, kind people, it’s this way: this man, Haggart, and I have + saved up a little sum of money, a little barrel of gold. We don’t need it, + Noni, do we? Perhaps you will take it for yourselves? What do you think? + Shall we give them the gold, Noni? You see, here I’ve entangled myself + already.” + </p> + <p> + He winks slyly at Mariet, who has now lifted her head. + </p> + <p> + “What are you prating there, you scarecrow?” asks the abbot. + </p> + <p> + Khorre continues: + </p> + <p> + “Here it goes, Noni; I am straightening it out little by little! But where + have we buried it, the barrel? Do you remember, Noni? I have forgotten. + They say it’s from the gin, kind people; they say that one’s memory fails + from too much gin. I am a drunkard, that’s true.” + </p> + <p> + “If you are not inventing—then you had better choke yourself with + your gold, you dog!” says the abbot. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—Khorre! + </p> + <p> + KHORRE—Yes. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—To-morrow you will get a hundred lashes. Abbot, order a + hundred lashes for him! + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—With pleasure, my son. With pleasure. + </p> + <p> + The movements of the fishermen are just as slow and languid, but there is + something new in their increased puffing and pulling at their pipes, in + the light quiver of their tanned hands. Some of them arise and look out of + the window with feigned indifference. + </p> + <p> + “The fog is rising!” says one, looking out of the window. “Do you hear + what I said about the fog?” + </p> + <p> + “It’s time to go to sleep. I say, it’s time to go to sleep!” + </p> + <p> + Desfoso comes forward and speaks cautiously: + </p> + <p> + “That isn’t quite so, abbot. It seems you didn’t say exactly what you + ought to say, abbot. They seem to think differently. I don’t say anything + for myself—I am simply talking about them. What do you say, Thomas?” + </p> + <p> + THOMAS—We ought to go to sleep, I say. Isn’t it true that it is time + to go to sleep? + </p> + <p> + MARIET (softly)—Sit down, Gart. You are tired to-night. You don’t + answer? + </p> + <p> + An old fisherman says: + </p> + <p> + “There used to be a custom in our land, I heard, that a murderer was to + pay a fine for the man he killed. Have you heard about it, Desfoso?” + </p> + <p> + Another voice is heard: + </p> + <p> + “Philipp is dead. Philipp is dead already, do you hear, neighbour? Who is + going to support his mother?” + </p> + <p> + “I haven’t enough even for my own! And the fog is rising, neighbour.” + </p> + <p> + “Abbot, did you hear us say: ‘Gart is a bad man; Gart is a + good-for-nothing, a city trickster?’ No, we said: ‘This thing has never + happened here before,’” says Desfoso. + </p> + <p> + Then a determined voice remarks: + </p> + <p> + “Gart is a good man! Wild Gart is a good man!” + </p> + <p> + DESFOSO—If you looked around, abbot, you couldn’t find a single, + strong boat here. I haven’t enough tar for mine. And the church—is + that the way a good church ought to look? I am not saying it myself, but + it comes out that way—it can’t be helped, abbot. + </p> + <p> + Haggart turns to Mariet and says: + </p> + <p> + “Do you hear, woman?” + </p> + <p> + “I do.” + </p> + <p> + “Why don’t you spit into their faces?” + </p> + <p> + “I can’t. I love you, Haggart. Are there only ten Commandments of God? No, + there is still another: ‘I love you, Haggart.’” + </p> + <p> + “What sad dreams there are in your land.” + </p> + <p> + The abbot rises and walks over to the fishermen. + </p> + <p> + “Well, what did you say about the church, old man? You said something + interesting about the church, or was I mistaken?” + </p> + <p> + He casts a swift glance at Mariet and Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “It isn’t the church alone, abbot. There are four of us old men: Legran, + Stoffle, Puasar, Kornu, and seven old women. Do I say that we are not + going to feed them? Of course, we will, but don’t be angry, father—it + is hard! You know it yourself, abbot—old age is no fun.” + </p> + <p> + “I am an old man, too!” begins old Rikke, lisping, but suddenly he flings + his hat angrily to the ground. “Yes, I am an old man. I don’t want any + more, that’s all! I worked, and now I don’t want to work. That’s all! I + don’t want to work.” + </p> + <p> + He goes out, swinging his hand. All look sympathetically at his stooping + back, at his white tufts of hair. And then they look again at Desfoso, at + his mouth, from which their words come out. A voice says: + </p> + <p> + “There, Rikke doesn’t want to work any more.” + </p> + <p> + All laugh softly and forcedly. + </p> + <p> + “Suppose we send Gart to the city—what then?” Desfoso goes on, + without looking at Haggart. “Well, the city people will hang him—and + then what? The result will be that a man will be gone, a fisherman will be + gone—you will lose a son, and Mariet will lose her husband, and the + little boy his father. Is there any joy in that?” + </p> + <p> + “That’s right, that’s right!” nods the abbot, approvingly. “But what a + mind you have, Desfoso!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you pay attention to them, Abbot?” asked Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do, Haggart. And it wouldn’t do you any harm to pay attention to + them. The devil is prouder than you, and yet he is only the devil, and + nothing more.” + </p> + <p> + Desfoso affirms: + </p> + <p> + “What’s the use of pride? Pride isn’t necessary.” + </p> + <p> + He turns to Haggart, his eyes still lowered; then he lifts his eyes and + asks: + </p> + <p> + “Gart! But you don’t need to kill anybody else. Excepting Philipp, you + don’t feel like killing anybody else, do you?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Only Philipp, and no more? Do you hear? Only Philipp, and no more. And + another question—Gart, don’t you want to send away this man, Khorre? + We would like you to do it. Who knows him? People say that all this + trouble comes through him.” + </p> + <p> + Several voices are heard: + </p> + <p> + “Through him. Send him away, Gart! It will be better for him!” + </p> + <p> + The abbot upholds them. + </p> + <p> + “True!” + </p> + <p> + “You, too, priest!” says Khorre, gruffly. Haggart looks with a faint smile + at his angry, bristled face, and says: + </p> + <p> + “I rather feel like sending him away. Let him go.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, then, Abbot,” says Desfoso, turning around, “we have decided, in + accordance with our conscience—to take the money. Do I speak + properly?” + </p> + <p> + One voice answers for all: + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + DESFOSO—Well, sailor, where is the money? + </p> + <p> + KHORRE—Captain? + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—Give it to them. + </p> + <p> + KHORRE (rudely)—“Then give me back my knife and my pipe first! Who + is the eldest among you—you? Listen, then: Take crowbars and shovels + and go to the castle. Do you know the tower, the accursed tower that fell? + Go over there—” + </p> + <p> + He bends down and draws a map on the floor with his crooked finger. All + bend down and look attentively; only the abbot gazes sternly out of the + window, behind which the heavy fog is still grey. Haggart whispers in a + fit of rage: + </p> + <p> + “Mariet, it would have been better if you had killed me as I killed + Philipp. And now my father is calling me. Where will be the end of my + sorrow, Mariet? Where the end of the world is. And where is the end of the + world? Do you want to take my sorrow, Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + “I do, Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you are a woman.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you torture me, Gart? What have I done that you should torture me + so? I love you.” + </p> + <p> + “You lied.” + </p> + <p> + “My tongue lied. I love you.” + </p> + <p> + “A serpent has a double tongue, but ask the serpent what it wants—and + it will tell you the truth. It is your heart that lied. Was it not you, + girl, that I met that time on the road? And you said: ‘Good evening.’ How + you have deceived me!” + </p> + <p> + Desfoso asks loudly: + </p> + <p> + “Well, abbot? You are coming along with us, aren’t you, father. Otherwise + something wrong might come out of it. Do I speak properly?” + </p> + <p> + The abbot replies merrily: + </p> + <p> + “Of course, of course, children. I am going with you. Without me, you will + think of the church. I have just been thinking of the church—of the + kind of church you need. Oh, it’s hard to get along with you, people!” + </p> + <p> + The fishermen go out very slowly—they are purposely lingering. + </p> + <p> + “The sea is coming,” says one. “I can hear it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, the sea is coming! Did you understand what he said?” + </p> + <p> + The few who remained are more hasty in their movements. Some of them + politely bid Haggart farewell. + </p> + <p> + “Good-bye, Gart.” + </p> + <p> + “I am thinking, Haggart, what kind of a church we need. This one will not + do, it seems. They prayed here a hundred years; now it is no good, they + say. Well, then, it is necessary to have a new one, a better one. But what + shall it be?” + </p> + <p> + “‘Pope’s a rogue, Pope’s a rogue.’ But, then, I am a rogue, too. Don’t you + think, Gart, that I am also something of a rogue? One moment, children, I + am with you.” + </p> + <p> + There is some crowding in the doorway. The abbot follows the last man with + his eyes and roars angrily: + </p> + <p> + “Eh, you, Haggart, murderer! What are you smiling at? You have no right to + despise them like that. They are my children. They have worked—have + you seen their hands, their backs? If you haven’t noticed that, you are a + fool! They are tired. They want to rest. Let them rest, even at the cost + of the blood of the one you killed. I’ll give them each a little, and the + rest I will throw out into the sea. Do you hear, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “I hear, priest.” + </p> + <p> + The abbot exclaims, raising his arms: + </p> + <p> + “O Lord! Why have you made a heart that can have pity on both the murdered + and the murderer! Gart, go home. Take him home, Mariet, and wash his + hands!” + </p> + <p> + “To whom do you lie, priest?” asks Haggart, slowly. “To God or to the + devil? To yourself or to the people? Or to everybody?” + </p> + <p> + He laughs bitterly. + </p> + <p> + “Eh, Gart! You are drunk with blood.” + </p> + <p> + “And with what are you drunk?” + </p> + <p> + They face each other. Mariet cries angrily, placing herself between them: + </p> + <p> + “May a thunder strike you down, both of you, that’s what I am praying to + God. May a thunder strike you down! What are you doing with my heart? You + are tearing it with your teeth like greedy dogs. You didn’t drink enough + blood, Gart, drink mine, then! You will never have enough, Gart, isn’t + that true?” + </p> + <p> + “Now, now,” says the abbot, calming them. “Take him home, Mariet. Go home, + Gart, and sleep more.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet comes forward, goes to the door and pauses there. + </p> + <p> + “Gart! I am going to little Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “Go.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you coming along with me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes—no—later.” + </p> + <p> + “I am going to little Noni. What shall I tell him about his father when he + wakes up?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart is silent. Khorre comes back and stops irresolutely at the + threshold. Mariet casts at him a glance full of contempt and then goes + out. Silence. + </p> + <p> + “Khorre!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Gin!” + </p> + <p> + “Here it is, Noni. Drink it, my boy, but not all at once, not all at once, + Noni.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart drinks; he examines the room with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “Nobody. Did you see him, Khorre? He is there, behind the curtain. Just + think of it, sailor—here we are again with him alone.” + </p> + <p> + “Go home, Noni!” + </p> + <p> + “Right away. Give me some gin.” + </p> + <p> + He drinks. + </p> + <p> + “And they? They have gone?” + </p> + <p> + “They ran, Noni. Go home, my boy! They ran off like goats. I was laughing + so much, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + Both laugh. + </p> + <p> + “Take down that toy, Khorre. Yes, yes, a little ship. He made it, Khorre.” + </p> + <p> + They examine the toy. + </p> + <p> + “Look how skilfully the jib was made, Khorre. Good boy, Philipp! But the + halyards are bad, look. No, Philipp! You never saw how real ships are + fitted out—real ships which rove over the ocean, tearing its grey + waves. Was it with this toy that you wanted to quench your little thirst—fool?” + </p> + <p> + He throws down the little ship and rises: + </p> + <p> + “Khorre! Boatswain!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Call them! I assume command again, Khorre!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor turns pale and shouts enthusiastically: + </p> + <p> + “Noni! Captain! My knees are trembling. I will not be able to reach them + and I will fall on the way.” + </p> + <p> + “You will reach them! We must also take our money away from these people—what + do you think, Khorre? We have played a little, and now it is enough—what + do you think, Khorre?” + </p> + <p> + He laughs. The sailor looks at him, his hands folded as in prayer, and he + weeps. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII + </h2> + <p> + “These are your comrades, Haggart? I am so glad to see them. You said, + Gart, yes—you said that their faces were entirely different from the + faces of our people, and that is true. Oh, how true it is! Our people have + handsome faces, too—don’t think our fishermen are ugly, but they + haven’t these deep, terrible scars. I like them very much, I assure you, + Gart. I suppose you are a friend of Haggart’s—you have such stern, + fine eyes? But you are silent? Why are they silent, Haggart; did you + forbid them to speak? And why are you silent yourself, Haggart? Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + Illuminated by the light of torches, Haggart stands and listens to the + rapid, agitated speech. The metal of the guns and the uniforms vibrates + and flashes; the light is also playing on the faces of those who have + surrounded Haggart in a close circle—these are his nearest, his + friends. And in the distance there is a different game—there a large + ship is dancing silently, casting its light upon the black waves, and the + black water plays with them, pleating them like a braid, extinguishing + them and kindling them again. + </p> + <p> + A noisy conversation and the splashing of the waters—and the + dreadful silence of kindred human lips that are sealed. + </p> + <p> + “I am listening to you, Mariet,” says Haggart at last. “What do you want, + Mariet? It is impossible that some one should have offended you. I ordered + them not to touch your house.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no, Haggart, no! No one has offended me!” exclaimed Mariet + cheerfully. “But don’t you like me to hold little Noni in my arms? Then I + will put him down here among the rocks. Here he will be warm and + comfortable as in his cradle. That’s the way! Don’t be afraid of waking + him, Gart; he sleeps soundly and will not hear anything. You may shout, + sing, fire a pistol—the boy sleeps soundly.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you want, Mariet? I did not call you here, and I am not pleased + that you have come.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, you did not call me here, Haggart; of course, you didn’t. But + when the fire was started, I thought: ‘Now it will light the way for me to + walk. Now I will not stumble.’ And I went. Your friends will not be + offended, Haggart, if I will ask them to step aside for awhile? I have + something to tell you, Gart. Of course, I should have done that before, I + understand, Gart; but I only just recalled it now. It was so light to + walk!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart says sternly: + </p> + <p> + “Step aside, Flerio, and you all—step aside with him.” + </p> + <p> + They all step aside. + </p> + <p> + “What is it that you have recalled, Mariet? Speak! I am going away forever + from your mournful land, where one dreams such painful dreams, where even + the rocks dream of sorrow. And I have forgotten everything.” + </p> + <p> + Gently and submissively, seeking protection and kindness, the woman + presses close to his hand. + </p> + <p> + “O, Haggart! O, my dear Haggart! They are not offended because I asked + them so rudely to step aside, are they? O, my dear Haggart! The galloons + of your uniform scratched my cheek, but it is so pleasant. Do you know, I + never liked it when you wore the clothes of our fishermen—it was not + becoming to you, Haggart. But I am talking nonsense, and you are getting + angry, Gart. Forgive me!” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t kneel. Get up.” + </p> + <p> + “It was only for a moment. Here, I got up. You ask me what I want? This is + what I want: Take me with you, Haggart! Me and little Noni, Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart retreats. + </p> + <p> + “You say that, Mariet? You say that I should take you along? Perhaps you + are laughing, woman? Or am I dreaming again?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I say that: Take me with you. Is this your ship? How large and + beautiful it is, and it has black sails, I know it. Take me on your ship, + Haggart. I know, you will say: ‘We have no women on the ship,’ but I will + be the woman: I will be your soul. Haggart, I will be your song, your + thoughts, Haggart! And if it must be so, let Khorre give gin to little + Noni—he is a strong boy.” + </p> + <p> + “Eh, Mariet?” says Haggart sternly. “Do you perhaps want me to believe you + again? Eh, Mariet? Don’t talk of that which you do not know, woman. Are + the rocks perhaps casting a spell over me and turning my head? Do you hear + the noise, and something like voices? That is the sea, waiting for me. + Don’t hold my soul. Let it go, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t speak, Haggart! I know everything. It was not as though I came + along a fiery road, it was not as though I saw blood to-day. Be silent, + Haggart! I have seen something more terrible, Haggart! Oh, if you could + only understand me! I have seen cowardly people who ran without defending + themselves. I have seen clutching, greedy fingers, crooked like those of + birds, like those of birds, Haggart! And out of these fingers, which were + forced open, gold was taken. And suddenly I saw a man sobbing. Think of + it, Haggart! They were taking gold from him, and he was sobbing.” + </p> + <p> + She laughs bitterly. Haggart advances a step toward her and puts his heavy + hand upon her shoulder: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, Mariet. Speak on, girl, let the sea wait.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet removes his hand and continues: + </p> + <p> + “‘No,’ I thought. ‘These are not my brethren at all!’ I thought and + laughed. And father shouted to the cowards: ‘Take shafts and strike them.’ + But they were running. Father is such a splendid man.” + </p> + <p> + “Father is a splendid man,” Haggart affirms cheerfully. + </p> + <p> + “Such a splendid man! And then one sailor bent down close to Noni—perhaps + he did not want to do any harm to him, but he bent down to him too + closely, so, I fired at him from your pistol. Is it nothing that I fired + at our sailor?” + </p> + <p> + Haggart laughs: + </p> + <p> + “He had a comical face! You killed him, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + “No. I don’t know how to shoot. And it was he who told me where you were. + O Haggart, O brother!” + </p> + <p> + She sobs, and then she speaks angrily with a shade of a serpentine hiss in + her voice: + </p> + <p> + “I hate them! They were not tortured enough; I would have tortured them + still more, still more. Oh, what cowardly rascals they are! Listen, + Haggart, I was always afraid of your power—to me there was always + something terrible and incomprehensible in your power. ‘Where is his God?’ + I wondered, and I was terrified. Even this morning I was afraid, but now + that this night came, this terror has fled, and I came running to you over + the fiery road: I am going with you, Haggart. Take me, Haggart, I will be + the soul of your ship!” + </p> + <p> + “I am the soul of my ship, Mariet. But you will be the song of my + liberated soul, Mariet. You shall be the song of my ship, Mariet! Do you + know where we are going? We are going to look for the end of the world, + for unknown lands, for unknown monsters. And at night Father Ocean will + sing to us, Mariet!” + </p> + <p> + “Embrace me, Haggart. Ah, Haggart, he is not a God who makes cowards of + human beings. We shall go to look for a new God.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart whispers stormily: + </p> + <p> + “I lied when I said that I have forgotten everything—I learned this + in your land. I love you, Mariet, as I love fire. Eh, Flerio, comrade!” He + shouts cheerfully: “Eh, Flerio, comrade! Have you prepared a salute?” + </p> + <p> + “I have, Captain. The shores will tremble when our cannons speak.” + </p> + <p> + “Eh, Flerio, comrade! Don’t gnash your teeth, without biting—no one + will believe you. Did you put in cannon balls—round, cast-iron, good + cannon balls? Give them wings, comrade—let them fly like blackbirds + on land and sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Captain.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart laughs: + </p> + <p> + “I love to think how the cannon ball flies, Mariet. I love to watch its + invisible flight. If some one comes in its way—let him! Fate itself + strikes down like that. What is an aim? Only fools need an aim, while the + devil, closing his eyes, throws stones—the wise game is merrier this + way. But you are silent! What are you thinking of, Mariet?” + </p> + <p> + “I am thinking of them. I am forever thinking of them.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you sorry for them?” Haggart frowns. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am sorry for them. But my pity is my hatred, Haggart. I hate them, + and I would kill them, more and more!” + </p> + <p> + “I feel like flying faster—my soul is so free. Let us jest, Mariet! + Here is a riddle, guess it: For whom will the cannons roar soon? You + think, for me? No. For you? no, no, not for you, Mariet! For little Noni, + for him—for little Noni who is boarding the ship to-night. Let him + wake up from this thunder. How our little Noni will be surprised! And now + be quiet, quiet—don’t disturb his sleep—don’t spoil little + Noni’s awakening.” + </p> + <p> + The sound of voices is heard—a crowd is approaching. + </p> + <p> + “Where is the captain?” + </p> + <p> + “Here. Halt, the captain is here!” + </p> + <p> + “It’s all done. They can be crammed into a basket like herrings.” + </p> + <p> + “Our boatswain is a brave fellow! A jolly man.” + </p> + <p> + Khorre, intoxicated and jolly, shouts: + </p> + <p> + “Not so loud, devils! Don’t you see that the captain is here? They scream + like seagulls over a dead dolphin.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet steps aside a little distance, where little Noni is sleeping. + </p> + <p> + KHORRE—Here we are, Captain. No losses, Captain. And how we laughed, + Noni. + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—You got drunk rather early. Come to the point. + </p> + <p> + KHORRE—Very well. The thing is done, Captain. We’ve picked up all + our money—not worse than the imperial tax collectors. I could not + tell which was ours, so I picked up all the money. But if they have buried + some of the gold, forgive us, Captain—we are not peasants to plough + the ground. + </p> + <p> + Laughter. Haggart also laughs. + </p> + <p> + “Let them sow, we shall reap.” + </p> + <p> + “Golden words, Noni. Eh, Tommy, listen to what the Captain is saying. And + another thing: Whether you will be angry or not—I have broken the + music. I have scattered it in small pieces. Show your pipe, Tetyu! Do you + see, Noni, I didn’t do it at once, no. I told him to play a jig, and he + said that he couldn’t do it. Then he lost his mind and ran away. They all + lost their minds there, Captain. Eh, Tommy, show your beard. An old woman + tore half of his beard out, Captain—now he is a disgrace to look + upon. Eh, Tommy! He has hidden himself, he’s ashamed to show his face, + Captain. And there’s another thing: The priest is coming here.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet exclaims: + </p> + <p> + “Father!” + </p> + <p> + Khorre, astonished, asks: + </p> + <p> + “Are you here? If she came to complain, I must report to you, Captain—the + priest almost killed one of our sailors. And she, too. I ordered the men + to bind the priest—” + </p> + <p> + “Silence.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t understand your actions, Noni—” + </p> + <p> + Haggart, restraining his rage, exclaims: + </p> + <p> + “I shall have you put in irons! Silence!” + </p> + <p> + With ever-growing rage: + </p> + <p> + “You dare talk back to me, riff-raff! You—” + </p> + <p> + Mariet cautions him: + </p> + <p> + “Gart! They have brought father here.” + </p> + <p> + Several sailors bring in the abbot, bound. His clothes are in disorder, + his face is agitated and pale. He looks at Mariet with some amazement, and + lowers his eyes. Then he heaves a sigh. + </p> + <p> + “Untie him!” says Mariet. Haggart corrects her restrainedly: + </p> + <p> + “Only I command here, Mariet. Khorre, untie him.” + </p> + <p> + Khorre unfastens the knots. Silence. + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Hello, Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, abbot.” + </p> + <p> + “You have arranged a fine night, Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart speaks with restraint: + </p> + <p> + “It is unpleasant for me to see you. Why did you come here? Go home, + priest, no one will touch you. Keep on fishing—and what else were + you doing? Oh, yes—make your own prayers. We are going out to the + ocean; your daughter, you know, is also going with me. Do you see the + ship? That is mine. It’s a pity that you don’t know about ships—you + would have laughed for joy at the sight of such a beautiful ship! Why is + he silent, Mariet? You had better tell him.” + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Prayers? In what language? Have you, perhaps, discovered a new + language in which prayers reach God? Oh, Haggart, Haggart! + </p> + <p> + He weeps, covering his face with his hands. Haggart, alarmed, asks: + </p> + <p> + “You are crying, abbot?” + </p> + <p> + “Look, Gart, he is crying. Father never cried. I am afraid, Gart.” + </p> + <p> + The abbot stops crying. Heaving a deep sigh, he says: + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know what they call you: Haggart or devil or something else—I + have come to you with a request. Do you hear, robber, with a request? Tell + your crew not to gnash their teeth like that—I don’t like it.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart replies morosely: + </p> + <p> + “Go home, priest! Mariet will stay with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Let her stay with you. I don’t need her, and if you need her, take her. + Take her, Haggart. But—” + </p> + <p> + He kneels before him. A murmur of astonishment. Mariet, frightened, + advances a step to her father. + </p> + <p> + “Father! You are kneeling?” + </p> + <p> + ABBOT—Robber! Give us back the money. You will rob more for + yourself, but give this money to us. You are young yet, you will rob some + more yet— + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—You are insane! There’s a man—he will drive the devil + himself to despair! Listen, priest, I am shouting to you: You have simply + lost your mind! + </p> + <p> + The abbot, still kneeling, continues: + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps, I have—by God, I don’t know. Robber, dearest, what is this + to you? Give us this money. I feel sorry for them, for the scoundrels! + They rejoiced so much, the scoundrels. They blossomed forth like an old + blackthorn which has nothing but thorns and a ragged bark. They are + sinners. But am I imploring God for their sake? I am imploring you. + Robber, dearest—” + </p> + <p> + Mariet looks now at Haggart, now at the priest. Haggart is hesitating. The + abbot keeps muttering: + </p> + <p> + “Robber, do you want me to call you son? Well, then—son—it + makes no difference now—I will never see you again. It’s all the + same! Like an old blackthorn, they bloomed—oh, Lord, those + scoundrels, those old scoundrels!” + </p> + <p> + “No,” Haggart replied sternly. + </p> + <p> + “Then you are the devil, that’s who you are. You are the devil,” mutters + the abbot, rising heavily from the ground. Haggart shows his teeth, + enraged. + </p> + <p> + “Do you wish to sell your soul to the devil? Yes? Eh, abbot—don’t + you know yet that the devil always pays with spurious money? Let me have a + torch, sailor!” + </p> + <p> + He seizes a torch and lifts it high over his head—he covers his + terrible face with fire and smoke. + </p> + <p> + “Look, here I am! Do you see? Now ask me, if you dare!” + </p> + <p> + He flings the torch away. What does the abbot dream in this land full of + monstrous dreams? Terrified, his heavy frame trembling, helplessly pushing + the people aside with his hands, he retreats. He turns around. Now he sees + the glitter of the metal, the dark and terrible faces; he hears the angry + splashing of the waters—and he covers his head with his hands and + walks off quickly. Then Khorre jumps up and strikes him with a knife in + his back. + </p> + <p> + “Why have you done it?”—the abbot clutches the hand that struck him + down. + </p> + <p> + “Just so—for nothing!” + </p> + <p> + The abbot falls to the ground and dies. + </p> + <p> + “Why have you done it?” cries Mariet. + </p> + <p> + “Why have you done it?” roars Haggart. + </p> + <p> + And a strange voice, coming from some unknown depths, answers with + Khorre’s lips: + </p> + <p> + “You commanded me to do it.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart looks around and sees the stern, dark faces, the quivering glitter + of the metal, the motionless body; he hears the mysterious, merry dashing + of the waves. And he clasps his head in a fit of terror. + </p> + <p> + “Who commanded? It was the roaring of the sea. I did not want to kill him—no, + no!” + </p> + <p> + Sombre voices answer: + </p> + <p> + “You commanded. We heard it. You commanded.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart listens, his head thrown back. Suddenly he bursts into loud + laughter: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, devils, devils! Do you think that I have two ears in order that you + may lie in each one? Go down on your knees, rascal!” + </p> + <p> + He hurls Khorre to the ground. + </p> + <p> + “String him up with a rope! I would have crushed your venomous head myself—but + let them do it. Oh, devils, devils! String him up with a rope.” + </p> + <p> + Khorre whines harshly: + </p> + <p> + “Me, Captain! I was your nurse, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence! Rascal!” + </p> + <p> + “I? Noni! Your nurse? You squealed like a little pig in the cook’s room. + Have you forgotten it, Noni?” mutters the sailor plaintively. + </p> + <p> + “Eh,” shouts Haggart to the stern crowd. “Take him!” + </p> + <p> + Several men advance to him. Khorre rises. + </p> + <p> + “If you do it to me, to your own nurse—then you have recovered, + Noni! Eh, obey the captain! Take me! I’ll make you cry enough, Tommy! You + are always the mischief-maker!” + </p> + <p> + Grim laughter. Several sailors surround Khorre as Haggart watches them + sternly. A dissatisfied voice says: + </p> + <p> + “There is no place where to hang him here. There isn’t a single tree + around.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us wait till we get aboard ship! Let him die honestly on the mast.” + </p> + <p> + “I know of a tree around here, but I won’t tell you,” roars Khorre + hoarsely. “Look for it yourself! Well, you have astonished me, Noni. How + you shouted, ‘String him up with a rope!’ Exactly like your father—he + almost hanged me, too. Good-bye, Noni, now I understand your actions. Eh, + gin! and then—on the rope!” + </p> + <p> + Khorre goes off. No one dares approach Haggart; still enraged, he paces + back and forth with long strides. He pauses, glances at the body and paces + again. Then he calls: + </p> + <p> + “Flerio! Did you hear me give orders to kill this man?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Captain.” + </p> + <p> + “You may go.” + </p> + <p> + He paces back and forth again, and then calls: + </p> + <p> + “Flerio! Have you ever heard the sea lying?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “If they can’t find a tree, order them to choke him with their hands.” + </p> + <p> + He paces back and forth again. Mariet is laughing quietly. + </p> + <p> + “Who is laughing?” asks Haggart in fury. + </p> + <p> + “I,” answers Mariet. “I am thinking of how they are hanging him and I am + laughing. O, Haggart, O, my noble Haggart! Your wrath is the wrath of God, + do you know it? No. You are strange, you are dear, you are terrible, + Haggart, but I am not afraid of you. Give me your hand, Haggart, press it + firmly, firmly. Here is a powerful hand!” + </p> + <p> + “Flerio, my friend, did you hear what he said? He says the sea never + lies.” + </p> + <p> + “You are powerful and you are just—I was insane when I feared your + power, Gart. May I shout to the sea: ‘Haggart, the Just’?” + </p> + <p> + “That is not true. Be silent, Mariet, you are intoxicated with blood. I + don’t know what justice is.” + </p> + <p> + “Who, then, knows it? You, you, Haggart! You are God’s justice, Haggart. + Is it true that he was your nurse? Oh, I know what it means to be a nurse; + a nurse feeds you, teaches you to walk—you love a nurse as your + mother. Isn’t that true, Gart—you love a nurse as a mother? And yet—‘string + him up with a rope, Khorre’!” + </p> + <p> + She laughs quietly. + </p> + <p> + A loud, ringing laughter resounds from the side where Khorre was led away. + Haggart stops, perplexed. + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” + </p> + <p> + “The devil is meeting his soul there,” says Mariet. + </p> + <p> + “No. Let go of my hand! Eh, who’s there?” + </p> + <p> + A crowd is coming. They are laughing and grinning, showing their teeth. + But noticing the captain, they become serious. The people are repeating + one and the same name: + </p> + <p> + “Khorre! Khorre! Khorre!” + </p> + <p> + And then Khorre himself appears, dishevelled, crushed, but happy—the + rope has broken. Knitting his brow, Haggart is waiting in silence. + </p> + <p> + “The rope broke, Noni,” mutters Khorre hoarsely, modestly, yet with + dignity. “There are the ends! Eh, you there, keep quiet! There is nothing + to laugh at—they started to hang me, and the rope broke, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart looks at his old, drunken, frightened, and happy face, and he + laughs like a madman. And the sailors respond with roaring laughter. The + reflected lights are dancing more merrily upon the waves—as if they + are also laughing with the people. + </p> + <p> + “Just look at him, Mariet, what a face he has,” Haggart is almost choking + with laughter. “Are you happy? Speak—are you happy? Look, Mariet, + what a happy face he has! The rope broke—that’s very strong—it + is stronger even than what I said: ‘String him up with a rope.’ Who said + it? Don’t you know, Khorre? You are out of your wits, and you don’t know + anything—well, never mind, you needn’t know. Eh, give him gin! I am + glad, very glad that you are not altogether through with your gin. Drink, + Khorre!” + </p> + <p> + Voices shout: + </p> + <p> + “Gin!” + </p> + <p> + “Eh, the boatswain wants a drink! Gin!” + </p> + <p> + Khorre drinks it with dignity, amid laughter and shouts of approval. + Suddenly all the noise dies down and a sombre silence reigns—a + woman’s strange voice drowns the noise—so strange and unfamiliar, as + if it were not Mariet’s voice at all, but another voice speaking with her + lips: + </p> + <p> + “Haggart! You have pardoned him, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + Some of the people look at the body; those standing near it step aside. + Haggart asks, surprised: + </p> + <p> + “Whose voice is that? Is that yours, Mariet? How strange! I did not + recognise your voice.” + </p> + <p> + “You have pardoned him, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “You have heard—the rope broke—” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me, did you pardon the murderer? I want to hear your voice, + Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + A threatening voice is heard from among the crowd: + </p> + <p> + “The rope broke. Who is talking there? The rope broke.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence!” exclaims Haggart, but there is no longer the same commanding + tone in his voice. “Take them all away! Boatswain! Whistle for everybody + to go aboard. The time is up! Flerio! Get the boats ready.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes.” + </p> + <p> + Khorre whistles. The sailors disperse unwillingly, and the same + threatening voice sounds somewhere from the darkness: + </p> + <p> + “I thought at first it was the dead man who started to speak. But I would + have answered him too: ‘Lie there! The rope broke.’” + </p> + <p> + Another voice replies: + </p> + <p> + “Don’t grumble. Khorre has stronger defenders than you are.” + </p> + <p> + “What are you prating about, devils?” says Khorre. “Silence! Is that you, + Tommy? I know you, you are always the mischief-maker—” + </p> + <p> + “Come on, Mariet!” says Haggart. “Give me little Noni, I want to carry him + to the boat myself. Come on, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + “Where, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “Eh, Mariet! The dreams are ended. I don’t like your voice, woman—when + did you find time to change it? What a land of jugglers! I have never seen + such a land before!” + </p> + <p> + “Eh, Haggart! The dreams are ended. I don’t like your voice, either—little + Haggart! But it may be that I am still sleeping—then wake me. + Haggart, swear that it was you who said it: ‘The rope broke.’ Swear that + my eyes have not grown blind and that they see Khorre alive. Swear that + this is your hand, Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + Silence. The voice of the sea is growing louder—there is the splash + and the call and the promise of a stern caress. + </p> + <p> + “I swear.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. Khorre and Flerio come up to Haggart. + </p> + <p> + “All’s ready, Captain,” says Flerio. + </p> + <p> + “They are waiting, Noni. Go quicker! They want to feast to-night, Noni! + But I must tell you, Noni, that they—” + </p> + <p> + HAGGART—Did you say something, Flerio? Yes, yes, everything is + ready. I am coming. I think I am not quite through yet with land. This is + such a remarkable land, Flerio; the dreams here drive their claws into a + man like thorns, and they hold him. One has to tear his clothing, and + perhaps his body as well. What did you say, Mariet? + </p> + <p> + MARIET—Don’t you want to kiss little Noni? You shall never kiss him + again. + </p> + <p> + “No, I don’t want to.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. + </p> + <p> + “You will go alone.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I will go alone.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you ever cry, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is crying now? I hear some one crying bitterly.” + </p> + <p> + “That is not true—it is the roaring of the sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Haggart! Of what great sorrow does that voice speak?” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent, Mariet. It is the roaring of the sea.” + </p> + <p> + Silence. + </p> + <p> + “Is everything ended now, Haggart?” + </p> + <p> + “Everything is ended, Mariet.” + </p> + <p> + Mariet, imploring, says: + </p> + <p> + “Gart! Only one motion of the hand! Right here—against the heart—Gart!” + </p> + <p> + “No. Leave me alone.” + </p> + <p> + “Only one motion of the hand! Here is your knife. Have pity on me, kill me + with your hand. Only one motion of your hand, Gart!” + </p> + <p> + “Let go. Give me my knife.” + </p> + <p> + “Gart, I bless you! One motion of your hand, Gart!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart tears himself away, pushing the woman aside: + </p> + <p> + “No! Don’t you know that it is just as hard to make one motion of the hand + as it is for the sun to come down from the sky? Good-bye, Mariet!” + </p> + <p> + “You are going away?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am going away. I am going away, Mariet. That’s how it sounds.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall curse you, Haggart. Do you know! I shall curse you, Haggart. And + little Noni will curse you, Haggart—Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + Haggart exclaims cheerfully and harshly: + </p> + <p> + “Eh, Khorre. You, Flerio, my old friend. Come here, give me your hand—Oh, + what a powerful hand it is! Why do you pull me by the sleeve, Khorre? You + have such a funny face. I can almost see how the rope snapped, and you + came down like a sack. Flerio, old friend, I feel like saying something + funny, but I have forgotten how to say it. How do they say it? Remind me, + Flerio. What do you want, sailor?” + </p> + <p> + Khorre whispers to him hoarsely: + </p> + <p> + “Noni, be on your guard. The rope broke because they used a rotten rope + intentionally. They are betraying you! Be on your guard, Noni. Strike them + on the head, Noni.” + </p> + <p> + Haggart bursts out laughing. + </p> + <p> + “Now you have said something funny. And I? Listen, Flerio, old friend. + This woman who stands and looks—No, that will not be funny!” + </p> + <p> + He advances a step. + </p> + <p> + “Khorre, do you remember how well this man prayed? Why was he killed? He + prayed so well. But there is one prayer he did not know—this one—‘To + you I bring my great eternal sorrow; I am going to you, Father Ocean!’” + </p> + <p> + And a distant voice, sad and grave, replies: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Haggart, my dear Haggart.” + </p> + <p> + But who knows—perhaps it was the roaring of the waves. Many sad and + strange dreams come to man on earth. + </p> + <p> + “All aboard!” exclaims Haggart cheerily, and goes off without looking + around. Below, a gay noise of voices and laughter resounds. The + cobblestones are rattling under the firm footsteps—Haggart is going + away. + </p> + <p> + “Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + He goes, without turning around. + </p> + <p> + “Haggart!” + </p> + <p> + He has gone away. + </p> + <p> + Loud shouting is heard—the sailors are greeting Haggart. They drink + and go off into the darkness. On the shore, the torches which were cast + aside are burning low, illumining the body, and a woman is rushing about. + She runs swiftly from one spot to another, bending down over the steep + rocks. Insane Dan comes crawling out. + </p> + <p> + “Is that you, Dan? Do you hear, they are singing, Dan? Haggart has gone + away.” + </p> + <p> + “I was waiting for them to go. Here is another one. I am gathering the + pipes of my organ. Here is another one.” + </p> + <p> + “Be accursed, Dan!” + </p> + <p> + “Oho? And you, too, Mariet, be accursed!” + </p> + <p> + Mariet clasps the child in her arms and lifts him high. Then she calls + wildly: + </p> + <p> + “Haggart, turn around! Turn around, Haggart! Noni is calling you. He wants + to curse you, Haggart. Turn around! Look, Noni, look—that is your + father. Remember him, Noni. And when you grow up, go out on every sea and + find him, Noni. And when you find him—hang your father high on a + mast, my little one.” + </p> + <p> + The thundering salute drowns her cry. Haggart has boarded his ship. The + night grows darker and the dashing of the waves fainter—the ocean is + moving away with the tide. The great desert of the sky is mute and the + night grows darker and the dashing of the waves ever fainter. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + JUDAS ISCARIOT AND OTHERS + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I + </h2> + <p> + Jesus Christ had often been warned that Judas Iscariot was a man of very + evil repute, and that He ought to beware of him. Some of the disciples, + who had been in Judaea, knew him well, while others had heard much about + him from various sources, and there was none who had a good word for him. + If good people in speaking of him blamed him, as covetous, cunning, and + inclined to hypocrisy and lying, the bad, when asked concerning him, + inveighed against him in the severest terms. + </p> + <p> + “He is always making mischief among us,” they would say, and spit in + contempt. “He always has some thought which he keeps to himself. He creeps + into a house quietly, like a scorpion, but goes out again with an + ostentatious noise. There are friends among thieves, and comrades among + robbers, and even liars have wives, to whom they speak the truth; but + Judas laughs at thieves and honest folk alike, although he is himself a + clever thief. Moreover, he is in appearance the ugliest person in Judaea. + No! he is no friend of ours, this foxy-haired Judas Iscariot,” the bad + would say, thereby surprising the good people, in whose opinion there was + not much difference between him and all other vicious people in Judaea. + They would recount further that he had long ago deserted his wife, who was + living in poverty and misery, striving to eke out a living from the + unfruitful patch of land which constituted his estate. He had wandered for + many years aimlessly among the people, and had even gone from one sea to + the other,—no mean distance,—and everywhere he lied and + grimaced, and would make some discovery with his thievish eye, and then + suddenly disappear, leaving behind him animosity and strife. Yes, he was + as inquisitive, artful and hateful as a one-eyed demon. Children he had + none, and this was an additional proof that Judas was a wicked man, that + God would not have from him any posterity. + </p> + <p> + None of the disciples had noticed when it was that this ugly, foxy-haired + Jew first appeared in the company of Christ: but he had for a long time + haunted their path, joined in their conversations, performed little acts + of service, bowing and smiling and currying favour. Sometimes they became + quite used to him, so that he escaped their weary eyes; then again he + would suddenly obtrude himself on eye and ear, irritating them as + something abnormally ugly, treacherous and disgusting. They would drive + him away with harsh words, and for a short time he would disappear, only + to reappear suddenly, officious, flattering and crafty as a one-eyed + demon. + </p> + <p> + There was no doubt in the minds of some of the disciples that under his + desire to draw near to Jesus was hidden some secret intention—some + malign and cunning scheme. + </p> + <p> + But Jesus did not listen to their advice; their prophetic voice did not + reach His ears. In that spirit of serene contradiction, which ever + irresistibly inclined Him to the reprobate and unlovable, He deliberately + accepted Judas, and included him in the circle of the chosen. The + disciples were disturbed and murmured under their breath, but He would sit + still, with His face towards the setting sun, and listen abstractedly, + perhaps to them, perhaps to something else. For ten days there had been no + wind, and the transparent atmosphere, wary and sensitive, continued ever + the same, motionless and unchanged. It seemed as though it preserved in + its transparent depths every cry and song made during those days by men + and beasts and birds—tears, laments and cheerful song, prayers and + curses—and that on account of these crystallised sounds the air was + so heavy, threatening, and saturated with invisible life. Once more the + sun was sinking. It rolled heavily downwards in a flaming ball, setting + the sky on fire. Everything upon the earth which was turned towards it: + the swarthy face of Jesus, the walls of the houses, and the leaves of the + trees—everything obediently reflected that distant, fearfully + pensive light. Now the white walls were no longer white, and the white + city upon the white hill was turned to red. + </p> + <p> + And lo! Judas arrived. He arrived bowing low, bending his back, cautiously + and timidly protruding his ugly, bumpy head—just exactly as his + acquaintances had described. He was spare and of good height, almost the + same as that of Jesus, who stooped a little through the habit of thinking + as He walked, and so appeared shorter than He was. Judas was to all + appearances fairly strong and well knit, though for some reason or other + he pretended to be weak and somewhat sickly. He had an uncertain voice. + Sometimes it was strong and manly, then again shrill as that of an old + woman scolding her husband, provokingly thin, and disagreeable to the ear, + so that ofttimes one felt inclined to tear out his words from the ear, + like rough, decaying splinters. His short red locks failed to hide the + curious form of his skull. It looked as if it had been split at the nape + of the neck by a double sword-cut, and then joined together again, so that + it was apparently divided into four parts, and inspired distrust, nay, + even alarm: for behind such a cranium there could be no quiet or concord, + but there must ever be heard the noise of sanguinary and merciless strife. + The face of Judas was similarly doubled. One side of it, with a black, + sharply watchful eye, was vivid and mobile, readily gathering into + innumerable tortuous wrinkles. On the other side were no wrinkles. It was + deadly flat, smooth, and set, and though of the same size as the other, it + seemed enormous on account of its wide-open blind eye. Covered with a + whitish film, closing neither night nor day, this eye met light and + darkness with the same indifference, but perhaps on account of the + proximity of its lively and crafty companion it never got full credit for + blindness. + </p> + <p> + When in a paroxysm of joy or excitement, Judas would close his sound eye + and shake his head. The other eye would always shake in unison and gaze in + silence. Even people quite devoid of penetration could clearly perceive, + when looking at Judas, that such a man could bring no good.... + </p> + <p> + And yet Jesus brought him near to Himself, and once even made him sit next + to Him. John, the beloved disciple, fastidiously moved away, and all the + others who loved their Teacher cast down their eyes in disapprobation. But + Judas sat on, and turning his head from side to side, began in a somewhat + thin voice to complain of ill-health, and said that his chest gave him + pain in the night, and that when ascending a hill he got out of breath, + and when he stood still on the edge of a precipice he would be seized with + a dizziness, and could scarcely restrain a foolish desire to throw himself + down. And many other impious things he invented, as though not + understanding that sicknesses do not come to a man by chance, but as a + consequence of conduct not corresponding with the laws of the Eternal. + Thus Judas Iscariot kept on rubbing his chest with his broad palm, and + even pretended to cough, midst a general silence and downcast eyes. + </p> + <p> + John, without looking at the Teacher, whispered to his friend Simon Peter— + </p> + <p> + “Aren’t you tired of that lie? I can’t stand it any longer. I am going + away.” + </p> + <p> + Peter glanced at Jesus, and meeting his eye, quickly arose. + </p> + <p> + “Wait a moment,” said he to his friend. + </p> + <p> + Once more he looked at Jesus; sharply as a stone torn from a mountain, he + moved towards Judas, and said to him in a loud voice, with expansive, + serene courtesy— + </p> + <p> + “You will come with us, Judas.” + </p> + <p> + He gave him a kindly slap on his bent back, and without looking at the + Teacher, though he felt His eye upon him, resolutely added in his loud + voice, which excluded all objection, just as water excludes air— + </p> + <p> + “It does not matter that you have such a nasty face. There fall into our + nets even worse monstrosities, and they sometimes turn out very tasty + food. It is not for us, our Lord’s fishermen, to throw away a catch, + merely because the fish have spines, or only one eye. I saw once at Tyre + an octopus, which had been caught by the local fishermen, and I was so + frightened that I wanted to run away. But they laughed at me. A fisherman + from Tiberias gave me some of it to eat, and I asked for more, it was so + tasty. You remember, Master, that I told you the story, and you laughed, + too. And you, Judas, are like an octopus—but only on one side.” + </p> + <p> + And he laughed loudly, content with his joke. When Peter spoke, his words + resounded so forcibly, that it seemed as though he were driving them in + with nails. When Peter moved, or did anything, he made a noise that could + be heard afar, and which called forth a response from the deafest of + things: the stone floor rumbled under his feet, the doors shook and + rattled, and the very air was convulsed with fear, and roared. In the + clefts of the mountains his voice awoke the inmost echo, and in the + morning-time, when they were fishing on the lake, he would roll about on + the sleepy, glittering water, and force the first shy sunbeams into + smiles. + </p> + <p> + For this apparently he was loved: when on all other faces there still lay + the shadow of night, his powerful head, and bare breast, and freely + extended arms were already aglow with the light of dawn. + </p> + <p> + The words of Peter, evidently approved as they were by the Master, + dispersed the oppressive atmosphere. But some of the disciples, who had + been to the seaside and had seen an octopus, were disturbed by the + monstrous image so lightly applied to the new disciple. They recalled the + immense eyes, the dozens of greedy tentacles, the feigned repose—and + how all at once: it embraced, clung, crushed and sucked, all without one + wink of its monstrous eyes. What did it mean? But Jesus remained silent, + He smiled with a frown of kindly raillery on Peter, who was still telling + glowing tales about the octopus. Then one by one the disciples + shame-facedly approached Judas, and began a friendly conversation, with + him, but—beat a hasty and awkward retreat. + </p> + <p> + Only John, the son of Zebedee, maintained an obstinate silence; and Thomas + had evidently not made up his mind to say anything, but was still weighing + the matter. He kept his gaze attentively fixed on Christ and Judas as they + sat together. And that strange proximity of divine beauty and monstrous + ugliness, of a man with a benign look, and of an octopus with immense, + motionless, dully greedy eyes, oppressed his mind like an insoluble + enigma. + </p> + <p> + He tensely wrinkled his smooth, upright forehead, and screwed up his eyes, + thinking that he would see better so, but only succeeded in imagining that + Judas really had eight incessantly moving feet. But that was not true. + Thomas understood that, and again gazed obstinately. + </p> + <p> + Judas gathered courage: he straightened out his arms, which had been bent + at the elbows, relaxed the muscles which held his jaws in tension, and + began cautiously to protrude his bumpy head into the light. It had been + the whole time in view of all, but Judas imagined that it had been + impenetrably hidden from sight by some invisible, but thick and cunning + veil. But lo! now, as though creeping out from a ditch, he felt his + strange skull, and then his eyes, in the light: he stopped and then + deliberately exposed his whole face. Nothing happened; Peter had gone away + somewhere or other. Jesus sat pensive, with His head leaning on His hand, + and gently swayed His sunburnt foot. The disciples were conversing + together, and only Thomas gazed at him attentively and seriously, like a + conscientious tailor taking measurement. Judas smiled; Thomas did not + reply to the smile; but evidently took it into account, as he did + everything else, and continued to gaze. But something unpleasant alarmed + the left side of Judas’ countenance as he looked round. John, handsome, + pure, without a single fleck upon his snow-white conscience, was looking + at him out of a dark corner, with cold but beautiful eyes. And though he + walked as others walk, yet Judas felt as if he were dragging himself along + the ground like a whipped cur, as he went up to John and said: “Why are + you silent, John? Your words are like golden apples in vessels of silver + filigree; bestow one of them on Judas, who is so poor.” + </p> + <p> + John looked steadfastly into his wide-open motionless eye, and said + nothing. And he looked on, while Judas crept out, hesitated a moment, and + then disappeared in the deep darkness of the open door. + </p> + <p> + Since the full moon was up, there were many people out walking. Jesus went + out too, and from the low roof on which Judas had spread his couch he saw + Him going out. In the light of the moon each white figure looked bright + and deliberate in its movements; and seemed not so much to walk as to + glide in front of its dark shadow. Then suddenly a man would be lost in + something black, and his voice became audible. And when people reappeared + in the moonlight, they seemed silent—like white walls, or black + shadows—as everything did in the transparent mist of night. Almost + every one was asleep when Judas heard the soft voice of Jesus returning. + All in and around about the house was still. A cock crew; somewhere an + ass, disturbed in his sleep, brayed aloud and insolently as in daytime, + then reluctantly and gradually relapsed into silence. Judas did not sleep + at all, but listened surreptitiously. The moon illumined one half of his + face, and was reflected strangely in his enormous open eye, as on the + frozen surface of a lake. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly he remembered something, and hastily coughed, rubbing his + perfectly healthy chest with his hairy hand: maybe some one was not yet + asleep, and was listening to what Judas was thinking! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II + </h2> + <p> + They gradually became used to Judas, and ceased to notice his ugliness. + Jesus entrusted the common purse to him, and with it there fell on him all + household cares: he purchased the necessary food and clothing, distributed + alms, and when they were on the road, it was his duty to choose the place + where they were to stop, or to find a night’s lodging. + </p> + <p> + All this he did very cleverly, so that in a short time he had earned the + goodwill of some of the disciples, who had noticed his efforts. Judas was + an habitual liar, but they became used to this, when they found that his + lies were not followed by any evil conduct; nay, they added a special + piquancy to his conversation and tales, and made life seem like a comic, + and sometimes a tragic, tale. + </p> + <p> + According to his stories, he seemed to know every one, and each person + that he knew had some time in his life been guilty of evil conduct, or + even crime. Those, according to him, were called good, who knew how to + conceal their thoughts and acts; but if one only embraced, flattered, and + questioned such a man sufficiently, there would ooze out from him every + untruth, nastiness, and lie, like matter from a pricked wound. He freely + confessed that he sometimes lied himself; but affirmed with an oath that + others were still greater liars, and that if any one in this world was + ever deceived, it was Judas. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, according to his own account, he had been deceived, time upon + time, in one way or another. Thus, a certain guardian of the treasures of + a rich grandee once confessed to him, that he had for ten years been + continually on the point of stealing the property committed to him, but + that he was debarred by fear of the grandee, and of his own conscience. + And Judas believed him—and he suddenly committed the theft, and + deceived Judas. But even then Judas still trusted him—and then he + suddenly restored the stolen treasure to the grandee, and again deceived + Judas. Yes, everything deceived him, even animals. Whenever he pets a dog + it bites his fingers; but when he beats it with a stick it licks his feet, + and looks into his eyes like a daughter. He killed one such dog, and + buried it deep, laying a great stone on the top of it—but who knows? + Perhaps just because he killed it, it has come to life again, and instead + of lying in the trench, is running about cheerfully with other dogs. + </p> + <p> + All laughed merrily at Judas’ tale, and he smiled pleasantly himself, + winking his one lively, mocking eye—and by that very smile confessed + that he had lied somewhat; that he had not really killed the dog. But he + meant to find it and kill it, because he did not wish to be deceived. And + at these words of Judas they laughed all the more. + </p> + <p> + But sometimes in his tales he transgressed the bounds of probability, and + ascribed to people such proclivities as even the beasts do not possess, + accusing them of such crimes as are not, and never have been. And since he + named in this connection the most honoured people, some were indignant at + the calumny, while others jokingly asked: + </p> + <p> + “How about your own father and mother, Judas—were they not good + people?” + </p> + <p> + Judas winked his eye, and smiled with a gesture of his hands. And the + fixed, wide-open eye shook in unison with the shaking of his head, and + looked out in silence. + </p> + <p> + “But who was my father? Perhaps it was the man who used to beat me with a + rod, or may be—a devil, a goat or a cock.... How can Judas tell? How + can Judas tell with whom his mother shared her couch. Judas had many + fathers: to which of them do you refer?” + </p> + <p> + But at this they were all indignant, for they had a profound reverence for + parents; and Matthew, who was very learned in the scriptures, said + severely in the words of Solomon: + </p> + <p> + “‘Whoso slandereth his father and his mother, his lamp shall be + extinguished in deep darkness.’” + </p> + <p> + But John the son of Zebedee haughtily jerked out: “And what of us? What + evil have you to say of us, Judas Iscariot?” + </p> + <p> + But he waved his hands in simulated terror, whined, and bowed like a + beggar, who has in vain asked an alms of a passer-by: “Ah! they are + tempting poor Judas! They are laughing at him, they wish to take in the + poor, trusting Judas!” And while one side of his face was crinkled up in + buffooning grimaces, the other side wagged sternly and severely, and the + never-closing eye looked out in a broad stare. + </p> + <p> + More and louder than any laughed Simon Peter at the jokes of Judas + Iscariot. But once it happened that he suddenly frowned, and became silent + and sad, and hastily dragging Judas aside by the sleeve, he bent down, and + asked in a hoarse whisper— + </p> + <p> + “But Jesus? What do you think of Jesus? Speak seriously, I entreat you.” + </p> + <p> + Judas cast on him a malign glance. + </p> + <p> + “And what do you think?” + </p> + <p> + Peter whispered with awe and gladness— + </p> + <p> + “I think that He is the son of the living God.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why do you ask? What can Judas tell you, whose father was a goat?” + </p> + <p> + “But do you love Him? You do not seem to love any one, Judas.” + </p> + <p> + And with the same strange malignity, Iscariot blurted out abruptly and + sharply: “I do.” + </p> + <p> + Some two days after this conversation, Peter openly dubbed Judas “my + friend the octopus”; but Judas awkwardly, and ever with the same + malignity, endeavoured to creep away from him into some dark corner, and + would sit there morosely glaring with his white, never-closing eye. + </p> + <p> + Thomas alone took him quite seriously. He understood nothing of jokes, + hypocrisy or lies, nor of the play upon words and thoughts, but + investigated everything positively to the very bottom. He would often + interrupt Judas’ stories about wicked people and their conduct with short + practical remarks: + </p> + <p> + “You must prove that. Did you hear it yourself? Was there any one present + besides yourself? What was his name?” + </p> + <p> + At this Judas would get angry, and shrilly cry out, that he had seen and + heard everything himself; but the obstinate Thomas would go on + cross-examining quietly and persistently, until Judas confessed that he + had lied, or until he invented some new and more probable lie, which + provided the others for some time with food for thought. But when Thomas + discovered a discrepancy, he would immediately come and calmly expose the + liar. + </p> + <p> + Usually Judas excited in him a strong curiosity, which brought about + between them a sort of friendship, full of wrangling, jeering, and + invective on the one side, and of quiet insistence on the other. Sometimes + Judas felt an unbearable aversion to his strange friend, and, transfixing + him with a sharp glance, would say irritably, and almost with entreaty— + </p> + <p> + “What more do you want? I have told you all.” + </p> + <p> + “I want you to prove how it is possible that a he-goat should be your + father,” Thomas would reply with calm insistency, and wait for an answer. + </p> + <p> + It chanced once, that after such a question, Judas suddenly stopped + speaking and gazed at him with surprise from head to foot. What he saw was + a tall, upright figure, a grey face, honest eyes of transparent blue, two + fat folds beginning at the nose and losing themselves in a stiff, + evenly-trimmed beard. He said with conviction: + </p> + <p> + “What a stupid you are, Thomas! What do you dream about—a tree, a + wall, or a donkey?” + </p> + <p> + Thomas was in some way strangely perturbed, and made no reply. But at + night, when Judas was already closing his vivid, restless eye for sleep, + he suddenly said aloud from where he lay—the two now slept together + on the roof— + </p> + <p> + “You are wrong, Judas. I have very bad dreams. What think you? Are people + responsible for their dreams?” + </p> + <p> + “Does, then, any one but the dreamer see a dream?” Judas replied. + </p> + <p> + Thomas sighed gently, and became thoughtful. But Judas smiled + contemptuously, and firmly closed his roguish eye, and quickly gave + himself up to his mutinous dreams, monstrous ravings, mad phantoms, which + rent his bumpy skull to pieces. + </p> + <p> + When, during Jesus’ travels about Judaea, the disciples approached a + village, Iscariot would speak evil of the inhabitants and foretell + misfortune. But almost always it happened that the people, of whom he had + spoken evil, met Christ and His friends with gladness, and surrounded them + with attentions and love, and became believers, and Judas’ money-box + became so full that it was difficult to carry. And when they laughed at + his mistake, he would make a humble gesture with his hands, and say: + </p> + <p> + “Well, well! Judas thought that they were bad, and they turned out to be + good. They quickly believed, and gave money. That only means that Judas + has been deceived once more, the poor, confiding Judas Iscariot!” + </p> + <p> + But on one occasion, when they had already gone far from a village, which + had welcomed them kindly, Thomas and Judas began a hot dispute, to settle + which they turned back, and did not overtake Jesus and His disciples until + the next day. Thomas wore a perturbed and sorrowful appearance, while + Judas had such a proud look, that you would have thought that he expected + them to offer him their congratulations and thanks upon the spot. + Approaching the Master, Thomas declared with decision: “Judas was right, + Lord. They were ill-disposed, stupid people. And the seeds of your words + has fallen upon the rock.” And he related what had happened in the + village. + </p> + <p> + After Jesus and His disciples left it, an old woman had begun to cry out + that her little white kid had been stolen, and she laid the theft at the + door of the visitors who had just departed. At first the people had + disputed with her, but when she obstinately insisted that there was no one + else who could have done it except Jesus, many agreed with her, and even + were about to start in pursuit. And although they soon found the kid + straying in the underwood, they still decided that Jesus was a deceiver, + and possibly a thief. + </p> + <p> + “So that’s what they think of us, is it?” cried Peter, with a snort. + “Lord, wilt Thou that I return to those fools, and—” + </p> + <p> + But Jesus, saying not a word, gazed severely at him, and Peter in silence + retired behind the others. And no one ever referred to the incident again, + as though it had never occurred, and as though Judas had been proved + wrong. In vain did he show himself on all sides, endeavouring to give to + his double, crafty, hooknosed face an expression of modesty. They would + not look at him, and if by chance any one did glance at him, it was in a + very unfriendly, not to say contemptuous, manner. + </p> + <p> + From that day on Jesus’ treatment of him underwent a strange change. + Formerly, for some reason or other, Judas never used to speak directly + with Jesus, who never addressed Himself directly to him, but nevertheless + would often glance at him with kindly eyes, smile at his rallies, and if + He had not seen him for some time, would inquire: “Where is Judas?” + </p> + <p> + But now He looked at him as if He did not see him, although as before, and + indeed more determinedly than formerly, He sought him out with His eyes + every time that He began to speak to the disciples or to the people; but + He was either sitting with His back to him, so that He was obliged, as it + were, to cast His words over His head so as to reach Judas, or else He + made as though He did not notice him at all. And whatever He said, though + it was one thing one day, and then next day quite another, although it + might be the very thing that Judas was thinking, it always seemed as + though He were speaking against him. To all He was the tender, beautiful + flower, the sweet-smelling rose of Lebanon, but for Judas He left only + sharp thorns, as though Judas had neither heart, nor sight, nor smell, and + did not understand, even better than any, the beauty of tender, immaculate + petals. + </p> + <p> + “Thomas! Do you like the yellow rose of Lebanon, which has a swarthy + countenance and eyes like the roe?” he inquired once of his friend, who + replied indifferently— + </p> + <p> + “Rose? Yes, I like the smell. But I have never heard of a rose with a + swarthy countenance and eyes like a roe!” + </p> + <p> + “What? Do you not know that the polydactylous cactus, which tore your new + garment yesterday, has only one beautiful flower, and only one eye?” + </p> + <p> + But Thomas did not know this, although only yesterday a cactus had + actually caught in his garment and torn it into wretched rags. But then + Thomas never did know anything, though he asked questions about + everything, and looked so straight with his bright, transparent eyes, + through which, as through a pane of Phoenician glass, was visible a wall, + with a dismal ass tied to it. + </p> + <p> + Some time later another occurrence took place, in which Judas again proved + to be in the right. + </p> + <p> + At a certain village in Judaea, of which Judas had so bad an opinion, that + he had advised them to avoid it, the people received Christ with + hostility, and after His sermon and exposition of hypocrites they burst + into fury, and threatened to stone Jesus and His disciples. Enemies He had + many, and most likely they would have carried out their sinister + intention, but for Judas Iscariot. Seized with a mad fear for Jesus, as + though he already saw the drops of ruby blood upon His white garment, + Judas threw himself in blind fury upon the crowd, scolding, screeching, + beseeching, and lying, and thus gave time and opportunity to Jesus and His + disciples to escape. + </p> + <p> + Amazingly active, as though running upon a dozen feet, laughable and + terrible in his fury and entreaties, he threw himself madly in front of + the crowd and charmed it with a certain strange power. He shouted that the + Nazarene was not possessed of a devil, that He was simply an impostor, a + thief who loved money as did all His disciples, and even Judas himself: + and he rattled the money-box, grimaced, and beseeched, throwing himself on + the ground. And by degrees the anger of the crowd changed into laughter + and disgust, and they let fall the stones which they had picked up to + throw at them. + </p> + <p> + “They are not fit to die by the hands of an honest person,” said they, + while others thoughtfully followed the rapidly disappearing Judas with + their eyes. + </p> + <p> + Again Judas expected to receive congratulations, praise, and thanks, and + made a show of his torn garments, and pretended that he had been beaten; + but this time, too, he was greatly mistaken. The angry Jesus strode on in + silence, and even Peter and John did not venture to approach Him: and all + whose eyes fell on Judas in his torn garments, his face glowing with + happiness, but still somewhat frightened, repelled him with curt, angry + exclamations. + </p> + <p> + It was just as though he had not saved them all, just as though he had not + saved their Teacher, whom they loved so dearly. + </p> + <p> + “Do you want to see some fools?” said he to Thomas, who was thoughtfully + walking in the rear. “Look! There they go along the road in a crowd, like + a flock of sheep, kicking up the dust. But you are wise, Thomas, you creep + on behind, and I, the noble, magnificent Judas, creep on behind like a + dirty slave, who has no place by the side of his masters.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you call yourself magnificent?” asked Thomas in surprise. + </p> + <p> + “Because I am so,” Judas replied with conviction, and he went on talking, + giving more details of how he had deceived the enemies of Jesus, and + laughed at them and their stupid stones. + </p> + <p> + “But you told lies,” said Thomas. + </p> + <p> + “Of course I did,” quickly assented Iscariot. “I gave them what they asked + for, and they gave me in return what I wanted. And what is a lie, my + clever Thomas? Would not the death of Jesus be the greatest lie of all?” + </p> + <p> + “You did not act rightly. Now I believe that a devil is your father. It + was he that taught you, Judas.” + </p> + <p> + The face of Judas grew pale, and something suddenly came over Thomas, and + as if it were a white cloud, passed over and concealed the road and Jesus. + With a gentle movement Judas just as suddenly drew Thomas to himself, + pressed him closely with a paralysing movement, and whispered in his ear— + </p> + <p> + “You mean, then, that a devil has instructed me, don’t you, Thomas? Well, + I saved Jesus. Therefore a devil loves Jesus and has need of Him, and of + the truth. Is it not so, Thomas? But then my father was not a devil, but a + he-goat. Can a he-goat want Jesus? Eh? And don’t you want Him yourselves, + and the truth also?” + </p> + <p> + Angry and slightly frightened, Thomas freed himself with difficulty from + the clinging embrace of Judas, and began to stride forward quickly. But he + soon slackened his pace as he endeavoured to understand what had taken + place. + </p> + <p> + But Judas crept on gently behind, and gradually came to a standstill. And + lo! in the distance the pedestrians became blended into a parti-coloured + mass, so that it was impossible any longer to distinguish which among + those little figures was Jesus. And lo! the little Thomas, too, changed + into a grey spot, and suddenly—all disappeared round a turn in the + road. + </p> + <p> + Looking round, Judas went down from the road and with immense leaps + descended into the depths of a rocky ravine. His clothes blew out with the + speed and abruptness of his course, and his hands were extended upwards as + though he would fly. Lo! now he crept along an abrupt declivity, and + suddenly rolled down in a grey ball, rubbing off his skin against the + stones; then he jumped up and angrily threatened the mountain with his + fist— + </p> + <p> + “You too, damn you!” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly he changed his quick movements into a comfortable, concentrated + dawdling, chose a place by a big stone, and sat down without hurry. He + turned himself, as if seeking a comfortable position, laid his hands side + by side on the grey stone, and heavily sank his head upon them. And so for + an hour or two he sat on, as motionless and grey as the grey stone itself, + so still that he deceived even the birds. The walls of the ravine rose + before him, and behind, and on every side, cutting a sharp line all round + on the blue sky; while everywhere immense grey stones obtruded from the + ground, as though there had been at some time or other, a shower here, and + as though its heavy drops had become petrified in endless split, upturned + skull, and every stone in it was like a petrified thought; and there were + many of them, and they all kept thinking heavily, boundlessly, stubbornly. + </p> + <p> + A scorpion, deceived by his quietness, hobbled past, on its tottering + legs, close to Judas. He threw a glance at it, and, without lifting his + head from the stone, again let both his eyes rest fixedly on something—both + motionless, both veiled in a strange whitish turbidness, both as though + blind and yet terribly alert. And lo! from out of the ground, the stones, + and the clefts, the quiet darkness of night began to rise, enveloped the + motionless Judas, and crept swiftly up towards the pallid light of the + sky. Night was coming on with its thoughts and dreams. + </p> + <p> + That night Judas did not return to the halting-place. And the disciples, + forgetting their thoughts, busied themselves with preparations for their + meal, and grumbled at his negligence. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III + </h2> + <p> + Once, about mid-day, Jesus and His disciples were walking along a stony + and hilly road devoid of shade, and, since they had been more than five + hours afoot, Jesus began to complain of weariness. The disciples stopped, + and Peter and his friend John spread their cloaks and those of the other + disciples, on the ground, and fastened them above between two high rocks, + and so made a sort of tent for Jesus. He lay down in the tent, resting + from the heat of the sun, while they amused Him with pleasant conversation + and jokes. But seeing that even talking fatigued Him, and being themselves + but little affected by weariness and the heat, they went some distance off + and occupied themselves in various ways. One sought edible roots among the + stones on the slope of the mountain, and when he had found them brought + them to Jesus; another, climbing up higher and higher, searched musingly + for the limits of the blue distance, and failing, climbed up higher on to + new, sharp-pointed rocks. John found a beautiful little blue lizard among + the stones, and smiling brought it quickly with tender hands to Jesus. The + lizard looked with its protuberant, mysterious eyes into His, and then + crawled quickly with its cold body over His warm hand, and soon swiftly + disappeared with tender, quivering tail. + </p> + <p> + But Peter and Philip, not caring about such amusements, occupied + themselves in tearing up great stones from the mountain, and hurling them + down below, as a test of their strength. The others, attracted by their + loud laughter, by degrees gathered round them, and joined in their sport. + Exerting their strength, they would tear up from the ground an ancient + rock all overgrown, and lifting it high with both hands, hurl it down the + slope. Heavily it would strike with a dull thud, and hesitate for a + moment; then resolutely it would make a first leap, and each time it + touched the ground, gathering from it speed and strength, it would become + light, furious, all-subversive. Now it no longer leapt, but flew with + grinning teeth, and the whistling wind let its dull round mass pass by. + Lo! it is on the edge—with a last, floating motion the stone would + sweep high, and then quietly, with ponderous deliberation, fly downwards + in a curve to the invisible bottom of the precipice. + </p> + <p> + “Now then, another!” cried Peter. His white teeth shone between his black + beard and moustache, his mighty chest and arms were bare, and the sullen, + ancient rocks, dully wondering at the strength which lifted them, + obediently, one after another, precipitated themselves into the abyss. + Even the frail John threw some moderate-sized stones, and Jesus smiled + quietly as He looked at their sport. + </p> + <p> + “But what are you doing, Judas? Why do you not take part in the game? It + seems amusing enough?” asked Thomas, when he found his strange friend + motionless behind a great grey stone. + </p> + <p> + “I have a pain in my chest. Moreover, they have not invited me.” + </p> + <p> + “What need of invitation! At all events, I invite you; come! Look what + stones Peter throws!” + </p> + <p> + Judas somehow or other happened to glance sideward at him, and Thomas + became, for the first time, indistinctly aware that he had two faces. But + before he could thoroughly grasp the fact, Judas said in his ordinary + tone, at once fawning and mocking— + </p> + <p> + “There is surely none stronger than Peter? When he shouts, all the asses + in Jerusalem think that their Messiah has arrived, and lift up their + voices too. You have heard them before now, have you not, Thomas?” + </p> + <p> + Smiling politely; and modestly wrapping his garment round his chest, which + was overgrown with red curly hairs, Judas stepped into the circle of + players. + </p> + <p> + And since they were all in high good humour, they met him with mirth and + loud jokes, and even John condescended to vouchsafe a smile, when Judas, + pretending to groan with the exertion, laid hold of an immense stone. But + lo! he lifted it with ease, and threw it, and his blind, wide-open eye + gave a jerk, and then fixed itself immovably on Peter; while the other + eye, cunning and merry, was overflowing with quiet laughter. + </p> + <p> + “No! you throw again!” said Peter in an offended tone. + </p> + <p> + And lo! one after the other they kept lifting and throwing gigantic + stones, while the disciples looked on in amazement. Peter threw a great + stone, and then Judas a still bigger one. Peter, frowning and + concentrated, angrily wielded a fragment of rock, and struggling as he + lifted it, hurled it down; then Judas, without ceasing to smile, searched + for a still larger fragment, and digging his long fingers into it, grasped + it, and swinging himself together with it, and paling, sent it into the + gulf. When he had thrown his stone, Peter would recoil and so watch its + fall; but Judas always bent himself forward, stretched out his long + vibrant arms, as though he were going to fly after the stone. Eventually + both of them, first Peter, then Judas, seized hold of an old grey stone, + but neither one nor the other could move it. All red with his exertion, + Peter resolutely approached Jesus, and said aloud— + </p> + <p> + “Lord! I do not wish to be beaten by Judas. Help me to throw this stone.” + </p> + <p> + Jesus made answer in a low voice, and Peter, shrugging his broad shoulders + in dissatisfaction, but not daring to make any rejoinder, came back with + the words— + </p> + <p> + “He says: ‘But who will help Iscariot?’” + </p> + <p> + Then glancing at Judas, who, panting with clenched teeth, was still + embracing the stubborn stone, he laughed cheerfully— + </p> + <p> + “Look what an invalid he is! See what our poor sick Judas is doing!” + </p> + <p> + And even Judas laughed at being so unexpectedly exposed in his deception, + and all the others laughed too, and even Thomas allowed his pointed, grey, + overhanging moustache to relax into a smile. + </p> + <p> + And so in friendly chat and laughter, they all set out again on the way, + and Peter, quite reconciled to his victor, kept from time to time digging + him in the ribs, and loudly guffawed— + </p> + <p> + “There’s an invalid for you!” + </p> + <p> + All of them praised Judas, and acknowledged him victor, and all chatted + with him in a friendly manner; but Jesus once again had no word of praise + for Judas. He walked silently in front, nibbling the grasses, which He + plucked. And gradually, one by one, the disciples craved laughing, and + went over to Jesus. So that in a short time it came about, that they were + all walking ahead in a compact body, while Judas—the victor, the + strong man—crept on behind, choking with dust. + </p> + <p> + And lo! they stood still, and Jesus laid His hand on Peter’s shoulder, + while with His other He pointed into the distance, where Jerusalem had + just become visible in the smoke. And the broad, strong back of Peter + gently accepted that slight sunburnt hand. + </p> + <p> + For the night they stayed in Bethany, at the house of Lazarus. And when + all were gathered together for conversation, Judas thought that they would + now recall his victory over Peter, and sat down nearer. But the disciples + were silent and unusually pensive. Images of the road they had traversed, + of the sun, the rocks and the grass, of Christ lying down under the + shelter, quietly floated through their heads, breathing a soft + pensiveness, begetting confused but sweet reveries of an eternal movement + under the sun. The wearied body reposed sweetly, and thought was merged in + something mystically great and beautiful—and no one recalled Judas! + </p> + <p> + Judas went out, and then returned. Jesus was discoursing, and His + disciples were listening to Him in silence. + </p> + <p> + Mary sat at His feet, motionless as a statue, and gazed into His face with + upturned eyes. John had come quite close, and endeavoured to sit so that + his hand touched the garment of the Master, but without disturbing Him. He + touched Him and was still. Peter breathed loud and deeply, repeating under + his breath the words of Jesus. + </p> + <p> + Iscariot had stopped short on the threshold, and contemptuously letting + his gaze pass by the company, he concentrated all its fire on Jesus. And + the more he looked the more everything around Him seemed to fade, and to + become clothed with darkness and silence, while Jesus alone shone forth + with uplifted hand. And then, lo! He was, as it were, raised up into the + air, and melted away, as though He consisted of mist floating over a lake, + and penetrated by the light of the setting moon, and His soft speech began + to sound tenderly, somewhere far, far away. And gazing at the wavering + phantom, and drinking in the tender melody of the distant dream-like + words, Judas gathered his whole soul into his iron fingers, and in its + vast darkness silently began building up some colossal scheme. Slowly, in + the profound darkness, he kept lifting up masses, like mountains, and + quite easily heaping them one on another: and again he would lift up and + again heap them up; and something grew in the darkness, spread noiselessly + and burst its bounds. His head felt like a dome, in the impenetrable + darkness of which the colossal thing continued to grow, and some one, + working on in silence, kept lifting up masses like mountains, and piling + them one on another and again lifting up, and so on and on... whilst + somewhere in the distance the phantom-like words tenderly sounded. + </p> + <p> + Thus he stood blocking the doorway, huge and black, while Jesus went on + talking, and the strong, intermittent breathing of Peter repeated His + words aloud. But on a sudden Jesus broke off an unfinished sentence, and + Peter, as though waking from sleep, cried out exultingly— + </p> + <p> + “Lord! to Thee are known the words of eternal life!” + </p> + <p> + But Jesus held His peace, and kept gazing fixedly in one direction. And + when they followed His gaze they perceived in the doorway the petrified + Judas with gaping mouth and fixed eyes. And, not understanding what was + the matter, they laughed. But Matthew, who was learned in the Scriptures, + touched Judas on the shoulder, and said in the words of Solomon— + </p> + <p> + “‘He that looketh kindly shall be forgiven; but he that is met within the + gates will impede others.’” + </p> + <p> + Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully and everything about him, + his eyes, hands and feet, seemed to start in different directions, as + those of an animal which suddenly perceives the eye of man upon him. Jesus + went straight to Judas, as though words trembled on His lips, but passed + by him through the open, and now unoccupied, door. + </p> + <p> + In the middle of the night the restless Thomas came to Judas’ bed, and + sitting down on his heels, asked— + </p> + <p> + “Are you weeping, Judas?” + </p> + <p> + “No! Go away, Thomas.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you groan, and grind your teeth? Are you ill?” + </p> + <p> + Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully there fell from his lips + distressful words, fraught with grief and anger— + </p> + <p> + “Why does not He love me? Why does He love the others? Am I not handsomer, + better and stronger than they? Did not I save His life while they ran away + like cowardly dogs?” + </p> + <p> + “My poor friend, you are not quite right. You are not good-looking at all, + and your tongue is as disagreeable as your face. You lie and slander + continually; how then can you expect Jesus to love you?” + </p> + <p> + But Judas, stirring heavily in the darkness, continued as though he heard + him not— + </p> + <p> + “Why is He not on the side of Judas, instead of on the side of those who + do not love Him? John brought Him a lizard; I would bring him a poisonous + snake. Peter threw stones; I would overthrow a mountain for His sake. But + what is a poisonous snake? One has but to draw its fangs, and it will coil + round one’s neck like a necklace. What is a mountain, which it is possible + to dig down with the hands, and to trample with the feet? I would give to + Him Judas, the bold, magnificent Judas. But now He will perish, and + together with him will perish Judas.” + </p> + <p> + “You are speaking strangely, Judas!” + </p> + <p> + “A withered fig-tree, which must needs be cut down with the axe, such am + I: He said it of me. Why then does He not do it? He dare not, Thomas! I + know him. He fears Judas. He hides from the bold, strong, magnificent + Judas. He loves fools, traitors, liars. You are a liar, Thomas; have you + never been told so before?” + </p> + <p> + Thomas was much surprised, and wished to object, but he thought that Judas + was simply railing, and so only shook his head in the darkness. And Judas + lamented still more grievously, and groaned and ground his teeth, and his + whole huge body could be heard heaving under the coverlet. + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter with Judas? Who has applied fire to his body? He will + give his son to the dogs. He will give his daughter to be betrayed by + robbers, his bride to harlotry. And yet has not Judas a tender heart? Go + away, Thomas; go away, stupid! Leave the strong, bold, magnificent Judas + alone!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV + </h2> + <p> + Judas had concealed some denarii, and the deception was discovered, thanks + to Thomas, who had seen by chance how much money had been given to them. + It was only too probable that this was not the first time that Judas had + committed a theft, and they all were enraged. The angry Peter seized Judas + by his collar and almost dragged him to Jesus, and the terrified Judas + paled but did not resist. + </p> + <p> + “Master, see! Here he is, the trickster! Here’s the thief. You trusted + him, and he steals our money. Thief! Scoundrel! If Thou wilt permit, I’ll—” + </p> + <p> + But Jesus held His peace. And attentively regarding him, Peter suddenly + turned red, and loosed the hand which held the collar, while Judas shyly + rearranged his garment, casting a sidelong glance on Peter, and assuming + the downcast look of a repentant criminal. + </p> + <p> + “So that’s how it’s to be,” angrily said Peter, as he went out, loudly + slamming the door. They were all dissatisfied, and declared that on no + account would they consort with Judas any longer; but John, after some + consideration, passed through the door, behind which might be heard the + quiet, almost caressing, voice of Jesus. And when in the course of time he + returned, he was pale, and his downcast eyes were red as though with + recent tears. + </p> + <p> + “The Master says that Judas may take as much money as he pleases.” Peter + laughed angrily. John gave him a quick reproachful glance, and suddenly + flushing, and mingling tears with anger, and delight with tears, loudly + exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + “And no one must reckon how much money Judas receives. He is our brother, + and all the money is as much his as ours: if he wants much let him take + much, without telling any one, or taking counsel with any. Judas is our + brother, and you have grievously insulted him—so says the Master. + Shame on you, brother!” + </p> + <p> + In the doorway stood Judas, pale and with a distorted smile on his face. + With a light movement John went up to him and kissed him three times. + After him, glancing round at one another, James, Philip and the others + came up shamefacedly; and after each kiss Judas wiped his mouth, but gave + a loud smack as though the sound afforded him pleasure. Peter came up + last. + </p> + <p> + “We were all stupid, all blind, Judas. He alone sees, He alone is wise. + May I kiss you?” + </p> + <p> + “Why not? Kiss away!” said Judas as in consent. + </p> + <p> + Peter kissed him vigorously, and said aloud in his ear— + </p> + <p> + “But I almost choked you. The others kissed you in the usual way, but I + kissed you on the throat. Did it hurt you?” + </p> + <p> + “A little.” + </p> + <p> + “I will go and tell Him all. I was angry even with Him,” said Peter sadly, + trying noiselessly to open the door. + </p> + <p> + “And what are you going to do, Thomas?” asked John severely. He it was who + looked after the conduct and the conversation of the disciples. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know yet. I must consider.” + </p> + <p> + And Thomas thought long, almost the whole day. The disciples had dispersed + to their occupations, and somewhere on the other side of the wall, Peter + was shouting joyfully—but Thomas was still considering. He would + have come to a decision more quickly had not Judas hindered him somewhat + by continually following him about with a mocking glance, and now and + again asking him in a serious tone— + </p> + <p> + “Well, Thomas, and how does the matter progress?” + </p> + <p> + Then Judas brought his money-box, and shaking the money and pretending not + to look at Thomas, began to count it— + </p> + <p> + “Twenty-one, two, three.... Look, Thomas, a bad coin again. Oh! what + rascals people are; they even give bad money as offerings. Twenty-four... + and then they will say again that Judas has stolen it... twenty-five, + twenty-six....” + </p> + <p> + Thomas approached him resolutely... for it was already towards evening, + and said— + </p> + <p> + “He is right, Judas. Let me kiss you.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you? Twenty-nine, thirty. It’s no good. I shall steal again. + Thirty-one....” + </p> + <p> + “But how can you steal, when it is neither yours nor another’s? You will + simply take as much as you want, brother.” + </p> + <p> + “It has taken you a long time to repeat His words! Don’t you value time, + you clever Thomas?” + </p> + <p> + “You seem to be laughing at me, brother.” + </p> + <p> + “And consider, are you doing well, my virtuous Thomas, in repeating His + words? He said something of His own, but you do not. He really kissed me—you + only defiled my mouth. I can still feel your moist lips upon mine. It was + so disgusting, my good Thomas. Thirty-eight, thirty-nine, forty. Forty + denarii. Thomas, won’t you check the sum?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly He is our Master. Why then should we not repeat the words of + our Master?” + </p> + <p> + “Is Judas’ collar torn away? Is there now nothing to seize him by? The + Master will go out of the house, and Judas will unexpectedly steal three + more denarii. Won’t you seize him by the collar?” + </p> + <p> + “We know now, Judas. We understand.” + </p> + <p> + “Have not all pupils a bad memory? Have not all masters been deceived by + their pupils? But the master has only to lift the rod, and the pupils cry + out, ‘We know, Master!’ But the master goes to bed, and the pupils say: + ‘Did the Master teach us this?’ And so, in this case, this morning you + called me a thief, this evening you call me brother. What will you call me + to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + Judas laughed, and lifting up the heavy rattling money-box with ease, went + on: + </p> + <p> + “When a strong wind blows it raises the dust, and foolish people look at + the dust and say: ‘Look at the wind!’ But it is only dust, my good Thomas, + ass’s dung trodden underfoot. The dust meets a wall and lies down gently + at its foot, but the wind flies farther and farther, my good Thomas.” + </p> + <p> + Judas obligingly pointed over the wall in illustration of his meaning, and + laughed again. + </p> + <p> + “I am glad that you are merry,” said Thomas, “but it is a great pity that + there is so much malice in your merriment.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should not a man be cheerful, who has been kissed so much, and who is + so useful? If I had not stolen the three denarii would John have known the + meaning of delight? Is it not pleasant to be a hook, on which John may + hang his damp virtue out to dry, and Thomas his moth-eaten mind?” + </p> + <p> + “I think that I had better be going.” + </p> + <p> + “But I am only joking, my good Thomas. I merely wanted to know whether you + really wished to kiss the old obnoxious Judas—the thief who stole + the three denarii and gave them to a harlot.” + </p> + <p> + “To a harlot!” exclaimed Thomas in surprise. “And did you tell the Master + of it?” + </p> + <p> + “Again you doubt, Thomas. Yes, to a harlot. But if you only knew, Thomas, + what an unfortunate woman she was. For two days she had had nothing to + eat.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you sure of that?” said Thomas in confusion. + </p> + <p> + “Yes! Of course I am. I myself spent two days with her, and saw that she + ate and drank nothing except red wine. She tottered from exhaustion, and I + was always falling down with her.” + </p> + <p> + Thereupon Thomas got up quickly, and, when he had gone a few steps away, + he flung out at Judas: + </p> + <p> + “You seem to be possessed of Satan, Judas.” + </p> + <p> + And as he went away, he heard in the approaching twilight how dolefully + the heavy money-box rattled in Judas’ hands. And Judas seemed to laugh. + </p> + <p> + But the very next day Thomas was obliged to acknowledge that he had + misjudged Judas, so simple, so gentle, and at the same time so serious was + Iscariot. He neither grimaced nor made ill-natured jokes; he was neither + obsequious nor scurrilous, but quietly and unobtrusively went about his + work of catering. He was as active as formerly, as though he did not have + two feet like other people, but a whole dozen of them, and ran noiselessly + without that squeaking, sobbing, and laughter of a hyena, with which he + formerly accompanied his actions. And when Jesus began to speak, he would + seat himself quickly in a corner, fold his hands and feet, and look so + kindly with his great eyes, that many observed it. He ceased speaking evil + of people, but rather remained silent, so that even the severe Matthew + deemed it possible to praise him, saying in the words of Solomon: + </p> + <p> + “‘He that is devoid of wisdom despiseth his neighbour: but a man of + understanding holdeth his peace.’” + </p> + <p> + And he lifted up his hand, hinting thereby at Judas’ former evil-speaking. + In a short time all remarked this change in him, and rejoiced at it: only + Jesus looked on him still with the same detached look, although he gave no + direct indication of His dislike. And even John, for whom Judas now showed + a profound reverence, as the beloved disciple of Jesus, and as his own + champion in the matter of the three denarii, began to treat him somewhat + more kindly, and even sometimes entered into conversation with him. + </p> + <p> + “What do you think, Judas,” said he one day in a condescending manner, + “which of us, Peter or I, will be nearest to Christ in His heavenly + kingdom?” + </p> + <p> + Judas meditated, and then answered— + </p> + <p> + “I suppose that you will.” + </p> + <p> + “But Peter thinks that he will,” laughed John. + </p> + <p> + “No! Peter would scatter all the angels with his shout; you have heard him + shout. Of course, he will quarrel with you, and will endeavour to occupy + the first place, as he insists that he, too, loves Jesus. But he is + already advanced in years, and you are young; he is heavy on his feet, + while you run swiftly; you will enter there first with Christ? Will you + not?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I will not leave Jesus,” John agreed. + </p> + <p> + On the same day Simon Peter referred the very same question to Judas. But + fearing that his loud voice would be heard by the others, he led Judas out + to the farthest corner behind the house. + </p> + <p> + “Well then, what is your opinion about it?” he asked anxiously. “You are + wise; even the Master praises you for your intellect. And you will speak + the truth.” + </p> + <p> + “You, of course,” answered Iscariot without hesitation. And Peter + exclaimed with indignation, “I told him so!” + </p> + <p> + “But, of course, he will try even there to oust you from the first place.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly!” + </p> + <p> + “But what can he do, when you already occupy the place? Won’t you be the + first to go there with Jesus? You will not leave Him alone? Has He not + named you the ROCK?” + </p> + <p> + Peter put his hand on Judas’ shoulder, and said with warmth: “I tell you, + Judas, you are the cleverest of us all. But why are you so sarcastic and + malignant? The Master does not like it. Otherwise you might become the + beloved disciple, equally with John. But to you neither,” and Peter lifted + his hand threateningly, “will I yield my place next to Jesus, neither on + earth, nor there! Do you hear?” + </p> + <p> + Thus Judas endeavoured to make himself agreeable to all, but, at the same + time, he cherished hidden thoughts in his mind. And while he remained ever + the same modest, restrained and unobtrusive person, he knew how to make + some especially pleasing remark to each. Thus to Thomas he said: + </p> + <p> + “The fool believeth every word: but the prudent taketh heed to his paths.” + </p> + <p> + While to Matthew, who suffered somewhat from excess in eating and + drinking, and was ashamed of his weakness, he quoted the words of Solomon, + the sage whom Matthew held in high estimation: + </p> + <p> + “‘The righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soul: but the belly of the + wicked shall want.’” + </p> + <p> + But his pleasant speeches were rare, which gave them the greater value. + For the most part he was silent, listening attentively to what was said, + and always meditating. + </p> + <p> + When reflecting, Judas had an unpleasant look, ridiculous and at the same + time awe-inspiring. As long as his quick, crafty eye was in motion, he + seemed simple and good-natured enough, but directly both eyes became fixed + in an immovable stare, and the skin on his protruding forehead gathered + into strange ridges and creases, a distressing surmise would force itself + on one, that under that skull some very peculiar thoughts were working. So + thoroughly apart, peculiar, and voiceless were the thoughts which + enveloped Iscariot in the deep silence of secrecy, when he was in one of + his reveries, that one would have preferred that he should begin to speak, + to move, nay, even, to tell lies. For a lie, spoken by a human tongue, had + been truth and light compared with that hopelessly deep and unresponsive + silence. + </p> + <p> + “In the dumps again, Judas?” Peter would cry with his clear voice and + bright smile, suddenly breaking in upon the sombre silence of Judas’ + thoughts, and banishing them to some dark corner. “What are you thinking + about?” + </p> + <p> + “Of many things,” Iscariot would reply with a quiet smile. And perceiving, + apparently, what a bad impression his silence made upon the others, he + began more frequently to shun the society of the disciples, and spent much + time in solitary walks, or would betake himself to the flat roof and there + sit still. And more than once he startled Thomas, who has unexpectedly + stumbled in the darkness against a grey heap, out of which the hands and + feet of Judas suddenly started, and his jeering voice was heard. + </p> + <p> + But one day, in a specially brusque and strange manner, Judas recalled his + former character. This happened on the occasion of the quarrel for the + first place in the kingdom of heaven. Peter and John were disputing + together, hotly contending each for his own place nearest to Jesus. They + reckoned up their services, they measured the degrees of their love for + Jesus, they became heated and noisy, and even reviled one another without + restraint. Peter roared, all red with anger. John was quiet and pale, with + trembling hands and biting speech. Their quarrel had already passed the + bounds of decency, and the Master had begun to frown, when Peter looked up + by chance on Judas, and laughed self-complacently: John, too, looked at + Judas, and also smiled. Each of them recalled what the cunning Judas had + said to him. And foretasting the joy of approaching triumph, they, with + silent consent, invited Judas to decide the matter. + </p> + <p> + Peter called out, “Come now, Judas the wise, tell us who will be first, + nearest to Jesus, he or I?” + </p> + <p> + But Judas remained silent, breathing heavily, his eyes eagerly questioning + the quiet, deep eyes of Jesus. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” John condescendingly repeated, “tell us who will be first, nearest + to Jesus.” + </p> + <p> + Without taking his eyes off Christ, Judas slowly rose, and answered + quietly and gravely: + </p> + <p> + “I.” + </p> + <p> + Jesus let His gaze fall slowly. And quietly striking himself on the breast + with a bony finger, Iscariot repeated solemnly and sternly: “I, I shall be + nearest to Jesus!” And he went out. Struck by his insolent freak, the + disciples remained silent; but Peter suddenly recalling something, + whispered to Thomas in an unexpectedly gentle voice: + </p> + <p> + “So that is what he is always thinking about! See?” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V + </h2> + <p> + Just at this time Judas Iscariot took the first definite step towards the + Betrayal. He visited the chief priest Annas secretly. He was very roughly + received, but that did not disturb him in the least, and he demanded a + long private interview. When he found himself alone with the dry, harsh + old man, who looked at him with contempt from beneath his heavy + overhanging eyelids, he stated that he was an honourable man who had + become one of the disciples of Jesus of Nazareth with the sole purpose of + exposing the impostor, and handing Him over to the arm of the law. + </p> + <p> + “But who is this Nazarene?” asked Annas contemptuously, making as though + he heard the name of Jesus for the first time. + </p> + <p> + Judas on his part pretended to believe in the extraordinary ignorance of + the chief priest, and spoke in detail of the preaching of Jesus, of His + miracles, of His hatred for the Pharisees and the Temple, of His perpetual + infringement of the Law, and eventually of His wish to wrest the power out + of the hands of the priesthood, and to set up His own personal kingdom. + And so cleverly did he mingle truth with lies, that Annas looked at him + more attentively, and lazily remarked: “There are plenty of impostors and + madmen in Judah.” + </p> + <p> + “No! He is a dangerous person,” Judas hotly contradicted. “He breaks the + law. And it were better that one man should perish, rather than the whole + people.” + </p> + <p> + Annas, with an approving nod, said— + </p> + <p> + “But He, apparently, has many disciples.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, many.” + </p> + <p> + “And they, it seems probable, have a great love for Him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, they say that they love Him, love Him much, more than themselves.” + </p> + <p> + “But if we try to take Him, will they not defend Him? Will they not raise + a tumult?” + </p> + <p> + Judas laughed long and maliciously. “What, they? Those cowardly dogs, who + run if a man but stoop down to pick up a stone. They indeed!” + </p> + <p> + “Are they really so bad?” asked Annas coldly. + </p> + <p> + “But surely it is not the bad who flee from the good; is it not rather the + good who flee from the bad? Ha! ha! They are good, and therefore they + flee. They are good, and therefore they hide themselves. They are good, + and therefore they will appear only in time to bury Jesus. They will lay + Him in the tomb themselves; you have only to execute Him.” + </p> + <p> + “But surely they love Him? You yourself said so.” + </p> + <p> + “People always love their teacher, but better dead than alive. While a + teacher’s alive he may ask them questions which they will find difficult + to answer. But, when a teacher dies, they become teachers themselves, and + then others fare badly in turn. Ha! ha!” + </p> + <p> + Annas looked piercingly at the Traitor, and his lips puckered—which + indicated that he was smiling. + </p> + <p> + “You have been insulted by them. I can see that.” + </p> + <p> + “Can one hide anything from the perspicacity of the astute Annas? You have + pierced to the very heart of Judas. Yes, they insulted poor Judas. They + said he had stolen from them three denarii—as though Judas were not + the most honest man in Israel!” + </p> + <p> + They talked for some time longer about Jesus, and His disciples, and of + His pernicious influence on the people of Israel, but on this occasion the + crafty, cautious Annas gave no decisive answer. He had long had his eyes + on Jesus, and in secret conclave with his own relatives and friends, with + the authorities, and the Sadducees, had decided the fate of the Prophet of + Galilee. But he did not trust Judas, who he had heard was a bad, + untruthful man, and he had no confidence in his flippant faith in the + cowardice of the disciples, and of the people. Annas believed in his own + power, but he feared bloodshed, feared a serious riot, such as the + insubordinate, irascible people of Jerusalem lent itself to so easily; he + feared, in fact, the violent intervention of the Roman authorities. Fanned + by opposition, fertilised by the red blood of the people, which vivifies + everything on which it falls, the heresy would grow stronger, and stifle + in its folds Annas, the government, and all his friends. So, when Iscariot + knocked at his door a second time Annas was perturbed in spirit and would + not admit him. But yet a third and a fourth time Iscariot came to him, + persistent as the wind, which beats day and night against the closed door + and blows in through its crevices. + </p> + <p> + “I see that the most astute Annas is afraid of something,” said Judas when + at last he obtained admission to the high priest. + </p> + <p> + “I am strong enough not to fear anything,” Annas answered haughtily. And + Iscariot stretched forth his hands and bowed abjectly. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish to betray the Nazarene to you.” + </p> + <p> + “We do not want Him.” + </p> + <p> + Judas bowed and waited, humbly fixing his gaze on the high priest. + </p> + <p> + “Go away.” + </p> + <p> + “But I am bound to return. Am I not, revered Annas?” + </p> + <p> + “You will not be admitted. Go away!” + </p> + <p> + But yet again and again Judas called on the aged Annas, and at last was + admitted. + </p> + <p> + Dry and malicious, worried with thought, and silent, he gazed on the + Traitor, and, as it were, counted the hairs on his knotted head. Judas + also said nothing, and seemed in his turn to be counting the somewhat + sparse grey hairs in the beard of the high priest. + </p> + <p> + “What? you here again?” the irritated Annas haughtily jerked out, as + though spitting upon his head. + </p> + <p> + “I wish to betray the Nazarene to you.” + </p> + <p> + Both held their peace, and continued to gaze attentively at each other. + Iscariot’s look was calm; but a quiet malice, dry and cold, began slightly + to prick Annas, like the early morning rime of winter. + </p> + <p> + “How much do you want for your Jesus?” + </p> + <p> + “How much will you give?” + </p> + <p> + Annas, with evident enjoyment, insultingly replied: “You are nothing but a + band of scoundrels. Thirty pieces—that’s what we will give.” + </p> + <p> + And he quietly rejoiced to see how Judas began to squirm and run about—agile + and swift as though he had a whole dozen feet, not two. + </p> + <p> + “Thirty pieces of silver for Jesus!” he cried in a voice of wild madness, + most pleasing to Annas. “For Jesus of Nazareth! You wish to buy Jesus for + thirty pieces of silver? And you think that Jesus can be betrayed to you + for thirty pieces of silver?” Judas turned quickly to the wall, and + laughed in its smooth, white fence, lifting up his long hands. “Do you + hear? Thirty pieces of silver! For Jesus!” + </p> + <p> + With the same quiet pleasure, Annas remarked indifferently: + </p> + <p> + “If you will not deal, go away. We shall find some one whose work is + cheaper.” + </p> + <p> + And like old-clothes men who throw useless rags from hand to hand in the + dirty market-place, and shout, and swear and abuse each other, so they + embarked on a rabid and fiery bargaining. Intoxicated with a strange + rapture, running and turning about, and shouting, Judas ticked off on his + fingers the merits of Him whom he was selling. + </p> + <p> + “And the fact that He is kind and heals the sick, is that worth nothing at + all in your opinion? Ah, yes! Tell me, like an honest man!” + </p> + <p> + “If you—” began Annas, who was turning red, as he tried to get in a + word, his cold malice quickly warming up under the burning words of Judas, + who, however, interrupted him shamelessly: + </p> + <p> + “That He is young and handsome—like the Narcissus of Sharon, and the + Lily of the Valley? What? Is that worth nothing? Perhaps you will say that + He is old and useless, and that Judas is trying to dispose of an old bird? + Eh?” + </p> + <p> + “If you—” Annas tried to exclaim; but Judas’ stormy speech bore away + his senile croak, like down upon the wind. + </p> + <p> + “Thirty pieces of silver! That will hardly work out to one obolus for each + drop of blood! Half an obolus will not go to a tear! A quarter to a groan. + And cries, and convulsions! And for the ceasing of His heartbeats? And the + closing of His eyes? Is all this to be thrown in gratis?” sobbed Iscariot, + advancing toward the high priest and enveloping him with an insane + movement of his hands and fingers, and with intervolved words. + </p> + <p> + “Includes everything,” said Annas in a choking voice. + </p> + <p> + “And how much will you make out of it yourself? Eh? You wish to rob Judas, + to snatch the bit of bread from his children. No, I can’t do it. I will go + on to the market-place, and shout out: ‘Annas has robbed poor Judas. + Help!’” + </p> + <p> + Wearied, and grown quite dizzy, Annas wildly stamped about the floor in + his soft slippers, gesticulating: “Be off, be off!” + </p> + <p> + But Judas on a sudden bowed down, stretching forth his hands submissively: + </p> + <p> + “But if you really.... But why be angry with poor Judas, who only desires + his children’s good. You also have children, young and handsome.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall find some one else. Be gone!” + </p> + <p> + “But I—I did not say that I was unwilling to make a reduction. Did I + ever say that I could not too yield? And do I not believe you, that + possibly another may come and sell Jesus to you for fifteen oboli—nay, + for two—for one?” + </p> + <p> + And bowing lower and lower, wriggling and flattering, Judas submissively + consented to the sum offered to him. Annas shamefacedly, with dry, + trembling hand, paid him the money, and silently looking round, as though + scorched, lifted his head again and again towards the ceiling, and moving + his lips rapidly, waited while Judas tested with his teeth all the silver + pieces, one after another. + </p> + <p> + “There is now so much bad money about,” Judas quickly explained. + </p> + <p> + “This money was devoted to the Temple by the pious,” said Annas, glancing + round quickly, and still more quickly turning the ruddy bald nape of his + neck to Judas’ view. + </p> + <p> + “But can pious people distinguish between good and bad money! Only rascals + can do that.” + </p> + <p> + Judas did not take the money home, but went beyond the city and hid it + under a stone. Then he came back again quietly with heavy, dragging steps, + as a wounded animal creeps slowly to its lair after a severe and deadly + fight. Only Judas had no lair; but there was a house, and in the house he + perceived Jesus. Weary and thin, exhausted with continual strife with the + Pharisees, who surrounded Him every day in the Temple with a wall of + white, shining, scholarly foreheads, He was sitting, leaning His cheek + against the rough wall, apparently fast asleep. Through the open window + drifted the restless noises of the city. On the other side of the wall + Peter was hammering, as he put together a new table for the meal, humming + the while a quiet Galilean song. But He heard nothing; he slept on + peacefully and soundly. And this was He, whom they had bought for thirty + pieces of silver. + </p> + <p> + Coming forward noiselessly, Judas, with the tender touch of a mother, who + fears to wake her sick child—with the wonderment of a wild beast as + it creeps from its lair suddenly, charmed by the sight of a white + flowerlet—he gently touched His soft locks, and then quickly + withdrew his hand. Once more he touched Him, and then silently crept out. + </p> + <p> + “Lord! Lord!” said he. + </p> + <p> + And going apart, he wept long, shrinking and wriggling and scratching his + bosom with his nails and gnawing his shoulders. Then suddenly he ceased + weeping and gnawing and gnashing his teeth, and fell into a sombre + reverie, inclining his tear-stained face to one side in the attitude of + one listening. And so he remained for a long time, doleful, determined, + from every one apart, like fate itself. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + . . . . . . . . +</pre> + <p> + Judas surrounded the unhappy Jesus, during those last days of His short + life, with quiet love and tender care and caresses. Bashful and timid like + a maid in her first love, strangely sensitive and discerning, he divined + the minutest unspoken wishes of Jesus, penetrating to the hidden depth of + His feelings, His passing fits of sorrow, and distressing moments of + weariness. And wherever Jesus stepped, His foot met something soft, and + whenever He turned His gaze, it encountered something pleasing. Formerly + Judas had not liked Mary Magdalene and the other women who were near + Jesus. He had made rude jests at their expense, and done them little + unkindnesses. But now he became their friend, their strange, awkward ally. + With deep interest he would talk with them of the charming little + idiosyncrasies of Jesus, and persistently asking the same questions, he + would thrust money into their hands, their very palms—and they + brought a box of very precious ointment, which Jesus liked so much, and + anointed His feet. He himself bought for Jesus, after desperate + bargaining, an expensive wine, and then was very angry when Peter drank + nearly all of it up, with the indifference of a person who looks only to + quantity; and in that rocky Jerusalem almost devoid of trees, flowers, and + greenery he somehow managed to obtain young spring flowers and green + grass, and through these same women to give them to Jesus. + </p> + <p> + For the first time in his life he would take up little children in his + arms, finding them somewhere about the courts and streets, and unwillingly + kiss them to prevent their crying; and often it would happen that some + swarthy urchin with curly hair and dirty little nose, would climb up on + the knees of the pensive Jesus, and imperiously demand to be petted. And + while they enjoyed themselves together, Judas would walk up and down at + one side like a severe jailor, who had himself, in springtime, let a + butterfly in to a prisoner, and pretends to grumble at the breach of + discipline. + </p> + <p> + On an evening, when together with the darkness, alarm took post as sentry + by the window, Iscariot would cleverly turn the conversation to Galilee, + strange to himself but dear to Jesus, with its still waters and green + banks. And he would jog the heavy Peter till his dulled memory awoke, and + in clear pictures in which everything was loud, distinct, full of colour, + and solid, there arose before his eyes and ears the dear Galilean life. + With eager attention, with half-open mouth in child-like fashion, and with + eyes laughing in anticipation, Jesus would listen to his gusty, resonant, + cheerful utterance, and sometimes laughed so at his jokes, that it was + necessary to interrupt the story for some minutes. But John told tales + even better than Peter. There was nothing ludicrous, nor startling, about + his stories, but everything seemed so pensive, unusual, and beautiful, + that tears would appear in Jesus’ eyes, and He would sigh softly, while + Judas nudged Mary Magdalene and excitedly whispered to her— + </p> + <p> + “What a narrator he is! Do you hear?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “No, be more attentive. You women never make good listeners.” + </p> + <p> + Then they would all quietly disperse to bed, and Jesus would kiss His + thanks to John, and stroke kindly the shoulder of the tall Peter. + </p> + <p> + And without envy, but with a condescending contempt, Judas would witness + these caresses. Of what importance were these tales and kisses and sighs + compared with what he, Judas Iscariot, the red-haired, misshapen Judas, + begotten among the rocks, could tell them if he chose? + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI + </h2> + <p> + With one hand betraying Jesus, Judas tried hard with the other to + frustrate his own plans. He did not indeed endeavour to dissuade Jesus + from the last dangerous journey to Jerusalem, as did the women; he even + inclined rather to the side of the relatives of Jesus, and of those + amongst His disciples who looked for a victory over Jerusalem as + indispensable to the full triumph of His cause. But he kept continually + and obstinately warning them of the danger, and in lively colours depicted + the threatening hatred of the Pharisees for Jesus, and their readiness to + commit any crime if, either secretly or openly, they might make an end of + the Prophet of Galilee. Each day and every hour he kept talking of this, + and there was not one of the believers before whom Judas had not stood + with uplifted finger and uttered this serious warning: + </p> + <p> + “We must look after Jesus. We must defend for Jesus, when the hour comes.” + </p> + <p> + But whether it was the unlimited faith which the disciples had in the + miracle-working power of their Master, or the consciousness of their own + uprightness, or whether it was simply blindness, the alarming words of + Judas were met with a smile, and his continual advice provoked only a + grumble. When Judas procured, somewhere or other, two swords, and brought + them, only Peter approved of them, and gave Judas his meed of praise, + while the others complained: + </p> + <p> + “Are we soldiers that we should be made to gird on swords? Is Jesus a + captain of the host, and not a prophet?” + </p> + <p> + “But if they attempt to kill Him?” + </p> + <p> + “They will not dare when they perceive how all the people follow Him.” + </p> + <p> + “But if they should dare! What then?” + </p> + <p> + John replied disdainfully— + </p> + <p> + “One would think, Judas, that you were the only one who loved Jesus!” + </p> + <p> + And eagerly seizing hold of these words, and not in the least offended, + Judas began to question impatiently and hotly, with stern insistency: + </p> + <p> + “But you love Him, don’t you?” + </p> + <p> + And there was not one of the believers who came to Jesus whom he did not + ask more than once: “Do you love Him? Dearly love Him?” + </p> + <p> + And all answered that they loved Him. + </p> + <p> + He used often to converse with Thomas, and holding up his dry, hooked + forefinger, with its long, dirty nail, in warning, would mysteriously say: + </p> + <p> + “Look here, Thomas, the terrible hour is drawing near. Are you prepared + for it? Why did you not take the sword I brought you?” + </p> + <p> + Thomas would reply with deliberation: + </p> + <p> + “We are men unaccustomed to the use of arms. If we were to take issue with + the Roman soldiery, they would kill us all, one after the other. Besides, + you brought only two swords, and what could we do with only two?” + </p> + <p> + “We could get more. We could take them from the Roman soldiers,” Judas + impatiently objected, and even the serious Thomas smiled through his + overhanging moustache. + </p> + <p> + “Ah! Judas! Judas! But where did you get these? They are like Roman + swords.” + </p> + <p> + “I stole them. I could have stolen more, only some one gave the alarm, and + I fled.” + </p> + <p> + Thomas considered a little, then said sorrowfully— + </p> + <p> + “Again you acted ill, Judas. Why do you steal?” + </p> + <p> + “There is no such thing as property.” + </p> + <p> + “No, but to-morrow they will ask the soldiers: ‘Where are your swords?’ + And when they cannot find them they will be punished though innocent.” + </p> + <p> + The consequence was, that after the death of Jesus the disciples recalled + these conversations of Judas, and determined that he had wished to destroy + them, together with the Master, by inveigling them into an unequal and + murderous conflict. And once again they cursed the hated name of Judas + Iscariot the Traitor. + </p> + <p> + But the angry Judas, after each conversation, would go to the women and + weep. They heard him gladly. The tender womanly element, that there was in + his love for Jesus, drew him near to them, and made him simple, + comprehensible, and even handsome in their eyes, although, as before, a + certain amount of disdain was perceptible in his attitude towards them. + </p> + <p> + “Are they men?” he would bitterly complain of the disciples, fixing his + blind, motionless eye confidingly on Mary Magdalene. “They are not men. + They have not an oboles’ worth of blood in their veins!” + </p> + <p> + “But then you are always speaking ill of others,” Mary objected. + </p> + <p> + “Have I ever?” said Judas in surprise. “Oh, yes, I have indeed spoken ill + of them; but is there not room for improvement in them? Ah! Mary, silly + Mary, why are you not a man, to carry a sword?” + </p> + <p> + “It is so heavy, I could not lift it!” said Mary smilingly. + </p> + <p> + “But you will lift it, when men are too worthless. Did you give Jesus the + lily that I found on the mountain? I got up early to find it, and this + morning the sun was so beautiful, Mary! Was He pleased with it? Did He + smile?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, He was pleased. He said that its smell reminded Him of Galilee.” + </p> + <p> + “But surely, you did not tell Him that it was Judas—Judas Iscariot—who + got it for Him?” + </p> + <p> + “Why, you asked me not to tell Him.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly, quite right,” said Judas, with a sigh. “You might have + let it out, though, women are such chatterers. But you did not let it out; + no, you were firm. You are a good woman, Mary. You know that I have a wife + somewhere. Now I should be glad to see her again; perhaps she is not a bad + woman either. I don’t know. She said, ‘Judas was a liar and malignant,’ so + I left her. But she may be a good woman. Do you know?” + </p> + <p> + “How should I know, when I have never seen your wife?” + </p> + <p> + “True, true, Mary! But what think you, are thirty pieces of silver a large + sum? Is it not rather a small one?” + </p> + <p> + “I should say a small one.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, certainly. How much did you get when you were a harlot, five + pieces of silver or ten? You were an expensive one, were you not?” + </p> + <p> + Mary Magdalene blushed, and dropped her head till her luxuriant, golden + hair completely covered her face, so that nothing but her round white chin + was visible. + </p> + <p> + “How bad you are, Judas; I want to forget about that, and you remind me of + it!” + </p> + <p> + “No, Mary, you must not forget that. Why should you? Let others forget + that you were a harlot, but you must remember. It is the others who should + forget as soon as possible, but you should not. Why should you?” + </p> + <p> + “But it was a sin!” + </p> + <p> + “He fears who never committed a sin, but he who has committed it, what has + he to fear? Do the dead fear death; is it not rather the living? No, the + dead laugh at the living and their fears.” + </p> + <p> + Thus by the hour would they sit and talk in friendly guise, he—already + old, dried-up and misshapen, with his bulbous head and monstrous + double-sided face; she—young, modest, tender, and charmed with life + as with a story or a dream. + </p> + <p> + But time rolled by unconcernedly, while the thirty pieces of silver lay + under the stone, and the terrible day of the Betrayal drew inevitably + near. Already Jesus had ridden into Jerusalem on the ass’s back, and the + people, strewing their garments in the way, had greeted Him with + enthusiastic cries of “Hosanna! Hosanna! He that cometh in the name of the + Lord!” + </p> + <p> + So great was the exultation, so unrestrainedly did their loving cries rend + the skies, that Jesus wept, but His disciples proudly said: + </p> + <p> + “Is not this the Son of God with us?” + </p> + <p> + And they themselves cried out with enthusiasm: “Hosanna! Hosanna! He that + cometh in the name of the Lord!” + </p> + <p> + That evening it was long before they went to bed, recalling the + enthusiastic and joyful reception. Peter was like a madman, as though + possessed by the demon of merriment and pride. He shouted, drowning all + voices with his leonine roar; he laughed, hurling his laughter at their + heads, like great round stones; he kept kissing John and James, and even + gave a kiss to Judas. He noisily confessed that he had had great fears for + Jesus, but that he feared nothing now, that he had seen the love of the + people for Him. + </p> + <p> + Swiftly moving his vivid, watchful eye, Judas glanced in surprise from + side to side. He meditated, and then again listened, and looked. Then he + took Thomas aside, and pinning him, as it were, to the wall with his keen + gaze, he asked in doubt and fear, but with a certain confused hopefulness: + </p> + <p> + “Thomas! But what if He is right? What if He be founded upon a rock, and + we upon sand? What then?” + </p> + <p> + “Of whom are you speaking?” + </p> + <p> + “How, then, would it be with Judas Iscariot? Then I should be obliged to + strangle Him in order to do right. Who is deceiving Judas? You or he + himself? Who is deceiving Judas? Who?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t understand you, Judas. You speak very unintelligently. ‘Who is + deceiving Jesus?’ ‘Who is right?’” + </p> + <p> + And Judas nodded his head and repeated like an echo: + </p> + <p> + “Who is deceiving Judas? Who?” + </p> + <p> + And the next day, in the way in which Judas raised his hand with thumb + bent back,[1] and by the way in which he looked at Thomas, the same + strange question was implied: + </p> + <p> + “Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + [1] Does our author refer to the Roman sign of disapprobation, vertere, + or convertere, pollicem?—Tr. +</pre> + <p> + And still more surprised, and even alarmed, was Thomas, when suddenly in + the night he heard the loud, apparently glad voice of Judas: + </p> + <p> + “Then Judas Iscariot will be no more. Then Jesus will be no more. Then + there will be Thomas, the stupid Thomas! Did you ever wish to take the + earth and lift it? And then, possibly hurl it away?” + </p> + <p> + “That’s impossible. What are you talking about, Judas?” + </p> + <p> + “It’s quite possible,” said Iscariot with conviction, “and we will lift it + up some day when you are asleep, stupid Thomas. Go to sleep. I’m enjoying + myself. When you sleep your nose plays the Galilean pipe. Sleep!” + </p> + <p> + But now the believers were already dispersed about Jerusalem, hiding in + houses and behind walls, and the faces of those that met them looked + mysterious. The exultation had died down. Confused reports of danger found + their way in; Peter, with gloomy countenance, tested the sword given to + him by Judas, and the face of the Master became even more melancholy and + stern. So swiftly the time passed, and inevitably approached the terrible + day of the Betrayal. Lo! the Last Supper was over, full of grief and + confused dread, and already had the obscure words of Jesus sounded + concerning some one who should betray Him. + </p> + <p> + “You know who will betray Him?” asked Thomas, looking at Judas with his + straight-forward, clear, almost transparent eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know,” Judas replied harshly and decidedly. “You, Thomas, will + betray Him. But He Himself does not believe what He says! It is full time! + Why does He not call to Him the strong, magnificent Judas?” + </p> + <p> + No longer by days, but by short, fleeting hours, was the inevitable time + to be measured. It was evening; and evening stillness and long shadows lay + upon the ground—the first sharp darts of the coming night of mighty + contest—when a harsh, sorrowful voice was heard. It said: + </p> + <p> + “Dost Thou know whither I go, Lord? I go to betray Thee into the hands of + Thine enemies.” + </p> + <p> + And there was a long silence, evening stillness, and swift black shadows. + </p> + <p> + “Thou art silent, Lord? Thou commandest me to go?” + </p> + <p> + And again silence. + </p> + <p> + “Allow me to remain. But perhaps Thou canst not? Or darest not? Or wilt + not?” + </p> + <p> + And again silence, stupendous, like the eyes of eternity. + </p> + <p> + “But indeed Thou knowest that I love Thee. Thou knowest all things. Why + lookest Thou thus at Judas? Great is the mystery of Thy beautiful eyes, + but is mine less? Order me to remain! But Thou art silent. Thou art ever + silent. Lord, Lord, is it for this that in grief and pains have I sought + Thee all my life, sought and found! Free me! Remove the weight; it is + heavier than even mountains of lead. Dost Thou hear how the bosom of Judas + Iscariot is cracking under it?” + </p> + <p> + And the last silence was abysmal, like the last glance of eternity. + </p> + <p> + “I go.” + </p> + <p> + But the evening stillness woke not, neither uttered cry nor plaint, nor + did its subtle air vibrate with the slightest tinkle—so soft was the + fall of the retreating steps. They sounded for a time, and then were + silent. And the evening stillness became pensive, stretched itself out in + long shadows, and then grew dark;—and suddenly night, coming to meet + it, all atremble with the rustle of sadly brushed-up leaves, heaved a last + sigh and was still. + </p> + <p> + There was a bustle, a jostle, a rattle of other voices, as though some one + had untied a bag of lively resonant voices, and they were falling out on + the ground, by one and two, and whole heaps. It was the disciples talking. + And drowning them all, reverberating from the trees and walls, and + tripping up over itself, thundered the determined, powerful voice of Peter—he + was swearing that never would he desert his Master. + </p> + <p> + “Lord,” said he, half in anger, half in grief: “Lord! I am ready to go + with Thee to prison and to death.” + </p> + <p> + And quietly, like the soft echo of retiring footsteps, came the inexorable + answer: + </p> + <p> + “I tell thee, Peter, the cock will not crow this day before thou dost deny + Me thrice.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII + </h2> + <p> + The moon had already risen when Jesus prepared to go to the Mount of + Olives, where He had spent all His last nights. But He tarried, for some + inexplicable reason, and the disciples, ready to start, were hurrying Him. + Then He said suddenly: + </p> + <p> + “He that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip; and he + that hath no sword, let him sell his garment and buy one. For I say unto + you that this that is written must yet be accomplished in me: ‘And he was + reckoned among the transgressors.’” + </p> + <p> + The disciples were surprised and looked at one another in confusion. Peter + replied: + </p> + <p> + “Lord, we have two swords here.” + </p> + <p> + He looked searchingly into their kind faces, lowered His head, and said + softly: + </p> + <p> + “It is enough.” + </p> + <p> + The steps of the disciples resounded loudly in the narrow streets, and + they were frightened by the sounds of their own footsteps; on the white + wall, illumined by the moon, their black shadows appeared—and they + were frightened by their own shadows. Thus they passed in silence through + Jerusalem, which was absorbed in sleep, and now they came out of the gates + of the city, and in the valley, full of fantastic, motionless shadows, the + stream of Kedron stretched before them. Now they were frightened by + everything. The soft murmuring and splashing of the water on the stones + sounded to them like voices of people approaching them stealthily; the + monstrous shades of the rocks and the trees, obstructing the road, + disturbed them, and their motionlessness seemed to them to stir. But as + they were ascending the mountain and approaching the garden, where they + had safely and quietly passed so many nights before, they were growing + ever bolder. From time to time they looked back at Jerusalem, all white in + the moonlight, and they spoke to one another about the fear that had + passed; and those who walked in the rear heard, in fragments, the soft + words of Jesus. He spoke about their forsaking Him. + </p> + <p> + In the garden they paused soon after they had entered it. The majority of + them remained there, and, speaking softly, began to make ready for their + sleep, outspreading their cloaks over the transparent embroidery of the + shadows and the moonlight. Jesus, tormented with uneasiness, and four of + His disciples went further into the depth of the garden. There they seated + themselves on the ground, which had not yet cooled off from the heat of + the day, and while Jesus was silent, Peter and John lazily exchanged words + almost devoid of any meaning. Yawning from fatigue, they spoke about the + coolness of the night; about the high price of meat in Jerusalem, and + about the fact that no fish was to be had in the city. They tried to + determine the exact number of pilgrims that had gathered in Jerusalem for + the festival, and Peter, drawling his words and yawning loudly, said that + they numbered 20,000, while John and his brother Jacob assured him just as + lazily that they did not number more than 10,000. Suddenly Jesus rose + quickly. + </p> + <p> + “My soul is exceedingly sorrowful, even unto death; tarry ye here and + watch with Me,” He said, and departed hastily to the grove and soon + disappeared amid its motionless shades and light. + </p> + <p> + “Where did He go?” said John, lifting himself on his elbow. Peter turned + his head in the direction of Jesus and answered fatiguedly: + </p> + <p> + “I do not know.” + </p> + <p> + And he yawned again loudly, then threw himself on his back and became + silent. The others also became silent, and their motionless bodies were + soon absorbed in the sound sleep of fatigue. Through his heavy slumber + Peter vaguely saw something white bending over him, some one’s voice + resounded and died away, leaving no trace in his dimmed consciousness. + </p> + <p> + “Simon, are you sleeping?” + </p> + <p> + And he slept again, and again some soft voice reached his ear and died + away without leaving any trace. + </p> + <p> + “You could not watch with me even one hour?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Master! if you only knew how sleepy I am,” he thought in his slumber, + but it seemed to him that he said it aloud. And he slept again. And a long + time seemed to have passed, when suddenly the figure of Jesus appeared + near him, and a loud, rousing voice instantly awakened him and the others: + </p> + <p> + “You are still sleeping and resting? It is ended, the hour has come—the + Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of the sinners.” + </p> + <p> + The disciples quickly sprang to their feet, confusedly seizing their + cloaks and trembling from the cold of the sudden awakening. Through the + thicket of the trees a multitude of warriors and temple servants was seen + approaching noisily, illumining their way with torches. And from the other + side the disciples came running, quivering from cold, their sleepy faces + frightened; and not yet understanding what was going on, they asked + hastily: + </p> + <p> + “What is it? Who are these people with torches?” + </p> + <p> + Thomas, pale faced, his moustaches in disorder, his teeth chattering from + chilliness, said to Peter: + </p> + <p> + “They have evidently come after us.” + </p> + <p> + Now a multitude of warriors surrounded them, and the smoky, quivering + light of the torches dispelled the soft light of the moon. In front of the + warriors walked Judas Iscariot quickly, and sharply turning his quick eye, + searched for Jesus. He found Him, rested his look for an instant upon His + tall, slender figure, and quickly whispered to the priests: + </p> + <p> + “Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is He. Take Him and lead Him + cautiously. Lead Him cautiously, do you hear?” + </p> + <p> + Then he moved quickly to Jesus, who waited for him in silence, and he + directed his straight, sharp look, like a knife, into His calm, darkened + eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Hail, Master!” he said loudly, charging his words of usual greeting with + a strange and stern meaning. + </p> + <p> + But Jesus was silent, and the disciples looked at the traitor with horror, + not understanding how the soul of a man could contain so much evil. + Iscariot threw a rapid glance at their confused ranks, noticed their + quiver, which was about to turn into a loud, trembling fear, noticed their + pallor, their senseless smiles, the drowsy movements of their hands, which + seemed as though fettered in iron at the shoulders—and a mortal + sorrow began to burn in his heart, akin to the sorrow Christ had + experienced before. Outstretching himself into a hundred ringing, sobbing + strings, he rushed over to Jesus and kissed His cold cheek tenderly. He + kissed it so softly, so tenderly, with such painful love and sorrow, that + if Jesus had been a flower upon a thin stalk it would not have shaken from + this kiss and would not have dropped the pearly dew from its pure petals. + </p> + <p> + “Judas,” said Jesus, and with the lightning of His look He illumined that + monstrous heap of shadows which was Iscariot’s soul, but he could not + penetrate into the bottomless depth. “Judas! Is it with a kiss you betray + the Son of Man?” + </p> + <p> + And He saw how that monstrous chaos trembled and stirred. Speechless and + stern, like death in its haughty majesty, stood Judas Iscariot, and within + him a thousand impetuous and fiery voices groaned and roared: + </p> + <p> + “Yes! We betray Thee with the kiss of love! With the kiss of love we + betray Thee to outrage, to torture, to death! With the voice of love we + call together the hangmen from their dark holes, and we place a cross—and + high over the top of the earth we lift love, crucified by love upon a + cross.” + </p> + <p> + Thus stood Judas, silent and cold, like death, and the shouting and the + noise about Jesus answered the cry of His soul. With the rude + irresoluteness of armed force, with the awkwardness of a vaguely + understood purpose, the soldiers seized Him and dragged Him off—mistaking + their irresoluteness for resistance, their fear for derision and mockery. + Like a flock of frightened lambs, the disciples stood huddled together, + not interfering, yet disturbing everybody, even themselves. Only a few of + them resolved to walk and act separately. Jostled from all sides, Peter + drew out the sword from its sheath with difficulty, as though he had lost + all his strength, and faintly lowered it upon the head of one of the + priests—without causing him any harm. Jesus, observing this, ordered + him to throw away the useless weapon, and it fell under foot with a dull + thud, and so evidently had it lost its sharpness and destructive power + that it did not occur to any one to pick it up. So it rolled about under + foot, until several days afterwards it was found on the same spot by some + children at play, who made a toy of it. + </p> + <p> + The soldiers kept dispersing the disciples, but they gathered together + again and stupidly got under the soldiers’ feet, and this went on so long + that at last a contemptuous rage mastered the soldiery. One of them with + frowning brow went up to the shouting John; another rudely pushed from his + shoulder the hand of Thomas, who was arguing with him about something or + other, and shook a big fist right in front of his straightforward, + transparent eyes. John fled, and Thomas and James fled, and all the + disciples, as many as were present, forsook Jesus and fled. Losing their + cloaks, knocking themselves against the trees, tripping up against stones + and falling, they fled to the hills terror-driven, while in the stillness + of the moonlight night the ground rumbled loudly beneath the tramp of many + feet. Some one, whose name did not transpire, just risen from his bed (for + he was covered only with a blanket), rushed excitedly into the crowd of + soldiers and servants. When they tried to stop him, and seized hold of his + blanket, he gave a cry of terror, and took to flight like the others, + leaving his garment in the hands of the soldiers. And so he ran + stark-naked, with desperate leaps, and his bare body glistened strangely + in the moonlight. + </p> + <p> + When Jesus was led away, Peter, who had hidden himself behind the trees, + came out and followed his Master at a distance. Noticing another man in + front of him, who walked silently, he thought that it was John, and he + called him softly: + </p> + <p> + “John, is that you?” + </p> + <p> + “And is that you, Peter?” answered the other, pausing, and by the voice + Peter recognised the traitor. “Peter, why did you not run away together + with the others?” + </p> + <p> + Peter stopped and said with contempt: + </p> + <p> + “Leave me, Satan!” + </p> + <p> + Judas began to laugh, and paying no further attention to Peter, he + advanced where the torches were flashing dimly and where the clanking of + the weapons mingled with the footsteps. Peter followed him cautiously, and + thus they entered the court of the high priest almost simultaneously and + mingled in the crowd of the priests who were warming themselves at the + bonfires. Judas warmed his bony hands morosely at the bonfire and heard + Peter saying loudly somewhere behind him: + </p> + <p> + “No, I do not know Him.” + </p> + <p> + But it was evident that they were insisting there that he was one of the + disciples of Jesus, for Peter repeated still louder: “But I do not + understand what you are saying.” + </p> + <p> + Without turning around, and smiling involuntarily, Judas shook his head + affirmatively and muttered: + </p> + <p> + “That’s right, Peter! Do not give up the place near Jesus to any one.” + </p> + <p> + And he did not see the frightened Peter walk away from the courtyard. And + from that night until the very death of Jesus, Judas did not see a single + one of the disciples of Jesus near Him; and amid all that multitude there + were only two, inseparable until death, strangely bound together by + sufferings—He who had been betrayed to abuse and torture and he who + had betrayed Him. Like brothers, they both, the Betrayed and the betrayer, + drank out of the same cup of sufferings, and the fiery liquid burned + equally the pure and the impure lips. + </p> + <p> + Gazing fixedly at the wood-fire, which imparted a feeling of warmth to his + eyes, stretching out his long, shaking hands to the flame, his hands and + feet forming a confused outline in the trembling light and shade, Iscariot + kept mumbling in hoarse complaint: + </p> + <p> + “How cold! My God, how cold it is!” + </p> + <p> + So, when the fishermen go away at night leaving an expiring fire of + drift-wood upon the shore, from the dark depth of the sea might something + creep forth, crawl up towards the fire, look at it with wild intentness, + and dragging all its limbs up to it, mutter in hoarse complaint: + </p> + <p> + “How cold! My God, how cold it is!” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Judas heard behind him a burst of loud voices, the cries and + laughter of the soldiers full of the usual sleepy, greedy malice; and + lashes, short frequent strokes upon a living body. He turned round, a + momentary anguish running through his whole frame—his very bones. + They were scourging Jesus. + </p> + <p> + Has it come to that? + </p> + <p> + He had seen the soldiers lead Jesus away with them to their guardroom. The + night was already nearly over, the fires had sunk down and were covered + with ashes, but from the guardroom was still borne the sound of muffled + cries, laughter, and invectives. They were scourging Jesus. + </p> + <p> + As one who has lost his way, Iscariot ran nimbly about the empty + courtyard, stopped in his course, lifted his head and ran on again, and + was surprised when he came into collision with heaps of embers, or with + the walls. + </p> + <p> + Then he clung to the wall of the guardroom, stretched himself out to his + full height, and glued himself to the window and the crevices of the door, + eagerly examining what they were doing. He saw a confined stuffy room, + dirty, like all guardrooms in the world, with bespitten floor, and walls + as greasy and stained as though they had been trodden and rolled upon. And + he saw the Man whom they were scourging. They struck Him on the face and + head, and tossed Him about like a soft bundle from one end of the room to + the other. And since He neither cried out nor resisted, after looking + intently, it actually appeared at moments as though it was not a living + human being, but a soft effigy without bones or blood. It bent itself + strangely like a doll, and in falling, knocking its head against the stone + floor it did not give the impression of a hard substance striking against + a hard substance, but of something soft and devoid of feeling. And when + one looked long, it became like some strange, endless game—and + sometimes it became almost a complete illusion. + </p> + <p> + After one hard kick, the man or effigy fell slowly on its knees before a + sitting soldier, he in turn flung it away, and turning over, it dropped + down before the next, and so on and on. A loud guffaw arose, and Judas + smiled too,—as though the strong hand of some one with iron fingers + had torn his mouth asunder. It was the mouth of Judas that was deceived. + </p> + <p> + Night dragged on, and the fires were still smouldering. Judas threw + himself from the wall, and crawled to one of the fires, poked up the + ashes, rekindled it, and although he no longer felt the cold, he stretched + his slightly trembling hands over the flames, and began to mutter + dolefully: + </p> + <p> + “Ah! how painful, my Son, my Son! How painful!” + </p> + <p> + Then he went again to the window, which was gleaming yellow with a dull + light between the thick grating, and once more began to watch them + scourging Jesus. Once before the very eyes of Judas appeared His swarthy + countenance, now marred out of human semblance, and covered with a forest + of dishevelled hair. Then some one’s hand plunged into those locks, threw + the Man down, and rhythmically turning His head from one side to the + other, began to wipe the filthy floor with His face. Right under the + window a soldier was sleeping, his open mouth revealing his glittering + white teeth; and some one’s broad back, with naked, brawny neck, barred + the window, so that nothing more could be seen. And suddenly the noise + ceased. + </p> + <p> + “What’s that? Why are they silent? Have they suddenly divined the truth?” + </p> + <p> + Momentarily the whole head of Judas, in all its parts, was filled with the + rumbling, shouting and roaring of a thousand maddened thoughts! Had they + divined? They understood that this was the very best of men—it was + so simple, so clear! Lo! He is coming out, and behind Him they are + abjectly crawling. Yes, He is coming here, to Judas, coming out a victor, + a hero, arbiter of the truth, a god.... + </p> + <p> + “Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?” + </p> + <p> + But no. Once more noise and shouting. They are scourging Him again. They + do not understand, they have not guessed, they are beating Him harder, + more cruelly than ever. The fires burn out, covered with ashes, and the + smoke above them is as transparently blue as the air, and the sky as + bright as the moon. It is the day approaching. + </p> + <p> + “What is day?” asks Judas. + </p> + <p> + And lo! everything begins to glow, to scintillate, to grow young again, + and the smoke above is no longer blue, but rose-coloured. It is the sun + rising. + </p> + <p> + “What is the sun?” asks Judas. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII + </h2> + <p> + They pointed the finger at Judas, and some in contempt, others with hatred + and fear, said: + </p> + <p> + “Look, that is Judas the Traitor!” + </p> + <p> + This already began to be the opprobrious title, to which he had doomed + himself throughout the ages. Thousands of years may pass, nation may + supplant nation, and still the air will resound with the words, uttered + with contempt and fear by good and bad alike: + </p> + <p> + “Judas the Traitor!” + </p> + <p> + But he listened imperturbably to what was said of him, dominated by a + feeling of burning, all-subduing curiosity. Ever since the morning when + they led forth Jesus from the guardroom, after scourging Him, Judas had + followed Him, strangely enough feeling neither grief nor pain nor joy—only + an unconquerable desire to see and hear everything. Though he had had no + sleep the whole night, his body felt light; when he was crushed and + prevented from advancing, he elbowed his way through the crowd and + adroitly wormed himself into the front place; and not for a moment did his + vivid quick eye remain at rest. At the examination of Jesus before + Caiaphas, in order not to lose a word, he hollowed his hand round his ear, + and nodded his head in affirmation, murmuring: + </p> + <p> + “Just so! Thou hearest, Jesus?” + </p> + <p> + But he was a prisoner, like a fly tied to a thread, which, buzzing, flies + hither and thither, but cannot for one moment free itself from the + tractable but unyielding thread. + </p> + <p> + Certain stony thoughts lay at the back of his head, and to these he was + firmly bound; he knew not, as it were, what these thoughts were; he did + not wish to stir them up, but he felt them continually. At times they + would come to him all of a sudden, oppress him more and more, and begin to + crush him with their unimaginable weight, as though the vault of a rocky + cavern were slowly and terribly descending upon his head. + </p> + <p> + Then he would grip his heart with his hand, and strive to set his whole + body in motion, as though he were perishing with cold, and hasten to shift + his eyes to a fresh place, and again to another. When they led Jesus away + from Caiaphas, he met His weary eyes quite close, and, somehow or other, + unconsciously he gave Him several friendly nods. + </p> + <p> + “I am here, my Son, I am here,” he muttered hurriedly, and maliciously + poked to some gaper in the back who stood in his way. + </p> + <p> + And now, in a huge shouting crowd, they all moved on to Pilate for the + last examination and trial, and with the same insupportable curiosity + Judas searched the faces of the ever swelling multitude. Many were quite + unknown to him; Judas had never seen them before, but some were there who + had cried, “Hosanna!” to Jesus, and at each step the number of them seemed + to increase. + </p> + <p> + “Well, well!” thought Judas, and his head spun round as if he were drunk, + “the worst is over. Directly they will be crying: ‘He is ours, He is + Jesus! What are you about?’ and all will understand, and—” + </p> + <p> + But the believers walked in silence. Some hypocritically smiled, as if to + say: “The affair is none of ours!” Others spoke with constraint, but their + low voices were drowned in the rumbling of movement, and the loud + delirious shouts of His enemies. + </p> + <p> + And Judas felt better again. Suddenly he noticed Thomas cautiously + slipping through the crowd not far off, and struck by a sudden thought, he + was about to go up to him. At the sight of the traitor, Thomas was + frightened, and tried to hide himself. But in a little narrow street, + between two walls, Judas overtook him. + </p> + <p> + “Thomas, wait a bit!” + </p> + <p> + Thomas stopped, and stretching both hands out in front of him solemnly + pronounced the words: + </p> + <p> + “Avaunt, Satan!” + </p> + <p> + Iscariot made an impatient movement of the hands. + </p> + <p> + “What a fool you are, Thomas! I thought that you had more sense than the + others. Satan indeed! That requires proof.” + </p> + <p> + Letting his hands fall, Thomas asked in surprise: + </p> + <p> + “But did not you betray the Master? I myself saw you bring the soldiers, + and point Him out to them. If this is not treachery, I should like to know + what is!” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind that,” hurriedly said Judas. “Listen, there are many of you + here. You must all gather together, and loudly demand: ‘Give up Jesus. He + is ours!’ They will not refuse you, they dare not. They themselves will + understand.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean! What are you thinking of!” said Thomas, with a decisive + wave of his hands. “Have you not seen what a number of armed soldiers and + servants of the Temple there are here? Moreover, the trial has not yet + taken place, and we must not interfere with the court. Surely he + understands that Jesus is innocent, and will order His release without + delay.” + </p> + <p> + “You, then, think so too,” said Judas thoughtfully. “Thomas, Thomas, what + if it be the truth? What then? Who is right? Who has deceived Judas?” + </p> + <p> + “We were all talking last night, and came to the conclusion that the court + cannot condemn the innocent. But if it does, why then—” + </p> + <p> + “What then!” + </p> + <p> + “Why, then it is no court. And it will be the worse for them when they + have to give an account before the real Judge.” + </p> + <p> + “Before the real! Is there any ‘real’ left?” sneered Judas. + </p> + <p> + “And all of our party cursed you; but since you say that you were not the + traitor, I think you ought to be tried.” + </p> + <p> + Judas did not want to hear him out; but turned right about, and hurried + down the street in the wake of the retreating crowd. He soon, however, + slackened his pace, mindful of the fact that a crowd always travels + slowly, and that a single pedestrian will inevitably overtake it. + </p> + <p> + When Pilate led Jesus out from his palace, and set Him before the people, + Judas, crushed against a column by the heavy backs of the soldiers, + furiously turning his head about to see something between two shining + helmets, suddenly felt clearly that the worst was over. He saw Jesus in + the sunshine, high above the heads of the crowd, blood-stained, pale with + a crown of thorns, the sharp spikes of which pressed into His forehead. + </p> + <p> + He stood on the edge of an elevation, visible from His head to His small, + sunburnt feet, and waited so calmly, was so serene in His immaculate + purity, that only a blind man, who perceived not the very sun, could fail + to see, only a madman would not understand. And the people held their + peace—it was so still, that Judas heard the breathing of the soldier + in front of him, and how, at each breath, a strap creaked somewhere about + his body. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it will soon be over! They will understand immediately,” thought + Judas, and suddenly something strange, like the dazzling joy of falling + from a giddy height into a blue sparkling abyss, arrested his heart-beats. + </p> + <p> + Contemptuously drawing his lips down to his rounded well-shaven chin, + Pilate flung to the crowd the dry, curt words—as one throws bones to + a pack of hungry hounds—thinking to cheat their longing for fresh + blood and living, palpitating flesh: + </p> + <p> + “You have brought this Man before me as a corrupter of the people, and + behold I have examined Him before you, and I find this Man guiltless of + that of which you accuse Him....” + </p> + <p> + Judas closed his eyes. He was waiting. + </p> + <p> + All the people began to shout, to sob, to howl with a thousand voices of + wild beasts and men: + </p> + <p> + “Put Him to death! Crucify Him! Crucify Him!” And as though in + self-mockery, as though wishing in one moment to plumb the very depths of + all possible degradation, madness and shame, the crowd cries out, sobs, + and demands with a thousand voices of wild beasts and men: + </p> + <p> + “Release unto us Barabbas! But crucify Him! Crucify Him!” + </p> + <p> + But the Roman had evidently not yet said his last word. Over his proud, + shaven countenance there passed convulsions of disgust and anger. He + understood! He has understood all along! He speaks quietly to his + attendants, but his voice is not heard in the roar of the crowd. What does + he say? Is he ordering them to bring swords, and to smite those maniacs? + </p> + <p> + “Bring water.” + </p> + <p> + “Water? What water? What for?” + </p> + <p> + Ah, lo! he washes his hands. Why does he wash his clean white hands all + adorned with rings? He lifts them and cries angrily to the people, whom + surprise holds in silence: + </p> + <p> + “I am innocent of the blood of this Just Person. See ye to it.” + </p> + <p> + While the water is still dripping from his fingers on to the marble + pavement, something soft prostrates itself at his feet, and sharp, burning + lips kiss his hand, which he is powerless to withdraw, glue themselves to + it like tentacles, almost bite and draw blood. He looks down in disgust + and fear, and sees a great squirming body, a strangely twofold face, and + two immense eyes so queerly diverse from one another that, as it were, not + one being but a number of them clung to his hands and feet. He heard a + broken, burning whisper: + </p> + <p> + “O wise and noble... wise and noble.” + </p> + <p> + And with such a truly satanic joy did that wild face blaze, that, with a + cry, Pilate kicked him away, and Judas fell backwards. And there he lay + upon the stone flags like an overthrown demon, still stretching out his + hand to the departing Pilate, and crying as one passionately enamoured: + </p> + <p> + “O wise, O wise and noble....” + </p> + <p> + Then he gathered himself up with agility, and ran away followed by the + laughter of the soldiery. Evidently there was yet hope. When they come to + see the cross, and the nails, then they will understand, and then.... What + then? He catches sight of the panic-stricken Thomas in passing, and for + some reason or other reassuringly nods to him; he overtakes Jesus being + led to execution. The walking is difficult, small stones roll under the + feet, and suddenly Judas feels that he is tired. He gives himself up + wholly to the trouble of deciding where best to plant his feet, he looks + dully around, and sees Mary Magdalene weeping, and a number of women + weeping—hair dishevelled, eyes red, lips distorted—all the + excessive grief of a tender woman’s soul when submitted to outrage. + Suddenly he revives, and seizing the moment, runs up to Jesus: + </p> + <p> + “I go with Thee,” he hurriedly whispers. + </p> + <p> + The soldiers drive him away with blows of their whips, and squirming so as + to avoid the blows, and showing his teeth at the soldiers, he explains + hurriedly: + </p> + <p> + “I go with Thee. Thither. Thou understandest whither.” + </p> + <p> + He wipes the blood from his face, shakes his fist at one of the soldiers, + who turns round and smiles, and points him out to the others. Then he + looks for Thomas, but neither he nor any of the disciples are in the crowd + that accompanies Jesus. Again he is conscious of fatigue, and drags one + foot with difficulty after the other, as he attentively looks out for the + sharp, white, scattered pebbles. + </p> + <p> + When the hammer was uplifted to nail Jesus’ left hand to the tree, Judas + closed his eyes, and for a whole age neither breathed, nor saw, nor lived, + but only listened. + </p> + <p> + But lo! with a grating sound, iron strikes against iron, time after time, + dull, short blows, and then the sharp nail penetrating the soft wood and + separating its particles is distinctly heard. + </p> + <p> + One hand. It is not yet too late! + </p> + <p> + The other hand. It is not yet too late! + </p> + <p> + A foot, the other foot! Is all lost? + </p> + <p> + He irresolutely opens his eyes, and sees how the cross is raised, and + rocks, and is set fast in the trench. He sees how the hands of Jesus are + convulsed by the tension, how painfully His arms stretch, how the wounds + grow wider, and how the exhausted abdomen disappears under the ribs. The + arms stretch more and more, grow thinner and whiter, and become dislocated + from the shoulders, and the wounds of the nails redden and lengthen + gradually—lo! in a moment they will be torn away. No. It stopped. + All stopped. Only the ribs move up and down with the short, deep + breathing. + </p> + <p> + On the very crown of the hill the cross is raised, and on it is the + crucified Jesus. The horror and the dreams of Judas are realised, he gets + up from his knees on which, for some reason, he has knelt, and gazes + around coldly. + </p> + <p> + Thus does a stern conqueror look, when he has already determined in his + heart to surrender everything to destruction and death, and for the last + time throws a glance over a rich foreign city, still alive with sound, but + already phantom-like under the cold hand of death. And suddenly, as + clearly as his terrible victory, Iscariot saw its ominous precariousness. + What if they should suddenly understand? It is not yet too late! Jesus + still lives. There He gazes with entreating, sorrowing eyes. + </p> + <p> + What can prevent the thin film which covers the eyes of mankind, so thin + that it hardly seems to exist at all, what can prevent it from rending? + What if they should understand? What if suddenly, in all their threatening + mass of men, women and children, they should advance, silently, without a + cry, and wipe out the soldiery, plunging them up to their ears in their + own blood, should tear from the ground the accursed cross, and by the + hands of all who remain alive should lift up the liberated Jesus above the + summit of the hill! Hosanna! Hosanna! + </p> + <p> + Hosanna? No! Better that Judas should lie on the ground. Better that he + should lie upon the ground, and gnashing his teeth like a dog, should + watch and wait until all these should rise up. + </p> + <p> + But what has come to Time? Now it almost stands still, so that one would + wish to push it with the hands, to kick it, beat it with a whip like a + lazy ass. Now it rushes madly down some mountain, and catches its breath, + and stretches out its hand in vain to stop itself. There weeps the mother + of Jesus. Let them weep. What avail her tears now? nay, the tears of all + the mothers in the world? + </p> + <p> + “What are tears?” asks Judas, and madly pushes unyielding Time, beats it + with his fists, curses it like a slave. It belongs to some one else, and + therefore is unamenable to discipline. Oh! if only it belonged to Judas! + But it belongs to all these people who are weeping, laughing, chattering + as in the market. It belongs to the sun; it belongs to the cross; to the + heart of Jesus, which is dying so slowly. + </p> + <p> + What an abject heart has Judas! He lays his hand upon it, but it cries + out: “Hosanna,” so loud that all may hear. He presses it to the ground, + but it cries, “Hosanna, Hosanna!” like a babbler who scatters holy + mysteries broadcast through the street. + </p> + <p> + “Be still! Be still!” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly a loud broken lamentation, dull cries, the last hurried movements + towards the cross. What is it? Have they understood at last? + </p> + <p> + No, Jesus is dying. But can this be? Yes, Jesus is dying. His pale hands + are motionless, but short convulsions run over His face, and breast, and + legs. But can this be? Yes, He is dying. His breathing becomes less + frequent. It ceases. No, there is yet one sigh, Jesus is still upon the + earth. But is there another? No, no, no. Jesus is dead. + </p> + <p> + It is finished. Hosanna! Hosanna! + </p> + <p> + His horror and his dreams are realised. Who will now snatch the victory + from the hands of Iscariot? + </p> + <p> + It is finished. Let all people on earth stream to Golgotha, and shout with + their million throats, “Hosanna! Hosanna!” And let a sea of blood and + tears be poured out at its foot, and they will find only the shameful + cross and a dead Jesus! + </p> + <p> + Calmly and coldly Iscariot surveys the dead, letting his gaze rest for a + moment on that neck, which he had kissed only yesterday with a farewell + kiss; and slowly goes away. Now all Time belongs to him, and he walks + without hurry; now all the World belongs to him, and he steps firmly, like + a ruler, like a king, like one who is infinitely and joyfully alone in the + world. He observes the mother of Jesus, and says to her sternly: + </p> + <p> + “Thou weepest, mother? Weep, weep, and long will all the mothers upon + earth weep with thee: until I come with Jesus and destroy death.” + </p> + <p> + What does he mean? Is he mad, or is he mocking—this Traitor? He is + serious, and his face is stern, and his eyes no longer dart about in mad + haste. Lo! he stands still, and with cold attention views a new, + diminished earth. + </p> + <p> + It has become small, and he feels the whole of it under his feet. He looks + at the little mountains, quietly reddening under the last rays of the sun, + and he feels the mountains under his feet. + </p> + <p> + He looks at the sky opening wide its azure mouth; he looks at the small + round disc of the sun, which vainly strives to singe and dazzle, and he + feels the sky and the sun under his feet. Infinitely and joyfully alone, + he proudly feels the impotence of all forces which operate in the world, + and has cast them all into the abyss. + </p> + <p> + He walks farther on, with quiet, masterful steps. And Time goes neither + forward nor back: obediently it marches in step with him in all its + invisible immensity. + </p> + <p> + It is the end. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX + </h2> + <p> + As an old cheat, coughing, smiling fawningly, bowing incessantly, Judas + Iscariot the Traitor appeared before the Sanhedrin. It was the day after + the murder of Jesus, about mid-day. There they were all, His judges and + murderers: the aged Annas with his sons, exact and disgusting likenesses + of their father, and his son-in-law Caiaphas, devoured by ambition, and + all the other members of the Sanhedrin, whose names have been snatched + from the memory of mankind—rich and distinguished Sadducees, proud + in their power and knowledge of the Law. + </p> + <p> + In silence they received the Traitor, their haughty faces remaining + motionless, as though no one had entered. And even the very least, and + most insignificant among them, to whom the others paid no attention, + lifted up his bird-like face and looked as though no one had entered. + </p> + <p> + Judas bowed and bowed and bowed, and they looked on in silence: as though + it were not a human being that had entered, but only an unclean insect + that had crept in, and which they had not observed. But Judas Iscariot was + not the man to be perturbed: they kept silence, and he kept on bowing, and + thought that if it was necessary to go on bowing till evening, he could do + so. + </p> + <p> + At length Caiaphas inquired impatiently: + </p> + <p> + “What do you want?” + </p> + <p> + Judas bowed once more, and said in a loud voice— + </p> + <p> + “It is I, Judas Iscariot, who betrayed to you Jesus of Nazareth.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, what of that? You have received your due. Go away!” ordered Annas; + but Judas appeared unconscious of the command, and continued bowing. + Glancing at him, Caiaphas asked Annas: + </p> + <p> + “How much did you give?” + </p> + <p> + “Thirty pieces of silver.” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas laughed, and even the grey-bearded Annas laughed, too, and over + all their proud faces there crept a smile of enjoyment; and even the one + with the bird-like face laughed. Judas, perceptibly blanching, hastily + interrupted with the words: + </p> + <p> + “That’s right! Certainly it was very little; but is Judas discontented, + does Judas call out that he has been robbed? He is satisfied. Has he not + contributed to a holy cause—yes, a holy? Do not the most sage people + now listen to Judas, and think: He is one of us, this Judas Iscariot; he + is our brother, our friend, this Judas Iscariot, the Traitor! Does not + Annas want to kneel down and kiss the hand of Judas? Only Judas will not + allow it; he is a coward, he is afraid they will bite him.” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas said: + </p> + <p> + “Drive the dog out! What’s he barking about?” + </p> + <p> + “Get along with you. We have no time to listen to your babbling,” said + Annas imperturbably. + </p> + <p> + Judas drew himself up and closed his eyes. The hypocrisy, which he had + carried so lightly all his life, suddenly became an insupportable burden, + and with one movement of his eyelashes he cast it from him. And when he + looked at Annas again, his glance was simple, direct, and terrible in its + naked truthfulness. But they paid no attention to this either. + </p> + <p> + “You want to be driven out with sticks!” cried Caiaphas. + </p> + <p> + Panting under the weight of the terrible words, which he was lifting + higher and higher, in order to hurl them hence upon the heads of the + judges, Judas hoarsely asked: + </p> + <p> + “But you know... you know... who He was... He, whom you condemned + yesterday and crucified?” + </p> + <p> + “We know. Go away!” + </p> + <p> + With one word he would straightway rend that thin film which was spread + over their eyes, and all the earth would stagger beneath the weight of the + merciless truth! They had a soul, they should be deprived of it; they had + a life, they should lose their life; they had light before their eyes, + eternal darkness and horror should cover them. Hosanna! Hosanna! + </p> + <p> + And these words, these terrible words, were tearing his throat asunder— + </p> + <p> + “He was no deceiver. He was innocent and pure. Do you hear? Judas deceived + you. He betrayed to you an innocent man.” + </p> + <p> + He waits. He hears the aged, unconcerned voice of Annas, saying: + </p> + <p> + “And is that all you want to say?” + </p> + <p> + “You do not seem to have understood me,” says Judas, with dignity, turning + pale. “Judas deceived you. He was innocent. You have slain the innocent.” + </p> + <p> + He of the bird-like face smiles; but Annas is indifferent, Annas yawns. + And Caiaphas yawns, too, and says wearily: + </p> + <p> + “What did they mean by talking to me about the intellect of Judas + Iscariot? He is simply a fool, and a bore, too.” + </p> + <p> + “What?” cries Judas, all suffused with dark madness. “But who are you, the + clever ones! Judas deceived you—hear! It was not He that he betrayed—but + you—you wiseacres, you, the powerful, you he betrayed to a shameful + death, which will not end, throughout the ages. Thirty pieces of silver! + Well, well. But that is the price of YOUR blood—blood filthy as the + dish-water which the women throw out of the gates of their houses. Oh! + Annas, old, grey, stupid Annas, chock-full of the Law, why did you not + give one silver piece, just one obolus more? At this price you will go + down through the ages!” + </p> + <p> + “Be off!” cries Caiaphas, growing purple in the face. But Annas stops him + with a motion of the hand, and asks Judas as unconcernedly as ever: + </p> + <p> + “Is that all?” + </p> + <p> + “Verily, if I were to go into the desert, and cry to the wild beasts: + ‘Wild beasts, have ye heard the price at which men valued their Jesus?’—what + would the wild beasts do? They would creep out of the lairs, they would + howl with anger, they would forget their fear of mankind, and would all + come here to devour you! If I were to say to the sea: ‘Sea, knowest thou + the price at which men valued their Jesus?’ If I were to say to the + mountains: ‘Mountains, know ye the price at which men valued their Jesus?’ + Then the sea and the mountains would leave their places, assigned to them + for ages, and would come here and fall upon your heads!” + </p> + <p> + “Does Judas wish to become a prophet? He speaks so loud!” mockingly + remarks he of the bird-like face, with an ingratiating glance at Caiaphas. + </p> + <p> + “To-day I saw a pale sun. It was looking at the earth, and saying: ‘Where + is the Man?’ To-day I saw a scorpion. It was sitting upon a stone and + laughingly said: ‘Where is the Man?’ I went near and looked into its eyes. + And it laughed and said: ‘Where is the Man? I do not see Him!’ Where is + the Man? I ask you, I do not see Him—or is Judas become blind, poor + Judas Iscariot!” + </p> + <p> + And Iscariot begins to weep aloud. + </p> + <p> + He was, during those moments, like a man out of his mind, and Caiaphas + turned away, making a contemptuous gesture with his hand. But Annas + considered for a time, and then said: + </p> + <p> + “I perceive, Judas, that you really have received but little, and that + disturbs you. Here is some more money; take it and give it to your + children.” + </p> + <p> + He threw something, which rang shrilly. The sound had not died away, + before another, like it, strangely prolonged the clinking. + </p> + <p> + Judas had hastily flung the pieces of silver and the oboles into the faces + of the high priest and of the judges, returning the price paid for Jesus. + The pieces of money flew in a curved shower, falling on their faces, and + on the table, and rolling about the floor. + </p> + <p> + Some of the judges closed their hands with the palms outwards; others + leapt from their places, and shouted and scolded. Judas, trying to hit + Annas, threw the last coin, after which his trembling hand had long been + fumbling in his wallet, spat in anger, and went out. + </p> + <p> + “Well, well,” he mumbled, as he passed swiftly through the streets, + scaring the children. “It seems that thou didst weep, Judas? Was Caiaphas + really right when he said that Judas Iscariot was a fool? He who weeps in + the day of his great revenge is not worthy of it—know’st thou that, + Judas? Let not thine eyes deceive thee; let not thine heart lie to thee; + flood not the fire with tears, Judas Iscariot!” + </p> + <p> + The disciples were sitting in mournful silence, listening to what was + going on without. There was still danger that the vengeance of Jesus’ + enemies might not confine itself to Him, and so they were all expecting a + visit from the guard, and perhaps more executions. Near to John, to whom, + as the beloved disciple, the death of Jesus was especially grievous, sat + Mary Magdalene, and Matthew trying to comfort him in an undertone. Mary, + whose face was swollen with weeping, softly stroked his luxurious curling + hair with her hand, while Matthew said didactically, in the words of + Solomon: + </p> + <p> + “‘The long suffering is better than a hero; and he that ruleth his own + spirit than one who taketh a city.’” + </p> + <p> + At this moment Judas knocked loudly at the door, and entered. All started + up in terror, and at first were not sure who it was; but when they + recognised the hated countenance, the red-haired, bulbous head, they + uttered a simultaneous cry. + </p> + <p> + Peter raised both hands and shouted: + </p> + <p> + “Get out of here, Traitor! Get out, or I will kill you.” + </p> + <p> + But the others looked more carefully at the face and eyes of the Traitor, + and said nothing, merely whispering in terror: + </p> + <p> + “Leave him alone, leave him alone! He is possessed with a devil.” + </p> + <p> + Judas waited until they had quite done, and then cried out in a loud + voice: + </p> + <p> + “Hail, ye eyes of Judas Iscariot! Ye have just seen the cold-blooded + murderers. Lo! Where is Jesus? I ask you, where is Jesus?” + </p> + <p> + There was something compelling in the hoarse voice of Judas, and Thomas + replied obediently— + </p> + <p> + “You know yourself, Judas, that our Master was crucified yesterday.” + </p> + <p> + “But how came you to permit it? Where was your love? Thou, Beloved + Disciple, and thou, Rock, where were you all when they were crucifying + your Friend on the tree?” + </p> + <p> + “What could we do, judge thou?” said Thomas, with a gesture of protest. + </p> + <p> + “Thou asketh that, Thomas? Very well!” and Judas threw his head back, and + fell upon him angrily. “He who loves does not ask what can be done—he + goes and does it—he weeps, he bites, he throttles the enemy, and + breaks his bones! He, that is, who loves! If your son were drowning would + you go into the city and inquire of the passers by: ‘What must I do? My + son is drowning!’ No, you would rather throw yourself into the water and + drown with him. One who loved would!” + </p> + <p> + Peter replied grimly to the violent speech of Judas: + </p> + <p> + “I drew a sword, but He Himself forbade.” + </p> + <p> + “Forbade? And you obeyed!” jeered Judas. “Peter, Peter, how could you + listen to Him? Does He know anything of men, and of fighting?” + </p> + <p> + “He who does not submit to Him goes to hell fire.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why did you not go, Peter? Hell fire! What’s that? Now, supposing + you had gone—what good’s your soul to you, if you dare not throw it + into the fire, if you want to?” + </p> + <p> + “Silence!” cried John, rising. “He Himself willed this sacrifice. His + sacrifice is beautiful!” + </p> + <p> + “Is a sacrifice ever beautiful, Beloved Disciple? Wherever there is a + sacrifice, then there is an executioner, and there traitors! Sacrifice—that + is suffering for one and disgrace for all the others! Traitors, traitors, + what have ye done with the world? Now they look at it from above and + below, and laugh and cry: ‘Look at that world, upon it they crucified + Jesus!’ And they spit on it—as I do!” + </p> + <p> + Judas angrily spat on the ground. + </p> + <p> + “He took upon Him the sin of all mankind. His sacrifice is beautiful,” + John insisted. + </p> + <p> + “No! you have taken all sin upon yourselves. You, Beloved Disciple, will + not a race of traitors take their beginning from you, a pusillanimous and + lying breed? O blind men, what have ye done with the earth? You have done + your best to destroy it, ye will soon be kissing the cross on which ye + crucified Jesus! Yes, yes, Judas gives ye his word that ye will kiss the + cross!” + </p> + <p> + “Judas, don’t revile!” roared Peter, pushing. “How could we slay all His + enemies? They are so many!” + </p> + <p> + “And thou, Peter!” exclaimed John in anger, “dost thou not perceive that + he is possessed of Satan? Leave us, Tempter! Thou’rt full of lies. The + Teacher forbade us to kill.” + </p> + <p> + “But did He forbid you to die? Why are you alive, when He is dead? Why do + your feet walk, why does your tongue talk trash, why do your eyes blink, + when He is dead, motionless, speechless? How do your cheeks dare to be + red, John, when His are pale? How can you dare to shout, Peter, when He is + silent? What could you do? You ask Judas? And Judas answers you, the + magnificent, bold Judas Iscariot replies: ‘Die!’ You ought to have fallen + on the road, to have seized the soldiers by the sword, by the hands, and + drowned them in a sea of your own blood—yes, die, die! Better had it + been, that His Father should have cause to cry out with horror, when you + all enter there!” + </p> + <p> + Judas ceased with raised head. Suddenly he noticed the remains of a meal + upon the table. With strange surprise, curiously, as though for the first + time in his life he looked on food, he examined it, and slowly asked: + </p> + <p> + “What is this? You have been eating? Perhaps you have also been sleeping?” + </p> + <p> + Peter, who had begun to feel Judas to be some one, who could command + obedience, drooping his head, tersely replied: “I slept, I slept and ate!” + </p> + <p> + Thomas said, resolutely and firmly: + </p> + <p> + “This is all untrue, Judas. Just consider: if we had all died, who would + have told the story of Jesus? Who would have conveyed His teaching to + mankind if we had all died, Peter and John and I?” + </p> + <p> + “But what is the truth itself in the mouths of traitors? Does it not + become a lie? Thomas, Thomas, dost thou not understand, that thou art now + only a sentinel at the grave of dead Truth? The sentinel falls asleep, and + the thief cometh and carries away the truth; say, where is the truth? + Cursed be thou, Thomas! Fruitless, and a beggar shalt thou be throughout + the ages, and all you with him, accursed ones!” + </p> + <p> + “Accursed be thou thyself, Satan!” cried John, and James and Matthew and + all the other disciples repeated his cry; only Peter held his peace. + </p> + <p> + “I am going to Him,” said Judas, stretching his powerful hand on high. + “Who will follow Iscariot to Jesus?” + </p> + <p> + “I—I also go with thee,” cried Peter, rising. + </p> + <p> + But John and the others stopped him in horror, saying: + </p> + <p> + “Madman! Thou hast forgotten, that he betrayed the Master into the hands + of His enemies.” + </p> + <p> + Peter began to lament bitterly, striking his breast with his fist: + </p> + <p> + “Whither, then, shall I go? O Lord! whither shall I go?” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + . . . . .. . . +</pre> + <p> + Judas had long ago, during his solitary walks, marked the place where he + intended to make an end of himself after the death of Jesus. + </p> + <p> + It was upon a hill high above Jerusalem. There stood but one tree, bent + and twisted by the wind, which had torn it on all sides, half withered. + One of its broken, crooked branches stretched out towards Jerusalem, as + though in blessing or in threat, and this one Judas had chosen on which to + hang a noose. + </p> + <p> + But the walk to the tree was long and tedious, and Judas Iscariot was very + weary. The small, sharp stones, scattered under his feet, seemed + continually to drag him backwards, and the hill was high, stern, and + malign, exposed to the wind. Judas was obliged to sit down several times + to rest, and panted heavily, while behind him, through the clefts of the + rock, the mountain breathed cold upon his back. + </p> + <p> + “Thou too art against me, accursed one!” said Judas contemptuously, as he + breathed with difficulty, and swayed his heavy head, in which all the + thoughts were now petrifying. + </p> + <p> + Then he raised it suddenly, and opening wide his now fixed eyes, angrily + muttered: + </p> + <p> + “No, they were too bad for Judas. Thou hearest Jesus? Wilt Thou trust me + now? I am coming to Thee. Meet me kindly, I am weary—very weary. + Then Thou and I, embracing like brothers, shall return to earth. Shall we + not?” + </p> + <p> + Again he swayed his petrifying head, and again he opened his eyes, + mumbling: + </p> + <p> + “But maybe Thou wilt be angry with Judas when he arrives? And Thou wilt + not trust him? And wilt send him to hell? Well! What then! I will go to + hell. And in Thy hell fire I will weld iron, and weld iron, and demolish + Thy heaven. Dost approve? Then Thou wilt believe in me. Then Thou wilt + come back with me to earth, wilt Thou not, Jesus?” + </p> + <p> + Eventually Judas reached the summit and the crooked tree, and there the + wind began to torment him. And when Judas rebuked it, it began to blow + soft and low, and took leave and flew away. + </p> + <p> + “Right! But as for them, they are curs!” said Judas, making a slip-knot. + And since the rope might fail him and break, he hung it over a precipice, + so that if it broke, he would be sure to meet his death upon the stones. + And before he shoved himself off the brink with his foot, and hanged + himself, Judas Iscariot once more anxiously prepared Jesus for his coming: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, meet me kindly, Jesus. I am very weary.” + </p> + <p> + He leapt. The rope strained, but held. His neck stretched, but his hands + and feet were crossed, and hung down as though damp. + </p> + <p> + He died. Thus, in the course of two days, one after another, Jesus of + Nazareth and Judas Iscariot, the Traitor, left the world. + </p> + <p> + All the night through, like some monstrous fruit, Judas swayed over + Jerusalem, and the wind kept turning his face now to the city, and now to + the desert—as though it wished to exhibit Judas to both city and + desert. But in whichever direction his face, distorted by death, was + turned, his red eyes suffused with blood, and now as like one another as + two brothers, incessantly looked towards the sky. In the morning some + sharp-sighted person perceived Judas hanging above the city, and cried out + in horror. + </p> + <p> + People came and took him down, and knowing who he was, threw him into a + deep ravine, into which they were in the habit of throwing dead horses and + cats and other carrion. + </p> + <p> + The same evening all the believers knew of the terrible death of the + Traitor, and the next day it was known to all Jerusalem. Stony Judaea knew + of it and green Galilee; and from one sea to the other, distant as it was, + the news flew of the death of the Traitor. + </p> + <p> + Neither faster nor slower, but with equal pace with Time itself, it went, + and as there is no end to Time so will there be no end to the stories + about the Traitor Judas and his terrible death. + </p> + <p> + And all—both good and bad—will equally anathematise his + shameful memory; and among all peoples, past and present, will he remain + alone in his cruel destiny—Judas Iscariot, the Traitor. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0027" id="link2H_4_0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + “THE MAN WHO FOUND THE TRUTH” + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I + </h2> + <p> + I was twenty-seven years old and had just maintained my thesis for the + degree of Doctor of Mathematics with unusual success, when I was suddenly + seized in the middle of the night and thrown into this prison. I shall not + narrate to you the details of the monstrous crime of which I was accused—there + are events which people should neither remember nor even know, that they + may not acquire a feeling of aversion for themselves; but no doubt there + are many people among the living who remember that terrible case and “the + human brute,” as the newspapers called me at that time. They probably + remember how the entire civilised society of the land unanimously demanded + that the criminal be put to death, and it is due only to the inexplicable + kindness of the man at the head of the Government at the time that I am + alive, and I now write these lines for the edification of the weak and the + wavering. + </p> + <p> + I shall say briefly: My father, my elder brother, and my sister were + murdered brutally, and I was supposed to have committed the crime for the + purpose of securing a really enormous inheritance. + </p> + <p> + I am an old man now; I shall die soon, and you have not the slightest + ground for doubting when I say that I was entirely innocent of the + monstrous and horrible crime, for which twelve honest and conscientious + judges unanimously sentenced me to death. The death sentence was finally + commuted to imprisonment for life in solitary confinement. + </p> + <p> + It was merely a fatal linking of circumstances, of grave and insignificant + events, of vague silence and indefinite words, which gave me the + appearance and likeness of the criminal, innocent though I was. But he who + would suspect me of being ill-disposed toward my strict judges would be + profoundly mistaken. They were perfectly right, perfectly right. As people + who can judge things and events only by their appearance, and who are + deprived of the ability to penetrate their own mysterious being, they + could not act differently, nor should they have acted differently. + </p> + <p> + It so happened that in the game of circumstances, the truth concerning my + actions, which I alone knew, assumed all the features of an insolent and + shameless lie; and however strange it may seem to my kind and serious + reader, I could establish the truth of my innocence only by falsehood, and + not by the truth. + </p> + <p> + Later on, when I was already in prison, in going over in detail the story + of the crime and the trial, and picturing myself in the place of one of my + judges, I came to the inevitable conclusion each time that I was guilty. + Then I produced a very interesting and instructive work; having set aside + entirely the question of truth and falsehood on general principles, I + subjected the facts and the words to numerous combinations, erecting + structures, even as small children build various structures with their + wooden blocks; and after persistent efforts I finally succeeded in finding + a certain combination of facts which, though strong in principle, seemed + so plausible that my actual innocence became perfectly clear, exactly and + positively established. + </p> + <p> + To this day I remember the great feeling of astonishment, mingled with + fear, which I experienced at my strange and unexpected discovery; by + telling the truth I lead people into error and thus deceive them, while by + maintaining falsehood I lead them, on the contrary, to the truth and to + knowledge. + </p> + <p> + I did not yet understand at that time that, like Newton and his famous + apple, I discovered unexpectedly the great law upon which the entire + history of human thought rests, which seeks not the truth, but + verisimilitude, the appearance of truth—that is, the harmony between + that which is seen and that which is conceived, based on the strict laws + of logical reasoning. And instead of rejoicing, I exclaimed in an outburst + of naive, juvenile despair: “Where, then, is the truth? Where is the truth + in this world of phantoms and falsehood?” (See my “Diary of a Prisoner” of + June 29, 18—.) + </p> + <p> + I know that at the present time, when I have but five or six more years to + live, I could easily secure my pardon if I but asked for it. But aside + from my being accustomed to the prison and for several other important + reasons, of which I shall speak later, I simply have no right to ask for + pardon, and thus break the force and natural course of the lawful and + entirely justified verdict. Nor would I want to hear people apply to me + the words, “a victim of judicial error,” as some of my gentle visitors + expressed themselves, to my sorrow. I repeat, there was no error, nor + could there be any error in a case in which a combination of definite + circumstances inevitably lead a normally constructed and developed mind to + the one and only conclusion. + </p> + <p> + I was convicted justly, although I did not commit the crime—such is + the simple and clear truth, and I live joyously and peacefully my last few + years on earth with a sense of respect for this truth. + </p> + <p> + The only purpose by which I was guided in writing these modest notes is to + show to my indulgent reader that under the most painful conditions, where + it would seem that there remains no room for hope or life—a human + being, a being of the highest order, possessing a mind and a will, finds + both hope and life. I want to show how a human being, condemned to death, + looked with free eyes upon the world, through the grated window of his + prison, and discovered the great purpose, harmony, and beauty of the + universe—to the disgrace of those fools who, being free, living a + life of plenty and happiness, slander life disgustingly. + </p> + <p> + Some of my visitors reproach me for being “haughty”; they ask me where I + secured the right to teach and to preach; cruel in their reasoning, they + would like to drive away even the smile from the face of the man who has + been imprisoned for life as a murderer. + </p> + <p> + No. Just as the kind and bright smile will not leave my lips, as an + evidence of a clear and unstained conscience, so my soul will never be + darkened, my soul, which has passed firmly through the defiles of life, + which has been carried by a mighty will power across these terrible + abysses and bottomless pits, where so many daring people have found their + heroic, but, alas! fruitless, death. + </p> + <p> + And if the tone of my confessions may sometimes seem too positive to my + indulgent reader, it is not at all due to the absence of modesty in me, + but it is due to the fact that I firmly believe that I am right, and also + to my firm desire to be useful to my neighbour as far as my faint powers + permit. + </p> + <p> + Here I must apologise for my frequent references to my “Diary of a + Prisoner,” which is unknown to the reader; but the fact is that I consider + the complete publication of my “Diary” too premature and perhaps even + dangerous. Begun during the remote period of cruel disillusions, of the + shipwreck of all my beliefs and hopes, breathing boundless despair, my + note book bears evidence in places that its author was, if not in a state + of complete insanity, on the brink of insanity. And if we recall how + contagious that illness is, my caution in the use of my “Diary” will + become entirely clear. + </p> + <p> + O, blooming youth! With an involuntary tear in my eye I recall your + magnificent dreams, your daring visions and outbursts, your impetuous, + seething power—but I should not want your return, blooming youth! + Only with the greyness of the hair comes clear wisdom, and that great + aptitude for unprejudiced reflection which makes of all old men + philosophers and often even sages. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II + </h2> + <p> + Those of my kind visitors who honour me by expressing their delight and + even—may this little indiscretion be forgiven me!—even their + adoration of my spiritual clearness, can hardly imagine what I was when I + came to this prison. The tens of years which have passed over my head and + which have whitened my hair cannot muffle the slight agitation which I + experience at the recollection of the first moments when, with the + creaking of the rusty hinges, the fatal prison doors opened and then + closed behind me forever. + </p> + <p> + Not endowed with literary talent, which in reality is an indomitable + inclination to invent and to lie, I shall attempt to introduce myself to + my indulgent reader exactly as I was at that remote time. + </p> + <p> + I was a young man, twenty-seven years of age—as I had occasion to + mention before—unrestrained, impetuous, given to abrupt deviations. + A certain dreaminess, peculiar to my age; a self-respect which was easily + offended and which revolted at the slightest insignificant provocation; a + passionate impetuosity in solving world problems; fits of melancholy + alternated by equally wild fits of merriment—all this gave the young + mathematician a character of extreme unsteadiness, of sad and harsh + discord. + </p> + <p> + I must also mention the extreme pride, a family trait, which I inherited + from my mother, and which often hindered me from taking the advice of + riper and more experienced people than myself; also my extreme obstinacy + in carrying out my purposes, a good quality in itself, which becomes + dangerous, however, when the purpose in question is not sufficiently well + founded and considered. + </p> + <p> + Thus, during the first days of my confinement, I behaved like all other + fools who are thrown into prison. I shouted loudly and, of course, vainly + about my innocence; I demanded violently my immediate freedom and even + beat against the door and the walls with my fists. The door and the walls + naturally remained mute, while I caused myself a rather sharp pain. I + remember I even beat my head against the wall, and for hours I lay + unconscious on the stone floor of my cell; and for some time, when I had + grown desperate, I refused food, until the persistent demands of my + organism defeated my obstinacy. + </p> + <p> + I cursed my judges and threatened them with merciless vengeance. At last I + commenced to regard all human life, the whole world, even Heaven, as an + enormous injustice, a derision and a mockery. Forgetting that in my + position I could hardly be unprejudiced, I came with the self-confidence + of youth, with the sickly pain of a prisoner, gradually to the complete + negation of life and its great meaning. + </p> + <p> + Those were indeed terrible days and nights, when, crushed by the walls, + getting no answer to any of my questions, I paced my cell endlessly and + hurled one after another into the dark abyss all the great valuables which + life has bestowed upon us: friendship, love, reason and justice. + </p> + <p> + In some justification to myself I may mention the fact that during the + first and most painful years of my imprisonment a series of events + happened which reflected themselves rather painfully upon my psychic + nature. Thus I learned with the profoundest indignation that the girl, + whose name I shall not mention and who was to become my wife, married + another man. She was one of the few who believed in my innocence; at the + last parting she swore to me to remain faithful to me unto death, and + rather to die than betray her love for me—and within one year after + that she married a man I knew, who possessed certain good qualities, but + who was not at all a sensible man. I did not want to understand at that + time that such a marriage was natural on the part of a young, healthy, and + beautiful girl. But, alas! we all forget our natural science when we are + deceived by the woman we love—may this little jest be forgiven me! + At the present time Mme. N. is a happy and respected mother, and this + proves better than anything else how wise and entirely in accordance with + the demands of nature and life was her marriage at that time, which vexed + me so painfully. + </p> + <p> + I must confess, however, that at that time I was not at all calm. Her + exceedingly amiable and kind letter in which she notified me of her + marriage, expressing profound regret that changed circumstances and a + suddenly awakened love compelled her to break her promise to me—that + amiable, truthful letter, scented with perfume, bearing the traces of her + tender fingers, seemed to me a message from the devil himself. + </p> + <p> + The letters of fire burned my exhausted brains, and in a wild ecstasy I + shook the doors of my cell and called violently: + </p> + <p> + “Come! Let me look into your lying eyes! Let me hear your lying voice! Let + me but touch with my fingers your tender throat and pour into your death + rattle my last bitter laugh!” + </p> + <p> + From this quotation my indulgent reader will see how right were the judges + who convicted me for murder; they had really foreseen in me a murderer. + </p> + <p> + My gloomy view of life at the time was aggravated by several other events. + Two years after the marriage of my fiancee, consequently three years after + the first day of my imprisonment, my mother died—she died, as I + learned, of profound grief for me. However strange it may seem, she + remained firmly convinced to the end of her days that I had committed the + monstrous crime. Evidently this conviction was an inexhaustible source of + grief to her, the chief cause of the gloomy melancholy which fettered her + lips in silence and caused her death through paralysis of the heart. As I + was told, she never mentioned my name nor the names of those who died so + tragically, and she bequeathed the entire enormous fortune, which was + supposed to have served as the motive for the murder, to various + charitable organisations. It is characteristic that even under such + terrible conditions her motherly instinct did not forsake her altogether; + in a postscript to the will she left me a considerable sum, which secures + my existence whether I am in prison or at large. + </p> + <p> + Now I understand that, however great her grief may have been, that alone + was not enough to cause her death; the real cause was her advanced age and + a series of illnesses which had undermined her once strong and sound + organism. In the name of justice, I must say that my father, a + weak-charactered man, was not at all a model husband and family man; by + numerous betrayals, by falsehood and deception he had led my mother to + despair, constantly offending her pride and her strict, unbribable + truthfulness. But at that time I did not understand it; the death of my + mother seemed to me one of the most cruel manifestations of universal + injustice, and called forth a new stream of useless and sacrilegious + curses. + </p> + <p> + I do not know whether I ought to tire the attention of the reader with the + story of other events of a similar nature. I shall mention but briefly + that one after another my friends, who remained my friends from the time + when I was happy and free, stopped visiting me. According to their words, + they believed in my innocence, and at first warmly expressed to me their + sympathy. But our lives, mine in prison and theirs at liberty, were so + different that gradually under the pressure of perfectly natural causes, + such as forgetfulness, official and other duties, the absence of mutual + interests, they visited me ever more and more rarely, and finally ceased + to see me entirely. I cannot recall without a smile that even the death of + my mother, even the betrayal of the girl I loved did not arouse in me such + a hopelessly bitter feeling as these gentlemen, whose names I remember but + vaguely now, succeeded in wresting from my soul. + </p> + <p> + “What horror! What pain! My friends, you have left me alone! My friends, + do you understand what you have done? You have left me alone. Can you + conceive of leaving a human being alone? Even a serpent has its mate, even + a spider has its comrade—and you have left a human being alone! You + have given him a soul—and left him alone! You have given him a + heart, a mind, a hand for a handshake, lips for a kiss—and you have + left him alone! What shall he do now that you have left him alone?” + </p> + <p> + Thus I exclaimed in my “Diary of a Prisoner,” tormented by woeful + perplexities. In my juvenile blindness, in the pain of my young, senseless + heart, I still did not want to understand that the solitude, of which I + complained so bitterly, like the mind, was an advantage given to man over + other creatures, in order to fence around the sacred mysteries of his soul + from the stranger’s gaze. + </p> + <p> + Let my serious reader consider what would have become of life if man were + robbed of his right, of his duty to be alone. In the gathering of idle + chatterers, amid the dull collection of transparent glass dolls, that kill + each other with their sameness; in the wild city where all doors are open, + and all windows are open—passers-by look wearily through the glass + walls and observe the same evidences of the hearth and the alcove. Only + the creatures that can be alone possess a face; while those that know no + solitude—the great, blissful, sacred solitude of the soul—have + snouts instead of faces. + </p> + <p> + And in calling my friends “perfidious traitors” I, poor youth that I was, + could not understand the wise law of life, according to which neither + friendship, nor love, nor even the tenderest attachment of sister and + mother, is eternal. Deceived by the lies of the poets, who proclaimed + eternal friendship and love, I did not want to see that which my indulgent + reader observes from the windows of his dwelling—how friends, + relatives, mother and wife, in apparent despair and in tears, follow their + dead to the cemetery, and after a lapse of some time return from there. No + one buries himself together with the dead, no one asks the dead to make + room in the coffin, and if the grief-stricken wife exclaims, in an + outburst of tears, “Oh, bury me together with him!” she is merely + expressing symbolically the extreme degree of her despair—one could + easily convince himself of this by trying, in jest, to push her down into + the grave. And those who restrain her are merely expressing symbolically + their sympathy and understanding, thus lending the necessary aspect of + solemn grief to the funeral custom. + </p> + <p> + Man must subject himself to the laws of life, not of death, nor to the + fiction of the poets, however beautiful it may be. But can the fictitious + be beautiful? Is there no beauty in the stern truth of life, in the mighty + work of its wise laws, which subjects to itself with great + disinterestedness the movements of the heavenly luminaries, as well as the + restless linking of the tiny creatures called human beings? + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III + </h2> + <p> + Thus I lived sadly in my prison for five or six years. + </p> + <p> + The first redeeming ray flashed upon me when I least expected it. + </p> + <p> + Endowed with the gift of imagination, I made my former fiancee the object + of all my thoughts. She became my love and my dream. + </p> + <p> + Another circumstance which suddenly revealed to me the ground under my + feet was, strange as it may seem, the conviction that it was impossible to + make my escape from prison. + </p> + <p> + During the first period of my imprisonment, I, as a youthful and + enthusiastic dreamer, made all kinds of plans for escape, and some of them + seemed to me entirely possible of realisation. Cherishing deceptive hopes, + this thought naturally kept me in a state of tense alarm and hindered my + attention from concentrating itself on more important and substantial + matters. As soon as I despaired of one plan I created another, but of + course I did not make any progress—I merely moved within a closed + circle. It is hardly necessary to mention that each transition from one + plan to another was accompanied by cruel sufferings, which tormented my + soul, just as the eagle tortured the body of Prometheus. + </p> + <p> + One day, while staring with a weary look at the walls of my cell, I + suddenly began to feel how irresistibly thick the stone was, how strong + the cement which kept it together, how skilfully and mathematically this + severe fortress was constructed. It is true, my first sensation was + extremely painful; it was, perhaps, a horror of hopelessness. + </p> + <p> + I cannot recall what I did and how I felt during the two or three months + that followed. The first note in my diary after a long period of silence + does not explain very much. Briefly I state only that they made new + clothes for me and that I had grown stout. + </p> + <p> + The fact is that, after all my hopes had been abandoned, the consciousness + of the impossibility of my escape once for all extinguished also my + painful alarm and liberated my mind, which was then already inclined to + lofty contemplation and the joys of mathematics. + </p> + <p> + But the following is the day I consider as the first real day of my + liberation. It was a beautiful spring morning (May 6) and the balmy, + invigourating air was pouring into the open window; while walking back and + forth in my cell I unconsciously glanced, at each turn, with a vague + interest, at the high window, where the iron grate outlined its form + sharply and distinctly against the background of the azure, cloudless sky. + </p> + <p> + “Why is the sky so beautiful through these bars?” I reflected as I walked. + “Is not this the effect of the aesthetic law of contrasts, according to + which azure stands out prominently beside black? Or is it not, perhaps, a + manifestation of some other, higher law, according to which the infinite + may be conceived by the human mind only when it is brought within certain + boundaries, for instance, when it is enclosed within a square?” + </p> + <p> + When I recalled that at the sight of a wide open window, which was not + protected by bars, or of the sky, I had usually experienced a desire to + fly, which was painful because of its uselessness and absurdity—I + suddenly began to experience a feeling of tenderness for the bars; tender + gratitude, even love. Forged by hand, by the weak human hand of some + ignorant blacksmith, who did not even give himself an account of the + profound meaning of his creation; placed in the wall by an equally + ignorant mason, it suddenly represented in itself a model of beauty, + nobility and power. Having seized the infinite within its iron squares, it + became congealed in cold and proud peace, frightening the ignorant, giving + food for thought to the intelligent and delighting the sage! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV + </h2> + <p> + In order to make the further narrative clearer to my indulgent reader, I + am compelled to say a few words about the exclusive, quite flattering, + and, I fear, not entirely deserved, position which I occupy in our prison. + On one hand, my spiritual clearness, my rare and perfect view of life, and + the nobility of my feelings, which impress all those who speak to me; and, + on the other hand, several rather unimportant favours which I have done to + the Warden, have given me a series of privileges, of which I avail myself, + rather moderately, of course, not desiring to upset the general plan and + system of our prison. + </p> + <p> + Thus, during the weekly visiting days, my visitors are not limited to any + special time for their interviews, and all those who wish to see me are + admitted, sometimes forming quite a large audience. Not daring to accept + altogether the assurances made somewhat ironically by the Warden, to the + effect that I would be “the pride of any prison,” I may say, nevertheless, + without any false modesty, that my words are treated with proper respect, + and that among my visitors I number quite a few warm and enthusiastic + admirers, both men and women. I shall mention that the Warden himself and + some of his assistants honour me by their visits, drawing from me strength + and courage for the purpose of continuing their hard work. Of course I use + the prison library freely, and even the archives of the prison; and if the + Warden politely refused to grant my request for an exact plan of the + prison, it is not at all because of his lack of confidence in me, but + because such a plan is a state secret.... + </p> + <p> + Our prison is a huge five-story building. Situated in the outskirts of the + city, at the edge of a deserted field, overgrown with high grass, it + attracts the attention of the wayfarer by its rigid outlines, promising + him peace and rest after his endless wanderings. Not being plastered, the + building has retained its natural dark red colour of old brick, and at + close view, I am told, it produces a gloomy, even threatening, impression, + especially on nervous people, to whom the red bricks recall blood and + bloody lumps of human flesh. The small, dark, flat windows with iron bars + naturally complete the impression and lend to the whole a character of + gloomy harmony, or stern beauty. Even during good weather, when the sun + shines upon our prison, it does not lose any of its dark and grim + importance, and is constantly reminding the people that there are laws in + existence and that punishment awaits those who break them. + </p> + <p> + My cell is on the fifth story, and my grated window commands a splendid + view of the distant city and a part of the deserted field to the right. On + the left, beyond the boundary of my vision, are the outskirts of the city, + and, as I am told, the church and the cemetery adjoining it. Of the + existence of the church and even the cemetery I had known before from the + mournful tolling of the bells, which custom requires during the burial of + the dead. + </p> + <p> + Quite in keeping with the external style of architecture, the interior + arrangement of our prison is also finished harmoniously and properly + constructed. For the purpose of conveying to the reader a clearer idea of + the prison, I will take the liberty of giving the example of a fool who + might make up his mind to run away from our prison. Admitting that the + brave fellow possessed supernatural, Herculean strength and broke the lock + of his room—what would he find? The corridor, with numerous grated + doors, which could withstand cannonading—and armed keepers. Let us + suppose that he kills all the keepers, breaks all the doors, and comes out + into the yard—perhaps he may think that he is already free. But what + of the walls? The walls which encircle our prison, with three rings of + stone? + </p> + <p> + I omitted the guard advisedly. The guard is indefatigable. Day and night I + hear behind my doors the footsteps of the guard; day and night his eye + watches me through the little window in my door, controlling my movements, + reading on my face my thoughts, my intentions and my dreams. In the + daytime I could deceive his attention with lies, assuming a cheerful and + carefree expression on my face, but I have rarely met the man who could + lie even in his sleep. No matter how much I would be on my guard during + the day, at night I would betray myself by an involuntary moan, by a + twitch of the face, by an expression of fatigue or grief, or by other + manifestations of a guilty and uneasy conscience. Only very few people of + unusual will power are able to lie even in their sleep, skilfully managing + the features of their faces, sometimes even preserving a courteous and + bright smile on their lips, when their souls, given over to dreams, are + quivering from the horrors of a monstrous nightmare—but, as + exceptions, these cannot be taken into consideration. I am profoundly + happy that I am not a criminal, that my conscience is clear and calm. + </p> + <p> + “Read, my friend, read,” I say to the watchful eye as I lay myself down to + sleep peacefully. “You will not be able to read anything on my face!” + </p> + <p> + And it was I who invented the window in the prison door. + </p> + <p> + I feel that my reader is astonished and smiles incredulously, mentally + calling me an old liar, but there are instances in which modesty is + superfluous and even dangerous. Yes, this simple and great invention + belongs to me, just as Newton’s system belongs to Newton, and as Kepler’s + laws of the revolution of the planets belong to Kepler. + </p> + <p> + Later on, encouraged by the success of my invention, I devised and + introduced in our prison a series of little innovations, which were + concerned only with details; thus the form of chains and locks used in our + prison has been changed. + </p> + <p> + The little window in the door was my invention, and, if any one should + dare deny this, I would call him a liar and a scoundrel. + </p> + <p> + I came upon this invention under the following circumstances: One day, + during the roll call, a certain prisoner killed with the iron leg of his + bed the Inspector who entered his cell. Of course the rascal was hanged in + the yard of our prison, and the administration light mindedly grew calm, + but I was in despair—the great purpose of the prison proved to be + wrong since such horrible deeds were possible. How is it that no one had + noticed that the prisoner had broken off the leg of his bed? How is it + that no one had noticed the state of agitation in which the prisoner must + have been before committing the murder? + </p> + <p> + By taking up the question so directly I thus approached considerably the + solution of the problem; and indeed, after two or three weeks had elapsed + I arrived simply and even unexpectedly at my great discovery. I confess + frankly that before telling my discovery to the Warden of the prison I + experienced moments of a certain hesitation, which was quite natural in my + position of prisoner. To the reader who may still be surprised at this + hesitation, knowing me to be a man of a clear, unstained conscience, I + will answer by a quotation from my “Diary of a Prisoner,” relating to that + period: + </p> + <p> + “How difficult is the position of the man who is convicted, though + innocent, as I am. If he is sad, if his lips are sealed in silence, and + his eyes are lowered, people say of him: ‘He is repenting; he is suffering + from pangs of conscience.’ + </p> + <p> + “If in the innocence of his heart he smiles brightly and kindly, the + keeper thinks: ‘There, by a false and feigned smile, he wishes to hide his + secret.’ + </p> + <p> + “No matter what he does, he seems guilty—such is the force of the + prejudice against which it is necessary to struggle. But I am innocent, + and I shall be myself, firmly confident that my spiritual clearness will + destroy the malicious magic of prejudice.” + </p> + <p> + And on the following day the Warden of the prison pressed my hand warmly, + expressing his gratitude to me, and a month later little holes were made + in all doors in every prison in the land, thus opening a field for wide + and fruitful observation. + </p> + <p> + The entire system of our prison life gives me deep satisfaction. The hours + for rising and going to bed, for meals and walks are arranged so + rationally, in accordance with the real requirements of nature, that soon + they lose the appearance of compulsion and become natural, even dear + habits. Only in this way can I explain the interesting fact that when I + was free I was a nervous and weak young man, susceptible to colds and + illness, whereas in prison I have grown considerably stronger and that for + my sixty years I am enjoying an enviable state of health. I am not stout, + but I am not thin, either; my lungs are in good condition and I have saved + almost all my teeth, with the exception of two on the left side of the + jaw; I am good natured, even tempered; my sleep is sound, almost without + any dreams. In figure, in which an expression of calm power and + self-confidence predominates, and in face, I resemble somewhat + Michaelangelo’s “Moses”—that is, at least what some of my friendly + visitors have told me. + </p> + <p> + But even more than by the regular and healthy regime, the strengthening of + my soul and body was helped by the wonderful, yet natural, peculiarity of + our prison, which eliminates entirely the accidental and the unexpected + from its life. Having neither a family nor friends, I am perfectly safe + from the shocks, so injurious to life, which are caused by treachery, by + the illness or death of relatives—let my indulgent reader recall how + many people have perished before his eyes not of their own fault, but + because capricious fate had linked them to people unworthy of them. + Without changing my feeling of love into trivial personal attachments, I + thus make it free for the broad and mighty love for all mankind; and as + mankind is immortal, not subjected to illness, and as a harmonious whole + it is undoubtedly progressing toward perfection, love for it becomes the + surest guarantee of spiritual and physical soundness. + </p> + <p> + My day is clear. So are also my days of the future, which are coming + toward me in radiant and even order. A murderer will not break into my + cell for the purpose of robbing me, a mad automobile will not crush me, + the illness of a child will not torture me, cruel treachery will not steal + its way to me from the darkness. My mind is free, my heart is calm, my + soul is clear and bright. + </p> + <p> + The clear and rigid rules of our prison define everything that I must not + do, thus freeing me from those unbearable hesitations, doubts, and errors + with which practical life is filled. True, sometimes there penetrates even + into our prison, through its high walls, something which ignorant people + call chance, or even Fate, and which is only an inevitable reflection of + the general laws; but the life of the prison, agitated for a moment, + quickly goes back to its habitual rut, like a river after an overflow. To + this category of accidents belong the above-mentioned murder of the + Inspector, the rare and always unsuccessful attempts at escape, and also + the executions, which take place in one of the remotest yards of our + prison. + </p> + <p> + There is still another peculiarity in the system of our prison, which I + consider most beneficial, and which gives to the whole thing a character + of stern and noble justice. Left to himself, and only to himself, the + prisoner cannot count upon support, or upon that spurious, wretched pity + which so often falls to the lot of weak people, disfiguring thereby the + fundamental purposes of nature. + </p> + <p> + I confess that I think, with a certain sense of pride, that if I am now + enjoying general respect and admiration, if my mind is strong, my will + powerful, my view of life clear and bright, I owe it only to myself, to my + power and my perseverance. How many weak people would have perished in my + place as victims of madness, despair, or grief? But I have conquered + everything! I have changed the world. I gave to my soul the form which my + mind desired. In the desert, working alone, exhausted with fatigue, I have + erected a stately structure in which I now live joyously and calmly, like + a king. Destroy it—and to-morrow I shall begin to build a new + structure, and in my bloody sweat I shall erect it! For I must live! + </p> + <p> + Forgive my involuntary pathos in the last lines, which is so unbecoming to + my balanced and calm nature. But it is hard to restrain myself when I + recall the road I have travelled. I hope, however, that in the future I + shall not darken the mood of my reader with any outbursts of agitated + feelings. Only he shouts who is not confident of the truth of his words; + calm firmness and cold simplicity are becoming to the truth. + </p> + <p> + P.S.—I do not remember whether I told you that the criminal who + murdered my father has not been found as yet. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V + </h2> + <p> + Deviating from time to time from the calm form of a historical narrative I + must pause on current events. Thus I will permit myself to acquaint my + readers in a few lines with a rather interesting specimen of the human + species which I have found accidentally in our prison. + </p> + <p> + One afternoon a few days ago the Warden came to me for the usual chat, and + among other things told me there was a very unfortunate man in prison at + the time upon whom I could exert a beneficent influence. I expressed my + willingness in the most cordial manner, and for several days in succession + I have had long discussions with the artist K., by permission of the + Warden. The spirit of hostility, even of obstinacy, with which, to my + regret, he met me at his first visit, has now disappeared entirely under + the influence of my discussion. Listening willingly and with interest to + my ever pacifying words he gradually told me his rather unusual story + after a series of persistent questions. + </p> + <p> + He is a man of about twenty-six or twenty-eight, of pleasant appearance, + and rather good manners, which show that he is a well-bred man. A certain + quite natural unrestraint in his speech, a passionate vehemence with which + he talks about himself, occasionally a bitter, even ironical laughter, + followed by painful pensiveness, from which it is difficult to arouse him + even by a touch of the hand—these complete the make-up of my new + acquaintance. Personally to me he is not particularly sympathetic, and + however strange it may seem I am especially annoyed by his disgusting + habit of constantly moving his thin, emaciated fingers and clutching + helplessly the hand of the person with whom he speaks. + </p> + <p> + K. told me very little of his past life. + </p> + <p> + “Well, what is there to tell? I was an artist, that’s all,” he repeated, + with a sorrowful grimace, and refused to talk about the “immoral act” for + which he was condemned to solitary confinement. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t want to corrupt you, grandpa—live honestly,” he would jest + in a somewhat unbecoming familiar tone, which I tolerated simply because I + wished to please the Warden of the prison, having learned from the + prisoner the real cause of his sufferings, which sometimes assumed an + acute form of violence and threats. During one of these painful minutes, + when K.‘s will power was weak, as a result of insomnia, from which he was + suffering, I seated myself on his bed and treated him in general with + fatherly kindness, and he blurted out everything to me right there and + then. + </p> + <p> + Not desiring to tire the reader with an exact reproduction of his + hysterical outbursts, his laughter and his tears, I shall give only the + facts of his story. + </p> + <p> + K.‘s grief, at first not quite clear to me, consists of the fact that + instead of paper or canvas for his drawings he was given a large slate and + a slate pencil. (By the way, the art with which he mastered the material, + which was new to him, is remarkable. I have seen some of his productions, + and it seems to me that they could satisfy the taste of the most + fastidious expert of graphic arts. Personally I am indifferent to the art + of painting, preferring live and truthful nature.) Thus, owing to the + nature of the material, before commencing a new picture, K. had to destroy + the previous one by wiping it off his slate, and this seemed to lead him + every time to the verge of madness. + </p> + <p> + “You cannot imagine what it means,” he would say, clutching my hands with + his thin, clinging fingers. “While I draw, you know, I forget entirely + that it is useless; I am usually very cheerful and I even whistle some + tune, and once I was even incarcerated for that, as it is forbidden to + whistle in this cursed prison. But that is a trifle—for I had at + least a good sleep there. But when I finish my picture—no, even when + I approach the end of the picture, I am seized with a sensation so + terrible that I feel like tearing the brain from my head and trampling it + with my feet. Do you understand me?” + </p> + <p> + “I understand you, my friend, I understand you perfectly, and I sympathise + with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Really? Well, then, listen, old man. I make the last strokes with so much + pain, with such a sense of sorrow and hopelessness, as though I were + bidding good-bye to the person I loved best of all. But here I have + finished it. Do you understand what it means? It means that it has assumed + life, that it lives, that there is a certain mysterious spirit in it. And + yet it is already doomed to death, it is dead already, dead like a + herring. Can you understand it at all? I do not understand it. And, now, + imagine, I—fool that I am—I nevertheless rejoice, I cry and + rejoice. No, I think, this picture I shall not destroy; it is so good that + I shall not destroy it. Let it live. And it is a fact that at such times I + do not feel like drawing anything new, I have not the slightest desire for + it. And yet it is dreadful. Do you understand me?” + </p> + <p> + “Perfectly, my friend. No doubt the drawing ceases to please you on the + following day—” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, what nonsense you are prating, old man! (That is exactly what he + said. ‘Nonsense.’) How can a dying child cease to please you? Of course, + if he lived, he might have become a scoundrel, but when he is dying—No, + old man, that isn’t it. For I am killing it myself. I do not sleep all + night long, I jump up, I look at it, and I love it so dearly that I feel + like stealing it. Stealing it from whom? What do I know? But when morning + sets in I feel that I cannot do without it, that I must take up that + cursed pencil again and create anew. What a mockery! To create! What am I, + a galley slave?” + </p> + <p> + “My friend, you are in a prison.” + </p> + <p> + “My dear old man! When I begin to steal over to the slate with the sponge + in my hand I feel like a murderer. It happens that I go around it for a + day or two. Do you know, one day I bit off a finger of my right hand so as + not to draw any more, but that, of course, was only a trifle, for I + started to learn drawing with my left hand. What is this necessity for + creating! To create by all means, create for suffering—create with + the knowledge that it will all perish! Do you understand it?” + </p> + <p> + “Finish it, my friend, don’t be agitated; then I will expound to you my + views.” + </p> + <p> + Unfortunately, my advice hardly reached the ears of K. In one of those + paroxysms of despair, which frighten the Warden of our prison, K. began to + throw himself about in his bed, tear his clothes, shout and sob, + manifesting in general all the symptoms of extreme mortification. I looked + at the sufferings of the unfortunate youth with deep emotion (compared + with me he was a youth), vainly endeavouring to hold his fingers which + were tearing his clothes. I knew that for this breach of discipline new + incarceration awaited him. + </p> + <p> + “O, impetuous youth,” I thought when he had grown somewhat calmer, and I + was tenderly unfolding his fine hair which had become entangled, “how + easily you fall into despair! A bit of drawing, which may in the end fall + into the hands of a dealer in old rags, or a dealer in old bronze and + cemented porcelain, can cause you so much suffering!” But, of course, I + did not tell this to my youthful friend, striving, as any one should under + similar circumstances, not to irritate him by unnecessary contradictions. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, old man,” said K., apparently calm now. “To tell the truth you + seemed very strange to me at first; your face is so venerable, but your + eyes. Have you murdered anybody, old man?” + </p> + <p> + I deliberately quote the malicious and careless phrase to show how in the + eyes of lightminded and shallow people the stamp of a terrible accusation + is transformed into the stamp of the crime itself. Controlling my feeling + of bitterness, I remarked calmly to the impertinent youth: + </p> + <p> + “You are an artist, my child; to you are known the mysteries of the human + face, that flexible, mobile and deceptive masque, which, like the sea, + reflects the hurrying clouds and the azure ether. Being green, the sea + turns blue under the clear sky and black when the sky is black, when the + heavy clouds are dark. What do you want of my face, over which hangs an + accusation of the most cruel crime?” + </p> + <p> + But, occupied with his own thoughts, the artist apparently paid no + particular attention to my words and continued in a broken voice: + </p> + <p> + “What am I to do? You saw my drawing. I destroyed it, and it is already a + whole week since I touched my pencil. Of course,” he resumed thoughtfully, + rubbing his brow, “it would be better to break the slate; to punish me + they would not give me another one—” + </p> + <p> + “You had better return it to the authorities.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, I may hold out another week, but what then? I know myself. + Even now that devil is pushing my hand: ‘Take the pencil, take the + pencil.’” + </p> + <p> + At that moment, as my eyes wandered distractedly over his cell, I suddenly + noticed that some of the artist’s clothes hanging on the wall were + unnaturally stretched, and one end was skilfully fastened by the back of + the cot. Assuming an air that I was tired and that I wanted to walk about + in the cell, I staggered as from a quiver of senility in my legs, and + pushed the clothes aside. The entire wall was covered with drawings! + </p> + <p> + The artist had already leaped from his cot, and thus we stood facing each + other in silence. I said in a tone of gentle reproach: + </p> + <p> + “How did you allow yourself to do this, my friend? You know the rules of + the prison, according to which no inscriptions or drawing on the walls are + permissible?” + </p> + <p> + “I know no rules,” said K. morosely. + </p> + <p> + “And then,” I continued, sternly this time, “you lied to me, my friend. + You said that you did not take the pencil into your hands for a whole + week.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course I didn’t,” said the artist, with a strange smile, and even a + challenge. Even when caught red-handed, he did not betray any signs of + repentance, and looked rather sarcastic than guilty. Having examined more + closely the drawings on the wall, which represented human figures in + various positions, I became interested in the strange reddish-yellow + colour of an unknown pencil. + </p> + <p> + “Is this iodine? You told me that you had a pain and that you secured + iodine.” + </p> + <p> + “No. It is blood.” + </p> + <p> + “Blood?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + I must say frankly that I even liked him at that moment. + </p> + <p> + “How did you get it?” + </p> + <p> + “From my hand.” + </p> + <p> + “From your hand? But how did you manage to hide yourself from the eye that + is watching you?” + </p> + <p> + He smiled cunningly, and even winked. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you know that you can always deceive if only you want to do it?” + </p> + <p> + My sympathies for him were immediately dispersed. I saw before me a man + who was not particularly clever, but in all probability terribly spoiled + already, who did not even admit the thought that there are people who + simply cannot lie. Recalling, however, the promise I had made to the + Warden, I assumed a calm air of dignity and said to him tenderly, as only + a mother could speak to her child: + </p> + <p> + “Don’t be surprised and don’t condemn me for being so strict, my friend. I + am an old man. I have passed half of my life in this prison; I have formed + certain habits, like all old people, and submitting to all rules myself, I + am perhaps overdoing it somewhat in demanding the same of others. You will + of course wipe off these drawings yourself—although I feel sorry for + them, for I admire them sincerely—and I will not say anything to the + administration. We will forget all this, as if nothing had happened. Are + you satisfied?” + </p> + <p> + He answered drowsily: + </p> + <p> + “Very well.” + </p> + <p> + “In our prison, where we have the sad pleasure of being confined, + everything is arranged in accordance with a most purposeful plan and is + most strictly subjected to laws and rules. And the very strict order, on + account of which the existence of your creations is so short lived, and, I + may say, ephemeral, is full of the profoundest wisdom. Allowing you to + perfect yourself in your art, it wisely guards other people against the + perhaps injurious influence of your productions, and in any case it + completes logically, finishes, enforces, and makes clear the meaning of + your solitary confinement. What does solitary confinement in our prison + mean? It means that the prisoner should be alone. But would he be alone if + by his productions he would communicate in some way or other with other + people outside?” + </p> + <p> + By the expression of K.‘s face I noticed with a sense of profound joy that + my words had produced on him the proper impression, bringing him back from + the realm of poetic inventions to the land of stern but beautiful reality. + And, raising my voice, I continued: + </p> + <p> + “As for the rule you have broken, which forbids any inscription or drawing + on the walls of our prison, it is not less logical. Years will pass; in + your place there may be another prisoner like you—and he may see + that which you have drawn. Shall this be tolerated? Just think of it! And + what would become of the walls of our prison if every one who wished it + were to leave upon them his profane marks?” + </p> + <p> + “To the devil with it!” + </p> + <p> + This is exactly how K. expressed himself. He said it loudly, even with an + air of calmness. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean to say by this, my youthful friend?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish to say that you may perish here, my old friend, but I shall leave + this place.” + </p> + <p> + “You can’t escape from our prison,” I retorted, sternly. + </p> + <p> + “Have you tried?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I have tried.” + </p> + <p> + He looked at me incredulously and smiled. He smiled! + </p> + <p> + “You are a coward, old man. You are simply a miserable coward.” + </p> + <p> + I—a coward! Oh, if that self-satisfied puppy knew what a tempest of + rage he had aroused in my soul he would have squealed for fright and would + have hidden himself on the bed. I—a coward! The world has crumbled + upon my head, but has not crushed me, and out of its terrible fragments I + have created a new world, according to my own design and plan; all the + evil forces of life—solitude, imprisonment, treachery, and falsehood—all + have taken up arms against me, but I have subjected them all to my will. + And I who have subjected to myself even my dreams—I am a coward? + </p> + <p> + But I shall not tire the attention of my indulgent reader with these + lyrical deviations, which have no bearing on the matter. I continue. + </p> + <p> + After a pause, broken only by K.‘s loud breathing, I said to him sadly: + </p> + <p> + “I—a coward! And you say this to the man who came with the sole aim + of helping you? Of helping you not only in word but also in deed?” + </p> + <p> + “You wish to help me? In what way?” + </p> + <p> + “I will get you paper and pencil.” + </p> + <p> + The artist was silent. And his voice was soft and timid when he asked, + hesitatingly: + </p> + <p> + “And—my drawings—will remain?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; they will remain.” + </p> + <p> + It is hard to describe the vehement delight into which the exalted young + man was thrown; naive and pure-hearted youth knows no bounds either in + grief or in joy. He pressed my hand warmly, shook me, disturbing my old + bones; he called me friend, father, even “dear old phiz” (!) and a + thousand other endearing and somewhat naive names. To my regret our + conversation lasted too long, and, notwithstanding the entreaties of the + young man, who would not part with me, I hurried away to my cell. + </p> + <p> + I did not go to the Warden of the prison, as I felt somewhat agitated. At + that remote time I paced my cell until late in the night, striving to + understand what means of escaping from our prison that rather foolish + young man could have discovered. Was it possible to run away from our + prison? No, I could not admit and I must not admit it. And gradually + conjuring up in my memory everything I knew about our prison, I understood + that K. must have hit upon an old plan, which I had long discarded, and + that he would convince himself of its impracticability even as I convinced + myself. It is impossible to escape from our prison. + </p> + <p> + But, tormented by doubts, I measured my lonely cell for a long time, + thinking of various plans that might relieve K.‘s position and thus divert + him from the idea of making his escape. He must not run away from our + prison under any circumstances. Then I gave myself to peaceful and sound + sleep, with which benevolent nature has rewarded those who have a clear + conscience and a pure soul. + </p> + <p> + By the way, lest I forget, I shall mention the fact that I destroyed my + “Diary of a Prisoner” that night. I had long wished to do it, but the + natural pity and faint-hearted love which we feel for our blunders and our + shortcomings restrained me; besides, there was nothing in my “Diary” that + could have compromised me in any way. And if I have destroyed it now it is + due solely to my desire to throw my past into oblivion and to save my + reader from the tediousness of long complaints and moans, from the horror + of sacrilegious cursings. May it rest in peace! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI + </h2> + <p> + Having conveyed to the Warden of our prison the contents of my + conversation with K., I asked him not to punish the young man for spoiling + the walls, which would thus betray me, and I, to save the youth, suggested + the following plan, which was accepted by the Warden after a few purely + formal objections. + </p> + <p> + “It is important for him,” I said, “that his drawings should be preserved, + but it is apparently immaterial to him in whose possession these drawings + are. Let him, then, avail himself of his art, paint your portrait, Mr. + Warden, and after that the portraits of the entire staff of your + officials. To say nothing of the honour you would show him by this + condescension—an honour which he will surely know how to appreciate—the + painting may be useful to you as a very original ornament in your drawing + room or study. Besides, nothing will prevent us from destroying the + drawings if we should not care for them, for the naive and somewhat + selfish young man apparently does not even admit the thought that + anybody’s hand would destroy his productions.” + </p> + <p> + Smiling, the Warden suggested, with a politeness that flattered me + extremely, that the series of portraits should commence with mine. I quote + word for word that which the Warden said to me: + </p> + <p> + “Your face actually calls for reproduction on canvas. We shall hang your + portrait in the office.” + </p> + <p> + The zeal of creativeness—these are the only words I can apply to the + passionate, silent agitation in which K. reproduced my features. Usually + talkative, he now maintained silence for hours, leaving unanswered my + jests and remarks. + </p> + <p> + “Be silent, old man, be silent—you are at your best when you are + silent,” he repeated persistently, calling forth an involuntary smile by + his zeal as a professional. + </p> + <p> + My portrait would remind you, my indulgent reader, of that mysterious + peculiarity of artists, according to which they very often transmit their + own feelings, even their external features, to the subject upon which they + are working. Thus, reproducing with remarkable likeness, the lower part of + my face, where kindness and the expression of authoritativeness and calm + dignity are so harmoniously blended, K. undoubtedly introduced into my + eyes his own suffering and even his horror. Their fixed, immobile gaze; + madness glimmering somewhere in their depth; the painful eloquence of a + deep and infinitely lonely soul—all that was not mine. + </p> + <p> + “Is this I?” I exclaimed, laughing, when from the canvas this terrible + face, full of wild contradictions, stared at me. “My friend, I do not + congratulate you on this portrait. I do not think it is successful.” + </p> + <p> + “It is you, old man, you! It is well drawn. You criticise it wrongly. + Where will you hang it?” + </p> + <p> + He grew talkative again like a magpie, that amiable young man, and all + because his wretched painting was to be preserved for some time. O + impetuous, O happy youth! Here I could not restrain myself from a little + jest for the purpose of teaching a lesson to the self-confident youngster, + so I asked him, with a smile: + </p> + <p> + “Well, Mr. Artist, what do you think? Am I murderer or not?” + </p> + <p> + The artist, closing one eye, examined me and the portrait critically. Then + whistling a polka, he answered recklessly: “The devil knows you, old man!” + </p> + <p> + I smiled. K. understood my jest at last, burst out laughing and then said + with sudden seriousness: + </p> + <p> + “You are speaking of the human face but do you know that there is nothing + worse in the world than the human face? Even when it tells the truth, when + it shouts about the truth, it lies, it lies, old man, for it speaks its + own language. Do you know, old man, a terrible incident happened to me? It + was in one of the picture galleries in Spain. I was examining a portrait + of Christ, when suddenly—Christ, you understand, Christ—great + eyes, dark, terrible suffering, sorrow, grief, love—well, in a word—Christ. + Suddenly I was struck with something; suddenly it seemed to me that it was + the face of the greatest wrongdoer, tormented by the greatest unheard-of + woes of repentance—Old man, why do you look at me so! Old man!” + </p> + <p> + Nearing my eyes to the very face of the artist, I asked him in a cautious + whisper, as the occasion required, dividing each word from the other: + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you think that when the devil tempted Him in the desert He did not + renounce him, as He said later, but consented, sold Himself—that He + did not renounce the devil, but sold Himself. Do you understand? Does not + that passage in the Gospels seem doubtful to you?” + </p> + <p> + Extreme fright was expressed on the face of my young friend. Forcing the + palms of his hands against my chest, as if to push me away, he ejaculated + in a voice so low that I could hardly hear his indistinct words: + </p> + <p> + “What? You say Jesus sold Himself? What for?” + </p> + <p> + I explained softly: + </p> + <p> + “That the people, my child, that the people should believe Him.” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” + </p> + <p> + I smiled. K.‘s eyes became round, as if a noose was strangling him. + Suddenly, with that lack of respect for old age which was one of his + characteristics, he threw me down on the bed with a sharp thrust and + jumped away into a corner. When I was slowly getting up from the awkward + position into which the unrestraint of that young man had forced me—I + fell backward, with my head between the pillow and the back of the bed—he + cried to me loudly: + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you dare! Don’t you dare get up, you Devil.” + </p> + <p> + But I did not think of rising to my feet. I simply sat down on the bed, + and, thus seated, with an involuntary smile at the passionate outburst of + the youth, I shook my head good naturedly and laughed. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, young man, young man! You yourself have drawn me into this + theological conversation.” + </p> + <p> + But he stared at me stubbornly, wide eyed, and kept repeating: + </p> + <p> + “Sit there, sit there! I did not say this. No, no!” + </p> + <p> + “You said it, you, young man—you. Do you remember Spain, the picture + gallery! You said it and now you deny it, mocking my clumsy old age. Oh!” + </p> + <p> + K. suddenly lowered his hands and admitted in a low voice: + </p> + <p> + “Yes. I said it. But you, old man—” + </p> + <p> + I do not remember what he said after that—it is so hard to recall + all the childish chatter of this kind, but unfortunately too light-minded + young man. I remember only that we parted as friends, and he pressed my + hand warmly, expressing to me his sincere gratitude, even calling me, so + far as I can remember, his “saviour.” + </p> + <p> + By the way, I succeeded in convincing the Warden that the portrait of even + such a man as I, after all a prisoner, was out of place in such a solemn + official room as the office of our prison. And now the portrait hangs on + the wall of my cell, pleasantly breaking the cold monotony of the pure + white walls. + </p> + <p> + Leaving for a time our artist, who is now carried away by the portrait of + the Warden, I shall continue my story. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII + </h2> + <p> + My spiritual clearness, as I had the pleasure of informing the reader + before, has built up for me a considerable circle of men and women + admirers. With self-evident emotion I shall tell of the pleasant hours of + our hearty conversations, which I modestly call “My talks.” + </p> + <p> + It is difficult for me to explain how I deserved it, but the majority of + those who come to me regard me with a feeling of the profoundest respect, + even adoration, and only a few come for the purpose of arguing with me, + but these arguments are usually of a moderate and proper character. I + usually seat myself in the middle of the room, in a soft and deep + armchair, which is furnished me for this occasion by the Warden; my + hearers surround me closely, and some of them, the more enthusiastic + youths and maidens, seat themselves at my feet. + </p> + <p> + Having before me an audience more than half of which is composed of women, + and entirely disposed in my favour, I always appeal not so much to the + mind as to the sensitive and truthful heart. Fortunately I possess a + certain oratorical power, and the customary effects of the oratorical art, + to which all preachers, beginning in all probability with Mohammed, have + resorted, and which I can handle rather cleverly, allow me to influence my + hearers in the desired direction. It is easily understood that to the dear + ladies in my audience I am not so much the sage, who has solved the + mystery of the iron grate, as a great martyr of a righteous cause, which + they do not quite understand. Shunning abstract discussions, they eagerly + hang on every word of compassion and kindness, and respond with the same. + Allowing them to love me and to believe in my immutable knowledge of life, + I afford them the happy opportunity to depart at least for a time from the + coldness of life, from its painful doubts and questions. + </p> + <p> + I say openly without any false modesty, which I despise even as I despise + hypocrisy, there were lectures at which I myself being in a state of + exaltation, called forth in my audience, especially in my nervous lady + visitors, a mood of intense agitation, which turned into hysterical + laughter and tears. Of course I am not a prophet; I am merely a modest + thinker, but no one would succeed in convincing my lady admirers that + there is no prophetic meaning and significance in my speeches. + </p> + <p> + I remember one such lecture which took place two months ago. The night + before I could not sleep as soundly as I usually slept; perhaps it was + simply because of the full moon, which affects sleep, disturbing and + interrupting it. I vaguely remember the strange sensation which I + experienced when the pale crescent of the moon appeared in my window and + the iron squares cut it with ominous black lines into small silver + squares.... + </p> + <p> + When I started for the lecture I felt exhausted and rather inclined to + silence than to conversation; the vision of the night before disturbed me. + But when I saw those dear faces, those eyes full of hope and ardent + entreaty for friendly advice; when I saw before me that rich field, + already ploughed, waiting only for the good seed to be sown, my heart + began to burn with delight, pity and love. Avoiding the customary + formalities which accompany the meetings of people, declining the hands + outstretched to greet me, I turned to the audience, which was agitated at + the very sight of me, and gave them my blessing with a gesture to which I + know how to lend a peculiar majesty. + </p> + <p> + “Come unto me,” I exclaimed; “come unto me; you who have gone away from + that life. Here, in this quiet abode, under the sacred protection of the + iron grate, at my heart overflowing with love, you will find rest and + comfort. My beloved children, give me your sad soul, exhausted from + suffering, and I shall clothe it with light. I shall carry it to those + blissful lands where the sun of eternal truth and love never sets.” + </p> + <p> + Many had begun to cry already, but, as it was too early for tears, I + interrupted them with a gesture of fatherly impatience, and continued: + </p> + <p> + “You, dear girl, who came from the world which calls itself free—what + gloomy shadows lie on your charming and beautiful face! And you, my daring + youth, why are you so pale? Why do I see, instead of the ecstasy of + victory, the fear of defeat in your lowered eyes? And you, honest mother, + tell me, what wind has made your eyes so red? What furious rain has lashed + your wizened face? What snow has whitened your hair, for it used to be + dark?” + </p> + <p> + But the weeping and the sobs drowned the end of my speech, and besides, I + admit it without feeling ashamed of it, I myself brushed away more than + one treacherous tear from my eyes. Without allowing the agitation to + subside completely, I called in a voice of stern and truthful reproach: + </p> + <p> + “Do not weep because your soul is dark, stricken with misfortunes, blinded + by chaos, clipped of its wings by doubts; give it to me and I shall direct + it toward the light, toward order and reason. I know the truth. I have + conceived the world! I have discovered the great principle of its purpose! + I have solved the sacred formula of the iron grate! I demand of you—swear + to me by the cold iron of its squares that henceforth you will confess to + me without shame or fear all your deeds, your errors and doubts, all the + secret thoughts of your soul and the dreams and desires of your body!” + </p> + <p> + “We swear! We swear! We swear! Save us! Reveal to us the truth! Take our + sins upon yourself! Save us! Save us!” numerous exclamations resounded. + </p> + <p> + I must mention the sad incident which occurred during that same lecture. + At the moment when the excitement reached its height and the hearts had + already opened, ready to unburden themselves, a certain youth, looking + morose and embittered, exclaimed loudly, evidently addressing himself to + me: + </p> + <p> + “Liar! Do not listen to him. He is lying!” + </p> + <p> + The indulgent reader will easily believe that it was only by a great + effort that I succeeded in saving the incautious youth from the fury of + the audience. Offended in that which is most precious to a human being, + his faith in goodness and the divine purpose of life, my women admirers + rushed upon the foolish youth in a mob and would have beaten him cruelly. + Remembering, however, that there was more joy to the pastor in one sinner + who repents than in ten righteous men, I took the young man aside where no + one could hear us, and entered into a brief conversation with him. + </p> + <p> + “Did you call me a liar, my child?” + </p> + <p> + Moved by my kindness, the poor young man became confused and answered + hesitatingly: + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me for my harshness, but it seems to me that you are not telling + the truth.” + </p> + <p> + “I understand you, my friend. You must have been agitated by the intense + ecstasy of the women, and you, as a sensible man, not inclined to + mysticism, suspected me of fraud, of a hideous fraud. No, no, don’t excuse + yourself. I understand you. But I wish you would understand me. Out of the + mire of superstitions, out of the deep gulf of prejudices and unfounded + beliefs, I want to lead their strayed thoughts and place them upon the + solid foundation of strictly logical reasoning. The iron grate, which I + mentioned, is not a mystical sign; it is only a formula, a simple, sober, + honest, mathematical formula. To you, as a sensible man, I will willingly + explain this formula. The grate is the scheme in which are placed all the + laws guiding the universe, which do away with chaos, substituting in its + place strict, iron, inviolable order, forgotten by mankind. As a + brightminded man you will easily understand—” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me. I did not understand you, and if you will permit me I—But + why do you make them swear?” + </p> + <p> + “My friend, the soul of man, believing itself free and constantly + suffering from this spurious freedom, is demanding fetters for itself—to + some these fetters are an oath, to others a vow, to still others simply a + word of honour. You will give me your word of honour, will you not?” + </p> + <p> + “I will.” + </p> + <p> + “And by this you are simply striving to enter the harmony of the world, + where everything is subjected to a law. Is not the falling of a stone the + fulfilment of a vow, of the vow called the law of gravitation?” + </p> + <p> + I shall not go into detail about this conversation and the others that + followed. The obstinate and unrestrained youth, who had insulted me by + calling me liar, became one of my warmest adherents. + </p> + <p> + I must return to the others. During the time that I talked with the young + man, the desire for penitence among my charming proselytes reached its + height. Not patient enough to wait for me, they commenced in a state of + intense ecstasy to confess to one another, giving to the room an + appearance of a garden where dozens of birds of paradise were twittering + at the same time. When I returned, each of them separately unfolded her + agitated soul to me.... + </p> + <p> + I saw how, from day to day, from hour to hour, terrible chaos was + struggling in their souls with an eager inclination for harmony and order; + how in the bloody struggle between eternal falsehood and immortal truth, + falsehood, through inconceivable ways, passed into truth, and truth became + falsehood. I found in the human soul all the forces in the world, and none + of them was dormant, and in the mad whirlpool each soul became like a + fountain, whose source is the abyss of the sea and whose summit the sky. + And every human being, as I have learned and seen, is like the rich and + powerful master who gave a masquerade ball at his castle and illuminated + it with many lights; and strange masks came from everywhere and the master + greeted them, bowing courteously, and vainly asking them who they were; + and new, ever stranger, ever more terrible, masks were arriving, and the + master bowed to them ever more courteously, staggering from fatigue and + fear. And they were laughing and whispering strange words about the + eternal chaos, whence they came, obeying the call of the master. And + lights were burning in the castle—and in the distance lighted + windows were visible, reminding him of the festival, and the exhausted + master kept bowing ever lower, ever more courteously, ever more + cheerfully. My indulgent reader will easily understand that in addition to + a certain sense of fear which I experienced, the greatest delight and even + joyous emotion soon came upon me—for I saw that eternal chaos was + defeated and the triumphant hymn of bright harmony was rising to the + skies.... + </p> + <p> + Not without a sense of pride I shall mention the modest offerings by which + my kind admirers were striving to express to me their feelings of love and + adoration. I am not afraid of calling out a smile on the lips of my + readers, for I feel how comical it is—I will say that among the + offerings brought me at first were fruit, cakes, all kinds of sweet-meats. + But I am afraid, however, that no one will believe me when I say that I + have actually declined these offerings, preferring the observance of the + prison regime in all its rigidness. + </p> + <p> + At the last lecture, a kind and honourable lady brought me a basketful of + live flowers. To my regret, I was compelled to decline this present, too. + </p> + <p> + “Forgive me, madam, but flowers do not enter into the system of our + prison. I appreciate very much your magnanimous attention—I kiss + your hands, madam—” I said, “but I am compelled to decline the + flowers. Travelling along the thorny road to self-renunciation, I must not + caress my eyes with the ephemeral and illusionary beauty of these charming + lilies and roses. All flowers perish in our prison, madam.” + </p> + <p> + Yesterday another lady brought me a very valuable crucifix of ivory, a + family heirloom, she said. Not afflicted with the sin of hypocrisy, I told + my generous lady frankly that I do not believe in miracles. + </p> + <p> + “But at the same time,” I said, “I regard with the profoundest respect Him + who is justly called the Saviour of the world, and I honour greatly His + services to mankind. + </p> + <p> + “If I should tell you, madam, that the Gospel has long been my favourite + book, that there is not a day in my life that I do not open this great + Book, drawing from it strength and courage to be able to continue my hard + course—you will understand that your liberal gift could not have + fallen into better hands. Henceforth, thanks to you, the sad solitude of + my cell will vanish; I am not alone. I bless you, my daughter.” + </p> + <p> + I cannot forego mentioning the strange thoughts brought out by the + crucifix as it hung there beside my portrait. It was twilight; outside the + wall the bell was tolling heavily in the invisible church, calling the + believers together; in the distance, over the deserted field, overgrown + with high grass, an unknown wanderer was plodding along, passing into the + unknown distance, like a little black dot. It was as quiet in our prison + as in a sepulchre. I looked long and attentively at the features of Jesus, + which were so calm, so joyous compared with him who looked silently and + dully from the wall beside Him. And with my habit, formed during the long + years of solitude, of addressing inanimate things aloud, I said to the + motionless crucifix: + </p> + <p> + “Good evening, Jesus. I am glad to welcome You in our prison. There are + three of us here: You, I, and the one who is looking from the wall, and I + hope that we three will manage to live in peace and in harmony. He is + looking silently, and You are silent, and Your eyes are closed—I + shall speak for the three of us, a sure sign that our peace will never be + broken.” + </p> + <p> + They were silent, and, continuing, I addressed my speech to the portrait: + </p> + <p> + “Where are you looking so intently and so strangely, my unknown friend and + roommate? In your eyes I see mystery and reproach. Is it possible that you + dare reproach Him? Answer!” + </p> + <p> + And, pretending that the portrait answered, I continued in a different + voice with an expression of extreme sternness and boundless grief: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do reproach Him. Jesus, Jesus! Why is Your face so pure, so + blissful? You have passed only over the brink of human sufferings, as over + the brink of an abyss, and only the foam of the bloody and miry waves have + touched You. Do You command me, a human being, to sink into the dark + depth? Great is Your Golgotha, Jesus, but too reverent and joyous, and one + small but interesting stroke is missing—the horror of aimlessness!” + </p> + <p> + Here I interrupted the speech of the Portrait, with an expression of + anger. + </p> + <p> + “How dare you,” I exclaimed; “how dare you speak of aimlessness in our + prison?” + </p> + <p> + They were silent; and suddenly Jesus, without opening His eyes—He + even seemed to close them more tightly—answered: + </p> + <p> + “Who knows the mysteries of the heart of Jesus?” + </p> + <p> + I burst into laughter, and my esteemed reader will easily understand this + laughter. It turned out that I, a cool and sober mathematician, possessed + a poetic talent and could compose very interesting comedies. + </p> + <p> + I do not know how all this would have ended, for I had already prepared a + thundering answer for my roommate when the appearance of the keeper, who + brought me food, suddenly interrupted me. But apparently my face bore + traces of excitement, for the man asked me with stern sympathy: + </p> + <p> + “Were you praying?” + </p> + <p> + I do not remember what I answered. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII + </h2> + <p> + Last Sunday a great misfortune occurred in our prison: The artist K., whom + the reader knows already, ended his life in suicide by flinging himself + from the table with his head against the stone floor. The fall and the + force of the blow had been so skilfully calculated by the unfortunate + young man that his skull was split in two. The grief of the Warden was + indescribable. Having called me to the office, the Warden, without shaking + hands with me, reproached me in angry and harsh terms for having deceived + him, and he regained his calm, only after my hearty apologies and promises + that such accidents would not happen again. I promised to prepare a + project for watching the criminals which would render suicide impossible. + The esteemed wife of the Warden, whose portrait remained unfinished, was + also grieved by the death of the artist. + </p> + <p> + Of course, I had not expected this outcome, either, although a few days + before committing suicide, K. had provoked in me a feeling of uneasiness. + Upon entering his cell one morning, and greeting him, I noticed with + amazement that he was sitting before his slate once more drawing human + figures. + </p> + <p> + “What does this mean, my friend?” I inquired cautiously. “And how about + the portrait of the second assistant?” + </p> + <p> + “The devil take it!” + </p> + <p> + “But you—” + </p> + <p> + “The devil take it!” + </p> + <p> + After a pause I remarked distractedly: + </p> + <p> + “Your portrait of the Warden is meeting with great success. Although some + of the people who have seen it say that the right moustache is somewhat + shorter than the left—” + </p> + <p> + “Shorter?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, shorter. But in general they find that you caught the likeness very + successfully.” + </p> + <p> + K. had put aside his slate pencil and, perfectly calm, said: + </p> + <p> + “Tell your Warden that I am not going to paint that prison riffraff any + more.” + </p> + <p> + After these words there was nothing left for me to do but leave him, which + I decided to do. But the artist, who could not get along without giving + vent to his effusions, seized me by the hand and said with his usual + enthusiasm: + </p> + <p> + “Just think of it, old man, what a horror! Every day a new repulsive face + appears before me. They sit and stare at me with their froglike eyes. What + am I to do? At first I laughed—I even liked it—but when the + froglike eyes stared at me every day I was seized with horror. I was + afraid they might start to quack—qua-qua!” + </p> + <p> + Indeed there was a certain fear, even madness, in the eyes of the artist—the + madness which shortly led him to his untimely grave. + </p> + <p> + “Old man, it is necessary to have something beautiful. Do you understand + me?” + </p> + <p> + “And the wife of the Warden? Is she not—” + </p> + <p> + I shall pass in silence the unbecoming expressions with which he spoke of + the lady in his excitement. I must, however, admit that to a certain + extent the artist was right in his complaints. I had been present several + times at the sittings, and noticed that all who had posed for the artist + behaved rather unnaturally. Sincere and naive, conscious of the importance + of their position, convinced that the features of their faces perpetuated + upon the canvas would go down to posterity, they exaggerated somewhat the + qualities which are so characteristic of their high and responsible office + in our prison. A certain bombast of pose, an exaggerated expression of + stern authority, an obvious consciousness of their own importance, and a + noticeable contempt for those on whom their eyes were directed—all + this disfigured their kind and affable faces. But I cannot understand what + horrible features the artist found where there should have been a smile. I + was even indignant at the superficial attitude with which an artist, who + considered himself talented and sensible, passed the people without + noticing that a divine spark was glimmering in each one of them. In the + quest after some fantastic beauty he light-mindedly passed by the true + beauties with which the human soul is filled. I cannot help feeling sorry + for those unfortunate people who, like K., because of a peculiar + construction of their brains, always turn their eyes toward the dark side, + whereas there is so much joy and light in our prison! + </p> + <p> + When I said this to K. I heard, to my regret, the same stereotyped and + indecent answer: + </p> + <p> + “The devil take it!” + </p> + <p> + All I could do was to shrug my shoulders. Suddenly changing his tone and + bearing, the artist turned to me seriously with a question which, in my + opinion, was also indecent: + </p> + <p> + “Why do you lie, old man?” + </p> + <p> + I was astonished, of course. + </p> + <p> + “I lie?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, let it be the truth, if you like, but why? I am looking and + thinking. Why did you say that? Why?” + </p> + <p> + My indulgent reader, who knows well what the truth has cost me, will + readily understand my profound indignation. I deliberately mention this + audacious and other calumnious phrases to show in what an atmosphere of + malice, distrust, and disrespect I have to plod along the hard road of + suffering. He insisted rudely: + </p> + <p> + “I have had enough of your smiles. Tell me plainly, why do you speak so?” + </p> + <p> + Then, I admit, I flared up: + </p> + <p> + “You want to know why I speak the truth? Because I hate falsehood and I + commit it to eternal anathema! Because fate has made me a victim of + injustice, and as a victim, like Him who took upon Himself the great sin + of the world and its great sufferings, I wish to point out the way to + mankind. Wretched egoist, you know only yourself and your miserable art, + while I love mankind.” + </p> + <p> + My anger grew. I felt the veins on my forehead swelling. + </p> + <p> + “Fool, miserable dauber, unfortunate schoolboy, in love with colours! + Human beings pass before you, and you see only their froglike eyes. How + did your tongue turn to say such a thing? Oh, if you only looked even once + into the human soul! What treasures of tenderness, love, humble faith, + holy humility, you would have discovered there! And to you, bold man, it + would have seemed as if you entered a temple—a bright, illuminated + temple. But it is said of people like you—‘do not cast your pearls + before swine.’” + </p> + <p> + The artist was silent, crushed by my angry and unrestrained speech. + Finally he sighed and said: + </p> + <p> + “Forgive me, old man; I am talking nonsense, of course, but I am so + unfortunate and so lonely. Of course, my dear old man, it is all true + about the divine spark and about beauty, but a polished boot is also + beautiful. I cannot, I cannot! Just think of it! How can a man have such + moustaches as he has? And yet he is complaining that the left moustache is + shorter!” + </p> + <p> + He laughed like a child, and, heaving a sigh, added: + </p> + <p> + “I’ll make another attempt. I will paint the lady. There is really + something good in her. Although she is after all—a cow.” + </p> + <p> + He laughed again, and, fearing to brush away with his sleeve the drawing + on the slate, he cautiously placed it in the corner. + </p> + <p> + Here I did that which my duty compelled me to do. Seizing the slate, I + smashed it to pieces with a powerful blow. I thought that the artist would + rush upon me furiously, but he did not. To his weak mind my act seemed so + blasphemous, so supernaturally horrible, that his deathlike lips could not + utter a word. + </p> + <p> + “What have you done?” he asked at last in a low voice. “You have broken + it?” + </p> + <p> + And raising my hand I replied solemnly: + </p> + <p> + “Foolish youth, I have done that which I would have done to my heart if it + wanted to jest and mock me! Unfortunate youth, can you not see that your + art has long been mocking you, that from that slate of yours the devil + himself was making hideous faces at you?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. The devil!” + </p> + <p> + “Being far from your wonderful art, I did not understand you at first, nor + your longing, your horror of aimlessness. But when I entered your cell + to-day and noticed you at your ruinous occupation, I said to myself: It is + better that he should not create at all than to create in this manner. + Listen to me.” + </p> + <p> + I then revealed for the first time to this youth the sacred formula of the + iron grate, which, dividing the infinite into squares, thereby subjects it + to itself. K. listened to my words with emotion, looking with the horror + of an ignorant man at the figures which must have seemed to him to be + cabalistic, but which were nothing else than the ordinary figures used in + mathematics. + </p> + <p> + “I am your slave, old man,” he said at last, kissing my hand with his cold + lips. + </p> + <p> + “No, you will be my favourite pupil, my son. I bless you.” + </p> + <p> + And it seemed to me that the artist was saved. True, he regarded me with + great joy, which could easily be explained by the extreme respect with + which I inspired him, and he painted the portrait of the Warden’s wife + with such zeal and enthusiasm that the esteemed lady was sincerely moved. + And, strange to say, the artist succeeded in making so strangely beautiful + the features of this woman, who was stout and no longer young, that the + Warden, long accustomed to the face of his wife, was greatly delighted by + its new expression. Thus everything went on smoothly, when suddenly this + catastrophe occurred, the entire horror of which I alone knew. + </p> + <p> + Not desiring to call forth any unnecessary disputes, I concealed from the + Warden the fact that on the eve of his death the artist had thrown a + letter into my cell, which I noticed only in the morning. I did not + preserve the note, nor do I remember all that the unfortunate youth told + me in his farewell message; I think it was a letter of thanks for my + effort to save him. He wrote that he regretted sincerely that his failing + strength did not permit him to avail himself of my instructions. But one + phrase impressed itself deeply in my memory, and you will understand the + reason for it when I repeat it in all its terrifying simplicity. + </p> + <p> + “I am going away from your prison,” thus read the phrase. + </p> + <p> + And he really did go away. Here are the walls, here is the little window + in the door, here is our prison, but he is not there; he has gone away. + Consequently I, too, could go away. Instead of having wasted dozens of + years on a titanic struggle, instead of being tormented by the throes of + despair, instead of growing enfeebled by horror in the face of unsolved + mysteries, of striving to subject the world to my mind and my will, I + could have climbed the table and—one instant of pain—I would + be free; I would be triumphant over the lock and the walls, over truth and + falsehood, over joys and sufferings. I will not say that I had not thought + of suicide before as a means of escaping from our prison, but now for the + first time it appeared before me in all its attractiveness. In a fit of + base faint-heartedness, which I shall not conceal from my reader, even as + I do not conceal from him my good qualities; perhaps even in a fit of + temporary insanity I momentarily forgot all I knew about our prison and + its great purpose. I forgot—I am ashamed to say—even the great + formula of the iron grate, which I conceived and mastered with such + difficulty, and I prepared a noose made of my towel for the purpose of + strangling myself. But at the last moment, when all was ready, and it was + but necessary to push away the taburet, I asked myself, with my habit of + reasoning which did not forsake me even at that time: But where am I + going? The answer was: I am going to death. But what is death? And the + answer was: I do not know. + </p> + <p> + These brief reflections were enough for me to come to myself, and with a + bitter laugh at my cowardice I removed the fatal noose from my neck. Just + as I had been ready to sob for grief a minute before, so now I laughed—I + laughed like a madman, realising that another trap, placed before me by + derisive fate, had so brilliantly been evaded by me. Oh, how many traps + there are in the life of man! Like a cunning fisherman, fate catches him + now with the alluring bait of some truth, now with the hairy little worm + of dark falsehood, now with the phantom of life, now with the phantom of + death. + </p> + <p> + My dear young man, my fascinating fool, my charming silly fellow—who + told you that our prison ends here, that from one prison you did not fall + into another prison, from which it will hardly be possible for you to run + away? You were too hasty, my friend, you forgot to ask me something else—I + would have told it to you. I would have told you that omnipotent law + reigns over that which you call non-existence and death just as it reigns + over that which you call life and existence. Only the fools, dying, + believe that they have made an end of themselves—they have ended but + one form of themselves, in order to assume another form immediately. + </p> + <p> + Thus I reflected, laughing at the foolish suicide, the ridiculous + destroyer of the fetters of eternity. And this is what I said addressing + myself to my two silent roommates hanging motionlessly on the white wall + of my cell: + </p> + <p> + “I believe and confess that our prison is immortal. What do you say to + this, my friends?” + </p> + <p> + But they were silent. And having burst into good-natured laughter—What + quiet roommates I have! I undressed slowly and gave myself to peaceful + sleep. In my dream I saw another majestic prison, and wonderful jailers + with white wings on their backs, and the Chief Warden of the prison + himself. I do not remember whether there were any little windows in the + doors or not, but I think there were. I recall that something like an + angel’s eye was fixed upon me with tender attention and love. My indulgent + reader will, of course, guess that I am jesting. I did not dream at all. I + am not in the habit of dreaming. + </p> + <p> + Without hoping that the Warden, occupied with pressing official affairs, + would understand me thoroughly and appreciate my idea concerning the + impossibility of escaping from our prison, I confined myself, in my + report, to an indication of several ways in which suicides could be + averted. With magnanimous shortsightedness peculiar to busy and trusting + people, the Warden failed to notice the weak points of my project and + clasped my hand warmly, expressing to me his gratitude in the name of our + entire prison. + </p> + <p> + On that day I had the honour, for the first time, to drink a glass of tea + at the home of the Warden, in the presence of his kind wife and charming + children, who called me “Grandpa.” Tears of emotion which gathered in my + eyes could but faintly express the feelings that came over me. + </p> + <p> + At the request of the Warden’s wife, who took a deep interest in me, I + related in detail the story of the tragic murders which led me so + unexpectedly and so terribly to the prison. I could not find expressions + strong enough—there are no expressions strong enough in the human + language—to brand adequately the unknown criminal, who not only + murdered three helpless people, but who mocked them brutally in a fit of + blind and savage rage. + </p> + <p> + As the investigation and the autopsy showed, the murderer dealt the last + blows after the people had been dead. It is very possible, however—even + murderers should be given their due—that the man, intoxicated by the + sight of blood, ceased to be a human being and became a beast, the son of + chaos, the child of dark and terrible desires. It was characteristic that + the murderer, after having committed the crime, drank wine and ate + biscuits—some of these were left on the table together with the + marks of his blood-stained fingers. But there was something so horrible + that my mind could neither understand nor explain: the murderer, after + lighting a cigar himself, apparently moved by a feeling of strange + kindness, put a lighted cigar between the closed teeth of my father. + </p> + <p> + I had not recalled these details in many years. They had almost been + erased by the hand of time, and now while relating them to my shocked + listeners, who would not believe that such horrors were possible, I felt + my face turning pale and my hair quivering on my head. In an outburst of + grief and anger I rose from my armchair, and straightening myself to my + full height, I exclaimed: + </p> + <p> + “Justice on earth is often powerless, but I implore heavenly justice, I + implore the justice of life which never forgives, I implore all the higher + laws under whose authority man lives. May the guilty one not escape his + deserved punishment! His punishment!” + </p> + <p> + Moved by my sobs, my listeners there and then expressed their zeal and + readiness to work for my liberation, and thus at least partly redeem the + injustice heaped upon me. I apologised and returned to my cell. + </p> + <p> + Evidently my old organism cannot bear such agitation any longer; besides, + it is hard even for a strong man to picture in his imagination certain + images without risking the loss of his reason. Only in this way can I + explain the strange hallucination which appeared before my fatigued eyes + in the solitude of my cell. As though benumbed I gazed aimlessly at the + tightly closed door, when suddenly it seemed to me that some one was + standing behind me. I had felt this deceptive sensation before, so I did + not turn around for some time. But when I turned around at last I saw—in + the distance, between the crucifix and my portrait, about a quarter of a + yard above the floor—the body of my father, as though hanging in the + air. It is hard for me to give the details, for twilight had long set in, + but I can say with certainty that it was the image of a corpse, and not of + a living being, although a cigar was smoking in its mouth. To be more + exact, there was no smoke from the cigar, but a faintly reddish light was + seen. It is characteristic that I did not sense the odour of tobacco + either at that time or later—I had long given up smoking. Here—I + must confess my weakness, but the illusion was striking—I commenced + to speak to the hallucination. Advancing as closely as possible—the + body did not retreat as I approached, but remained perfectly motionless—I + said to the ghost: + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, father. You know how your son is suffering, and you have + come—you have come to testify to my innocence. I thank you, father. + Give me your hand, and with a firm filial hand-clasp I will respond to + your unexpected visit. Don’t you want to? Let me have your hand. Give me + your hand, or I will call you a liar!” + </p> + <p> + I stretched out my hand, but of course the hallucination did not deem it + worth while to respond, and I was forever deprived of the opportunity of + feeling the touch of a ghost. The cry which I uttered and which so upset + my friend, the jailer, creating some confusion in the prison, was called + forth by the sudden disappearance of the phantom—it was so sudden + that the space in the place where the corpse had been seemed to me more + terrible than the corpse itself. + </p> + <p> + Such is the power of human imagination when, excited, it creates phantoms + and visions, peopling the bottomless and ever silent emptiness with them. + It is sad to admit that there are people, however, who believe in ghosts + and build upon this belief nonsensical theories about certain relations + between the world of the living and the enigmatic land inhabited by the + dead. I understand that the human ear and eye can be deceived—but + how can the great and lucid human mind fall into such coarse and + ridiculous deception? + </p> + <p> + I asked the jailer: + </p> + <p> + “I feel a strange sensation, as though there were the odour of cigar smoke + in my cell. Don’t you smell it?” + </p> + <p> + The jailer sniffed the air conscientiously and replied: + </p> + <p> + “No I don’t. You only imagined it.” + </p> + <p> + If you need any confirmation, here is a splendid proof that all I had + seen, if it existed at all, existed only in the net of my eye. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX + </h2> + <p> + Something altogether unexpected has happened; the efforts of my friends, + the Warden and his wife, were crowned with success, and for two months I + have been free, out of prison. + </p> + <p> + I am happy to inform you that immediately upon my leaving the prison I + occupied a very honourable position, to which I could hardly have aspired, + conscious of my humble qualities. The entire press met me with unanimous + enthusiasm. Numerous journalists, photographers, even caricaturists (the + people of our time are so fond of laughter and clever witticisms), in + hundreds of articles and drawings reproduced the story of my remarkable + life. With striking unanimity the newspapers assigned to me the name of + “Master,” a highly flattering name, which I accepted, after some + hesitation, with deep gratitude. I do not know whether it is worth + mentioning the few hostile notices called forth by irritation and envy—a + vice which so frequently stains the human soul. In one of these notices, + which appeared, by the way, in a very filthy little newspaper, a certain + scamp, guided by wretched gossip and baseless rumours about my chats in + our prison, called me a “zealot and liar.” Enraged by the insolence of the + miserable scribbler, my friends wanted to prosecute him, but I persuaded + them not to do it. Vice is its own proper punishment. + </p> + <p> + The fortune which my kind mother had left me and which had grown + considerably during the time I was in prison has enabled me to settle down + to a life of luxury in one of the most aristocratic hotels. I have a large + retinue of servants at my command and an automobile—a splendid + invention with which I now became acquainted for the first time—and + I have skilfully arranged my financial affairs. Live flowers brought to me + in abundance by my charming lady visitors give to my nook the appearance + of a flower garden or even a bit of a tropical forest. My servant, a very + decent young man, is in a state of despair. He says that he had never seen + such a variety of flowers and had never smelled such a variety of odours + at the same time. If not for my advanced age and the strict and serious + propriety with which I treat my visitors, I do not know how far they would + have gone in the expression of their feelings. How many perfumed notes! + How many languid sighs and humbly imploring eyes! There was even a + fascinating stranger with a black veil—three times she appeared + mysteriously, and when she learned that I had visitors she disappeared + just as mysteriously. + </p> + <p> + I will add that at the present time I have had the honour of being elected + an honourary member of numerous humanitarian organisations such as “The + League of Peace,” “The League for Combating Juvenile Criminality,” “The + Society of the Friends of Man,” and others. Besides, at the request of the + editor of one of the most widely read newspapers, I am to begin next month + a series of public lectures, for which purpose I am going on a tour + together with my kind impresario. + </p> + <p> + I have already prepared my material for the first three lectures and, in + the hope that my reader may be interested, I shall give the synopsis of + these lectures. + </p> + <p> + FIRST LECTURE + </p> + <p> + Chaos or order? The eternal struggle between chaos and order. The eternal + revolt and the defeat of chaos, the rebel. The triumph of law and order. + </p> + <p> + SECOND LECTURE + </p> + <p> + What is the soul of man? The eternal conflict in the soul of man between + chaos, whence it came, and harmony, whither it strives irresistibly. + Falsehood, as the offspring of chaos, and Truth, as the child of harmony. + The triumph of truth and the downfall of falsehood. + </p> + <p> + THIRD LECTURE THE EXPLANATION OF THE SACRED FORMULA OF THE IRON GRATE + </p> + <p> + As my indulgent reader will see, justice is after all not an empty sound, + and I am getting a great reward for my sufferings. But not daring to + reproach fate which was so merciful to me, I nevertheless do not feel that + sense of contentment which, it would seem, I ought to feel. True, at first + I was positively happy, but soon my habit for strictly logical reasoning, + the clearness and honesty of my views, gained by contemplating the world + through a mathematically correct grate, have led me to a series of + disillusions. + </p> + <p> + I am afraid to say it now with full certainty, but it seems to me that all + their life of this so-called freedom is a continuous self-deception and + falsehood. The life of each of these people, whom I have seen during these + days, is moving in a strictly defined circle, which is just as solid as + the corridors of our prison, just as closed as the dial of the watches + which they, in the innocence of their mind, lift every minute to their + eyes, not understanding the fatal meaning of the eternally moving hand, + which is eternally returning to its place, and each of them feels this, + even as the circus horse probably feels it, but in a state of strange + blindness each one assures us that he is perfectly free and moving + forward. Like the stupid bird which is beating itself to exhaustion + against the transparent glass obstacle, without understanding what it is + that obstructs its way, these people are helplessly beating against the + walls of their glass prison. + </p> + <p> + I was greatly mistaken, it seems, also in the significance of the + greetings which fell to my lot when I left the prison. Of course I was + convinced that in me they greeted the representative of our prison, a + leader hardened by experience, a master, who came to them only for the + purpose of revealing to them the great mystery of purpose. And when they + congratulated me upon the freedom granted to me I responded with thanks, + not suspecting what an idiotic meaning they placed on the word. May I be + forgiven this coarse expression, but I am powerless now to restrain my + aversion for their stupid life, for their thoughts, for their feelings. + </p> + <p> + Foolish hypocrites, fearing to tell the truth even when it adorns them! My + hardened truthfulness was cruelly taxed in the midst of these false and + trivial people. Not a single person believed that I was never so happy as + in prison. Why, then, are they so surprised at me, and why do they print + my portraits? Are there so few idiots that are unhappy in prison? And the + most remarkable thing, which only my indulgent reader will be able to + appreciate, is this: Often distrusting me completely, they nevertheless + sincerely go into raptures over me, bowing before me, clasping my hands + and mumbling at every step, “Master! Master!” + </p> + <p> + If they only profited by their constant lying—but, no; they are + perfectly disinterested, and they lie as though by some one’s higher + order; they lie in the fanatical conviction that falsehood is in no way + different from the truth. Wretched actors, even incapable of a decent + makeup, they writhe from morning till night on the boards of the stage, + and, dying the most real death, suffering the most real sufferings, they + bring into their deathly convulsions the cheap art of the harlequin. Even + their crooks are not real; they only play the roles of crooks, while + remaining honest people; and the role of honest people is played by + rogues, and played poorly, and the public sees it, but in the name of the + same fatal falsehood it gives them wreaths and bouquets. And if there is + really a talented actor who can wipe away the boundary between truth and + deception, so that even they begin to believe, they go into raptures, call + him great, start a subscription for a monument, but do not give any money. + Desperate cowards, they fear themselves most of all, and admiring + delightedly the reflection of their spuriously made-up faces in the + mirror, they howl with fear and rage when some one incautiously holds up + the mirror to their soul. + </p> + <p> + My indulgent reader should accept all this relatively, not forgetting that + certain grumblings are natural in old age. Of course, I have met quite a + number of most worthy people, absolutely truthful, sincere, and + courageous; I am proud to admit that I found among them also a proper + estimate of my personality. With the support of these friends of mine I + hope to complete successfully my struggle for truth and justice. I am + sufficiently strong for my sixty years, and, it seems, there is no power + that could break my iron will. + </p> + <p> + At times I am seized with fatigue owing to their absurd mode of life. I + have not the proper rest even at night. + </p> + <p> + The consciousness that while going to bed I may absent-mindedly have + forgotten to lock my bedroom door compels me to jump from my bed dozens of + times and to feel the lock with a quiver of horror. + </p> + <p> + Not long ago it happened that I locked my door and hid the key under my + pillow, perfectly confident that my room was locked, when suddenly I heard + a knock, then the door opened, and my servant entered with a smile on his + face. You, dear reader, will easily understand the horror I experienced at + this unexpected visit—it seemed to me that some one had entered my + soul. And though I have absolutely nothing to conceal, this breaking into + my room seems to me indecent, to say the least. + </p> + <p> + I caught a cold a few days ago—there is a terrible draught in their + windows—and I asked my servant to watch me at night. In the morning + I asked him, in jest: + </p> + <p> + “Well, did I talk much in my sleep?” + </p> + <p> + “No, you didn’t talk at all.” + </p> + <p> + “I had a terrible dream, and I remember I even cried.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you smiled all the time, and I thought—what fine dreams our + Master must see!” + </p> + <p> + The dear youth must have been sincerely devoted to me, and I am deeply + moved by such devotion during these painful days. + </p> + <p> + To-morrow I shall sit down to prepare my lectures. It is high time! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X + </h2> + <p> + My God! What has happened to me? I do not know how I shall tell my reader + about it. I was on the brink of the abyss, I almost perished. What cruel + temptations fate is sending me! Fools, we smile, without suspecting + anything, when some murderous hand is already lifted to attack us; we + smile, and the very next instant we open our eyes wide with horror. I—I + cried. I cried. Another moment and deceived, I would have hurled myself + down, thinking that I was flying toward the sky. + </p> + <p> + It turned out that “the charming stranger” who wore a dark veil, and who + came to me so mysteriously three times, was no one else than Mme. N., my + former fiancee, my love, my dream and my suffering. + </p> + <p> + But order! order! May my indulgent reader forgive the involuntary + incoherence of the preceding lines, but I am sixty years old, and my + strength is beginning to fail me, and I am alone. My unknown reader, be my + friend at this moment, for I am not of iron, and my strength is beginning + to fail me. Listen, my friend; I shall endeavour to tell you exactly and + in detail, as objectively as my cold and clear mind will be able to do it, + all that has happened. You must understand that which my tongue may omit. + </p> + <p> + I was sitting, engaged upon the preparation of my lecture, seriously + carried away by the absorbing work, when my servant announced that the + strange lady in the black veil was there again, and that she wished to see + me. I confess I was irritated, that I was ready to decline to see her, but + my curiosity, coupled with my desire not to offend her, led me to receive + the unexpected guest. Assuming the expression of majestic nobleness with + which I usually greet my visitors, and softening that expression somewhat + by a smile in view of the romantic character of the affair, I ordered my + servant to open the door. + </p> + <p> + “Please be seated, my dear guest,” I said politely to the stranger, who + stood as dazed before me, still keeping the veil on her face. + </p> + <p> + She sat down. + </p> + <p> + “Although I respect all secrecy,” I continued jestingly, “I would + nevertheless ask you to remove this gloomy cover which disfigures you. + Does the human face need a mask?” + </p> + <p> + The strange visitor declined, in a state of agitation. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, I’ll take it off, but not now—later. First I want to see + you well.” + </p> + <p> + The pleasant voice of the stranger did not call forth any recollections in + me. Deeply interested and even flattered, I submitted to my strange + visitor all the treasures of my mind, experience and talent. With + enthusiasm I related to her the edifying story of my life, constantly + illuminating every detail with a ray of the Great Purpose. (In this I + availed myself partly of the material on which I had just been working, + preparing my lectures.) The passionate attention with which the strange + lady listened to my words, the frequent, deep sighs, the nervous quiver of + her thin fingers in her black gloves, her agitated exclamations—inspired + me. + </p> + <p> + Carried away by my own narrative, I confess, I did not pay proper + attention to the queer behaviour of my strange visitor. Having lost all + restraint, she now clasped my hands, now pushed them away, she cried and + availing herself of each pause in my speech, she implored: + </p> + <p> + “Don’t, don’t, don’t! Stop speaking! I can’t listen to it!” + </p> + <p> + And at the moment when I least expected it she tore the veil from her + face, and before my eyes—before my eyes appeared her face, the face + of my love, of my dream, of my boundless and bitter sorrow. Perhaps + because I lived all my life dreaming of her alone, with her alone I was + young, with her I had developed and grown old, with her I was advancing to + the grave—her face seemed to me neither old nor faded—it was + exactly as I had pictured it in my dreams—it seemed endlessly dear + to me. + </p> + <p> + What has happened to me? For the first time in tens of years I forgot that + I had a face—for the first time in tens of years I looked + helplessly, like a youngster, like a criminal caught red-handed, waiting + for some deadly blow. + </p> + <p> + “You see! You see! It is I. It is I! My God, why are you silent? Don’t you + recognise me?” + </p> + <p> + Did I recognise her? It were better not to have known that face at all! It + were better for me to have grown blind rather than to see her again! + </p> + <p> + “Why are you silent? How terrible you are! You have forgotten me!” + </p> + <p> + “Madam—” + </p> + <p> + Of course, I should have continued in this manner; I saw how she + staggered. I saw how with trembling fingers, almost falling, she was + looking for her veil; I saw that another word of courageous truth, and the + terrible vision would vanish never to appear again. But some stranger + within me—not I—not I—uttered the following absurd, + ridiculous phrase, in which, despite its chilliness, rang so much jealousy + and hopeless sorrow: + </p> + <p> + “Madam, you have deceived me. I don’t know you. Perhaps you entered the + wrong door. I suppose your husband and your children are waiting for you. + Please, my servant will take you down to the carriage.” + </p> + <p> + Could I think that these words, uttered in the same stern and cold voice, + would have such a strange effect upon the woman’s heart? With a cry, all + the bitter passion of which I could not describe, she threw herself before + me on her knees, exclaiming: + </p> + <p> + “So you do love me!” + </p> + <p> + Forgetting that our life had already been lived, that we were old, that + all had been ruined and scattered like dust by Time, and that it can never + return again; forgetting that I was grey, that my shoulders were bent, + that the voice of passion sounds strangely when it comes from old lips—I + burst into impetuous reproaches and complaints. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I did deceive you!” her deathly pale lips uttered. “I knew that you + were innocent—” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent. Be silent.” + </p> + <p> + “Everybody laughed at me—even your friends, your mother whom I + despised for it—all betrayed you. Only I kept repeating: ‘He is + innocent!’” + </p> + <p> + Oh, if this woman knew what she was doing to me with her words! If the + trumpet of the angel, announcing the day of judgment, had resounded at my + very ear, I would not have been so frightened as now. What is the blaring + of a trumpet calling to battle and struggle to the ear of the brave? It + was as if an abyss had opened at my feet. It was as if an abyss had opened + before me, and as though blinded by lightning, as though dazed by a blow, + I shouted in an outburst of wild and strange ecstasy: + </p> + <p> + “Be silent! I—” + </p> + <p> + If that woman were sent by God, she would have become silent. If she were + sent by the devil, she would have become silent even then. But there was + neither God nor devil in her, and interrupting me, not permitting me to + finish the phrase, she went on: + </p> + <p> + “No, I will not be silent. I must tell you all. I have waited for you so + many years. Listen, listen!” + </p> + <p> + But suddenly she saw my face and she retreated, seized with horror. + </p> + <p> + “What is it? What is the matter with you? Why do you laugh? I am afraid of + your laughter! Stop laughing! Don’t! Don’t!” + </p> + <p> + But I was not laughing at all, I only smiled softly. And then I said very + seriously, without smiling: + </p> + <p> + “I am smiling because I am glad to see you. Tell me about yourself.” + </p> + <p> + And, as in a dream, I saw her face and I heard her soft terrible whisper: + </p> + <p> + “You know that I love you. You know that all my life I loved you alone. I + lived with another and was faithful to him. I have children, but you know + they are all strangers to me—he and the children and I myself. Yes, + I deceived you, I am a criminal, but I do not know how it happened. He was + so kind to me, he made me believe that he was convinced of your innocence—later + I learned that he did not tell the truth, and with this, just think of it, + with this he won me.” + </p> + <p> + “You lie!” + </p> + <p> + “I swear to you. For a whole year he followed me and spoke only of you. + One day he even cried when I told him about you, about your sufferings, + about your love.” + </p> + <p> + “But he was lying!” + </p> + <p> + “Of course he was lying. But at that time he seemed so dear to me, so kind + that I kissed him on the forehead. Then we used to bring you flowers to + the prison. One day as we were returning from you—listen—he + suddenly proposed that we should go out driving. The evening was so + beautiful—” + </p> + <p> + “And you went! How did you dare go out with him? You had just seen my + prison, you had just been near me, and yet you dared go with him. How + base!” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent. Be silent. I know I am a criminal. But I was so exhausted, so + tired, and you were so far away. Understand me.” + </p> + <p> + She began to cry, wringing her hands. + </p> + <p> + “Understand me. I was so exhausted. And he—he saw how I felt—and + yet he dared kiss me.” + </p> + <p> + “He kissed you! And you allowed him? On the lips?” + </p> + <p> + “No, no! Only on the cheek.” + </p> + <p> + “You lie!” + </p> + <p> + “No, no. I swear to you.” + </p> + <p> + I began to laugh. + </p> + <p> + “You responded? And you were driving in the forest—you, my fiancee, + my love, my dream! And all this for my sake? Tell me! Speak!” + </p> + <p> + In my rage I wrung her arms, and wriggling like a snake, vainly trying to + evade my look, she whispered: + </p> + <p> + “Forgive me; forgive me.” + </p> + <p> + “How many children have you?” + </p> + <p> + “Forgive me.” + </p> + <p> + But my reason forsook me, and in my growing rage I cried, stamping my + foot: + </p> + <p> + “How many children have you? Speak, or I will kill you!” + </p> + <p> + I actually said this. Evidently I was losing my reason completely if I + could threaten to kill a helpless woman. And she, surmising apparently + that my threats were mere words, answered with feigned readiness: + </p> + <p> + “Kill me! You have a right to do it! I am a criminal. I deceived you. You + are a martyr, a saint! When you told me—is it true that even in your + thoughts you never deceived me—even in your thoughts!” + </p> + <p> + And again an abyss opened before me. Everything trembled, everything fell, + everything became an absurd dream, and in the last effort to save my + extinguishing reason I shouted: + </p> + <p> + “But you are happy! You cannot be unhappy; you have no right to be + unhappy! Otherwise I shall lose my mind.” + </p> + <p> + But she did not understand. With a bitter laugh, with a senseless smile, + in which her suffering mingled with bright, heavenly joy, she said: + </p> + <p> + “I am happy! I—happy! Oh, my friend, only near you I can find + happiness. From the moment you left the prison I began to despise my home. + I am alone there; I am a stranger to all. If you only knew how I hate that + scoundrel! You are sensible; you must have felt that you were not alone in + prison, that I was always with you there—” + </p> + <p> + “And he?” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent! Be silent! If you only heard with what delight I called him + scoundrel!” + </p> + <p> + She burst into laughter, frightening me by the wild expression on her + face. + </p> + <p> + “Just think of it! All his life he embraced only a lie. And when, + deceived, happy, he fell asleep, I looked at him with wide-open eyes, I + gnashed my teeth softly, and I felt like pinching him, like sticking him + with a pin.” + </p> + <p> + She burst into laughter again. It seemed to me that she was driving wedges + into my brain. Clasping my head, I cried: + </p> + <p> + “You lie! You lie to me!” + </p> + <p> + Indeed, it was easier for me to speak to the ghost than to the woman. What + could I say to her? My mind was growing dim. And how could I repulse her + when she, full of love and passion, kissed my hands, my eyes, my face? It + was she, my love, my dream, my bitter sorrow! + </p> + <p> + “I love you! I love you!” + </p> + <p> + And I believed her—I believed her love. I believed everything. And + once more I felt that my locks were black, and I saw myself young again. + And I knelt before her and wept for a long time, and whispered to her + about my sufferings, about the pain of solitude, about a heart cruelly + broken, about offended, disfigured, mutilated thoughts. And, laughing and + crying, she stroked my hair. Suddenly she noticed that it was grey, and + she cried strangely: + </p> + <p> + “What is it? And life? I am an old woman already.” + </p> + <p> + On leaving me she demanded that I escort her to the threshold, like a + young man; and I did. Before going she said to me: + </p> + <p> + “I am coming back to-morrow. I know my children will deny me—my + daughter is to marry soon. You and I will go away. Do you love me?” + </p> + <p> + “I do.” + </p> + <p> + “We will go far, far away, my dear. You wanted to deliver some lectures. + You should not do it. I don’t like what you say about that iron grate. You + are exhausted, you need a rest. Shall it be so?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I forgot my veil. Keep it, keep it as a remembrance of this day. My + dear!” + </p> + <p> + In the vestibule, in the presence of the sleepy porter, she kissed me. + There was the odour of some new perfume, unlike the perfume with which her + letter was scented. And her coquettish laugh was like a sob as she + disappeared behind the glass door. + </p> + <p> + That night I aroused my servant, ordered him to pack our things, and we + went away. I shall not say where I am at present, but last night and + to-night trees were rustling over my head and the rain was beating against + my windows. Here the windows are small, and I feel much better. I wrote + her a rather long letter, the contents of which I shall not reproduce. I + shall never see her again. + </p> + <p> + But what am I to do? May the reader pardon these incoherent questions. + They are so natural in a man in my condition. Besides, I caught an acute + rheumatism while travelling, which is most painful and even dangerous for + a man of my age, and which does not permit me to reason calmly. For some + reason or another I think very often about my young friend K., who went to + an untimely grave. How does he feel in his new prison? + </p> + <p> + To-morrow morning, if my strength will permit me, I intend to pay a visit + to the Warden of our prison and to his esteemed wife. Our prison— + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI + </h2> + <p> + I am profoundly happy to inform my dear reader that I have completely + recovered my physical as well as my spiritual powers. A long rest out in + the country, amid nature’s soothing beauties; the contemplation of village + life, which is so simple and bright; the absence of the noise of the city, + where hundreds of wind-mills are stupidly flapping their long arms before + your very nose, and finally the complete solitude, undisturbed by anything—all + these have restored to my unbalanced view of the world all its former + steadiness and its iron, irresistible firmness. I look upon my future + calmly and confidently, and although it promises me nothing but a lonely + grave and the last journey to an unknown distance, I am ready to meet + death just as courageously as I lived my life, drawing strength from my + solitude, from the consciousness of my innocence and my uprightness. + </p> + <p> + After long hesitations, which are not quite intelligible to me now, I + finally resolved to establish for myself the system of our prison in all + its rigidness. For that purpose, finding a small house in the outskirts of + the city, which was to be leased for a long term of years, I hired it. + Then with the kind assistance of the Warden of our prison, (I cannot + express my gratitude to him adequately enough in words,) I invited to the + new place one of the most experienced jailers, who is still a young man, + but already hardened in the strict principles of our prison. Availing + myself of his instruction, and also of the suggestions of the obliging + Warden, I have engaged workmen who transformed one of the rooms into a + cell. The measurements as well as the form and all the details of my new, + and, I hope, my last dwelling are strictly in accordance with my plan. My + cell is 8 by 4 yards, 4 yards high, the walls are painted grey at the + bottom, the upper part of the walls and the ceiling are white, and near + the ceiling there is a square window 1 1/2 by 1 1/2 yards, with a massive + iron grate, which has already become rusty with age. In the door, locked + with a heavy and strong lock, which issues a loud creak at each turn of + the key, there is a small hole for observation, and below it a little + window, through which the food is brought and received. The furnishing of + the cell: a table, a chair, and a cot fastened to the wall; on the wall a + crucifix, my portrait, and the rules concerning the conduct of the + prisoners, in a black frame; and in the corner a closet filled with books. + This last, being a violation of the strict harmony of my dwelling, I was + compelled to do by extreme and sad necessity; the jailer positively + refused to be my librarian and to bring the books according to my order, + and to engage a special librarian seemed to me to be an act of unnecessary + eccentricity. Aside from this, in elaborating my plans, I met with strong + opposition not only from the local population, which simply declared me to + be insane, but even from the enlightened people. Even the Warden + endeavoured for some time to dissuade me, but finally he clasped my hand + warmly, with an expression of sincere regret at not being in a position to + offer me a place in our prison. + </p> + <p> + I cannot recall the first day of my confinement without a bitter smile. A + mob of impertinent and ignorant idlers yelled from morning till night at + my window, with their heads lifted high (my cell is situated in the second + story), and they heaped upon me senseless abuse; there were even efforts—to + the disgrace of my townspeople—to storm my dwelling, and one heavy + stone almost crushed my head. Only the police, which arrived in time, + succeeded in averting the catastrophe. When, in the evening, I went out + for a walk, hundreds of fools, adults and children, followed me, shouting + and whistling, heaping abuse upon me, and even hurling mud at me. Thus, + like a persecuted prophet, I wended my way without fear amidst the + maddened crowd, answering their blows and curses with proud silence. + </p> + <p> + What has stirred these fools? In what way have I offended their empty + heads? When I lied to them, they kissed my hands; now, when I have + re-established the sacred truth of my life in all its strictness and + purity, they burst into curses, they branded me with contempt, they hurled + mud at me. They were disturbed because I dared to live alone, and because + I did not ask them for a place in the “common cell for rogues.” How + difficult it is to be truthful in this world! + </p> + <p> + True, my perseverance and firmness finally defeated them. With the naivete + of savages, who honour all they do not understand, they commenced, in the + second year, to bow to me, and they are making ever lower bows to me, + because their amazement is growing ever greater, their fear of the + inexplicable is growing ever deeper. And the fact that I never respond to + their greetings fills them with delight, and the fact that I never smile + in response to their flattering smiles, fills them with a firm assurance + that they are guilty before me for some grave wrong, and that I know their + guilt. Having lost confidence in their own and other people’s words, they + revere my silence, even as people revere every silence and every mystery. + If I were to start to speak suddenly, I would again become human to them + and would disillusion them bitterly, no matter what I would say; in my + silence I am to them like their eternally silent God. For these strange + people would cease believing their God as soon as their God would commence + to speak. Their women are already regarding me as a saint. And the + kneeling women and sick children that I often find at the threshold of my + dwelling undoubtedly expect of me a trifle—to heal them, to perform + a miracle. Well, another year or two will pass, and I shall commence to + perform miracles as well as those of whom they speak with such enthusiasm. + Strange people, at times I feel sorry for them, and I begin to feel really + angry at the devil who so skilfully mixed the cards in their game that + only the cheat knows the truth, his little cheating truth about the marked + queens and the marked kings. They bow too low, however, and this hinders + me from developing a sense of mercy, otherwise—smile at my jest, + indulgent reader—I would not restrain myself from the temptation of + performing two or three small, but effective miracles. + </p> + <p> + I must go back to the description of my prison. + </p> + <p> + Having constructed my cell completely, I offered my jailer the following + alternative: He must observe with regard to me the rules of the prison + regime in all its rigidness, and in that case he would inherit all my + fortune according to my will, or he would receive nothing if he failed to + do his duty. It seemed that in putting the matter before him so clearly I + would meet with no difficulties. Yet at the very first instance, when I + should have been incarcerated for violating some prison regulation, this + naive and timid man absolutely refused to do it; and only when I + threatened to get another man immediately, a more conscientious jailer, + was he compelled to perform his duty. Though he always locked the door + punctually, he at first neglected his duty of watching me through the + peephole; and when I tried to test his firmness by suggesting a change in + some rule or other to the detriment of common sense he yielded willingly + and quickly. One day, on trapping him in this way, I said to him: + </p> + <p> + “My friend, you are simply foolish. If you will not watch me and guard me + properly I shall run away to another prison, taking my legacy along with + me. What will you do then?” + </p> + <p> + I am happy to inform you that at the present time all these + misunderstandings have been removed, and if there is anything I can + complain of it is rather excessive strictness than mildness. Now that my + jailer has entered into the spirit of his position this honest man treats + me with extreme sternness, not for the sake of the profit but for the sake + of the principle. Thus, in the beginning of this week he incarcerated me + for twenty-four hours for violating some rule, of which, it seemed to me, + I was not guilty; and protesting against this seeming injustice I had the + unpardonable weakness to say to him: + </p> + <p> + “In the end I will drive you away from here. You must not forget that you + are my servant.” + </p> + <p> + “Before you drive me away I will incarcerate you,” replied this worthy + man. + </p> + <p> + “But how about the money?” I asked with astonishment. “Don’t you know that + you will be deprived of it?” + </p> + <p> + “Do I need your money? I would give up all my own money if I could stop + being what I am. But what can I do if you violate the rule and I must + punish you by incarcerating you?” + </p> + <p> + I am powerless to describe the joyous emotion which came over me at the + thought that the consciousness of duty had at last entered his dark mind, + and that now, even if in a moment of weakness I wanted to leave my prison, + my conscientious jailer would not permit me to do it. The spark of + firmness which glittered in his round eyes showed me clearly that no + matter where I might run away he would find me and bring me back; and that + the revolver which he often forgot to take before, and which he now cleans + every day, would do its work in the event I decided to run away. + </p> + <p> + And for the first time in all these years I fell asleep on the stone floor + of my dark cell with a happy smile, realising that my plan was crowned + with complete success, passing from the realm of eccentricity to the + domain of stern and austere reality. And the fear which I felt while + falling asleep in the presence of my jailer, my fear of his resolute look, + of his revolver; my timid desire to hear a word of praise from him, or to + call forth perhaps a smile on his lips, re-echoed in my soul as the + harmonious clanking of my eternal and last chains. + </p> + <p> + Thus I pass my last years. As before, my health is sound and my free + spirit is clear. Let some call me a fool and laugh at me; in their pitiful + blindness let others regard me as a saint and expect me to perform + miracles; an upright man to some people, to others—a liar and a + deceiver—I myself know who I am, and I do not ask them to understand + me. And if there are people who will accuse me of deception, of baseness, + even of the lack of simple honour—for there are scoundrels who are + convinced to this day that I committed murder—no one will dare + accuse me of cowardice, no one will dare say that I could not perform my + painful duty to the end. From the beginning till the end I remained firm + and unbribable; and though a bugbear, a fanatic, a dark horror to some + people, I may awaken in others a heroic dream of the infinite power of + man. + </p> + <p> + I have long discontinued to receive visitors, and with the death of the + Warden of our prison, my only true friend, whom I visited occasionally, my + last tie with this world was broken. Only I and my ferocious jailer, who + watches every movement of mine with mad suspicion, and the black grate + which has caught in its iron embrace and muzzled the infinite—this + is my life. Silently accepting the low bows, in my cold estrangement from + the people I am passing my last road. + </p> + <p> + I am thinking of death ever more frequently, but even before death I do + not bend my fearless look. Whether it brings me eternal rest or a new + unknown and terrible struggle, I am humbly prepared to accept it. + </p> + <p> + Farewell, my dear reader! Like a vague phantom you appeared before my eyes + and passed, leaving me alone before the face of life and death. Do not be + angry because at times I deceived you and lied—you, too, would have + lied perhaps in my place. Nevertheless I loved you sincerely, and + sincerely longed for your love; and the thought of your sympathy for me + was quite a support to me in my moments and days of hardship. I am sending + you my last farewell and my sincere advice. Forget about my existence, + even as I shall henceforth forget about yours forever. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + A deserted field, overgrown with high grass, devoid of an echo, extends + like a deep carpet to the very fence of our prison, whose majestic + outlines subdue my imagination and my mind. When the dying sun illumines + it with its last rays, and our prison, all in red, stands like a queen, + like a martyr, with the dark wounds of its grated windows, and the sun + rises silently and proudly over the plain—with sorrow, like a lover, + I send my complaints and my sighs and my tender reproach and vows to her, + to my love, to my dream, to my bitter and last sorrow. I wish I could + forever remain near her, but here I look back—and black against the + fiery frame of the sunset stands my jailer, stands and waits. + </p> + <p> + With a sigh I go back in silence, and he moves behind me noiselessly, + about two steps away, watching every move of mine. + </p> + <p> + Our prison is beautiful at sunset. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Crushed Flower and Other Stories, by +Leonid Andreyev + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER *** + +***** This file should be named 5779-h.htm or 5779-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/7/5779/ + +Produced by Jarrod Newton, and David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/5779.txt b/5779.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcd6241 --- /dev/null +++ b/5779.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10891 @@ +Project Gutenberg's The Crushed Flower and Other Stories, by Leonid Andreyev + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Crushed Flower and Other Stories + +Author: Leonid Andreyev + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5779] +Posting Date: March 26, 2009 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER *** + + + + +Produced by Jarrod Newton + + + + + + + + +THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER STORIES + + +By Leonid Andreyev + +Translated by Herman Bernstein + + + + + +CONTENTS + + The Crushed Flower + A Story Which Will Never Be Finished + On the Day of the Crucifixion + The Serpent's Story + Love, Faith and Hope + The Ocean + Judas Iscariot and Others + "The Man Who Found the Truth" + + + + + +THE CRUSHED FLOWER + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +His name was Yura. + +He was six years old, and the world was to him enormous, alive and +bewitchingly mysterious. He knew the sky quite well. He knew its deep +azure by day, and the white-breasted, half silvery, half golden clouds +slowly floating by. He often watched them as he lay on his back upon the +grass or upon the roof. But he did not know the stars so well, for he +went to bed early. He knew well and remembered only one star--the green, +bright and very attentive star that rises in the pale sky just before +you go to bed, and that seemed to be the only star so large in the whole +sky. + +But best of all, he knew the earth in the yard, in the street and in the +garden, with all its inexhaustible wealth of stones, of velvety grass, +of hot sand and of that wonderfully varied, mysterious and delightful +dust which grown people did not notice at all from the height of their +enormous size. And in falling asleep, as the last bright image of the +passing day, he took along to his dreams a bit of hot, rubbed off stone +bathed in sunshine or a thick layer of tenderly tickling, burning dust. + +When he went with his mother to the centre of the city along the large +streets, he remembered best of all, upon his return, the wide, flat +stones upon which his steps and his feet seemed terribly small, like +two little boats. And even the multitude of revolving wheels and horses' +heads did not impress themselves so clearly upon his memory as this new +and unusually interesting appearance of the ground. + +Everything was enormous to him--the fences, the dogs and the people--but +that did not at all surprise or frighten him; that only made everything +particularly interesting; that transformed life into an uninterrupted +miracle. According to his measures, various objects seemed to him as +follows: + +His father--ten yards tall. + +His mother--three yards. + +The neighbour's angry dog--thirty yards. + +Their own dog--ten yards, like papa. + +Their house of one story was very, very tall--a mile. + +The distance between one side of the street and the other--two miles. + +Their garden and the trees in their garden seemed immense, infinitely +tall. + +The city--a million--just how much he did not know. + +And everything else appeared to him in the same way. He knew many +people, large and small, but he knew and appreciated better the little +ones with whom he could speak of everything. The grown people behaved +so foolishly and asked such absurd, dull questions about things that +everybody knew, that it was necessary for him also to make believe that +he was foolish. He had to lisp and give nonsensical answers; and, of +course, he felt like running away from them as soon as possible. +But there were over him and around him and within him two entirely +extraordinary persons, at once big and small, wise and foolish, at once +his own and strangers--his father and mother. + +They must have been very good people, otherwise they could not have been +his father and mother; at any rate, they were charming and unlike other +people. He could say with certainty that his father was very great, +terribly wise, that he possessed immense power, which made him a person +to be feared somewhat, and it was interesting to talk with him about +unusual things, placing his hand in father's large, strong, warm hand +for safety's sake. + +Mamma was not so large, and sometimes she was even very small; she was +very kind hearted, she kissed tenderly; she understood very well how he +felt when he had a pain in his little stomach, and only with her could +he relieve his heart when he grew tired of life, of his games or when he +was the victim of some cruel injustice. And if it was unpleasant to cry +in father's presence, and even dangerous to be capricious, his tears +had an unusually pleasant taste in mother's presence and filled his soul +with a peculiar serene sadness, which he could find neither in his games +nor in laughter, nor even in the reading of the most terrible fairy +tales. + +It should be added that mamma was a beautiful woman and that everybody +was in love with her. That was good, for he felt proud of it, but that +was also bad--for he feared that she might be taken away. And every time +one of the men, one of those enormous, invariably inimical men who were +busy with themselves, looked at mamma fixedly for a long time, Yura felt +bored and uneasy. He felt like stationing himself between him and mamma, +and no matter where he went to attend to his own affairs, something was +drawing him back. + +Sometimes mamma would utter a bad, terrifying phrase: + +"Why are you forever staying around here? Go and play in your own room." + +There was nothing left for him to do but to go away. He would take a +book along or he would sit down to draw, but that did not always help +him. Sometimes mamma would praise him for reading but sometimes she +would say again: + +"You had better go to your own room, Yurochka. You see, you've spilt +water on the tablecloth again; you always do some mischief with your +drawing." + +And then she would reproach him for being perverse. But he felt worst of +all when a dangerous and suspicious guest would come when Yura had to +go to bed. But when he lay down in his bed a sense of easiness came +over him and he felt as though all was ended; the lights went out, life +stopped; everything slept. + +In all such cases with suspicious men Yura felt vaguely but very +strongly that he was replacing father in some way. And that made him +somewhat like a grown man--he was in a bad frame of mind, like a grown +person, but, therefore, he was unusually calculating, wise and serious. +Of course, he said nothing about this to any one, for no one would +understand him; but, by the manner in which he caressed father when he +arrived and sat down on his knees patronisingly, one could see in the +boy a man who fulfilled his duty to the end. At times father could not +understand him and would simply send him away to play or to sleep--Yura +never felt offended and went away with a feeling of great satisfaction. +He did not feel the need of being understood; he even feared it. At +times he would not tell under any circumstances why he was crying; at +times he would make believe that he was absent minded, that he heard +nothing, that he was occupied with his own affairs, but he heard and +understood. + +And he had a terrible secret. He had noticed that these extraordinary +and charming people, father and mother, were sometimes unhappy and +were hiding this from everybody. Therefore he was also concealing his +discovery, and gave everybody the impression that all was well. Many +times he found mamma crying somewhere in a corner in the drawing room, +or in the bedroom--his own room was next to her bedroom--and one night, +very late, almost at dawn, he heard the terribly loud and angry voice of +father and the weeping voice of mother. He lay a long time, holding his +breath, but then he was so terrified by that unusual conversation in the +middle of the night that he could not restrain himself and he asked his +nurse in a soft voice: + +"What are they saying?" + +And the nurse answered quickly in a whisper: + +"Sleep, sleep. They are not saying anything." + +"I am coming over to your bed." + +"Aren't you ashamed of yourself? Such a big boy!" + +"I am coming over to your bed." + +Thus, terribly afraid lest they should be heard, they spoke in whispers +and argued in the dark; and the end was that Yura moved over to nurse's +bed, upon her rough, but cosy and warm blanket. + +In the morning papa and mamma were very cheerful and Yura pretended that +he believed them and it seemed that he really did believe them. But that +same evening, and perhaps it was another evening, he noticed his father +crying. It happened in the following way: He was passing his father's +study, and the door was half open; he heard a noise and he looked in +quietly--father lay face downward upon his couch and cried aloud. There +was no one else in the room. Yura went away, turned about in his room +and came back--the door was still half open, no one but father was in +the room, and he was still sobbing. If he cried quietly, Yura could +understand it, but he sobbed loudly, he moaned in a heavy voice and his +teeth were gnashing terribly. He lay there, covering the entire couch, +hiding his head under his broad shoulders, sniffing heavily--and that +was beyond his understanding. And on the table, on the large table +covered with pencils, papers and a wealth of other things, stood the +lamp burning with a red flame, and smoking--a flat, greyish black strip +of smoke was coming out and bending in all directions. + +Suddenly father heaved a loud sigh and stirred. Yura walked away +quietly. And then all was the same as ever. No one would have learned of +this; but the image of the enormous, mysterious and charming man who +was his father and who was crying remained in Yura's memory as something +dreadful and extremely serious. And, if there were things of which he +did not feel like speaking, it was absolutely necessary to say nothing +of this, as though it were something sacred and terrible, and in that +silence he must love father all the more. But he must love so that +father should not notice it, and he must give the impression that it is +very jolly to live on earth. + +And Yura succeeded in accomplishing all this. Father did not notice that +he loved him in a special manner; and it was really jolly to live on +earth, so there was no need for him to make believe. The threads of his +soul stretched themselves to all--to the sun, to the knife and the cane +he was peeling; to the beautiful and enigmatic distance which he saw +from the top of the iron roof; and it was hard for him to separate +himself from all that was not himself. When the grass had a strong and +fragrant odour it seemed to him that it was he who had such a fragrant +odour, and when he lay down in his bed, however strange it may seem, +together with him in his little bed lay down the enormous yard, the +street, the slant threads of the rain and the muddy pools and the whole, +enormous, live, fascinating, mysterious world. Thus all fell asleep +with him and thus all awakened with him, and together with him they +all opened their eyes. And there was one striking fact, worthy of the +profoundest reflection--if he placed a stick somewhere in the garden +in the evening it was there also in the morning; and the knuckle-bones +which he hid in a box in the barn remained there, although it was dark +and he went to his room for the night. Because of this he felt a natural +need for hiding under his pillow all that was most valuable to him. +Since things stood or lay there alone, they might also disappear of +their accord, he reasoned. And in general it was so wonderful and +pleasant that the nurse and the house and the sun existed not only +yesterday, but every day; he felt like laughing and singing aloud when +he awoke. + +When people asked him what his name was he answered promptly: + +"Yura." + +But some people were not satisfied with this alone, and they wanted to +know his full name--and then he replied with a certain effort: + +"Yura Mikhailovich." + +And after a moment's thought he added: + +"Yura Mikhailovich Pushkarev." + + + +CHAPTER II + + +An unusual day arrived. It was mother's birthday. Guests were expected +in the evening; military music was to play, and in the garden and upon +the terrace parti-coloured lanterns were to burn, and Yura need not go +to bed at 9 o'clock but could stay up as late as he liked. + +Yura got up when all were still sleeping. He dressed himself and jumped +out quickly with the expectation of miracles. But he was unpleasantly +surprised--the rooms were in the same disorder as usual in the morning; +the cook and the chambermaid were still sleeping and the door was closed +with a hook--it was hard to believe that the people would stir and +commence to run about, and that the rooms would assume a holiday +appearance, and he feared for the fate of the festival. It was still +worse in the garden. The paths were not swept and there was not a single +lantern there. He grew very uneasy. Fortunately, Yevmen, the coachman, +was washing the carriage behind the barn in the back yard and though he +had done this frequently before, and though there was nothing unusual +about his appearance, Yura clearly felt something of the holiday in the +decisive way in which the coachman splashed the water from the bucket +with his sinewy arms, on which the sleeves of his red blouse were rolled +up to his elbows. Yevmen only glanced askance at Yura, and suddenly Yura +seemed to have noticed for the first time his broad, black, wavy beard +and thought respectfully that Yevmen was a very worthy man. He said: + +"Good morning, Yevmen." + +Then all moved very rapidly. Suddenly the janitor appeared and started +to sweep the paths, suddenly the window in the kitchen was thrown open +and women's voices were heard chattering; suddenly the chambermaid +rushed out with a little rug and started to beat it with a stick, as +though it were a dog. All commenced to stir; and the events, starting +simultaneously in different places, rushed with such mad swiftness that +it was impossible to catch up with them. While the nurse was giving Yura +his tea, people were beginning to hang up the wires for the lanterns in +the garden, and while the wires were being stretched in the garden, the +furniture was rearranged completely in the drawing room, and while the +furniture was rearranged in the drawing room, Yevmen, the coachman, +harnessed the horse and drove out of the yard with a certain special, +mysterious mission. + +Yura succeeded in concentrating himself for some time with the greatest +difficulty. Together with father he was hanging up the lanterns. And +father was charming; he laughed, jested, put Yura on the ladder; he +himself climbed the thin, creaking rungs of the ladder, and finally both +fell down together with the ladder upon the grass, but they were not +hurt. Yura jumped up, while father remained lying on the grass, hands +thrown back under his head, looking with half-closed eyes at the +shining, infinite azure of the sky. Thus lying on the grass, with a +serious expression on his face, apparently not in the mood for play, +father looked very much like Gulliver longing for his land of giants. +Yura recalled something unpleasant; but to cheer his father up he sat +down astride upon his knees and said: + +"Do you remember, father, when I was a little boy I used to sit down on +your knees and you used to shake me like a horse?" + +But before he had time to finish he lay with his nose on the grass; he +was lifted in the air and thrown down with force--father had thrown him +high up with his knees, according to his old habit. Yura felt offended; +but father, entirely ignoring his anger, began to tickle him under his +armpits, so that Yura had to laugh against his will; and then father +picked him up like a little pig by the legs and carried him to the +terrace. And mamma was frightened. + +"What are you doing? The blood will rush to his head!" + +After which Yura found himself standing on his legs, red faced, +dishevelled, feeling very miserable and terribly happy at the same time. + +The day was rushing fast, like a cat that is chased by a dog. Like +forerunners of the coming great festival, certain messengers appeared +with notes, wonderfully tasty cakes were brought, the dressmaker came +and locked herself in with mamma in the bedroom; then two gentlemen +arrived, then another gentleman, then a lady--evidently the entire city +was in a state of agitation. Yura examined the messengers as though they +were strange people from another world, and walked before them with +an air of importance as the son of the lady whose birthday was to be +celebrated; he met the gentlemen, he escorted the cakes, and toward +midday he was so exhausted that he suddenly started to despise life. He +quarrelled with the nurse and lay down in his bed face downward in order +to have his revenge on her; but he fell asleep immediately. He awoke +with the same feeling of hatred for life and a desire for revenge, but +after having looked at things with his eyes, which he washed with cold +water, he felt that both the world and life were so fascinating that +they were even funny. + +When they dressed Yura in a red silk rustling blouse, and he thus +clearly became part of the festival, and he found on the terrace a long, +snow white table glittering with glass dishes, he again commenced to +spin about in the whirlpool of the onrushing events. + +"The musicians have arrived! The musicians have arrived!" he cried, +looking for father or mother, or for any one who would treat the arrival +of the musicians with proper seriousness. Father and mother were sitting +in the garden--in the arbour which was thickly surrounded with wild +grapes--maintaining silence; the beautiful head of mother lay on +father's shoulder; although father embraced her, he seemed very serious, +and he showed no enthusiasm when he was told of the arrival of the +musicians. Both treated their arrival with inexplicable indifference, +which called forth a feeling of sadness in Yura. But mamma stirred and +said: + +"Let me go. I must go." + +"Remember," said father, referring to something Yura did not understand +but which resounded in his heart with a light, gnawing alarm. + +"Stop. Aren't you ashamed?" mother laughed, and this laughter made +Yura feel still more alarmed, especially since father did not laugh but +maintained the same serious and mournful appearance of Gulliver pining +for his native land.... + +But soon all this was forgotten, for the wonderful festival had begun in +all its glory, mystery and grandeur. The guests came fast, and there was +no longer any place at the white table, which had been deserted but a +while before. Voices resounded, and laughter and merry jests, and the +music began to play. And on the deserted paths of the garden where but +a while ago Yura had wandered alone, imagining himself a prince in quest +of the sleeping princess, now appeared people with cigarettes and with +loud free speech. Yura met the first guests at the front entrance; he +looked at each one carefully, and he made the acquaintance and even the +friendship of some of them on the way from the corridor to the table. + +Thus he managed to become friendly with the officer, whose name was +Mitenka--a grown man whose name was Mitenka--he said so himself. Mitenka +had a heavy leather sword, which was as cold as a snake, which could +not be taken out--but Mitenka lied; the sword was only fastened at the +handle with a silver cord, but it could be taken out very nicely; and +Yura felt vexed because the stupid Mitenka instead of carrying his +sword, as he always did, placed it in a corner in the hallway as a cane. +But even in the corner the sword stood out alone--one could see at once +that it was a sword. Another thing that displeased Yura was that another +officer came with Mitenka, an officer whom Yura knew and whose name was +also Yura Mikhailovich. Yura thought that the officer must have been +named so for fun. That wrong Yura Mikhailovich had visited them several +times; he even came once on horseback; but most of the time he came just +before little Yura had to go to bed. And little Yura went to bed, while +the unreal Yura Mikhailovich remained with mamma, and that caused him +to feel alarmed and sad; he was afraid that mamma might be deceived. He +paid no attention to the real Yura Mikhailovich: and now, walking +beside Mitenka, he did not seem to realise his guilt; he adjusted his +moustaches and maintained silence. He kissed mamma's hand, and that +seemed repulsive to little Yura; but the stupid Mitenka also kissed +mamma's hand, and thereby set everything aright. + +But soon the guests arrived in such numbers, and there was such a +variety of them, as if they had fallen straight from the sky. And some +of them seemed to have fallen near the table, while others seemed +to have fallen into the garden. Suddenly several students and ladies +appeared in the path. The ladies were ordinary, but the students had +holes cut at the left side of their white coats--for their swords. +But they did not bring their swords along, no doubt because of their +pride--they were all very proud. And the ladies rushed over to Yura and +began to kiss him. Then the most beautiful of the ladies, whose name was +Ninochka, took Yura to the swing and swung him until she threw him down. +He hurt his left leg near the knee very painfully and even stained +his little white pants in that spot, but of course he did not cry, and +somehow his pain had quickly disappeared somewhere. At this time father +was leading an important-looking bald-headed old man in the garden, and +he asked Yurochka, + +"Did you get hurt?" + +But as the old man also smiled and also spoke, Yurochka did not kiss +father and did not even answer him; but suddenly he seemed to have lost +his mind--he commenced to squeal for joy and to run around. If he had a +bell as large as the whole city he would have rung that bell; but as +he had no such bell he climbed the linden tree, which stood near the +terrace, and began to show off. The guests below were laughing and mamma +was shouting, and suddenly the music began to play, and Yura soon stood +in front of the orchestra, spreading his legs apart and, according to +his old but long forgotten habit, put his finger into his mouth. The +sounds seemed to strike at him all at once; they roared and thundered; +they made his legs tingle, and they shook his jaw. They played so loudly +that there was nothing but the orchestra on the whole earth--everything +else had vanished. The brass ends of some of the trumpets even spread +apart and opened wide from the great roaring; Yura thought that it would +be interesting to make a military helmet out of such a trumpet. + +Suddenly Yura grew sad. The music was still roaring, but now it was +somewhere far away, while within him all became quiet, and it was +growing ever more and more quiet. Heaving a deep sigh, Yura looked at +the sky--it was so high--and with slow footsteps he started out to make +the rounds of the holiday, of all its confused boundaries, possibilities +and distances. And everywhere he turned out to be too late; he wanted +to see how the tables for card playing would be arranged, but the tables +were ready and people had been playing cards for a long time when he +came up. He touched the chalk and the brush near his father and his +father immediately chased him away. What of that, what difference did +that make to him? He wanted to see how they would start to dance and +he was sure that they would dance in the parlour, but they had already +commenced to dance, not in the parlour, but under the linden trees. He +wanted to see how they would light the lanterns, but the lanterns had +all been lit already, every one of them, to the very last of the last. +They lit up of themselves like stars. + +Mamma danced best of all. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Night arrived in the form of red, green and yellow lanterns. While there +were no lanterns, there was no night. And now it lay everywhere. It +crawled into the bushes; it covered the entire garden with darkness, as +with water, and it covered the sky. Everything looked as beautiful as +the very best fairy tale with coloured pictures. At one place the house +had disappeared entirely; only the square window made of red light +remained. And the chimney of the house was visible and there a certain +spark glistened, looked down and seemed to think of its own affairs. +What affairs do chimneys have? Various affairs. + +Of the people in the garden only their voices remained. As long as some +one walked near the lanterns he could be seen; but as soon as he walked +away all seemed to melt, melt, melt, and the voice above the ground +laughed, talked, floating fearlessly in the darkness. But the officers +and the students could be seen even in the dark--a white spot, and above +it a small light of a cigarette and a big voice. + +And now the most joyous thing commenced for Yura--the fairy tale. The +people and the festival and the lanterns remained on earth, while he +soared away, transformed into air, melting in the night like a grain of +dust. The great mystery of the night became his mystery, and his little +heart yearned for still more mystery; in its solitude his heart yearned +for the fusion of life and death. That was Yura's second madness that +evening--he became invisible. Although he could enter the kitchen as +others did, he climbed with difficulty upon the roof of the cellar over +which the kitchen window was flooded with light and he looked in; there +people were roasting something, busying themselves, and did not know +that he was looking at them--and yet he saw everything! Then he went +away and looked at papa's and mamma's bedroom; the room was empty; but +the beds had already been made for the night and a little image lamp was +burning--he saw that. Then he looked into his own room; his own bed was +also ready, waiting for him. He passed the room where they were playing +cards, also as an invisible being, holding his breath and stepping so +lightly, as though he were soaring in the air. Only when he reached the +garden, in the dark, he drew a proper breath. Then he resumed his quest. +He came over to people who were talking so near him that he could touch +them with his hand, and yet they did not know that he was there, and +they continued to speak undisturbed. He watched Ninochka for a long +time until he learned all her life--he was almost trapped. Ninochka even +exclaimed: + +"Yurochka, is that you?" + +He lay down behind a bush and held his breath. Thus Ninochka was +deceived. And she had almost caught him! To make things more mysterious, +he started to crawl instead of walk--now the alleys seemed full of +danger. Thus a long time went by--according to his own calculations +at the time, ten years went by, and he was still hiding and going ever +farther away from the people. And thus he went so far that he was seized +with dread--between him and the past, when he was walking like everybody +else, an abyss was formed over which it seemed to him impossible to +cross. Now he would have come out into the light but he was afraid--it +was impossible; all was lost. And the music was still playing, and +everybody had forgotten him, even mamma. He was alone. There was a +breath of cold from the dewy grass; the gooseberry bush scratched him, +the darkness could not be pierced with his eyes, and there was no end to +it. O Lord! + +Without any definite plan, in a state of utter despair, Yura now crawled +toward a mysterious, faintly blinking light. Fortunately it turned out +to be the same arbour which was covered with wild grapes and in which +father and mother had sat that day. He did not recognise it at first! +Yes, it was the same arbour. The lights of the lanterns everywhere had +gone out, and only two were still burning; a yellow little lantern was +still burning brightly, and the other, a yellow one, too, was already +beginning to blink. And though there was no wind, that lantern quivered +from its own blinking, and everything seemed to quiver slightly. Yura +was about to get up to go into the arbour and there begin life anew, +with an imperceptible transition from the old, when suddenly he heard +voices in the arbour. His mother and the wrong Yura Mikhailovich, the +officer, were talking. The right Yura grew petrified in his place; his +heart stood still; and his breathing ceased. + +Mamma said: + +"Stop. You have lost your mind! Somebody may come in here." + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"And you?" + +Mamma said: + +"I am twenty-six years old to-day. I am old!" + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"He does not know anything. Is it possible that he does not know +anything? He does not even suspect? Listen, does he shake everybody's +hand so firmly?" + +Mamma said: + +"What a question! Of course he does! That is--no, not everybody." + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"I feel sorry for him." + +Mamma said: + +"For him?" + +And she laughed strangely. Yurochka understood that they were talking +of him, of Yurochka--but what did it all mean, O Lord? And why did she +laugh? + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"Where are you going? I will not let you go." + +Mamma said: + +"You offend me. Let me go! No, you have no right to kiss me. Let me go!" + +They became silent. Now Yurochka looked through the leaves and saw that +the officer embraced and kissed mamma. Then they spoke of something, but +he understood nothing; he heard nothing; he suddenly forgot the meaning +of words. And he even forgot the words which he knew and used before. +He remembered but one word, "Mamma," and he whispered it uninterruptedly +with his dry lips, but that word sounded so terrible, more terrible than +anything. And in order not to exclaim it against his will, Yura covered +his mouth with both hands, one upon the other, and thus remained until +the officer and mamma went out of the arbour. + +When Yura came into the room where the people were playing cards, the +serious, bald-headed man was scolding papa for something, brandishing +the chalk, talking, shouting, saying that father did not act as he +should have acted, that what he had done was impossible, that only bad +people did such things, that the old man would never again play with +father, and so on. And father was smiling, waving his hands, attempting +to say something, but the old man would not let him, and he commenced to +shout more loudly. And the old man was a little fellow, while father +was big, handsome and tall, and his smile was sad, like that of Gulliver +pining for his native land of tall and handsome people. + +Of course, he must conceal from him--of course, he must conceal from +him that which happened in the arbour, and he must love him, and he felt +that he loved him so much. And with a wild cry Yura rushed over to the +bald-headed old man and began to beat him with his fists with all his +strength. + +"Don't you dare insult him! Don't you dare insult him!" + +O Lord, what has happened! Some one laughed; some one shouted. Father +caught Yura in his arms, pressed him closely, causing him pain, and +cried: + +"Where is mother? Call mother." + +Then Yura was seized with a whirlwind of frantic tears, of desperate +sobs and mortal anguish. But through his frantic tears he looked at +his father to see whether he had guessed it, and when mother came in he +started to shout louder in order to divert any suspicion. But he did not +go to her arms; he clung more closely to father, so that father had to +carry him into his room. But it seemed that he himself did not want +to part with Yura. As soon as he carried him out of the room where the +guests were he began to kiss him, and he repeated: + +"Oh, my dearest! Oh, my dearest!" + +And he said to mamma, who walked behind him: + +"Just think of the boy!" + +Mamma said: + +"That is all due to your whist. You were scolding each other so, that +the child was frightened." + +Father began to laugh, and answered: + +"Yes, he does scold harshly. But Yura, oh, what a dear boy!" + +In his room Yura demanded that father himself undress him. "Now, you +are getting cranky," said father. "I don't know how to do it; let mamma +undress you." + +"But you stay here." + +Mamma had deft fingers and she undressed him quickly, and while she was +removing his clothes Yura held father by the hand. He ordered the nurse +out of the room; but as father was beginning to grow angry, and he might +guess what had happened in the arbour, decided to let him go. But while +kissing him he said cunningly: + +"He will not scold you any more, will he?" + +Papa smiled. Then he laughed, kissed Yura once more and said: + +"No, no. And if he does I will throw him across the fence." + +"Please, do," said Yura. "You can do it. You are so strong." + +"Yes, I am pretty strong. But you had better sleep! Mamma will stay here +with you a while." + +Mamma said: + +"I will send the nurse in. I must attend to the supper." + +Father shouted: + +"There is plenty of time for that! You can stay a while with the child." + +But mamma insisted: + +"We have guests! We can't leave them that way." + +But father looked at her steadfastly, and shrugged his shoulders. Mamma +decided to stay. + +"Very well, then, I'll stay here. But see that Maria does not mix up the +wines." + +Usually it was thus: when mamma sat near Yura as he was falling asleep +she held his hand until the last moment--that is what she usually did. +But now she sat as though she were all alone, as though Yura, her son, +who was falling asleep, was not there at all--she folded her hands in +her lap and looked into the distance. To attract her attention Yura +stirred, but mamma said briefly: + +"Sleep." + +And she continued to look. But when Yura's eyes had grown heavy and he +was falling asleep with all his sorrow and his tears, mamma suddenly +went down on her knees before the little bed and kissed Yura firmly +many, many times. But her kisses were wet--hot and wet. + +"Why are your kisses wet? Are you crying?" muttered Yura. + +"Yes, I am crying." + +"You must not cry." + +"Very well, I won't," answered mother submissively. + +And again she kissed him firmly, firmly, frequently, frequently. Yura +lifted both hands with a heavy movement, clasped his mother around the +neck and pressed his burning cheek firmly to her wet and cold cheek. +She was his mother, after all; there was nothing to be done. But how +painful; how bitterly painful! + + + + + +A STORY WHICH WILL NEVER BE FINISHED + + +Exhausted with the painful uncertainty of the day, I fell asleep, +dressed, on my bed. Suddenly my wife aroused me. In her hand a candle +was flickering, which appeared to me in the middle of the night as +bright as the sun. And behind the candle her chin, too, was trembling, +and enormous, unfamiliar dark eyes stared motionlessly. + +"Do you know," she said, "do you know they are building barricades on +our street?" + +It was quiet. We looked straight into each other's eyes, and I felt my +face turning pale. Life vanished somewhere and then returned again with +a loud throbbing of the heart. It was quiet and the flame of the candle +was quivering, and it was small, dull, but sharp-pointed, like a crooked +sword. + +"Are you afraid?" I asked. + +The pale chin trembled, but her eyes remained motionless and looked +at me, without blinking, and only now I noticed what unfamiliar, what +terrible eyes they were. For ten years I had looked into them and had +known them better than my own eyes, and now there was something new in +them which I am unable to define. I would have called it pride, but there +was something different in them, something new, entirely new. I took her +hand; it was cold. She grasped my hand firmly and there was something +new, something I had not known before, in her handclasp. + +She had never before clasped my hand as she did this time. + +"How long?" I asked. + +"About an hour already. Your brother has gone away. He was apparently +afraid that you would not let him go, so he went away quietly. But I saw +it." + +It was true then; the time had arrived. I rose, and, for some reason, +spent a long time washing myself, as was my wont in the morning before +going to work, and my wife held the light. Then we put out the light and +walked over to the window overlooking the street. It was spring; it was +May, and the air that came in from the open window was such as we +had never before felt in that old, large city. For several days the +factories and the roads had been idle; and the air, free from smoke, +was filled with the fragrance of the fields and the flowering gardens, +perhaps with that of the dew. I do not know what it is that smells so +wonderfully on spring nights when I go out far beyond the outskirts of +the city. Not a lantern, not a carriage, not a single sound of the city +over the unconcerned stony surface; if you had closed your eyes you +would really have thought that you were in a village. There a dog was +barking. I had never before heard a dog barking in the city, and I +laughed for happiness. + +"Listen, a dog is barking." + +My wife embraced me, and said: + +"It is there, on the corner." + +We bent over the window-sill, and there, in the transparent, dark depth, +we saw some movement--not people, but movement. Something was moving +about like a shadow. Suddenly the blows of a hatchet or a hammer +resounded. They sounded so cheerful, so resonant, as in a forest, as +on a river when you are mending a boat or building a dam. And in the +presentiment of cheerful, harmonious work, I firmly embraced my wife, +while she looked above the houses, above the roofs, looked at the young +crescent of the moon, which was already setting. The moon was so young, +so strange, even as a young girl who is dreaming and is afraid to tell +her dreams; and it was shining only for itself. + +"When will we have a full moon?..." + +"You must not! You must not!" my wife interrupted. "You must not speak +of that which will be. What for? IT is afraid of words. Come here." + +It was dark in the room, and we were silent for a long time, without +seeing each other, yet thinking of the same thing. And when I started +to speak, it seemed to me that some one else was speaking; I was not +afraid, yet the voice of the other one was hoarse, as though suffocating +for thirst. + +"What shall it be?" + +"And--they?" + +"You will be with them. It will be enough for them to have a mother. I +cannot remain." + +"And I? Can I?" + +I know that she did not stir from her place, but I felt distinctly that +she was going away, that she was far--far away. I began to feel so cold, +I stretched out my hands--but she pushed them aside. + +"People have such a holiday once in a hundred years, and you want to +deprive me of it. Why?" she said. + +"But they may kill you there. And our children will perish." + +"Life will be merciful to me. But even if they should perish--" + +And this was said by her, my wife--a woman with whom I had lived for ten +years. But yesterday she had known nothing except our children, and had +been filled with fear for them; but yesterday she had caught with terror +the stern symptoms of the future. What had come over her? Yesterday--but +I, too, forgot everything that was yesterday. + +"Do you want to go with me?" + +"Do not be angry"--she thought that I was afraid, angry--"Don't be +angry. To-night, when they began to knock here, and you were still +sleeping, I suddenly understood that my husband, my children--all these +were simply temporary... I love you, very much"--she found my hand and +shook it with the same new, unfamiliar grasp--"but do you hear how +they are knocking there? They are knocking, and something seems to be +falling, some kind of walls seem to be falling--and it is so spacious, +so wide, so free. It is night now, and yet it seems to me that the sun +is shining. I am thirty years of age, and I am old already, and yet it +seems to me that I am only seventeen, and that I love some one with my +first love--a great, boundless love." + +"What a night!" I said. "It is as if the city were no more. You are +right, I have also forgotten how old I am." + +"They are knocking, and it sounds to me like music, like singing of +which I have always dreamed--all my life. And I did not know whom it was +that I loved with such a boundless love, which made me feel like crying +and laughing and singing. There is freedom--do not take my happiness +away, let me die with those who are working there, who are calling the +future so bravely, and who are rousing the dead past from its grave." + +"There is no such thing as time." + +"What do you say?" + +"There is no such thing as time. Who are you? I did not know you. Are +you a human being?" + +She burst into such ringing laughter as though she were really only +seventeen years old. + +"I did not know you, either. Are you, too, a human being? How strange +and how beautiful it is--a human being!" + +That which I am writing happened long ago, and those who are sleeping +now in the sleep of grey life and who die without awakening--those will +not believe me: in those days there was no such thing as time. The sun +was rising and setting, and the hand was moving around the dial--but +time did not exist. And many other great and wonderful things happened +in those days.... And those who are sleeping now the sleep of this grey +life and who die without awakening, will not believe me. + +"I must go," said I. + +"Wait, I will give you something to eat. You haven't eaten anything +to-day. See how sensible I am: I shall go to-morrow. I shall give the +children away and find you." + +"Comrade," said I. + +"Yes, comrade." + +Through the open windows came the breath of the fields, and silence, +and from time to time, the cheerful strokes of the axe, and I sat by the +table and looked and listened, and everything was so mysteriously new +that I felt like laughing. I looked at the walls and they seemed to me +to be transparent. As if embracing all eternity with one glance, I saw +how all these walls had been built, I saw how they were being destroyed, +and I alone always was and always will be. Everything will pass, but +I shall remain. And everything seemed to me strange and queer--so +unnatural--the table and the food upon it, and everything outside of me. +It all seemed to me transparent and light, existing only temporarily. + +"Why don't you eat?" asked my wife. + +I smiled: + +"Bread--it is so strange." + +She glanced at the bread, at the stale, dry crust of bread, and for some +reason her face became sad. Still continuing to look at it, she silently +adjusted her apron with her hands and her head turned slightly, very +slightly, in the direction where the children were sleeping. + +"Do you feel sorry for them?" I asked. + +She shook her head without removing her eyes from the bread. + +"No, but I was thinking of what happened in our life before." + +How incomprehensible! As one who awakens from a long sleep, she surveyed +the room with her eyes and all seemed to her so incomprehensible. Was +this the place where we had lived? + +"You were my wife." + +"And there are our children." + +"Here, beyond the wall, your father died." + +"Yes. He died. He died without awakening." + +The smallest child, frightened at something in her sleep, began to cry. +And this simple childish cry, apparently demanding something, sounded +so strange amid these phantom walls, while there, below, people were +building barricades. + +She cried and demanded--caresses, certain queer words and promises to +soothe her. And she soon was soothed. + +"Well, go!" said my wife in a whisper. + +"I should like to kiss them." + +"I am afraid you will wake them up." + +"No, I will not." + +It turned out that the oldest child was awake--he had heard and +understood everything. He was but nine years old, but he understood +everything--he met me with a deep, stern look. + +"Will you take your gun?" he asked thoughtfully and earnestly. + +"I will." + +"It is behind the stove." + +"How do you know? Well, kiss me. Will you remember me?" + +He jumped up in his bed, in his short little shirt, hot from sleep, and +firmly clasped my neck. His arms were burning--they were so soft and +delicate. I lifted his hair on the back of his head and kissed his +little neck. + +"Will they kill you?" he whispered right into my ear. + +"No, I will come back." + +But why did he not cry? He had cried sometimes when I had simply left +the house for a while: Is it possible that IT had reached him, too? Who +knows? So many strange things happened during the great days. + +I looked at the walls, at the bread, at the candle, at the flame which +had kept flickering, and took my wife by the hand. + +"Well--'till we meet again!" + +"Yes--'till we meet again!" + +That was all. I went out. It was dark on the stairway and there was +the odour of old filth. Surrounded on all sides by the stones and the +darkness, groping down the stairs, I was seized with a tremendous, +powerful and all-absorbing feeling of the new, unknown and joyous +something to which I was going. + + + + + +ON THE DAY OF THE CRUCIFIXION + + +On that terrible day, when the universal injustice was committed and +Jesus Christ was crucified in Golgotha among robbers--on that day, from +early morning, Ben-Tovit, a tradesman of Jerusalem, suffered from an +unendurable toothache. His toothache had commenced on the day before, +toward evening; at first his right jaw started to pain him, and one +tooth, the one right next the wisdom tooth, seemed to have risen +somewhat, and when his tongue touched the tooth, he felt a slightly +painful sensation. After supper, however, his toothache had passed, and +Ben-Tovit had forgotten all about it--he had made a profitable deal on +that day, had bartered an old donkey for a young, strong one, so he was +very cheerful and paid no heed to any ominous signs. + +And he slept very soundly. But just before daybreak something began to +disturb him, as if some one were calling him on a very important matter, +and when Ben-Tovit awoke angrily, his teeth were aching, aching openly +and maliciously, causing him an acute, drilling pain. And he could no +longer understand whether it was only the same tooth that had ached on +the previous day, or whether others had joined that tooth; Ben-Tovit's +entire mouth and his head were filled with terrible sensations of pain, +as though he had been forced to chew thousands of sharp, red-hot nails, +he took some water into his mouth from an earthen jug--for a minute the +acuteness of the pain subsided, his teeth twitched and swayed like a +wave, and this sensation was even pleasant as compared with the other. + +Ben-Tovit lay down again, recalled his new donkey, and thought how +happy he would have been if not for his toothache, and he wanted to fall +asleep. But the water was warm, and five minutes later his toothache +began to rage more severely than ever; Ben-Tovit sat up in his bed and +swayed back and forth like a pendulum. His face became wrinkled and +seemed to have shrunk, and a drop of cold perspiration was hanging on +his nose, which had turned pale from his sufferings. Thus, swaying back +and forth and groaning for pain, he met the first rays of the sun, which +was destined to see Golgotha and the three crosses, and grow dim from +horror and sorrow. + +Ben-Tovit was a good and kind man, who hated any injustice, but when his +wife awoke he said many unpleasant things to her, opening his mouth with +difficulty, and he complained that he was left alone, like a jackal, +to groan and writhe for pain. His wife met the undeserved reproaches +patiently, for she knew that they came not from an angry heart--and she +brought him numerous good remedies: rats' litter to be applied to his +cheek, some strong liquid in which a scorpion was preserved, and a real +chip of the tablets that Moses had broken. He began to feel a little +better from the rats' litter, but not for long, also from the liquid and +the stone, but the pain returned each time with renewed intensity. + +During the moments of rest Ben-Tovit consoled himself with the thought +of the little donkey, and he dreamed of him, and when he felt worse he +moaned, scolded his wife, and threatened to dash his head against a rock +if the pain should not subside. He kept pacing back and forth on the +flat roof of his house from one corner to the other, feeling ashamed to +come close to the side facing the street, for his head was tied around +with a kerchief like that of a woman. Several times children came +running to him and told him hastily about Jesus of Nazareth. Ben-Tovit +paused, listened to them for a while, his face wrinkled, but then he +stamped his foot angrily and chased them away. He was a kind man and +he loved children, but now he was angry at them for bothering him with +trifles. + +It was disagreeable to him that a large crowd had gathered in the street +and on the neighbouring roofs, doing nothing and looking curiously at +Ben-Tovit, who had his head tied around with a kerchief like a woman. He +was about to go down, when his wife said to him: + +"Look, they are leading robbers there. Perhaps that will divert you." + +"Let me alone. Don't you see how I am suffering?" Ben-Tovit answered +angrily. + +But there was a vague promise in his wife's words that there might be a +relief for his toothache, so he walked over to the parapet unwillingly. +Bending his head on one side, closing one eye, and supporting his cheek +with his hand, his face assumed a squeamish, weeping expression, and he +looked down to the street. + +On the narrow street, going uphill, an enormous crowd was moving forward +in disorder, covered with dust and shouting uninterruptedly. In the +middle of the crowd walked the criminals, bending down under the weight +of their crosses, and over them the scourges of the Roman soldiers were +wriggling about like black snakes. One of the men, he of the long light +hair, in a torn blood-stained cloak, stumbled over a stone which was +thrown under his feet, and he fell. The shouting grew louder, and the +crowd, like coloured sea water, closed in about the man on the ground. +Ben-Tovit suddenly shuddered for pain; he felt as though some one had +pierced a red-hot needle into his tooth and turned it there; he groaned +and walked away from the parapet, angry and squeamishly indifferent. + +"How they are shouting!" he said enviously, picturing to himself their +wide-open mouths with strong, healthy teeth, and how he himself would +have shouted if he had been well. This intensified his toothache, and he +shook his muffled head frequently, and roared: "Moo-Moo...." + +"They say that He restored sight to the blind," said his wife, +who remained standing at the parapet, and she threw down a little +cobblestone near the place where Jesus, lifted by the whips, was moving +slowly. + +"Of course, of course! He should have cured my toothache," replied +Ben-Tovit ironically, and he added bitterly with irritation: "What dust +they have kicked up! Like a herd of cattle! They should all be driven +away with a stick! Take me down, Sarah!" + +The wife proved to be right. The spectacle had diverted Ben-Tovit +slightly--perhaps it was the rats' litter that had helped after all--he +succeeded in falling asleep. When he awoke, his toothache had passed +almost entirely, and only a little inflammation had formed over his +right jaw. His wife told him that it was not noticeable at all, but +Ben-Tovit smiled cunningly--he knew how kind-hearted his wife was and +how fond she was of telling him pleasant things. + +Samuel, the tanner, a neighbour of Ben-Tovit's, came in, and Ben-Tovit +led him to see the new little donkey and listened proudly to the warm +praises for himself and his animal. + +Then, at the request of the curious Sarah, the three went to Golgotha to +see the people who had been crucified. On the way Ben-Tovit told Samuel +in detail how he had felt a pain in his right jaw on the day before, +and how he awoke at night with a terrible toothache. To illustrate it +he made a martyr's face, closing his eyes, shook his head, and groaned +while the grey-bearded Samuel nodded his head compassionately and said: + +"Oh, how painful it must have been!" + +Ben-Tovit was pleased with Samuel's attitude, and he repeated the story +to him, then went back to the past, when his first tooth was spoiled +on the left side. Thus, absorbed in a lively conversation, they reached +Golgotha. The sun, which was destined to shine upon the world on that +terrible day, had already set beyond the distant hills, and in the +west a narrow, purple-red strip was burning, like a stain of blood. The +crosses stood out darkly but vaguely against this background, and at the +foot of the middle cross white kneeling figures were seen indistinctly. + +The crowd had long dispersed; it was growing chilly, and after a glance +at the crucified men, Ben-Tovit took Samuel by the arm and carefully +turned him in the direction toward his house. He felt that he was +particularly eloquent just then, and he was eager to finish the story +of his toothache. Thus they walked, and Ben-Tovit made a martyr's +face, shook his head and groaned skilfully, while Samuel nodded +compassionately and uttered exclamations from time to time, and from the +deep, narrow defiles, out of the distant, burning plains, rose the black +night. It seemed as though it wished to hide from the view of heaven the +great crime of the earth. + + + + + +THE SERPENT'S STORY + + +Hush! Hush! Hush! Come closer to me. Look into my eyes! + +I always was a fascinating creature, tender, sensitive, and grateful. +I was wise and I was noble. And I am so flexible in the writhing of my +graceful body that it will afford you joy to watch my easy dance. Now +I shall coil up into a ring, flash my scales dimly, wind myself around +tenderly and clasp my steel body in my gentle, cold embraces. One in +many! One in many! + +Hush! Hush! Look into my eyes! + +You do not like my writhing and my straight, open look? Oh, my head +is heavy--therefore I sway about so quietly. Oh, my head is +heavy--therefore I look so straight ahead, as I sway about. Come closer +to me. Give me a little warmth; stroke my wise forehead with your +fingers; in its fine outlines you will find the form of a cup into which +flows wisdom, the dew of the evening-flowers. When I draw the air by my +writhing, a trace is left in it--the design of the finest of webs, +the web of dream-charms, the enchantment of noiseless movements, the +inaudible hiss of gliding lines. I am silent and I sway myself. I look +ahead and I sway myself. What strange burden am I carrying on my neck? + +I love you. + +I always was a fascinating creature, and loved tenderly those I loved. +Come closer to me. Do you see my white, sharp, enchanting little teeth? +Kissing, I used to bite. Not painfully, no--just a trifle. Caressing +tenderly, I used to bite a little, until the first bright little drops +appeared, until a cry came forth which sounded like the laugh produced +by tickling. That was very pleasant--think not it was unpleasant; +otherwise they whom I kissed would not come back for more kisses. It +is now that I can kiss only once--how sad--only once! One kiss for +each--how little for a loving heart, for a sensitive soul, striving for +a great union! But it is only I, the sad one, who kiss but once, and +must seek love again--he knows no other love any more: to him my one, +tender, nuptial kiss is inviolable and eternal. I am speaking to you +frankly; and when my story is ended--I will kiss you. + +I love you. + +Look into my eyes. Is it not true that mine is a magnificent, a powerful +look? A firm look and a straight look? And it is steadfast, like steel +forced against your heart. I look ahead and sway myself, I look and I +enchant; in my green eyes I gather your fear, your loving, fatigued, +submissive longing. Come closer to me. Now I am a queen and you dare not +fail to see my beauty; but there was a strange time--Ah, what a +strange time! Ah, what a strange time! At the mere recollection I am +agitated--Ah, what a strange time! No one loved me. No one respected +me. I was persecuted with cruel ferocity, trampled in the mud and +jeered--Ah, what a strange time it was! One in many! One in many! + +I say to you: Come closer to me. + +Why did they not love me? At that time I was also a fascinating +creature, but without malice; I was gentle and I danced wonderfully. +But they tortured me. They burnt me with fire. Heavy and coarse beasts +trampled upon me with the dull steps of terribly heavy feet; cold tusks +of bloody mouths tore my tender body--and in my powerless sorrow I bit +the sand, I swallowed the dust of the ground--I was dying of despair. +Crushed, I was dying every day. Every day I was dying of despair. +Oh, what a terrible time that was! The stupid forest has forgotten +everything--it does not remember that time, but you have pity on me. +Come closer to me. Have pity on me, on the offended, on the sad one, on +the loving one, on the one who dances so beautifully. + +I love you. + +How could I defend myself? I had only my white, wonderful, sharp little +teeth--they were good only for kisses. How could I defend myself? It is +only now that I carry on my neck this terrible burden of a head, and my +look is commanding and straight, but then my head was light and my eyes +gazed meekly. Then I had no poison yet. Oh, my head is so heavy and it +is hard for me to hold it up! Oh, I have grown tired of my look--two +stones are in my forehead, and these are my eyes. Perhaps the glittering +stones are precious--but it is hard to carry them instead of gentle +eyes--they oppress my brain. It is so hard for my head! I look ahead and +sway myself; I see you in a green mist--you are so far away. Come closer +to me. + +You see, even in sorrow I am beautiful, and my look is languid because +of my love. Look into my pupil; I will narrow and widen it, and give it +a peculiar glitter--the twinkling of a star at night, the playfulness of +all precious stones--of diamonds, of green emeralds, of yellowish +topaz, of blood-red rubies. Look into my eyes: It is I, the queen--I am +crowning myself, and that which is glittering, burning and glowing--that +robs you of your reason, your freedom and your life--it is poison. It is +a drop of my poison. + +How has it happened? I do not know. I did not bear ill-will to the +living. + +I lived and suffered. I was silent. I languished. I hid myself hurriedly +when I could hide myself; I crawled away hastily. But they have never +seen me weep--I cannot weep; and my easy dance grew ever faster and ever +more beautiful. Alone in the stillness, alone in the thicket, I danced +with sorrow in my heart--they despised my swift dance and would have +been glad to kill me as I danced. Suddenly my head began to grow +heavy--How strange it is!--My head grew heavy. Just as small and +beautiful, just as wise and beautiful, it had suddenly grown terribly +heavy; it bent my neck to the ground, and caused me pain. Now I am +somewhat used to it, but at first it was dreadfully awkward and painful. +I thought I was sick. + +And suddenly... Come closer to me. Look into my eyes. Hush! Hush! Hush! + +And suddenly my look became heavy--it became fixed and strange--I was +even frightened! I want to glance and turn away--but cannot. I always +look straight ahead, I pierce with my eyes ever more deeply, I am as +though petrified. Look into my eyes. It is as though I am petrified, as +though everything I look upon is petrified. Look into my eyes. + +I love you. Do not laugh at my frank story, or I shall be angry. Every +hour I open my sensitive heart, for all my efforts are in vain--I am +alone. My one and last kiss is full of ringing sorrow--and the one I +love is not here, and I seek love again, and I tell my tale in vain--my +heart cannot bare itself, and the poison torments me and my head grows +heavier. Am I not beautiful in my despair? Come closer to me. + +I love you. + +Once I was bathing in a stagnant swamp in the forest--I love to be +clean--it is a sign of noble birth, and I bathe frequently. While +bathing, dancing in the water, I saw my reflection, and as always, fell +in love with myself. I am so fond of the beautiful and the wise! And +suddenly I saw--on my forehead, among my other inborn adornments, a new, +strange sign--Was it not this sign that has brought the heaviness, the +petrified look, and the sweet taste in my mouth? Here a cross is darkly +outlined on my forehead--right here--look. Come closer to me. Is this +not strange? But I did not understand it at that time, and I liked +it. Let there be no more adornment. And on the same day, on that same +terrible day, when the cross appeared, my first kiss became also my +last--my kiss became fatal. One in many! One in many! + +Oh! + +You love precious stones, but think, my beloved, how far more precious +is a little drop of my poison. It is such a little drop.--Have you ever +seen it? Never, never. But you shall find it out. Consider, my beloved, +how much suffering, painful humiliation, powerless rage devoured me: +I had to experience in order to bring forth this little drop. I am a +queen! I am a queen! In one drop, brought forth by myself, I carry +death unto the living, and my kingdom is limitless, even as grief +is limitless, even as death is limitless. I am queen! My look is +inexorable. My dance is terrible! I am beautiful! One in many! One in +many! + +Oh! + +Do not fall. My story is not yet ended. Come closer to me. + +And then I crawled into the stupid forest, into my green dominion. + +Now it is a new way, a terrible way! I was kind like a queen; and like +a queen I bowed graciously to the right and to the left. And they--they +ran away! Like a queen I bowed benevolently to the right and to the +left--and they, queer people--they ran away. What do you think? Why did +they run away? What do you think? Look into my eyes. Do you see in them +a certain glimmer and a flash? The rays of my crown blind your eyes, you +are petrified, you are lost. I shall soon dance my last dance---do not +fall. I shall coil into rings, I shall flash my scales dimly, and I +shall clasp my steel body in my gentle, cold embraces. Here I am! +Accept my only kiss, my nuptial kiss--in it is the deadly grief of all +oppressed lives. One in many! One in many! + +Bend down to me. I love you. + +Die! + + + + + +LOVE, FAITH AND HOPE + + +He loved. + +According to his passport, he was called Max Z. But as it was stated +in the same passport that he had no special peculiarities about his +features, I prefer to call him Mr. N+1. He represented a long line of +young men who possess wavy, dishevelled locks, straight, bold, and +open looks, well-formed and strong bodies, and very large and powerful +hearts. + +All these youths have loved and perpetuated their love. Some of them +have succeeded in engraving it on the tablets of history, like Henry +IV; others, like Petrarch, have made literary preserves of it; some +have availed themselves for that purpose of the newspapers, wherein the +happenings of the day are recorded, and where they figured among those +who had strangled themselves, shot themselves, or who had been shot by +others; still others, the happiest and most modest of all, perpetuated +their love by entering it in the birth records--by creating posterity. + +The love of N+1 was as strong as death, as a certain writer put it; as +strong as life, he thought. + +Max was firmly convinced that he was the first to have discovered the +method of loving so intensely, so unrestrainedly, so passionately, and +he regarded with contempt all who had loved before him. Still more, he +was convinced that even after him no one would love as he did, and he +felt sorry that with his death the secret of true love would be lost +to mankind. But, being a modest young man, he attributed part of his +achievement to her--to his beloved. Not that she was perfection itself, +but she came very close to it, as close as an ideal can come to reality. + +There were prettier women than she, there were wiser women, but was +there ever a better woman? Did there ever exist a woman on whose face +was so clearly and distinctly written that she alone was worthy of +love--of infinite, pure, and devoted love? Max knew that there never +were, and that there never would be such women. In this respect, he had +no special peculiarities, just as Adam did not have them, just as you, +my reader, do not have them. Beginning with Grandmother Eve and ending +with the woman upon whom your eyes were directed--before you read these +lines--the same inscription is to be clearly and distinctly read on the +face of every woman at a certain time. The difference is only in the +quality of the ink. + +A very nasty day set in--it was Monday or Tuesday--when Max noticed with +a feeling of great terror that the inscription upon the dear face was +fading. Max rubbed his eyes, looked first from a distance, then from all +sides; but the fact was undeniable--the inscription was fading. Soon +the last letter also disappeared--the face was white like the recently +whitewashed wall of a new house. But he was convinced that the +inscription had disappeared not of itself, but that some one had wiped +it off. Who? + +Max went to his friend, John N. He knew and he felt sure that such a +true, disinterested, and honest friend there never was and never +would be. And in this respect, too, as you see, Max had no special +peculiarities. He went to his friend for the purpose of taking his +advice concerning the mysterious disappearance of the inscription, +and found John N. exactly at the moment when he was wiping away that +inscription by his kisses. It was then that the records of the local +occurrences were enriched by another unfortunate incident, entitled "An +Attempt at Suicide." + + . . . . . . . . + +It is said that death always comes in due time. Evidently, that time had +not yet arrived for Max, for he remained alive--that is, he ate, drank, +walked, borrowed money and did not return it, and altogether he showed +by a series of psycho-physiological acts that he was a living being, +possessing a stomach, a will, and a mind--but his soul was dead, or, to +be more exact, it was absorbed in lethargic sleep. The sound of human +speech reached his ears, his eyes saw tears and laughter, but all that +did not stir a single echo, a single emotion in his soul. I do not know +what space of time had elapsed. It may have been one year, and it +may have been ten years, for the length of such intermissions in life +depends on how quickly the actor succeeds in changing his costume. + +One beautiful day--it was Wednesday or Thursday--Max awakened +completely. A careful and guarded liquidation of his spiritual property +made it clear that a fair piece of Max's soul, the part which +contained his love for woman and for his friends, was dead, like a +paralysis-stricken hand or foot. But what remained was, nevertheless, +enough for life. That was love for and faith in mankind. Then Max, +having renounced personal happiness, started to work for the happiness +of others. + +That was a new phase--he believed. + +All the evil that is tormenting the world seemed to him to be +concentrated in a "red flower," in one red flower. It was but necessary +to tear it down, and the incessant, heart-rending cries and moans which +rise to the indifferent sky from all points of the earth, like its +natural breathing, would be silenced. The evil of the world, he +believed, lay in the evil will and in the madness of the people. They +themselves were to blame for being unhappy, and they could be happy if +they wished. This seemed so clear and simple that Max was dumfounded +in his amazement at human stupidity. Humanity reminded him of a crowd +huddled together in a spacious temple and panic-stricken at the cry of +"Fire!" + +Instead of passing calmly through the wide doors and saving themselves, +the maddened people, with the cruelty of frenzied beasts, cry and +roar, crush one another and perish--not from the fire (for it is only +imaginary), but from their own madness. It is enough sometimes when one +sensible, firm word is uttered to this crowd--the crowd calms down and +imminent death is thus averted. Let, then, a hundred calm, rational +voices be raised to mankind, showing them where to escape and where +the danger lies--and heaven will be established on earth, if not +immediately, then at least within a very brief time. + +Max began to utter his word of wisdom. How he uttered it you will learn +later. The name of Max was mentioned in the newspapers, shouted in the +market places, blessed and cursed; whole books were written on what Max +N+1 had done, what he was doing, and what he intended to do. He appeared +here and there and everywhere. He was seen standing at the head of the +crowd, commanding it; he was seen in chains and under the knife of the +guillotine. In this respect Max did not have any special peculiarities, +either. A preacher of humility and peace, a stern bearer of fire and +sword, he was the same Max--Max the believer. But while he was doing all +this, time kept passing on. His nerves were shattered; his wavy locks +became thin and his head began to look like that of Elijah the Prophet; +here and there he felt a piercing pain.... + +The earth continued to turn light-mindedly around the sun, now coming +nearer to it, now retreating coquettishly, and giving the impression +that it fixed all its attention upon its household friend, the moon; +the days were replaced by other days, and the dark nights by other dark +nights, with such pedantic German punctuality and correctness that all +the artistic natures were compelled to move over to the far north by +degrees, where the devil himself would break his head endeavouring to +distinguish between day and night--when suddenly something happened to +Max. + +Somehow it happened that Max became misunderstood. He had calmed the +crowd by his words of wisdom many a time before and had saved them from +mutual destruction but now he was not understood. They thought that it +was he who had shouted "Fire!" With all the eloquence of which he was +capable he assured them that he was exerting all his efforts for their +sake alone; that he himself needed absolutely nothing, for he was alone, +childless; that he was ready to forget the sad misunderstanding and +serve them again with faith and truth--but all in vain. They would +not trust him. And in this respect Max did not have any special +peculiarities, either. The sad incident ended for Max in a new +intermission. + + . . . . . . . . + +Max was alive, as was positively established by medical experts, who had +made a series of simple tests. Thus, when they pricked a needle into his +foot, he shook his foot and tried to remove the needle. When they put +food before him, he ate it, but he did not walk and did not ask for any +loans, which clearly testified to the complete decline of his energy. +His soul was dead--as much as the soul can be dead while the body +is alive. To Max all that he had loved and believed in was dead. +Impenetrable gloom wrapped his soul. There were neither feelings in it, +nor desires, nor thoughts. And there was not a more unhappy man in the +world than Max, if he was a man at all. + +But he was a man. + +According to the calendar, it was Friday or Saturday, when Max awakened +as from a prolonged sleep. With the pleasant sensation of an owner to +whom his property has been restored which had wrongly been taken from +him, Max realised that he was once more in possession of all his five +senses. + +His sight reported to him that he was all alone, in a place which might +in justice be called either a room or a chimney. Each wall of the room +was about a metre and a half wide and about ten metres high. The walls +were straight, white, smooth, with no openings, except one through which +food was brought to Max. An electric lamp was burning brightly on the +ceiling. It was burning all the time, so that Max did not know now what +darkness was. There was no furniture in the room, and Max had to lie on +the stone floor. He lay curled together, as the narrowness of the room +did not permit him to stretch himself. + +His sense of hearing reported to him that until the day of his death +he would not leave this room.... Having reported this, his hearing sank +into inactivity, for not the slightest sound came from without, except +the sounds which Max himself produced, tossing about, or shouting until +he was hoarse, until he lost his voice. + +Max looked into himself. In contrast to the outward light which never +went out he saw within himself impenetrable, heavy, and motionless +darkness. In that darkness his love and faith were buried. + +Max did not know whether time was moving or whether it stood motionless. +The same even, white light poured down on him--the same silence and +quiet. Only by the beating of his heart Max could judge that Chronos had +not left his chariot. His body was aching ever more from the unnatural +position in which it lay, and the constant light and silence were +growing ever more tormenting. How happy are they for whom night exists, +near whom people are shouting, making noise, beating drums; who may +sit on a chair, with their feet hanging down, or lie with their feet +outstretched, placing the head in a corner and covering it with the +hands in order to create the illusion of darkness. + +Max made an effort to recall and to picture to himself what there is +in life; human faces, voices, the stars.... He knew that his eyes would +never in life see that again. He knew it, and yet he lived. He could +have destroyed himself, for there is no position in which a man can +not do that, but instead Max worried about his health, trying to eat, +although he had no appetite, solving mathematical problems to occupy his +mind so as not to lose his reason. He struggled against death as if it +were not his deliverer, but his enemy; and as if life were to him not +the worst of infernal tortures--but love, faith, and happiness. Gloom +in the Past, the grave in the Future, and infernal tortures in the +Present--and yet he lived. Tell me, John N., where did he get the +strength for that? + +He hoped. + + + + + +THE OCEAN + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +A misty February twilight is descending over the ocean. The newly fallen +snow has melted and the warm air is heavy and damp. The northwestern +wind from the sea is driving it silently toward the mainland, bringing +in its wake a sharply fragrant mixture of brine, of boundless space, of +undisturbed, free and mysterious distances. + +In the sky, where the sun is setting, a noiseless destruction of +an unknown city, of an unknown land, is taking place; structures, +magnificent palaces with towers, are crumbling; mountains are silently +splitting asunder and, bending slowly, are tumbling down. But no cry, +no moan, no crash of the fall reaches the earth--the monstrous play +of shadows is noiseless; and the great surface of the ocean, as though +ready for something, as though waiting for something, reflecting it +faintly, listens to it in silence. + +Silence reigns also in the fishermen's settlement. The fishermen have +gone fishing; the children are sleeping and only the restless women, +gathered in front of the houses, are talking softly, lingering before +going to sleep, beyond which there is always the unknown. + +The light of the sea and the sky behind the houses, and the houses and +their bark roofs are black and sharp, and there is no perspective: the +houses that are far and those that are near seem to stand side by side +as if attached to one another, the roofs and the walls embracing one +another, pressing close to one another, seized with the same uneasiness +before the eternal unknown. + +Right here there is also a little church, its side wall formed crudely +of rough granite, with a deep window which seems to be concealing +itself. + +A cautious sound of women's voices is heard, softened by uneasiness and +by the approaching night. + +"We can sleep peacefully to-night. The sea is calm and the rollers are +breaking like the clock in the steeple of old Dan." + +"They will come back with the morning tide. My husband told me that they +will come back with the morning tide." + +"Perhaps they will come back with the evening tide. It is better for us +to think they will come back in the evening, so that our waiting will +not be in vain. + +"But I must build a fire in the stove." + +"When the men are away from home, one does not feel like starting a +fire. I never build a fire, even when I am awake; it seems to me that +fire brings a storm. It is better to be quiet and silent." + +"And listen to the wind? No, that is terrible." + +"I love the fire. I should like to sleep near the fire, but my husband +does not allow it." + +"Why doesn't old Dan come here? It is time to strike the hour." + +"Old Dan will play in the church to-night; he cannot bear such +silence as this. When the sea is roaring, old Dan hides himself and is +silent--he is afraid of the sea. But, as soon as the waves calm down, +Dan crawls out quietly and sits down to play his organ." + +The women laugh softly. + +"He reproaches the sea." + +"He is complaining to God against it. He knows how to complain well. +One feels like crying when he tells God about those who have perished at +sea. Mariet, have you seen Dan to-day? Why are you silent, Mariet?" + +Mariet is the adopted daughter of the abbot, in whose house old Dan, the +organist, lives. Absorbed in thought, she does not hear the question. + +"Mariet, do you hear? Anna is asking you whether you have seen Dan +to-day." + +"Yes, I think I have. I don't remember. He is in his room. He does not +like to leave his room when father goes fishing." + +"Dan is fond of the city priests. He cannot get used to the idea of a +priest who goes fishing, like an ordinary fisherman, and who goes to sea +with our husbands." + +"He is simply afraid of the sea." + +"You may say what you like, but I believe we have the very best priest +in the world." + +"That's true. I fear him, but I love him as a father." + +"May God forgive me, but I would have been proud and always happy, if I +were his adopted daughter. Do you hear, Mariet?" + +The women laugh softly and tenderly. + +"Do you hear, Mariet?" + +"I do. But aren't you tired of always laughing at the same thing? Yes, +I am his daughter--Is it so funny that you will laugh all your life at +it?" + +The women commence to justify themselves confusedly. + +"But he laughs at it himself." + +"The abbot is fond of jesting. He says so comically: 'My adopted +daughter,' and then he strikes himself with his fist and shouts: 'She's +my real daughter, not my adopted daughter. She's my real daughter.'" + +"I have never known my mother, but this laughter would have been +unpleasant to her. I feel it," says Mariet. + +The women grow silent. The breakers strike against the shore dully with +the regularity of a great pendulum. The unknown city, wrapped with fire +and smoke, is still being destroyed in the sky; yet it does not fall +down completely; and the sea is waiting. Mariet lifts her lowered head. + +"What were you going to say, Mariet?" + +"Didn't he pass here?" asks Mariet in a low voice. + +Another woman answers timidly: + +"Hush! Why do you speak of him? I fear him. No, he did not pass this +way." + +"He did. I saw from the window that he passed by." + +"You are mistaken; it was some one else." + +"Who else could that be? Is it possible to make a mistake, if you have +once seen him walk? No one walks as he does." + +"Naval officers, Englishmen, walk like that." + +"No. Haven't I seen naval officers in the city? They walk firmly, but +openly; even a girl could trust them." + +"Oh, look out!" + +Frightened and cautious laughter. + +"No, don't laugh. He walks without looking at the ground; he puts his +feet down as if the ground itself must take them cautiously and place +them." + +"But if there's a stone on the road? We have many stones here." + +"He does not bend down, nor does he hide his head when a strong wind +blows." + +"Of course not. Of course not. He does not hide his head." + +"Is it true that he is handsome? Who has seen him at close range?" + +"I," says Mariet. + +"No, no, don't speak of him; I shall not be able to sleep all night. +Since they settled on that hill, in that accursed castle, I know no +rest; I am dying of fear. You are also afraid. Confess it." + +"Well, not all of us are afraid." + +"What have they come here for? There are two of them. What is there for +them to do here in our poor land, where we have nothing but stones and +the sea?" + +"They drink gin. The sailor comes every morning for gin." + +"They are simply drunkards who don't want anybody to disturb their +drinking. When the sailor passes along the street he leaves behind him +an odour as of an open bottle of rum." + +"But is that their business--drinking gin? I fear them. Where is the +ship that brought them here? They came from the sea." + +"I saw the ship," says Mariet. + +The women begin to question her in amazement. + +"You? Why, then, didn't you say anything about it? Tell us what you +know." + +Mariet maintains silence. Suddenly one of the women exclaims: + +"Ah, look! They have lit a lamp. There is a light in the castle!" + +On the left, about half a mile away from the village, a faint light +flares up, a red little coal in the dark blue of the twilight and the +distance. There upon a high rock, overhanging the sea, stands an +ancient castle, a grim heritage of grey and mysterious antiquity. +Long destroyed, long ruined, it blends with the rocks, continuing and +delusively ending them by the broken, dented line of its batteries, its +shattered roofs, its half-crumbled towers. Now the rocks and the castle +are covered with a smoky shroud of twilight. They seem airy, devoid +of any weight, and almost as fantastic as those monstrous heaps of +structures which are piled up and which are falling so noiselessly in +the sky. But while the others are falling this one stands, and a live +light reddens against the deep blue--and it is just as strange a sight +as if a human hand were to kindle a light in the clouds. + +Turning their heads in that direction, the women look on with frightened +eyes. + +"Do you see," says one of them. "It is even worse than a light on a +cemetery. Who needs a light among the tombstones?" + +"It is getting cold toward night and the sailor must have thrown some +branches into the fireplace, that's all. At least, I think so," says +Mariet. + +"And I think that the abbot should have gone there with holy water long +ago." + +"Or with the gendarmes! If that isn't the devil himself, it is surely +one of his assistants." + +"It is impossible to live peacefully with such neighbours close by." + +"I am afraid for the children." + +"And for your soul?" + +Two elderly women rise silently and go away. Then a third, an old woman, +also rises. + +"We must ask the abbot whether it isn't a sin to look at such a light." + +She goes off. The smoke in the sky is ever increasing and the fire is +subsiding, and the unknown city is already near its dark end. The sea +odour is growing ever sharper and stronger. Night is coming from the +shore. + +Their heads turned, the women watch the departing old woman. Then they +turn again toward the light. + +Mariet, as though defending some one, says softly: + +"There can't be anything bad in light. For there is light in the candles +on God's altar." + +"But there is also fire for Satan in hell," says another old woman, +heavily and angrily, and then goes off. Now four remain, all young +girls. + +"I am afraid," says one, pressing close to her companion. + +The noiseless and cold conflagration in the sky is ended; the city is +destroyed; the unknown land is in ruins. There are no longer any walls +or falling towers; a heap of pale blue gigantic shapes have fallen +silently into the abyss of the ocean and the night. A young little star +glances at the earth with frightened eyes; it feels like coming out of +the clouds near the castle, and because of its inmost neighbourship the +heavy castle grows darker, and the light in its window seems redder and +darker. + +"Good night, Mariet," says the girl who sat alone, and then she goes +off. + +"Let us also go; it is getting cold," say the other two, rising. "Good +night, Mariet." + +"Good night." + +"Why are you alone, Mariet? Why are you alone, Mariet, in the daytime +and at night, on week days and on merry holidays? Do you love to think +of your betrothed?" + +"Yes, I do. I love to think of Philipp." + +The girl laughs. + +"But you don't want to see him. When he goes out to sea, you look at +the sea for hours; when he comes back--you are not there. Where are you +hiding yourself?" + +"I love to think of Philipp." + +"Like a blind man he gropes among the houses, forever calling: 'Mariet! +Mariet! Have you not seen Mariet?'" + +They go off laughing and repeating: + +"Good night, Mariet. 'Have you not seen Mariet! Mariet!'" + +The girl is left alone. She looks at the light in the castle. She hears +soft, irresolute footsteps. + +Old Dan, of small stature, slim, a coughing old man with a clean-shaven +face, comes out from behind the church. Because of his irresoluteness, +or because of the weakness of his eyes, he steps uncertainly, touching +the ground cautiously and with a certain degree of fear. + +"Oho! Oho!" + +"Is that you, Dan?" + +"The sea is calm, Dan. Are you going to play to-night?" + +"Oho! I shall ring the bell seven times. Seven times I shall ring it and +send to God seven of His holy hours." + +He takes the rope of the bell and strikes the hour--seven ringing and +slow strokes. The wind plays with them, it drops them to the ground, but +before they touch it, it catches them tenderly, sways them softly and +with a light accompaniment of whistling carries them off to the dark +coast. + +"Oh, no!" mutters Dan. "Bad hours, they fall to the ground. They are +not His holy hours and He will send them back. Oh, a storm is coming! O +Lord, have mercy on those who are perishing at sea!" + +He mutters and coughs. + +"Dan, I have seen the ship again to-day. Do you hear, Dan?" + +"Many ships are going out to sea." + +"But this one had black sails. It was again going toward the sun." + +"Many ships are going out to sea. Listen, Mariet, there was once a wise +king--Oh, how wise he was!--and he commanded that the sea be lashed with +chains. Oho!" + +"I know, Dan. You told me about it." + +"Oho, with chains! But it did not occur to him to christen the sea. Why +did it not occur to him to do that, Mariet? Ah, why did he not think of +it? We have no such kings now." + +"What would have happened, Dan?" + +"Oho!" + +He whispers softly: + +"All the rivers and the streams have already been christened, and the +cross of the Lord has touched even many stagnant swamps; only the sea +remained--that nasty, salty, deep pool." + +"Why do you scold it? It does not like to be scolded," Mariet reproaches +him. + +"Oho! Let the sea not like it--I am not afraid of it. The sea thinks +it is also an organ and music for God. It is a nasty, hissing, furious +pool. A salty spit of satan. Fie! Fie! Fie!" + +He goes to the doors at the entrance of the church muttering angrily, +threatening, as though celebrating some victory: + +"Oho! Oho!" + +"Dan!" + +"Go home." + +"Dan! Why don't you light candles when you play? Dan, I don't love my +betrothed. Do you hear, Dan?" + +Dan turns his head unwillingly. + +"I have heard it long ago, Mariet. Tell it to your father." + +"Where is my mother, Dan?" + +"Oho! You are mad again, Mariet? You are gazing too much at the +sea--yes. I am going to tell--I am going to tell your father, yes." + +He enters the church. Soon the sounds of the organ are heard. Faint +in the first, long-drawn, deeply pensive chords, they rapidly gain +strength. And with a passionate sadness, their human melodies now +wrestle with the dull and gloomy plaintiveness of the tireless surf. +Like seagulls in a storm, the sounds soar amidst the high waves, unable +to rise higher on their overburdened wings. The stern ocean holds them +captive by its wild and eternal charms. But when they have risen, the +lowered ocean roars more dully; now they rise still higher--and the +heavy, almost voiceless pile of water is shaking helplessly. Varied +voices resound through the expanse of the resplendent distances. Day has +one sorrow, night has another sorrow, and the proud, ever rebellious, +black ocean suddenly seems to become an eternal slave. + +Her cheek pressed against the cold stone of the wall, Mariet is +listening, all alone. She is growing reconciled to something; she is +grieving ever more quietly. + +Suddenly, firm footsteps are heard on the road; the cobblestones are +creaking under the vigorous steps--and a man appears from behind the +church. He walks slowly and sternly, like those who do not roam in vain, +and who know the earth from end to end. He carries his hat in his hands; +he is thinking of something, looking ahead. On his broad shoulders is +set a round, strong head, with short hair; his dark profile is stern +and commandingly haughty, and, although the man is dressed in a partly +military uniform, he does not subject his body to the discipline of his +clothes, but masters it as a free man. The folds of his clothes fall +submissively. + +Mariet greets him: + +"Good evening." + +He walks on quite a distance, then stops and turns his head slowly. He +waits silently, as though regretting to part with his silence. + +"Did you say 'Good evening' to me?" he asks at last. + +"Yes, to you. Good evening." + +He looks at her silently. + +"Well, good evening. This is the first time I have been greeted in this +land, and I was surprised when I heard your voice. Come nearer to me. +Why don't you sleep when all are sleeping? Who are you?" + +"I am the daughter of the abbot of this place." + +He laughs: + +"Have priests children? Or are there special priests in your land?" + +"Yes, the priests are different here." + +"Now, I recall, Khorre told me something about the priest of this +place." + +"Who is Khorre?" + +"My sailor. The one who buys gin in your settlement." + +He suddenly laughs again and continues: + +"Yes, he told me something. Was it your father who cursed the Pope and +declared his own church independent?" + +"Yes." + +"And he makes his own prayers? And goes to sea with the fishermen? And +punishes with his own hands those who disobey him?" + +"Yes. I am his daughter. My name is Mariet. And what is your name?" + +"I have many names. Which one shall I tell you?" + +"The one by which you were christened." + +"What makes you think that I was christened?" + +"Then tell me the name by which your mother called you." + +"What makes you think that I had a mother? I do not know my mother." + +Mariet says softly: + +"Neither do I know my mother." + +Both are silent. They look at each other kindly. + +"Is that so?" he says. "You, too, don't know your mother? Well, then, +call me Haggart." + +"Haggart?" + +"Yes. Do you like the name? I have invented it myself--Haggart. It's a +pity that you have been named already. I would have invented a fine name +for you." + +Suddenly he frowned. + +"Tell me, Mariet, why is your land so mournful? I walk along your paths +and only the cobblestones creak under my feet. And on both sides are +huge rocks." + +"That is on the road to the castle--none of us ever go there. Is it true +that these stones stop the passersby with the question: 'Where are you +going?'" + +"No, they are mute. Why is your land so mournful? It is almost a week +since I've seen my shadow. It is impossible! I don't see my shadow." + +"Our land is very cheerful and full of joy. It is still winter now, but +soon spring will come, and sunshine will come back with it. You shall +see it, Haggart." + +He speaks with contempt: + +"And you are sitting and waiting calmly for its return? You must be a +fine set of people! Ah, if I only had a ship!" + +"What would you have done?" + +He looks at her morosely and shakes his head suspiciously. + +"You are too inquisitive, little girl. Has any one sent you over to me?" + +"No. What do you need a ship for?" + +Haggart laughs good-naturedly and ironically: + +"She asks what a man needs a ship for. You must be a fine set of people. +You don't know what a man needs a ship for! And you speak seriously? If +I had a ship I would have rushed toward the sun. And it would not matter +how it sets its golden sails, I would overtake it with my black sails. +And I would force it to outline my shadow on the deck of my ship. And I +would put my foot upon it this way!" + +He stamps his foot firmly. Then Mariet asks, cautiously: + +"Did you say with black sails?" + +"That's what I said. Why do you always ask questions? I have no ship, +you know. Good-bye." + +He puts on his hat, but does not move. Mariet maintains silence. Then he +says, very angrily: + +"Perhaps you, too, like the music of your old Dan, that old fool?" + +"You know his name?" + +"Khorre told me it. I don't like his music, no, no. Bring me a good, +honest dog, or beast, and he will howl. You will say that he knows no +music--he does, but he can't bear falsehood. Here is music. Listen!" + +He takes Mariet by the hand and turns her roughly, her face toward the +ocean. + +"Do you hear? This is music. Your Dan has robbed the sea and the wind. +No, he is worse than a thief, he is a deceiver! He should be hanged on a +sailyard--your Dan! Good-bye!" + +He goes, but after taking two steps he turns around. + +"I said good-bye to you. Go home. Let this fool play alone. Well, go." + +Mariet is silent, motionless. Haggart laughs: + +"Are you afraid perhaps that I have forgotten your name? I remember it. +Your name is Mariet. Go, Mariet." + +She says softly: + +"I have seen your ship." + +Haggart advances to her quickly and bends down. His face is terrible. + +"It is not true. When?" + +"Last evening." + +"It is not true! Which way was it going?" + +"Toward the sun." + +"Last evening I was drunk and I slept. But this is not true. I have +never seen it. You are testing me. Beware!" + +"Shall I tell you if I see it again?" + +"How can you tell me?" + +"I shall come up your hill." + +Haggart looks at her attentively. + +"If you are only telling me the truth. What sort of people are there in +your land--false or not? In the lands I know, all the people are false. +Has any one else seen that ship?" + +"I don't know. I was alone on the shore. Now I see that it was not your +ship. You are not glad to hear of it." + +Haggart is silent, as though he has forgotten her presence. + +"You have a pretty uniform. You are silent? I shall come up to you." + +Haggart is silent. His dark profile is stern and wildly gloomy; every +motion of his powerful body, every fold of his clothes, is full of the +dull silence of the taciturnity of long hours, or days, or perhaps of a +lifetime. + +"Your sailor will not kill me? You are silent. I have a betrothed. His +name is Philipp, but I don't love him. You are now like that rock which +lies on the road leading to the castle." + +Haggart turns around silently and starts. + +"I also remember your name. Your name is Haggart." + +He goes away. + +"Haggart!" calls Mariet, but he has already disappeared behind the +house. Only the creaking of the scattered cobblestones is heard, dying +away in the misty air. Dan, who has taken a rest, is playing again; he +is telling God about those who have perished at sea. + +The night is growing darker. Neither the rock nor the castle is visible +now; only the light in the window is redder and brighter. + +The dull thuds of the tireless breakers are telling the story of +different lives. + + + +CHAPTER II + + +A strong wind is tossing the fragment of a sail which is hanging over +the large, open window. The sail is too small to cover the entire +window, and, through the gaping hole, the dark night is breathing +inclement weather. There is no rain, but the warm wind, saturated with +the sea, is heavy and damp. + +Here in the tower live Haggart and his sailor, Khorre. Both are sleeping +now a heavy, drunken sleep. On the table and in the corners of the room +there are empty bottles, and the remains of food; the only taburet is +overturned, lying on one side. Toward evening the sailor got up, lit a +large illumination lamp, and was about to do more, but he was overcome +by intoxication again and fell asleep upon his thin mattress of straw +and seagrass. Tossed by the wind, the flame of the illumination-lamp is +quivering in yellow, restless spots over the uneven, mutilated walls, +losing itself in the dark opening of the door, which leads to the other +rooms of the castle. + +Haggart lies on his back, and the same quivering yellow shades run +noiselessly over his strong forehead, approach his closed eyes, his +straight, sharply outlined nose, and, tossing about in confusion, rush +back to the wall. The breathing of the sleeping man is deep and uneven; +from time to time his heavy, strange hand lifts itself, makes several +weak, unfinished movements, and falls down on his breast helplessly. + +Outside the window the breakers are roaring and raging, beating against +the rocks--this is the second day a storm is raging in the ocean. The +ancient tower is quivering from the violent blows of the waves. It +responds to the storm with the rustling of the falling plaster, with +the rattling of the little cobblestones as they are torn down, with the +whisper and moans of the wind which has lost its way in the passages. It +whispers and mutters like an old woman. + +The sailor begins to feel cold on the stone floor, on which the wind +spreads itself like water; he tosses about, folds his legs under +himself, draws his head into his shoulders, gropes for his imaginary +clothes, but is unable to wake up--his intoxication produced by a two +days' spree is heavy and severe. But now the wind whines more powerfully +than before; something heaves a deep groan. Perhaps a part of a +destroyed wall has sunk into the sea. The quivering yellow spots +commence to toss about upon the crooked wall more desperately, and +Khorre awakes. + +He sits up on his mattress, looks around, but is unable to understand +anything. + +The wind is hissing like a robber summoning other robbers, and filling +the night with disquieting phantoms. It seems as if the sea were full of +sinking vessels, of people who are drowning and desperately struggling +with death. Voices are heard. Somewhere near by people are shouting, +scolding each other, laughing and singing, like madmen, or talking +sensibly and rapidly--it seems that soon one will see a strange human +face distorted by horror or laughter, or fingers bent convulsively. But +there is a strong smell of the sea, and that, together with the cold, +brings Khorre to his senses. + +"Noni!" he calls hoarsely, but Haggart does not hear him. After a +moment's thought, he calls once more: + +"Captain. Noni! Get up." + +But Haggart does not answer and the sailor mutters: + +"Noni is drunk and he sleeps. Let him sleep. Oh, what a cold night it +is. There isn't enough warmth in it even to warm your nose. I am cold. +I feel cold and lonesome, Noni. I can't drink like that, although +everybody knows I am a drunkard. But it is one thing to drink, and +another to drown in gin--that's an entirely different matter. Noni--you +are like a drowned man, simply like a corpse. I feel ashamed for your +sake, Noni. I shall drink now and--" + +He rises, and staggering, finds an unopened bottle and drinks. + +"A fine wind. They call this a storm--do you hear, Noni? They call this +a storm. What will they call a real storm?" + +He drinks again. + +"A fine wind!" + +He goes over to the window and, pushing aside the corner of the sail, +looks out. + +"Not a single light on the sea, or in the village. They have hidden +themselves and are sleeping--they are waiting for the storm to pass. +B-r-r, how cold! I would have driven them all out to sea; it is mean to +go to sea only when the weather is calm. That is cheating the sea. I am +a pirate, that's true; my name is Khorre, and I should have been hanged +long ago on a yard, that's true, too--but I shall never allow myself +such meanness as to cheat the sea. Why did you bring me to this hole, +Noni?" + +He picks up some brushwood, and throws it into the fireplace. + +"I love you, Noni. I am now going to start a fire to warm your feet. I +used to be your nurse, Noni; but you have lost your reason--that's true. +I am a wise man, but I don't understand your conduct at all. Why did you +drop your ship? You will be hanged, Noni, you will be hanged, and I will +dangle by your side. You have lost your reason, that's true!" + +He starts a fire, then prepares food and drink. + +"What will you say when you wake up? 'Fire.' And I will answer, 'Here it +is.' Then you will say, 'Something to drink.' And I will answer, 'Here +it is.' And then you will drink your fill again, and I will drink with +you, and you will prate nonsense. How long is this going to last? We +have lived this way two months now, or perhaps two years, or twenty +years--I am drowning in gin--I don't understand your conduct at all, +Noni." + +He drinks. + +"Either I have lost my mind from this gin, or a ship is being wrecked +near by. How they are crying!" + +He looks out of the window. + +"No, no one is here. It is the wind. The wind feels weary, and it plays +all by itself. It has seen many shipwrecks, and now it is inventing. The +wind itself is crying; the wind itself is scolding and sobbing; and the +wind itself is laughing--the rogue! But if you think that this rag +with which I have covered the window is a sail, and that this ruin of +a castle is a three-masted brig, you are a fool! We are not going +anywhere! We are standing securely at our moorings, do you hear?" + +He pushes the sleeping man cautiously. + +"Get up, Noni. I feel lonesome. If we must drink, let's drink +together--I feel lonesome. Noni!" + +Haggart awakens, stretches himself and says, without opening his eyes: + +"Fire." + +"Here it is." + +"Something to drink." + +"Here it is! A fine wind, Noni. I looked out of the window, and the sea +splashed into my eyes. It is high tide now and the water-dust flies up +to the tower. I feel lonesome, Noni. I want to speak to you. Don't be +angry!" + +"It's cold." + +"Soon the fire will burn better. I don't understand your actions. Don't +be angry, Noni, but I don't understand your actions! I am afraid that +you have lost your mind." + +"Did you drink again?" + +"I did." + +"Give me some." + +He drinks from the mouth of the bottle lying on the floor, his eyes +wandering over the crooked mutilated walls, whose every projection and +crack is now lighted by the bright flame in the fireplace. He is not +quite sure yet whether he is awake, or whether it is all a dream. With +each strong gust of wind the flame is hurled from the fireplace, and +then the entire tower seems to dance--the last shadows melt and rush off +into the open door. + +"Don't drink it all at once, Noni! Not all at once!" says the sailor and +gently takes the bottle away from him. Haggart seats himself and clasps +his head with both hands. + +"I have a headache. What is that cry? Was there a shipwreck?" + +"No, Noni. It is the wind playing roguishly." + +"Khorre!" + +"Captain." + +"Give me the bottle." + +He drinks a little more and sets the bottle on the table. Then he paces +the room, straightening his shoulders and his chest, and looks out of +the window. Khorre looks over his shoulder and whispers: + +"Not a single light. It is dark and deserted. Those who had to die have +died already, and the cautious cowards are sitting on the solid earth." + +Haggart turns around and says, wiping his face: + +"When I am intoxicated, I hear voices and singing. Does that happen to +you, too, Khorre? Who is that singing now?" + +"The wind is singing, Noni--only the wind." + +"No, but who else? It seems to me a human being is singing, a woman is +singing, and others are laughing and shouting something. Is that all +nothing but the wind?" + +"Only the wind." + +"Why does the wind deceive me?" says Haggart haughtily. + +"It feels lonesome, Noni, just as I do, and it laughs at the human +beings. Have you heard the wind lying like this and mocking in the open +sea? There it tells the truth, but here--it frightens the people on +shore and mocks them. The wind does not like cowards. You know it." + +Haggart says morosely: + +"I heard their organist playing not long ago in church. He lies." + +"They are all liars." + +"No!" exclaims Haggart angrily. "Not all. There are some who tell the +truth there, too. I shall cut your ears off if you will slander honest +people. Do you hear?" + +"Yes." + +They are silent; they listen to the wild music of the sea. The wind +has evidently grown mad. Having taken into its embrace a multitude +of instruments with which human beings produce their music--harps, +reed-pipes, priceless violins, heavy drums and brass trumpets--it breaks +them all, together with a wave, against the sharp rocks. It dashes them +and bursts into laughter--only thus does the wind understand music--each +time in the death of an instrument, each time in the breaking of +strings, in the snapping of the clanging brass. Thus does the mad +musician understand music. Haggart heaves a deep sigh and with some +amazement, like a man just awakened from sleep, looks around on all +sides. Then he commands shortly: + +"Give me my pipe." + +"Here it is." + +Both commence to smoke. + +"Don't be angry, Noni," says the sailor. "You have become so angry that +one can't come near you at all. May I chat with you?" + +"There are some who do tell the truth there, too," says Haggart sternly, +emitting rings of smoke. + +"How shall I say it you, Noni?" answers the sailor cautiously but +stubbornly. "There are no truthful people there. It has been so ever +since the deluge. At that time all the honest people went out to sea, +and only the cowards and liars remained upon the solid earth." + +Haggart is silent for a minute; then he takes the pipe from his mouth +and laughs gaily. + +"Have you invented it yourself?" + +"I think so," says Khorre modestly. + +"Clever! And it was worth teaching you sacred history for that! Were you +taught by a priest?" + +"Yes. In prison. At that time I was as innocent as a dove. That's also +from sacred scriptures, Noni. That's what they always say there." + +"He was a fool! It was not necessary to teach you, but to hang you," +says Haggart, adding morosely: "Don't talk nonsense, sailor. Hand me a +bottle." + +They drink. Khorre stamps his foot against the stone floor and asks: + +"Do you like this motionless floor?" + +"I should have liked to have the deck of a ship dancing under my feet." + +"Noni!" exclaims the sailor enthusiastically. "Noni! Now I hear real +words! Let us go away from here. I cannot live like this. I am drowning +in gin. I don't understand your actions at all, Noni! You have lost your +mind. Reveal yourself to me, my boy. I was your nurse. I nursed you, +Noni, when your father brought you on board ship. I remember how the +city was burning then and we were putting out to sea, and I didn't know +what to do with you; you whined like a little pig in the cook's room. I +even wanted to throw you overboard--you annoyed me so much. Ah, Noni, it +is all so touching that I can't bear to recall it. I must have a drink. +Take a drink, too, my boy, but not all at once, not all at once!" + +They drink. Haggart paces the room heavily and slowly, like a man who is +imprisoned in a dungeon but does not want to escape. + +"I feel sad," he says, without looking at Khorre. Khorre, as though +understanding, shakes his head in assent. + +"Sad? I understand. Since then?" + +"Ever since then." + +"Ever since we drowned those people? They cried so loudly." + +"I did not hear their cry. But this I heard--something snapped in my +heart, Khorre. Always sadness, everywhere sadness! Let me drink!" + +He drinks. + +"He who cried--am I perhaps afraid of him, Khorre? That would be fine! +Tears were trickling from his eyes; he wept like one who is unfortunate. +Why did he do that? Perhaps he came from a land where the people had +never heard of death--what do you think, sailor?" + +"I don't remember him, Noni. You speak so much about him, while I don't +remember him." + +"He was a fool," says Haggart. "He spoilt his death for himself, and +spoilt me my life. I curse him, Khorre. May he be cursed. But that +doesn't matter, Khorre--no!" + +Silence. + +"They have good gin on this coast," says Khorre. "He'll pass easily, +Noni. If you have cursed him there will be no delay; he'll slip into +hell like an oyster." + +Haggart shakes his head: + +"No, Khorre, no! I am sad. Ah, sailor, why have I stopped here, where I +hear the sea? I should go away, far away on land, where the people don't +know the sea at all, where the people have never heard about the sea--a +thousand miles away, five thousand miles away!" + +"There is no such land." + +"There is, Khorre. Let us drink and laugh, Khorre. That organist lies. +Sing something for me, Khorre--you sing well. In your hoarse voice I +hear the creaking of ropes. Your refrain is like a sail that is torn by +the storm. Sing, sailor!" + +Khorre nods his head gloomily. + +"No, I will not sing." + +"Then I shall force you to pray as they prayed!" + +"You will not force me to pray, either. You are the Captain, and you +may kill me, and here is your revolver. It is loaded, Noni. And now I am +going to speak the truth, Captain! Khorre, the boatswain, speaks to you +in the name of the entire crew." + +Haggart says: + +"Drop this performance, Khorre. There is no crew here. You'd better +drink something." + +He drinks. + +"But the crew is waiting for you, you know it. Captain, is it your +intention to return to the ship and assume command again?" + +"No." + +"Captain, is it perhaps your intention to go to the people on the coast +and live with them?" + +"No." + +"I can't understand your actions, Noni. What do you intend to do, +Captain?" + +Haggart drinks silently. + +"Not all at once, Noni, not at once. Captain, do you intend to stay in +this hole and wait until the police dogs come from the city? Then they +will hang us, and not upon a mast, but simply on one of their foolish +trees." + +"Yes. The wind is getting stronger. Do you hear, Khorre? The wind is +getting stronger!" + +"And the gold which we have buried here?" He points below, with his +finger. + +"The gold? Take it and go with it wherever you like." + +The sailor says angrily: + +"You are a bad man, Noni. You have only set foot on earth a little while +ago, and you already have the thoughts of a traitor. That's what the +earth is doing!" + +"Be silent, Khorre. I am listening. Our sailors are singing. Do you +hear? No, that's the wine rushing to my head. I'll be drunk soon. Give +me another bottle." + +"Perhaps you will go to the priest? He would absolve your sins." + +"Silence!" roars Haggart, clutching at his revolver. + +Silence. The storm is increasing. Haggart paces the room in agitation, +striking against the walls. He mutters something abruptly. Suddenly he +seizes the sail and tears it down furiously, admitting the salty wind. +The illumination lamp is extinguished and the flame in the fireplace +tosses about wildly--like Haggart. + +"Why did you lock out the wind? It's better now. Come here." + +"You were the terror of the seas!" says the sailor. + +"Yes, I was the terror of the seas." + +"You were the terror of the coasts! Your famous name resounded like the +surf over all the coasts, wherever people live. They saw you in their +dreams. When they thought of the ocean, they thought of you. When they +heard the storm, they heard you, Noni!" + +"I burnt their cities. The deck of my ship is shaking under my feet, +Khorre. The deck is shaking under me!" + +He laughs wildly, as if losing his senses. + +"You sank their ships. You sent to the bottom the Englishman who was +chasing you." + +"He had ten guns more than I." + +"And you burnt and drowned him. Do you remember, Noni, how the wind +laughed then? The night was as black as this night, but you made day of +it, Noni. We were rocked by a sea of fire." + +Haggart stands pale-faced, his eyes closed. Suddenly he shouts +commandingly: + +"Boatswain!" + +"Yes," Khorre jumps up. + +"Whistle for everybody to go up on deck." + +"Yes." + +The boatswain's shrill whistle pierces sharply into the open body of the +storm. Everything comes to life, and it looks as though they were +upon the deck of a ship. The waves are crying with human voices. In +semi-oblivion, Haggart is commanding passionately and angrily: + +"To the shrouds!--The studding sails! Be ready, forepart! Aim at the +ropes; I don't want to sink them all at once. Starboard the helm, sail +by the wind. Be ready now. Ah, fire! Ah, you are already burning! Board +it now! Get the hooks ready." + +And Khorre tosses about violently, performing the mad instructions. + +"Yes, yes." + +"Be braver, boys. Don't be afraid of tears! Eh, who is crying there? +Don't dare cry when you are dying. I'll dry your mean eyes upon the +fire. Fire! Fire everywhere! Khorre--sailor! I am dying. They have +poured molten tar into my chest. Oh, how it burns!" + +"Don't give way, Noni. Don't give way. Recall your father. Strike them +on the head, Noni!" + +"I can't, Khorre. My strength is failing. Where is my power?" + +"Strike them on the head, Noni. Strike them on the head!" + +"Take a knife, Khorre, and cut out my heart. There is no ship, +Khorre--there is nothing. Cut out my heart, comrade--throw out the +traitor from my breast." + +"I want to play some more, Noni. Strike them on the head!" + +"There is no ship, Khorre, there is nothing--it is all a lie. I want to +drink." + +He takes a bottle and laughs: + +"Look, sailor--here the wind and the storm and you and I are locked. It +is all a deception, Khorre!" + +"I want to play." + +"Here my sorrow is locked. Look! In the green glass it seems like water, +but it isn't water. Let us drink, Khorre--there on the bottom I see +my laughter and your song. There is no ship--there is nothing! Who is +coming?" + +He seizes his revolver. The fire in the fire-place is burning faintly; +the shadows are tossing about--but two of these shadows are darker than +the others and they are walking. Khorre shouts: + +"Halt!" + +A man's voice, heavy and deep, answers: + +"Hush! Put down your weapons. I am the abbot of this place." + +"Fire, Noni, fire! They have come for you." + +"I have come to help you. Put down your knife, fool, or I will break +every bone in your body without a knife. Coward, are you frightened by a +woman and a priest?" + +Haggart puts down his revolver and says ironically: + +"A woman and a priest! Is there anything still more terrible? Pardon my +sailor, Mr. abbot, he is drunk, and when he is drunk he is very reckless +and he may kill you. Khorre, don't turn your knife." + +"He has come after you, Noni." + +"I have come to warn you; the tower may fall. Go away from here!" says +the abbot. + +"Why are you hiding yourself, girl? I remember your name; your name is +Mariet," says Haggart. + +"I am not hiding. I also remember your name--it is Haggart," replies +Mariet. + +"Was it you who brought him here?" + +"I." + +"I have told you that they are all traitors, Noni," says Khorre. + +"Silence!" + +"It is very cold here. I will throw some wood into the fireplace. May I +do it?" asks Mariet. + +"Do it," answers Haggart. + +"The tower will fall down before long," says the abbot. "Part of the +wall has caved in already; it is all hollow underneath. Do you hear?" + +He stamps his foot on the stone floor. + +"Where will the tower fall?" + +"Into the sea, I suppose! The castle is splitting the rocks." + +Haggart laughs: + +"Do you hear, Khorre? This place is not as motionless as it seemed to +you--while it cannot move, it can fall. How many people have you brought +along with you, priest, and where have you hidden them?" + +"Only two of us came, my father and I," says Mariet. + +"You are rude to a priest. I don't like that," says the abbot. + +"You have come here uninvited. I don't like that either," says Haggart. + +"Why did you lead me here, Mariet? Come," says the abbot. + +Haggart speaks ironically: + +"And you leave us here to die? That is unChristian, Christian." + +"Although I am a priest, I am a poor Christian, and the Lord knows it," +says the abbot angrily. "I have no desire to save such a rude scamp. Let +us go, Mariet." + +"Captain?" asks Khorre. + +"Be silent, Khorre," says Haggart. "So that's the way you speak, abbot; +so you are not a liar?" + +"Come with me and you shall see." + +"Where shall I go with you?" + +"To my house." + +"To your house? Do you hear, Khorre? To the priest! But do you know whom +you are calling to your house?" + +"No, I don't know. But I see that you are young and strong. I see that +although your face is gloomy, it is handsome, and I think that you could +be as good a workman as others." + +"A workman? Khorre, do you hear what the priest says?" + +Both laugh. The abbot says angrily: + +"You are both drunk." + +"Yes, a little! But if I were sober I would have laughed still more," +answers Haggart. + +"Don't laugh, Haggart," says Mariet. + +Haggart replies angrily: + +"I don't like the tongues of false priests, Mariet--they are coated with +truth on top, like a lure for flies. Take him away, and you, girl, go +away, too! I have forgotten your name!" + +He sits down and stares ahead sternly. His eyebrows move close together, +and his hand is pressed down heavily by his lowered head, by his strong +chin. + +"He does not know you, father! Tell him about yourself. You speak so +well. If you wish it, he will believe you, father. Haggart!" + +Haggart maintains silence. + +"Noni! Captain!" + +Silence. Khorre whispers mysteriously: + +"He feels sad. Girl, tell the priest that he feels sad." + +"Khorre," begins Mariet. Haggart looks around quickly. + +"What about Khorre? Why don't you like him, Mariet? We are so much like +each other." + +"He is like you?" says the woman with contempt. "No, Haggart! But here +is what he did: He gave gin to little Noni again to-day. He moistened +his finger and gave it to him. He will kill him, father." + +Haggart laughs: + +"Is that so bad? He did the same to me." + +"And he dipped him in cold water. The boy is very weak," says Mariet +morosely. + +"I don't like to hear you speak of weakness. Our boy must be strong. +Khorre! Three days without gin." + +He shows him three fingers. + +"Who should be without gin? The boy or I?" asks Khorre gloomily. + +"You!" replies Haggart furiously. "Begone!" + +The sailor sullenly gathers his belongings--the pouch, the pipe, and the +flask--and wabbling, goes off. But he does not go far--he sits down upon +a neighbouring rock. Haggart and his wife look at him. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +The work is ended. Having lost its gloss, the last neglected fish lies +on the ground; even the children are too lazy to pick it up; and an +indifferent, satiated foot treads it into the mud. A quiet, fatigued +conversation goes on, mingled with gay and peaceful laughter. + +"What kind of a prayer is our abbot going to say to-day? It is already +time for him to come." + +"And do you think it is so easy to compose a good prayer? He is +thinking." + +"Selly's basket broke and the fish were falling out. We laughed so much! +It seems so funny to me even now!" + +Laughter. Two fishermen look at the sail in the distance. + +"All my life I have seen large ships sailing past us. Where are they +going? They disappear beyond the horizon, and I go off to sleep; and I +sleep, while they are forever going, going. Where are they going? Do you +know?" + +"To America." + +"I should like to go with them. When they speak of America my heart +begins to ring. Did you say America on purpose, or is that the truth?" + +Several old women are whispering: + +"Wild Gart is angry again at his sailor. Have you noticed it?" + +"The sailor is displeased. Look, how wan his face is." + +"Yes, he looks like the evil one when he is compelled to listen to a +psalm. But I don't like Wild Gart, either. No. Where did he come from?" + +They resume their whispers. Haggart complains softly: + +"Why have you the same name, Mariet, for everybody? It should not be so +in a truthful land." + +Mariet speaks with restrained force, pressing both hands to her breast: + +"I love you so dearly, Gart; when you go out to sea, I set my teeth +together and do not open them until you come back. When you are away, I +eat nothing and drink nothing; when you are away, I am silent, and the +women laugh: 'Mute Mariet!' But I would be insane if I spoke when I am +alone." + +HAGGART--Here you are again compelling me to smile. You must not, +Mariet--I am forever smiling. + +MARIET--I love you so dearly, Gart. Every hour of the day and the night +I am thinking only of what I could still give to you, Gart. Have I not +given you everything? But that is so little--everything! There is but +one thing I want to do--to keep on giving to you, giving! When the sun +sets, I present you the sunset; when the sun rises, I present you the +sunrise--take it, Gart! And are not all the storms yours? Ah, Haggart, +how I love you! + +HAGGART--I am going to toss little Noni so high to-day that I will toss +him up to the clouds. Do you want me to do it? Let us laugh, dear little +sister Mariet. You are exactly like myself. When you stand that way, +it seems to me that I am standing there--I have to rub my eyes. Let us +laugh! Some day I may suddenly mix things up--I may wake up and say to +you: "Good morning, Haggart!" + +MARIET--Good morning, Mariet. + +HAGGART--I will call you Haggart. Isn't that a good idea? + +MARIET--And I will call you Mariet. + +HAGGART--Yes--no. You had better call me Haggart, too. + +"You don't want me to call you Mariet?" asks Mariet sadly. + +The abbot and old Dan appear. The abbot says in a loud, deep voice: + +"Here I am. Here I am bringing you a prayer, children. I have just +composed it; it has even made me feel hot. Dan, why doesn't the boy ring +the bell? Oh, yes, he is ringing. The fool--he isn't swinging the +right rope, but that doesn't matter; that's good enough, too. Isn't it, +Mariet?" + +Two thin but merry bells are ringing. + +Mariet is silent and Haggart answers for her: + +"That's good enough. But what are the bells saying, abbot?" + +The fishermen who have gathered about them are already prepared to +laugh--the same undying jest is always repeated. + +"Will you tell no one about it?" says the abbot, in a deep voice, slily +winking his eye. "Pope's a rogue! Pope's a rogue!" + +The fishermen laugh merrily. + +"This man," roars the abbot, pointing at Haggart, "is my favourite man! +He has given me a grandson, and I wrote the Pope about it in Latin. But +that wasn't so hard; isn't that true, Mariet? But he knows how to look +at the water. He foretells a storm as if he himself caused it. Gart, do +you produce the storm yourself? Where does the wind come from? You are +the wind yourself." + +All laugh approval. An old fisherman says: + +"That's true, father. Ever since he has been here, we have never been +caught in a storm." + +"Of course it is true, if I say it. 'Pope's a rogue! Pope's a rogue!'" + +Old Dan walks over to Khorre and says something to him. Khorre nods his +head negatively. The abbot, singing "Pope's a rogue," goes around the +crowd, throws out brief remarks, and claps some people on the shoulder +in a friendly manner. + +"Hello, Katerina, you are getting stout. Oho! Are you all ready? And +Thomas is missing again--this is the second time he has stayed away +from prayer. Anna, you are rather sad--that isn't good. One must live +merrily, one must live merrily! I think that it is jolly even in hell, +but in a different way. It is two years since you have stopped growing, +Philipp. That isn't good." + +Philipp answers gruffly: + +"Grass also stops growing if a stone falls upon it." + +"What is still worse than that--worms begin to breed under the rock." + +Mariet says softly, sadly and entreatingly: + +"Don't you want me to call you Mariet?" + +Haggart answers obstinately and sternly: + +"I don't. If my name will be Mariet, I shall never kill that man. He +disturbs my life. Make me a present of his life, Mariet. He kissed you." + +"How can I present you that which is not mine? His life belongs to God +and to himself." + +"That is not true. He kissed you; do I not see the burns upon your lips? +Let me kill him, and you will feel as joyful and care-free as a seagull. +Say 'yes,' Mariet." + +"No; you shouldn't do it, Gart. It will be painful to you." + +Haggart looks at her and speaks with deep irony. + +"Is that it? Well, then, it is not true that you give me anything. You +don't know how to give, woman." + +"I am your wife." + +"No! A man has no wife when another man, and not his wife, grinds his +knife. My knife is dull, Mariet!" + +Mariet looks at him with horror and sorrow. + +"What did you say, Haggart? Wake up; it is a terrible dream, Haggart! It +is I--look at me. Open your eyes wider, wider, until you see me well. Do +you see me, Gart?" + +Haggart slowly rubs his brow. + +"I don't know. It is true I love you, Mariet. But how incomprehensible +your land is--in your land a man sees dreams even when he is not asleep. +Perhaps I am smiling already. Look, Mariet." + +The abbot stops in front of Khorre. + +"Ah, old friend, how do you do? You are smiling already. Look, Mariet." + +"I don't want to work," ejaculates the sailor sternly. + +"You want your own way? This man," roars the abbot, pointing at Khorre, +"thinks that he is an atheist. But he is simply a fool; he does not +understand that he is also praying to God--but he is doing it the wrong +way, like a crab. Even a fish prays to God, my children; I have seen it +myself. When you will be in hell, old man, give my regards to the Pope. +Well, children, come closer, and don't gnash your teeth. I am going to +start at once. Eh, you, Mathias--you needn't put out the fire in your +pipe; isn't it the same to God what smoke it is, incense or tobacco, if +it is only well meant. Why do you shake your head, woman?" + +WOMAN--His tobacco is contraband. + +YOUNG FISHERMAN--God wouldn't bother with such trifles. The abbot thinks +a while: + +"No; hold on. I think contraband tobacco is not quite so good. That's an +inferior grade. Look here; you better drop your pipe meanwhile, Mathias; +I'll think the matter over later. Now, silence, perfect silence. Let God +take a look at us first." + +All stand silent and serious. Only a few have lowered their heads. Most +of the people are looking ahead with wide-open, motionless eyes, as +though they really saw God in the blue of the sky, in the boundless, +radiant, distant surface of the sea. The sea is approaching with a +caressing murmur; high tide has set in. + +"My God and the God of all these people! Don't judge us for praying, not +in Latin but in our own language, which our mothers have taught us. +Our God! Save us from all kinds of terrors, from unknown sea monsters; +protect us against storms and hurricanes, against tempests and gales. +Give us calm weather and a kind wind, a clear sun and peaceful waves. +And another thing, O Lord! we ask You; don't allow the devil, to +come close to our bedside when we are asleep. In our sleep we are +defenceless, O Lord! and the devil terrifies us, tortures us to +convulsions, torments us to the very blood of our heart. And there +is another thing, O Lord! Old Rikke, whom You know, is beginning to +extinguish Your light in his eyes and he can make nets no longer--" + +Rikke frequently shakes his head in assent. + +"I can't, I can't!" + +"Prolong, then, O Lord! Your bright day and bid the night wait. Am I +right, Rikke?" + +"Yes." + +"And here is still another, the last request, O Lord. I shall not ask +any more: The tears do not dry up in the eyes of our old women crying +for those who have perished. Take their memory away, O Lord, and give +them strong forgetfulness. There are still other trifles, O Lord, but +let the others pray whose turn has come before You. Amen." + +Silence. Old Dan tugs the abbot by the sleeve, and whispers something in +his ear. + +ABBOT--Dan is asking me to pray for those who perished at sea. + +The women exclaim in plaintive chorus: + +"For those who perished at sea! For those who died at sea!" + +Some of them kneel. The abbot looks tenderly at their bowed heads, +exhausted with waiting and fear, and says: + +"No priest should pray for those who died at sea--these women should +pray. Make it so, O Lord, that they should not weep so much!" + +Silence. The incoming tide roars more loudly--the ocean is carrying to +the earth its noise, its secrets, its bitter, briny taste of unexplored +depths. + +Soft voices say: + +"The sea is coming." + +"High tide has started." + +"The sea is coming." + +Mariet kisses her father's hand. + +"Woman!" says the priest tenderly. "Listen, Gart, isn't it strange that +this--a woman"--he strokes his daughter tenderly with his finger on her +pure forehead--"should be born of me, a man?" + +Haggart smiles. + +"And is it not strange that this should have become a wife to me, a +man?" He embraces Mariet, bending her frail shoulders. + +"Let us go to eat, Gart, my son. Whoever she may be, I know one thing +well. She has prepared for you and me an excellent dinner." + +The people disperse quickly. Mariet says confusedly and cheerfully: + +"I'll run first." + +"Run, run," answers the abbot. "Gart, my son, call the atheist +to dinner. I'll hit him with a spoon on the forehead; an atheist +understands a sermon best of all if you hit him with a spoon." + +He waits and mutters: + +"The boy has commenced to ring the bells again. He does it for himself, +the rogue. If we did not lock the steeple, they would pray there from +morning until night." + +Haggart goes over to Khorre, near whom Dan is sitting. + +"Khorre! Let us go to eat--the priest called you." + +"I don't want to go, Noni." + +"So? What are you going to do here on shore?" + +"I will think, Noni, think. I have so much to think to be able to +understand at least something." + +Haggart turns around silently. The abbot calls from the distance: + +"He is not coming? Well, then, let him stay there. And Dan--never call +Dan, my son"--says the priest in his deep whisper, "he eats at night +like a rat. Mariet purposely puts something away for him in the closet +for the night; when she looks for it in the morning, it is gone. Just +think of it, no one ever hears when he takes it. Does he fly?" + +Both go off. Only the two old men, seated in a friendly manner on +two neighbouring rocks, remain on the deserted shore. And the old men +resemble each other so closely, and whatever they may say to each other, +the whiteness of their hair, the deep lines of their wrinkles, make them +kin. + +The tide is coming. + +"They have all gone away," mutters Khorre. "Thus will they cook hot soup +on the wrecks of our ship, too. Eh, Dan! Do you know he ordered me +to drink no gin for three days. Let the old dog croak! Isn't that so, +Noni?" + +"Of those who died at sea... Those who died at sea," mutters Dan. "A son +taken from his father, a son from his father. The father said go, and +the son perished in the sea. Oi, oi, oi!" + +"What are you prating there, old man? I say, he ordered me to drink no +gin. Soon he will order, like that King of yours, that the sea be lashed +with chains." + +"Oho! With chains." + +"Your king was a fool. Was he married, your king?" + +"The sea is coming, coming!" mutters Dan. "It brings along its noise, +its secret, its deception. Oh, how the sea deceives man. Those who died +at sea--yes, yes, yes. Those who died at sea." + +"Yes, the sea is coming. And you don't like it?" asks Khorre, rejoicing +maliciously. "Well, don't you like it? I don't like your music. Do you +hear, Dan? I hate your music!" + +"Oho! And why do you come to hear it? I know that you and Gart stood by +the wall and listened." + +Khorre says sternly: + +"It was he who got me out of bed." + +"He will get you out of bed again." + +"No!" roars Khorre furiously. "I will get up myself at night. Do you +hear, Dan? I will get up at night and break your music." + +"And I will spit into your sea." + +"Try," says the sailor distrustfully. "How will you spit?" + +"This way," and Dan, exasperated, spits in the direction of the sea. The +frightened Khorre, in confusion, says hoarsely: + +"Oh, what sort of man are you? You spat! Eh, Dan, look out; it will be +bad for you--you yourself are talking about those who died at sea." + +Dan shouts, frightened: + +"Who speaks of those that perished at sea? You, you dog!" + +He goes away, grumbling and coughing, swinging his hand and stooping. +Khorre is left alone before the entire vastness of the sea and the sky. + +"He is gone. Then I am going to look at you, O sea, until my eyes will +burst of thirst!" + +The ocean, approaching, is roaring. + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +At the very edge of the water, upon a narrow landing on the rocky shore, +stands a man--a small, dark, motionless dot. Behind him is the cold, +almost vertical slope of granite, and before his eyes the ocean is +rocking heavily and dully in the impenetrable darkness. Its mighty +approach is felt in the open voice of the waves which are rising from +the depths. Even sniffing sounds are heard--it is as though a drove of +monsters, playing, were splashing, snorting, lying down on their backs, +and panting contentedly, deriving their monstrous pleasures. + +The ocean smells of the strong odour of the depths, of decaying +seaweeds, of its grass. The sea is calm to-day and, as always, alone. + +And there is but one little light in the black space of water and +night--the distant lighthouse of the Holy Cross. + +The rattle of cobblestones is heard from under a cautious step: Haggart +is coming down to the sea along a steep path. He pauses, silent with +restraint, breathing deeply after the strain of passing the dangerous +slope, and goes forward. He is now at the edge--he straightens himself +and looks for a long time at him who had long before taken his strange +but customary place at the very edge of the deep. He makes a few steps +forward and greets him irresolutely and gently--Haggart greets him even +timidly: + +"Good evening, stranger. Have you been here long?" + +A sad, soft, and grave voice answers: + +"Good evening, Haggart. Yes, I have been here long." + +"You are watching?" + +"I am watching and listening." + +"Will you allow me to stand near you and look in the same direction +you are looking? I am afraid that I am disturbing you by my uninvited +presence--for when I came you were already here--but I am so fond of +this spot. This place is isolated, and the sea is near, and the earth +behind is silent; and here my eyes open. Like a night-owl, I see better +in the dark; the light of day dazzles me. You know, I have grown up on +the sea, sir." + +"No, you are not disturbing me, Haggart. But am I not disturbing you? +Then I shall go away." + +"You are so polite, sir," mutters Haggart. + +"But I also love this spot," continues the sad, grave voice. "I, too, +like to feel that the cold and peaceful granite is behind me. You have +grown up on the sea, Haggart--tell me, what is that faint light on the +right?" + +"That is the lighthouse of the Holy Cross." + +"Aha! The lighthouse of the Holy Cross. I didn't know that. But can such +a faint light help in time of a storm? I look and it always seems to me +that the light is going out. I suppose it isn't so." + +Haggart, agitated but restrained, says: + +"You frighten me, sir. Why do you ask me what you know better than I do? +You want to tempt me--you know everything." + +There is not a trace of a smile in the mournful voice--nothing but +sadness. + +"No, I know little. I know even less than you do, for I know more. +Pardon my rather complicated phrase, Haggart, but the tongue responds +with so much difficulty not only to our feeling, but also to our +thought." + +"You are polite," mutters Haggart agitated. "You are polite and always +calm. You are always sad and you have a thin hand with rings upon it, +and you speak like a very important personage. Who are you, sir?" + +"I am he whom you called--the one who is always sad." + +"When I come, you are already here; when I go away, you remain. Why do +you never want to go with me, sir?" + +"There is one way for you, Haggart, and another for me." + +"I see you only at night. I know all the people around this settlement, +and there is no one who looks like you. Sometimes I think that you are +the owner of that old castle where I lived. If that is so I must tell +you the castle was destroyed by the storm." + +"I don't know of whom you speak." + +"I don't understand how you know my name, Haggart. But I don't want to +deceive you. Although my wife Mariet calls me so, I invented that name +myself. I have another name--my real name--of which no one has ever +heard here." + +"I know your other name also, Haggart. I know your third name, too, +which even you do not know. But it is hardly worth speaking of this. You +had better look into this dark sea and tell me about your life. Is it +true that it is so joyous? They say that you are forever smiling. They +say that you are the bravest and most handsome fisherman on the coast. +And they also say that you love your wife Mariet very dearly." + +"O sir!" exclaims Haggart with restraint, "my life is so sad that you +could not find an image like it in this dark deep. O sir! my sufferings +are so deep that you could not find a more terrible place in this dark +abyss." + +"What is the cause of your sorrow and your sufferings, Haggart?" + +"Life, sir. Here your noble and sad eyes look in the same direction my +eyes look--into this terrible, dark distance. Tell me, then, what is +stirring there? What is resting and waiting there, what is silent there, +what is screaming and singing and complaining there in its own voices? +What are the voices that agitate me and fill my soul with phantoms of +sorrow, and yet say nothing? And whence comes this night? And whence +comes my sorrow? Are you sighing, sir, or is it the sigh of the ocean +blending with your voice? My hearing is beginning to fail me, my master, +my dear master." + +The sad voice replies: + +"It is my sigh, Haggart. My great sorrow is responding to your sorrow. +You see at night like an owl, Haggart; then look at my thin hands and at +my rings. Are they not pale? And look at my face--is it not pale? Is it +not pale--is it not pale? Oh, Haggart, my dear Haggart." + +They grieve silently. The heavy ocean is splashing, tossing about, +spitting and snorting and sniffing peacefully. The sea is calm to-night +and alone, as always. + +"Tell Haggart--" says the sad voice. + +"Very well. I will tell Haggart." + +"Tell Haggart that I love him." + +Silence--and then a faint, plaintive reproach resounds softly: + +"If your voice were not so grave, sir, I would have thought that you +were laughing at me. Am I not Haggart that I should tell something to +Haggart? But no--I sense a different meaning in your words, and you +frighten me again. And when Haggart is afraid, it is real terror. Very +well, I will tell Haggart everything you have said." + +"Adjust my cloak; my shoulder is cold. But it always seems to me that +the light over there is going out. You called it the lighthouse of the +Holy Cross, if I am not mistaken?" + +"Yes, it is called so here." + +"Aha! It is called so here." + +Silence. + +"Must I go now?" asks Haggart. + +"Yes, go." + +"And you will remain here?" + +"I will remain here." + +Haggart retreats several steps. + +"Good-bye, sir." + +"Good-bye, Haggart." + +Again the cobblestones rattle under his cautious steps; without looking +back, Haggart climbs the steep rocks. + +Of what great sorrow speaks this night? + + + +CHAPTER V + + +"Your hands are in blood, Haggart. Whom have you killed, Haggart?" + +"Silence, Khorre, I killed that man. Be silent and listen--he will +commence to play soon. I stood here and listened, but suddenly my heart +sank, and I cannot stay here alone." + +"Don't confuse my mind, Noni; don't tempt me. I will run away from here. +At night, when I am already fast asleep, you swoop down on me like a +demon, grab me by the neck, and drag me over here--I can't understand +anything. Tell me, my boy, is it necessary to hide the body?" + +"Yes, yes." + +"Why didn't you throw it into the sea?" + +"Silence! What are you prating about? I have nothing to throw into the +sea." + +"But your hands are in blood." + +"Silence, Khorre! He will commence soon. Be silent and listen--I say to +you--Are you a friend to me or not, Khorre?" + +He drags him closer to the dark window of the church. Khorre mutters: + +"How dark it is. If you raised me out of bed for this accursed music--" + +"Yes, yes; for this accursed music." + +"Then you have disturbed my honest sleep in vain; I want no music, +Noni." + +"So! Was I perhaps to run through the street, knock at the windows and +shout: 'Eh, who is there; where's a living soul? Come and help Haggart, +stand up with him against the cannons.'" + +"You are confusing things, Noni. Drink some gin, my boy. What cannons?" + +"Silence, sailor." + +He drags him away from the window. + +"Oh, you shake me like a squall!" + +"Silence! I think he looked at us from the window; something white +flashed behind the window pane. You may laugh. Khorre--if he came out +now I would scream like a woman." + +He laughs softly. + +"Are you speaking of Dan? I don't understand anything, Noni." + +"But is that Dan? Of course it is not Dan--it is some one else. Give me +your hand, sailor." + +"I think that you simply drank too much, like that time--remember, +in the castle? And your hand is quivering. But then the game was +different--" + +"Tss!" + +Khorre lowers his voice: + +"But your hand is really in blood. Oh, you are breaking my fingers!" + +Haggart threatens: + +"If you don't keep still, dog, I'll break every bone of your body! I'll +pull every vein out of your body, if you don't keep still, you dog!" + +Silence. The distant breakers are softly groaning, as if +complaining--the sea has gone far away from the black earth. And the +night is silent. It came no one knows whence and spread over the earth; +it spread over the earth and is silent; it is silent, waiting for +something. And ferocious mists have swung themselves to meet it--the sea +breathed phantoms, driving to the earth a herd of headless submissive +giants. A heavy fog is coming. + +"Why doesn't he light a lamp?" asks Khorre sternly but submissively. + +"He needs no light." + +"Perhaps there is no one there any longer." + +"Yes, he's there." + +"A fog is coming. How quiet it is! There's something wrong in the +air--what do you think, Noni?" + +"Tss!" + +The first soft sounds of the organ resound. Some one is sitting alone +in the dark and is speaking to God in an incomprehensible language about +the most important things. And however faint the sounds--suddenly the +silence vanishes, the night trembles and stares into the dark church +with all its myriads of phantom eyes. An agitated voice whispers: + +"Listen! He always begins that way. He gets a hold of your soul at once! +Where does he get the power? He gets a hold of your heart!" + +"I don't like it." + +"Listen! Now he makes believe he is Haggart, Khorre! Little Haggart in +his mother's lap. Look, all hands are filled with golden rays; little +Haggart is playing with golden rays. Look!" + +"I don't see it, Noni. Leave my hand alone, it hurts." + +"Now he makes believe he is Haggart! Listen!" + +The oppressive chords resound faintly. Haggart moans softly. + +"What is it, Noni? Do you feel any pain?" + +"Yes. Do you understand of what he speaks?" + +"No." + +"He speaks of the most important--of the most vital, Khorre--if we could +only understand it--I want to understand it. Listen, Khorre, listen! Why +does he make believe that he is Haggart? It is not my soul. My soul does +not know this." + +"What, Noni?" + +"I don't know. What terrible dreams there are in this land! Listen. +There! Now he will cry and he will say: 'It is Haggart crying.' He will +call God and will say: 'Haggart is calling.' He lies--Haggart did not +call, Haggart does not know God." + +He moans again, trying to restrain himself. + +"Do you feel any pain?" + +"Yes--Be silent." + +Haggart exclaims in a muffled voice: + +"Oh, Khorre!" + +"What is it, Noni?" + +"Why don't you tell him that it isn't Haggart? It is a lie!" whispers +Haggart rapidly. "He thinks that he knows, but he does not know +anything. He is a small, wretched old man with red eyes, like those of +a rabbit, and to-morrow death will mow him down. Ha! He is dealing in +diamonds, he throws them from one hand to the other like an old miser, +and he himself is dying of hunger. It is a fraud, Khorre, a fraud. Let +us shout loudly, Khorre, we are alone here." + +He shouts, turning to the thundering organ: + +"Eh, musician! Even a fly cannot rise on your wings, even the smallest +fly cannot rise on your wings. Eh, musician! Let me have your torn hat +and I will throw a penny into it; your lie is worth no more. What are +you prating there about God, you rabbit's eyes? Be silent, I am shamed +to listen to you. I swear, I am ashamed to listen to you! Don't you +believe me? You are still calling? Whither?" + +"Strike them on the head, Noni." + +"Be silent, you dog! But what a terrible land! What are they doing here +with the human heart? What terrible dreams there are in this land?" + +He stops speaking. The organ sings solemnly. + +"Why did you stop speaking, Noni?" asks the sailor with alarm. + +"I am listening. It is good music, Khorre. Have I said anything?" + +"You even shouted, Noni, and you forced me to shout with you." + +"That is not true. I have been silent all the time. Do you know, I +haven't even opened my mouth once! You must have been dreaming, Khorre. +Perhaps you are thinking that you are near the church? You are simply +sleeping in your bed, sailor. It is a dream." + +Khorre is terrified. + +"Drink some gin, Noni." + +"I don't need it. I drank something else already." + +"Your hands?" + +"Be silent, Khorre. Don't you see that everything is silent and is +listening, and you alone are talking? The musician may feel offended!" + +He laughs quietly. Brass trumpets are roaring harmoniously about the +triumphant conciliation between man and God. The fog is growing thicker. + +A loud stamping of feet--some one runs through the deserted street in +agitation. + +"Noni!" whispers the sailor. "Who ran by?" + +"I hear." + +"Noni! Another one is running. Something is wrong." + +Frightened people are running about in the middle of the night--the +echo of the night doubles the sound of their footsteps, increasing their +terror tenfold, and it seems as if the entire village, terror-stricken, +is running away somewhere. Rocking, dancing silently, as upon waves, a +lantern floats by. + +"They have found him, Khorre. They have found the man I killed, sailor! +I did not throw him into the sea; I brought him and set his head up +against the door of his house. They have found him." + +Another lantern floats by, swinging from side to side. As if hearing +the alarm, the organ breaks off at a high chord. An instant of silence, +emptiness of dread waiting, and then a woman's sob of despair fills it +up to the brim. + +The mist is growing thicker. + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +The flame in the oil-lamp is dying out, having a smell of burning. It is +near sunrise. A large, clean, fisherman's hut. A skilfully made +little ship is fastened to the ceiling, and even the sails are set. +Involuntarily this little ship has somehow become the centre of +attraction and all those who speak, who are silent and who listen, look +at it, study each familiar sail. Behind the dark curtain lies the body +of Philipp--this hut belonged to him. + +The people are waiting for Haggart--some have gone out to search for +him. On the benches along the walls, the old fishermen have seated +themselves, their hands folded on their knees; some of them seem to be +slumbering; others are smoking their pipes. They speak meditatively and +cautiously, as though eager to utter no unnecessary words. Whenever +a belated fisherman comes in, he looks first at the curtain, then he +silently squeezes himself into the crowd, and those who have no place on +the bench apparently feel embarrassed. + +The abbot paces the room heavily, his hands folded on his back, his head +lowered; when any one is in his way, he quietly pushes him aside with +his hand. He is silent and knits his brows convulsively. Occasionally he +glances at the door or at the window and listens. + +The only woman present there is Mariet. She is sitting by the table +and constantly watching her father with her burning eyes. She shudders +slightly at each loud word, at the sound of the door as it opens, at the +noise of distant footsteps. + +At night a fog came from the sea and covered the earth. And such +perfect quiet reigns now that long-drawn tolling is heard in the distant +lighthouse of the Holy Cross. Warning is thus given to the ships that +have lost their way in the fog. + +Some one in the corner says: + +"Judging from the blow, it was not one of our people that killed him. +Our people can't strike like that. He stuck the knife here, then slashed +over there, and almost cut his head off." + +"You can't do that with a dull knife!" + +"No. You can't do it with a weak hand. I saw a murdered sailor on the +wharf one day--he was cut up just like this." + +Silence. + +"And where is his mother?" asks some one, nodding at the curtain. + +"Selly is taking care of her. Selly took her to her house." + +An old fisherman quietly asks his neighbour: + +"Who told you?" + +"Francina woke me. Who told you, Marle?" + +"Some one knocked on my window." + +"Who knocked on your window?" + +"I don't know." + +Silence. + +"How is it you don't know? Who was the first to see?" + +"Some one passed by and noticed him." + +"None of us passed by. There was nobody among us who passed by." + +A fisherman seated at the other end, says: + +"There was nobody among us who passed by. Tell us, Thomas." + +Thomas takes out his pipe: + +"I am a neighbour of Philipp's, of that man there--" he points at the +curtain. "Yes, yes, you all know that I am his neighbour. And if anybody +does not know it--I'll say it again, as in a court of justice: I am his +neighbour--I live right next to him--" he turns to the window. + +An elderly fisherman enters and forces himself silently into the line. + +"Well, Tibo?" asks the abbot, stopping. + +"Nothing." + +"Haven't you found Haggart?" + +"No. It is so foggy that they are afraid of losing themselves. They walk +and call each other; some of them hold each other by the hand. Even a +lantern can't be seen ten feet away." + +The abbot lowers his head and resumes his pacing. The old fisherman +speaks, without addressing any one in particular. + +"There are many ships now staring helplessly in the sea." + +"I walked like a blind man," says Tibo. "I heard the Holy Cross ringing. +But it seems as if it changed its place. The sound comes from the left +side." + +"The fog is deceitful." + +Old Desfoso says: + +"This never happened here. Since Dugamel broke Jack's head with a shaft. +That was thirty--forty years ago." + +"What did you say, Desfoso?" the abbot stops. + +"I say, since Dugamel broke Jack's head--" + +"Yes, yes!" says the abbot, and resumes pacing the room. + +"Then Dugamel threw himself into the sea from a rock and was dashed to +death--that's how it happened. He threw himself down." + +Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with hatred. Silence. + +"What did you say, Thomas?" + +Thomas takes his pipe out of his mouth. + +"Nothing. I only said that some one knocked at my window." + +"You don't know who?" + +"No. And you will never know. I came out, I looked--and there Philipp +was sitting at his door. I wasn't surprised--Philipp often roamed about +at night ever since--" + +He stops irresolutely. Mariet asks harshly: + +"Since when? You said 'since.'" + +Silence. Desfoso replies frankly and heavily: + +"Since your Haggart came. Go ahead, Thomas, tell us about it." + +"So I said to him: 'Why did you knock, Philipp? Do you want anything?' +But he was silent." + +"And he was silent?" + +"He was silent. 'If you don't want anything, you had better go to sleep, +my friend,' said I. But he was silent. Then I looked at him--his throat +was cut open." + +Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with aversion. Silence. Another +fisherman enters, looks at the curtain and silently forces his way into +the crowd. Women's voices are heard behind the door; the abbot stops. + +"Eh, Lebon! Chase the women away," he says. "Tell them, there is nothing +for them to do here." + +Lebon goes out. + +"Wait," the abbot stops. "Ask how the mother is feeling; Selly is taking +care of her." + +Desfoso says: + +"You say, chase away the women, abbot? And your daughter? She is here." + +The abbot looks at Mariet. She says: + +"I am not going away from here." + +Silence. The abbot paces the room again; he looks at the little ship +fastened to the ceiling and asks: + +"Who made it?" + +All look at the little ship. + +"He," answers Desfoso. "He made it when he wanted to go to America as a +sailor. He was always asking me how a three-masted brig is fitted out." + +They look at the ship again, at its perfect little sails--at the little +rags. Lebon returns. + +"I don't know how to tell you about it, abbot. The women say that +Haggart and his sailor are being led over here. The women are afraid." + +Mariet shudders and looks at the door; the abbot pauses. + +"Oho, it is daybreak already, the fog is turning blue!" says one +fisherman to another, but his voice breaks off. + +"Yes. Low tide has started," replies the other dully. + +Silence. Then uneven footsteps resound. Several young fishermen with +excited faces bring in Haggart, who is bound, and push Khorre in after +him, also bound. Haggart is calm; as soon as the sailor was bound, +something wildly free appeared in his movements, in his manners, in the +sharpness of his swift glances. + +One of the men who brought Haggart says to the abbot in a low voice: + +"He was near the church. Ten times we passed by and saw no one, until he +called: 'Aren't you looking for me?' It is so foggy, father." + +The abbot shakes his head silently and sits down. Mariet smiles to her +husband with her pale lips, but he does not look at her. Like all the +others, he has fixed his eyes in amazement on the toy ship. + +"Hello, Haggart," says the abbot. + +"Hello, father." + +"You call me father?" + +"Yes, you." + +"You are mistaken, Haggart. I am not your father." + +The fishermen exchanged glances contentedly. + +"Well, then. Hello, abbot," says Haggart with indifference, and resumes +examining the little ship. Khorre mutters: + +"That's the way, be firm, Noni." + +"Who made this toy?" asks Haggart, but no one replies. + +"Hello, Gart!" says Mariet, smiling. "It is I, your wife, Mariet. Let me +untie your hands." + +With a smile, pretending that she does not notice the stains of blood, +she unfastens the ropes. All look at her in silence. Haggart also looks +at her bent, alarmed head. + +"Thank you," he says, straightening his hands. + +"It would be a good thing to untie my hands, too," said Khorre, but +there is no answer. + +ABBOT--Haggart, did you kill Philipp? + +HAGGART--I. + +ABBOT--Do you mean to say--eh, you, Haggart--that you yourself killed +him with your own hands? Perhaps you said to the sailor: "Sailor, go and +kill Philipp," and he did it, for he loves you and respects you as his +superior? Perhaps it happened that way! Tell me, Haggart. I called you +my son, Haggart. + +HAGGART--No, I did not order the sailor to do it. I killed Philipp with +my own hand. + +Silence. + +KHORRE--Noni! Tell them to unfasten my hands and give me back my pipe. + +"Don't be in a hurry," roars the priest. "Be bound awhile, drunkard! You +had better be afraid of an untied rope--it may be formed into a noose." + +But obeying a certain swift movement or glance of Haggart, Mariet walks +over to the sailor and opens the knots of the rope. And again all look +in silence upon her bent, alarmed head. Then they turn their eyes upon +Haggart. Just as they looked at the little ship before, so they now look +at him. And he, too, has forgotten about the toy. As if aroused from +sleep, he surveys the fishermen, and stares long at the dark curtain. + +ABBOT--Haggart, I am asking you. Who carried Philipp's body? + +HAGGART--I. I brought it and put it near the door, his head against the +door, his face against the sea. It was hard to set him that way, he was +always falling down. But I did it. + +ABBOT--Why did you do it? + +HAGGART--I don't know exactly. I heard that Philipp has a mother, an +old woman, and I thought this might please them better--both him and his +mother. + +ABBOT--(With restraint.) You are laughing at us? + +HAGGART--No. What makes you think I am laughing? I am just as serious as +you are. Did he--did Philipp make this little ship? + +No one answers. Mariet, rising and bending over to Haggart across the +table, says: + +"Didn't you say this, Haggart: 'My poor boy, I killed you because I +had to kill you, and now I am going to take you to your mother, my dear +boy'?" + +"These are very sad words. Who told them to you, Mariet?" asks Haggart, +surprised. + +"I heard them. And didn't you say further: 'Mother, I have brought you +your son, and put him down at your door--take your boy, mother'?" + +Haggart maintains silence. + +"I don't know," roars the abbot bitterly. "I don't know; people don't +kill here, and we don't know how it is done. Perhaps that is as it +should be--to kill and then bring the murdered man to his mother's +threshold. What are you gaping at, you scarecrow?" + +Khorre replies rudely: + +"According to my opinion, he should have thrown him into the sea. Your +Haggart is out of his mind; I have said it long ago." + +Suddenly old Desfoso shouts amid the loud approval of the others: + +"Hold your tongue! We will send him to the city, but we will hang you +like a cat ourselves, even if you did not kill him." + +"Silence, old man, silence!" the abbot stops him, while Khorre looks +over their heads with silent contempt. "Haggart, I am asking you, why +did you take Philipp's life? He needed his life just as you need yours." + +"He was Mariet's betrothed--and--" + +"Well?" + +"And--I don't want to speak. Why didn't you ask me before, when he was +alive? Now I have killed him." + +"But"--says the abbot, and there is a note of entreaty in his heavy +voice. "But it may be that you are already repenting, Haggart? You are a +splendid man, Gart. I know you; when you are sober you cannot hurt even +a fly. Perhaps you were intoxicated--that happens with young people--and +Philipp may have said something to you, and you--" + +"No." + +"No? Well, then, let it be no. Am I not right, children? But perhaps +something strange came over you--it happens with people--suddenly a red +mist will get into a man's head, the beast will begin to howl in his +breast, and--In such cases one word is enough--" + +"No, Philipp did not say anything to me. He passed along the road, when +I jumped out from behind a large rock and stuck a knife into his throat. +He had no time even to be scared. But if you like--" Haggart surveys the +fishermen with his eyes irresolutely--"I feel a little sorry for him. +That is, just a little. Did he make this toy?" + +The abbot lowers his head sternly. And Desfoso shouts again, amidst sobs +of approval from the others: + +"No! Abbot, you better ask him what he was doing at the church. Dan saw +them from the window. Wouldn't you tell us what you and your accursed +sailor were doing at the church? What were you doing there? Speak." + +Haggart looks at the speaker steadfastly and says slowly: + +"I talked with the devil." + +A muffled rumbling follows. The abbot jumps from his place and roars +furiously: + +"Then let him sit on your neck! Eh, Pierre, Jules, tie him down as fast +as you can until morning. And the other one, too. And in the morning--in +the morning, take him away to the city, to the Judges. I don't know +their accursed city laws"--cries the abbot in despair--"but they will +hang you, Haggart! You will dangle on a rope, Haggart!" + +Khorre rudely pushes aside the young fisherman who comes over to him +with a rope, and says to Desfoso in a low voice: + +"It's an important matter, old man. Go away for a minute--he oughtn't to +hear it," he nods at Haggart. + +"I don't trust you." + +"You needn't. That's nothing. Noni, there is a little matter here. Come, +come, and don't be afraid. I have no knife." + +The people step aside and whisper. Haggart is silently waiting to be +bound, but no one comes over to him. All shudder when Mariet suddenly +commences to speak: + +"Perhaps you think that all this is just, father? Why, then, don't you +ask me about it? I am his wife. Don't you believe that I am his wife? +Then I will bring little Noni here. Do you want me to bring little Noni? +He is sleeping, but I will wake him up. Once in his life he may wake up +at night in order to say that this man whom you want to hang in the city +is his father." + +"Don't!" says Haggart. + +"Very well," replies Mariet obediently. "He commands and I must obey--he +is my husband. Let little Noni sleep. But I am not sleeping, I am here. +Why, then, didn't you ask me: 'Mariet, how was it possible that your +husband, Haggart, should kill Philipp'?" + +Silence. Desfoso, who has returned and who is agitated, decides: + +"Let her speak. She is his wife." + +"You will not believe, Desfoso," says Mariet, turning to the old +fisherman with a tender and mournful smile. "Desfoso, you will not +believe what strange and peculiar creatures we women are!" + +Turning to all the people with the same smile, she continues: + +"You will not believe what queer desires, what cunning, malicious +little thoughts we women have. It was I who persuaded my husband to kill +Philipp. Yes, yes--he did not want to do it, but I urged him; I cried so +much and threatened him, so he consented. Men always give in--isn't that +true, Desfoso?" + +Haggart looks at his wife in a state of great perplexity, his eyebrows +brought close to each other. Mariet continues, without looking at him, +still smiling as before: + +"You will ask me, why I wanted Philipp's death? Yes, yes, you will ask +this question, I know it. He never did me any harm, that poor Philipp, +isn't that true? Then I will tell you: He was my betrothed. I don't know +whether you will be able to understand me. You, old Desfoso--you would +not kill the girl you kissed one day? Of course not. But we women are +such strange creatures--you can't even imagine what strange, suspicious, +peculiar creatures we are. Philipp was my betrothed, and he kissed me--" + +She wipes her mouth and continues, laughing: + +"Here I am wiping my mouth even now. You have all seen how I wiped my +mouth. I am wiping away Philipp's kisses. You are laughing. But ask your +wife, Desfoso--does she want the life of the man who kissed her before +you? Ask all women who love--even the old women! We never grow old in +love. We are born so, we women." + +Haggart almost believes her. Advancing a step forward, he asks: + +"You urged me? Perhaps it is true, Mariet--I don't remember." + +Mariet laughs. + +"Do you hear? He has forgotten. Go on, Gart. You may say that it was +your own idea? That's the way you men are--you forget everything. Will +you say perhaps that I--" + +"Mariet!" Haggart interrupts her threateningly. + +Mariet, turning pale, looking sorrowfully at his terrible eyes which are +now steadfastly fixed upon her, continues, still smiling: + +"Go on, Gart! Will you say perhaps that I--Will you say perhaps that I +dissuaded you? That would be funny--" + +HAGGART--No, I will not say that. You lie, Mariet! Even I, Haggart--just +think of it, people--even I believed her, so cleverly does this woman +lie. + +MARIET--Go--on--Haggart. + +HAGGART--You are laughing? Abbot, I don't want to be the husband of your +daughter--she lies. + +ABBOT--You are worse than the devil, Gart! That's what I say--You are +worse than the devil, Gart! + +HAGGART--You are all foolish people! I don't understand you; I don't +know now what to do with you. Shall I laugh? Shall I be angry? Shall +I cry? You want to let me go--why, then, don't you let me go? You are +sorry for Philipp. Well, then, kill me--I have told you that it was I +who killed the boy. Am I disputing? But you are making grimaces like +monkeys that have found bananas--or have you such a game in your land? +Then I don't want to play it. And you, abbot, you are like a juggler in +the marketplace. In one hand you have truth and in the other hand +you have truth, and you are forever performing tricks. And now she is +lying--she lies so well that my heart contracts with belief. Oh, she is +doing it well! + +And he laughs bitterly. + +MARIET--Forgive me, Gart. + +HAGGART--When I wanted to kill him, she hung on my hand like a rock, and +now she says that she killed him. She steals from me this murder; she +does not know that one has to earn that, too! Oh, there are queer people +in your land! + +"I wanted to deceive them, not you, Gart. I wanted to save you," says +Mariet. + +Haggart replies: + +"My father taught me: 'Eh, Noni, beware! There is one truth and one law +for all--for the sun, for the wind, for the waves, for the beasts--and +only for man there is another truth. Beware of this truth of man, Noni!' +so said my father. Perhaps this is your truth? Then I am not afraid of +it, but I feel very sad and very embittered. Mariet, if you sharpened my +knife and said: 'Go and kill that man'--it may be that I would not have +cared to kill him. 'What is the use of cutting down a withered tree?'--I +would have said. But now--farewell, Mariet! Well, bind me and take me to +the city." + +He waits haughtily, but no one approaches him. Mariet has lowered her +head upon her hands, her shoulders are twitching. The abbot is also +absorbed in thought, his large head lowered. Desfoso is carrying on a +heated conversation in whispers with the fishermen. Khorre steps forward +and speaks, glancing at Haggart askance: + +"I had a little talk with them, Noni--they are all right, they are good +fellows, Noni. Only the priest--but he is a good man, too--am I right, +Noni? Don't look so crossly at me, or I'll mix up the whole thing! You +see, kind people, it's this way: this man, Haggart, and I have saved up +a little sum of money, a little barrel of gold. We don't need it, Noni, +do we? Perhaps you will take it for yourselves? What do you think? +Shall we give them the gold, Noni? You see, here I've entangled myself +already." + +He winks slyly at Mariet, who has now lifted her head. + +"What are you prating there, you scarecrow?" asks the abbot. + +Khorre continues: + +"Here it goes, Noni; I am straightening it out little by little! But +where have we buried it, the barrel? Do you remember, Noni? I have +forgotten. They say it's from the gin, kind people; they say that one's +memory fails from too much gin. I am a drunkard, that's true." + +"If you are not inventing--then you had better choke yourself with your +gold, you dog!" says the abbot. + +HAGGART--Khorre! + +KHORRE--Yes. + +HAGGART--To-morrow you will get a hundred lashes. Abbot, order a hundred +lashes for him! + +ABBOT--With pleasure, my son. With pleasure. + +The movements of the fishermen are just as slow and languid, but there +is something new in their increased puffing and pulling at their pipes, +in the light quiver of their tanned hands. Some of them arise and look +out of the window with feigned indifference. + +"The fog is rising!" says one, looking out of the window. "Do you hear +what I said about the fog?" + +"It's time to go to sleep. I say, it's time to go to sleep!" + +Desfoso comes forward and speaks cautiously: + +"That isn't quite so, abbot. It seems you didn't say exactly what +you ought to say, abbot. They seem to think differently. I don't say +anything for myself--I am simply talking about them. What do you say, +Thomas?" + +THOMAS--We ought to go to sleep, I say. Isn't it true that it is time to +go to sleep? + +MARIET (softly)--Sit down, Gart. You are tired to-night. You don't +answer? + +An old fisherman says: + +"There used to be a custom in our land, I heard, that a murderer was to +pay a fine for the man he killed. Have you heard about it, Desfoso?" + +Another voice is heard: + +"Philipp is dead. Philipp is dead already, do you hear, neighbour? Who +is going to support his mother?" + +"I haven't enough even for my own! And the fog is rising, neighbour." + +"Abbot, did you hear us say: 'Gart is a bad man; Gart is a +good-for-nothing, a city trickster?' No, we said: 'This thing has never +happened here before,'" says Desfoso. + +Then a determined voice remarks: + +"Gart is a good man! Wild Gart is a good man!" + +DESFOSO--If you looked around, abbot, you couldn't find a single, strong +boat here. I haven't enough tar for mine. And the church--is that the +way a good church ought to look? I am not saying it myself, but it comes +out that way--it can't be helped, abbot. + +Haggart turns to Mariet and says: + +"Do you hear, woman?" + +"I do." + +"Why don't you spit into their faces?" + +"I can't. I love you, Haggart. Are there only ten Commandments of God? +No, there is still another: 'I love you, Haggart.'" + +"What sad dreams there are in your land." + +The abbot rises and walks over to the fishermen. + +"Well, what did you say about the church, old man? You said something +interesting about the church, or was I mistaken?" + +He casts a swift glance at Mariet and Haggart. + +"It isn't the church alone, abbot. There are four of us old men: Legran, +Stoffle, Puasar, Kornu, and seven old women. Do I say that we are not +going to feed them? Of course, we will, but don't be angry, father--it +is hard! You know it yourself, abbot--old age is no fun." + +"I am an old man, too!" begins old Rikke, lisping, but suddenly he +flings his hat angrily to the ground. "Yes, I am an old man. I don't +want any more, that's all! I worked, and now I don't want to work. +That's all! I don't want to work." + +He goes out, swinging his hand. All look sympathetically at his stooping +back, at his white tufts of hair. And then they look again at Desfoso, +at his mouth, from which their words come out. A voice says: + +"There, Rikke doesn't want to work any more." + +All laugh softly and forcedly. + +"Suppose we send Gart to the city--what then?" Desfoso goes on, without +looking at Haggart. "Well, the city people will hang him--and then +what? The result will be that a man will be gone, a fisherman will be +gone--you will lose a son, and Mariet will lose her husband, and the +little boy his father. Is there any joy in that?" + +"That's right, that's right!" nods the abbot, approvingly. "But what a +mind you have, Desfoso!" + +"Do you pay attention to them, Abbot?" asked Haggart. + +"Yes, I do, Haggart. And it wouldn't do you any harm to pay attention to +them. The devil is prouder than you, and yet he is only the devil, and +nothing more." + +Desfoso affirms: + +"What's the use of pride? Pride isn't necessary." + +He turns to Haggart, his eyes still lowered; then he lifts his eyes and +asks: + +"Gart! But you don't need to kill anybody else. Excepting Philipp, you +don't feel like killing anybody else, do you?" + +"No." + +"Only Philipp, and no more? Do you hear? Only Philipp, and no more. And +another question--Gart, don't you want to send away this man, Khorre? We +would like you to do it. Who knows him? People say that all this trouble +comes through him." + +Several voices are heard: + +"Through him. Send him away, Gart! It will be better for him!" + +The abbot upholds them. + +"True!" + +"You, too, priest!" says Khorre, gruffly. Haggart looks with a faint +smile at his angry, bristled face, and says: + +"I rather feel like sending him away. Let him go." + +"Well, then, Abbot," says Desfoso, turning around, "we have decided, in +accordance with our conscience--to take the money. Do I speak properly?" + +One voice answers for all: + +"Yes." + +DESFOSO--Well, sailor, where is the money? + +KHORRE--Captain? + +HAGGART--Give it to them. + +KHORRE (rudely)--"Then give me back my knife and my pipe first! Who is +the eldest among you--you? Listen, then: Take crowbars and shovels and +go to the castle. Do you know the tower, the accursed tower that fell? +Go over there--" + +He bends down and draws a map on the floor with his crooked finger. All +bend down and look attentively; only the abbot gazes sternly out of the +window, behind which the heavy fog is still grey. Haggart whispers in a +fit of rage: + +"Mariet, it would have been better if you had killed me as I killed +Philipp. And now my father is calling me. Where will be the end of my +sorrow, Mariet? Where the end of the world is. And where is the end of +the world? Do you want to take my sorrow, Mariet?" + +"I do, Haggart." + +"No, you are a woman." + +"Why do you torture me, Gart? What have I done that you should torture +me so? I love you." + +"You lied." + +"My tongue lied. I love you." + +"A serpent has a double tongue, but ask the serpent what it wants--and +it will tell you the truth. It is your heart that lied. Was it not you, +girl, that I met that time on the road? And you said: 'Good evening.' +How you have deceived me!" + +Desfoso asks loudly: + +"Well, abbot? You are coming along with us, aren't you, father. +Otherwise something wrong might come out of it. Do I speak properly?" + +The abbot replies merrily: + +"Of course, of course, children. I am going with you. Without me, you +will think of the church. I have just been thinking of the church--of +the kind of church you need. Oh, it's hard to get along with you, +people!" + +The fishermen go out very slowly--they are purposely lingering. + +"The sea is coming," says one. "I can hear it." + +"Yes, yes, the sea is coming! Did you understand what he said?" + +The few who remained are more hasty in their movements. Some of them +politely bid Haggart farewell. + +"Good-bye, Gart." + +"I am thinking, Haggart, what kind of a church we need. This one will +not do, it seems. They prayed here a hundred years; now it is no good, +they say. Well, then, it is necessary to have a new one, a better one. +But what shall it be?" + +"'Pope's a rogue, Pope's a rogue.' But, then, I am a rogue, too. Don't +you think, Gart, that I am also something of a rogue? One moment, +children, I am with you." + +There is some crowding in the doorway. The abbot follows the last man +with his eyes and roars angrily: + +"Eh, you, Haggart, murderer! What are you smiling at? You have no right +to despise them like that. They are my children. They have worked--have +you seen their hands, their backs? If you haven't noticed that, you are +a fool! They are tired. They want to rest. Let them rest, even at the +cost of the blood of the one you killed. I'll give them each a little, +and the rest I will throw out into the sea. Do you hear, Haggart?" + +"I hear, priest." + +The abbot exclaims, raising his arms: + +"O Lord! Why have you made a heart that can have pity on both the +murdered and the murderer! Gart, go home. Take him home, Mariet, and +wash his hands!" + +"To whom do you lie, priest?" asks Haggart, slowly. "To God or to the +devil? To yourself or to the people? Or to everybody?" + +He laughs bitterly. + +"Eh, Gart! You are drunk with blood." + +"And with what are you drunk?" + +They face each other. Mariet cries angrily, placing herself between +them: + +"May a thunder strike you down, both of you, that's what I am praying +to God. May a thunder strike you down! What are you doing with my heart? +You are tearing it with your teeth like greedy dogs. You didn't drink +enough blood, Gart, drink mine, then! You will never have enough, Gart, +isn't that true?" + +"Now, now," says the abbot, calming them. "Take him home, Mariet. Go +home, Gart, and sleep more." + +Mariet comes forward, goes to the door and pauses there. + +"Gart! I am going to little Noni." + +"Go." + +"Are you coming along with me?" + +"Yes--no--later." + +"I am going to little Noni. What shall I tell him about his father when +he wakes up?" + +Haggart is silent. Khorre comes back and stops irresolutely at the +threshold. Mariet casts at him a glance full of contempt and then goes +out. Silence. + +"Khorre!" + +"Yes." + +"Gin!" + +"Here it is, Noni. Drink it, my boy, but not all at once, not all at +once, Noni." + +Haggart drinks; he examines the room with a smile. + +"Nobody. Did you see him, Khorre? He is there, behind the curtain. Just +think of it, sailor--here we are again with him alone." + +"Go home, Noni!" + +"Right away. Give me some gin." + +He drinks. + +"And they? They have gone?" + +"They ran, Noni. Go home, my boy! They ran off like goats. I was +laughing so much, Noni." + +Both laugh. + +"Take down that toy, Khorre. Yes, yes, a little ship. He made it, +Khorre." + +They examine the toy. + +"Look how skilfully the jib was made, Khorre. Good boy, Philipp! But the +halyards are bad, look. No, Philipp! You never saw how real ships are +fitted out--real ships which rove over the ocean, tearing its grey +waves. Was it with this toy that you wanted to quench your little +thirst--fool?" + +He throws down the little ship and rises: + +"Khorre! Boatswain!" + +"Yes." + +"Call them! I assume command again, Khorre!" + +The sailor turns pale and shouts enthusiastically: + +"Noni! Captain! My knees are trembling. I will not be able to reach them +and I will fall on the way." + +"You will reach them! We must also take our money away from these +people--what do you think, Khorre? We have played a little, and now it +is enough--what do you think, Khorre?" + +He laughs. The sailor looks at him, his hands folded as in prayer, and +he weeps. + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +"These are your comrades, Haggart? I am so glad to see them. You said, +Gart, yes--you said that their faces were entirely different from the +faces of our people, and that is true. Oh, how true it is! Our people +have handsome faces, too--don't think our fishermen are ugly, but they +haven't these deep, terrible scars. I like them very much, I assure you, +Gart. I suppose you are a friend of Haggart's--you have such stern, fine +eyes? But you are silent? Why are they silent, Haggart; did you forbid +them to speak? And why are you silent yourself, Haggart? Haggart!" + +Illuminated by the light of torches, Haggart stands and listens to the +rapid, agitated speech. The metal of the guns and the uniforms vibrates +and flashes; the light is also playing on the faces of those who +have surrounded Haggart in a close circle--these are his nearest, his +friends. And in the distance there is a different game--there a large +ship is dancing silently, casting its light upon the black waves, +and the black water plays with them, pleating them like a braid, +extinguishing them and kindling them again. + +A noisy conversation and the splashing of the waters--and the dreadful +silence of kindred human lips that are sealed. + +"I am listening to you, Mariet," says Haggart at last. "What do you +want, Mariet? It is impossible that some one should have offended you. I +ordered them not to touch your house." + +"Oh, no, Haggart, no! No one has offended me!" exclaimed Mariet +cheerfully. "But don't you like me to hold little Noni in my arms? +Then I will put him down here among the rocks. Here he will be warm and +comfortable as in his cradle. That's the way! Don't be afraid of waking +him, Gart; he sleeps soundly and will not hear anything. You may shout, +sing, fire a pistol--the boy sleeps soundly." + +"What do you want, Mariet? I did not call you here, and I am not pleased +that you have come." + +"Of course, you did not call me here, Haggart; of course, you didn't. +But when the fire was started, I thought: 'Now it will light the way for +me to walk. Now I will not stumble.' And I went. Your friends will not +be offended, Haggart, if I will ask them to step aside for awhile? I +have something to tell you, Gart. Of course, I should have done that +before, I understand, Gart; but I only just recalled it now. It was so +light to walk!" + +Haggart says sternly: + +"Step aside, Flerio, and you all--step aside with him." + +They all step aside. + +"What is it that you have recalled, Mariet? Speak! I am going away +forever from your mournful land, where one dreams such painful dreams, +where even the rocks dream of sorrow. And I have forgotten everything." + +Gently and submissively, seeking protection and kindness, the woman +presses close to his hand. + +"O, Haggart! O, my dear Haggart! They are not offended because I asked +them so rudely to step aside, are they? O, my dear Haggart! The galloons +of your uniform scratched my cheek, but it is so pleasant. Do you know, +I never liked it when you wore the clothes of our fishermen--it was not +becoming to you, Haggart. But I am talking nonsense, and you are getting +angry, Gart. Forgive me!" + +"Don't kneel. Get up." + +"It was only for a moment. Here, I got up. You ask me what I want? This +is what I want: Take me with you, Haggart! Me and little Noni, Haggart!" + +Haggart retreats. + +"You say that, Mariet? You say that I should take you along? Perhaps you +are laughing, woman? Or am I dreaming again?" + +"Yes, I say that: Take me with you. Is this your ship? How large and +beautiful it is, and it has black sails, I know it. Take me on your +ship, Haggart. I know, you will say: 'We have no women on the ship,' but +I will be the woman: I will be your soul. Haggart, I will be your song, +your thoughts, Haggart! And if it must be so, let Khorre give gin to +little Noni--he is a strong boy." + +"Eh, Mariet?" says Haggart sternly. "Do you perhaps want me to believe +you again? Eh, Mariet? Don't talk of that which you do not know, woman. +Are the rocks perhaps casting a spell over me and turning my head? Do +you hear the noise, and something like voices? That is the sea, waiting +for me. Don't hold my soul. Let it go, Mariet." + +"Don't speak, Haggart! I know everything. It was not as though I came +along a fiery road, it was not as though I saw blood to-day. Be silent, +Haggart! I have seen something more terrible, Haggart! Oh, if you +could only understand me! I have seen cowardly people who ran without +defending themselves. I have seen clutching, greedy fingers, crooked +like those of birds, like those of birds, Haggart! And out of these +fingers, which were forced open, gold was taken. And suddenly I saw a +man sobbing. Think of it, Haggart! They were taking gold from him, and +he was sobbing." + +She laughs bitterly. Haggart advances a step toward her and puts his +heavy hand upon her shoulder: + +"Yes, yes, Mariet. Speak on, girl, let the sea wait." + +Mariet removes his hand and continues: + +"'No,' I thought. 'These are not my brethren at all!' I thought and +laughed. And father shouted to the cowards: 'Take shafts and strike +them.' But they were running. Father is such a splendid man." + +"Father is a splendid man," Haggart affirms cheerfully. + +"Such a splendid man! And then one sailor bent down close to +Noni--perhaps he did not want to do any harm to him, but he bent down to +him too closely, so, I fired at him from your pistol. Is it nothing that +I fired at our sailor?" + +Haggart laughs: + +"He had a comical face! You killed him, Mariet." + +"No. I don't know how to shoot. And it was he who told me where you +were. O Haggart, O brother!" + +She sobs, and then she speaks angrily with a shade of a serpentine hiss +in her voice: + +"I hate them! They were not tortured enough; I would have tortured them +still more, still more. Oh, what cowardly rascals they are! Listen, +Haggart, I was always afraid of your power--to me there was always +something terrible and incomprehensible in your power. 'Where is his +God?' I wondered, and I was terrified. Even this morning I was afraid, +but now that this night came, this terror has fled, and I came running +to you over the fiery road: I am going with you, Haggart. Take me, +Haggart, I will be the soul of your ship!" + +"I am the soul of my ship, Mariet. But you will be the song of my +liberated soul, Mariet. You shall be the song of my ship, Mariet! Do you +know where we are going? We are going to look for the end of the world, +for unknown lands, for unknown monsters. And at night Father Ocean will +sing to us, Mariet!" + +"Embrace me, Haggart. Ah, Haggart, he is not a God who makes cowards of +human beings. We shall go to look for a new God." + +Haggart whispers stormily: + +"I lied when I said that I have forgotten everything--I learned this in +your land. I love you, Mariet, as I love fire. Eh, Flerio, comrade!" He +shouts cheerfully: "Eh, Flerio, comrade! Have you prepared a salute?" + +"I have, Captain. The shores will tremble when our cannons speak." + +"Eh, Flerio, comrade! Don't gnash your teeth, without biting--no one +will believe you. Did you put in cannon balls--round, cast-iron, good +cannon balls? Give them wings, comrade--let them fly like blackbirds on +land and sea." + +"Yes, Captain." + +Haggart laughs: + +"I love to think how the cannon ball flies, Mariet. I love to watch its +invisible flight. If some one comes in its way--let him! Fate itself +strikes down like that. What is an aim? Only fools need an aim, while +the devil, closing his eyes, throws stones--the wise game is merrier +this way. But you are silent! What are you thinking of, Mariet?" + +"I am thinking of them. I am forever thinking of them." + +"Are you sorry for them?" Haggart frowns. + +"Yes, I am sorry for them. But my pity is my hatred, Haggart. I hate +them, and I would kill them, more and more!" + +"I feel like flying faster--my soul is so free. Let us jest, Mariet! +Here is a riddle, guess it: For whom will the cannons roar soon? You +think, for me? No. For you? no, no, not for you, Mariet! For little +Noni, for him--for little Noni who is boarding the ship to-night. Let +him wake up from this thunder. How our little Noni will be surprised! +And now be quiet, quiet--don't disturb his sleep--don't spoil little +Noni's awakening." + +The sound of voices is heard--a crowd is approaching. + +"Where is the captain?" + +"Here. Halt, the captain is here!" + +"It's all done. They can be crammed into a basket like herrings." + +"Our boatswain is a brave fellow! A jolly man." + +Khorre, intoxicated and jolly, shouts: + +"Not so loud, devils! Don't you see that the captain is here? They +scream like seagulls over a dead dolphin." + +Mariet steps aside a little distance, where little Noni is sleeping. + +KHORRE--Here we are, Captain. No losses, Captain. And how we laughed, +Noni. + +HAGGART--You got drunk rather early. Come to the point. + +KHORRE--Very well. The thing is done, Captain. We've picked up all our +money--not worse than the imperial tax collectors. I could not tell +which was ours, so I picked up all the money. But if they have buried +some of the gold, forgive us, Captain--we are not peasants to plough the +ground. + +Laughter. Haggart also laughs. + +"Let them sow, we shall reap." + +"Golden words, Noni. Eh, Tommy, listen to what the Captain is saying. +And another thing: Whether you will be angry or not--I have broken the +music. I have scattered it in small pieces. Show your pipe, Tetyu! Do +you see, Noni, I didn't do it at once, no. I told him to play a jig, and +he said that he couldn't do it. Then he lost his mind and ran away. They +all lost their minds there, Captain. Eh, Tommy, show your beard. An old +woman tore half of his beard out, Captain--now he is a disgrace to look +upon. Eh, Tommy! He has hidden himself, he's ashamed to show his face, +Captain. And there's another thing: The priest is coming here." + +Mariet exclaims: + +"Father!" + +Khorre, astonished, asks: + +"Are you here? If she came to complain, I must report to you, +Captain--the priest almost killed one of our sailors. And she, too. I +ordered the men to bind the priest--" + +"Silence." + +"I don't understand your actions, Noni--" + +Haggart, restraining his rage, exclaims: + +"I shall have you put in irons! Silence!" + +With ever-growing rage: + +"You dare talk back to me, riff-raff! You--" + +Mariet cautions him: + +"Gart! They have brought father here." + +Several sailors bring in the abbot, bound. His clothes are in disorder, +his face is agitated and pale. He looks at Mariet with some amazement, +and lowers his eyes. Then he heaves a sigh. + +"Untie him!" says Mariet. Haggart corrects her restrainedly: + +"Only I command here, Mariet. Khorre, untie him." + +Khorre unfastens the knots. Silence. + +ABBOT--Hello, Haggart. + +"Hello, abbot." + +"You have arranged a fine night, Haggart!" + +Haggart speaks with restraint: + +"It is unpleasant for me to see you. Why did you come here? Go home, +priest, no one will touch you. Keep on fishing--and what else were you +doing? Oh, yes--make your own prayers. We are going out to the ocean; +your daughter, you know, is also going with me. Do you see the ship? +That is mine. It's a pity that you don't know about ships--you would +have laughed for joy at the sight of such a beautiful ship! Why is he +silent, Mariet? You had better tell him." + +ABBOT--Prayers? In what language? Have you, perhaps, discovered a new +language in which prayers reach God? Oh, Haggart, Haggart! + +He weeps, covering his face with his hands. Haggart, alarmed, asks: + +"You are crying, abbot?" + +"Look, Gart, he is crying. Father never cried. I am afraid, Gart." + +The abbot stops crying. Heaving a deep sigh, he says: + +"I don't know what they call you: Haggart or devil or something else--I +have come to you with a request. Do you hear, robber, with a request? +Tell your crew not to gnash their teeth like that--I don't like it." + +Haggart replies morosely: + +"Go home, priest! Mariet will stay with me." + +"Let her stay with you. I don't need her, and if you need her, take her. +Take her, Haggart. But--" + +He kneels before him. A murmur of astonishment. Mariet, frightened, +advances a step to her father. + +"Father! You are kneeling?" + +ABBOT--Robber! Give us back the money. You will rob more for yourself, +but give this money to us. You are young yet, you will rob some more +yet-- + +HAGGART--You are insane! There's a man--he will drive the devil himself +to despair! Listen, priest, I am shouting to you: You have simply lost +your mind! + +The abbot, still kneeling, continues: + +"Perhaps, I have--by God, I don't know. Robber, dearest, what is this to +you? Give us this money. I feel sorry for them, for the scoundrels! +They rejoiced so much, the scoundrels. They blossomed forth like an +old blackthorn which has nothing but thorns and a ragged bark. They +are sinners. But am I imploring God for their sake? I am imploring you. +Robber, dearest--" + +Mariet looks now at Haggart, now at the priest. Haggart is hesitating. +The abbot keeps muttering: + +"Robber, do you want me to call you son? Well, then--son--it makes no +difference now--I will never see you again. It's all the same! Like +an old blackthorn, they bloomed--oh, Lord, those scoundrels, those old +scoundrels!" + +"No," Haggart replied sternly. + +"Then you are the devil, that's who you are. You are the devil," mutters +the abbot, rising heavily from the ground. Haggart shows his teeth, +enraged. + +"Do you wish to sell your soul to the devil? Yes? Eh, abbot--don't you +know yet that the devil always pays with spurious money? Let me have a +torch, sailor!" + +He seizes a torch and lifts it high over his head--he covers his +terrible face with fire and smoke. + +"Look, here I am! Do you see? Now ask me, if you dare!" + +He flings the torch away. What does the abbot dream in this land full +of monstrous dreams? Terrified, his heavy frame trembling, helplessly +pushing the people aside with his hands, he retreats. He turns around. +Now he sees the glitter of the metal, the dark and terrible faces; he +hears the angry splashing of the waters--and he covers his head with his +hands and walks off quickly. Then Khorre jumps up and strikes him with a +knife in his back. + +"Why have you done it?"--the abbot clutches the hand that struck him +down. + +"Just so--for nothing!" + +The abbot falls to the ground and dies. + +"Why have you done it?" cries Mariet. + +"Why have you done it?" roars Haggart. + +And a strange voice, coming from some unknown depths, answers with +Khorre's lips: + +"You commanded me to do it." + +Haggart looks around and sees the stern, dark faces, the quivering +glitter of the metal, the motionless body; he hears the mysterious, +merry dashing of the waves. And he clasps his head in a fit of terror. + +"Who commanded? It was the roaring of the sea. I did not want to kill +him--no, no!" + +Sombre voices answer: + +"You commanded. We heard it. You commanded." + +Haggart listens, his head thrown back. Suddenly he bursts into loud +laughter: + +"Oh, devils, devils! Do you think that I have two ears in order that you +may lie in each one? Go down on your knees, rascal!" + +He hurls Khorre to the ground. + +"String him up with a rope! I would have crushed your venomous head +myself--but let them do it. Oh, devils, devils! String him up with a +rope." + +Khorre whines harshly: + +"Me, Captain! I was your nurse, Noni." + +"Silence! Rascal!" + +"I? Noni! Your nurse? You squealed like a little pig in the cook's room. +Have you forgotten it, Noni?" mutters the sailor plaintively. + +"Eh," shouts Haggart to the stern crowd. "Take him!" + +Several men advance to him. Khorre rises. + +"If you do it to me, to your own nurse--then you have recovered, Noni! +Eh, obey the captain! Take me! I'll make you cry enough, Tommy! You are +always the mischief-maker!" + +Grim laughter. Several sailors surround Khorre as Haggart watches them +sternly. A dissatisfied voice says: + +"There is no place where to hang him here. There isn't a single tree +around." + +"Let us wait till we get aboard ship! Let him die honestly on the mast." + +"I know of a tree around here, but I won't tell you," roars Khorre +hoarsely. "Look for it yourself! Well, you have astonished me, Noni. How +you shouted, 'String him up with a rope!' Exactly like your father--he +almost hanged me, too. Good-bye, Noni, now I understand your actions. +Eh, gin! and then--on the rope!" + +Khorre goes off. No one dares approach Haggart; still enraged, he paces +back and forth with long strides. He pauses, glances at the body and +paces again. Then he calls: + +"Flerio! Did you hear me give orders to kill this man?" + +"No, Captain." + +"You may go." + +He paces back and forth again, and then calls: + +"Flerio! Have you ever heard the sea lying?" + +"No." + +"If they can't find a tree, order them to choke him with their hands." + +He paces back and forth again. Mariet is laughing quietly. + +"Who is laughing?" asks Haggart in fury. + +"I," answers Mariet. "I am thinking of how they are hanging him and I +am laughing. O, Haggart, O, my noble Haggart! Your wrath is the wrath +of God, do you know it? No. You are strange, you are dear, you are +terrible, Haggart, but I am not afraid of you. Give me your hand, +Haggart, press it firmly, firmly. Here is a powerful hand!" + +"Flerio, my friend, did you hear what he said? He says the sea never +lies." + +"You are powerful and you are just--I was insane when I feared your +power, Gart. May I shout to the sea: 'Haggart, the Just'?" + +"That is not true. Be silent, Mariet, you are intoxicated with blood. I +don't know what justice is." + +"Who, then, knows it? You, you, Haggart! You are God's justice, Haggart. +Is it true that he was your nurse? Oh, I know what it means to be a +nurse; a nurse feeds you, teaches you to walk--you love a nurse as +your mother. Isn't that true, Gart--you love a nurse as a mother? And +yet--'string him up with a rope, Khorre'!" + +She laughs quietly. + +A loud, ringing laughter resounds from the side where Khorre was led +away. Haggart stops, perplexed. + +"What is it?" + +"The devil is meeting his soul there," says Mariet. + +"No. Let go of my hand! Eh, who's there?" + +A crowd is coming. They are laughing and grinning, showing their teeth. +But noticing the captain, they become serious. The people are repeating +one and the same name: + +"Khorre! Khorre! Khorre!" + +And then Khorre himself appears, dishevelled, crushed, but happy--the +rope has broken. Knitting his brow, Haggart is waiting in silence. + +"The rope broke, Noni," mutters Khorre hoarsely, modestly, yet with +dignity. "There are the ends! Eh, you there, keep quiet! There is +nothing to laugh at--they started to hang me, and the rope broke, Noni." + +Haggart looks at his old, drunken, frightened, and happy face, and he +laughs like a madman. And the sailors respond with roaring laughter. The +reflected lights are dancing more merrily upon the waves--as if they are +also laughing with the people. + +"Just look at him, Mariet, what a face he has," Haggart is almost +choking with laughter. "Are you happy? Speak--are you happy? Look, +Mariet, what a happy face he has! The rope broke--that's very strong--it +is stronger even than what I said: 'String him up with a rope.' Who said +it? Don't you know, Khorre? You are out of your wits, and you don't know +anything--well, never mind, you needn't know. Eh, give him gin! I am +glad, very glad that you are not altogether through with your gin. +Drink, Khorre!" + +Voices shout: + +"Gin!" + +"Eh, the boatswain wants a drink! Gin!" + +Khorre drinks it with dignity, amid laughter and shouts of approval. +Suddenly all the noise dies down and a sombre silence reigns--a woman's +strange voice drowns the noise--so strange and unfamiliar, as if it were +not Mariet's voice at all, but another voice speaking with her lips: + +"Haggart! You have pardoned him, Haggart?" + +Some of the people look at the body; those standing near it step aside. +Haggart asks, surprised: + +"Whose voice is that? Is that yours, Mariet? How strange! I did not +recognise your voice." + +"You have pardoned him, Haggart?" + +"You have heard--the rope broke--" + +"Tell me, did you pardon the murderer? I want to hear your voice, +Haggart." + +A threatening voice is heard from among the crowd: + +"The rope broke. Who is talking there? The rope broke." + +"Silence!" exclaims Haggart, but there is no longer the same commanding +tone in his voice. "Take them all away! Boatswain! Whistle for everybody +to go aboard. The time is up! Flerio! Get the boats ready." + +"Yes, yes." + +Khorre whistles. The sailors disperse unwillingly, and the same +threatening voice sounds somewhere from the darkness: + +"I thought at first it was the dead man who started to speak. But I +would have answered him too: 'Lie there! The rope broke.'" + +Another voice replies: + +"Don't grumble. Khorre has stronger defenders than you are." + +"What are you prating about, devils?" says Khorre. "Silence! Is that +you, Tommy? I know you, you are always the mischief-maker--" + +"Come on, Mariet!" says Haggart. "Give me little Noni, I want to carry +him to the boat myself. Come on, Mariet." + +"Where, Haggart?" + +"Eh, Mariet! The dreams are ended. I don't like your voice, woman--when +did you find time to change it? What a land of jugglers! I have never +seen such a land before!" + +"Eh, Haggart! The dreams are ended. I don't like your voice, +either--little Haggart! But it may be that I am still sleeping--then +wake me. Haggart, swear that it was you who said it: 'The rope broke.' +Swear that my eyes have not grown blind and that they see Khorre alive. +Swear that this is your hand, Haggart!" + +Silence. The voice of the sea is growing louder--there is the splash and +the call and the promise of a stern caress. + +"I swear." + +Silence. Khorre and Flerio come up to Haggart. + +"All's ready, Captain," says Flerio. + +"They are waiting, Noni. Go quicker! They want to feast to-night, Noni! +But I must tell you, Noni, that they--" + +HAGGART--Did you say something, Flerio? Yes, yes, everything is ready. I +am coming. I think I am not quite through yet with land. This is such +a remarkable land, Flerio; the dreams here drive their claws into a +man like thorns, and they hold him. One has to tear his clothing, and +perhaps his body as well. What did you say, Mariet? + +MARIET--Don't you want to kiss little Noni? You shall never kiss him +again. + +"No, I don't want to." + +Silence. + +"You will go alone." + +"Yes, I will go alone." + +"Did you ever cry, Haggart?" + +"No." + +"Who is crying now? I hear some one crying bitterly." + +"That is not true--it is the roaring of the sea." + +"Oh, Haggart! Of what great sorrow does that voice speak?" + +"Be silent, Mariet. It is the roaring of the sea." + +Silence. + +"Is everything ended now, Haggart?" + +"Everything is ended, Mariet." + +Mariet, imploring, says: + +"Gart! Only one motion of the hand! Right here--against the +heart--Gart!" + +"No. Leave me alone." + +"Only one motion of the hand! Here is your knife. Have pity on me, kill +me with your hand. Only one motion of your hand, Gart!" + +"Let go. Give me my knife." + +"Gart, I bless you! One motion of your hand, Gart!" + +Haggart tears himself away, pushing the woman aside: + +"No! Don't you know that it is just as hard to make one motion of the +hand as it is for the sun to come down from the sky? Good-bye, Mariet!" + +"You are going away?" + +"Yes, I am going away. I am going away, Mariet. That's how it sounds." + +"I shall curse you, Haggart. Do you know! I shall curse you, Haggart. +And little Noni will curse you, Haggart--Haggart!" + +Haggart exclaims cheerfully and harshly: + +"Eh, Khorre. You, Flerio, my old friend. Come here, give me your +hand--Oh, what a powerful hand it is! Why do you pull me by the sleeve, +Khorre? You have such a funny face. I can almost see how the rope +snapped, and you came down like a sack. Flerio, old friend, I feel like +saying something funny, but I have forgotten how to say it. How do they +say it? Remind me, Flerio. What do you want, sailor?" + +Khorre whispers to him hoarsely: + +"Noni, be on your guard. The rope broke because they used a rotten rope +intentionally. They are betraying you! Be on your guard, Noni. Strike +them on the head, Noni." + +Haggart bursts out laughing. + +"Now you have said something funny. And I? Listen, Flerio, old friend. +This woman who stands and looks--No, that will not be funny!" + +He advances a step. + +"Khorre, do you remember how well this man prayed? Why was he killed? He +prayed so well. But there is one prayer he did not know--this one--'To +you I bring my great eternal sorrow; I am going to you, Father Ocean!'" + +And a distant voice, sad and grave, replies: + +"Oh, Haggart, my dear Haggart." + +But who knows--perhaps it was the roaring of the waves. Many sad and +strange dreams come to man on earth. + +"All aboard!" exclaims Haggart cheerily, and goes off without looking +around. Below, a gay noise of voices and laughter resounds. The +cobblestones are rattling under the firm footsteps--Haggart is going +away. + +"Haggart!" + +He goes, without turning around. + +"Haggart!" + +He has gone away. + +Loud shouting is heard--the sailors are greeting Haggart. They drink +and go off into the darkness. On the shore, the torches which were +cast aside are burning low, illumining the body, and a woman is rushing +about. She runs swiftly from one spot to another, bending down over the +steep rocks. Insane Dan comes crawling out. + +"Is that you, Dan? Do you hear, they are singing, Dan? Haggart has gone +away." + +"I was waiting for them to go. Here is another one. I am gathering the +pipes of my organ. Here is another one." + +"Be accursed, Dan!" + +"Oho? And you, too, Mariet, be accursed!" + +Mariet clasps the child in her arms and lifts him high. Then she calls +wildly: + +"Haggart, turn around! Turn around, Haggart! Noni is calling you. He +wants to curse you, Haggart. Turn around! Look, Noni, look--that is your +father. Remember him, Noni. And when you grow up, go out on every sea +and find him, Noni. And when you find him--hang your father high on a +mast, my little one." + +The thundering salute drowns her cry. Haggart has boarded his ship. The +night grows darker and the dashing of the waves fainter--the ocean is +moving away with the tide. The great desert of the sky is mute and the +night grows darker and the dashing of the waves ever fainter. + + + + + +JUDAS ISCARIOT AND OTHERS + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +Jesus Christ had often been warned that Judas Iscariot was a man of very +evil repute, and that He ought to beware of him. Some of the disciples, +who had been in Judaea, knew him well, while others had heard much about +him from various sources, and there was none who had a good word for +him. If good people in speaking of him blamed him, as covetous, cunning, +and inclined to hypocrisy and lying, the bad, when asked concerning him, +inveighed against him in the severest terms. + +"He is always making mischief among us," they would say, and spit in +contempt. "He always has some thought which he keeps to himself. He +creeps into a house quietly, like a scorpion, but goes out again with an +ostentatious noise. There are friends among thieves, and comrades among +robbers, and even liars have wives, to whom they speak the truth; but +Judas laughs at thieves and honest folk alike, although he is himself +a clever thief. Moreover, he is in appearance the ugliest person in +Judaea. No! he is no friend of ours, this foxy-haired Judas Iscariot," +the bad would say, thereby surprising the good people, in whose opinion +there was not much difference between him and all other vicious people +in Judaea. They would recount further that he had long ago deserted his +wife, who was living in poverty and misery, striving to eke out a living +from the unfruitful patch of land which constituted his estate. He had +wandered for many years aimlessly among the people, and had even gone +from one sea to the other,--no mean distance,--and everywhere he lied +and grimaced, and would make some discovery with his thievish eye, and +then suddenly disappear, leaving behind him animosity and strife. Yes, +he was as inquisitive, artful and hateful as a one-eyed demon. Children +he had none, and this was an additional proof that Judas was a wicked +man, that God would not have from him any posterity. + +None of the disciples had noticed when it was that this ugly, +foxy-haired Jew first appeared in the company of Christ: but he had for +a long time haunted their path, joined in their conversations, performed +little acts of service, bowing and smiling and currying favour. +Sometimes they became quite used to him, so that he escaped their weary +eyes; then again he would suddenly obtrude himself on eye and +ear, irritating them as something abnormally ugly, treacherous and +disgusting. They would drive him away with harsh words, and for a +short time he would disappear, only to reappear suddenly, officious, +flattering and crafty as a one-eyed demon. + +There was no doubt in the minds of some of the disciples that under +his desire to draw near to Jesus was hidden some secret intention--some +malign and cunning scheme. + +But Jesus did not listen to their advice; their prophetic voice did +not reach His ears. In that spirit of serene contradiction, which +ever irresistibly inclined Him to the reprobate and unlovable, He +deliberately accepted Judas, and included him in the circle of the +chosen. The disciples were disturbed and murmured under their breath, +but He would sit still, with His face towards the setting sun, and +listen abstractedly, perhaps to them, perhaps to something else. For ten +days there had been no wind, and the transparent atmosphere, wary and +sensitive, continued ever the same, motionless and unchanged. It seemed +as though it preserved in its transparent depths every cry and song +made during those days by men and beasts and birds--tears, laments +and cheerful song, prayers and curses--and that on account of these +crystallised sounds the air was so heavy, threatening, and saturated +with invisible life. Once more the sun was sinking. It rolled heavily +downwards in a flaming ball, setting the sky on fire. Everything upon +the earth which was turned towards it: the swarthy face of Jesus, the +walls of the houses, and the leaves of the trees--everything obediently +reflected that distant, fearfully pensive light. Now the white walls +were no longer white, and the white city upon the white hill was turned +to red. + +And lo! Judas arrived. He arrived bowing low, bending his back, +cautiously and timidly protruding his ugly, bumpy head--just exactly as +his acquaintances had described. He was spare and of good height, almost +the same as that of Jesus, who stooped a little through the habit of +thinking as He walked, and so appeared shorter than He was. Judas was to +all appearances fairly strong and well knit, though for some reason or +other he pretended to be weak and somewhat sickly. He had an uncertain +voice. Sometimes it was strong and manly, then again shrill as that of +an old woman scolding her husband, provokingly thin, and disagreeable to +the ear, so that ofttimes one felt inclined to tear out his words from +the ear, like rough, decaying splinters. His short red locks failed to +hide the curious form of his skull. It looked as if it had been split +at the nape of the neck by a double sword-cut, and then joined together +again, so that it was apparently divided into four parts, and inspired +distrust, nay, even alarm: for behind such a cranium there could be no +quiet or concord, but there must ever be heard the noise of sanguinary +and merciless strife. The face of Judas was similarly doubled. One side +of it, with a black, sharply watchful eye, was vivid and mobile, readily +gathering into innumerable tortuous wrinkles. On the other side were no +wrinkles. It was deadly flat, smooth, and set, and though of the same +size as the other, it seemed enormous on account of its wide-open blind +eye. Covered with a whitish film, closing neither night nor day, this +eye met light and darkness with the same indifference, but perhaps on +account of the proximity of its lively and crafty companion it never got +full credit for blindness. + +When in a paroxysm of joy or excitement, Judas would close his sound eye +and shake his head. The other eye would always shake in unison and +gaze in silence. Even people quite devoid of penetration could clearly +perceive, when looking at Judas, that such a man could bring no good.... + +And yet Jesus brought him near to Himself, and once even made him sit +next to Him. John, the beloved disciple, fastidiously moved away, +and all the others who loved their Teacher cast down their eyes in +disapprobation. But Judas sat on, and turning his head from side to +side, began in a somewhat thin voice to complain of ill-health, and said +that his chest gave him pain in the night, and that when ascending a +hill he got out of breath, and when he stood still on the edge of +a precipice he would be seized with a dizziness, and could scarcely +restrain a foolish desire to throw himself down. And many other impious +things he invented, as though not understanding that sicknesses do +not come to a man by chance, but as a consequence of conduct not +corresponding with the laws of the Eternal. Thus Judas Iscariot kept +on rubbing his chest with his broad palm, and even pretended to cough, +midst a general silence and downcast eyes. + +John, without looking at the Teacher, whispered to his friend Simon +Peter-- + +"Aren't you tired of that lie? I can't stand it any longer. I am going +away." + +Peter glanced at Jesus, and meeting his eye, quickly arose. + +"Wait a moment," said he to his friend. + +Once more he looked at Jesus; sharply as a stone torn from a mountain, +he moved towards Judas, and said to him in a loud voice, with expansive, +serene courtesy-- + +"You will come with us, Judas." + +He gave him a kindly slap on his bent back, and without looking at the +Teacher, though he felt His eye upon him, resolutely added in his loud +voice, which excluded all objection, just as water excludes air-- + +"It does not matter that you have such a nasty face. There fall into our +nets even worse monstrosities, and they sometimes turn out very tasty +food. It is not for us, our Lord's fishermen, to throw away a catch, +merely because the fish have spines, or only one eye. I saw once at Tyre +an octopus, which had been caught by the local fishermen, and I was +so frightened that I wanted to run away. But they laughed at me. A +fisherman from Tiberias gave me some of it to eat, and I asked for more, +it was so tasty. You remember, Master, that I told you the story, and +you laughed, too. And you, Judas, are like an octopus--but only on one +side." + +And he laughed loudly, content with his joke. When Peter spoke, his +words resounded so forcibly, that it seemed as though he were driving +them in with nails. When Peter moved, or did anything, he made a noise +that could be heard afar, and which called forth a response from the +deafest of things: the stone floor rumbled under his feet, the doors +shook and rattled, and the very air was convulsed with fear, and roared. +In the clefts of the mountains his voice awoke the inmost echo, and +in the morning-time, when they were fishing on the lake, he would roll +about on the sleepy, glittering water, and force the first shy sunbeams +into smiles. + +For this apparently he was loved: when on all other faces there still +lay the shadow of night, his powerful head, and bare breast, and freely +extended arms were already aglow with the light of dawn. + +The words of Peter, evidently approved as they were by the Master, +dispersed the oppressive atmosphere. But some of the disciples, who +had been to the seaside and had seen an octopus, were disturbed by the +monstrous image so lightly applied to the new disciple. They recalled +the immense eyes, the dozens of greedy tentacles, the feigned +repose--and how all at once: it embraced, clung, crushed and sucked, +all without one wink of its monstrous eyes. What did it mean? But Jesus +remained silent, He smiled with a frown of kindly raillery on Peter, who +was still telling glowing tales about the octopus. Then one by one +the disciples shame-facedly approached Judas, and began a friendly +conversation, with him, but--beat a hasty and awkward retreat. + +Only John, the son of Zebedee, maintained an obstinate silence; and +Thomas had evidently not made up his mind to say anything, but was still +weighing the matter. He kept his gaze attentively fixed on Christ and +Judas as they sat together. And that strange proximity of divine beauty +and monstrous ugliness, of a man with a benign look, and of an octopus +with immense, motionless, dully greedy eyes, oppressed his mind like an +insoluble enigma. + +He tensely wrinkled his smooth, upright forehead, and screwed up his +eyes, thinking that he would see better so, but only succeeded in +imagining that Judas really had eight incessantly moving feet. But that +was not true. Thomas understood that, and again gazed obstinately. + +Judas gathered courage: he straightened out his arms, which had been +bent at the elbows, relaxed the muscles which held his jaws in tension, +and began cautiously to protrude his bumpy head into the light. It had +been the whole time in view of all, but Judas imagined that it had been +impenetrably hidden from sight by some invisible, but thick and cunning +veil. But lo! now, as though creeping out from a ditch, he felt his +strange skull, and then his eyes, in the light: he stopped and then +deliberately exposed his whole face. Nothing happened; Peter had gone +away somewhere or other. Jesus sat pensive, with His head leaning on His +hand, and gently swayed His sunburnt foot. The disciples were conversing +together, and only Thomas gazed at him attentively and seriously, like +a conscientious tailor taking measurement. Judas smiled; Thomas did +not reply to the smile; but evidently took it into account, as he did +everything else, and continued to gaze. But something unpleasant alarmed +the left side of Judas' countenance as he looked round. John, handsome, +pure, without a single fleck upon his snow-white conscience, was looking +at him out of a dark corner, with cold but beautiful eyes. And though +he walked as others walk, yet Judas felt as if he were dragging himself +along the ground like a whipped cur, as he went up to John and said: +"Why are you silent, John? Your words are like golden apples in vessels +of silver filigree; bestow one of them on Judas, who is so poor." + +John looked steadfastly into his wide-open motionless eye, and said +nothing. And he looked on, while Judas crept out, hesitated a moment, +and then disappeared in the deep darkness of the open door. + +Since the full moon was up, there were many people out walking. Jesus +went out too, and from the low roof on which Judas had spread his couch +he saw Him going out. In the light of the moon each white figure looked +bright and deliberate in its movements; and seemed not so much to walk +as to glide in front of its dark shadow. Then suddenly a man would be +lost in something black, and his voice became audible. And when people +reappeared in the moonlight, they seemed silent--like white walls, +or black shadows--as everything did in the transparent mist of night. +Almost every one was asleep when Judas heard the soft voice of Jesus +returning. All in and around about the house was still. A cock crew; +somewhere an ass, disturbed in his sleep, brayed aloud and insolently as +in daytime, then reluctantly and gradually relapsed into silence. Judas +did not sleep at all, but listened surreptitiously. The moon illumined +one half of his face, and was reflected strangely in his enormous open +eye, as on the frozen surface of a lake. + +Suddenly he remembered something, and hastily coughed, rubbing his +perfectly healthy chest with his hairy hand: maybe some one was not yet +asleep, and was listening to what Judas was thinking! + + + +CHAPTER II + + +They gradually became used to Judas, and ceased to notice his ugliness. +Jesus entrusted the common purse to him, and with it there fell on +him all household cares: he purchased the necessary food and clothing, +distributed alms, and when they were on the road, it was his duty to +choose the place where they were to stop, or to find a night's lodging. + +All this he did very cleverly, so that in a short time he had earned the +goodwill of some of the disciples, who had noticed his efforts. Judas +was an habitual liar, but they became used to this, when they found +that his lies were not followed by any evil conduct; nay, they added a +special piquancy to his conversation and tales, and made life seem like +a comic, and sometimes a tragic, tale. + +According to his stories, he seemed to know every one, and each person +that he knew had some time in his life been guilty of evil conduct, or +even crime. Those, according to him, were called good, who knew how to +conceal their thoughts and acts; but if one only embraced, flattered, +and questioned such a man sufficiently, there would ooze out from him +every untruth, nastiness, and lie, like matter from a pricked wound. He +freely confessed that he sometimes lied himself; but affirmed with an +oath that others were still greater liars, and that if any one in this +world was ever deceived, it was Judas. + +Indeed, according to his own account, he had been deceived, time upon +time, in one way or another. Thus, a certain guardian of the treasures +of a rich grandee once confessed to him, that he had for ten years been +continually on the point of stealing the property committed to him, but +that he was debarred by fear of the grandee, and of his own conscience. +And Judas believed him--and he suddenly committed the theft, and +deceived Judas. But even then Judas still trusted him--and then he +suddenly restored the stolen treasure to the grandee, and again deceived +Judas. Yes, everything deceived him, even animals. Whenever he pets a +dog it bites his fingers; but when he beats it with a stick it licks his +feet, and looks into his eyes like a daughter. He killed one such dog, +and buried it deep, laying a great stone on the top of it--but who +knows? Perhaps just because he killed it, it has come to life again, and +instead of lying in the trench, is running about cheerfully with other +dogs. + +All laughed merrily at Judas' tale, and he smiled pleasantly himself, +winking his one lively, mocking eye--and by that very smile confessed +that he had lied somewhat; that he had not really killed the dog. But +he meant to find it and kill it, because he did not wish to be deceived. +And at these words of Judas they laughed all the more. + +But sometimes in his tales he transgressed the bounds of probability, +and ascribed to people such proclivities as even the beasts do not +possess, accusing them of such crimes as are not, and never have been. +And since he named in this connection the most honoured people, some +were indignant at the calumny, while others jokingly asked: + +"How about your own father and mother, Judas--were they not good +people?" + +Judas winked his eye, and smiled with a gesture of his hands. And the +fixed, wide-open eye shook in unison with the shaking of his head, and +looked out in silence. + +"But who was my father? Perhaps it was the man who used to beat me with +a rod, or may be--a devil, a goat or a cock.... How can Judas tell? How +can Judas tell with whom his mother shared her couch. Judas had many +fathers: to which of them do you refer?" + +But at this they were all indignant, for they had a profound reverence +for parents; and Matthew, who was very learned in the scriptures, said +severely in the words of Solomon: + +"'Whoso slandereth his father and his mother, his lamp shall be +extinguished in deep darkness.'" + +But John the son of Zebedee haughtily jerked out: "And what of us? What +evil have you to say of us, Judas Iscariot?" + +But he waved his hands in simulated terror, whined, and bowed like a +beggar, who has in vain asked an alms of a passer-by: "Ah! they are +tempting poor Judas! They are laughing at him, they wish to take in the +poor, trusting Judas!" And while one side of his face was crinkled up in +buffooning grimaces, the other side wagged sternly and severely, and the +never-closing eye looked out in a broad stare. + +More and louder than any laughed Simon Peter at the jokes of Judas +Iscariot. But once it happened that he suddenly frowned, and became +silent and sad, and hastily dragging Judas aside by the sleeve, he bent +down, and asked in a hoarse whisper-- + +"But Jesus? What do you think of Jesus? Speak seriously, I entreat you." + +Judas cast on him a malign glance. + +"And what do you think?" + +Peter whispered with awe and gladness-- + +"I think that He is the son of the living God." + +"Then why do you ask? What can Judas tell you, whose father was a goat?" + +"But do you love Him? You do not seem to love any one, Judas." + +And with the same strange malignity, Iscariot blurted out abruptly and +sharply: "I do." + +Some two days after this conversation, Peter openly dubbed Judas +"my friend the octopus"; but Judas awkwardly, and ever with the same +malignity, endeavoured to creep away from him into some dark corner, and +would sit there morosely glaring with his white, never-closing eye. + +Thomas alone took him quite seriously. He understood nothing of +jokes, hypocrisy or lies, nor of the play upon words and thoughts, but +investigated everything positively to the very bottom. He would often +interrupt Judas' stories about wicked people and their conduct with +short practical remarks: + +"You must prove that. Did you hear it yourself? Was there any one +present besides yourself? What was his name?" + +At this Judas would get angry, and shrilly cry out, that he had seen +and heard everything himself; but the obstinate Thomas would go on +cross-examining quietly and persistently, until Judas confessed that +he had lied, or until he invented some new and more probable lie, which +provided the others for some time with food for thought. But when Thomas +discovered a discrepancy, he would immediately come and calmly expose +the liar. + +Usually Judas excited in him a strong curiosity, which brought about +between them a sort of friendship, full of wrangling, jeering, and +invective on the one side, and of quiet insistence on the other. +Sometimes Judas felt an unbearable aversion to his strange friend, and, +transfixing him with a sharp glance, would say irritably, and almost +with entreaty-- + +"What more do you want? I have told you all." + +"I want you to prove how it is possible that a he-goat should be your +father," Thomas would reply with calm insistency, and wait for an +answer. + +It chanced once, that after such a question, Judas suddenly stopped +speaking and gazed at him with surprise from head to foot. What he saw +was a tall, upright figure, a grey face, honest eyes of transparent +blue, two fat folds beginning at the nose and losing themselves in a +stiff, evenly-trimmed beard. He said with conviction: + +"What a stupid you are, Thomas! What do you dream about--a tree, a wall, +or a donkey?" + +Thomas was in some way strangely perturbed, and made no reply. But at +night, when Judas was already closing his vivid, restless eye for sleep, +he suddenly said aloud from where he lay--the two now slept together on +the roof-- + +"You are wrong, Judas. I have very bad dreams. What think you? Are +people responsible for their dreams?" + +"Does, then, any one but the dreamer see a dream?" Judas replied. + +Thomas sighed gently, and became thoughtful. But Judas smiled +contemptuously, and firmly closed his roguish eye, and quickly gave +himself up to his mutinous dreams, monstrous ravings, mad phantoms, +which rent his bumpy skull to pieces. + +When, during Jesus' travels about Judaea, the disciples approached +a village, Iscariot would speak evil of the inhabitants and foretell +misfortune. But almost always it happened that the people, of whom +he had spoken evil, met Christ and His friends with gladness, and +surrounded them with attentions and love, and became believers, and +Judas' money-box became so full that it was difficult to carry. And when +they laughed at his mistake, he would make a humble gesture with his +hands, and say: + +"Well, well! Judas thought that they were bad, and they turned out to be +good. They quickly believed, and gave money. That only means that Judas +has been deceived once more, the poor, confiding Judas Iscariot!" + +But on one occasion, when they had already gone far from a village, +which had welcomed them kindly, Thomas and Judas began a hot dispute, +to settle which they turned back, and did not overtake Jesus and His +disciples until the next day. Thomas wore a perturbed and sorrowful +appearance, while Judas had such a proud look, that you would have +thought that he expected them to offer him their congratulations and +thanks upon the spot. Approaching the Master, Thomas declared with +decision: "Judas was right, Lord. They were ill-disposed, stupid people. +And the seeds of your words has fallen upon the rock." And he related +what had happened in the village. + +After Jesus and His disciples left it, an old woman had begun to cry out +that her little white kid had been stolen, and she laid the theft at +the door of the visitors who had just departed. At first the people had +disputed with her, but when she obstinately insisted that there was no +one else who could have done it except Jesus, many agreed with her, and +even were about to start in pursuit. And although they soon found the +kid straying in the underwood, they still decided that Jesus was a +deceiver, and possibly a thief. + +"So that's what they think of us, is it?" cried Peter, with a snort. +"Lord, wilt Thou that I return to those fools, and--" + +But Jesus, saying not a word, gazed severely at him, and Peter in +silence retired behind the others. And no one ever referred to the +incident again, as though it had never occurred, and as though Judas +had been proved wrong. In vain did he show himself on all sides, +endeavouring to give to his double, crafty, hooknosed face an expression +of modesty. They would not look at him, and if by chance any one did +glance at him, it was in a very unfriendly, not to say contemptuous, +manner. + +From that day on Jesus' treatment of him underwent a strange change. +Formerly, for some reason or other, Judas never used to speak +directly with Jesus, who never addressed Himself directly to him, but +nevertheless would often glance at him with kindly eyes, smile at his +rallies, and if He had not seen him for some time, would inquire: "Where +is Judas?" + +But now He looked at him as if He did not see him, although as before, +and indeed more determinedly than formerly, He sought him out with +His eyes every time that He began to speak to the disciples or to the +people; but He was either sitting with His back to him, so that He was +obliged, as it were, to cast His words over His head so as to reach +Judas, or else He made as though He did not notice him at all. And +whatever He said, though it was one thing one day, and then next day +quite another, although it might be the very thing that Judas was +thinking, it always seemed as though He were speaking against him. To +all He was the tender, beautiful flower, the sweet-smelling rose of +Lebanon, but for Judas He left only sharp thorns, as though Judas had +neither heart, nor sight, nor smell, and did not understand, even better +than any, the beauty of tender, immaculate petals. + +"Thomas! Do you like the yellow rose of Lebanon, which has a swarthy +countenance and eyes like the roe?" he inquired once of his friend, who +replied indifferently-- + +"Rose? Yes, I like the smell. But I have never heard of a rose with a +swarthy countenance and eyes like a roe!" + +"What? Do you not know that the polydactylous cactus, which tore your +new garment yesterday, has only one beautiful flower, and only one eye?" + +But Thomas did not know this, although only yesterday a cactus had +actually caught in his garment and torn it into wretched rags. But +then Thomas never did know anything, though he asked questions about +everything, and looked so straight with his bright, transparent eyes, +through which, as through a pane of Phoenician glass, was visible a +wall, with a dismal ass tied to it. + +Some time later another occurrence took place, in which Judas again +proved to be in the right. + +At a certain village in Judaea, of which Judas had so bad an opinion, +that he had advised them to avoid it, the people received Christ with +hostility, and after His sermon and exposition of hypocrites they burst +into fury, and threatened to stone Jesus and His disciples. Enemies He +had many, and most likely they would have carried out their sinister +intention, but for Judas Iscariot. Seized with a mad fear for Jesus, as +though he already saw the drops of ruby blood upon His white garment, +Judas threw himself in blind fury upon the crowd, scolding, screeching, +beseeching, and lying, and thus gave time and opportunity to Jesus and +His disciples to escape. + +Amazingly active, as though running upon a dozen feet, laughable and +terrible in his fury and entreaties, he threw himself madly in front of +the crowd and charmed it with a certain strange power. He shouted +that the Nazarene was not possessed of a devil, that He was simply an +impostor, a thief who loved money as did all His disciples, and even +Judas himself: and he rattled the money-box, grimaced, and beseeched, +throwing himself on the ground. And by degrees the anger of the crowd +changed into laughter and disgust, and they let fall the stones which +they had picked up to throw at them. + +"They are not fit to die by the hands of an honest person," said they, +while others thoughtfully followed the rapidly disappearing Judas with +their eyes. + +Again Judas expected to receive congratulations, praise, and thanks, and +made a show of his torn garments, and pretended that he had been beaten; +but this time, too, he was greatly mistaken. The angry Jesus strode on +in silence, and even Peter and John did not venture to approach Him: and +all whose eyes fell on Judas in his torn garments, his face glowing with +happiness, but still somewhat frightened, repelled him with curt, angry +exclamations. + +It was just as though he had not saved them all, just as though he had +not saved their Teacher, whom they loved so dearly. + +"Do you want to see some fools?" said he to Thomas, who was thoughtfully +walking in the rear. "Look! There they go along the road in a crowd, +like a flock of sheep, kicking up the dust. But you are wise, Thomas, +you creep on behind, and I, the noble, magnificent Judas, creep on +behind like a dirty slave, who has no place by the side of his masters." + +"Why do you call yourself magnificent?" asked Thomas in surprise. + +"Because I am so," Judas replied with conviction, and he went on +talking, giving more details of how he had deceived the enemies of +Jesus, and laughed at them and their stupid stones. + +"But you told lies," said Thomas. + +"Of course I did," quickly assented Iscariot. "I gave them what they +asked for, and they gave me in return what I wanted. And what is a lie, +my clever Thomas? Would not the death of Jesus be the greatest lie of +all?" + +"You did not act rightly. Now I believe that a devil is your father. It +was he that taught you, Judas." + +The face of Judas grew pale, and something suddenly came over Thomas, +and as if it were a white cloud, passed over and concealed the road +and Jesus. With a gentle movement Judas just as suddenly drew Thomas to +himself, pressed him closely with a paralysing movement, and whispered +in his ear-- + +"You mean, then, that a devil has instructed me, don't you, Thomas? +Well, I saved Jesus. Therefore a devil loves Jesus and has need of Him, +and of the truth. Is it not so, Thomas? But then my father was not a +devil, but a he-goat. Can a he-goat want Jesus? Eh? And don't you want +Him yourselves, and the truth also?" + +Angry and slightly frightened, Thomas freed himself with difficulty from +the clinging embrace of Judas, and began to stride forward quickly. +But he soon slackened his pace as he endeavoured to understand what had +taken place. + +But Judas crept on gently behind, and gradually came to a standstill. +And lo! in the distance the pedestrians became blended into a +parti-coloured mass, so that it was impossible any longer to distinguish +which among those little figures was Jesus. And lo! the little Thomas, +too, changed into a grey spot, and suddenly--all disappeared round a +turn in the road. + +Looking round, Judas went down from the road and with immense leaps +descended into the depths of a rocky ravine. His clothes blew out with +the speed and abruptness of his course, and his hands were extended +upwards as though he would fly. Lo! now he crept along an abrupt +declivity, and suddenly rolled down in a grey ball, rubbing off his +skin against the stones; then he jumped up and angrily threatened the +mountain with his fist-- + +"You too, damn you!" + +Suddenly he changed his quick movements into a comfortable, concentrated +dawdling, chose a place by a big stone, and sat down without hurry. He +turned himself, as if seeking a comfortable position, laid his hands +side by side on the grey stone, and heavily sank his head upon them. +And so for an hour or two he sat on, as motionless and grey as the grey +stone itself, so still that he deceived even the birds. The walls of the +ravine rose before him, and behind, and on every side, cutting a sharp +line all round on the blue sky; while everywhere immense grey stones +obtruded from the ground, as though there had been at some time or +other, a shower here, and as though its heavy drops had become petrified +in endless split, upturned skull, and every stone in it was like a +petrified thought; and there were many of them, and they all kept +thinking heavily, boundlessly, stubbornly. + +A scorpion, deceived by his quietness, hobbled past, on its tottering +legs, close to Judas. He threw a glance at it, and, without lifting +his head from the stone, again let both his eyes rest fixedly on +something--both motionless, both veiled in a strange whitish turbidness, +both as though blind and yet terribly alert. And lo! from out of the +ground, the stones, and the clefts, the quiet darkness of night began to +rise, enveloped the motionless Judas, and crept swiftly up towards +the pallid light of the sky. Night was coming on with its thoughts and +dreams. + +That night Judas did not return to the halting-place. And the disciples, +forgetting their thoughts, busied themselves with preparations for their +meal, and grumbled at his negligence. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Once, about mid-day, Jesus and His disciples were walking along a stony +and hilly road devoid of shade, and, since they had been more than +five hours afoot, Jesus began to complain of weariness. The disciples +stopped, and Peter and his friend John spread their cloaks and those of +the other disciples, on the ground, and fastened them above between two +high rocks, and so made a sort of tent for Jesus. He lay down in the +tent, resting from the heat of the sun, while they amused Him with +pleasant conversation and jokes. But seeing that even talking fatigued +Him, and being themselves but little affected by weariness and the heat, +they went some distance off and occupied themselves in various ways. One +sought edible roots among the stones on the slope of the mountain, +and when he had found them brought them to Jesus; another, climbing +up higher and higher, searched musingly for the limits of the blue +distance, and failing, climbed up higher on to new, sharp-pointed rocks. +John found a beautiful little blue lizard among the stones, and smiling +brought it quickly with tender hands to Jesus. The lizard looked with +its protuberant, mysterious eyes into His, and then crawled quickly +with its cold body over His warm hand, and soon swiftly disappeared with +tender, quivering tail. + +But Peter and Philip, not caring about such amusements, occupied +themselves in tearing up great stones from the mountain, and hurling +them down below, as a test of their strength. The others, attracted by +their loud laughter, by degrees gathered round them, and joined in their +sport. Exerting their strength, they would tear up from the ground an +ancient rock all overgrown, and lifting it high with both hands, hurl it +down the slope. Heavily it would strike with a dull thud, and hesitate +for a moment; then resolutely it would make a first leap, and each time +it touched the ground, gathering from it speed and strength, it would +become light, furious, all-subversive. Now it no longer leapt, but flew +with grinning teeth, and the whistling wind let its dull round mass pass +by. Lo! it is on the edge--with a last, floating motion the stone would +sweep high, and then quietly, with ponderous deliberation, fly downwards +in a curve to the invisible bottom of the precipice. + +"Now then, another!" cried Peter. His white teeth shone between his +black beard and moustache, his mighty chest and arms were bare, and +the sullen, ancient rocks, dully wondering at the strength which lifted +them, obediently, one after another, precipitated themselves into the +abyss. Even the frail John threw some moderate-sized stones, and Jesus +smiled quietly as He looked at their sport. + +"But what are you doing, Judas? Why do you not take part in the game? +It seems amusing enough?" asked Thomas, when he found his strange friend +motionless behind a great grey stone. + +"I have a pain in my chest. Moreover, they have not invited me." + +"What need of invitation! At all events, I invite you; come! Look what +stones Peter throws!" + +Judas somehow or other happened to glance sideward at him, and Thomas +became, for the first time, indistinctly aware that he had two faces. +But before he could thoroughly grasp the fact, Judas said in his +ordinary tone, at once fawning and mocking-- + +"There is surely none stronger than Peter? When he shouts, all the asses +in Jerusalem think that their Messiah has arrived, and lift up their +voices too. You have heard them before now, have you not, Thomas?" + +Smiling politely; and modestly wrapping his garment round his chest, +which was overgrown with red curly hairs, Judas stepped into the circle +of players. + +And since they were all in high good humour, they met him with mirth and +loud jokes, and even John condescended to vouchsafe a smile, when Judas, +pretending to groan with the exertion, laid hold of an immense stone. +But lo! he lifted it with ease, and threw it, and his blind, wide-open +eye gave a jerk, and then fixed itself immovably on Peter; while the +other eye, cunning and merry, was overflowing with quiet laughter. + +"No! you throw again!" said Peter in an offended tone. + +And lo! one after the other they kept lifting and throwing gigantic +stones, while the disciples looked on in amazement. Peter threw a +great stone, and then Judas a still bigger one. Peter, frowning and +concentrated, angrily wielded a fragment of rock, and struggling as +he lifted it, hurled it down; then Judas, without ceasing to smile, +searched for a still larger fragment, and digging his long fingers into +it, grasped it, and swinging himself together with it, and paling, sent +it into the gulf. When he had thrown his stone, Peter would recoil and +so watch its fall; but Judas always bent himself forward, stretched out +his long vibrant arms, as though he were going to fly after the stone. +Eventually both of them, first Peter, then Judas, seized hold of an old +grey stone, but neither one nor the other could move it. All red with +his exertion, Peter resolutely approached Jesus, and said aloud-- + +"Lord! I do not wish to be beaten by Judas. Help me to throw this +stone." + +Jesus made answer in a low voice, and Peter, shrugging his broad +shoulders in dissatisfaction, but not daring to make any rejoinder, came +back with the words-- + +"He says: 'But who will help Iscariot?'" + +Then glancing at Judas, who, panting with clenched teeth, was still +embracing the stubborn stone, he laughed cheerfully-- + +"Look what an invalid he is! See what our poor sick Judas is doing!" + +And even Judas laughed at being so unexpectedly exposed in his +deception, and all the others laughed too, and even Thomas allowed his +pointed, grey, overhanging moustache to relax into a smile. + +And so in friendly chat and laughter, they all set out again on the +way, and Peter, quite reconciled to his victor, kept from time to time +digging him in the ribs, and loudly guffawed-- + +"There's an invalid for you!" + +All of them praised Judas, and acknowledged him victor, and all chatted +with him in a friendly manner; but Jesus once again had no word of +praise for Judas. He walked silently in front, nibbling the grasses, +which He plucked. And gradually, one by one, the disciples craved +laughing, and went over to Jesus. So that in a short time it came about, +that they were all walking ahead in a compact body, while Judas--the +victor, the strong man--crept on behind, choking with dust. + +And lo! they stood still, and Jesus laid His hand on Peter's shoulder, +while with His other He pointed into the distance, where Jerusalem had +just become visible in the smoke. And the broad, strong back of Peter +gently accepted that slight sunburnt hand. + +For the night they stayed in Bethany, at the house of Lazarus. And when +all were gathered together for conversation, Judas thought that they +would now recall his victory over Peter, and sat down nearer. But the +disciples were silent and unusually pensive. Images of the road they +had traversed, of the sun, the rocks and the grass, of Christ lying down +under the shelter, quietly floated through their heads, breathing a +soft pensiveness, begetting confused but sweet reveries of an eternal +movement under the sun. The wearied body reposed sweetly, and thought +was merged in something mystically great and beautiful--and no one +recalled Judas! + +Judas went out, and then returned. Jesus was discoursing, and His +disciples were listening to Him in silence. + +Mary sat at His feet, motionless as a statue, and gazed into His face +with upturned eyes. John had come quite close, and endeavoured to sit so +that his hand touched the garment of the Master, but without disturbing +Him. He touched Him and was still. Peter breathed loud and deeply, +repeating under his breath the words of Jesus. + +Iscariot had stopped short on the threshold, and contemptuously letting +his gaze pass by the company, he concentrated all its fire on Jesus. And +the more he looked the more everything around Him seemed to fade, and to +become clothed with darkness and silence, while Jesus alone shone forth +with uplifted hand. And then, lo! He was, as it were, raised up into +the air, and melted away, as though He consisted of mist floating over +a lake, and penetrated by the light of the setting moon, and His soft +speech began to sound tenderly, somewhere far, far away. And gazing at +the wavering phantom, and drinking in the tender melody of the distant +dream-like words, Judas gathered his whole soul into his iron fingers, +and in its vast darkness silently began building up some colossal +scheme. Slowly, in the profound darkness, he kept lifting up masses, +like mountains, and quite easily heaping them one on another: and again +he would lift up and again heap them up; and something grew in the +darkness, spread noiselessly and burst its bounds. His head felt like a +dome, in the impenetrable darkness of which the colossal thing continued +to grow, and some one, working on in silence, kept lifting up masses +like mountains, and piling them one on another and again lifting up, and +so on and on... whilst somewhere in the distance the phantom-like words +tenderly sounded. + +Thus he stood blocking the doorway, huge and black, while Jesus went on +talking, and the strong, intermittent breathing of Peter repeated His +words aloud. But on a sudden Jesus broke off an unfinished sentence, and +Peter, as though waking from sleep, cried out exultingly-- + +"Lord! to Thee are known the words of eternal life!" + +But Jesus held His peace, and kept gazing fixedly in one direction. And +when they followed His gaze they perceived in the doorway the petrified +Judas with gaping mouth and fixed eyes. And, not understanding what +was the matter, they laughed. But Matthew, who was learned in the +Scriptures, touched Judas on the shoulder, and said in the words of +Solomon-- + +"'He that looketh kindly shall be forgiven; but he that is met within +the gates will impede others.'" + +Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully and everything about +him, his eyes, hands and feet, seemed to start in different directions, +as those of an animal which suddenly perceives the eye of man upon him. +Jesus went straight to Judas, as though words trembled on His lips, but +passed by him through the open, and now unoccupied, door. + +In the middle of the night the restless Thomas came to Judas' bed, and +sitting down on his heels, asked-- + +"Are you weeping, Judas?" + +"No! Go away, Thomas." + +"Why do you groan, and grind your teeth? Are you ill?" + +Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully there fell from his +lips distressful words, fraught with grief and anger-- + +"Why does not He love me? Why does He love the others? Am I not +handsomer, better and stronger than they? Did not I save His life while +they ran away like cowardly dogs?" + +"My poor friend, you are not quite right. You are not good-looking +at all, and your tongue is as disagreeable as your face. You lie and +slander continually; how then can you expect Jesus to love you?" + +But Judas, stirring heavily in the darkness, continued as though he +heard him not-- + +"Why is He not on the side of Judas, instead of on the side of those +who do not love Him? John brought Him a lizard; I would bring him a +poisonous snake. Peter threw stones; I would overthrow a mountain for +His sake. But what is a poisonous snake? One has but to draw its fangs, +and it will coil round one's neck like a necklace. What is a mountain, +which it is possible to dig down with the hands, and to trample with the +feet? I would give to Him Judas, the bold, magnificent Judas. But now He +will perish, and together with him will perish Judas." + +"You are speaking strangely, Judas!" + +"A withered fig-tree, which must needs be cut down with the axe, such am +I: He said it of me. Why then does He not do it? He dare not, Thomas! +I know him. He fears Judas. He hides from the bold, strong, magnificent +Judas. He loves fools, traitors, liars. You are a liar, Thomas; have you +never been told so before?" + +Thomas was much surprised, and wished to object, but he thought that +Judas was simply railing, and so only shook his head in the darkness. +And Judas lamented still more grievously, and groaned and ground +his teeth, and his whole huge body could be heard heaving under the +coverlet. + +"What is the matter with Judas? Who has applied fire to his body? He +will give his son to the dogs. He will give his daughter to be betrayed +by robbers, his bride to harlotry. And yet has not Judas a tender heart? +Go away, Thomas; go away, stupid! Leave the strong, bold, magnificent +Judas alone!" + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +Judas had concealed some denarii, and the deception was discovered, +thanks to Thomas, who had seen by chance how much money had been given +to them. It was only too probable that this was not the first time that +Judas had committed a theft, and they all were enraged. The angry Peter +seized Judas by his collar and almost dragged him to Jesus, and the +terrified Judas paled but did not resist. + +"Master, see! Here he is, the trickster! Here's the thief. You trusted +him, and he steals our money. Thief! Scoundrel! If Thou wilt permit, +I'll--" + +But Jesus held His peace. And attentively regarding him, Peter suddenly +turned red, and loosed the hand which held the collar, while Judas shyly +rearranged his garment, casting a sidelong glance on Peter, and assuming +the downcast look of a repentant criminal. + +"So that's how it's to be," angrily said Peter, as he went out, loudly +slamming the door. They were all dissatisfied, and declared that on no +account would they consort with Judas any longer; but John, after some +consideration, passed through the door, behind which might be heard the +quiet, almost caressing, voice of Jesus. And when in the course of time +he returned, he was pale, and his downcast eyes were red as though with +recent tears. + +"The Master says that Judas may take as much money as he pleases." Peter +laughed angrily. John gave him a quick reproachful glance, and suddenly +flushing, and mingling tears with anger, and delight with tears, loudly +exclaimed: + +"And no one must reckon how much money Judas receives. He is our +brother, and all the money is as much his as ours: if he wants much +let him take much, without telling any one, or taking counsel with any. +Judas is our brother, and you have grievously insulted him--so says the +Master. Shame on you, brother!" + +In the doorway stood Judas, pale and with a distorted smile on his face. +With a light movement John went up to him and kissed him three times. +After him, glancing round at one another, James, Philip and the others +came up shamefacedly; and after each kiss Judas wiped his mouth, but +gave a loud smack as though the sound afforded him pleasure. Peter came +up last. + +"We were all stupid, all blind, Judas. He alone sees, He alone is wise. +May I kiss you?" + +"Why not? Kiss away!" said Judas as in consent. + +Peter kissed him vigorously, and said aloud in his ear-- + +"But I almost choked you. The others kissed you in the usual way, but I +kissed you on the throat. Did it hurt you?" + +"A little." + +"I will go and tell Him all. I was angry even with Him," said Peter +sadly, trying noiselessly to open the door. + +"And what are you going to do, Thomas?" asked John severely. He it was +who looked after the conduct and the conversation of the disciples. + +"I don't know yet. I must consider." + +And Thomas thought long, almost the whole day. The disciples had +dispersed to their occupations, and somewhere on the other side of the +wall, Peter was shouting joyfully--but Thomas was still considering. He +would have come to a decision more quickly had not Judas hindered him +somewhat by continually following him about with a mocking glance, and +now and again asking him in a serious tone-- + +"Well, Thomas, and how does the matter progress?" + +Then Judas brought his money-box, and shaking the money and pretending +not to look at Thomas, began to count it-- + +"Twenty-one, two, three.... Look, Thomas, a bad coin again. Oh! +what rascals people are; they even give bad money as offerings. +Twenty-four... and then they will say again that Judas has stolen it... +twenty-five, twenty-six...." + +Thomas approached him resolutely... for it was already towards evening, +and said-- + +"He is right, Judas. Let me kiss you." + +"Will you? Twenty-nine, thirty. It's no good. I shall steal again. +Thirty-one...." + +"But how can you steal, when it is neither yours nor another's? You will +simply take as much as you want, brother." + +"It has taken you a long time to repeat His words! Don't you value time, +you clever Thomas?" + +"You seem to be laughing at me, brother." + +"And consider, are you doing well, my virtuous Thomas, in repeating His +words? He said something of His own, but you do not. He really kissed +me--you only defiled my mouth. I can still feel your moist lips upon +mine. It was so disgusting, my good Thomas. Thirty-eight, thirty-nine, +forty. Forty denarii. Thomas, won't you check the sum?" + +"Certainly He is our Master. Why then should we not repeat the words of +our Master?" + +"Is Judas' collar torn away? Is there now nothing to seize him by? The +Master will go out of the house, and Judas will unexpectedly steal three +more denarii. Won't you seize him by the collar?" + +"We know now, Judas. We understand." + +"Have not all pupils a bad memory? Have not all masters been deceived +by their pupils? But the master has only to lift the rod, and the pupils +cry out, 'We know, Master!' But the master goes to bed, and the pupils +say: 'Did the Master teach us this?' And so, in this case, this morning +you called me a thief, this evening you call me brother. What will you +call me to-morrow?" + +Judas laughed, and lifting up the heavy rattling money-box with ease, +went on: + +"When a strong wind blows it raises the dust, and foolish people look +at the dust and say: 'Look at the wind!' But it is only dust, my good +Thomas, ass's dung trodden underfoot. The dust meets a wall and lies +down gently at its foot, but the wind flies farther and farther, my good +Thomas." + +Judas obligingly pointed over the wall in illustration of his meaning, +and laughed again. + +"I am glad that you are merry," said Thomas, "but it is a great pity +that there is so much malice in your merriment." + +"Why should not a man be cheerful, who has been kissed so much, and +who is so useful? If I had not stolen the three denarii would John have +known the meaning of delight? Is it not pleasant to be a hook, on which +John may hang his damp virtue out to dry, and Thomas his moth-eaten +mind?" + +"I think that I had better be going." + +"But I am only joking, my good Thomas. I merely wanted to know whether +you really wished to kiss the old obnoxious Judas--the thief who stole +the three denarii and gave them to a harlot." + +"To a harlot!" exclaimed Thomas in surprise. "And did you tell the +Master of it?" + +"Again you doubt, Thomas. Yes, to a harlot. But if you only knew, +Thomas, what an unfortunate woman she was. For two days she had had +nothing to eat." + +"Are you sure of that?" said Thomas in confusion. + +"Yes! Of course I am. I myself spent two days with her, and saw that she +ate and drank nothing except red wine. She tottered from exhaustion, and +I was always falling down with her." + +Thereupon Thomas got up quickly, and, when he had gone a few steps away, +he flung out at Judas: + +"You seem to be possessed of Satan, Judas." + +And as he went away, he heard in the approaching twilight how dolefully +the heavy money-box rattled in Judas' hands. And Judas seemed to laugh. + +But the very next day Thomas was obliged to acknowledge that he had +misjudged Judas, so simple, so gentle, and at the same time so serious +was Iscariot. He neither grimaced nor made ill-natured jokes; he was +neither obsequious nor scurrilous, but quietly and unobtrusively went +about his work of catering. He was as active as formerly, as though he +did not have two feet like other people, but a whole dozen of them, +and ran noiselessly without that squeaking, sobbing, and laughter of a +hyena, with which he formerly accompanied his actions. And when Jesus +began to speak, he would seat himself quickly in a corner, fold his +hands and feet, and look so kindly with his great eyes, that many +observed it. He ceased speaking evil of people, but rather remained +silent, so that even the severe Matthew deemed it possible to praise +him, saying in the words of Solomon: + +"'He that is devoid of wisdom despiseth his neighbour: but a man of +understanding holdeth his peace.'" + +And he lifted up his hand, hinting thereby at Judas' former +evil-speaking. In a short time all remarked this change in him, and +rejoiced at it: only Jesus looked on him still with the same detached +look, although he gave no direct indication of His dislike. And even +John, for whom Judas now showed a profound reverence, as the beloved +disciple of Jesus, and as his own champion in the matter of the three +denarii, began to treat him somewhat more kindly, and even sometimes +entered into conversation with him. + +"What do you think, Judas," said he one day in a condescending manner, +"which of us, Peter or I, will be nearest to Christ in His heavenly +kingdom?" + +Judas meditated, and then answered-- + +"I suppose that you will." + +"But Peter thinks that he will," laughed John. + +"No! Peter would scatter all the angels with his shout; you have heard +him shout. Of course, he will quarrel with you, and will endeavour to +occupy the first place, as he insists that he, too, loves Jesus. But +he is already advanced in years, and you are young; he is heavy on his +feet, while you run swiftly; you will enter there first with Christ? +Will you not?" + +"Yes, I will not leave Jesus," John agreed. + +On the same day Simon Peter referred the very same question to Judas. +But fearing that his loud voice would be heard by the others, he led +Judas out to the farthest corner behind the house. + +"Well then, what is your opinion about it?" he asked anxiously. "You are +wise; even the Master praises you for your intellect. And you will speak +the truth." + +"You, of course," answered Iscariot without hesitation. And Peter +exclaimed with indignation, "I told him so!" + +"But, of course, he will try even there to oust you from the first +place." + +"Certainly!" + +"But what can he do, when you already occupy the place? Won't you be the +first to go there with Jesus? You will not leave Him alone? Has He not +named you the ROCK?" + +Peter put his hand on Judas' shoulder, and said with warmth: "I +tell you, Judas, you are the cleverest of us all. But why are you so +sarcastic and malignant? The Master does not like it. Otherwise you +might become the beloved disciple, equally with John. But to you +neither," and Peter lifted his hand threateningly, "will I yield my +place next to Jesus, neither on earth, nor there! Do you hear?" + +Thus Judas endeavoured to make himself agreeable to all, but, at the +same time, he cherished hidden thoughts in his mind. And while he +remained ever the same modest, restrained and unobtrusive person, he +knew how to make some especially pleasing remark to each. Thus to Thomas +he said: + +"The fool believeth every word: but the prudent taketh heed to his +paths." + +While to Matthew, who suffered somewhat from excess in eating and +drinking, and was ashamed of his weakness, he quoted the words of +Solomon, the sage whom Matthew held in high estimation: + +"'The righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soul: but the belly of +the wicked shall want.'" + +But his pleasant speeches were rare, which gave them the greater value. +For the most part he was silent, listening attentively to what was said, +and always meditating. + +When reflecting, Judas had an unpleasant look, ridiculous and at the +same time awe-inspiring. As long as his quick, crafty eye was in motion, +he seemed simple and good-natured enough, but directly both eyes became +fixed in an immovable stare, and the skin on his protruding forehead +gathered into strange ridges and creases, a distressing surmise would +force itself on one, that under that skull some very peculiar thoughts +were working. So thoroughly apart, peculiar, and voiceless were the +thoughts which enveloped Iscariot in the deep silence of secrecy, when +he was in one of his reveries, that one would have preferred that he +should begin to speak, to move, nay, even, to tell lies. For a lie, +spoken by a human tongue, had been truth and light compared with that +hopelessly deep and unresponsive silence. + +"In the dumps again, Judas?" Peter would cry with his clear voice and +bright smile, suddenly breaking in upon the sombre silence of Judas' +thoughts, and banishing them to some dark corner. "What are you thinking +about?" + +"Of many things," Iscariot would reply with a quiet smile. And +perceiving, apparently, what a bad impression his silence made upon the +others, he began more frequently to shun the society of the disciples, +and spent much time in solitary walks, or would betake himself to the +flat roof and there sit still. And more than once he startled Thomas, +who has unexpectedly stumbled in the darkness against a grey heap, out +of which the hands and feet of Judas suddenly started, and his jeering +voice was heard. + +But one day, in a specially brusque and strange manner, Judas recalled +his former character. This happened on the occasion of the quarrel for +the first place in the kingdom of heaven. Peter and John were disputing +together, hotly contending each for his own place nearest to Jesus. They +reckoned up their services, they measured the degrees of their love +for Jesus, they became heated and noisy, and even reviled one another +without restraint. Peter roared, all red with anger. John was quiet and +pale, with trembling hands and biting speech. Their quarrel had already +passed the bounds of decency, and the Master had begun to frown, when +Peter looked up by chance on Judas, and laughed self-complacently: John, +too, looked at Judas, and also smiled. Each of them recalled what the +cunning Judas had said to him. And foretasting the joy of approaching +triumph, they, with silent consent, invited Judas to decide the matter. + +Peter called out, "Come now, Judas the wise, tell us who will be first, +nearest to Jesus, he or I?" + +But Judas remained silent, breathing heavily, his eyes eagerly +questioning the quiet, deep eyes of Jesus. + +"Yes," John condescendingly repeated, "tell us who will be first, +nearest to Jesus." + +Without taking his eyes off Christ, Judas slowly rose, and answered +quietly and gravely: + +"I." + +Jesus let His gaze fall slowly. And quietly striking himself on the +breast with a bony finger, Iscariot repeated solemnly and sternly: "I, +I shall be nearest to Jesus!" And he went out. Struck by his insolent +freak, the disciples remained silent; but Peter suddenly recalling +something, whispered to Thomas in an unexpectedly gentle voice: + +"So that is what he is always thinking about! See?" + + + +CHAPTER V + + +Just at this time Judas Iscariot took the first definite step towards +the Betrayal. He visited the chief priest Annas secretly. He was very +roughly received, but that did not disturb him in the least, and he +demanded a long private interview. When he found himself alone with the +dry, harsh old man, who looked at him with contempt from beneath his +heavy overhanging eyelids, he stated that he was an honourable man +who had become one of the disciples of Jesus of Nazareth with the sole +purpose of exposing the impostor, and handing Him over to the arm of the +law. + +"But who is this Nazarene?" asked Annas contemptuously, making as though +he heard the name of Jesus for the first time. + +Judas on his part pretended to believe in the extraordinary ignorance of +the chief priest, and spoke in detail of the preaching of Jesus, of +His miracles, of His hatred for the Pharisees and the Temple, of His +perpetual infringement of the Law, and eventually of His wish to wrest +the power out of the hands of the priesthood, and to set up His own +personal kingdom. And so cleverly did he mingle truth with lies, that +Annas looked at him more attentively, and lazily remarked: "There are +plenty of impostors and madmen in Judah." + +"No! He is a dangerous person," Judas hotly contradicted. "He breaks +the law. And it were better that one man should perish, rather than the +whole people." + +Annas, with an approving nod, said-- + +"But He, apparently, has many disciples." + +"Yes, many." + +"And they, it seems probable, have a great love for Him?" + +"Yes, they say that they love Him, love Him much, more than themselves." + +"But if we try to take Him, will they not defend Him? Will they not +raise a tumult?" + +Judas laughed long and maliciously. "What, they? Those cowardly dogs, +who run if a man but stoop down to pick up a stone. They indeed!" + +"Are they really so bad?" asked Annas coldly. + +"But surely it is not the bad who flee from the good; is it not rather +the good who flee from the bad? Ha! ha! They are good, and therefore +they flee. They are good, and therefore they hide themselves. They are +good, and therefore they will appear only in time to bury Jesus. They +will lay Him in the tomb themselves; you have only to execute Him." + +"But surely they love Him? You yourself said so." + +"People always love their teacher, but better dead than alive. While a +teacher's alive he may ask them questions which they will find difficult +to answer. But, when a teacher dies, they become teachers themselves, +and then others fare badly in turn. Ha! ha!" + +Annas looked piercingly at the Traitor, and his lips puckered--which +indicated that he was smiling. + +"You have been insulted by them. I can see that." + +"Can one hide anything from the perspicacity of the astute Annas? You +have pierced to the very heart of Judas. Yes, they insulted poor Judas. +They said he had stolen from them three denarii--as though Judas were +not the most honest man in Israel!" + +They talked for some time longer about Jesus, and His disciples, and of +His pernicious influence on the people of Israel, but on this occasion +the crafty, cautious Annas gave no decisive answer. He had long had +his eyes on Jesus, and in secret conclave with his own relatives and +friends, with the authorities, and the Sadducees, had decided the fate +of the Prophet of Galilee. But he did not trust Judas, who he had heard +was a bad, untruthful man, and he had no confidence in his flippant +faith in the cowardice of the disciples, and of the people. Annas +believed in his own power, but he feared bloodshed, feared a serious +riot, such as the insubordinate, irascible people of Jerusalem lent +itself to so easily; he feared, in fact, the violent intervention of the +Roman authorities. Fanned by opposition, fertilised by the red blood +of the people, which vivifies everything on which it falls, the heresy +would grow stronger, and stifle in its folds Annas, the government, and +all his friends. So, when Iscariot knocked at his door a second time +Annas was perturbed in spirit and would not admit him. But yet a third +and a fourth time Iscariot came to him, persistent as the wind, which +beats day and night against the closed door and blows in through its +crevices. + +"I see that the most astute Annas is afraid of something," said Judas +when at last he obtained admission to the high priest. + +"I am strong enough not to fear anything," Annas answered haughtily. And +Iscariot stretched forth his hands and bowed abjectly. + +"What do you want?" + +"I wish to betray the Nazarene to you." + +"We do not want Him." + +Judas bowed and waited, humbly fixing his gaze on the high priest. + +"Go away." + +"But I am bound to return. Am I not, revered Annas?" + +"You will not be admitted. Go away!" + +But yet again and again Judas called on the aged Annas, and at last was +admitted. + +Dry and malicious, worried with thought, and silent, he gazed on the +Traitor, and, as it were, counted the hairs on his knotted head. Judas +also said nothing, and seemed in his turn to be counting the somewhat +sparse grey hairs in the beard of the high priest. + +"What? you here again?" the irritated Annas haughtily jerked out, as +though spitting upon his head. + +"I wish to betray the Nazarene to you." + +Both held their peace, and continued to gaze attentively at each other. +Iscariot's look was calm; but a quiet malice, dry and cold, began +slightly to prick Annas, like the early morning rime of winter. + +"How much do you want for your Jesus?" + +"How much will you give?" + +Annas, with evident enjoyment, insultingly replied: "You are nothing but +a band of scoundrels. Thirty pieces--that's what we will give." + +And he quietly rejoiced to see how Judas began to squirm and run +about--agile and swift as though he had a whole dozen feet, not two. + +"Thirty pieces of silver for Jesus!" he cried in a voice of wild +madness, most pleasing to Annas. "For Jesus of Nazareth! You wish to +buy Jesus for thirty pieces of silver? And you think that Jesus can be +betrayed to you for thirty pieces of silver?" Judas turned quickly to +the wall, and laughed in its smooth, white fence, lifting up his long +hands. "Do you hear? Thirty pieces of silver! For Jesus!" + +With the same quiet pleasure, Annas remarked indifferently: + +"If you will not deal, go away. We shall find some one whose work is +cheaper." + +And like old-clothes men who throw useless rags from hand to hand in the +dirty market-place, and shout, and swear and abuse each other, so they +embarked on a rabid and fiery bargaining. Intoxicated with a strange +rapture, running and turning about, and shouting, Judas ticked off on +his fingers the merits of Him whom he was selling. + +"And the fact that He is kind and heals the sick, is that worth nothing +at all in your opinion? Ah, yes! Tell me, like an honest man!" + +"If you--" began Annas, who was turning red, as he tried to get in a +word, his cold malice quickly warming up under the burning words of +Judas, who, however, interrupted him shamelessly: + +"That He is young and handsome--like the Narcissus of Sharon, and the +Lily of the Valley? What? Is that worth nothing? Perhaps you will say +that He is old and useless, and that Judas is trying to dispose of an +old bird? Eh?" + +"If you--" Annas tried to exclaim; but Judas' stormy speech bore away +his senile croak, like down upon the wind. + +"Thirty pieces of silver! That will hardly work out to one obolus for +each drop of blood! Half an obolus will not go to a tear! A quarter to +a groan. And cries, and convulsions! And for the ceasing of His +heartbeats? And the closing of His eyes? Is all this to be thrown +in gratis?" sobbed Iscariot, advancing toward the high priest and +enveloping him with an insane movement of his hands and fingers, and +with intervolved words. + +"Includes everything," said Annas in a choking voice. + +"And how much will you make out of it yourself? Eh? You wish to rob +Judas, to snatch the bit of bread from his children. No, I can't do it. +I will go on to the market-place, and shout out: 'Annas has robbed poor +Judas. Help!'" + +Wearied, and grown quite dizzy, Annas wildly stamped about the floor in +his soft slippers, gesticulating: "Be off, be off!" + +But Judas on a sudden bowed down, stretching forth his hands +submissively: + +"But if you really.... But why be angry with poor Judas, who only +desires his children's good. You also have children, young and +handsome." + +"We shall find some one else. Be gone!" + +"But I--I did not say that I was unwilling to make a reduction. Did +I ever say that I could not too yield? And do I not believe you, that +possibly another may come and sell Jesus to you for fifteen oboli--nay, +for two--for one?" + +And bowing lower and lower, wriggling and flattering, Judas submissively +consented to the sum offered to him. Annas shamefacedly, with dry, +trembling hand, paid him the money, and silently looking round, as +though scorched, lifted his head again and again towards the ceiling, +and moving his lips rapidly, waited while Judas tested with his teeth +all the silver pieces, one after another. + +"There is now so much bad money about," Judas quickly explained. + +"This money was devoted to the Temple by the pious," said Annas, +glancing round quickly, and still more quickly turning the ruddy bald +nape of his neck to Judas' view. + +"But can pious people distinguish between good and bad money! Only +rascals can do that." + +Judas did not take the money home, but went beyond the city and hid +it under a stone. Then he came back again quietly with heavy, dragging +steps, as a wounded animal creeps slowly to its lair after a severe and +deadly fight. Only Judas had no lair; but there was a house, and in +the house he perceived Jesus. Weary and thin, exhausted with continual +strife with the Pharisees, who surrounded Him every day in the Temple +with a wall of white, shining, scholarly foreheads, He was sitting, +leaning His cheek against the rough wall, apparently fast asleep. +Through the open window drifted the restless noises of the city. On the +other side of the wall Peter was hammering, as he put together a new +table for the meal, humming the while a quiet Galilean song. But He +heard nothing; he slept on peacefully and soundly. And this was He, whom +they had bought for thirty pieces of silver. + +Coming forward noiselessly, Judas, with the tender touch of a mother, +who fears to wake her sick child--with the wonderment of a wild beast +as it creeps from its lair suddenly, charmed by the sight of a white +flowerlet--he gently touched His soft locks, and then quickly withdrew +his hand. Once more he touched Him, and then silently crept out. + +"Lord! Lord!" said he. + +And going apart, he wept long, shrinking and wriggling and scratching +his bosom with his nails and gnawing his shoulders. Then suddenly he +ceased weeping and gnawing and gnashing his teeth, and fell into a +sombre reverie, inclining his tear-stained face to one side in the +attitude of one listening. And so he remained for a long time, doleful, +determined, from every one apart, like fate itself. + + . . . . . . . . + +Judas surrounded the unhappy Jesus, during those last days of His short +life, with quiet love and tender care and caresses. Bashful and timid +like a maid in her first love, strangely sensitive and discerning, he +divined the minutest unspoken wishes of Jesus, penetrating to the hidden +depth of His feelings, His passing fits of sorrow, and distressing +moments of weariness. And wherever Jesus stepped, His foot met something +soft, and whenever He turned His gaze, it encountered something +pleasing. Formerly Judas had not liked Mary Magdalene and the other +women who were near Jesus. He had made rude jests at their expense, and +done them little unkindnesses. But now he became their friend, their +strange, awkward ally. With deep interest he would talk with them of +the charming little idiosyncrasies of Jesus, and persistently asking +the same questions, he would thrust money into their hands, their very +palms--and they brought a box of very precious ointment, which Jesus +liked so much, and anointed His feet. He himself bought for Jesus, after +desperate bargaining, an expensive wine, and then was very angry when +Peter drank nearly all of it up, with the indifference of a person who +looks only to quantity; and in that rocky Jerusalem almost devoid of +trees, flowers, and greenery he somehow managed to obtain young spring +flowers and green grass, and through these same women to give them to +Jesus. + +For the first time in his life he would take up little children in +his arms, finding them somewhere about the courts and streets, and +unwillingly kiss them to prevent their crying; and often it would happen +that some swarthy urchin with curly hair and dirty little nose, would +climb up on the knees of the pensive Jesus, and imperiously demand to be +petted. And while they enjoyed themselves together, Judas would walk +up and down at one side like a severe jailor, who had himself, in +springtime, let a butterfly in to a prisoner, and pretends to grumble at +the breach of discipline. + +On an evening, when together with the darkness, alarm took post as +sentry by the window, Iscariot would cleverly turn the conversation to +Galilee, strange to himself but dear to Jesus, with its still waters +and green banks. And he would jog the heavy Peter till his dulled memory +awoke, and in clear pictures in which everything was loud, distinct, +full of colour, and solid, there arose before his eyes and ears the dear +Galilean life. With eager attention, with half-open mouth in child-like +fashion, and with eyes laughing in anticipation, Jesus would listen to +his gusty, resonant, cheerful utterance, and sometimes laughed so at his +jokes, that it was necessary to interrupt the story for some minutes. +But John told tales even better than Peter. There was nothing ludicrous, +nor startling, about his stories, but everything seemed so pensive, +unusual, and beautiful, that tears would appear in Jesus' eyes, and +He would sigh softly, while Judas nudged Mary Magdalene and excitedly +whispered to her-- + +"What a narrator he is! Do you hear?" + +"Yes, certainly." + +"No, be more attentive. You women never make good listeners." + +Then they would all quietly disperse to bed, and Jesus would kiss His +thanks to John, and stroke kindly the shoulder of the tall Peter. + +And without envy, but with a condescending contempt, Judas would witness +these caresses. Of what importance were these tales and kisses and sighs +compared with what he, Judas Iscariot, the red-haired, misshapen Judas, +begotten among the rocks, could tell them if he chose? + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +With one hand betraying Jesus, Judas tried hard with the other to +frustrate his own plans. He did not indeed endeavour to dissuade Jesus +from the last dangerous journey to Jerusalem, as did the women; he even +inclined rather to the side of the relatives of Jesus, and of those +amongst His disciples who looked for a victory over Jerusalem as +indispensable to the full triumph of His cause. But he kept continually +and obstinately warning them of the danger, and in lively colours +depicted the threatening hatred of the Pharisees for Jesus, and their +readiness to commit any crime if, either secretly or openly, they might +make an end of the Prophet of Galilee. Each day and every hour he kept +talking of this, and there was not one of the believers before whom +Judas had not stood with uplifted finger and uttered this serious +warning: + +"We must look after Jesus. We must defend for Jesus, when the hour +comes." + +But whether it was the unlimited faith which the disciples had in the +miracle-working power of their Master, or the consciousness of their own +uprightness, or whether it was simply blindness, the alarming words of +Judas were met with a smile, and his continual advice provoked only +a grumble. When Judas procured, somewhere or other, two swords, and +brought them, only Peter approved of them, and gave Judas his meed of +praise, while the others complained: + +"Are we soldiers that we should be made to gird on swords? Is Jesus a +captain of the host, and not a prophet?" + +"But if they attempt to kill Him?" + +"They will not dare when they perceive how all the people follow Him." + +"But if they should dare! What then?" + +John replied disdainfully-- + +"One would think, Judas, that you were the only one who loved Jesus!" + +And eagerly seizing hold of these words, and not in the least offended, +Judas began to question impatiently and hotly, with stern insistency: + +"But you love Him, don't you?" + +And there was not one of the believers who came to Jesus whom he did not +ask more than once: "Do you love Him? Dearly love Him?" + +And all answered that they loved Him. + +He used often to converse with Thomas, and holding up his dry, hooked +forefinger, with its long, dirty nail, in warning, would mysteriously +say: + +"Look here, Thomas, the terrible hour is drawing near. Are you prepared +for it? Why did you not take the sword I brought you?" + +Thomas would reply with deliberation: + +"We are men unaccustomed to the use of arms. If we were to take issue +with the Roman soldiery, they would kill us all, one after the other. +Besides, you brought only two swords, and what could we do with only +two?" + +"We could get more. We could take them from the Roman soldiers," Judas +impatiently objected, and even the serious Thomas smiled through his +overhanging moustache. + +"Ah! Judas! Judas! But where did you get these? They are like Roman +swords." + +"I stole them. I could have stolen more, only some one gave the alarm, +and I fled." + +Thomas considered a little, then said sorrowfully-- + +"Again you acted ill, Judas. Why do you steal?" + +"There is no such thing as property." + +"No, but to-morrow they will ask the soldiers: 'Where are your swords?' +And when they cannot find them they will be punished though innocent." + +The consequence was, that after the death of Jesus the disciples +recalled these conversations of Judas, and determined that he had wished +to destroy them, together with the Master, by inveigling them into an +unequal and murderous conflict. And once again they cursed the hated +name of Judas Iscariot the Traitor. + +But the angry Judas, after each conversation, would go to the women and +weep. They heard him gladly. The tender womanly element, that there +was in his love for Jesus, drew him near to them, and made him simple, +comprehensible, and even handsome in their eyes, although, as before, a +certain amount of disdain was perceptible in his attitude towards them. + +"Are they men?" he would bitterly complain of the disciples, fixing his +blind, motionless eye confidingly on Mary Magdalene. "They are not men. +They have not an oboles' worth of blood in their veins!" + +"But then you are always speaking ill of others," Mary objected. + +"Have I ever?" said Judas in surprise. "Oh, yes, I have indeed spoken +ill of them; but is there not room for improvement in them? Ah! Mary, +silly Mary, why are you not a man, to carry a sword?" + +"It is so heavy, I could not lift it!" said Mary smilingly. + +"But you will lift it, when men are too worthless. Did you give Jesus +the lily that I found on the mountain? I got up early to find it, and +this morning the sun was so beautiful, Mary! Was He pleased with it? Did +He smile?" + +"Yes, He was pleased. He said that its smell reminded Him of Galilee." + +"But surely, you did not tell Him that it was Judas--Judas Iscariot--who +got it for Him?" + +"Why, you asked me not to tell Him." + +"Yes, certainly, quite right," said Judas, with a sigh. "You might have +let it out, though, women are such chatterers. But you did not let it +out; no, you were firm. You are a good woman, Mary. You know that I have +a wife somewhere. Now I should be glad to see her again; perhaps she is +not a bad woman either. I don't know. She said, 'Judas was a liar and +malignant,' so I left her. But she may be a good woman. Do you know?" + +"How should I know, when I have never seen your wife?" + +"True, true, Mary! But what think you, are thirty pieces of silver a +large sum? Is it not rather a small one?" + +"I should say a small one." + +"Certainly, certainly. How much did you get when you were a harlot, five +pieces of silver or ten? You were an expensive one, were you not?" + +Mary Magdalene blushed, and dropped her head till her luxuriant, golden +hair completely covered her face, so that nothing but her round white +chin was visible. + +"How bad you are, Judas; I want to forget about that, and you remind me +of it!" + +"No, Mary, you must not forget that. Why should you? Let others forget +that you were a harlot, but you must remember. It is the others who +should forget as soon as possible, but you should not. Why should you?" + +"But it was a sin!" + +"He fears who never committed a sin, but he who has committed it, what +has he to fear? Do the dead fear death; is it not rather the living? No, +the dead laugh at the living and their fears." + +Thus by the hour would they sit and talk in friendly guise, he--already +old, dried-up and misshapen, with his bulbous head and monstrous +double-sided face; she--young, modest, tender, and charmed with life as +with a story or a dream. + +But time rolled by unconcernedly, while the thirty pieces of silver lay +under the stone, and the terrible day of the Betrayal drew inevitably +near. Already Jesus had ridden into Jerusalem on the ass's back, and +the people, strewing their garments in the way, had greeted Him with +enthusiastic cries of "Hosanna! Hosanna! He that cometh in the name of +the Lord!" + +So great was the exultation, so unrestrainedly did their loving cries +rend the skies, that Jesus wept, but His disciples proudly said: + +"Is not this the Son of God with us?" + +And they themselves cried out with enthusiasm: "Hosanna! Hosanna! He +that cometh in the name of the Lord!" + +That evening it was long before they went to bed, recalling the +enthusiastic and joyful reception. Peter was like a madman, as though +possessed by the demon of merriment and pride. He shouted, drowning all +voices with his leonine roar; he laughed, hurling his laughter at their +heads, like great round stones; he kept kissing John and James, and even +gave a kiss to Judas. He noisily confessed that he had had great fears +for Jesus, but that he feared nothing now, that he had seen the love of +the people for Him. + +Swiftly moving his vivid, watchful eye, Judas glanced in surprise from +side to side. He meditated, and then again listened, and looked. Then +he took Thomas aside, and pinning him, as it were, to the wall with +his keen gaze, he asked in doubt and fear, but with a certain confused +hopefulness: + +"Thomas! But what if He is right? What if He be founded upon a rock, and +we upon sand? What then?" + +"Of whom are you speaking?" + +"How, then, would it be with Judas Iscariot? Then I should be obliged +to strangle Him in order to do right. Who is deceiving Judas? You or he +himself? Who is deceiving Judas? Who?" + +"I don't understand you, Judas. You speak very unintelligently. 'Who is +deceiving Jesus?' 'Who is right?'" + +And Judas nodded his head and repeated like an echo: + +"Who is deceiving Judas? Who?" + +And the next day, in the way in which Judas raised his hand with thumb +bent back,[1] and by the way in which he looked at Thomas, the same +strange question was implied: + +"Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?" + + +[1] Does our author refer to the Roman sign of disapprobation, vertere, +or convertere, pollicem?--Tr. + + +And still more surprised, and even alarmed, was Thomas, when suddenly in +the night he heard the loud, apparently glad voice of Judas: + +"Then Judas Iscariot will be no more. Then Jesus will be no more. Then +there will be Thomas, the stupid Thomas! Did you ever wish to take the +earth and lift it? And then, possibly hurl it away?" + +"That's impossible. What are you talking about, Judas?" + +"It's quite possible," said Iscariot with conviction, "and we will lift +it up some day when you are asleep, stupid Thomas. Go to sleep. I'm +enjoying myself. When you sleep your nose plays the Galilean pipe. +Sleep!" + +But now the believers were already dispersed about Jerusalem, hiding +in houses and behind walls, and the faces of those that met them looked +mysterious. The exultation had died down. Confused reports of danger +found their way in; Peter, with gloomy countenance, tested the sword +given to him by Judas, and the face of the Master became even more +melancholy and stern. So swiftly the time passed, and inevitably +approached the terrible day of the Betrayal. Lo! the Last Supper was +over, full of grief and confused dread, and already had the obscure +words of Jesus sounded concerning some one who should betray Him. + +"You know who will betray Him?" asked Thomas, looking at Judas with his +straight-forward, clear, almost transparent eyes. + +"Yes, I know," Judas replied harshly and decidedly. "You, Thomas, will +betray Him. But He Himself does not believe what He says! It is full +time! Why does He not call to Him the strong, magnificent Judas?" + +No longer by days, but by short, fleeting hours, was the inevitable time +to be measured. It was evening; and evening stillness and long shadows +lay upon the ground--the first sharp darts of the coming night of mighty +contest--when a harsh, sorrowful voice was heard. It said: + +"Dost Thou know whither I go, Lord? I go to betray Thee into the hands +of Thine enemies." + +And there was a long silence, evening stillness, and swift black +shadows. + +"Thou art silent, Lord? Thou commandest me to go?" + +And again silence. + +"Allow me to remain. But perhaps Thou canst not? Or darest not? Or wilt +not?" + +And again silence, stupendous, like the eyes of eternity. + +"But indeed Thou knowest that I love Thee. Thou knowest all things. Why +lookest Thou thus at Judas? Great is the mystery of Thy beautiful eyes, +but is mine less? Order me to remain! But Thou art silent. Thou art ever +silent. Lord, Lord, is it for this that in grief and pains have I sought +Thee all my life, sought and found! Free me! Remove the weight; it is +heavier than even mountains of lead. Dost Thou hear how the bosom of +Judas Iscariot is cracking under it?" + +And the last silence was abysmal, like the last glance of eternity. + +"I go." + +But the evening stillness woke not, neither uttered cry nor plaint, nor +did its subtle air vibrate with the slightest tinkle--so soft was the +fall of the retreating steps. They sounded for a time, and then were +silent. And the evening stillness became pensive, stretched itself out +in long shadows, and then grew dark;--and suddenly night, coming to meet +it, all atremble with the rustle of sadly brushed-up leaves, heaved a +last sigh and was still. + +There was a bustle, a jostle, a rattle of other voices, as though some +one had untied a bag of lively resonant voices, and they were falling +out on the ground, by one and two, and whole heaps. It was the disciples +talking. And drowning them all, reverberating from the trees and walls, +and tripping up over itself, thundered the determined, powerful voice of +Peter--he was swearing that never would he desert his Master. + +"Lord," said he, half in anger, half in grief: "Lord! I am ready to go +with Thee to prison and to death." + +And quietly, like the soft echo of retiring footsteps, came the +inexorable answer: + +"I tell thee, Peter, the cock will not crow this day before thou dost +deny Me thrice." + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +The moon had already risen when Jesus prepared to go to the Mount of +Olives, where He had spent all His last nights. But He tarried, for some +inexplicable reason, and the disciples, ready to start, were hurrying +Him. Then He said suddenly: + +"He that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip; and he +that hath no sword, let him sell his garment and buy one. For I say unto +you that this that is written must yet be accomplished in me: 'And he +was reckoned among the transgressors.'" + +The disciples were surprised and looked at one another in confusion. +Peter replied: + +"Lord, we have two swords here." + +He looked searchingly into their kind faces, lowered His head, and said +softly: + +"It is enough." + +The steps of the disciples resounded loudly in the narrow streets, and +they were frightened by the sounds of their own footsteps; on the white +wall, illumined by the moon, their black shadows appeared--and they were +frightened by their own shadows. Thus they passed in silence through +Jerusalem, which was absorbed in sleep, and now they came out of the +gates of the city, and in the valley, full of fantastic, motionless +shadows, the stream of Kedron stretched before them. Now they were +frightened by everything. The soft murmuring and splashing of the water +on the stones sounded to them like voices of people approaching them +stealthily; the monstrous shades of the rocks and the trees, obstructing +the road, disturbed them, and their motionlessness seemed to them +to stir. But as they were ascending the mountain and approaching the +garden, where they had safely and quietly passed so many nights before, +they were growing ever bolder. From time to time they looked back at +Jerusalem, all white in the moonlight, and they spoke to one another +about the fear that had passed; and those who walked in the rear heard, +in fragments, the soft words of Jesus. He spoke about their forsaking +Him. + +In the garden they paused soon after they had entered it. The majority +of them remained there, and, speaking softly, began to make ready for +their sleep, outspreading their cloaks over the transparent embroidery +of the shadows and the moonlight. Jesus, tormented with uneasiness, and +four of His disciples went further into the depth of the garden. There +they seated themselves on the ground, which had not yet cooled off from +the heat of the day, and while Jesus was silent, Peter and John lazily +exchanged words almost devoid of any meaning. Yawning from fatigue, they +spoke about the coolness of the night; about the high price of meat in +Jerusalem, and about the fact that no fish was to be had in the city. +They tried to determine the exact number of pilgrims that had gathered +in Jerusalem for the festival, and Peter, drawling his words and yawning +loudly, said that they numbered 20,000, while John and his brother Jacob +assured him just as lazily that they did not number more than 10,000. +Suddenly Jesus rose quickly. + +"My soul is exceedingly sorrowful, even unto death; tarry ye here and +watch with Me," He said, and departed hastily to the grove and soon +disappeared amid its motionless shades and light. + +"Where did He go?" said John, lifting himself on his elbow. Peter turned +his head in the direction of Jesus and answered fatiguedly: + +"I do not know." + +And he yawned again loudly, then threw himself on his back and became +silent. The others also became silent, and their motionless bodies were +soon absorbed in the sound sleep of fatigue. Through his heavy slumber +Peter vaguely saw something white bending over him, some one's voice +resounded and died away, leaving no trace in his dimmed consciousness. + +"Simon, are you sleeping?" + +And he slept again, and again some soft voice reached his ear and died +away without leaving any trace. + +"You could not watch with me even one hour?" + +"Oh, Master! if you only knew how sleepy I am," he thought in his +slumber, but it seemed to him that he said it aloud. And he slept again. +And a long time seemed to have passed, when suddenly the figure of Jesus +appeared near him, and a loud, rousing voice instantly awakened him and +the others: + +"You are still sleeping and resting? It is ended, the hour has come--the +Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of the sinners." + +The disciples quickly sprang to their feet, confusedly seizing their +cloaks and trembling from the cold of the sudden awakening. Through the +thicket of the trees a multitude of warriors and temple servants was +seen approaching noisily, illumining their way with torches. And from +the other side the disciples came running, quivering from cold, their +sleepy faces frightened; and not yet understanding what was going on, +they asked hastily: + +"What is it? Who are these people with torches?" + +Thomas, pale faced, his moustaches in disorder, his teeth chattering +from chilliness, said to Peter: + +"They have evidently come after us." + +Now a multitude of warriors surrounded them, and the smoky, quivering +light of the torches dispelled the soft light of the moon. In front +of the warriors walked Judas Iscariot quickly, and sharply turning his +quick eye, searched for Jesus. He found Him, rested his look for an +instant upon His tall, slender figure, and quickly whispered to the +priests: + +"Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is He. Take Him and lead Him +cautiously. Lead Him cautiously, do you hear?" + +Then he moved quickly to Jesus, who waited for him in silence, and he +directed his straight, sharp look, like a knife, into His calm, darkened +eyes. + +"Hail, Master!" he said loudly, charging his words of usual greeting +with a strange and stern meaning. + +But Jesus was silent, and the disciples looked at the traitor with +horror, not understanding how the soul of a man could contain so much +evil. Iscariot threw a rapid glance at their confused ranks, noticed +their quiver, which was about to turn into a loud, trembling fear, +noticed their pallor, their senseless smiles, the drowsy movements +of their hands, which seemed as though fettered in iron at the +shoulders--and a mortal sorrow began to burn in his heart, akin to +the sorrow Christ had experienced before. Outstretching himself into a +hundred ringing, sobbing strings, he rushed over to Jesus and kissed +His cold cheek tenderly. He kissed it so softly, so tenderly, with such +painful love and sorrow, that if Jesus had been a flower upon a thin +stalk it would not have shaken from this kiss and would not have dropped +the pearly dew from its pure petals. + +"Judas," said Jesus, and with the lightning of His look He illumined +that monstrous heap of shadows which was Iscariot's soul, but he could +not penetrate into the bottomless depth. "Judas! Is it with a kiss you +betray the Son of Man?" + +And He saw how that monstrous chaos trembled and stirred. Speechless +and stern, like death in its haughty majesty, stood Judas Iscariot, and +within him a thousand impetuous and fiery voices groaned and roared: + +"Yes! We betray Thee with the kiss of love! With the kiss of love we +betray Thee to outrage, to torture, to death! With the voice of love +we call together the hangmen from their dark holes, and we place a +cross--and high over the top of the earth we lift love, crucified by +love upon a cross." + +Thus stood Judas, silent and cold, like death, and the shouting and +the noise about Jesus answered the cry of His soul. With the rude +irresoluteness of armed force, with the awkwardness of a vaguely +understood purpose, the soldiers seized Him and dragged Him +off--mistaking their irresoluteness for resistance, their fear for +derision and mockery. Like a flock of frightened lambs, the disciples +stood huddled together, not interfering, yet disturbing everybody, even +themselves. Only a few of them resolved to walk and act separately. +Jostled from all sides, Peter drew out the sword from its sheath with +difficulty, as though he had lost all his strength, and faintly lowered +it upon the head of one of the priests--without causing him any harm. +Jesus, observing this, ordered him to throw away the useless weapon, and +it fell under foot with a dull thud, and so evidently had it lost its +sharpness and destructive power that it did not occur to any one to pick +it up. So it rolled about under foot, until several days afterwards it +was found on the same spot by some children at play, who made a toy of +it. + +The soldiers kept dispersing the disciples, but they gathered together +again and stupidly got under the soldiers' feet, and this went on so +long that at last a contemptuous rage mastered the soldiery. One of them +with frowning brow went up to the shouting John; another rudely pushed +from his shoulder the hand of Thomas, who was arguing with him +about something or other, and shook a big fist right in front of his +straightforward, transparent eyes. John fled, and Thomas and James fled, +and all the disciples, as many as were present, forsook Jesus and fled. +Losing their cloaks, knocking themselves against the trees, tripping up +against stones and falling, they fled to the hills terror-driven, +while in the stillness of the moonlight night the ground rumbled loudly +beneath the tramp of many feet. Some one, whose name did not transpire, +just risen from his bed (for he was covered only with a blanket), rushed +excitedly into the crowd of soldiers and servants. When they tried to +stop him, and seized hold of his blanket, he gave a cry of terror, and +took to flight like the others, leaving his garment in the hands of the +soldiers. And so he ran stark-naked, with desperate leaps, and his bare +body glistened strangely in the moonlight. + +When Jesus was led away, Peter, who had hidden himself behind the trees, +came out and followed his Master at a distance. Noticing another man in +front of him, who walked silently, he thought that it was John, and he +called him softly: + +"John, is that you?" + +"And is that you, Peter?" answered the other, pausing, and by the voice +Peter recognised the traitor. "Peter, why did you not run away together +with the others?" + +Peter stopped and said with contempt: + +"Leave me, Satan!" + +Judas began to laugh, and paying no further attention to Peter, he +advanced where the torches were flashing dimly and where the clanking of +the weapons mingled with the footsteps. Peter followed him cautiously, +and thus they entered the court of the high priest almost simultaneously +and mingled in the crowd of the priests who were warming themselves at +the bonfires. Judas warmed his bony hands morosely at the bonfire and +heard Peter saying loudly somewhere behind him: + +"No, I do not know Him." + +But it was evident that they were insisting there that he was one of +the disciples of Jesus, for Peter repeated still louder: "But I do not +understand what you are saying." + +Without turning around, and smiling involuntarily, Judas shook his head +affirmatively and muttered: + +"That's right, Peter! Do not give up the place near Jesus to any one." + +And he did not see the frightened Peter walk away from the courtyard. +And from that night until the very death of Jesus, Judas did not see +a single one of the disciples of Jesus near Him; and amid all that +multitude there were only two, inseparable until death, strangely bound +together by sufferings--He who had been betrayed to abuse and torture +and he who had betrayed Him. Like brothers, they both, the Betrayed and +the betrayer, drank out of the same cup of sufferings, and the fiery +liquid burned equally the pure and the impure lips. + +Gazing fixedly at the wood-fire, which imparted a feeling of warmth to +his eyes, stretching out his long, shaking hands to the flame, his hands +and feet forming a confused outline in the trembling light and shade, +Iscariot kept mumbling in hoarse complaint: + +"How cold! My God, how cold it is!" + +So, when the fishermen go away at night leaving an expiring fire +of drift-wood upon the shore, from the dark depth of the sea might +something creep forth, crawl up towards the fire, look at it with +wild intentness, and dragging all its limbs up to it, mutter in hoarse +complaint: + +"How cold! My God, how cold it is!" + +Suddenly Judas heard behind him a burst of loud voices, the cries and +laughter of the soldiers full of the usual sleepy, greedy malice; and +lashes, short frequent strokes upon a living body. He turned round, a +momentary anguish running through his whole frame--his very bones. They +were scourging Jesus. + +Has it come to that? + +He had seen the soldiers lead Jesus away with them to their guardroom. +The night was already nearly over, the fires had sunk down and were +covered with ashes, but from the guardroom was still borne the sound of +muffled cries, laughter, and invectives. They were scourging Jesus. + +As one who has lost his way, Iscariot ran nimbly about the empty +courtyard, stopped in his course, lifted his head and ran on again, and +was surprised when he came into collision with heaps of embers, or with +the walls. + +Then he clung to the wall of the guardroom, stretched himself out to +his full height, and glued himself to the window and the crevices of the +door, eagerly examining what they were doing. He saw a confined stuffy +room, dirty, like all guardrooms in the world, with bespitten floor, and +walls as greasy and stained as though they had been trodden and rolled +upon. And he saw the Man whom they were scourging. They struck Him on +the face and head, and tossed Him about like a soft bundle from one end +of the room to the other. And since He neither cried out nor resisted, +after looking intently, it actually appeared at moments as though it was +not a living human being, but a soft effigy without bones or blood. It +bent itself strangely like a doll, and in falling, knocking its head +against the stone floor it did not give the impression of a hard +substance striking against a hard substance, but of something soft +and devoid of feeling. And when one looked long, it became like some +strange, endless game--and sometimes it became almost a complete +illusion. + +After one hard kick, the man or effigy fell slowly on its knees before a +sitting soldier, he in turn flung it away, and turning over, it dropped +down before the next, and so on and on. A loud guffaw arose, and Judas +smiled too,--as though the strong hand of some one with iron fingers had +torn his mouth asunder. It was the mouth of Judas that was deceived. + +Night dragged on, and the fires were still smouldering. Judas threw +himself from the wall, and crawled to one of the fires, poked up +the ashes, rekindled it, and although he no longer felt the cold, he +stretched his slightly trembling hands over the flames, and began to +mutter dolefully: + +"Ah! how painful, my Son, my Son! How painful!" + +Then he went again to the window, which was gleaming yellow with a +dull light between the thick grating, and once more began to watch them +scourging Jesus. Once before the very eyes of Judas appeared His swarthy +countenance, now marred out of human semblance, and covered with a +forest of dishevelled hair. Then some one's hand plunged into those +locks, threw the Man down, and rhythmically turning His head from one +side to the other, began to wipe the filthy floor with His face. Right +under the window a soldier was sleeping, his open mouth revealing his +glittering white teeth; and some one's broad back, with naked, brawny +neck, barred the window, so that nothing more could be seen. And +suddenly the noise ceased. + +"What's that? Why are they silent? Have they suddenly divined the +truth?" + +Momentarily the whole head of Judas, in all its parts, was filled with +the rumbling, shouting and roaring of a thousand maddened thoughts! Had +they divined? They understood that this was the very best of men--it +was so simple, so clear! Lo! He is coming out, and behind Him they +are abjectly crawling. Yes, He is coming here, to Judas, coming out a +victor, a hero, arbiter of the truth, a god.... + +"Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?" + +But no. Once more noise and shouting. They are scourging Him again. They +do not understand, they have not guessed, they are beating Him harder, +more cruelly than ever. The fires burn out, covered with ashes, and the +smoke above them is as transparently blue as the air, and the sky as +bright as the moon. It is the day approaching. + +"What is day?" asks Judas. + +And lo! everything begins to glow, to scintillate, to grow young again, +and the smoke above is no longer blue, but rose-coloured. It is the sun +rising. + +"What is the sun?" asks Judas. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +They pointed the finger at Judas, and some in contempt, others with +hatred and fear, said: + +"Look, that is Judas the Traitor!" + +This already began to be the opprobrious title, to which he had doomed +himself throughout the ages. Thousands of years may pass, nation may +supplant nation, and still the air will resound with the words, uttered +with contempt and fear by good and bad alike: + +"Judas the Traitor!" + +But he listened imperturbably to what was said of him, dominated by a +feeling of burning, all-subduing curiosity. Ever since the morning when +they led forth Jesus from the guardroom, after scourging Him, Judas +had followed Him, strangely enough feeling neither grief nor pain nor +joy--only an unconquerable desire to see and hear everything. Though +he had had no sleep the whole night, his body felt light; when he was +crushed and prevented from advancing, he elbowed his way through the +crowd and adroitly wormed himself into the front place; and not for a +moment did his vivid quick eye remain at rest. At the examination of +Jesus before Caiaphas, in order not to lose a word, he hollowed his hand +round his ear, and nodded his head in affirmation, murmuring: + +"Just so! Thou hearest, Jesus?" + +But he was a prisoner, like a fly tied to a thread, which, buzzing, +flies hither and thither, but cannot for one moment free itself from the +tractable but unyielding thread. + +Certain stony thoughts lay at the back of his head, and to these he was +firmly bound; he knew not, as it were, what these thoughts were; he did +not wish to stir them up, but he felt them continually. At times they +would come to him all of a sudden, oppress him more and more, and begin +to crush him with their unimaginable weight, as though the vault of a +rocky cavern were slowly and terribly descending upon his head. + +Then he would grip his heart with his hand, and strive to set his whole +body in motion, as though he were perishing with cold, and hasten to +shift his eyes to a fresh place, and again to another. When they led +Jesus away from Caiaphas, he met His weary eyes quite close, and, +somehow or other, unconsciously he gave Him several friendly nods. + +"I am here, my Son, I am here," he muttered hurriedly, and maliciously +poked to some gaper in the back who stood in his way. + +And now, in a huge shouting crowd, they all moved on to Pilate for the +last examination and trial, and with the same insupportable curiosity +Judas searched the faces of the ever swelling multitude. Many were quite +unknown to him; Judas had never seen them before, but some were there +who had cried, "Hosanna!" to Jesus, and at each step the number of them +seemed to increase. + +"Well, well!" thought Judas, and his head spun round as if he were +drunk, "the worst is over. Directly they will be crying: 'He is ours, He +is Jesus! What are you about?' and all will understand, and--" + +But the believers walked in silence. Some hypocritically smiled, as if +to say: "The affair is none of ours!" Others spoke with constraint, but +their low voices were drowned in the rumbling of movement, and the loud +delirious shouts of His enemies. + +And Judas felt better again. Suddenly he noticed Thomas cautiously +slipping through the crowd not far off, and struck by a sudden thought, +he was about to go up to him. At the sight of the traitor, Thomas was +frightened, and tried to hide himself. But in a little narrow street, +between two walls, Judas overtook him. + +"Thomas, wait a bit!" + +Thomas stopped, and stretching both hands out in front of him solemnly +pronounced the words: + +"Avaunt, Satan!" + +Iscariot made an impatient movement of the hands. + +"What a fool you are, Thomas! I thought that you had more sense than the +others. Satan indeed! That requires proof." + +Letting his hands fall, Thomas asked in surprise: + +"But did not you betray the Master? I myself saw you bring the soldiers, +and point Him out to them. If this is not treachery, I should like to +know what is!" + +"Never mind that," hurriedly said Judas. "Listen, there are many of you +here. You must all gather together, and loudly demand: 'Give up Jesus. +He is ours!' They will not refuse you, they dare not. They themselves +will understand." + +"What do you mean! What are you thinking of!" said Thomas, with a +decisive wave of his hands. "Have you not seen what a number of armed +soldiers and servants of the Temple there are here? Moreover, the trial +has not yet taken place, and we must not interfere with the court. +Surely he understands that Jesus is innocent, and will order His release +without delay." + +"You, then, think so too," said Judas thoughtfully. "Thomas, Thomas, +what if it be the truth? What then? Who is right? Who has deceived +Judas?" + +"We were all talking last night, and came to the conclusion that the +court cannot condemn the innocent. But if it does, why then--" + +"What then!" + +"Why, then it is no court. And it will be the worse for them when they +have to give an account before the real Judge." + +"Before the real! Is there any 'real' left?" sneered Judas. + +"And all of our party cursed you; but since you say that you were not +the traitor, I think you ought to be tried." + +Judas did not want to hear him out; but turned right about, and hurried +down the street in the wake of the retreating crowd. He soon, however, +slackened his pace, mindful of the fact that a crowd always travels +slowly, and that a single pedestrian will inevitably overtake it. + +When Pilate led Jesus out from his palace, and set Him before the +people, Judas, crushed against a column by the heavy backs of the +soldiers, furiously turning his head about to see something between two +shining helmets, suddenly felt clearly that the worst was over. He saw +Jesus in the sunshine, high above the heads of the crowd, blood-stained, +pale with a crown of thorns, the sharp spikes of which pressed into His +forehead. + +He stood on the edge of an elevation, visible from His head to His +small, sunburnt feet, and waited so calmly, was so serene in His +immaculate purity, that only a blind man, who perceived not the very +sun, could fail to see, only a madman would not understand. And the +people held their peace--it was so still, that Judas heard the breathing +of the soldier in front of him, and how, at each breath, a strap creaked +somewhere about his body. + +"Yes, it will soon be over! They will understand immediately," thought +Judas, and suddenly something strange, like the dazzling joy of +falling from a giddy height into a blue sparkling abyss, arrested his +heart-beats. + +Contemptuously drawing his lips down to his rounded well-shaven chin, +Pilate flung to the crowd the dry, curt words--as one throws bones to a +pack of hungry hounds--thinking to cheat their longing for fresh blood +and living, palpitating flesh: + +"You have brought this Man before me as a corrupter of the people, and +behold I have examined Him before you, and I find this Man guiltless of +that of which you accuse Him...." + +Judas closed his eyes. He was waiting. + +All the people began to shout, to sob, to howl with a thousand voices of +wild beasts and men: + +"Put Him to death! Crucify Him! Crucify Him!" And as though in +self-mockery, as though wishing in one moment to plumb the very depths +of all possible degradation, madness and shame, the crowd cries out, +sobs, and demands with a thousand voices of wild beasts and men: + +"Release unto us Barabbas! But crucify Him! Crucify Him!" + +But the Roman had evidently not yet said his last word. Over his proud, +shaven countenance there passed convulsions of disgust and anger. +He understood! He has understood all along! He speaks quietly to his +attendants, but his voice is not heard in the roar of the crowd. What +does he say? Is he ordering them to bring swords, and to smite those +maniacs? + +"Bring water." + +"Water? What water? What for?" + +Ah, lo! he washes his hands. Why does he wash his clean white hands all +adorned with rings? He lifts them and cries angrily to the people, whom +surprise holds in silence: + +"I am innocent of the blood of this Just Person. See ye to it." + +While the water is still dripping from his fingers on to the marble +pavement, something soft prostrates itself at his feet, and sharp, +burning lips kiss his hand, which he is powerless to withdraw, glue +themselves to it like tentacles, almost bite and draw blood. He looks +down in disgust and fear, and sees a great squirming body, a strangely +twofold face, and two immense eyes so queerly diverse from one another +that, as it were, not one being but a number of them clung to his hands +and feet. He heard a broken, burning whisper: + +"O wise and noble... wise and noble." + +And with such a truly satanic joy did that wild face blaze, that, with a +cry, Pilate kicked him away, and Judas fell backwards. And there he lay +upon the stone flags like an overthrown demon, still stretching out his +hand to the departing Pilate, and crying as one passionately enamoured: + +"O wise, O wise and noble...." + +Then he gathered himself up with agility, and ran away followed by the +laughter of the soldiery. Evidently there was yet hope. When they come +to see the cross, and the nails, then they will understand, and then.... +What then? He catches sight of the panic-stricken Thomas in passing, and +for some reason or other reassuringly nods to him; he overtakes Jesus +being led to execution. The walking is difficult, small stones roll +under the feet, and suddenly Judas feels that he is tired. He gives +himself up wholly to the trouble of deciding where best to plant his +feet, he looks dully around, and sees Mary Magdalene weeping, and a +number of women weeping--hair dishevelled, eyes red, lips distorted--all +the excessive grief of a tender woman's soul when submitted to outrage. +Suddenly he revives, and seizing the moment, runs up to Jesus: + +"I go with Thee," he hurriedly whispers. + +The soldiers drive him away with blows of their whips, and squirming +so as to avoid the blows, and showing his teeth at the soldiers, he +explains hurriedly: + +"I go with Thee. Thither. Thou understandest whither." + +He wipes the blood from his face, shakes his fist at one of the +soldiers, who turns round and smiles, and points him out to the others. +Then he looks for Thomas, but neither he nor any of the disciples are in +the crowd that accompanies Jesus. Again he is conscious of fatigue, and +drags one foot with difficulty after the other, as he attentively looks +out for the sharp, white, scattered pebbles. + +When the hammer was uplifted to nail Jesus' left hand to the tree, Judas +closed his eyes, and for a whole age neither breathed, nor saw, nor +lived, but only listened. + +But lo! with a grating sound, iron strikes against iron, time after +time, dull, short blows, and then the sharp nail penetrating the soft +wood and separating its particles is distinctly heard. + +One hand. It is not yet too late! + +The other hand. It is not yet too late! + +A foot, the other foot! Is all lost? + +He irresolutely opens his eyes, and sees how the cross is raised, and +rocks, and is set fast in the trench. He sees how the hands of Jesus are +convulsed by the tension, how painfully His arms stretch, how the wounds +grow wider, and how the exhausted abdomen disappears under the ribs. +The arms stretch more and more, grow thinner and whiter, and become +dislocated from the shoulders, and the wounds of the nails redden and +lengthen gradually--lo! in a moment they will be torn away. No. It +stopped. All stopped. Only the ribs move up and down with the short, +deep breathing. + +On the very crown of the hill the cross is raised, and on it is the +crucified Jesus. The horror and the dreams of Judas are realised, he +gets up from his knees on which, for some reason, he has knelt, and +gazes around coldly. + +Thus does a stern conqueror look, when he has already determined in his +heart to surrender everything to destruction and death, and for the last +time throws a glance over a rich foreign city, still alive with sound, +but already phantom-like under the cold hand of death. And suddenly, +as clearly as his terrible victory, Iscariot saw its ominous +precariousness. What if they should suddenly understand? It is not yet +too late! Jesus still lives. There He gazes with entreating, sorrowing +eyes. + +What can prevent the thin film which covers the eyes of mankind, so thin +that it hardly seems to exist at all, what can prevent it from +rending? What if they should understand? What if suddenly, in all +their threatening mass of men, women and children, they should advance, +silently, without a cry, and wipe out the soldiery, plunging them up to +their ears in their own blood, should tear from the ground the accursed +cross, and by the hands of all who remain alive should lift up the +liberated Jesus above the summit of the hill! Hosanna! Hosanna! + +Hosanna? No! Better that Judas should lie on the ground. Better that he +should lie upon the ground, and gnashing his teeth like a dog, should +watch and wait until all these should rise up. + +But what has come to Time? Now it almost stands still, so that one would +wish to push it with the hands, to kick it, beat it with a whip like +a lazy ass. Now it rushes madly down some mountain, and catches its +breath, and stretches out its hand in vain to stop itself. There weeps +the mother of Jesus. Let them weep. What avail her tears now? nay, the +tears of all the mothers in the world? + +"What are tears?" asks Judas, and madly pushes unyielding Time, beats it +with his fists, curses it like a slave. It belongs to some one else, and +therefore is unamenable to discipline. Oh! if only it belonged to Judas! +But it belongs to all these people who are weeping, laughing, chattering +as in the market. It belongs to the sun; it belongs to the cross; to the +heart of Jesus, which is dying so slowly. + +What an abject heart has Judas! He lays his hand upon it, but it cries +out: "Hosanna," so loud that all may hear. He presses it to the ground, +but it cries, "Hosanna, Hosanna!" like a babbler who scatters holy +mysteries broadcast through the street. + +"Be still! Be still!" + +Suddenly a loud broken lamentation, dull cries, the last hurried +movements towards the cross. What is it? Have they understood at last? + +No, Jesus is dying. But can this be? Yes, Jesus is dying. His pale hands +are motionless, but short convulsions run over His face, and breast, +and legs. But can this be? Yes, He is dying. His breathing becomes less +frequent. It ceases. No, there is yet one sigh, Jesus is still upon the +earth. But is there another? No, no, no. Jesus is dead. + +It is finished. Hosanna! Hosanna! + +His horror and his dreams are realised. Who will now snatch the victory +from the hands of Iscariot? + +It is finished. Let all people on earth stream to Golgotha, and shout +with their million throats, "Hosanna! Hosanna!" And let a sea of +blood and tears be poured out at its foot, and they will find only the +shameful cross and a dead Jesus! + +Calmly and coldly Iscariot surveys the dead, letting his gaze rest for a +moment on that neck, which he had kissed only yesterday with a farewell +kiss; and slowly goes away. Now all Time belongs to him, and he walks +without hurry; now all the World belongs to him, and he steps firmly, +like a ruler, like a king, like one who is infinitely and joyfully alone +in the world. He observes the mother of Jesus, and says to her sternly: + +"Thou weepest, mother? Weep, weep, and long will all the mothers upon +earth weep with thee: until I come with Jesus and destroy death." + +What does he mean? Is he mad, or is he mocking--this Traitor? He is +serious, and his face is stern, and his eyes no longer dart about in +mad haste. Lo! he stands still, and with cold attention views a new, +diminished earth. + +It has become small, and he feels the whole of it under his feet. He +looks at the little mountains, quietly reddening under the last rays of +the sun, and he feels the mountains under his feet. + +He looks at the sky opening wide its azure mouth; he looks at the small +round disc of the sun, which vainly strives to singe and dazzle, and he +feels the sky and the sun under his feet. Infinitely and joyfully alone, +he proudly feels the impotence of all forces which operate in the world, +and has cast them all into the abyss. + +He walks farther on, with quiet, masterful steps. And Time goes neither +forward nor back: obediently it marches in step with him in all its +invisible immensity. + +It is the end. + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +As an old cheat, coughing, smiling fawningly, bowing incessantly, Judas +Iscariot the Traitor appeared before the Sanhedrin. It was the day after +the murder of Jesus, about mid-day. There they were all, His judges and +murderers: the aged Annas with his sons, exact and disgusting likenesses +of their father, and his son-in-law Caiaphas, devoured by ambition, and +all the other members of the Sanhedrin, whose names have been snatched +from the memory of mankind--rich and distinguished Sadducees, proud in +their power and knowledge of the Law. + +In silence they received the Traitor, their haughty faces remaining +motionless, as though no one had entered. And even the very least, and +most insignificant among them, to whom the others paid no attention, +lifted up his bird-like face and looked as though no one had entered. + +Judas bowed and bowed and bowed, and they looked on in silence: as +though it were not a human being that had entered, but only an unclean +insect that had crept in, and which they had not observed. But Judas +Iscariot was not the man to be perturbed: they kept silence, and he kept +on bowing, and thought that if it was necessary to go on bowing till +evening, he could do so. + +At length Caiaphas inquired impatiently: + +"What do you want?" + +Judas bowed once more, and said in a loud voice-- + +"It is I, Judas Iscariot, who betrayed to you Jesus of Nazareth." + +"Well, what of that? You have received your due. Go away!" ordered +Annas; but Judas appeared unconscious of the command, and continued +bowing. Glancing at him, Caiaphas asked Annas: + +"How much did you give?" + +"Thirty pieces of silver." + +Caiaphas laughed, and even the grey-bearded Annas laughed, too, and over +all their proud faces there crept a smile of enjoyment; and even the one +with the bird-like face laughed. Judas, perceptibly blanching, hastily +interrupted with the words: + +"That's right! Certainly it was very little; but is Judas discontented, +does Judas call out that he has been robbed? He is satisfied. Has he not +contributed to a holy cause--yes, a holy? Do not the most sage people +now listen to Judas, and think: He is one of us, this Judas Iscariot; he +is our brother, our friend, this Judas Iscariot, the Traitor! Does not +Annas want to kneel down and kiss the hand of Judas? Only Judas will not +allow it; he is a coward, he is afraid they will bite him." + +Caiaphas said: + +"Drive the dog out! What's he barking about?" + +"Get along with you. We have no time to listen to your babbling," said +Annas imperturbably. + +Judas drew himself up and closed his eyes. The hypocrisy, which he +had carried so lightly all his life, suddenly became an insupportable +burden, and with one movement of his eyelashes he cast it from him. +And when he looked at Annas again, his glance was simple, direct, and +terrible in its naked truthfulness. But they paid no attention to this +either. + +"You want to be driven out with sticks!" cried Caiaphas. + +Panting under the weight of the terrible words, which he was lifting +higher and higher, in order to hurl them hence upon the heads of the +judges, Judas hoarsely asked: + +"But you know... you know... who He was... He, whom you condemned +yesterday and crucified?" + +"We know. Go away!" + +With one word he would straightway rend that thin film which was spread +over their eyes, and all the earth would stagger beneath the weight of +the merciless truth! They had a soul, they should be deprived of it; +they had a life, they should lose their life; they had light before +their eyes, eternal darkness and horror should cover them. Hosanna! +Hosanna! + +And these words, these terrible words, were tearing his throat asunder-- + +"He was no deceiver. He was innocent and pure. Do you hear? Judas +deceived you. He betrayed to you an innocent man." + +He waits. He hears the aged, unconcerned voice of Annas, saying: + +"And is that all you want to say?" + +"You do not seem to have understood me," says Judas, with dignity, +turning pale. "Judas deceived you. He was innocent. You have slain the +innocent." + +He of the bird-like face smiles; but Annas is indifferent, Annas yawns. +And Caiaphas yawns, too, and says wearily: + +"What did they mean by talking to me about the intellect of Judas +Iscariot? He is simply a fool, and a bore, too." + +"What?" cries Judas, all suffused with dark madness. "But who are +you, the clever ones! Judas deceived you--hear! It was not He that he +betrayed--but you--you wiseacres, you, the powerful, you he betrayed to +a shameful death, which will not end, throughout the ages. Thirty pieces +of silver! Well, well. But that is the price of YOUR blood--blood +filthy as the dish-water which the women throw out of the gates of their +houses. Oh! Annas, old, grey, stupid Annas, chock-full of the Law, why +did you not give one silver piece, just one obolus more? At this price +you will go down through the ages!" + +"Be off!" cries Caiaphas, growing purple in the face. But Annas stops +him with a motion of the hand, and asks Judas as unconcernedly as ever: + +"Is that all?" + +"Verily, if I were to go into the desert, and cry to the wild beasts: +'Wild beasts, have ye heard the price at which men valued their +Jesus?'--what would the wild beasts do? They would creep out of the +lairs, they would howl with anger, they would forget their fear of +mankind, and would all come here to devour you! If I were to say to the +sea: 'Sea, knowest thou the price at which men valued their Jesus?' If I +were to say to the mountains: 'Mountains, know ye the price at which men +valued their Jesus?' Then the sea and the mountains would leave their +places, assigned to them for ages, and would come here and fall upon +your heads!" + +"Does Judas wish to become a prophet? He speaks so loud!" mockingly +remarks he of the bird-like face, with an ingratiating glance at +Caiaphas. + +"To-day I saw a pale sun. It was looking at the earth, and saying: +'Where is the Man?' To-day I saw a scorpion. It was sitting upon a stone +and laughingly said: 'Where is the Man?' I went near and looked into +its eyes. And it laughed and said: 'Where is the Man? I do not see Him!' +Where is the Man? I ask you, I do not see Him--or is Judas become blind, +poor Judas Iscariot!" + +And Iscariot begins to weep aloud. + +He was, during those moments, like a man out of his mind, and Caiaphas +turned away, making a contemptuous gesture with his hand. But Annas +considered for a time, and then said: + +"I perceive, Judas, that you really have received but little, and that +disturbs you. Here is some more money; take it and give it to your +children." + +He threw something, which rang shrilly. The sound had not died away, +before another, like it, strangely prolonged the clinking. + +Judas had hastily flung the pieces of silver and the oboles into the +faces of the high priest and of the judges, returning the price paid +for Jesus. The pieces of money flew in a curved shower, falling on their +faces, and on the table, and rolling about the floor. + +Some of the judges closed their hands with the palms outwards; others +leapt from their places, and shouted and scolded. Judas, trying to hit +Annas, threw the last coin, after which his trembling hand had long been +fumbling in his wallet, spat in anger, and went out. + +"Well, well," he mumbled, as he passed swiftly through the streets, +scaring the children. "It seems that thou didst weep, Judas? Was +Caiaphas really right when he said that Judas Iscariot was a fool? He +who weeps in the day of his great revenge is not worthy of it--know'st +thou that, Judas? Let not thine eyes deceive thee; let not thine heart +lie to thee; flood not the fire with tears, Judas Iscariot!" + +The disciples were sitting in mournful silence, listening to what was +going on without. There was still danger that the vengeance of Jesus' +enemies might not confine itself to Him, and so they were all expecting +a visit from the guard, and perhaps more executions. Near to John, +to whom, as the beloved disciple, the death of Jesus was especially +grievous, sat Mary Magdalene, and Matthew trying to comfort him in an +undertone. Mary, whose face was swollen with weeping, softly stroked his +luxurious curling hair with her hand, while Matthew said didactically, +in the words of Solomon: + +"'The long suffering is better than a hero; and he that ruleth his own +spirit than one who taketh a city.'" + +At this moment Judas knocked loudly at the door, and entered. All +started up in terror, and at first were not sure who it was; but when +they recognised the hated countenance, the red-haired, bulbous head, +they uttered a simultaneous cry. + +Peter raised both hands and shouted: + +"Get out of here, Traitor! Get out, or I will kill you." + +But the others looked more carefully at the face and eyes of the +Traitor, and said nothing, merely whispering in terror: + +"Leave him alone, leave him alone! He is possessed with a devil." + +Judas waited until they had quite done, and then cried out in a loud +voice: + +"Hail, ye eyes of Judas Iscariot! Ye have just seen the cold-blooded +murderers. Lo! Where is Jesus? I ask you, where is Jesus?" + +There was something compelling in the hoarse voice of Judas, and Thomas +replied obediently-- + +"You know yourself, Judas, that our Master was crucified yesterday." + +"But how came you to permit it? Where was your love? Thou, Beloved +Disciple, and thou, Rock, where were you all when they were crucifying +your Friend on the tree?" + +"What could we do, judge thou?" said Thomas, with a gesture of protest. + +"Thou asketh that, Thomas? Very well!" and Judas threw his head back, +and fell upon him angrily. "He who loves does not ask what can be +done--he goes and does it--he weeps, he bites, he throttles the enemy, +and breaks his bones! He, that is, who loves! If your son were drowning +would you go into the city and inquire of the passers by: 'What must I +do? My son is drowning!' No, you would rather throw yourself into the +water and drown with him. One who loved would!" + +Peter replied grimly to the violent speech of Judas: + +"I drew a sword, but He Himself forbade." + +"Forbade? And you obeyed!" jeered Judas. "Peter, Peter, how could you +listen to Him? Does He know anything of men, and of fighting?" + +"He who does not submit to Him goes to hell fire." + +"Then why did you not go, Peter? Hell fire! What's that? Now, supposing +you had gone--what good's your soul to you, if you dare not throw it +into the fire, if you want to?" + +"Silence!" cried John, rising. "He Himself willed this sacrifice. His +sacrifice is beautiful!" + +"Is a sacrifice ever beautiful, Beloved Disciple? Wherever there is +a sacrifice, then there is an executioner, and there traitors! +Sacrifice--that is suffering for one and disgrace for all the others! +Traitors, traitors, what have ye done with the world? Now they look at +it from above and below, and laugh and cry: 'Look at that world, upon it +they crucified Jesus!' And they spit on it--as I do!" + +Judas angrily spat on the ground. + +"He took upon Him the sin of all mankind. His sacrifice is beautiful," +John insisted. + +"No! you have taken all sin upon yourselves. You, Beloved Disciple, will +not a race of traitors take their beginning from you, a pusillanimous +and lying breed? O blind men, what have ye done with the earth? You have +done your best to destroy it, ye will soon be kissing the cross on which +ye crucified Jesus! Yes, yes, Judas gives ye his word that ye will kiss +the cross!" + +"Judas, don't revile!" roared Peter, pushing. "How could we slay all His +enemies? They are so many!" + +"And thou, Peter!" exclaimed John in anger, "dost thou not perceive that +he is possessed of Satan? Leave us, Tempter! Thou'rt full of lies. The +Teacher forbade us to kill." + +"But did He forbid you to die? Why are you alive, when He is dead? Why +do your feet walk, why does your tongue talk trash, why do your eyes +blink, when He is dead, motionless, speechless? How do your cheeks dare +to be red, John, when His are pale? How can you dare to shout, Peter, +when He is silent? What could you do? You ask Judas? And Judas answers +you, the magnificent, bold Judas Iscariot replies: 'Die!' You ought to +have fallen on the road, to have seized the soldiers by the sword, by +the hands, and drowned them in a sea of your own blood--yes, die, die! +Better had it been, that His Father should have cause to cry out with +horror, when you all enter there!" + +Judas ceased with raised head. Suddenly he noticed the remains of a +meal upon the table. With strange surprise, curiously, as though for +the first time in his life he looked on food, he examined it, and slowly +asked: + +"What is this? You have been eating? Perhaps you have also been +sleeping?" + +Peter, who had begun to feel Judas to be some one, who could command +obedience, drooping his head, tersely replied: "I slept, I slept and +ate!" + +Thomas said, resolutely and firmly: + +"This is all untrue, Judas. Just consider: if we had all died, who would +have told the story of Jesus? Who would have conveyed His teaching to +mankind if we had all died, Peter and John and I?" + +"But what is the truth itself in the mouths of traitors? Does it not +become a lie? Thomas, Thomas, dost thou not understand, that thou art +now only a sentinel at the grave of dead Truth? The sentinel falls +asleep, and the thief cometh and carries away the truth; say, where is +the truth? Cursed be thou, Thomas! Fruitless, and a beggar shalt thou be +throughout the ages, and all you with him, accursed ones!" + +"Accursed be thou thyself, Satan!" cried John, and James and Matthew and +all the other disciples repeated his cry; only Peter held his peace. + +"I am going to Him," said Judas, stretching his powerful hand on high. +"Who will follow Iscariot to Jesus?" + +"I--I also go with thee," cried Peter, rising. + +But John and the others stopped him in horror, saying: + +"Madman! Thou hast forgotten, that he betrayed the Master into the hands +of His enemies." + +Peter began to lament bitterly, striking his breast with his fist: + +"Whither, then, shall I go? O Lord! whither shall I go?" + + . . . . .. . . + +Judas had long ago, during his solitary walks, marked the place where he +intended to make an end of himself after the death of Jesus. + +It was upon a hill high above Jerusalem. There stood but one tree, bent +and twisted by the wind, which had torn it on all sides, half withered. +One of its broken, crooked branches stretched out towards Jerusalem, as +though in blessing or in threat, and this one Judas had chosen on which +to hang a noose. + +But the walk to the tree was long and tedious, and Judas Iscariot was +very weary. The small, sharp stones, scattered under his feet, seemed +continually to drag him backwards, and the hill was high, stern, and +malign, exposed to the wind. Judas was obliged to sit down several times +to rest, and panted heavily, while behind him, through the clefts of the +rock, the mountain breathed cold upon his back. + +"Thou too art against me, accursed one!" said Judas contemptuously, as +he breathed with difficulty, and swayed his heavy head, in which all the +thoughts were now petrifying. + +Then he raised it suddenly, and opening wide his now fixed eyes, angrily +muttered: + +"No, they were too bad for Judas. Thou hearest Jesus? Wilt Thou trust me +now? I am coming to Thee. Meet me kindly, I am weary--very weary. Then +Thou and I, embracing like brothers, shall return to earth. Shall we +not?" + +Again he swayed his petrifying head, and again he opened his eyes, +mumbling: + +"But maybe Thou wilt be angry with Judas when he arrives? And Thou wilt +not trust him? And wilt send him to hell? Well! What then! I will go to +hell. And in Thy hell fire I will weld iron, and weld iron, and demolish +Thy heaven. Dost approve? Then Thou wilt believe in me. Then Thou wilt +come back with me to earth, wilt Thou not, Jesus?" + +Eventually Judas reached the summit and the crooked tree, and there the +wind began to torment him. And when Judas rebuked it, it began to blow +soft and low, and took leave and flew away. + +"Right! But as for them, they are curs!" said Judas, making a slip-knot. +And since the rope might fail him and break, he hung it over a +precipice, so that if it broke, he would be sure to meet his death upon +the stones. And before he shoved himself off the brink with his foot, +and hanged himself, Judas Iscariot once more anxiously prepared Jesus +for his coming: + +"Yes, meet me kindly, Jesus. I am very weary." + +He leapt. The rope strained, but held. His neck stretched, but his hands +and feet were crossed, and hung down as though damp. + +He died. Thus, in the course of two days, one after another, Jesus of +Nazareth and Judas Iscariot, the Traitor, left the world. + +All the night through, like some monstrous fruit, Judas swayed over +Jerusalem, and the wind kept turning his face now to the city, and now +to the desert--as though it wished to exhibit Judas to both city and +desert. But in whichever direction his face, distorted by death, was +turned, his red eyes suffused with blood, and now as like one another +as two brothers, incessantly looked towards the sky. In the morning some +sharp-sighted person perceived Judas hanging above the city, and cried +out in horror. + +People came and took him down, and knowing who he was, threw him into a +deep ravine, into which they were in the habit of throwing dead horses +and cats and other carrion. + +The same evening all the believers knew of the terrible death of the +Traitor, and the next day it was known to all Jerusalem. Stony Judaea +knew of it and green Galilee; and from one sea to the other, distant as +it was, the news flew of the death of the Traitor. + +Neither faster nor slower, but with equal pace with Time itself, it +went, and as there is no end to Time so will there be no end to the +stories about the Traitor Judas and his terrible death. + +And all--both good and bad--will equally anathematise his shameful +memory; and among all peoples, past and present, will he remain alone in +his cruel destiny--Judas Iscariot, the Traitor. + + + + + +"THE MAN WHO FOUND THE TRUTH" + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +I was twenty-seven years old and had just maintained my thesis for +the degree of Doctor of Mathematics with unusual success, when I was +suddenly seized in the middle of the night and thrown into this prison. +I shall not narrate to you the details of the monstrous crime of which +I was accused--there are events which people should neither remember +nor even know, that they may not acquire a feeling of aversion for +themselves; but no doubt there are many people among the living who +remember that terrible case and "the human brute," as the newspapers +called me at that time. They probably remember how the entire civilised +society of the land unanimously demanded that the criminal be put to +death, and it is due only to the inexplicable kindness of the man at +the head of the Government at the time that I am alive, and I now write +these lines for the edification of the weak and the wavering. + +I shall say briefly: My father, my elder brother, and my sister were +murdered brutally, and I was supposed to have committed the crime for +the purpose of securing a really enormous inheritance. + +I am an old man now; I shall die soon, and you have not the slightest +ground for doubting when I say that I was entirely innocent of the +monstrous and horrible crime, for which twelve honest and conscientious +judges unanimously sentenced me to death. The death sentence was finally +commuted to imprisonment for life in solitary confinement. + +It was merely a fatal linking of circumstances, of grave and +insignificant events, of vague silence and indefinite words, which gave +me the appearance and likeness of the criminal, innocent though I was. +But he who would suspect me of being ill-disposed toward my strict +judges would be profoundly mistaken. They were perfectly right, +perfectly right. As people who can judge things and events only by their +appearance, and who are deprived of the ability to penetrate their own +mysterious being, they could not act differently, nor should they have +acted differently. + +It so happened that in the game of circumstances, the truth concerning +my actions, which I alone knew, assumed all the features of an insolent +and shameless lie; and however strange it may seem to my kind and +serious reader, I could establish the truth of my innocence only by +falsehood, and not by the truth. + +Later on, when I was already in prison, in going over in detail the +story of the crime and the trial, and picturing myself in the place of +one of my judges, I came to the inevitable conclusion each time that +I was guilty. Then I produced a very interesting and instructive work; +having set aside entirely the question of truth and falsehood on +general principles, I subjected the facts and the words to numerous +combinations, erecting structures, even as small children build various +structures with their wooden blocks; and after persistent efforts I +finally succeeded in finding a certain combination of facts which, +though strong in principle, seemed so plausible that my actual innocence +became perfectly clear, exactly and positively established. + +To this day I remember the great feeling of astonishment, mingled with +fear, which I experienced at my strange and unexpected discovery; by +telling the truth I lead people into error and thus deceive them, while +by maintaining falsehood I lead them, on the contrary, to the truth and +to knowledge. + +I did not yet understand at that time that, like Newton and his famous +apple, I discovered unexpectedly the great law upon which the entire +history of human thought rests, which seeks not the truth, but +verisimilitude, the appearance of truth--that is, the harmony between +that which is seen and that which is conceived, based on the strict +laws of logical reasoning. And instead of rejoicing, I exclaimed in an +outburst of naive, juvenile despair: "Where, then, is the truth? Where +is the truth in this world of phantoms and falsehood?" (See my "Diary of +a Prisoner" of June 29, 18--.) + +I know that at the present time, when I have but five or six more years +to live, I could easily secure my pardon if I but asked for it. But +aside from my being accustomed to the prison and for several other +important reasons, of which I shall speak later, I simply have no right +to ask for pardon, and thus break the force and natural course of the +lawful and entirely justified verdict. Nor would I want to hear people +apply to me the words, "a victim of judicial error," as some of my +gentle visitors expressed themselves, to my sorrow. I repeat, there was +no error, nor could there be any error in a case in which a combination +of definite circumstances inevitably lead a normally constructed and +developed mind to the one and only conclusion. + +I was convicted justly, although I did not commit the crime--such is the +simple and clear truth, and I live joyously and peacefully my last few +years on earth with a sense of respect for this truth. + +The only purpose by which I was guided in writing these modest notes is +to show to my indulgent reader that under the most painful conditions, +where it would seem that there remains no room for hope or life--a human +being, a being of the highest order, possessing a mind and a will, +finds both hope and life. I want to show how a human being, condemned to +death, looked with free eyes upon the world, through the grated window +of his prison, and discovered the great purpose, harmony, and beauty of +the universe--to the disgrace of those fools who, being free, living a +life of plenty and happiness, slander life disgustingly. + +Some of my visitors reproach me for being "haughty"; they ask me where I +secured the right to teach and to preach; cruel in their reasoning, they +would like to drive away even the smile from the face of the man who has +been imprisoned for life as a murderer. + +No. Just as the kind and bright smile will not leave my lips, as an +evidence of a clear and unstained conscience, so my soul will never be +darkened, my soul, which has passed firmly through the defiles of life, +which has been carried by a mighty will power across these terrible +abysses and bottomless pits, where so many daring people have found +their heroic, but, alas! fruitless, death. + +And if the tone of my confessions may sometimes seem too positive to my +indulgent reader, it is not at all due to the absence of modesty in me, +but it is due to the fact that I firmly believe that I am right, and +also to my firm desire to be useful to my neighbour as far as my faint +powers permit. + +Here I must apologise for my frequent references to my "Diary of a +Prisoner," which is unknown to the reader; but the fact is that I +consider the complete publication of my "Diary" too premature and +perhaps even dangerous. Begun during the remote period of cruel +disillusions, of the shipwreck of all my beliefs and hopes, breathing +boundless despair, my note book bears evidence in places that its author +was, if not in a state of complete insanity, on the brink of insanity. +And if we recall how contagious that illness is, my caution in the use +of my "Diary" will become entirely clear. + +O, blooming youth! With an involuntary tear in my eye I recall your +magnificent dreams, your daring visions and outbursts, your impetuous, +seething power--but I should not want your return, blooming youth! +Only with the greyness of the hair comes clear wisdom, and that +great aptitude for unprejudiced reflection which makes of all old men +philosophers and often even sages. + + + +CHAPTER II + + +Those of my kind visitors who honour me by expressing their delight and +even--may this little indiscretion be forgiven me!--even their adoration +of my spiritual clearness, can hardly imagine what I was when I came to +this prison. The tens of years which have passed over my head and +which have whitened my hair cannot muffle the slight agitation which +I experience at the recollection of the first moments when, with the +creaking of the rusty hinges, the fatal prison doors opened and then +closed behind me forever. + +Not endowed with literary talent, which in reality is an indomitable +inclination to invent and to lie, I shall attempt to introduce myself to +my indulgent reader exactly as I was at that remote time. + +I was a young man, twenty-seven years of age--as I had occasion to +mention before--unrestrained, impetuous, given to abrupt deviations. A +certain dreaminess, peculiar to my age; a self-respect which was easily +offended and which revolted at the slightest insignificant provocation; +a passionate impetuosity in solving world problems; fits of melancholy +alternated by equally wild fits of merriment--all this gave the young +mathematician a character of extreme unsteadiness, of sad and harsh +discord. + +I must also mention the extreme pride, a family trait, which I inherited +from my mother, and which often hindered me from taking the advice of +riper and more experienced people than myself; also my extreme obstinacy +in carrying out my purposes, a good quality in itself, which becomes +dangerous, however, when the purpose in question is not sufficiently +well founded and considered. + +Thus, during the first days of my confinement, I behaved like all other +fools who are thrown into prison. I shouted loudly and, of course, +vainly about my innocence; I demanded violently my immediate freedom and +even beat against the door and the walls with my fists. The door and +the walls naturally remained mute, while I caused myself a rather sharp +pain. I remember I even beat my head against the wall, and for hours I +lay unconscious on the stone floor of my cell; and for some time, when I +had grown desperate, I refused food, until the persistent demands of my +organism defeated my obstinacy. + +I cursed my judges and threatened them with merciless vengeance. At last +I commenced to regard all human life, the whole world, even Heaven, as +an enormous injustice, a derision and a mockery. Forgetting that in my +position I could hardly be unprejudiced, I came with the self-confidence +of youth, with the sickly pain of a prisoner, gradually to the complete +negation of life and its great meaning. + +Those were indeed terrible days and nights, when, crushed by the walls, +getting no answer to any of my questions, I paced my cell endlessly and +hurled one after another into the dark abyss all the great valuables +which life has bestowed upon us: friendship, love, reason and justice. + +In some justification to myself I may mention the fact that during +the first and most painful years of my imprisonment a series of events +happened which reflected themselves rather painfully upon my psychic +nature. Thus I learned with the profoundest indignation that the girl, +whose name I shall not mention and who was to become my wife, married +another man. She was one of the few who believed in my innocence; at the +last parting she swore to me to remain faithful to me unto death, and +rather to die than betray her love for me--and within one year after +that she married a man I knew, who possessed certain good qualities, but +who was not at all a sensible man. I did not want to understand at that +time that such a marriage was natural on the part of a young, healthy, +and beautiful girl. But, alas! we all forget our natural science when we +are deceived by the woman we love--may this little jest be forgiven me! +At the present time Mme. N. is a happy and respected mother, and this +proves better than anything else how wise and entirely in accordance +with the demands of nature and life was her marriage at that time, which +vexed me so painfully. + +I must confess, however, that at that time I was not at all calm. Her +exceedingly amiable and kind letter in which she notified me of her +marriage, expressing profound regret that changed circumstances and a +suddenly awakened love compelled her to break her promise to me--that +amiable, truthful letter, scented with perfume, bearing the traces of +her tender fingers, seemed to me a message from the devil himself. + +The letters of fire burned my exhausted brains, and in a wild ecstasy I +shook the doors of my cell and called violently: + +"Come! Let me look into your lying eyes! Let me hear your lying voice! +Let me but touch with my fingers your tender throat and pour into your +death rattle my last bitter laugh!" + +From this quotation my indulgent reader will see how right were the +judges who convicted me for murder; they had really foreseen in me a +murderer. + +My gloomy view of life at the time was aggravated by several other +events. Two years after the marriage of my fiancee, consequently three +years after the first day of my imprisonment, my mother died--she died, +as I learned, of profound grief for me. However strange it may seem, she +remained firmly convinced to the end of her days that I had committed +the monstrous crime. Evidently this conviction was an inexhaustible +source of grief to her, the chief cause of the gloomy melancholy which +fettered her lips in silence and caused her death through paralysis of +the heart. As I was told, she never mentioned my name nor the names of +those who died so tragically, and she bequeathed the entire enormous +fortune, which was supposed to have served as the motive for the murder, +to various charitable organisations. It is characteristic that even +under such terrible conditions her motherly instinct did not forsake her +altogether; in a postscript to the will she left me a considerable sum, +which secures my existence whether I am in prison or at large. + +Now I understand that, however great her grief may have been, that alone +was not enough to cause her death; the real cause was her advanced age +and a series of illnesses which had undermined her once strong and +sound organism. In the name of justice, I must say that my father, a +weak-charactered man, was not at all a model husband and family man; by +numerous betrayals, by falsehood and deception he had led my mother +to despair, constantly offending her pride and her strict, unbribable +truthfulness. But at that time I did not understand it; the death of my +mother seemed to me one of the most cruel manifestations of universal +injustice, and called forth a new stream of useless and sacrilegious +curses. + +I do not know whether I ought to tire the attention of the reader with +the story of other events of a similar nature. I shall mention but +briefly that one after another my friends, who remained my friends from +the time when I was happy and free, stopped visiting me. According +to their words, they believed in my innocence, and at first warmly +expressed to me their sympathy. But our lives, mine in prison and theirs +at liberty, were so different that gradually under the pressure of +perfectly natural causes, such as forgetfulness, official and other +duties, the absence of mutual interests, they visited me ever more and +more rarely, and finally ceased to see me entirely. I cannot recall +without a smile that even the death of my mother, even the betrayal of +the girl I loved did not arouse in me such a hopelessly bitter feeling +as these gentlemen, whose names I remember but vaguely now, succeeded in +wresting from my soul. + +"What horror! What pain! My friends, you have left me alone! My friends, +do you understand what you have done? You have left me alone. Can you +conceive of leaving a human being alone? Even a serpent has its mate, +even a spider has its comrade--and you have left a human being alone! +You have given him a soul--and left him alone! You have given him a +heart, a mind, a hand for a handshake, lips for a kiss--and you have +left him alone! What shall he do now that you have left him alone?" + +Thus I exclaimed in my "Diary of a Prisoner," tormented by woeful +perplexities. In my juvenile blindness, in the pain of my young, +senseless heart, I still did not want to understand that the solitude, +of which I complained so bitterly, like the mind, was an advantage +given to man over other creatures, in order to fence around the sacred +mysteries of his soul from the stranger's gaze. + +Let my serious reader consider what would have become of life if man +were robbed of his right, of his duty to be alone. In the gathering of +idle chatterers, amid the dull collection of transparent glass dolls, +that kill each other with their sameness; in the wild city where all +doors are open, and all windows are open--passers-by look wearily +through the glass walls and observe the same evidences of the hearth and +the alcove. Only the creatures that can be alone possess a face; while +those that know no solitude--the great, blissful, sacred solitude of the +soul--have snouts instead of faces. + +And in calling my friends "perfidious traitors" I, poor youth that +I was, could not understand the wise law of life, according to which +neither friendship, nor love, nor even the tenderest attachment of +sister and mother, is eternal. Deceived by the lies of the poets, who +proclaimed eternal friendship and love, I did not want to see that +which my indulgent reader observes from the windows of his dwelling--how +friends, relatives, mother and wife, in apparent despair and in tears, +follow their dead to the cemetery, and after a lapse of some time return +from there. No one buries himself together with the dead, no one asks +the dead to make room in the coffin, and if the grief-stricken wife +exclaims, in an outburst of tears, "Oh, bury me together with him!" she +is merely expressing symbolically the extreme degree of her despair--one +could easily convince himself of this by trying, in jest, to push her +down into the grave. And those who restrain her are merely expressing +symbolically their sympathy and understanding, thus lending the +necessary aspect of solemn grief to the funeral custom. + +Man must subject himself to the laws of life, not of death, nor to +the fiction of the poets, however beautiful it may be. But can the +fictitious be beautiful? Is there no beauty in the stern truth of life, +in the mighty work of its wise laws, which subjects to itself with great +disinterestedness the movements of the heavenly luminaries, as well as +the restless linking of the tiny creatures called human beings? + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Thus I lived sadly in my prison for five or six years. + +The first redeeming ray flashed upon me when I least expected it. + +Endowed with the gift of imagination, I made my former fiancee the +object of all my thoughts. She became my love and my dream. + +Another circumstance which suddenly revealed to me the ground under my +feet was, strange as it may seem, the conviction that it was impossible +to make my escape from prison. + +During the first period of my imprisonment, I, as a youthful and +enthusiastic dreamer, made all kinds of plans for escape, and some of +them seemed to me entirely possible of realisation. Cherishing deceptive +hopes, this thought naturally kept me in a state of tense alarm and +hindered my attention from concentrating itself on more important +and substantial matters. As soon as I despaired of one plan I created +another, but of course I did not make any progress--I merely moved +within a closed circle. It is hardly necessary to mention that each +transition from one plan to another was accompanied by cruel sufferings, +which tormented my soul, just as the eagle tortured the body of +Prometheus. + +One day, while staring with a weary look at the walls of my cell, I +suddenly began to feel how irresistibly thick the stone was, how strong +the cement which kept it together, how skilfully and mathematically +this severe fortress was constructed. It is true, my first sensation was +extremely painful; it was, perhaps, a horror of hopelessness. + +I cannot recall what I did and how I felt during the two or three months +that followed. The first note in my diary after a long period of silence +does not explain very much. Briefly I state only that they made new +clothes for me and that I had grown stout. + +The fact is that, after all my hopes had been abandoned, the +consciousness of the impossibility of my escape once for all +extinguished also my painful alarm and liberated my mind, which was then +already inclined to lofty contemplation and the joys of mathematics. + +But the following is the day I consider as the first real day of my +liberation. It was a beautiful spring morning (May 6) and the balmy, +invigourating air was pouring into the open window; while walking back +and forth in my cell I unconsciously glanced, at each turn, with a vague +interest, at the high window, where the iron grate outlined its form +sharply and distinctly against the background of the azure, cloudless +sky. + +"Why is the sky so beautiful through these bars?" I reflected as I +walked. "Is not this the effect of the aesthetic law of contrasts, +according to which azure stands out prominently beside black? Or is it +not, perhaps, a manifestation of some other, higher law, according to +which the infinite may be conceived by the human mind only when it is +brought within certain boundaries, for instance, when it is enclosed +within a square?" + +When I recalled that at the sight of a wide open window, which was not +protected by bars, or of the sky, I had usually experienced a desire +to fly, which was painful because of its uselessness and absurdity--I +suddenly began to experience a feeling of tenderness for the bars; +tender gratitude, even love. Forged by hand, by the weak human hand of +some ignorant blacksmith, who did not even give himself an account of +the profound meaning of his creation; placed in the wall by an equally +ignorant mason, it suddenly represented in itself a model of beauty, +nobility and power. Having seized the infinite within its iron squares, +it became congealed in cold and proud peace, frightening the ignorant, +giving food for thought to the intelligent and delighting the sage! + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +In order to make the further narrative clearer to my indulgent reader, +I am compelled to say a few words about the exclusive, quite flattering, +and, I fear, not entirely deserved, position which I occupy in our +prison. On one hand, my spiritual clearness, my rare and perfect view of +life, and the nobility of my feelings, which impress all those who speak +to me; and, on the other hand, several rather unimportant favours which +I have done to the Warden, have given me a series of privileges, of +which I avail myself, rather moderately, of course, not desiring to +upset the general plan and system of our prison. + +Thus, during the weekly visiting days, my visitors are not limited to +any special time for their interviews, and all those who wish to see me +are admitted, sometimes forming quite a large audience. Not daring to +accept altogether the assurances made somewhat ironically by the Warden, +to the effect that I would be "the pride of any prison," I may say, +nevertheless, without any false modesty, that my words are treated with +proper respect, and that among my visitors I number quite a few warm +and enthusiastic admirers, both men and women. I shall mention that the +Warden himself and some of his assistants honour me by their visits, +drawing from me strength and courage for the purpose of continuing +their hard work. Of course I use the prison library freely, and even the +archives of the prison; and if the Warden politely refused to grant my +request for an exact plan of the prison, it is not at all because of his +lack of confidence in me, but because such a plan is a state secret.... + +Our prison is a huge five-story building. Situated in the outskirts of +the city, at the edge of a deserted field, overgrown with high grass, it +attracts the attention of the wayfarer by its rigid outlines, promising +him peace and rest after his endless wanderings. Not being plastered, +the building has retained its natural dark red colour of old brick, +and at close view, I am told, it produces a gloomy, even threatening, +impression, especially on nervous people, to whom the red bricks recall +blood and bloody lumps of human flesh. The small, dark, flat windows +with iron bars naturally complete the impression and lend to the whole a +character of gloomy harmony, or stern beauty. Even during good weather, +when the sun shines upon our prison, it does not lose any of its dark +and grim importance, and is constantly reminding the people that there +are laws in existence and that punishment awaits those who break them. + +My cell is on the fifth story, and my grated window commands a splendid +view of the distant city and a part of the deserted field to the right. +On the left, beyond the boundary of my vision, are the outskirts of the +city, and, as I am told, the church and the cemetery adjoining it. Of +the existence of the church and even the cemetery I had known before +from the mournful tolling of the bells, which custom requires during the +burial of the dead. + +Quite in keeping with the external style of architecture, the interior +arrangement of our prison is also finished harmoniously and properly +constructed. For the purpose of conveying to the reader a clearer idea +of the prison, I will take the liberty of giving the example of a fool +who might make up his mind to run away from our prison. Admitting that +the brave fellow possessed supernatural, Herculean strength and broke +the lock of his room--what would he find? The corridor, with numerous +grated doors, which could withstand cannonading--and armed keepers. +Let us suppose that he kills all the keepers, breaks all the doors, and +comes out into the yard--perhaps he may think that he is already free. +But what of the walls? The walls which encircle our prison, with three +rings of stone? + +I omitted the guard advisedly. The guard is indefatigable. Day and night +I hear behind my doors the footsteps of the guard; day and night his +eye watches me through the little window in my door, controlling my +movements, reading on my face my thoughts, my intentions and my dreams. +In the daytime I could deceive his attention with lies, assuming a +cheerful and carefree expression on my face, but I have rarely met the +man who could lie even in his sleep. No matter how much I would be on my +guard during the day, at night I would betray myself by an involuntary +moan, by a twitch of the face, by an expression of fatigue or grief, or +by other manifestations of a guilty and uneasy conscience. Only very +few people of unusual will power are able to lie even in their +sleep, skilfully managing the features of their faces, sometimes even +preserving a courteous and bright smile on their lips, when their souls, +given over to dreams, are quivering from the horrors of a monstrous +nightmare--but, as exceptions, these cannot be taken into consideration. +I am profoundly happy that I am not a criminal, that my conscience is +clear and calm. + +"Read, my friend, read," I say to the watchful eye as I lay myself down +to sleep peacefully. "You will not be able to read anything on my face!" + +And it was I who invented the window in the prison door. + +I feel that my reader is astonished and smiles incredulously, mentally +calling me an old liar, but there are instances in which modesty is +superfluous and even dangerous. Yes, this simple and great invention +belongs to me, just as Newton's system belongs to Newton, and as +Kepler's laws of the revolution of the planets belong to Kepler. + +Later on, encouraged by the success of my invention, I devised and +introduced in our prison a series of little innovations, which were +concerned only with details; thus the form of chains and locks used in +our prison has been changed. + +The little window in the door was my invention, and, if any one should +dare deny this, I would call him a liar and a scoundrel. + +I came upon this invention under the following circumstances: One day, +during the roll call, a certain prisoner killed with the iron leg of his +bed the Inspector who entered his cell. Of course the rascal was hanged +in the yard of our prison, and the administration light mindedly grew +calm, but I was in despair--the great purpose of the prison proved to be +wrong since such horrible deeds were possible. How is it that no one had +noticed that the prisoner had broken off the leg of his bed? How is it +that no one had noticed the state of agitation in which the prisoner +must have been before committing the murder? + +By taking up the question so directly I thus approached considerably +the solution of the problem; and indeed, after two or three weeks had +elapsed I arrived simply and even unexpectedly at my great discovery. +I confess frankly that before telling my discovery to the Warden of the +prison I experienced moments of a certain hesitation, which was quite +natural in my position of prisoner. To the reader who may still be +surprised at this hesitation, knowing me to be a man of a clear, +unstained conscience, I will answer by a quotation from my "Diary of a +Prisoner," relating to that period: + +"How difficult is the position of the man who is convicted, though +innocent, as I am. If he is sad, if his lips are sealed in silence, +and his eyes are lowered, people say of him: 'He is repenting; he is +suffering from pangs of conscience.' + +"If in the innocence of his heart he smiles brightly and kindly, the +keeper thinks: 'There, by a false and feigned smile, he wishes to hide +his secret.' + +"No matter what he does, he seems guilty--such is the force of the +prejudice against which it is necessary to struggle. But I am innocent, +and I shall be myself, firmly confident that my spiritual clearness will +destroy the malicious magic of prejudice." + +And on the following day the Warden of the prison pressed my hand +warmly, expressing his gratitude to me, and a month later little holes +were made in all doors in every prison in the land, thus opening a field +for wide and fruitful observation. + +The entire system of our prison life gives me deep satisfaction. The +hours for rising and going to bed, for meals and walks are arranged so +rationally, in accordance with the real requirements of nature, that +soon they lose the appearance of compulsion and become natural, even +dear habits. Only in this way can I explain the interesting fact that +when I was free I was a nervous and weak young man, susceptible to colds +and illness, whereas in prison I have grown considerably stronger and +that for my sixty years I am enjoying an enviable state of health. I am +not stout, but I am not thin, either; my lungs are in good condition and +I have saved almost all my teeth, with the exception of two on the left +side of the jaw; I am good natured, even tempered; my sleep is sound, +almost without any dreams. In figure, in which an expression of calm +power and self-confidence predominates, and in face, I resemble somewhat +Michaelangelo's "Moses"--that is, at least what some of my friendly +visitors have told me. + +But even more than by the regular and healthy regime, the strengthening +of my soul and body was helped by the wonderful, yet natural, +peculiarity of our prison, which eliminates entirely the accidental and +the unexpected from its life. Having neither a family nor friends, I am +perfectly safe from the shocks, so injurious to life, which are caused +by treachery, by the illness or death of relatives--let my indulgent +reader recall how many people have perished before his eyes not of +their own fault, but because capricious fate had linked them to people +unworthy of them. Without changing my feeling of love into trivial +personal attachments, I thus make it free for the broad and mighty love +for all mankind; and as mankind is immortal, not subjected to illness, +and as a harmonious whole it is undoubtedly progressing toward +perfection, love for it becomes the surest guarantee of spiritual and +physical soundness. + +My day is clear. So are also my days of the future, which are coming +toward me in radiant and even order. A murderer will not break into my +cell for the purpose of robbing me, a mad automobile will not crush me, +the illness of a child will not torture me, cruel treachery will not +steal its way to me from the darkness. My mind is free, my heart is +calm, my soul is clear and bright. + +The clear and rigid rules of our prison define everything that I must +not do, thus freeing me from those unbearable hesitations, doubts, +and errors with which practical life is filled. True, sometimes there +penetrates even into our prison, through its high walls, something +which ignorant people call chance, or even Fate, and which is only an +inevitable reflection of the general laws; but the life of the prison, +agitated for a moment, quickly goes back to its habitual rut, like +a river after an overflow. To this category of accidents belong +the above-mentioned murder of the Inspector, the rare and always +unsuccessful attempts at escape, and also the executions, which take +place in one of the remotest yards of our prison. + +There is still another peculiarity in the system of our prison, which I +consider most beneficial, and which gives to the whole thing a character +of stern and noble justice. Left to himself, and only to himself, the +prisoner cannot count upon support, or upon that spurious, wretched pity +which so often falls to the lot of weak people, disfiguring thereby the +fundamental purposes of nature. + +I confess that I think, with a certain sense of pride, that if I am now +enjoying general respect and admiration, if my mind is strong, my will +powerful, my view of life clear and bright, I owe it only to myself, to +my power and my perseverance. How many weak people would have perished +in my place as victims of madness, despair, or grief? But I have +conquered everything! I have changed the world. I gave to my soul the +form which my mind desired. In the desert, working alone, exhausted with +fatigue, I have erected a stately structure in which I now live joyously +and calmly, like a king. Destroy it--and to-morrow I shall begin to +build a new structure, and in my bloody sweat I shall erect it! For I +must live! + +Forgive my involuntary pathos in the last lines, which is so unbecoming +to my balanced and calm nature. But it is hard to restrain myself when I +recall the road I have travelled. I hope, however, that in the future +I shall not darken the mood of my reader with any outbursts of agitated +feelings. Only he shouts who is not confident of the truth of his words; +calm firmness and cold simplicity are becoming to the truth. + +P.S.--I do not remember whether I told you that the criminal who +murdered my father has not been found as yet. + + + +CHAPTER V + + +Deviating from time to time from the calm form of a historical narrative +I must pause on current events. Thus I will permit myself to acquaint my +readers in a few lines with a rather interesting specimen of the human +species which I have found accidentally in our prison. + +One afternoon a few days ago the Warden came to me for the usual chat, +and among other things told me there was a very unfortunate man in +prison at the time upon whom I could exert a beneficent influence. I +expressed my willingness in the most cordial manner, and for several +days in succession I have had long discussions with the artist K., by +permission of the Warden. The spirit of hostility, even of obstinacy, +with which, to my regret, he met me at his first visit, has now +disappeared entirely under the influence of my discussion. Listening +willingly and with interest to my ever pacifying words he gradually told +me his rather unusual story after a series of persistent questions. + +He is a man of about twenty-six or twenty-eight, of pleasant appearance, +and rather good manners, which show that he is a well-bred man. A +certain quite natural unrestraint in his speech, a passionate vehemence +with which he talks about himself, occasionally a bitter, even ironical +laughter, followed by painful pensiveness, from which it is difficult to +arouse him even by a touch of the hand--these complete the make-up of my +new acquaintance. Personally to me he is not particularly sympathetic, +and however strange it may seem I am especially annoyed by his +disgusting habit of constantly moving his thin, emaciated fingers and +clutching helplessly the hand of the person with whom he speaks. + +K. told me very little of his past life. + +"Well, what is there to tell? I was an artist, that's all," he repeated, +with a sorrowful grimace, and refused to talk about the "immoral act" +for which he was condemned to solitary confinement. + +"I don't want to corrupt you, grandpa--live honestly," he would jest in +a somewhat unbecoming familiar tone, which I tolerated simply because +I wished to please the Warden of the prison, having learned from the +prisoner the real cause of his sufferings, which sometimes assumed an +acute form of violence and threats. During one of these painful minutes, +when K.'s will power was weak, as a result of insomnia, from which he +was suffering, I seated myself on his bed and treated him in general +with fatherly kindness, and he blurted out everything to me right there +and then. + +Not desiring to tire the reader with an exact reproduction of his +hysterical outbursts, his laughter and his tears, I shall give only the +facts of his story. + +K.'s grief, at first not quite clear to me, consists of the fact that +instead of paper or canvas for his drawings he was given a large slate +and a slate pencil. (By the way, the art with which he mastered the +material, which was new to him, is remarkable. I have seen some of his +productions, and it seems to me that they could satisfy the taste of the +most fastidious expert of graphic arts. Personally I am indifferent to +the art of painting, preferring live and truthful nature.) Thus, owing +to the nature of the material, before commencing a new picture, K. had +to destroy the previous one by wiping it off his slate, and this seemed +to lead him every time to the verge of madness. + +"You cannot imagine what it means," he would say, clutching my hands +with his thin, clinging fingers. "While I draw, you know, I forget +entirely that it is useless; I am usually very cheerful and I even +whistle some tune, and once I was even incarcerated for that, as it is +forbidden to whistle in this cursed prison. But that is a trifle--for I +had at least a good sleep there. But when I finish my picture--no, even +when I approach the end of the picture, I am seized with a sensation so +terrible that I feel like tearing the brain from my head and trampling +it with my feet. Do you understand me?" + +"I understand you, my friend, I understand you perfectly, and I +sympathise with you." + +"Really? Well, then, listen, old man. I make the last strokes with so +much pain, with such a sense of sorrow and hopelessness, as though I +were bidding good-bye to the person I loved best of all. But here I +have finished it. Do you understand what it means? It means that it has +assumed life, that it lives, that there is a certain mysterious spirit +in it. And yet it is already doomed to death, it is dead already, dead +like a herring. Can you understand it at all? I do not understand it. +And, now, imagine, I--fool that I am--I nevertheless rejoice, I cry and +rejoice. No, I think, this picture I shall not destroy; it is so good +that I shall not destroy it. Let it live. And it is a fact that at such +times I do not feel like drawing anything new, I have not the slightest +desire for it. And yet it is dreadful. Do you understand me?" + +"Perfectly, my friend. No doubt the drawing ceases to please you on the +following day--" + +"Oh, what nonsense you are prating, old man! (That is exactly what he +said. 'Nonsense.') How can a dying child cease to please you? Of course, +if he lived, he might have become a scoundrel, but when he is dying--No, +old man, that isn't it. For I am killing it myself. I do not sleep all +night long, I jump up, I look at it, and I love it so dearly that I +feel like stealing it. Stealing it from whom? What do I know? But when +morning sets in I feel that I cannot do without it, that I must take +up that cursed pencil again and create anew. What a mockery! To create! +What am I, a galley slave?" + +"My friend, you are in a prison." + +"My dear old man! When I begin to steal over to the slate with the +sponge in my hand I feel like a murderer. It happens that I go around +it for a day or two. Do you know, one day I bit off a finger of my right +hand so as not to draw any more, but that, of course, was only a trifle, +for I started to learn drawing with my left hand. What is this necessity +for creating! To create by all means, create for suffering--create with +the knowledge that it will all perish! Do you understand it?" + +"Finish it, my friend, don't be agitated; then I will expound to you my +views." + +Unfortunately, my advice hardly reached the ears of K. In one of those +paroxysms of despair, which frighten the Warden of our prison, K. began +to throw himself about in his bed, tear his clothes, shout and sob, +manifesting in general all the symptoms of extreme mortification. I +looked at the sufferings of the unfortunate youth with deep emotion +(compared with me he was a youth), vainly endeavouring to hold his +fingers which were tearing his clothes. I knew that for this breach of +discipline new incarceration awaited him. + +"O, impetuous youth," I thought when he had grown somewhat calmer, and +I was tenderly unfolding his fine hair which had become entangled, "how +easily you fall into despair! A bit of drawing, which may in the end +fall into the hands of a dealer in old rags, or a dealer in old bronze +and cemented porcelain, can cause you so much suffering!" But, of +course, I did not tell this to my youthful friend, striving, as any one +should under similar circumstances, not to irritate him by unnecessary +contradictions. + +"Thank you, old man," said K., apparently calm now. "To tell the truth +you seemed very strange to me at first; your face is so venerable, but +your eyes. Have you murdered anybody, old man?" + +I deliberately quote the malicious and careless phrase to show how +in the eyes of lightminded and shallow people the stamp of a terrible +accusation is transformed into the stamp of the crime itself. +Controlling my feeling of bitterness, I remarked calmly to the +impertinent youth: + +"You are an artist, my child; to you are known the mysteries of the +human face, that flexible, mobile and deceptive masque, which, like the +sea, reflects the hurrying clouds and the azure ether. Being green, the +sea turns blue under the clear sky and black when the sky is black, when +the heavy clouds are dark. What do you want of my face, over which hangs +an accusation of the most cruel crime?" + +But, occupied with his own thoughts, the artist apparently paid no +particular attention to my words and continued in a broken voice: + +"What am I to do? You saw my drawing. I destroyed it, and it is +already a whole week since I touched my pencil. Of course," he resumed +thoughtfully, rubbing his brow, "it would be better to break the slate; +to punish me they would not give me another one--" + +"You had better return it to the authorities." + +"Very well, I may hold out another week, but what then? I know myself. +Even now that devil is pushing my hand: 'Take the pencil, take the +pencil.'" + +At that moment, as my eyes wandered distractedly over his cell, I +suddenly noticed that some of the artist's clothes hanging on the wall +were unnaturally stretched, and one end was skilfully fastened by the +back of the cot. Assuming an air that I was tired and that I wanted to +walk about in the cell, I staggered as from a quiver of senility in my +legs, and pushed the clothes aside. The entire wall was covered with +drawings! + +The artist had already leaped from his cot, and thus we stood facing +each other in silence. I said in a tone of gentle reproach: + +"How did you allow yourself to do this, my friend? You know the rules of +the prison, according to which no inscriptions or drawing on the walls +are permissible?" + +"I know no rules," said K. morosely. + +"And then," I continued, sternly this time, "you lied to me, my friend. +You said that you did not take the pencil into your hands for a whole +week." + +"Of course I didn't," said the artist, with a strange smile, and even a +challenge. Even when caught red-handed, he did not betray any signs of +repentance, and looked rather sarcastic than guilty. Having examined +more closely the drawings on the wall, which represented human figures +in various positions, I became interested in the strange reddish-yellow +colour of an unknown pencil. + +"Is this iodine? You told me that you had a pain and that you secured +iodine." + +"No. It is blood." + +"Blood?" + +"Yes." + +I must say frankly that I even liked him at that moment. + +"How did you get it?" + +"From my hand." + +"From your hand? But how did you manage to hide yourself from the eye +that is watching you?" + +He smiled cunningly, and even winked. + +"Don't you know that you can always deceive if only you want to do it?" + +My sympathies for him were immediately dispersed. I saw before me a man +who was not particularly clever, but in all probability terribly spoiled +already, who did not even admit the thought that there are people who +simply cannot lie. Recalling, however, the promise I had made to the +Warden, I assumed a calm air of dignity and said to him tenderly, as +only a mother could speak to her child: + +"Don't be surprised and don't condemn me for being so strict, my friend. +I am an old man. I have passed half of my life in this prison; I have +formed certain habits, like all old people, and submitting to all rules +myself, I am perhaps overdoing it somewhat in demanding the same of +others. You will of course wipe off these drawings yourself--although +I feel sorry for them, for I admire them sincerely--and I will not say +anything to the administration. We will forget all this, as if nothing +had happened. Are you satisfied?" + +He answered drowsily: + +"Very well." + +"In our prison, where we have the sad pleasure of being confined, +everything is arranged in accordance with a most purposeful plan and is +most strictly subjected to laws and rules. And the very strict order, on +account of which the existence of your creations is so short lived, and, +I may say, ephemeral, is full of the profoundest wisdom. Allowing you to +perfect yourself in your art, it wisely guards other people against +the perhaps injurious influence of your productions, and in any case it +completes logically, finishes, enforces, and makes clear the meaning of +your solitary confinement. What does solitary confinement in our prison +mean? It means that the prisoner should be alone. But would he be alone +if by his productions he would communicate in some way or other with +other people outside?" + +By the expression of K.'s face I noticed with a sense of profound joy +that my words had produced on him the proper impression, bringing +him back from the realm of poetic inventions to the land of stern but +beautiful reality. And, raising my voice, I continued: + +"As for the rule you have broken, which forbids any inscription or +drawing on the walls of our prison, it is not less logical. Years will +pass; in your place there may be another prisoner like you--and he may +see that which you have drawn. Shall this be tolerated? Just think of +it! And what would become of the walls of our prison if every one who +wished it were to leave upon them his profane marks?" + +"To the devil with it!" + +This is exactly how K. expressed himself. He said it loudly, even with +an air of calmness. + +"What do you mean to say by this, my youthful friend?" + +"I wish to say that you may perish here, my old friend, but I shall +leave this place." + +"You can't escape from our prison," I retorted, sternly. + +"Have you tried?" + +"Yes, I have tried." + +He looked at me incredulously and smiled. He smiled! + +"You are a coward, old man. You are simply a miserable coward." + +I--a coward! Oh, if that self-satisfied puppy knew what a tempest of +rage he had aroused in my soul he would have squealed for fright +and would have hidden himself on the bed. I--a coward! The world has +crumbled upon my head, but has not crushed me, and out of its terrible +fragments I have created a new world, according to my own design and +plan; all the evil forces of life--solitude, imprisonment, treachery, +and falsehood--all have taken up arms against me, but I have subjected +them all to my will. And I who have subjected to myself even my +dreams--I am a coward? + +But I shall not tire the attention of my indulgent reader with these +lyrical deviations, which have no bearing on the matter. I continue. + +After a pause, broken only by K.'s loud breathing, I said to him sadly: + +"I--a coward! And you say this to the man who came with the sole aim of +helping you? Of helping you not only in word but also in deed?" + +"You wish to help me? In what way?" + +"I will get you paper and pencil." + +The artist was silent. And his voice was soft and timid when he asked, +hesitatingly: + +"And--my drawings--will remain?" + +"Yes; they will remain." + +It is hard to describe the vehement delight into which the exalted young +man was thrown; naive and pure-hearted youth knows no bounds either in +grief or in joy. He pressed my hand warmly, shook me, disturbing my +old bones; he called me friend, father, even "dear old phiz" (!) and +a thousand other endearing and somewhat naive names. To my regret our +conversation lasted too long, and, notwithstanding the entreaties of the +young man, who would not part with me, I hurried away to my cell. + +I did not go to the Warden of the prison, as I felt somewhat agitated. +At that remote time I paced my cell until late in the night, striving +to understand what means of escaping from our prison that rather foolish +young man could have discovered. Was it possible to run away from our +prison? No, I could not admit and I must not admit it. And gradually +conjuring up in my memory everything I knew about our prison, I +understood that K. must have hit upon an old plan, which I had long +discarded, and that he would convince himself of its impracticability +even as I convinced myself. It is impossible to escape from our prison. + +But, tormented by doubts, I measured my lonely cell for a long time, +thinking of various plans that might relieve K.'s position and thus +divert him from the idea of making his escape. He must not run away from +our prison under any circumstances. Then I gave myself to peaceful and +sound sleep, with which benevolent nature has rewarded those who have a +clear conscience and a pure soul. + +By the way, lest I forget, I shall mention the fact that I destroyed my +"Diary of a Prisoner" that night. I had long wished to do it, but the +natural pity and faint-hearted love which we feel for our blunders and +our shortcomings restrained me; besides, there was nothing in my "Diary" +that could have compromised me in any way. And if I have destroyed it +now it is due solely to my desire to throw my past into oblivion and to +save my reader from the tediousness of long complaints and moans, from +the horror of sacrilegious cursings. May it rest in peace! + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +Having conveyed to the Warden of our prison the contents of my +conversation with K., I asked him not to punish the young man for +spoiling the walls, which would thus betray me, and I, to save the +youth, suggested the following plan, which was accepted by the Warden +after a few purely formal objections. + +"It is important for him," I said, "that his drawings should be +preserved, but it is apparently immaterial to him in whose possession +these drawings are. Let him, then, avail himself of his art, paint your +portrait, Mr. Warden, and after that the portraits of the entire staff +of your officials. To say nothing of the honour you would show him +by this condescension--an honour which he will surely know how to +appreciate--the painting may be useful to you as a very original +ornament in your drawing room or study. Besides, nothing will prevent +us from destroying the drawings if we should not care for them, for the +naive and somewhat selfish young man apparently does not even admit the +thought that anybody's hand would destroy his productions." + +Smiling, the Warden suggested, with a politeness that flattered me +extremely, that the series of portraits should commence with mine. I +quote word for word that which the Warden said to me: + +"Your face actually calls for reproduction on canvas. We shall hang your +portrait in the office." + +The zeal of creativeness--these are the only words I can apply to the +passionate, silent agitation in which K. reproduced my features. Usually +talkative, he now maintained silence for hours, leaving unanswered my +jests and remarks. + +"Be silent, old man, be silent--you are at your best when you are +silent," he repeated persistently, calling forth an involuntary smile by +his zeal as a professional. + +My portrait would remind you, my indulgent reader, of that mysterious +peculiarity of artists, according to which they very often transmit +their own feelings, even their external features, to the subject upon +which they are working. Thus, reproducing with remarkable likeness, +the lower part of my face, where kindness and the expression of +authoritativeness and calm dignity are so harmoniously blended, K. +undoubtedly introduced into my eyes his own suffering and even his +horror. Their fixed, immobile gaze; madness glimmering somewhere in +their depth; the painful eloquence of a deep and infinitely lonely +soul--all that was not mine. + +"Is this I?" I exclaimed, laughing, when from the canvas this terrible +face, full of wild contradictions, stared at me. "My friend, I do not +congratulate you on this portrait. I do not think it is successful." + +"It is you, old man, you! It is well drawn. You criticise it wrongly. +Where will you hang it?" + +He grew talkative again like a magpie, that amiable young man, and +all because his wretched painting was to be preserved for some time. O +impetuous, O happy youth! Here I could not restrain myself from a +little jest for the purpose of teaching a lesson to the self-confident +youngster, so I asked him, with a smile: + +"Well, Mr. Artist, what do you think? Am I murderer or not?" + +The artist, closing one eye, examined me and the portrait critically. +Then whistling a polka, he answered recklessly: "The devil knows you, +old man!" + +I smiled. K. understood my jest at last, burst out laughing and then +said with sudden seriousness: + +"You are speaking of the human face but do you know that there is +nothing worse in the world than the human face? Even when it tells the +truth, when it shouts about the truth, it lies, it lies, old man, for +it speaks its own language. Do you know, old man, a terrible incident +happened to me? It was in one of the picture galleries in Spain. I was +examining a portrait of Christ, when suddenly--Christ, you understand, +Christ--great eyes, dark, terrible suffering, sorrow, grief, love--well, +in a word--Christ. Suddenly I was struck with something; suddenly it +seemed to me that it was the face of the greatest wrongdoer, tormented +by the greatest unheard-of woes of repentance--Old man, why do you look +at me so! Old man!" + +Nearing my eyes to the very face of the artist, I asked him in a +cautious whisper, as the occasion required, dividing each word from the +other: + +"Don't you think that when the devil tempted Him in the desert He did +not renounce him, as He said later, but consented, sold Himself--that +He did not renounce the devil, but sold Himself. Do you understand? Does +not that passage in the Gospels seem doubtful to you?" + +Extreme fright was expressed on the face of my young friend. Forcing +the palms of his hands against my chest, as if to push me away, he +ejaculated in a voice so low that I could hardly hear his indistinct +words: + +"What? You say Jesus sold Himself? What for?" + +I explained softly: + +"That the people, my child, that the people should believe Him." + +"Well?" + +I smiled. K.'s eyes became round, as if a noose was strangling him. +Suddenly, with that lack of respect for old age which was one of his +characteristics, he threw me down on the bed with a sharp thrust and +jumped away into a corner. When I was slowly getting up from the awkward +position into which the unrestraint of that young man had forced me--I +fell backward, with my head between the pillow and the back of the +bed--he cried to me loudly: + +"Don't you dare! Don't you dare get up, you Devil." + +But I did not think of rising to my feet. I simply sat down on the bed, +and, thus seated, with an involuntary smile at the passionate outburst +of the youth, I shook my head good naturedly and laughed. + +"Oh, young man, young man! You yourself have drawn me into this +theological conversation." + +But he stared at me stubbornly, wide eyed, and kept repeating: + +"Sit there, sit there! I did not say this. No, no!" + +"You said it, you, young man--you. Do you remember Spain, the picture +gallery! You said it and now you deny it, mocking my clumsy old age. +Oh!" + +K. suddenly lowered his hands and admitted in a low voice: + +"Yes. I said it. But you, old man--" + +I do not remember what he said after that--it is so hard to recall all +the childish chatter of this kind, but unfortunately too light-minded +young man. I remember only that we parted as friends, and he pressed my +hand warmly, expressing to me his sincere gratitude, even calling me, so +far as I can remember, his "saviour." + +By the way, I succeeded in convincing the Warden that the portrait of +even such a man as I, after all a prisoner, was out of place in such a +solemn official room as the office of our prison. And now the portrait +hangs on the wall of my cell, pleasantly breaking the cold monotony of +the pure white walls. + +Leaving for a time our artist, who is now carried away by the portrait +of the Warden, I shall continue my story. + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +My spiritual clearness, as I had the pleasure of informing the reader +before, has built up for me a considerable circle of men and women +admirers. With self-evident emotion I shall tell of the pleasant hours +of our hearty conversations, which I modestly call "My talks." + +It is difficult for me to explain how I deserved it, but the majority +of those who come to me regard me with a feeling of the profoundest +respect, even adoration, and only a few come for the purpose of arguing +with me, but these arguments are usually of a moderate and proper +character. I usually seat myself in the middle of the room, in a soft +and deep armchair, which is furnished me for this occasion by the +Warden; my hearers surround me closely, and some of them, the more +enthusiastic youths and maidens, seat themselves at my feet. + +Having before me an audience more than half of which is composed of +women, and entirely disposed in my favour, I always appeal not so +much to the mind as to the sensitive and truthful heart. Fortunately +I possess a certain oratorical power, and the customary effects of the +oratorical art, to which all preachers, beginning in all probability +with Mohammed, have resorted, and which I can handle rather cleverly, +allow me to influence my hearers in the desired direction. It is easily +understood that to the dear ladies in my audience I am not so much the +sage, who has solved the mystery of the iron grate, as a great martyr of +a righteous cause, which they do not quite understand. Shunning abstract +discussions, they eagerly hang on every word of compassion and kindness, +and respond with the same. Allowing them to love me and to believe in +my immutable knowledge of life, I afford them the happy opportunity to +depart at least for a time from the coldness of life, from its painful +doubts and questions. + +I say openly without any false modesty, which I despise even as I +despise hypocrisy, there were lectures at which I myself being in a +state of exaltation, called forth in my audience, especially in my +nervous lady visitors, a mood of intense agitation, which turned into +hysterical laughter and tears. Of course I am not a prophet; I am +merely a modest thinker, but no one would succeed in convincing my +lady admirers that there is no prophetic meaning and significance in my +speeches. + +I remember one such lecture which took place two months ago. The night +before I could not sleep as soundly as I usually slept; perhaps it was +simply because of the full moon, which affects sleep, disturbing and +interrupting it. I vaguely remember the strange sensation which I +experienced when the pale crescent of the moon appeared in my window +and the iron squares cut it with ominous black lines into small silver +squares.... + +When I started for the lecture I felt exhausted and rather inclined to +silence than to conversation; the vision of the night before disturbed +me. But when I saw those dear faces, those eyes full of hope and ardent +entreaty for friendly advice; when I saw before me that rich field, +already ploughed, waiting only for the good seed to be sown, my heart +began to burn with delight, pity and love. Avoiding the customary +formalities which accompany the meetings of people, declining the hands +outstretched to greet me, I turned to the audience, which was agitated +at the very sight of me, and gave them my blessing with a gesture to +which I know how to lend a peculiar majesty. + +"Come unto me," I exclaimed; "come unto me; you who have gone away from +that life. Here, in this quiet abode, under the sacred protection of the +iron grate, at my heart overflowing with love, you will find rest and +comfort. My beloved children, give me your sad soul, exhausted from +suffering, and I shall clothe it with light. I shall carry it to those +blissful lands where the sun of eternal truth and love never sets." + +Many had begun to cry already, but, as it was too early for tears, I +interrupted them with a gesture of fatherly impatience, and continued: + +"You, dear girl, who came from the world which calls itself free--what +gloomy shadows lie on your charming and beautiful face! And you, my +daring youth, why are you so pale? Why do I see, instead of the ecstasy +of victory, the fear of defeat in your lowered eyes? And you, honest +mother, tell me, what wind has made your eyes so red? What furious rain +has lashed your wizened face? What snow has whitened your hair, for it +used to be dark?" + +But the weeping and the sobs drowned the end of my speech, and besides, +I admit it without feeling ashamed of it, I myself brushed away more +than one treacherous tear from my eyes. Without allowing the agitation +to subside completely, I called in a voice of stern and truthful +reproach: + +"Do not weep because your soul is dark, stricken with misfortunes, +blinded by chaos, clipped of its wings by doubts; give it to me and I +shall direct it toward the light, toward order and reason. I know the +truth. I have conceived the world! I have discovered the great principle +of its purpose! I have solved the sacred formula of the iron grate! +I demand of you--swear to me by the cold iron of its squares that +henceforth you will confess to me without shame or fear all your deeds, +your errors and doubts, all the secret thoughts of your soul and the +dreams and desires of your body!" + +"We swear! We swear! We swear! Save us! Reveal to us the truth! Take our +sins upon yourself! Save us! Save us!" numerous exclamations resounded. + +I must mention the sad incident which occurred during that same lecture. +At the moment when the excitement reached its height and the hearts had +already opened, ready to unburden themselves, a certain youth, looking +morose and embittered, exclaimed loudly, evidently addressing himself to +me: + +"Liar! Do not listen to him. He is lying!" + +The indulgent reader will easily believe that it was only by a great +effort that I succeeded in saving the incautious youth from the fury of +the audience. Offended in that which is most precious to a human being, +his faith in goodness and the divine purpose of life, my women admirers +rushed upon the foolish youth in a mob and would have beaten him +cruelly. Remembering, however, that there was more joy to the pastor in +one sinner who repents than in ten righteous men, I took the young man +aside where no one could hear us, and entered into a brief conversation +with him. + +"Did you call me a liar, my child?" + +Moved by my kindness, the poor young man became confused and answered +hesitatingly: + +"Pardon me for my harshness, but it seems to me that you are not telling +the truth." + +"I understand you, my friend. You must have been agitated by the intense +ecstasy of the women, and you, as a sensible man, not inclined to +mysticism, suspected me of fraud, of a hideous fraud. No, no, don't +excuse yourself. I understand you. But I wish you would understand me. +Out of the mire of superstitions, out of the deep gulf of prejudices and +unfounded beliefs, I want to lead their strayed thoughts and place them +upon the solid foundation of strictly logical reasoning. The iron grate, +which I mentioned, is not a mystical sign; it is only a formula, a +simple, sober, honest, mathematical formula. To you, as a sensible man, +I will willingly explain this formula. The grate is the scheme in which +are placed all the laws guiding the universe, which do away with chaos, +substituting in its place strict, iron, inviolable order, forgotten by +mankind. As a brightminded man you will easily understand--" + +"Pardon me. I did not understand you, and if you will permit me I--But +why do you make them swear?" + +"My friend, the soul of man, believing itself free and constantly +suffering from this spurious freedom, is demanding fetters for +itself--to some these fetters are an oath, to others a vow, to still +others simply a word of honour. You will give me your word of honour, +will you not?" + +"I will." + +"And by this you are simply striving to enter the harmony of the world, +where everything is subjected to a law. Is not the falling of a stone +the fulfilment of a vow, of the vow called the law of gravitation?" + +I shall not go into detail about this conversation and the others that +followed. The obstinate and unrestrained youth, who had insulted me by +calling me liar, became one of my warmest adherents. + +I must return to the others. During the time that I talked with the +young man, the desire for penitence among my charming proselytes reached +its height. Not patient enough to wait for me, they commenced in a state +of intense ecstasy to confess to one another, giving to the room an +appearance of a garden where dozens of birds of paradise were twittering +at the same time. When I returned, each of them separately unfolded her +agitated soul to me.... + +I saw how, from day to day, from hour to hour, terrible chaos was +struggling in their souls with an eager inclination for harmony and +order; how in the bloody struggle between eternal falsehood and immortal +truth, falsehood, through inconceivable ways, passed into truth, and +truth became falsehood. I found in the human soul all the forces in the +world, and none of them was dormant, and in the mad whirlpool each soul +became like a fountain, whose source is the abyss of the sea and whose +summit the sky. And every human being, as I have learned and seen, is +like the rich and powerful master who gave a masquerade ball at his +castle and illuminated it with many lights; and strange masks came from +everywhere and the master greeted them, bowing courteously, and vainly +asking them who they were; and new, ever stranger, ever more terrible, +masks were arriving, and the master bowed to them ever more courteously, +staggering from fatigue and fear. And they were laughing and whispering +strange words about the eternal chaos, whence they came, obeying the +call of the master. And lights were burning in the castle--and in the +distance lighted windows were visible, reminding him of the festival, +and the exhausted master kept bowing ever lower, ever more courteously, +ever more cheerfully. My indulgent reader will easily understand that +in addition to a certain sense of fear which I experienced, the greatest +delight and even joyous emotion soon came upon me--for I saw that +eternal chaos was defeated and the triumphant hymn of bright harmony was +rising to the skies.... + +Not without a sense of pride I shall mention the modest offerings by +which my kind admirers were striving to express to me their feelings of +love and adoration. I am not afraid of calling out a smile on the lips +of my readers, for I feel how comical it is--I will say that among +the offerings brought me at first were fruit, cakes, all kinds of +sweet-meats. But I am afraid, however, that no one will believe me when +I say that I have actually declined these offerings, preferring the +observance of the prison regime in all its rigidness. + +At the last lecture, a kind and honourable lady brought me a basketful +of live flowers. To my regret, I was compelled to decline this present, +too. + +"Forgive me, madam, but flowers do not enter into the system of our +prison. I appreciate very much your magnanimous attention--I kiss your +hands, madam--" I said, "but I am compelled to decline the flowers. +Travelling along the thorny road to self-renunciation, I must not caress +my eyes with the ephemeral and illusionary beauty of these charming +lilies and roses. All flowers perish in our prison, madam." + +Yesterday another lady brought me a very valuable crucifix of ivory, a +family heirloom, she said. Not afflicted with the sin of hypocrisy, I +told my generous lady frankly that I do not believe in miracles. + +"But at the same time," I said, "I regard with the profoundest respect +Him who is justly called the Saviour of the world, and I honour greatly +His services to mankind. + +"If I should tell you, madam, that the Gospel has long been my favourite +book, that there is not a day in my life that I do not open this great +Book, drawing from it strength and courage to be able to continue my +hard course--you will understand that your liberal gift could not have +fallen into better hands. Henceforth, thanks to you, the sad solitude of +my cell will vanish; I am not alone. I bless you, my daughter." + +I cannot forego mentioning the strange thoughts brought out by the +crucifix as it hung there beside my portrait. It was twilight; outside +the wall the bell was tolling heavily in the invisible church, calling +the believers together; in the distance, over the deserted field, +overgrown with high grass, an unknown wanderer was plodding along, +passing into the unknown distance, like a little black dot. It was as +quiet in our prison as in a sepulchre. I looked long and attentively at +the features of Jesus, which were so calm, so joyous compared with him +who looked silently and dully from the wall beside Him. And with my +habit, formed during the long years of solitude, of addressing inanimate +things aloud, I said to the motionless crucifix: + +"Good evening, Jesus. I am glad to welcome You in our prison. There are +three of us here: You, I, and the one who is looking from the wall, and +I hope that we three will manage to live in peace and in harmony. He is +looking silently, and You are silent, and Your eyes are closed--I shall +speak for the three of us, a sure sign that our peace will never be +broken." + +They were silent, and, continuing, I addressed my speech to the +portrait: + +"Where are you looking so intently and so strangely, my unknown friend +and roommate? In your eyes I see mystery and reproach. Is it possible +that you dare reproach Him? Answer!" + +And, pretending that the portrait answered, I continued in a different +voice with an expression of extreme sternness and boundless grief: + +"Yes, I do reproach Him. Jesus, Jesus! Why is Your face so pure, so +blissful? You have passed only over the brink of human sufferings, as +over the brink of an abyss, and only the foam of the bloody and miry +waves have touched You. Do You command me, a human being, to sink into +the dark depth? Great is Your Golgotha, Jesus, but too reverent and +joyous, and one small but interesting stroke is missing--the horror of +aimlessness!" + +Here I interrupted the speech of the Portrait, with an expression of +anger. + +"How dare you," I exclaimed; "how dare you speak of aimlessness in our +prison?" + +They were silent; and suddenly Jesus, without opening His eyes--He even +seemed to close them more tightly--answered: + +"Who knows the mysteries of the heart of Jesus?" + +I burst into laughter, and my esteemed reader will easily understand +this laughter. It turned out that I, a cool and sober mathematician, +possessed a poetic talent and could compose very interesting comedies. + +I do not know how all this would have ended, for I had already prepared +a thundering answer for my roommate when the appearance of the keeper, +who brought me food, suddenly interrupted me. But apparently my face +bore traces of excitement, for the man asked me with stern sympathy: + +"Were you praying?" + +I do not remember what I answered. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +Last Sunday a great misfortune occurred in our prison: The artist K., +whom the reader knows already, ended his life in suicide by flinging +himself from the table with his head against the stone floor. The +fall and the force of the blow had been so skilfully calculated by the +unfortunate young man that his skull was split in two. The grief of the +Warden was indescribable. Having called me to the office, the Warden, +without shaking hands with me, reproached me in angry and harsh terms +for having deceived him, and he regained his calm, only after my hearty +apologies and promises that such accidents would not happen again. I +promised to prepare a project for watching the criminals which would +render suicide impossible. The esteemed wife of the Warden, whose +portrait remained unfinished, was also grieved by the death of the +artist. + +Of course, I had not expected this outcome, either, although a few +days before committing suicide, K. had provoked in me a feeling of +uneasiness. Upon entering his cell one morning, and greeting him, I +noticed with amazement that he was sitting before his slate once more +drawing human figures. + +"What does this mean, my friend?" I inquired cautiously. "And how about +the portrait of the second assistant?" + +"The devil take it!" + +"But you--" + +"The devil take it!" + +After a pause I remarked distractedly: + +"Your portrait of the Warden is meeting with great success. Although +some of the people who have seen it say that the right moustache is +somewhat shorter than the left--" + +"Shorter?" + +"Yes, shorter. But in general they find that you caught the likeness +very successfully." + +K. had put aside his slate pencil and, perfectly calm, said: + +"Tell your Warden that I am not going to paint that prison riffraff any +more." + +After these words there was nothing left for me to do but leave him, +which I decided to do. But the artist, who could not get along without +giving vent to his effusions, seized me by the hand and said with his +usual enthusiasm: + +"Just think of it, old man, what a horror! Every day a new repulsive +face appears before me. They sit and stare at me with their froglike +eyes. What am I to do? At first I laughed--I even liked it--but when +the froglike eyes stared at me every day I was seized with horror. I was +afraid they might start to quack--qua-qua!" + +Indeed there was a certain fear, even madness, in the eyes of the +artist--the madness which shortly led him to his untimely grave. + +"Old man, it is necessary to have something beautiful. Do you understand +me?" + +"And the wife of the Warden? Is she not--" + +I shall pass in silence the unbecoming expressions with which he spoke +of the lady in his excitement. I must, however, admit that to a certain +extent the artist was right in his complaints. I had been present +several times at the sittings, and noticed that all who had posed for +the artist behaved rather unnaturally. Sincere and naive, conscious of +the importance of their position, convinced that the features of their +faces perpetuated upon the canvas would go down to posterity, they +exaggerated somewhat the qualities which are so characteristic of their +high and responsible office in our prison. A certain bombast of pose, an +exaggerated expression of stern authority, an obvious consciousness of +their own importance, and a noticeable contempt for those on whom their +eyes were directed--all this disfigured their kind and affable faces. +But I cannot understand what horrible features the artist found where +there should have been a smile. I was even indignant at the superficial +attitude with which an artist, who considered himself talented and +sensible, passed the people without noticing that a divine spark was +glimmering in each one of them. In the quest after some fantastic beauty +he light-mindedly passed by the true beauties with which the human soul +is filled. I cannot help feeling sorry for those unfortunate people who, +like K., because of a peculiar construction of their brains, always turn +their eyes toward the dark side, whereas there is so much joy and light +in our prison! + +When I said this to K. I heard, to my regret, the same stereotyped and +indecent answer: + +"The devil take it!" + +All I could do was to shrug my shoulders. Suddenly changing his tone and +bearing, the artist turned to me seriously with a question which, in my +opinion, was also indecent: + +"Why do you lie, old man?" + +I was astonished, of course. + +"I lie?" + +"Well, let it be the truth, if you like, but why? I am looking and +thinking. Why did you say that? Why?" + +My indulgent reader, who knows well what the truth has cost me, will +readily understand my profound indignation. I deliberately mention this +audacious and other calumnious phrases to show in what an atmosphere of +malice, distrust, and disrespect I have to plod along the hard road of +suffering. He insisted rudely: + +"I have had enough of your smiles. Tell me plainly, why do you speak +so?" + +Then, I admit, I flared up: + +"You want to know why I speak the truth? Because I hate falsehood and +I commit it to eternal anathema! Because fate has made me a victim of +injustice, and as a victim, like Him who took upon Himself the great sin +of the world and its great sufferings, I wish to point out the way to +mankind. Wretched egoist, you know only yourself and your miserable art, +while I love mankind." + +My anger grew. I felt the veins on my forehead swelling. + +"Fool, miserable dauber, unfortunate schoolboy, in love with colours! +Human beings pass before you, and you see only their froglike eyes. How +did your tongue turn to say such a thing? Oh, if you only looked even +once into the human soul! What treasures of tenderness, love, humble +faith, holy humility, you would have discovered there! And to you, +bold man, it would have seemed as if you entered a temple--a bright, +illuminated temple. But it is said of people like you--'do not cast your +pearls before swine.'" + +The artist was silent, crushed by my angry and unrestrained speech. +Finally he sighed and said: + +"Forgive me, old man; I am talking nonsense, of course, but I am so +unfortunate and so lonely. Of course, my dear old man, it is all true +about the divine spark and about beauty, but a polished boot is also +beautiful. I cannot, I cannot! Just think of it! How can a man have such +moustaches as he has? And yet he is complaining that the left moustache +is shorter!" + +He laughed like a child, and, heaving a sigh, added: + +"I'll make another attempt. I will paint the lady. There is really +something good in her. Although she is after all--a cow." + +He laughed again, and, fearing to brush away with his sleeve the drawing +on the slate, he cautiously placed it in the corner. + +Here I did that which my duty compelled me to do. Seizing the slate, +I smashed it to pieces with a powerful blow. I thought that the artist +would rush upon me furiously, but he did not. To his weak mind my act +seemed so blasphemous, so supernaturally horrible, that his deathlike +lips could not utter a word. + +"What have you done?" he asked at last in a low voice. "You have broken +it?" + +And raising my hand I replied solemnly: + +"Foolish youth, I have done that which I would have done to my heart if +it wanted to jest and mock me! Unfortunate youth, can you not see that +your art has long been mocking you, that from that slate of yours the +devil himself was making hideous faces at you?" + +"Yes. The devil!" + +"Being far from your wonderful art, I did not understand you at first, +nor your longing, your horror of aimlessness. But when I entered your +cell to-day and noticed you at your ruinous occupation, I said to +myself: It is better that he should not create at all than to create in +this manner. Listen to me." + +I then revealed for the first time to this youth the sacred formula +of the iron grate, which, dividing the infinite into squares, thereby +subjects it to itself. K. listened to my words with emotion, looking +with the horror of an ignorant man at the figures which must have seemed +to him to be cabalistic, but which were nothing else than the ordinary +figures used in mathematics. + +"I am your slave, old man," he said at last, kissing my hand with his +cold lips. + +"No, you will be my favourite pupil, my son. I bless you." + +And it seemed to me that the artist was saved. True, he regarded me with +great joy, which could easily be explained by the extreme respect with +which I inspired him, and he painted the portrait of the Warden's wife +with such zeal and enthusiasm that the esteemed lady was sincerely +moved. And, strange to say, the artist succeeded in making so strangely +beautiful the features of this woman, who was stout and no longer young, +that the Warden, long accustomed to the face of his wife, was greatly +delighted by its new expression. Thus everything went on smoothly, when +suddenly this catastrophe occurred, the entire horror of which I alone +knew. + +Not desiring to call forth any unnecessary disputes, I concealed from +the Warden the fact that on the eve of his death the artist had thrown +a letter into my cell, which I noticed only in the morning. I did not +preserve the note, nor do I remember all that the unfortunate youth told +me in his farewell message; I think it was a letter of thanks for +my effort to save him. He wrote that he regretted sincerely that his +failing strength did not permit him to avail himself of my instructions. +But one phrase impressed itself deeply in my memory, and you will +understand the reason for it when I repeat it in all its terrifying +simplicity. + +"I am going away from your prison," thus read the phrase. + +And he really did go away. Here are the walls, here is the little window +in the door, here is our prison, but he is not there; he has gone away. +Consequently I, too, could go away. Instead of having wasted dozens of +years on a titanic struggle, instead of being tormented by the throes of +despair, instead of growing enfeebled by horror in the face of unsolved +mysteries, of striving to subject the world to my mind and my will, I +could have climbed the table and--one instant of pain--I would be +free; I would be triumphant over the lock and the walls, over truth +and falsehood, over joys and sufferings. I will not say that I had not +thought of suicide before as a means of escaping from our prison, but +now for the first time it appeared before me in all its attractiveness. +In a fit of base faint-heartedness, which I shall not conceal from my +reader, even as I do not conceal from him my good qualities; perhaps +even in a fit of temporary insanity I momentarily forgot all I knew +about our prison and its great purpose. I forgot--I am ashamed to +say--even the great formula of the iron grate, which I conceived and +mastered with such difficulty, and I prepared a noose made of my towel +for the purpose of strangling myself. But at the last moment, when all +was ready, and it was but necessary to push away the taburet, I asked +myself, with my habit of reasoning which did not forsake me even at that +time: But where am I going? The answer was: I am going to death. But +what is death? And the answer was: I do not know. + +These brief reflections were enough for me to come to myself, and with +a bitter laugh at my cowardice I removed the fatal noose from my neck. +Just as I had been ready to sob for grief a minute before, so now I +laughed--I laughed like a madman, realising that another trap, placed +before me by derisive fate, had so brilliantly been evaded by me. Oh, +how many traps there are in the life of man! Like a cunning fisherman, +fate catches him now with the alluring bait of some truth, now with the +hairy little worm of dark falsehood, now with the phantom of life, now +with the phantom of death. + +My dear young man, my fascinating fool, my charming silly fellow--who +told you that our prison ends here, that from one prison you did not +fall into another prison, from which it will hardly be possible for +you to run away? You were too hasty, my friend, you forgot to ask me +something else--I would have told it to you. I would have told you that +omnipotent law reigns over that which you call non-existence and death +just as it reigns over that which you call life and existence. Only the +fools, dying, believe that they have made an end of themselves--they +have ended but one form of themselves, in order to assume another form +immediately. + +Thus I reflected, laughing at the foolish suicide, the ridiculous +destroyer of the fetters of eternity. And this is what I said addressing +myself to my two silent roommates hanging motionlessly on the white wall +of my cell: + +"I believe and confess that our prison is immortal. What do you say to +this, my friends?" + +But they were silent. And having burst into good-natured laughter--What +quiet roommates I have! I undressed slowly and gave myself to peaceful +sleep. In my dream I saw another majestic prison, and wonderful jailers +with white wings on their backs, and the Chief Warden of the prison +himself. I do not remember whether there were any little windows in the +doors or not, but I think there were. I recall that something like +an angel's eye was fixed upon me with tender attention and love. My +indulgent reader will, of course, guess that I am jesting. I did not +dream at all. I am not in the habit of dreaming. + +Without hoping that the Warden, occupied with pressing official affairs, +would understand me thoroughly and appreciate my idea concerning the +impossibility of escaping from our prison, I confined myself, in my +report, to an indication of several ways in which suicides could be +averted. With magnanimous shortsightedness peculiar to busy and trusting +people, the Warden failed to notice the weak points of my project and +clasped my hand warmly, expressing to me his gratitude in the name of +our entire prison. + +On that day I had the honour, for the first time, to drink a glass of +tea at the home of the Warden, in the presence of his kind wife and +charming children, who called me "Grandpa." Tears of emotion which +gathered in my eyes could but faintly express the feelings that came +over me. + +At the request of the Warden's wife, who took a deep interest in me, +I related in detail the story of the tragic murders which led me so +unexpectedly and so terribly to the prison. I could not find expressions +strong enough--there are no expressions strong enough in the human +language--to brand adequately the unknown criminal, who not only +murdered three helpless people, but who mocked them brutally in a fit of +blind and savage rage. + +As the investigation and the autopsy showed, the murderer dealt the last +blows after the people had been dead. It is very possible, however--even +murderers should be given their due--that the man, intoxicated by the +sight of blood, ceased to be a human being and became a beast, the son +of chaos, the child of dark and terrible desires. It was characteristic +that the murderer, after having committed the crime, drank wine and ate +biscuits--some of these were left on the table together with the marks +of his blood-stained fingers. But there was something so horrible +that my mind could neither understand nor explain: the murderer, after +lighting a cigar himself, apparently moved by a feeling of strange +kindness, put a lighted cigar between the closed teeth of my father. + +I had not recalled these details in many years. They had almost been +erased by the hand of time, and now while relating them to my shocked +listeners, who would not believe that such horrors were possible, I felt +my face turning pale and my hair quivering on my head. In an outburst of +grief and anger I rose from my armchair, and straightening myself to my +full height, I exclaimed: + +"Justice on earth is often powerless, but I implore heavenly justice, +I implore the justice of life which never forgives, I implore all the +higher laws under whose authority man lives. May the guilty one not +escape his deserved punishment! His punishment!" + +Moved by my sobs, my listeners there and then expressed their zeal and +readiness to work for my liberation, and thus at least partly redeem the +injustice heaped upon me. I apologised and returned to my cell. + +Evidently my old organism cannot bear such agitation any longer; +besides, it is hard even for a strong man to picture in his imagination +certain images without risking the loss of his reason. Only in this +way can I explain the strange hallucination which appeared before my +fatigued eyes in the solitude of my cell. As though benumbed I gazed +aimlessly at the tightly closed door, when suddenly it seemed to me that +some one was standing behind me. I had felt this deceptive sensation +before, so I did not turn around for some time. But when I turned around +at last I saw--in the distance, between the crucifix and my portrait, +about a quarter of a yard above the floor--the body of my father, as +though hanging in the air. It is hard for me to give the details, for +twilight had long set in, but I can say with certainty that it was +the image of a corpse, and not of a living being, although a cigar was +smoking in its mouth. To be more exact, there was no smoke from the +cigar, but a faintly reddish light was seen. It is characteristic that +I did not sense the odour of tobacco either at that time or later--I +had long given up smoking. Here--I must confess my weakness, but the +illusion was striking--I commenced to speak to the hallucination. +Advancing as closely as possible--the body did not retreat as I +approached, but remained perfectly motionless--I said to the ghost: + +"I thank you, father. You know how your son is suffering, and you have +come--you have come to testify to my innocence. I thank you, father. +Give me your hand, and with a firm filial hand-clasp I will respond to +your unexpected visit. Don't you want to? Let me have your hand. Give me +your hand, or I will call you a liar!" + +I stretched out my hand, but of course the hallucination did not deem it +worth while to respond, and I was forever deprived of the opportunity of +feeling the touch of a ghost. The cry which I uttered and which so upset +my friend, the jailer, creating some confusion in the prison, was called +forth by the sudden disappearance of the phantom--it was so sudden +that the space in the place where the corpse had been seemed to me more +terrible than the corpse itself. + +Such is the power of human imagination when, excited, it creates +phantoms and visions, peopling the bottomless and ever silent emptiness +with them. It is sad to admit that there are people, however, who +believe in ghosts and build upon this belief nonsensical theories about +certain relations between the world of the living and the enigmatic land +inhabited by the dead. I understand that the human ear and eye can be +deceived--but how can the great and lucid human mind fall into such +coarse and ridiculous deception? + +I asked the jailer: + +"I feel a strange sensation, as though there were the odour of cigar +smoke in my cell. Don't you smell it?" + +The jailer sniffed the air conscientiously and replied: + +"No I don't. You only imagined it." + +If you need any confirmation, here is a splendid proof that all I had +seen, if it existed at all, existed only in the net of my eye. + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +Something altogether unexpected has happened; the efforts of my friends, +the Warden and his wife, were crowned with success, and for two months I +have been free, out of prison. + +I am happy to inform you that immediately upon my leaving the prison +I occupied a very honourable position, to which I could hardly have +aspired, conscious of my humble qualities. The entire press met me +with unanimous enthusiasm. Numerous journalists, photographers, even +caricaturists (the people of our time are so fond of laughter and clever +witticisms), in hundreds of articles and drawings reproduced the story +of my remarkable life. With striking unanimity the newspapers assigned +to me the name of "Master," a highly flattering name, which I accepted, +after some hesitation, with deep gratitude. I do not know whether it is +worth mentioning the few hostile notices called forth by irritation and +envy--a vice which so frequently stains the human soul. In one of these +notices, which appeared, by the way, in a very filthy little newspaper, +a certain scamp, guided by wretched gossip and baseless rumours about +my chats in our prison, called me a "zealot and liar." Enraged by the +insolence of the miserable scribbler, my friends wanted to prosecute +him, but I persuaded them not to do it. Vice is its own proper +punishment. + +The fortune which my kind mother had left me and which had grown +considerably during the time I was in prison has enabled me to settle +down to a life of luxury in one of the most aristocratic hotels. I have +a large retinue of servants at my command and an automobile--a splendid +invention with which I now became acquainted for the first time--and I +have skilfully arranged my financial affairs. Live flowers brought to me +in abundance by my charming lady visitors give to my nook the appearance +of a flower garden or even a bit of a tropical forest. My servant, a +very decent young man, is in a state of despair. He says that he had +never seen such a variety of flowers and had never smelled such a +variety of odours at the same time. If not for my advanced age and the +strict and serious propriety with which I treat my visitors, I do not +know how far they would have gone in the expression of their feelings. +How many perfumed notes! How many languid sighs and humbly imploring +eyes! There was even a fascinating stranger with a black veil--three +times she appeared mysteriously, and when she learned that I had +visitors she disappeared just as mysteriously. + +I will add that at the present time I have had the honour of being +elected an honourary member of numerous humanitarian organisations +such as "The League of Peace," "The League for Combating Juvenile +Criminality," "The Society of the Friends of Man," and others. Besides, +at the request of the editor of one of the most widely read newspapers, +I am to begin next month a series of public lectures, for which purpose +I am going on a tour together with my kind impresario. + +I have already prepared my material for the first three lectures and, in +the hope that my reader may be interested, I shall give the synopsis of +these lectures. + + +FIRST LECTURE + +Chaos or order? The eternal struggle between chaos and order. The +eternal revolt and the defeat of chaos, the rebel. The triumph of law +and order. + +SECOND LECTURE + +What is the soul of man? The eternal conflict in the soul of man between +chaos, whence it came, and harmony, whither it strives irresistibly. +Falsehood, as the offspring of chaos, and Truth, as the child of +harmony. The triumph of truth and the downfall of falsehood. + +THIRD LECTURE + +THE EXPLANATION OF THE SACRED FORMULA OF THE IRON GRATE + + +As my indulgent reader will see, justice is after all not an empty +sound, and I am getting a great reward for my sufferings. But not daring +to reproach fate which was so merciful to me, I nevertheless do not feel +that sense of contentment which, it would seem, I ought to feel. True, +at first I was positively happy, but soon my habit for strictly +logical reasoning, the clearness and honesty of my views, gained by +contemplating the world through a mathematically correct grate, have led +me to a series of disillusions. + +I am afraid to say it now with full certainty, but it seems to me that +all their life of this so-called freedom is a continuous self-deception +and falsehood. The life of each of these people, whom I have seen during +these days, is moving in a strictly defined circle, which is just as +solid as the corridors of our prison, just as closed as the dial of the +watches which they, in the innocence of their mind, lift every minute to +their eyes, not understanding the fatal meaning of the eternally moving +hand, which is eternally returning to its place, and each of them feels +this, even as the circus horse probably feels it, but in a state of +strange blindness each one assures us that he is perfectly free +and moving forward. Like the stupid bird which is beating itself to +exhaustion against the transparent glass obstacle, without understanding +what it is that obstructs its way, these people are helplessly beating +against the walls of their glass prison. + +I was greatly mistaken, it seems, also in the significance of the +greetings which fell to my lot when I left the prison. Of course I was +convinced that in me they greeted the representative of our prison, a +leader hardened by experience, a master, who came to them only for the +purpose of revealing to them the great mystery of purpose. And when they +congratulated me upon the freedom granted to me I responded with thanks, +not suspecting what an idiotic meaning they placed on the word. May I be +forgiven this coarse expression, but I am powerless now to restrain my +aversion for their stupid life, for their thoughts, for their feelings. + +Foolish hypocrites, fearing to tell the truth even when it adorns them! +My hardened truthfulness was cruelly taxed in the midst of these false +and trivial people. Not a single person believed that I was never so +happy as in prison. Why, then, are they so surprised at me, and why do +they print my portraits? Are there so few idiots that are unhappy in +prison? And the most remarkable thing, which only my indulgent reader +will be able to appreciate, is this: Often distrusting me completely, +they nevertheless sincerely go into raptures over me, bowing before me, +clasping my hands and mumbling at every step, "Master! Master!" + +If they only profited by their constant lying--but, no; they are +perfectly disinterested, and they lie as though by some one's higher +order; they lie in the fanatical conviction that falsehood is in no way +different from the truth. Wretched actors, even incapable of a decent +makeup, they writhe from morning till night on the boards of the stage, +and, dying the most real death, suffering the most real sufferings, they +bring into their deathly convulsions the cheap art of the harlequin. +Even their crooks are not real; they only play the roles of crooks, +while remaining honest people; and the role of honest people is played +by rogues, and played poorly, and the public sees it, but in the name +of the same fatal falsehood it gives them wreaths and bouquets. And if +there is really a talented actor who can wipe away the boundary between +truth and deception, so that even they begin to believe, they go into +raptures, call him great, start a subscription for a monument, but do +not give any money. Desperate cowards, they fear themselves most of +all, and admiring delightedly the reflection of their spuriously +made-up faces in the mirror, they howl with fear and rage when some one +incautiously holds up the mirror to their soul. + +My indulgent reader should accept all this relatively, not forgetting +that certain grumblings are natural in old age. Of course, I have met +quite a number of most worthy people, absolutely truthful, sincere, and +courageous; I am proud to admit that I found among them also a proper +estimate of my personality. With the support of these friends of mine +I hope to complete successfully my struggle for truth and justice. I am +sufficiently strong for my sixty years, and, it seems, there is no power +that could break my iron will. + +At times I am seized with fatigue owing to their absurd mode of life. I +have not the proper rest even at night. + +The consciousness that while going to bed I may absent-mindedly have +forgotten to lock my bedroom door compels me to jump from my bed dozens +of times and to feel the lock with a quiver of horror. + +Not long ago it happened that I locked my door and hid the key under +my pillow, perfectly confident that my room was locked, when suddenly I +heard a knock, then the door opened, and my servant entered with a +smile on his face. You, dear reader, will easily understand the horror I +experienced at this unexpected visit--it seemed to me that some one had +entered my soul. And though I have absolutely nothing to conceal, this +breaking into my room seems to me indecent, to say the least. + +I caught a cold a few days ago--there is a terrible draught in their +windows--and I asked my servant to watch me at night. In the morning I +asked him, in jest: + +"Well, did I talk much in my sleep?" + +"No, you didn't talk at all." + +"I had a terrible dream, and I remember I even cried." + +"No, you smiled all the time, and I thought--what fine dreams our Master +must see!" + +The dear youth must have been sincerely devoted to me, and I am deeply +moved by such devotion during these painful days. + +To-morrow I shall sit down to prepare my lectures. It is high time! + + + +CHAPTER X + + +My God! What has happened to me? I do not know how I shall tell my +reader about it. I was on the brink of the abyss, I almost perished. +What cruel temptations fate is sending me! Fools, we smile, without +suspecting anything, when some murderous hand is already lifted to +attack us; we smile, and the very next instant we open our eyes wide +with horror. I--I cried. I cried. Another moment and deceived, I would +have hurled myself down, thinking that I was flying toward the sky. + +It turned out that "the charming stranger" who wore a dark veil, and who +came to me so mysteriously three times, was no one else than Mme. N., my +former fiancee, my love, my dream and my suffering. + +But order! order! May my indulgent reader forgive the involuntary +incoherence of the preceding lines, but I am sixty years old, and my +strength is beginning to fail me, and I am alone. My unknown reader, +be my friend at this moment, for I am not of iron, and my strength is +beginning to fail me. Listen, my friend; I shall endeavour to tell you +exactly and in detail, as objectively as my cold and clear mind will be +able to do it, all that has happened. You must understand that which my +tongue may omit. + +I was sitting, engaged upon the preparation of my lecture, seriously +carried away by the absorbing work, when my servant announced that the +strange lady in the black veil was there again, and that she wished to +see me. I confess I was irritated, that I was ready to decline to see +her, but my curiosity, coupled with my desire not to offend her, led +me to receive the unexpected guest. Assuming the expression of majestic +nobleness with which I usually greet my visitors, and softening that +expression somewhat by a smile in view of the romantic character of the +affair, I ordered my servant to open the door. + +"Please be seated, my dear guest," I said politely to the stranger, who +stood as dazed before me, still keeping the veil on her face. + +She sat down. + +"Although I respect all secrecy," I continued jestingly, "I would +nevertheless ask you to remove this gloomy cover which disfigures you. +Does the human face need a mask?" + +The strange visitor declined, in a state of agitation. + +"Very well, I'll take it off, but not now--later. First I want to see +you well." + +The pleasant voice of the stranger did not call forth any recollections +in me. Deeply interested and even flattered, I submitted to my strange +visitor all the treasures of my mind, experience and talent. With +enthusiasm I related to her the edifying story of my life, constantly +illuminating every detail with a ray of the Great Purpose. (In this I +availed myself partly of the material on which I had just been working, +preparing my lectures.) The passionate attention with which the strange +lady listened to my words, the frequent, deep sighs, the nervous +quiver of her thin fingers in her black gloves, her agitated +exclamations--inspired me. + +Carried away by my own narrative, I confess, I did not pay proper +attention to the queer behaviour of my strange visitor. Having lost all +restraint, she now clasped my hands, now pushed them away, she cried and +availing herself of each pause in my speech, she implored: + +"Don't, don't, don't! Stop speaking! I can't listen to it!" + +And at the moment when I least expected it she tore the veil from her +face, and before my eyes--before my eyes appeared her face, the face of +my love, of my dream, of my boundless and bitter sorrow. Perhaps because +I lived all my life dreaming of her alone, with her alone I was young, +with her I had developed and grown old, with her I was advancing to the +grave--her face seemed to me neither old nor faded--it was exactly as I +had pictured it in my dreams--it seemed endlessly dear to me. + +What has happened to me? For the first time in tens of years I forgot +that I had a face--for the first time in tens of years I looked +helplessly, like a youngster, like a criminal caught red-handed, waiting +for some deadly blow. + +"You see! You see! It is I. It is I! My God, why are you silent? Don't +you recognise me?" + +Did I recognise her? It were better not to have known that face at all! +It were better for me to have grown blind rather than to see her again! + +"Why are you silent? How terrible you are! You have forgotten me!" + +"Madam--" + +Of course, I should have continued in this manner; I saw how she +staggered. I saw how with trembling fingers, almost falling, she was +looking for her veil; I saw that another word of courageous truth, +and the terrible vision would vanish never to appear again. But +some stranger within me--not I--not I--uttered the following absurd, +ridiculous phrase, in which, despite its chilliness, rang so much +jealousy and hopeless sorrow: + +"Madam, you have deceived me. I don't know you. Perhaps you entered the +wrong door. I suppose your husband and your children are waiting for +you. Please, my servant will take you down to the carriage." + +Could I think that these words, uttered in the same stern and cold +voice, would have such a strange effect upon the woman's heart? With +a cry, all the bitter passion of which I could not describe, she threw +herself before me on her knees, exclaiming: + +"So you do love me!" + +Forgetting that our life had already been lived, that we were old, that +all had been ruined and scattered like dust by Time, and that it can +never return again; forgetting that I was grey, that my shoulders were +bent, that the voice of passion sounds strangely when it comes from old +lips--I burst into impetuous reproaches and complaints. + +"Yes, I did deceive you!" her deathly pale lips uttered. "I knew that +you were innocent--" + +"Be silent. Be silent." + +"Everybody laughed at me--even your friends, your mother whom I despised +for it--all betrayed you. Only I kept repeating: 'He is innocent!'" + +Oh, if this woman knew what she was doing to me with her words! If the +trumpet of the angel, announcing the day of judgment, had resounded at +my very ear, I would not have been so frightened as now. What is the +blaring of a trumpet calling to battle and struggle to the ear of the +brave? It was as if an abyss had opened at my feet. It was as if an +abyss had opened before me, and as though blinded by lightning, as +though dazed by a blow, I shouted in an outburst of wild and strange +ecstasy: + +"Be silent! I--" + +If that woman were sent by God, she would have become silent. If she +were sent by the devil, she would have become silent even then. But +there was neither God nor devil in her, and interrupting me, not +permitting me to finish the phrase, she went on: + +"No, I will not be silent. I must tell you all. I have waited for you so +many years. Listen, listen!" + +But suddenly she saw my face and she retreated, seized with horror. + +"What is it? What is the matter with you? Why do you laugh? I am afraid +of your laughter! Stop laughing! Don't! Don't!" + +But I was not laughing at all, I only smiled softly. And then I said +very seriously, without smiling: + +"I am smiling because I am glad to see you. Tell me about yourself." + +And, as in a dream, I saw her face and I heard her soft terrible +whisper: + +"You know that I love you. You know that all my life I loved you alone. +I lived with another and was faithful to him. I have children, but you +know they are all strangers to me--he and the children and I myself. +Yes, I deceived you, I am a criminal, but I do not know how it happened. +He was so kind to me, he made me believe that he was convinced of your +innocence--later I learned that he did not tell the truth, and with +this, just think of it, with this he won me." + +"You lie!" + +"I swear to you. For a whole year he followed me and spoke only of you. +One day he even cried when I told him about you, about your sufferings, +about your love." + +"But he was lying!" + +"Of course he was lying. But at that time he seemed so dear to me, +so kind that I kissed him on the forehead. Then we used to bring you +flowers to the prison. One day as we were returning from you--listen--he +suddenly proposed that we should go out driving. The evening was so +beautiful--" + +"And you went! How did you dare go out with him? You had just seen my +prison, you had just been near me, and yet you dared go with him. How +base!" + +"Be silent. Be silent. I know I am a criminal. But I was so exhausted, +so tired, and you were so far away. Understand me." + +She began to cry, wringing her hands. + +"Understand me. I was so exhausted. And he--he saw how I felt--and yet +he dared kiss me." + +"He kissed you! And you allowed him? On the lips?" + +"No, no! Only on the cheek." + +"You lie!" + +"No, no. I swear to you." + +I began to laugh. + +"You responded? And you were driving in the forest--you, my fiancee, my +love, my dream! And all this for my sake? Tell me! Speak!" + +In my rage I wrung her arms, and wriggling like a snake, vainly trying +to evade my look, she whispered: + +"Forgive me; forgive me." + +"How many children have you?" + +"Forgive me." + +But my reason forsook me, and in my growing rage I cried, stamping my +foot: + +"How many children have you? Speak, or I will kill you!" + +I actually said this. Evidently I was losing my reason completely if I +could threaten to kill a helpless woman. And she, surmising apparently +that my threats were mere words, answered with feigned readiness: + +"Kill me! You have a right to do it! I am a criminal. I deceived you. +You are a martyr, a saint! When you told me--is it true that even in +your thoughts you never deceived me--even in your thoughts!" + +And again an abyss opened before me. Everything trembled, everything +fell, everything became an absurd dream, and in the last effort to save +my extinguishing reason I shouted: + +"But you are happy! You cannot be unhappy; you have no right to be +unhappy! Otherwise I shall lose my mind." + +But she did not understand. With a bitter laugh, with a senseless smile, +in which her suffering mingled with bright, heavenly joy, she said: + +"I am happy! I--happy! Oh, my friend, only near you I can find +happiness. From the moment you left the prison I began to despise my +home. I am alone there; I am a stranger to all. If you only knew how I +hate that scoundrel! You are sensible; you must have felt that you were +not alone in prison, that I was always with you there--" + +"And he?" + +"Be silent! Be silent! If you only heard with what delight I called him +scoundrel!" + +She burst into laughter, frightening me by the wild expression on her +face. + +"Just think of it! All his life he embraced only a lie. And when, +deceived, happy, he fell asleep, I looked at him with wide-open eyes, I +gnashed my teeth softly, and I felt like pinching him, like sticking him +with a pin." + +She burst into laughter again. It seemed to me that she was driving +wedges into my brain. Clasping my head, I cried: + +"You lie! You lie to me!" + +Indeed, it was easier for me to speak to the ghost than to the woman. +What could I say to her? My mind was growing dim. And how could I +repulse her when she, full of love and passion, kissed my hands, my +eyes, my face? It was she, my love, my dream, my bitter sorrow! + +"I love you! I love you!" + +And I believed her--I believed her love. I believed everything. And once +more I felt that my locks were black, and I saw myself young again. And +I knelt before her and wept for a long time, and whispered to her about +my sufferings, about the pain of solitude, about a heart cruelly broken, +about offended, disfigured, mutilated thoughts. And, laughing and +crying, she stroked my hair. Suddenly she noticed that it was grey, and +she cried strangely: + +"What is it? And life? I am an old woman already." + + +On leaving me she demanded that I escort her to the threshold, like a +young man; and I did. Before going she said to me: + +"I am coming back to-morrow. I know my children will deny me--my +daughter is to marry soon. You and I will go away. Do you love me?" + +"I do." + +"We will go far, far away, my dear. You wanted to deliver some lectures. +You should not do it. I don't like what you say about that iron grate. +You are exhausted, you need a rest. Shall it be so?" + +"Yes." + +"Oh, I forgot my veil. Keep it, keep it as a remembrance of this day. My +dear!" + +In the vestibule, in the presence of the sleepy porter, she kissed me. +There was the odour of some new perfume, unlike the perfume with which +her letter was scented. And her coquettish laugh was like a sob as she +disappeared behind the glass door. + +That night I aroused my servant, ordered him to pack our things, and +we went away. I shall not say where I am at present, but last night +and to-night trees were rustling over my head and the rain was beating +against my windows. Here the windows are small, and I feel much better. +I wrote her a rather long letter, the contents of which I shall not +reproduce. I shall never see her again. + +But what am I to do? May the reader pardon these incoherent questions. +They are so natural in a man in my condition. Besides, I caught an acute +rheumatism while travelling, which is most painful and even dangerous +for a man of my age, and which does not permit me to reason calmly. For +some reason or another I think very often about my young friend K., who +went to an untimely grave. How does he feel in his new prison? + +To-morrow morning, if my strength will permit me, I intend to pay a +visit to the Warden of our prison and to his esteemed wife. Our prison-- + + + +CHAPTER XI + + +I am profoundly happy to inform my dear reader that I have completely +recovered my physical as well as my spiritual powers. A long rest out +in the country, amid nature's soothing beauties; the contemplation of +village life, which is so simple and bright; the absence of the noise of +the city, where hundreds of wind-mills are stupidly flapping their +long arms before your very nose, and finally the complete solitude, +undisturbed by anything--all these have restored to my unbalanced +view of the world all its former steadiness and its iron, irresistible +firmness. I look upon my future calmly and confidently, and although +it promises me nothing but a lonely grave and the last journey to an +unknown distance, I am ready to meet death just as courageously as I +lived my life, drawing strength from my solitude, from the consciousness +of my innocence and my uprightness. + +After long hesitations, which are not quite intelligible to me now, I +finally resolved to establish for myself the system of our prison in all +its rigidness. For that purpose, finding a small house in the outskirts +of the city, which was to be leased for a long term of years, I hired +it. Then with the kind assistance of the Warden of our prison, (I cannot +express my gratitude to him adequately enough in words,) I invited to +the new place one of the most experienced jailers, who is still a +young man, but already hardened in the strict principles of our prison. +Availing myself of his instruction, and also of the suggestions of the +obliging Warden, I have engaged workmen who transformed one of the rooms +into a cell. The measurements as well as the form and all the details of +my new, and, I hope, my last dwelling are strictly in accordance with my +plan. My cell is 8 by 4 yards, 4 yards high, the walls are painted grey +at the bottom, the upper part of the walls and the ceiling are white, +and near the ceiling there is a square window 1 1/2 by 1 1/2 yards, with +a massive iron grate, which has already become rusty with age. In the +door, locked with a heavy and strong lock, which issues a loud creak at +each turn of the key, there is a small hole for observation, and below +it a little window, through which the food is brought and received. +The furnishing of the cell: a table, a chair, and a cot fastened to the +wall; on the wall a crucifix, my portrait, and the rules concerning the +conduct of the prisoners, in a black frame; and in the corner a closet +filled with books. This last, being a violation of the strict harmony +of my dwelling, I was compelled to do by extreme and sad necessity; +the jailer positively refused to be my librarian and to bring the books +according to my order, and to engage a special librarian seemed to me to +be an act of unnecessary eccentricity. Aside from this, in elaborating +my plans, I met with strong opposition not only from the local +population, which simply declared me to be insane, but even from +the enlightened people. Even the Warden endeavoured for some time to +dissuade me, but finally he clasped my hand warmly, with an expression +of sincere regret at not being in a position to offer me a place in our +prison. + +I cannot recall the first day of my confinement without a bitter smile. +A mob of impertinent and ignorant idlers yelled from morning till night +at my window, with their heads lifted high (my cell is situated in the +second story), and they heaped upon me senseless abuse; there were even +efforts--to the disgrace of my townspeople--to storm my dwelling, and +one heavy stone almost crushed my head. Only the police, which arrived +in time, succeeded in averting the catastrophe. When, in the evening, +I went out for a walk, hundreds of fools, adults and children, followed +me, shouting and whistling, heaping abuse upon me, and even hurling mud +at me. Thus, like a persecuted prophet, I wended my way without fear +amidst the maddened crowd, answering their blows and curses with proud +silence. + +What has stirred these fools? In what way have I offended their empty +heads? When I lied to them, they kissed my hands; now, when I have +re-established the sacred truth of my life in all its strictness and +purity, they burst into curses, they branded me with contempt, they +hurled mud at me. They were disturbed because I dared to live alone, and +because I did not ask them for a place in the "common cell for rogues." +How difficult it is to be truthful in this world! + +True, my perseverance and firmness finally defeated them. With the +naivete of savages, who honour all they do not understand, they +commenced, in the second year, to bow to me, and they are making ever +lower bows to me, because their amazement is growing ever greater, their +fear of the inexplicable is growing ever deeper. And the fact that I +never respond to their greetings fills them with delight, and the fact +that I never smile in response to their flattering smiles, fills them +with a firm assurance that they are guilty before me for some grave +wrong, and that I know their guilt. Having lost confidence in their own +and other people's words, they revere my silence, even as people revere +every silence and every mystery. If I were to start to speak suddenly, I +would again become human to them and would disillusion them bitterly, no +matter what I would say; in my silence I am to them like their eternally +silent God. For these strange people would cease believing their God +as soon as their God would commence to speak. Their women are already +regarding me as a saint. And the kneeling women and sick children that +I often find at the threshold of my dwelling undoubtedly expect of me +a trifle--to heal them, to perform a miracle. Well, another year or two +will pass, and I shall commence to perform miracles as well as those of +whom they speak with such enthusiasm. Strange people, at times I feel +sorry for them, and I begin to feel really angry at the devil who so +skilfully mixed the cards in their game that only the cheat knows the +truth, his little cheating truth about the marked queens and the marked +kings. They bow too low, however, and this hinders me from developing a +sense of mercy, otherwise--smile at my jest, indulgent reader--I would +not restrain myself from the temptation of performing two or three +small, but effective miracles. + +I must go back to the description of my prison. + +Having constructed my cell completely, I offered my jailer the following +alternative: He must observe with regard to me the rules of the prison +regime in all its rigidness, and in that case he would inherit all my +fortune according to my will, or he would receive nothing if he failed +to do his duty. It seemed that in putting the matter before him so +clearly I would meet with no difficulties. Yet at the very first +instance, when I should have been incarcerated for violating some prison +regulation, this naive and timid man absolutely refused to do it; +and only when I threatened to get another man immediately, a more +conscientious jailer, was he compelled to perform his duty. Though he +always locked the door punctually, he at first neglected his duty of +watching me through the peephole; and when I tried to test his firmness +by suggesting a change in some rule or other to the detriment of common +sense he yielded willingly and quickly. One day, on trapping him in this +way, I said to him: + +"My friend, you are simply foolish. If you will not watch me and guard +me properly I shall run away to another prison, taking my legacy along +with me. What will you do then?" + +I am happy to inform you that at the present time all these +misunderstandings have been removed, and if there is anything I can +complain of it is rather excessive strictness than mildness. Now that +my jailer has entered into the spirit of his position this honest man +treats me with extreme sternness, not for the sake of the profit but +for the sake of the principle. Thus, in the beginning of this week he +incarcerated me for twenty-four hours for violating some rule, of which, +it seemed to me, I was not guilty; and protesting against this seeming +injustice I had the unpardonable weakness to say to him: + +"In the end I will drive you away from here. You must not forget that +you are my servant." + +"Before you drive me away I will incarcerate you," replied this worthy +man. + +"But how about the money?" I asked with astonishment. "Don't you know +that you will be deprived of it?" + +"Do I need your money? I would give up all my own money if I could stop +being what I am. But what can I do if you violate the rule and I must +punish you by incarcerating you?" + +I am powerless to describe the joyous emotion which came over me at +the thought that the consciousness of duty had at last entered his dark +mind, and that now, even if in a moment of weakness I wanted to leave my +prison, my conscientious jailer would not permit me to do it. The spark +of firmness which glittered in his round eyes showed me clearly that no +matter where I might run away he would find me and bring me back; and +that the revolver which he often forgot to take before, and which he now +cleans every day, would do its work in the event I decided to run away. + +And for the first time in all these years I fell asleep on the stone +floor of my dark cell with a happy smile, realising that my plan was +crowned with complete success, passing from the realm of eccentricity to +the domain of stern and austere reality. And the fear which I felt while +falling asleep in the presence of my jailer, my fear of his resolute +look, of his revolver; my timid desire to hear a word of praise from +him, or to call forth perhaps a smile on his lips, re-echoed in my soul +as the harmonious clanking of my eternal and last chains. + +Thus I pass my last years. As before, my health is sound and my free +spirit is clear. Let some call me a fool and laugh at me; in their +pitiful blindness let others regard me as a saint and expect me to +perform miracles; an upright man to some people, to others--a liar and +a deceiver--I myself know who I am, and I do not ask them to understand +me. And if there are people who will accuse me of deception, of +baseness, even of the lack of simple honour--for there are scoundrels +who are convinced to this day that I committed murder--no one will dare +accuse me of cowardice, no one will dare say that I could not perform my +painful duty to the end. From the beginning till the end I remained firm +and unbribable; and though a bugbear, a fanatic, a dark horror to some +people, I may awaken in others a heroic dream of the infinite power of +man. + +I have long discontinued to receive visitors, and with the death of the +Warden of our prison, my only true friend, whom I visited occasionally, +my last tie with this world was broken. Only I and my ferocious jailer, +who watches every movement of mine with mad suspicion, and the +black grate which has caught in its iron embrace and muzzled the +infinite--this is my life. Silently accepting the low bows, in my cold +estrangement from the people I am passing my last road. + +I am thinking of death ever more frequently, but even before death I do +not bend my fearless look. Whether it brings me eternal rest or a new +unknown and terrible struggle, I am humbly prepared to accept it. + +Farewell, my dear reader! Like a vague phantom you appeared before my +eyes and passed, leaving me alone before the face of life and death. Do +not be angry because at times I deceived you and lied--you, too, would +have lied perhaps in my place. Nevertheless I loved you sincerely, and +sincerely longed for your love; and the thought of your sympathy for +me was quite a support to me in my moments and days of hardship. I am +sending you my last farewell and my sincere advice. Forget about my +existence, even as I shall henceforth forget about yours forever. + + ***** + +A deserted field, overgrown with high grass, devoid of an echo, extends +like a deep carpet to the very fence of our prison, whose majestic +outlines subdue my imagination and my mind. When the dying sun illumines +it with its last rays, and our prison, all in red, stands like a queen, +like a martyr, with the dark wounds of its grated windows, and the sun +rises silently and proudly over the plain--with sorrow, like a lover, I +send my complaints and my sighs and my tender reproach and vows to her, +to my love, to my dream, to my bitter and last sorrow. I wish I could +forever remain near her, but here I look back--and black against the +fiery frame of the sunset stands my jailer, stands and waits. + +With a sigh I go back in silence, and he moves behind me noiselessly, +about two steps away, watching every move of mine. + +Our prison is beautiful at sunset. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Crushed Flower and Other Stories, by +Leonid Andreyev + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER *** + +***** This file should be named 5779.txt or 5779.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/7/5779/ + +Produced by Jarrod Newton + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/5779.zip b/5779.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..369d754 --- /dev/null +++ b/5779.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb360ce --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #5779 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/5779) diff --git a/old/cflow10.txt b/old/cflow10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d3a9f36 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/cflow10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11147 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Crushed Flower and Other Stories +by Leonid Andreyev + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Crushed Flower and Other Stories + +Author: Leonid Andreyev + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5779] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on September 1, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER STORIES *** + + + + +This eBook was produced by Jarrod Newton <sardonicist@hotmail.com>. + + + + +THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER STORIES + + +Leonid Andreyev + +Translated by Herman Bernstein + + + + + +CONTENTS + +The Crushed Flower +A Story Which Will Never Be Finished +On the Day of the Crucifixion +The Serpent's Story +Love, Faith and Hope +The Ocean +Judas Iscariot and Others +"The Man Who Found the Truth" + + + + + +THE CRUSHED FLOWER + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +His name was Yura. + +He was six years old, and the world was to him enormous, alive and +bewitchingly mysterious. He knew the sky quite well. He knew its +deep azure by day, and the white-breasted, half silvery, half golden +clouds slowly floating by. He often watched them as he lay on his +back upon the grass or upon the roof. But he did not know the stars +so well, for he went to bed early. He knew well and remembered only +one star--the green, bright and very attentive star that rises in the +pale sky just before you go to bed, and that seemed to be the only +star so large in the whole sky. + +But best of all, he knew the earth in the yard, in the street and in +the garden, with all its inexhaustible wealth of stones, of velvety +grass, of hot sand and of that wonderfully varied, mysterious and +delightful dust which grown people did not notice at all from the +height of their enormous size. And in falling asleep, as the last +bright image of the passing day, he took along to his dreams a bit of +hot, rubbed off stone bathed in sunshine or a thick layer of tenderly +tickling, burning dust. + +When he went with his mother to the centre of the city along the +large streets, he remembered best of all, upon his return, the wide, +flat stones upon which his steps and his feet seemed terribly small, +like two little boats. And even the multitude of revolving wheels +and horses' heads did not impress themselves so clearly upon his +memory as this new and unusually interesting appearance of the ground. + +Everything was enormous to him--the fences, the dogs and the people-- +but that did not at all surprise or frighten him; that only made +everything particularly interesting; that transformed life into an +uninterrupted miracle. According to his measures, various objects +seemed to him as follows: + +His father--ten yards tall. + +His mother--three yards. + +The neighbour's angry dog--thirty yards. + +Their own dog--ten yards, like papa. + +Their house of one story was very, very tall--a mile. + +The distance between one side of the street and the other--two miles. + +Their garden and the trees in their garden seemed immense, +infinitely tall. + +The city--a million--just how much he did not know. + +And everything else appeared to him in the same way. He knew many +people, large and small, but he knew and appreciated better the +little ones with whom he could speak of everything. The grown people +behaved so foolishly and asked such absurd, dull questions about +things that everybody knew, that it was necessary for him also to +make believe that he was foolish. He had to lisp and give +nonsensical answers; and, of course, he felt like running away from +them as soon as possible. But there were over him and around him and +within him two entirely extraordinary persons, at once big and small, +wise and foolish, at once his own and strangers--his father and mother. + +They must have been very good people, otherwise they could not have +been his father and mother; at any rate, they were charming and +unlike other people. He could say with certainty that his father was +very great, terribly wise, that he possessed immense power, which +made him a person to be feared somewhat, and it was interesting to +talk with him about unusual things, placing his hand in father's +large, strong, warm hand for safety's sake. + +Mamma was not so large, and sometimes she was even very small; she +was very kind hearted, she kissed tenderly; she understood very well +how he felt when he had a pain in his little stomach, and only with +her could he relieve his heart when he grew tired of life, of his +games or when he was the victim of some cruel injustice. And if it +was unpleasant to cry in father's presence, and even dangerous to be +capricious, his tears had an unusually pleasant taste in mother's +presence and filled his soul with a peculiar serene sadness, which he +could find neither in his games nor in laughter, nor even in the +reading of the most terrible fairy tales. + +It should be added that mamma was a beautiful woman and that +everybody was in love with her. That was good, for he felt proud of +it, but that was also bad--for he feared that she might be taken +away. And every time one of the men, one of those enormous, +invariably inimical men who were busy with themselves, looked at +mamma fixedly for a long time, Yura felt bored and uneasy. He felt +like stationing himself between him and mamma, and no matter where he +went to attend to his own affairs, something was drawing him back. + +Sometimes mamma would utter a bad, terrifying phrase: + +"Why are you forever staying around here? Go and play in your own +room." + +There was nothing left for him to do but to go away. He would take +a book along or he would sit down to draw, but that did not always +help him. Sometimes mamma would praise him for reading but sometimes +she would say again: + +"You had better go to your own room, Yurochka. You see, you've +spilt water on the tablecloth again; you always do some mischief with +your drawing." + +And then she would reproach him for being perverse. But he felt +worst of all when a dangerous and suspicious guest would come when +Yura had to go to bed. But when he lay down in his bed a sense of +easiness came over him and he felt as though all was ended; the +lights went out, life stopped; everything slept. + +In all such cases with suspicious men Yura felt vaguely but very +strongly that he was replacing father in some way. And that made him +somewhat like a grown man--he was in a bad frame of mind, like a +grown person, but, therefore, he was unusually calculating, wise and +serious. Of course, he said nothing about this to any one, for no +one would understand him; but, by the manner in which he caressed +father when he arrived and sat down on his knees patronisingly, one +could see in the boy a man who fulfilled his duty to the end. At +times father could not understand him and would simply send him away +to play or to sleep--Yura never felt offended and went away with a +feeling of great satisfaction. He did not feel the need of being +understood; he even feared it. At times he would not tell under any +circumstances why he was crying; at times he would make believe that +he was absent minded, that he heard nothing, that he was occupied +with his own affairs, but he heard and understood. + +And he had a terrible secret. He had noticed that these +extraordinary and charming people, father and mother, were sometimes +unhappy and were hiding this from everybody. Therefore he was also +concealing his discovery, and gave everybody the impression that all +was well. Many times he found mamma crying somewhere in a corner in +the drawing room, or in the bedroom--his own room was next to her +bedroom--and one night, very late, almost at dawn, he heard the +terribly loud and angry voice of father and the weeping voice of +mother. He lay a long time, holding his breath, but then he was so +terrified by that unusual conversation in the middle of the night +that he could not restrain himself and he asked his nurse in a soft +voice: + +"What are they saying?" + +And the nurse answered quickly in a whisper: + +"Sleep, sleep. They are not saying anything." + +"I am coming over to your bed." + +"Aren't you ashamed of yourself? Such a big boy!" + +"I am coming over to your bed." + +Thus, terribly afraid lest they should be heard, they spoke in +whispers and argued in the dark; and the end was that Yura moved over +to nurse's bed, upon her rough, but cosy and warm blanket. + +In the morning papa and mamma were very cheerful and Yura pretended +that he believed them and it seemed that he really did believe them. +But that same evening, and perhaps it was another evening, he noticed +his father crying. It happened in the following way: He was passing +his father's study, and the door was half open; he heard a noise and +he looked in quietly--father lay face downward upon his couch and +cried aloud. There was no one else in the room. Yura went away, +turned about in his room and came back--the door was still half open, +no one but father was in the room, and he was still sobbing. If he +cried quietly, Yura could understand it, but he sobbed loudly, he +moaned in a heavy voice and his teeth were gnashing terribly. He lay +there, covering the entire couch, hiding his head under his broad +shoulders, sniffing heavily--and that was beyond his understanding. +And on the table, on the large table covered with pencils, papers and +a wealth of other things, stood the lamp burning with a red flame, +and smoking--a flat, greyish black strip of smoke was coming out and +bending in all directions. + +Suddenly father heaved a loud sigh and stirred. Yura walked away +quietly. And then all was the same as ever. No one would have +learned of this; but the image of the enormous, mysterious and +charming man who was his father and who was crying remained in Yura's +memory as something dreadful and extremely serious. And, if there +were things of which he did not feel like speaking, it was absolutely +necessary to say nothing of this, as though it were something sacred +and terrible, and in that silence he must love father all the more. +But he must love so that father should not notice it, and he must +give the impression that it is very jolly to live on earth. + +And Yura succeeded in accomplishing all this. Father did not notice +that he loved him in a special manner; and it was really jolly to +live on earth, so there was no need for him to make believe. The +threads of his soul stretched themselves to all--to the sun, to the +knife and the cane he was peeling; to the beautiful and enigmatic +distance which he saw from the top of the iron roof; and it was hard +for him to separate himself from all that was not himself. When the +grass had a strong and fragrant odour it seemed to him that it was he +who had such a fragrant odour, and when he lay down in his bed, +however strange it may seem, together with him in his little bed lay +down the enormous yard, the street, the slant threads of the rain and +the muddy pools and the whole, enormous, live, fascinating, +mysterious world. Thus all fell asleep with him and thus all +awakened with him, and together with him they all opened their eyes. +And there was one striking fact, worthy of the profoundest reflection +--if he placed a stick somewhere in the garden in the evening it was +there also in the morning; and the knuckle-bones which he hid in a +box in the barn remained there, although it was dark and he went to +his room for the night. Because of this he felt a natural need for +hiding under his pillow all that was most valuable to him. Since +things stood or lay there alone, they might also disappear of their +accord, he reasoned. And in general it was so wonderful and pleasant +that the nurse and the house and the sun existed not only yesterday, +but every day; he felt like laughing and singing aloud when he awoke. + +When people asked him what his name was he answered promptly: + +"Yura." + +But some people were not satisfied with this alone, and they wanted +to know his full name--and then he replied with a certain effort: + +"Yura Mikhailovich." + +And after a moment's thought he added: + +"Yura Mikhailovich Pushkarev." + + + +CHAPTER II + + +An unusual day arrived. It was mother's birthday. Guests were +expected in the evening; military music was to play, and in the +garden and upon the terrace parti-coloured lanterns were to burn, and +Yura need not go to bed at 9 o'clock but could stay up as late as he +liked. + +Yura got up when all were still sleeping. He dressed himself and +jumped out quickly with the expectation of miracles. But he was +unpleasantly surprised--the rooms were in the same disorder as usual +in the morning; the cook and the chambermaid were still sleeping and +the door was closed with a hook--it was hard to believe that the +people would stir and commence to run about, and that the rooms would +assume a holiday appearance, and he feared for the fate of the +festival. It was still worse in the garden. The paths were not +swept and there was not a single lantern there. He grew very uneasy. +Fortunately, Yevmen, the coachman, was washing the carriage behind +the barn in the back yard and though he had done this frequently +before, and though there was nothing unusual about his appearance, +Yura clearly felt something of the holiday in the decisive way in +which the coachman splashed the water from the bucket with his sinewy +arms, on which the sleeves of his red blouse were rolled up to his +elbows. Yevmen only glanced askance at Yura, and suddenly Yura seemed +to have noticed for the first time his broad, black, wavy beard and +thought respectfully that Yevmen was a very worthy man. He said: + +"Good morning, Yevmen." + +Then all moved very rapidly. Suddenly the janitor appeared and +started to sweep the paths, suddenly the window in the kitchen was +thrown open and women's voices were heard chattering; suddenly the +chambermaid rushed out with a little rug and started to beat it with +a stick, as though it were a dog. All commenced to stir; and the +events, starting simultaneously in different places, rushed with such +mad swiftness that it was impossible to catch up with them. While +the nurse was giving Yura his tea, people were beginning to hang up +the wires for the lanterns in the garden, and while the wires were +being stretched in the garden, the furniture was rearranged +completely in the drawing room, and while the furniture was +rearranged in the drawing room, Yevmen, the coachman, harnessed the +horse and drove out of the yard with a certain special, mysterious +mission. + +Yura succeeded in concentrating himself for some time with the +greatest difficulty. Together with father he was hanging up the +lanterns. And father was charming; he laughed, jested, put Yura on +the ladder; he himself climbed the thin, creaking rungs of the +ladder, and finally both fell down together with the ladder upon the +grass, but they were not hurt. Yura jumped up, while father remained +lying on the grass, hands thrown back under his head, looking with +half-closed eyes at the shining, infinite azure of the sky. Thus +lying on the grass, with a serious expression on his face, apparently +not in the mood for play, father looked very much like Gulliver +longing for his land of giants. Yura recalled something unpleasant; +but to cheer his father up he sat down astride upon his knees and said: + +"Do you remember, father, when I was a little boy I used to sit down +on your knees and you used to shake me like a horse?" + +But before he had time to finish he lay with his nose on the grass; +he was lifted in the air and thrown down with force--father had +thrown him high up with his knees, according to his old habit. Yura +felt offended; but father, entirely ignoring his anger, began to +tickle him under his armpits, so that Yura had to laugh against his +will; and then father picked him up like a little pig by the legs and +carried him to the terrace. And mamma was frightened. + +"What are you doing? The blood will rush to his head!" + +After which Yura found himself standing on his legs, red faced, +dishevelled, feeling very miserable and terribly happy at the same +time. + +The day was rushing fast, like a cat that is chased by a dog. Like +forerunners of the coming great festival, certain messengers appeared +with notes, wonderfully tasty cakes were brought, the dressmaker came +and locked herself in with mamma in the bedroom; then two gentlemen +arrived, then another gentleman, then a lady--evidently the entire +city was in a state of agitation. Yura examined the messengers as +though they were strange people from another world, and walked before +them with an air of importance as the son of the lady whose birthday +was to be celebrated; he met the gentlemen, he escorted the cakes, +and toward midday he was so exhausted that he suddenly started to +despise life. He quarrelled with the nurse and lay down in his bed +face downward in order to have his revenge on her; but he fell asleep +immediately. He awoke with the same feeling of hatred for life and a +desire for revenge, but after having looked at things with his eyes, +which he washed with cold water, he felt that both the world and life +were so fascinating that they were even funny. + +When they dressed Yura in a red silk rustling blouse, and he thus +clearly became part of the festival, and he found on the terrace a +long, snow white table glittering with glass dishes, he again +commenced to spin about in the whirlpool of the onrushing events. + +"The musicians have arrived! The musicians have arrived!" he cried, +looking for father or mother, or for any one who would treat the +arrival of the musicians with proper seriousness. Father and mother +were sitting in the garden--in the arbour which was thickly +surrounded with wild grapes--maintaining silence; the beautiful head +of mother lay on father's shoulder; although father embraced her, he +seemed very serious, and he showed no enthusiasm when he was told of +the arrival of the musicians. Both treated their arrival with +inexplicable indifference, which called forth a feeling of sadness in +Yura. But mamma stirred and said: + +"Let me go. I must go." + +"Remember," said father, referring to something Yura did not +understand but which resounded in his heart with a light, gnawing +alarm. + +"Stop. Aren't you ashamed?" mother laughed, and this laughter made +Yura feel still more alarmed, especially since father did not laugh +but maintained the same serious and mournful appearance of Gulliver +pining for his native land.... + +But soon all this was forgotten, for the wonderful festival had +begun in all its glory, mystery and grandeur. The guests came fast, +and there was no longer any place at the white table, which had been +deserted but a while before. Voices resounded, and laughter and +merry jests, and the music began to play. And on the deserted paths +of the garden where but a while ago Yura had wandered alone, +imagining himself a prince in quest of the sleeping princess, now +appeared people with cigarettes and with loud free speech. Yura met +the first guests at the front entrance; he looked at each one +carefully, and he made the acquaintance and even the friendship of +some of them on the way from the corridor to the table. + +Thus he managed to become friendly with the officer, whose name was +Mitenka--a grown man whose name was Mitenka--he said so himself. +Mitenka had a heavy leather sword, which was as cold as a snake, +which could not be taken out--but Mitenka lied; the sword was only +fastened at the handle with a silver cord, but it could be taken out +very nicely; and Yura felt vexed because the stupid Mitenka instead +of carrying his sword, as he always did, placed it in a corner in the +hallway as a cane. But even in the corner the sword stood out alone-- +one could see at once that it was a sword. Another thing that +displeased Yura was that another officer came with Mitenka, an +officer whom Yura knew and whose name was also Yura Mikhailovich. +Yura thought that the officer must have been named so for fun. That +wrong Yura Mikhailovich had visited them several times; he even came +once on horseback; but most of the time he came just before little +Yura had to go to bed. And little Yura went to bed, while the unreal +Yura Mikhailovich remained with mamma, and that caused him to feel +alarmed and sad; he was afraid that mamma might be deceived. He paid +no attention to the real Yura Mikhailovich: and now, walking beside +Mitenka, he did not seem to realise his guilt; he adjusted his +moustaches and maintained silence. He kissed mamma's hand, and that +seemed repulsive to little Yura; but the stupid Mitenka also kissed +mamma's hand, and thereby set everything aright. + +But soon the guests arrived in such numbers, and there was such a +variety of them, as if they had fallen straight from the sky. And +some of them seemed to have fallen near the table, while others +seemed to have fallen into the garden. Suddenly several students and +ladies appeared in the path. The ladies were ordinary, but the +students had holes cut at the left side of their white coats--for +their swords. But they did not bring their swords along, no doubt +because of their pride--they were all very proud. And the ladies +rushed over to Yura and began to kiss him. Then the most beautiful +of the ladies, whose name was Ninochka, took Yura to the swing and +swung him until she threw him down. He hurt his left leg near the +knee very painfully and even stained his little white pants in that +spot, but of course he did not cry, and somehow his pain had quickly +disappeared somewhere. At this time father was leading an important- +looking bald-headed old man in the garden, and he asked Yurochka, + +"Did you get hurt?" + +But as the old man also smiled and also spoke, Yurochka did not kiss +father and did not even answer him; but suddenly he seemed to have +lost his mind--he commenced to squeal for joy and to run around. If +he had a bell as large as the whole city he would have rung that +bell; but as he had no such bell he climbed the linden tree, which +stood near the terrace, and began to show off. The guests below were +laughing and mamma was shouting, and suddenly the music began to +play, and Yura soon stood in front of the orchestra, spreading his +legs apart and, according to his old but long forgotten habit, put +his finger into his mouth. The sounds seemed to strike at him all at +once; they roared and thundered; they made his legs tingle, and they +shook his jaw. They played so loudly that there was nothing but the +orchestra on the whole earth--everything else had vanished. The +brass ends of some of the trumpets even spread apart and opened wide +from the great roaring; Yura thought that it would be interesting to +make a military helmet out of such a trumpet. + +Suddenly Yura grew sad. The music was still roaring, but now it was +somewhere far away, while within him all became quiet, and it was +growing ever more and more quiet. Heaving a deep sigh, Yura looked +at the sky--it was so high--and with slow footsteps he started out to +make the rounds of the holiday, of all its confused boundaries, +possibilities and distances. And everywhere he turned out to be too +late; he wanted to see how the tables for card playing would be +arranged, but the tables were ready and people had been playing cards +for a long time when he came up. He touched the chalk and the brush +near his father and his father immediately chased him away. What of +that, what difference did that make to him? He wanted to see how +they would start to dance and he was sure that they would dance in +the parlour, but they had already commenced to dance, not in the +parlour, but under the linden trees. He wanted to see how they would +light the lanterns, but the lanterns had all been lit already, every +one of them, to the very last of the last. They lit up of themselves +like stars. + +Mamma danced best of all. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Night arrived in the form of red, green and yellow lanterns. While +there were no lanterns, there was no night. And now it lay +everywhere. It crawled into the bushes; it covered the entire garden +with darkness, as with water, and it covered the sky. Everything +looked as beautiful as the very best fairy tale with coloured +pictures. At one place the house had disappeared entirely; only the +square window made of red light remained. And the chimney of the +house was visible and there a certain spark glistened, looked down +and seemed to think of its own affairs. What affairs do chimneys +have? Various affairs. + +Of the people in the garden only their voices remained. As long as +some one walked near the lanterns he could be seen; but as soon as he +walked away all seemed to melt, melt, melt, and the voice above the +ground laughed, talked, floating fearlessly in the darkness. But the +officers and the students could be seen even in the dark--a white +spot, and above it a small light of a cigarette and a big voice. + +And now the most joyous thing commenced for Yura--the fairy tale. +The people and the festival and the lanterns remained on earth, while +he soared away, transformed into air, melting in the night like a +grain of dust. The great mystery of the night became his mystery, +and his little heart yearned for still more mystery; in its solitude +his heart yearned for the fusion of life and death. That was Yura's +second madness that evening--he became invisible. Although he could +enter the kitchen as others did, he climbed with difficulty upon the +roof of the cellar over which the kitchen window was flooded with +light and he looked in; there people were roasting something, busying +themselves, and did not know that he was looking at them--and yet he +saw everything! Then he went away and looked at papa's and mamma's +bedroom; the room was empty; but the beds had already been made for +the night and a little image lamp was burning--he saw that. Then he +looked into his own room; his own bed was also ready, waiting for +him. He passed the room where they were playing cards, also as an +invisible being, holding his breath and stepping so lightly, as +though he were soaring in the air. Only when he reached the garden, +in the dark, he drew a proper breath. Then he resumed his quest. He +came over to people who were talking so near him that he could touch +them with his hand, and yet they did not know that he was there, and +they continued to speak undisturbed. He watched Ninochka for a long +time until he learned all her life--he was almost trapped. Ninochka +even exclaimed: + +"Yurochka, is that you?" + +He lay down behind a bush and held his breath. Thus Ninochka was +deceived. And she had almost caught him! To make things more +mysterious, he started to crawl instead of walk--now the alleys +seemed full of danger. Thus a long time went by--according to his +own calculations at the time, ten years went by, and he was still +hiding and going ever farther away from the people. And thus he went +so far that he was seized with dread--between him and the past, when +he was walking like everybody else, an abyss was formed over which it +seemed to him impossible to cross. Now he would have come out into +the light but he was afraid--it was impossible; all was lost. And +the music was still playing, and everybody had forgotten him, even +mamma. He was alone. There was a breath of cold from the dewy +grass; the gooseberry bush scratched him, the darkness could not be +pierced with his eyes, and there was no end to it. O Lord! + +Without any definite plan, in a state of utter despair, Yura now +crawled toward a mysterious, faintly blinking light. Fortunately it +turned out to be the same arbour which was covered with wild grapes +and in which father and mother had sat that day. He did not +recognise it at first! Yes, it was the same arbour. The lights of +the lanterns everywhere had gone out, and only two were still +burning; a yellow little lantern was still burning brightly, and the +other, a yellow one, too, was already beginning to blink. And though +there was no wind, that lantern quivered from its own blinking, and +everything seemed to quiver slightly. Yura was about to get up to go +into the arbour and there begin life anew, with an imperceptible +transition from the old, when suddenly he heard voices in the arbour. +His mother and the wrong Yura Mikhailovich, the officer, were +talking. The right Yura grew petrified in his place; his heart stood +still; and his breathing ceased. + +Mamma said: + +"Stop. You have lost your mind! Somebody may come in here." + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"And you?" + +Mamma said: + +"I am twenty-six years old to-day. I am old!" + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"He does not know anything. Is it possible that he does not know +anything? He does not even suspect? Listen, does he shake +everybody's hand so firmly?" + +Mamma said: + +"What a question! Of course he does! That is--no, not everybody." + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"I feel sorry for him." + +Mamma said: + +"For him?" + +And she laughed strangely. Yurochka understood that they were +talking of him, of Yurochka--but what did it all mean, O Lord? And +why did she laugh? + +Yura Mikhailovich said: + +"Where are you going? I will not let you go." + +Mamma said: + +"You offend me. Let me go! No, you have no right to kiss me. Let +me go!" + +They became silent. Now Yurochka looked through the leaves and saw +that the officer embraced and kissed mamma. Then they spoke of +something, but he understood nothing; he heard nothing; he suddenly +forgot the meaning of words. And he even forgot the words which he +knew and used before. He remembered but one word, "Mamma," and he +whispered it uninterruptedly with his dry lips, but that word sounded +so terrible, more terrible than anything. And in order not to +exclaim it against his will, Yura covered his mouth with both hands, +one upon the other, and thus remained until the officer and mamma +went out of the arbour. + +When Yura came into the room where the people were playing cards, +the serious, bald-headed man was scolding papa for something, +brandishing the chalk, talking, shouting, saying that father did not +act as he should have acted, that what he had done was impossible, +that only bad people did such things, that the old man would never +again play with father, and so on. And father was smiling, waving +his hands, attempting to say something, but the old man would not let +him, and he commenced to shout more loudly. And the old man was a +little fellow, while father was big, handsome and tall, and his smile +was sad, like that of Gulliver pining for his native land of tall and +handsome people. + +Of course, he must conceal from him--of course, he must conceal from +him that which happened in the arbour, and he must love him, and he +felt that he loved him so much. And with a wild cry Yura rushed over +to the bald-headed old man and began to beat him with his fists with +all his strength. + +"Don't you dare insult him! Don't you dare insult him!" + +O Lord, what has happened! Some one laughed; some one shouted. +Father caught Yura in his arms, pressed him closely, causing him +pain, and cried: + +"Where is mother? Call mother." + +Then Yura was seized with a whirlwind of frantic tears, of desperate +sobs and mortal anguish. But through his frantic tears he looked at +his father to see whether he had guessed it, and when mother came in +he started to shout louder in order to divert any suspicion. But he +did not go to her arms; he clung more closely to father, so that +father had to carry him into his room. But it seemed that he himself +did not want to part with Yura. As soon as he carried him out of the +room where the guests were he began to kiss him, and he repeated: + +"Oh, my dearest! Oh, my dearest!" + +And he said to mamma, who walked behind him: + +"Just think of the boy!" + +Mamma said: + +"That is all due to your whist. You were scolding each other so, +that the child was frightened." + +Father began to laugh, and answered: + +"Yes, he does scold harshly. But Yura, oh, what a dear boy!" + +In his room Yura demanded that father himself undress him. "Now, +you are getting cranky," said father. "I don't know how to do it; +let mamma undress you." + +"But you stay here." + +Mamma had deft fingers and she undressed him quickly, and while she +was removing his clothes Yura held father by the hand. He ordered +the nurse out of the room; but as father was beginning to grow angry, +and he might guess what had happened in the arbour, decided to let +him go. But while kissing him he said cunningly: + +"He will not scold you any more, will he?" + +Papa smiled. Then he laughed, kissed Yura once more and said: + +"No, no. And if he does I will throw him across the fence." + +"Please, do," said Yura. "You can do it. You are so strong." + +"Yes, I am pretty strong. But you had better sleep! Mamma will +stay here with you a while." + +Mamma said: + +"I will send the nurse in. I must attend to the supper." + +Father shouted: + +"There is plenty of time for that! You can stay a while with the +child." + +But mamma insisted: + +"We have guests! We can't leave them that way." + +But father looked at her steadfastly, and shrugged his shoulders. +Mamma decided to stay. + +"Very well, then, I'll stay here. But see that Maria does not mix +up the wines." + +Usually it was thus: when mamma sat near Yura as he was falling +asleep she held his hand until the last moment--that is what she +usually did. But now she sat as though she were all alone, as though +Yura, her son, who was falling asleep, was not there at all--she +folded her hands in her lap and looked into the distance. To attract +her attention Yura stirred, but mamma said briefly: + +"Sleep." + +And she continued to look. But when Yura's eyes had grown heavy and +he was falling asleep with all his sorrow and his tears, mamma +suddenly went down on her knees before the little bed and kissed Yura +firmly many, many times. But her kisses were wet--hot and wet. + +"Why are your kisses wet? Are you crying?" muttered Yura. + +"Yes, I am crying." + +"You must not cry." + +"Very well, I won't," answered mother submissively. + +And again she kissed him firmly, firmly, frequently, frequently. +Yura lifted both hands with a heavy movement, clasped his mother +around the neck and pressed his burning cheek firmly to her wet and +cold cheek. She was his mother, after all; there was nothing to be +done. But how painful; how bitterly painful! + + + + + +A STORY WHICH WILL NEVER BE FINISHED + + + + +Exhausted with the painful uncertainty of the day, I fell asleep, +dressed, on my bed. Suddenly my wife aroused me. In her hand a +candle was flickering, which appeared to me in the middle of the +night as bright as the sun. And behind the candle her chin, too, was +trembling, and enormous, unfamiliar dark eyes stared motionlessly. + +"Do you know," she said, "do you know they are building barricades +on our street?" + +It was quiet. We looked straight into each other's eyes, and I felt +my face turning pale. Life vanished somewhere and then returned again +with a loud throbbing of the heart. It was quiet and the flame of the +candle was quivering, and it was small, dull, but sharp-pointed, like +a crooked sword. + +"Are you afraid?" I asked. + +The pale chin trembled, but her eyes remained motionless and looked +at me, without blinking, and only now I noticed what unfamiliar, what +terrible eyes they were. For ten years I had looked into them and +had known them better than my own eyes, and now there was something +new in them which I am unable define. I would have called it pride, +but there was something different in them, something new, entirely +new. I took her hand; it was cold. She grasped my hand firmly and +there was something new, something I had not known before, in her +handclasp. + +She had never before clasped my hand as she did this time. + +"How long?" I asked. + +"About an hour already. Your brother has gone away. He was +apparently afraid that you would not let him go, so he went away +quietly. But I saw it." + +It was true then; the time had arrived. I rose, and, for some +reason, spent a long time washing myself, as was my wont in the +morning before going to work, and my wife held the light. Then we +put out the light and walked over to the window overlooking the +street. It was spring; it was May, and the air that came in from the +open window was such as we had never before felt in that old, large +city. For several days the factories and the roads had been idle; +and the air, free from smoke, was filled with the fragrance of the +fields and the flowering gardens, perhaps with that of the dew. I do +not know what it is that smells so wonderfully on spring nights when +I go out far beyond the outskirts of the city. Not a lantern, not a +carriage, not a single sound of the city over the unconcerned stony +surface; if you had closed your eyes you would really have thought +that you were in a village. There a dog was barking. I had never +before heard a dog barking in the city, and I laughed for happiness. + +"Listen, a dog is barking." + +My wife embraced me, and said: + +"It is there, on the corner." + +We bent over the window-sill, and there, in the transparent, dark +depth, we saw some movement--not people, but movement. Something was +moving about like a shadow. Suddenly the blows of a hatchet or a +hammer resounded. They sounded so cheerful, so resonant, as in a +forest, as on a river when you are mending a boat or building a dam. +And in the presentiment of cheerful, harmonious work, I firmly +embraced my wife, while she looked above the houses, above the roofs, +looked at the young crescent of the moon, which was already setting. +The moon was so young, so strange, even as a young girl who is +dreaming and is afraid to tell her dreams; and it was shining only +for itself. + +"When will we have a full moon?..." + +"You must not! You must not!" my wife interrupted. "You must not +speak of that which will be. What for? IT is afraid of words. Come +here." + +It was dark in the room, and we were silent for a long time, without +seeing each other, yet thinking of the same thing. And when I +started to speak, it seemed to me that some one else was speaking; I +was not afraid, yet the voice of the other one was hoarse, as though +suffocating for thirst. + +"What shall it be?" + +"And--they?" + +"You will be with them. It will be enough for them to have a +mother. I cannot remain." + +"And I? Can I?" + +I know that she did not stir from her place, but I felt distinctly +that she was going away, that she was far--far away. I began to feel +so cold, I stretched out my hands--but she pushed them aside. + +"People have such a holiday once in a hundred years, and you want to +deprive me of it. Why?" she said. + +"But they may kill you there. And our children will perish." + +"Life will be merciful to me. But even if they should perish--" + +And this was said by her, my wife--a woman with whom I had lived for +ten years. But yesterday she had known nothing except our children, +and had been filled with fear for them; but yesterday she had caught +with terror the stern symptoms of the future. What had come over +her? Yesterday--but I, too, forgot everything that was yesterday. + +"Do you want to go with me?" + +"Do not be angry"--she thought that I was afraid, angry--"Don't be +angry. To-night, when they began to knock here, and you were still +sleeping, I suddenly understood that my husband, my children--all +these were simply temporary... I love you, very much"--she found my +hand and shook it with the same new, unfamiliar grasp--"but do you +hear how they are knocking there? They are knocking, and something +seems to be falling, some kind of walls seem to be falling--and it is +so spacious, so wide, so free. It is night now, and yet it seems to +me that the sun is shining. I am thirty years of age, and I am old +already, and yet it seems to me that I am only seventeen, and that I +love some one with my first love--a great, boundless love." + +"What a night!" I said. "It is as if the city were no more. You +are right, I have also forgotten how old I am." + +"They are knocking, and it sounds to me like music, like singing of +which I have always dreamed--all my life. And I did not know whom it +was that I loved with such a boundless love, which made me feel like +crying and laughing and singing. There is freedom--do not take my +happiness away, let me die with those who are working there, who are +calling the future so bravely, and who are rousing the dead past from +its grave." + +"There is no such thing as time." + +"What do you say?" + +"There is no such thing as time. Who are you? I did not know you. +Are you a human being?" + +She burst into such ringing laughter as though she were really only +seventeen years old. + +"I did not know you, either. Are you, too, a human being? How +strange and how beautiful it is--a human being!" + +That which I am writing happened long ago, and those who are +sleeping now in the sleep of grey life and who die without awakening-- +those will not believe me: in those days there was no such thing as +time. The sun was rising and setting, and the hand was moving around +the dial--but time did not exist. And many other great and wonderful +things happened in those days.... And those who are sleeping now the +sleep of this grey life and who die without awakening, will not +believe me. + +"I must go," said I. + +"Wait, I will give you something to eat. You haven't eaten anything +to-day. See how sensible I am: I shall go to-morrow. I shall give +the children away and find you." + +"Comrade," said I. + +"Yes, comrade." + +Through the open windows came the breath of the fields, and silence, +and from time to time, the cheerful strokes of the axe, and I sat by +the table and looked and listened, and everything was so mysteriously +new that I felt like laughing. I looked at the walls and they seemed +to me to be transparent. As if embracing all eternity with one glance, +I saw how all these walls had been built, I saw how they were being +destroyed, and I alone always was and always will be. Everything will +pass, but I shall remain. And everything seemed to me strange and +queer--so unnatural--the table and the food upon it, and everything +outside of me. It all seemed to me transparent and light, existing +only temporarily. + +"Why don't you eat?" asked my wife. + +I smiled: + +"Bread--it is so strange." + +She glanced at the bread, at the stale, dry crust of bread, and for +some reason her face became sad. Still continuing to look at it, she +silently adjusted her apron with her hands and her head turned +slightly, very slightly, in the direction where the children were +sleeping. + +"Do you feel sorry for them?" I asked. + +She shook her head without removing her eyes from the bread. + +"No, but I was thinking of what happened in our life before." + +How incomprehensible! As one who awakens from a long sleep, she +surveyed the room with her eyes and all seemed to her so +incomprehensible. Was this the place where we had lived? + +"You were my wife." + +"And there are our children." + +"Here, beyond the wall, your father died." + +"Yes. He died. He died without awakening." + +The smallest child, frightened at something in her sleep, began to +cry. And this simple childish cry, apparently demanding something, +sounded so strange amid these phantom walls, while there, below, +people were building barricades. + +She cried and demanded--caresses, certain queer words and promises +to soothe her. And she soon was soothed. + +"Well, go!" said my wife in a whisper. + +"I should like to kiss them." + +"I am afraid you will wake them up." + +"No, I will not." + +It turned out that the oldest child was awake--he had heard and +understood everything. He was but nine years old, but he understood +everything--he met me with a deep, stern look. + +"Will you take your gun?" he asked thoughtfully and earnestly. + +"I will." + +"It is behind the stove." + +"How do you know? Well, kiss me. Will you remember me?" + +He jumped up in his bed, in his short little shirt, hot from sleep, +and firmly clasped my neck. His arms were burning--they were so soft +and delicate. I lifted his hair on the back of his head and kissed +his little neck. + +"Will they kill you?" he whispered right into my ear. + +"No, I will come back." + +But why did he not cry? He had cried sometimes when I had simply +left the house for a while: Is it possible that IT had reached him, +too? Who knows? So many strange things happened during the great +days. + +I looked at the walls, at the bread, at the candle, at the flame +which had kept flickering, and took my wife by the hand. + +"Well--'till we meet again!" + +"Yes--'till we meet again!" + +That was all. I went out. It was dark on the stairway and there +was the odour of old filth. Surrounded on all sides by the stones +and the darkness, groping down the stairs, I was seized with a +tremendous, powerful and all-absorbing feeling of the new, unknown +and joyous something to which I was going. + + + + + +ON THE DAY OF THE CRUCIFIXION + + + + +On that terrible day, when the universal injustice was committed and +Jesus Christ was crucified in Golgotha among robbers--on that day, +from early morning, Ben-Tovit, a tradesman of Jerusalem, suffered +from an unendurable toothache. His toothache had commenced on the +day before, toward evening; at first his right jaw started to pain +him, and one tooth, the one right next the wisdom tooth, seemed to +have risen somewhat, and when his tongue touched the tooth, he felt a +slightly painful sensation. After supper, however, his toothache had +passed, and Ben-Tovit had forgotten all about it--he had made a +profitable deal on that day, had bartered an old donkey for a young, +strong one, so he was very cheerful and paid no heed to any ominous +signs. + +And he slept very soundly. But just before daybreak something began +to disturb him, as if some one were calling him on a very important +matter, and when Ben-Tovit awoke angrily, his teeth were aching, +aching openly and maliciously, causing him an acute, drilling pain. +And he could no longer understand whether it was only the same tooth +that had ached on the previous day, or whether others had joined that +tooth; Ben-Tovit's entire mouth and his head were filled with +terrible sensations of pain, as though he had been forced to chew +thousands of sharp, red-hot nails, he took some water into his mouth +from an earthen jug--for a minute the acuteness of the pain subsided, +his teeth twitched and swayed like a wave, and this sensation was +even pleasant as compared with the other. + +Ben-Tovit lay down again, recalled his new donkey, and thought how +happy he would have been if not for his toothache, and he wanted to +fall asleep. But the water was warm, and five minutes later his +toothache began to rage more severely than ever; Ben-Tovit sat up in +his bed and swayed back and forth like a pendulum. His face became +wrinkled and seemed to have shrunk, and a drop of cold perspiration +was hanging on his nose, which had turned pale from his sufferings. +Thus, swaying back and forth and groaning for pain, he met the first +rays of the sun, which was destined to see Golgotha and the three +crosses, and grow dim from horror and sorrow. + +Ben-Tovit was a good and kind man, who hated any injustice, but when +his wife awoke he said many unpleasant things to her, opening his +mouth with difficulty, and he complained that he was left alone, like +a jackal, to groan and writhe for pain. His wife met the undeserved +reproaches patiently, for she knew that they came not from an angry +heart--and she brought him numerous good remedies: rats' litter to be +applied to his cheek, some strong liquid in which a scorpion was +preserved, and a real chip of the tablets that Moses had broken. He +began to feel a little better from the rats' litter, but not for +long, also from the liquid and the stone, but the pain returned each +time with renewed intensity. + +During the moments of rest Ben-Tovit consoled himself with the +thought of the little donkey, and he dreamed of him, and when he felt +worse he moaned, scolded his wife, and threatened to dash his head +against a rock if the pain should not subside. He kept pacing back +and forth on the flat roof of his house from one corner to the other, +feeling ashamed to come close to the side facing the street, for his +head was tied around with a kerchief like that of a woman. Several +times children came running to him and told him hastily about Jesus +of Nazareth. Ben-Tovit paused, listened to them for a while, his +face wrinkled, but then he stamped his foot angrily and chased them +away. He was a kind man and he loved children, but now he was angry +at them for bothering him with trifles. + +It was disagreeable to him that a large crowd had gathered in the +street and on the neighbouring roofs, doing nothing and looking +curiously at Ben-Tovit, who had his head tied around with a kerchief +like a woman. He was about to go down, when his wife said to him: + +"Look, they are leading robbers there. Perhaps that will divert you." + +"Let me alone. Don't you see how I am suffering?" Ben-Tovit +answered angrily. + +But there was a vague promise in his wife's words that there might +be a relief for his toothache, so he walked over to the parapet +unwillingly. Bending his head on one side, closing one eye, and +supporting his cheek with his hand, his face assumed a squeamish, +weeping expression, and he looked down to the street. + +On the narrow street, going uphill, an enormous crowd was moving +forward in disorder, covered with dust and shouting uninterruptedly. +In the middle of the crowd walked the criminals, bending down under +the weight of their crosses, and over them the scourges of the Roman +soldiers were wriggling about like black snakes. One of the men, he +of the long light hair, in a torn blood-stained cloak, stumbled over +a stone which was thrown under his feet, and he fell. The shouting +grew louder, and the crowd, like coloured sea water, closed in about +the man on the ground. Ben-Tovit suddenly shuddered for pain; he +felt as though some one had pierced a red-hot needle into his tooth +and turned it there; he groaned and walked away from the parapet, +angry and squeamishly indifferent. + +"How they are shouting!" he said enviously, picturing to himself +their wide-open mouths with strong, healthy teeth, and how he himself +would have shouted if he had been well. This intensified his +toothache, and he shook his muffled head frequently, and roared: +"Moo-Moo...." + +"They say that He restored sight to the blind," said his wife, who +remained standing at the parapet, and she threw down a little +cobblestone near the place where Jesus, lifted by the whips, was +moving slowly. + +"Of course, of course! He should have cured my toothache," replied +Ben-Tovit ironically, and he added bitterly with irritation: "What +dust they have kicked up! Like a herd of cattle! They should all be +driven away with a stick! Take me down, Sarah!" + +The wife proved to be right. The spectacle had diverted Ben-Tovit +slightly--perhaps it was the rats' litter that had helped after all-- +he succeeded in falling asleep. When he awoke, his toothache had +passed almost entirely, and only a little inflammation had formed +over his right jaw. His wife told him that it was not noticeable at +all, but Ben-Tovit smiled cunningly--he knew how kind-hearted his +wife was and how fond she was of telling him pleasant things. + +Samuel, the tanner, a neighbour of Ben-Tovit's, came in, and Ben-Tovit +led him to see the new little donkey and listened proudly to the warm +praises for himself and his animal. + +Then, at the request of the curious Sarah, the three went to Golgotha +to see the people who had been crucified. On the way Ben-Tovit told +Samuel in detail how he had felt a pain in his right jaw on the day +before, and how he awoke at night with a terrible toothache. To +illustrate it he made a martyr's face, closing his eyes, shook his +head, and groaned while the grey-bearded Samuel nodded his head +compassionately and said: + +"Oh, how painful it must have been!" + +Ben-Tovit was pleased with Samuel's attitude, and he repeated the +story to him, then went back to the past, when his first tooth was +spoiled on the left side. Thus, absorbed in a lively conversation, +they reached Golgotha. The sun, which was destined to shine upon the +world on that terrible day, had already set beyond the distant hills, +and in the west a narrow, purple-red strip was burning, like a stain +of blood. The crosses stood out darkly but vaguely against this +background, and at the foot of the middle cross white kneeling +figures were seen indistinctly. + +The crowd had long dispersed; it was growing chilly, and after a +glance at the crucified men, Ben-Tovit took Samuel by the arm and +carefully turned him in the direction toward his house. He felt that +he was particularly eloquent just then, and he was eager to finish +the story of his toothache. Thus they walked, and Ben-Tovit made a +martyr's face, shook his head and groaned skilfully, while Samuel +nodded compassionately and uttered exclamations from time to time, +and from the deep, narrow defiles, out of the distant, burning +plains, rose the black night. It seemed as though it wished to hide +from the view of heaven the great crime of the earth. + + + + + +THE SERPENT'S STORY + + + + +Hush! Hush! Hush! Come closer to me. Look into my eyes! + +I always was a fascinating creature, tender, sensitive, and +grateful. I was wise and I was noble. And I am so flexible in the +writhing of my graceful body that it will afford you joy to watch my +easy dance. Now I shall coil up into a ring, flash my scales dimly, +wind myself around tenderly and clasp my steel body in my gentle, +cold embraces. One in many! One in many! + +Hush! Hush! Look into my eyes! + +You do not like my writhing and my straight, open look? Oh, my head +is heavy--therefore I sway about so quietly. Oh, my head is heavy-- +therefore I look so straight ahead, as I sway about. Come closer to +me. Give me a little warmth; stroke my wise forehead with your +fingers; in its fine outlines you will find the form of a cup into +which flows wisdom, the dew of the evening-flowers. When I draw the +air by my writhing, a trace is left in it--the design of the finest +of webs, the web of dream-charms, the enchantment of noiseless +movements, the inaudible hiss of gliding lines. I am silent and I +sway myself. I look ahead and I sway myself. What strange burden am +I carrying on my neck? + +I love you. + +I always was a fascinating creature, and loved tenderly those I +loved. Come closer to me. Do you see my white, sharp, enchanting +little teeth? Kissing, I used to bite. Not painfully, no--just a +trifle. Caressing tenderly, I used to bite a little, until the first +bright little drops appeared, until a cry came forth which sounded +like the laugh produced by tickling. That was very pleasant--think +not it was unpleasant; otherwise they whom I kissed would not come +back for more kisses. It is now that I can kiss only once--how sad-- +only once! One kiss for each--how little for a loving heart, for a +sensitive soul, striving for a great union! But it is only I, the +sad one, who kiss but once, and must seek love again--he knows no +other love any more: to him my one, tender, nuptial kiss is +inviolable and eternal. I am speaking to you frankly; and when my +story is ended--I will kiss you. + +I love you. + +Look into my eyes. Is it not true that mine is a magnificent, a +powerful look? A firm look and a straight look? And it is +steadfast, like steel forced against your heart. I look ahead and +sway myself, I look and I enchant; in my green eyes I gather your +fear, your loving, fatigued, submissive longing. Come closer to me. +Now I am a queen and you dare not fail to see my beauty; but there +was a strange time--Ah, what a strange time! Ah, what a strange +time! At the mere recollection I am agitated--Ah, what a strange +time! No one loved me. No one respected me. I was persecuted with +cruel ferocity, trampled in the mud and jeered--Ah, what a strange +time it was! One in many! One in many! + +I say to you: Come closer to me. + +Why did they not love me? At that time I was also a fascinating +creature, but without malice; I was gentle and I danced wonderfully. +But they tortured me. They burnt me with fire. Heavy and coarse +beasts trampled upon me with the dull steps of terribly heavy feet; +cold tusks of bloody mouths tore my tender body--and in my powerless +sorrow I bit the sand, I swallowed the dust of the ground--I was +dying of despair. Crushed, I was dying every day. Every day I was +dying of despair. Oh, what a terrible time that was! The stupid +forest has forgotten everything--it does not remember that time, but +you have pity on me. Come closer to me. Have pity on me, on the +offended, on the sad one, on the loving one, on the one who dances so +beautifully. + +I love you. + +How could I defend myself? I had only my white, wonderful, sharp +little teeth--they were good only for kisses. How could I defend +myself? It is only now that I carry on my neck this terrible burden +of a head, and my look is commanding and straight, but then my head +was light and my eyes gazed meekly. Then I had no poison yet. Oh, +my head is so heavy and it is hard for me to hold it up! Oh, I have +grown tired of my look--two stones are in my forehead, and these are +my eyes. Perhaps the glittering stones are precious--but it is hard +to carry them instead of gentle eyes--they oppress my brain. It is +so hard for my head! I look ahead and sway myself; I see you in a +green mist--you are so far away. Come closer to me. + +You see, even in sorrow I am beautiful, and my look is languid +because of my love. Look into my pupil; I will narrow and widen it, +and give it a peculiar glitter--the twinkling of a star at night, the +playfulness of all precious stones--of diamonds, of green emeralds, +of yellowish topaz, of blood-red rubies. Look into my eyes: It is +I, the queen--I am crowning myself, and that which is glittering, +burning and glowing--that robs you of your reason, your freedom and +your life--it is poison. It is a drop of my poison. + +How has it happened? I do not know. I did not bear ill-will to the +living. + +I lived and suffered. I was silent. I languished. I hid myself +hurriedly when I could hide myself; I crawled away hastily. But they +have never seen me weep--I cannot weep; and my easy dance grew ever +faster and ever more beautiful. Alone in the stillness, alone in the +thicket, I danced with sorrow in my heart--they despised my swift +dance and would have been glad to kill me as I danced. Suddenly my +head began to grow heavy--How strange it is!--My head grew heavy. +Just as small and beautiful, just as wise and beautiful, it had +suddenly grown terribly heavy; it bent my neck to the ground, and +caused me pain. Now I am somewhat used to it, but at first it was +dreadfully awkward and painful. I thought I was sick. + +And suddenly... Come closer to me. Look into my eyes. Hush! +Hush! Hush! + +And suddenly my look became heavy--it became fixed and strange--I +was even frightened! I want to glance and turn away--but cannot. I +always look straight ahead, I pierce with my eyes ever more deeply, I +am as though petrified. Look into my eyes. It is as though I am +petrified, as though everything I look upon is petrified. Look into +my eyes. + +I love you. Do not laugh at my frank story, or I shall be angry. +Every hour I open my sensitive heart, for all my efforts are in vain-- +I am alone. My one and last kiss is full of ringing sorrow--and the +one I love is not here, and I seek love again, and I tell my tale in +vain--my heart cannot bare itself, and the poison torments me and my +head grows heavier. Am I not beautiful in my despair? Come closer +to me. + +I love you. + +Once I was bathing in a stagnant swamp in the forest--I love to be +clean--it is a sign of noble birth, and I bathe frequently. While +bathing, dancing in the water, I saw my reflection, and as always, +fell in love with myself. I am so fond of the beautiful and the +wise! And suddenly I saw--on my forehead, among my other inborn +adornments, a new, strange sign--Was it not this sign that has +brought the heaviness, the petrified look, and the sweet taste in my +mouth? Here a cross is darkly outlined on my forehead--right here-- +look. Come closer to me. Is this not strange? But I did not +understand it at that time, and I liked it. Let there be no more +adornment. And on the same day, on that same terrible day, when the +cross appeared, my first kiss became also my last--my kiss became +fatal. One in many! One in many! + +Oh! + +You love precious stones, but think, my beloved, how far more +precious is a little drop of my poison. It is such a little drop.-- +Have you ever seen it? Never, never. But you shall find it out. +Consider, my beloved, how much suffering, painful humiliation, +powerless rage devoured me: I had to experience in order to bring +forth this little drop. I am a queen! I am a queen! In one drop, +brought forth by myself, I carry death unto the living, and my +kingdom is limitless, even as grief is limitless, even as death is +limitless. I am queen! My look is inexorable. My dance is +terrible! I am beautiful! One in many! One in many! + +Oh! + +Do not fall. My story is not yet ended. Come closer to me. + +And then I crawled into the stupid forest, into my green dominion. + +Now it is a new way, a terrible way! I was kind like a queen; and +like a queen I bowed graciously to the right and to the left. And +they--they ran away! Like a queen I bowed benevolently to the right +and to the left--and they, queer people--they ran away. What do you +think? Why did they run away? What do you think? Look into my +eyes. Do you see in them a certain glimmer and a flash? The rays of +my crown blind your eyes, you are petrified, you are lost. I shall +soon dance my last dance---do not fall. I shall coil into rings, I +shall flash my scales dimly, and I shall clasp my steel body in my +gentle, cold embraces. Here I am! Accept my only kiss, my nuptial +kiss--in it is the deadly grief of all oppressed lives. One in many! +One in many! + +Bend down to me. I love you. + +Die! + + + + + +LOVE, FAITH AND HOPE + + + + +He loved. + +According to his passport, he was called Max Z. But as it was +stated in the same passport that he had no special peculiarities +about his features, I prefer to call him Mr. N+1. He represented a +long line of young men who possess wavy, dishevelled locks, straight, +bold, and open looks, well-formed and strong bodies, and very large +and powerful hearts. + +All these youths have loved and perpetuated their love. Some of +them have succeeded in engraving it on the tablets of history, like +Henry IV; others, like Petrarch, have made literary preserves of it; +some have availed themselves for that purpose of the newspapers, +wherein the happenings of the day are recorded, and where they +figured among those who had strangled themselves, shot themselves, or +who had been shot by others; still others, the happiest and most +modest of all, perpetuated their love by entering it in the birth +records--by creating posterity. + +The love of N+1 was as strong as death, as a certain writer put it; +as strong as life, he thought. + +Max was firmly convinced that he was the first to have discovered +the method of loving so intensely, so unrestrainedly, so passionately, +and he regarded with contempt all who had loved before him. Still +more, he was convinced that even after him no one would love as he +did, and he felt sorry that with his death the secret of true love +would be lost to mankind. But, being a modest young man, he attributed +part of his achievement to her--to his beloved. Not that she was +perfection itself, but she came very close to it, as close as an +ideal can come to reality. + +There were prettier women than she, there were wiser women, but was +there ever a better woman? Did there ever exist a woman on whose +face was so clearly and distinctly written that she alone was worthy +of love--of infinite, pure, and devoted love? Max knew that there +never were, and that there never would be such women. In this +respect, he had no special peculiarities, just as Adam did not have +them, just as you, my reader, do not have them. Beginning with +Grandmother Eve and ending with the woman upon whom your eyes were +directed--before you read these lines--the same inscription is to be +clearly and distinctly read on the face of every woman at a certain +time. The difference is only in the quality of the ink. + +A very nasty day set in--it was Monday or Tuesday--when Max noticed +with a feeling of great terror that the inscription upon the dear +face was fading. Max rubbed his eyes, looked first from a distance, +then from all sides; but the fact was undeniable--the inscription was +fading. Soon the last letter also disappeared--the face was white +like the recently whitewashed wall of a new house. But he was +convinced that the inscription had disappeared not of itself, but +that some one had wiped it off. Who? + +Max went to his friend, John N. He knew and he felt sure that such +a true, disinterested, and honest friend there never was and never +would be. And in this respect, too, as you see, Max had no special +peculiarities. He went to his friend for the purpose of taking his +advice concerning the mysterious disappearance of the inscription, +and found John N. exactly at the moment when he was wiping away that +inscription by his kisses. It was then that the records of the local +occurrences were enriched by another unfortunate incident, entitled +"An Attempt at Suicide." + + . . . . . . . . + +It is said that death always comes in due time. Evidently, that +time had not yet arrived for Max, for he remained alive--that is, he +ate, drank, walked, borrowed money and did not return it, and +altogether he showed by a series of psycho-physiological acts that he +was a living being, possessing a stomach, a will, and a mind--but his +soul was dead, or, to be more exact, it was absorbed in lethargic +sleep. The sound of human speech reached his ears, his eyes saw +tears and laughter, but all that did not stir a single echo, a single +emotion in his soul. I do not know what space of time had elapsed. +It may have been one year, and it may have been ten years, for the +length of such intermissions in life depends on how quickly the actor +succeeds in changing his costume. + +One beautiful day--it was Wednesday or Thursday--Max awakened +completely. A careful and guarded liquidation of his spiritual +property made it clear that a fair piece of Max's soul, the part +which contained his love for woman and for his friends, was dead, +like a paralysis-stricken hand or foot. But what remained was, +nevertheless, enough for life. That was love for and faith in +mankind. Then Max, having renounced personal happiness, started to +work for the happiness of others. + +That was a new phase--he believed. + +All the evil that is tormenting the world seemed to him to be +concentrated in a "red flower," in one red flower. It was but +necessary to tear it down, and the incessant, heart-rending cries and +moans which rise to the indifferent sky from all points of the earth, +like its natural breathing, would be silenced. The evil of the +world, he believed, lay in the evil will and in the madness of the +people. They themselves were to blame for being unhappy, and they +could be happy if they wished. This seemed so clear and simple that +Max was dumfounded in his amazement at human stupidity. Humanity +reminded him of a crowd huddled together in a spacious temple and +panic-stricken at the cry of "Fire!" + +Instead of passing calmly through the wide doors and saving +themselves, the maddened people, with the cruelty of frenzied beasts, +cry and roar, crush one another and perish--not from the fire (for it +is only imaginary), but from their own madness. It is enough +sometimes when one sensible, firm word is uttered to this crowd--the +crowd calms down and imminent death is thus averted. Let, then, a +hundred calm, rational voices be raised to mankind, showing them +where to escape and where the danger lies--and heaven will be +established on earth, if not immediately, then at least within a very +brief time. + +Max began to utter his word of wisdom. How he uttered it you will +learn later. The name of Max was mentioned in the newspapers, +shouted in the market places, blessed and cursed; whole books were +written on what Max N+1 had done, what he was doing, and what he +intended to do. He appeared here and there and everywhere. He was +seen standing at the head of the crowd, commanding it; he was seen in +chains and under the knife of the guillotine. In this respect Max +did not have any special peculiarities, either. A preacher of +humility and peace, a stern bearer of fire and sword, he was the same +Max--Max the believer. But while he was doing all this, time kept +passing on. His nerves were shattered; his wavy locks became thin +and his head began to look like that of Elijah the Prophet; here and +there he felt a piercing pain.... + +The earth continued to turn light-mindedly around the sun, now +coming nearer to it, now retreating coquettishly, and giving the +impression that it fixed all its attention upon its household friend, +the moon; the days were replaced by other days, and the dark nights +by other dark nights, with such pedantic German punctuality and +correctness that all the artistic natures were compelled to move over +to the far north by degrees, where the devil himself would break his +head endeavouring to distinguish between day and night--when suddenly +something happened to Max. + +Somehow it happened that Max became misunderstood. He had calmed +the crowd by his words of wisdom many a time before and had saved +them from mutual destruction but now he was not understood. They +thought that it was he who had shouted "Fire!" With all the +eloquence of which he was capable he assured them that he was +exerting all his efforts for their sake alone; that he himself needed +absolutely nothing, for he was alone, childless; that he was ready to +forget the sad misunderstanding and serve them again with faith and +truth--but all in vain. They would not trust him. And in this +respect Max did not have any special peculiarities, either. The sad +incident ended for Max in a new intermission. + + . . . . . . . . + +Max was alive, as was positively established by medical experts, who +had made a series of simple tests. Thus, when they pricked a needle +into his foot, he shook his foot and tried to remove the needle. When +they put food before him, he ate it, but he did not walk and did not +ask for any loans, which clearly testified to the complete decline of +his energy. His soul was dead--as much as the soul can be dead while +the body is alive. To Max all that he had loved and believed in was +dead. Impenetrable gloom wrapped his soul. There were neither feelings +in it, nor desires, nor thoughts. And there was not a more unhappy man +in the world than Max, if he was a man at all. + +But he was a man. + +According to the calendar, it was Friday or Saturday, when Max +awakened as from a prolonged sleep. With the pleasant sensation of +an owner to whom his property has been restored which had wrongly +been taken from him, Max realised that he was once more in possession +of all his five senses. + +His sight reported to him that he was all alone, in a place which +might in justice be called either a room or a chimney. Each wall of +the room was about a metre and a half wide and about ten metres high. +The walls were straight, white, smooth, with no openings, except one +through which food was brought to Max. An electric lamp was burning +brightly on the ceiling. It was burning all the time, so that Max +did not know now what darkness was. There was no furniture in the +room, and Max had to lie on the stone floor. He lay curled together, +as the narrowness of the room did not permit him to stretch himself. + +His sense of hearing reported to him that until the day of his death +he would not leave this room.... Having reported this, his hearing +sank into inactivity, for not the slightest sound came from without, +except the sounds which Max himself produced, tossing about, or +shouting until he was hoarse, until he lost his voice. + +Max looked into himself. In contrast to the outward light which +never went out he saw within himself impenetrable, heavy, and +motionless darkness. In that darkness his love and faith were buried. + +Max did not know whether time was moving or whether it stood +motionless. The same even, white light poured down on him--the same +silence and quiet. Only by the beating of his heart Max could judge +that Chronos had not left his chariot. His body was aching ever more +from the unnatural position in which it lay, and the constant light +and silence were growing ever more tormenting. How happy are they +for whom night exists, near whom people are shouting, making noise, +beating drums; who may sit on a chair, with their feet hanging down, +or lie with their feet outstretched, placing the head in a corner and +covering it with the hands in order to create the illusion of darkness. + +Max made an effort to recall and to picture to himself what there is +in life; human faces, voices, the stars.... He knew that his eyes +would never in life see that again. He knew it, and yet he lived. +He could have destroyed himself, for there is no position in which a +man can not do that, but instead Max worried about his health, trying +to eat, although he had no appetite, solving mathematical problems to +occupy his mind so as not to lose his reason. He struggled against +death as if it were not his deliverer, but his enemy; and as if life +were to him not the worst of infernal tortures--but love, faith, and +happiness. Gloom in the Past, the grave in the Future, and infernal +tortures in the Present--and yet he lived. Tell me, John N., where +did he get the strength for that? + +He hoped. + + + + + +THE OCEAN + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +A misty February twilight is descending over the ocean. The newly +fallen snow has melted and the warm air is heavy and damp. The +northwestern wind from the sea is driving it silently toward the +mainland, bringing in its wake a sharply fragrant mixture of brine, +of boundless space, of undisturbed, free and mysterious distances. + +In the sky, where the sun is setting, a noiseless destruction of an +unknown city, of an unknown land, is taking place; structures, +magnificent palaces with towers, are crumbling; mountains are +silently splitting asunder and, bending slowly, are tumbling down. +But no cry, no moan, no crash of the fall reaches the earth--the +monstrous play of shadows is noiseless; and the great surface of the +ocean, as though ready for something, as though waiting for +something, reflecting it faintly, listens to it in silence. + +Silence reigns also in the fishermen's settlement. The fishermen +have gone fishing; the children are sleeping and only the restless +women, gathered in front of the houses, are talking softly, lingering +before going to sleep, beyond which there is always the unknown. + +The light of the sea and the sky behind the houses, and the houses +and their bark roofs are black and sharp, and there is no +perspective: the houses that are far and those that are near seem to +stand side by side as if attached to one another, the roofs and the +walls embracing one another, pressing close to one another, seized +with the same uneasiness before the eternal unknown. + +Right here there is also a little church, its side wall formed +crudely of rough granite, with a deep window which seems to be +concealing itself. + +A cautious sound of women's voices is heard, softened by uneasiness +and by the approaching night. + +"We can sleep peacefully to-night. The sea is calm and the rollers +are breaking like the clock in the steeple of old Dan." + +"They will come back with the morning tide. My husband told me that +they will come back with the morning tide." + +"Perhaps they will come back with the evening tide. It is better +for us to think they will come back in the evening, so that our +waiting will not be in vain. + +"But I must build a fire in the stove." + +"When the men are away from home, one does not feel like starting a +fire. I never build a fire, even when I am awake; it seems to me +that fire brings a storm. It is better to be quiet and silent." + +"And listen to the wind? No, that is terrible." + +"I love the fire. I should like to sleep near the fire, but my +husband does not allow it." + +"Why doesn't old Dan come here? It is time to strike the hour." + +"Old Dan will play in the church to-night; he cannot bear such +silence as this. When the sea is roaring, old Dan hides himself and +is silent--he is afraid of the sea. But, as soon as the waves calm +down, Dan crawls out quietly and sits down to play his organ." + +The women laugh softly. + +"He reproaches the sea." + +"He is complaining to God against it. He knows how to complain +well. One feels like crying when he tells God about those who have +perished at sea. Mariet, have you seen Dan to-day? Why are you +silent, Mariet?" + +Mariet is the adopted daughter of the abbot, in whose house old Dan, +the organist, lives. Absorbed in thought, she does not hear the +question. + +"Mariet, do you hear? Anna is asking you whether you have seen Dan +to-day." + +"Yes, I think I have. I don't remember. He is in his room. He +does not like to leave his room when father goes fishing." + +"Dan is fond of the city priests. He cannot get used to the idea of +a priest who goes fishing, like an ordinary fisherman, and who goes +to sea with our husbands." + +"He is simply afraid of the sea." + +"You may say what you like, but I believe we have the very best +priest in the world." + +"That's true. I fear him, but I love him as a father." + +"May God forgive me, but I would have been proud and always happy, +if I were his adopted daughter. Do you hear, Mariet?" + +The women laugh softly and tenderly. + +"Do you hear, Mariet?" + +"I do. But aren't you tired of always laughing at the same thing? +Yes, I am his daughter--Is it so funny that you will laugh all your +life at it?" + +The women commence to justify themselves confusedly. + +"But he laughs at it himself." + +"The abbot is fond of jesting. He says so comically: 'My adopted +daughter,' and then he strikes himself with his fist and shouts: +'She's my real daughter, not my adopted daughter. She's my real +daughter.'" + +"I have never known my mother, but this laughter would have been +unpleasant to her. I feel it," says Mariet. + +The women grow silent. The breakers strike against the shore dully +with the regularity of a great pendulum. The unknown city, wrapped +with fire and smoke, is still being destroyed in the sky; yet it does +not fall down completely; and the sea is waiting. Mariet lifts her +lowered head. + +"What were you going to say, Mariet?" + +"Didn't he pass here?" asks Mariet in a low voice. + +Another woman answers timidly: + +"Hush! Why do you speak of him? I fear him. No, he did not pass +this way." + +"He did. I saw from the window that he passed by." + +"You are mistaken; it was some one else." + +"Who else could that be? Is it possible to make a mistake, if you +have once seen him walk? No one walks as he does." + +"Naval officers, Englishmen, walk like that." + +"No. Haven't I seen naval officers in the city? They walk firmly, +but openly; even a girl could trust them." + +"Oh, look out!" + +Frightened and cautious laughter. + +"No, don't laugh. He walks without looking at the ground; he puts +his feet down as if the ground itself must take them cautiously and +place them." + +"But if there's a stone on the road? We have many stones here." + +"He does not bend down, nor does he hide his head when a strong wind +blows." + +"Of course not. Of course not. He does not hide his head." + +"Is it true that he is handsome? Who has seen him at close range?" + +"I," says Mariet. + +"No, no, don't speak of him; I shall not be able to sleep all night. +Since they settled on that hill, in that accursed castle, I know no +rest; I am dying of fear. You are also afraid. Confess it." + +"Well, not all of us are afraid." + +"What have they come here for? There are two of them. What is +there for them to do here in our poor land, where we have nothing but +stones and the sea?" + +"They drink gin. The sailor comes every morning for gin." + +"They are simply drunkards who don't want anybody to disturb their +drinking. When the sailor passes along the street he leaves behind +him an odour as of an open bottle of rum." + +"But is that their business--drinking gin? I fear them. Where is +the ship that brought them here? They came from the sea." + +"I saw the ship," says Mariet. + +The women begin to question her in amazement. + +"You? Why, then, didn't you say anything about it? Tell us what +you know." + +Mariet maintains silence. Suddenly one of the women exclaims: + +"Ah, look! They have lit a lamp. There is a light in the castle!" + +On the left, about half a mile away from the village, a faint light +flares up, a red little coal in the dark blue of the twilight and the +distance. There upon a high rock, overhanging the sea, stands an +ancient castle, a grim heritage of grey and mysterious antiquity. +Long destroyed, long ruined, it blends with the rocks, continuing and +delusively ending them by the broken, dented line of its batteries, +its shattered roofs, its half-crumbled towers. Now the rocks and the +castle are covered with a smoky shroud of twilight. They seem airy, +devoid of any weight, and almost as fantastic as those monstrous +heaps of structures which are piled up and which are falling so +noiselessly in the sky. But while the others are falling this one +stands, and a live light reddens against the deep blue--and it is +just as strange a sight as if a human hand were to kindle a light in +the clouds. + +Turning their heads in that direction, the women look on with +frightened eyes. + +"Do you see," says one of them. "It is even worse than a light on a +cemetery. Who needs a light among the tombstones?" + +"It is getting cold toward night and the sailor must have thrown +some branches into the fireplace, that's all. At least, I think so," +says Mariet. + +"And I think that the abbot should have gone there with holy water +long ago." + +"Or with the gendarmes! If that isn't the devil himself, it is +surely one of his assistants." + +"It is impossible to live peacefully with such neighbours close by." + +"I am afraid for the children." + +"And for your soul?" + +Two elderly women rise silently and go away. Then a third, an old +woman, also rises. + +"We must ask the abbot whether it isn't a sin to look at such a light." + +She goes off. The smoke in the sky is ever increasing and the fire +is subsiding, and the unknown city is already near its dark end. The +sea odour is growing ever sharper and stronger. Night is coming from +the shore. + +Their heads turned, the women watch the departing old woman. Then +they turn again toward the light. + +Mariet, as though defending some one, says softly: + +"There can't be anything bad in light. For there is light in the +candles on God's altar." + +"But there is also fire for Satan in hell," says another old woman, +heavily and angrily, and then goes off. Now four remain, all young +girls. + +"I am afraid," says one, pressing close to her companion. + +The noiseless and cold conflagration in the sky is ended; the city +is destroyed; the unknown land is in ruins. There are no longer any +walls or falling towers; a heap of pale blue gigantic shapes have +fallen silently into the abyss of the ocean and the night. A young +little star glances at the earth with frightened eyes; it feels like +coming out of the clouds near the castle, and because of its inmost +neighbourship the heavy castle grows darker, and the light in its +window seems redder and darker. + +"Good night, Mariet," says the girl who sat alone, and then she goes +off. + +"Let us also go; it is getting cold," say the other two, rising. +"Good night, Mariet." + +"Good night." + +"Why are you alone, Mariet? Why are you alone, Mariet, in the +daytime and at night, on week days and on merry holidays? Do you +love to think of your betrothed?" + +"Yes, I do. I love to think of Philipp." + +The girl laughs. + +"But you don't want to see him. When he goes out to sea, you look +at the sea for hours; when he comes back--you are not there. Where +are you hiding yourself?" + +"I love to think of Philipp." + +"Like a blind man he gropes among the houses, forever calling: +'Mariet! Mariet! Have you not seen Mariet?'" + +They go off laughing and repeating: + +"Good night, Mariet. 'Have you not seen Mariet! Mariet!'" + +The girl is left alone. She looks at the light in the castle. She +hears soft, irresolute footsteps. + +Old Dan, of small stature, slim, a coughing old man with a clean-shaven +face, comes out from behind the church. Because of his irresoluteness, +or because of the weakness of his eyes, he steps uncertainly, touching +the ground cautiously and with a certain degree of fear. + +"Oho! Oho!" + +"Is that you, Dan?" + +"The sea is calm, Dan. Are you going to play to-night?" + +"Oho! I shall ring the bell seven times. Seven times I shall ring +it and send to God seven of His holy hours." + +He takes the rope of the bell and strikes the hour--seven ringing +and slow strokes. The wind plays with them, it drops them to the +ground, but before they touch it, it catches them tenderly, sways +them softly and with a light accompaniment of whistling carries them +off to the dark coast. + +"Oh, no!" mutters Dan. "Bad hours, they fall to the ground. They +are not His holy hours and He will send them back. Oh, a storm is +coming! O Lord, have mercy on those who are perishing at sea!" + +He mutters and coughs. + +"Dan, I have seen the ship again to-day. Do you hear, Dan?" + +"Many ships are going out to sea." + +"But this one had black sails. It was again going toward the sun." + +"Many ships are going out to sea. Listen, Mariet, there was once a +wise king--Oh, how wise he was!--and he commanded that the sea be +lashed with chains. Oho!" + +"I know, Dan. You told me about it." + +"Oho, with chains! But it did not occur to him to christen the sea. +Why did it not occur to him to do that, Mariet? Ah, why did he not +think of it? We have no such kings now." + +"What would have happened, Dan?" + +"Oho!" + +He whispers softly: + +"All the rivers and the streams have already been christened, and +the cross of the Lord has touched even many stagnant swamps; only the +sea remained--that nasty, salty, deep pool." + +"Why do you scold it? It does not like to be scolded," Mariet +reproaches him. + +"Oho! Let the sea not like it--I am not afraid of it. The sea +thinks it is also an organ and music for God. It is a nasty, +hissing, furious pool. A salty spit of satan. Fie! Fie! Fie!" + +He goes to the doors at the entrance of the church muttering +angrily, threatening, as though celebrating some victory: + +"Oho! Oho!" + +"Dan!" + +"Go home." + +"Dan! Why don't you light candles when you play? Dan, I don't love +my betrothed. Do you hear, Dan?" + +Dan turns his head unwillingly. + +"I have heard it long ago, Mariet. Tell it to your father." + +"Where is my mother, Dan?" + +"Oho! You are mad again, Mariet? You are gazing too much at the +sea--yes. I am going to tell--I am going to tell your father, yes." + +He enters the church. Soon the sounds of the organ are heard. +Faint in the first, long-drawn, deeply pensive chords, they rapidly +gain strength. And with a passionate sadness, their human melodies +now wrestle with the dull and gloomy plaintiveness of the tireless +surf. Like seagulls in a storm, the sounds soar amidst the high +waves, unable to rise higher on their overburdened wings. The stern +ocean holds them captive by its wild and eternal charms. But when +they have risen, the lowered ocean roars more dully; now they rise +still higher--and the heavy, almost voiceless pile of water is +shaking helplessly. Varied voices resound through the expanse of the +resplendent distances. Day has one sorrow, night has another sorrow, +and the proud, ever rebellious, black ocean suddenly seems to become +an eternal slave. + +Her cheek pressed against the cold stone of the wall, Mariet is +listening, all alone. She is growing reconciled to something; she is +grieving ever more quietly. + +Suddenly, firm footsteps are heard on the road; the cobblestones are +creaking under the vigorous steps--and a man appears from behind the +church. He walks slowly and sternly, like those who do not roam in +vain, and who know the earth from end to end. He carries his hat in +his hands; he is thinking of something, looking ahead. On his broad +shoulders is set a round, strong head, with short hair; his dark +profile is stern and commandingly haughty, and, although the man is +dressed in a partly military uniform, he does not subject his body to +the discipline of his clothes, but masters it as a free man. The +folds of his clothes fall submissively. + +Mariet greets him: + +"Good evening." + +He walks on quite a distance, then stops and turns his head slowly. +He waits silently, as though regretting to part with his silence. + +"Did you say 'Good evening' to me?" he asks at last. + +"Yes, to you. Good evening." + +He looks at her silently. + +"Well, good evening. This is the first time I have been greeted in +this land, and I was surprised when I heard your voice. Come nearer +to me. Why don't you sleep when all are sleeping? Who are you?" + +"I am the daughter of the abbot of this place." + +He laughs: + +"Have priests children? Or are there special priests in your land?" + +"Yes, the priests are different here." + +"Now, I recall, Khorre told me something about the priest of this +place." + +"Who is Khorre?" + +"My sailor. The one who buys gin in your settlement." + +He suddenly laughs again and continues: + +"Yes, he told me something. Was it your father who cursed the Pope +and declared his own church independent?" + +"Yes." + +"And he makes his own prayers? And goes to sea with the fishermen? +And punishes with his own hands those who disobey him?" + +"Yes. I am his daughter. My name is Mariet. And what is your name?" + +"I have many names. Which one shall I tell you?" + +"The one by which you were christened." + +"What makes you think that I was christened?" + +"Then tell me the name by which your mother called you." + +"What makes you think that I had a mother? I do not know my mother." + +Mariet says softly: + +"Neither do I know my mother." + +Both are silent. They look at each other kindly. + +"Is that so?" he says. "You, too, don't know your mother? Well, +then, call me Haggart." + +"Haggart?" + +"Yes. Do you like the name? I have invented it myself--Haggart. +It's a pity that you have been named already. I would have invented +a fine name for you." + +Suddenly he frowned. + +"Tell me, Mariet, why is your land so mournful? I walk along your +paths and only the cobblestones creak under my feet. And on both +sides are huge rocks." + +"That is on the road to the castle--none of us ever go there. Is it +true that these stones stop the passersby with the question: 'Where +are you going?'" + +"No, they are mute. Why is your land so mournful? It is almost a +week since I've seen my shadow. It is impossible! I don't see my +shadow." + +"Our land is very cheerful and full of joy. It is still winter now, +but soon spring will come, and sunshine will come back with it. You +shall see it, Haggart." + +He speaks with contempt: + +"And you are sitting and waiting calmly for its return? You must be +a fine set of people! Ah, if I only had a ship!" + +"What would you have done?" + +He looks at her morosely and shakes his head suspiciously. + +"You are too inquisitive, little girl. Has any one sent you over +to me?" + +"No. What do you need a ship for?" + +Haggart laughs good-naturedly and ironically: + +"She asks what a man needs a ship for. You must be a fine set of +people. You don't know what a man needs a ship for! And you speak +seriously? If I had a ship I would have rushed toward the sun. And +it would not matter how it sets its golden sails, I would overtake it +with my black sails. And I would force it to outline my shadow on +the deck of my ship. And I would put my foot upon it this way!" + +He stamps his foot firmly. Then Mariet asks, cautiously: + +"Did you say with black sails?" + +"That's what I said. Why do you always ask questions? I have no +ship, you know. Good-bye." + +He puts on his hat, but does not move. Mariet maintains silence. +Then he says, very angrily: + +"Perhaps you, too, like the music of your old Dan, that old fool?" + +"You know his name?" + +"Khorre told me it. I don't like his music, no, no. Bring me a +good, honest dog, or beast, and he will howl. You will say that he +knows no music--he does, but he can't bear falsehood. Here is music. +Listen!" + +He takes Mariet by the hand and turns her roughly, her face toward +the ocean. + +"Do you hear? This is music. Your Dan has robbed the sea and the +wind. No, he is worse than a thief, he is a deceiver! He should be +hanged on a sailyard--your Dan! Good-bye!" + +He goes, but after taking two steps he turns around. + +"I said good-bye to you. Go home. Let this fool play alone. Well, go." + +Mariet is silent, motionless. Haggart laughs: + +"Are you afraid perhaps that I have forgotten your name? I remember +it. Your name is Mariet. Go, Mariet." + +She says softly: + +"I have seen your ship." + +Haggart advances to her quickly and bends down. His face is terrible. + +"It is not true. When?" + +"Last evening." + +"It is not true! Which way was it going?" + +"Toward the sun." + +"Last evening I was drunk and I slept. But this is not true. I +have never seen it. You are testing me. Beware!" + +"Shall I tell you if I see it again?" + +"How can you tell me?" + +"I shall come up your hill." + +Haggart looks at her attentively. + +"If you are only telling me the truth. What sort of people are there +in your land--false or not? In the lands I know, all the people are +false. Has any one else seen that ship?" + +"I don't know. I was alone on the shore. Now I see that it was not +your ship. You are not glad to hear of it." + +Haggart is silent, as though he has forgotten her presence. + +"You have a pretty uniform. You are silent? I shall come up to you." + +Haggart is silent. His dark profile is stern and wildly gloomy; +every motion of his powerful body, every fold of his clothes, is full +of the dull silence of the taciturnity of long hours, or days, or +perhaps of a lifetime. + +"Your sailor will not kill me? You are silent. I have a betrothed. +His name is Philipp, but I don't love him. You are now like that +rock which lies on the road leading to the castle." + +Haggart turns around silently and starts. + +"I also remember your name. Your name is Haggart." + +He goes away. + +"Haggart!" calls Mariet, but he has already disappeared behind the +house. Only the creaking of the scattered cobblestones is heard, +dying away in the misty air. Dan, who has taken a rest, is playing +again; he is telling God about those who have perished at sea. + +The night is growing darker. Neither the rock nor the castle is +visible now; only the light in the window is redder and brighter. + +The dull thuds of the tireless breakers are telling the story of +different lives. + + + +CHAPTER II + + +A strong wind is tossing the fragment of a sail which is hanging +over the large, open window. The sail is too small to cover the +entire window, and, through the gaping hole, the dark night is +breathing inclement weather. There is no rain, but the warm wind, +saturated with the sea, is heavy and damp. + +Here in the tower live Haggart and his sailor, Khorre. Both are +sleeping now a heavy, drunken sleep. On the table and in the corners +of the room there are empty bottles, and the remains of food; the +only taburet is overturned, lying on one side. Toward evening the +sailor got up, lit a large illumination lamp, and was about to do +more, but he was overcome by intoxication again and fell asleep upon +his thin mattress of straw and seagrass. Tossed by the wind, the +flame of the illumination-lamp is quivering in yellow, restless spots +over the uneven, mutilated walls, losing itself in the dark opening +of the door, which leads to the other rooms of the castle. + +Haggart lies on his back, and the same quivering yellow shades run +noiselessly over his strong forehead, approach his closed eyes, his +straight, sharply outlined nose, and, tossing about in confusion, +rush back to the wall. The breathing of the sleeping man is deep and +uneven; from time to time his heavy, strange hand lifts itself, makes +several weak, unfinished movements, and falls down on his breast +helplessly. + +Outside the window the breakers are roaring and raging, beating +against the rocks--this is the second day a storm is raging in the +ocean. The ancient tower is quivering from the violent blows of the +waves. It responds to the storm with the rustling of the falling +plaster, with the rattling of the little cobblestones as they are +torn down, with the whisper and moans of the wind which has lost its +way in the passages. It whispers and mutters like an old woman. + +The sailor begins to feel cold on the stone floor, on which the wind +spreads itself like water; he tosses about, folds his legs under +himself, draws his head into his shoulders, gropes for his imaginary +clothes, but is unable to wake up--his intoxication produced by a two +days' spree is heavy and severe. But now the wind whines more +powerfully than before; something heaves a deep groan. Perhaps a +part of a destroyed wall has sunk into the sea. The quivering yellow +spots commence to toss about upon the crooked wall more desperately, +and Khorre awakes. + +He sits up on his mattress, looks around, but is unable to +understand anything. + +The wind is hissing like a robber summoning other robbers, and filling +the night with disquieting phantoms. It seems as if the sea were full +of sinking vessels, of people who are drowning and desperately struggling +with death. Voices are heard. Somewhere near by people are shouting, +scolding each other, laughing and singing, like madmen, or talking +sensibly and rapidly--it seems that soon one will see a strange human +face distorted by horror or laughter, or fingers bent convulsively. But +there is a strong smell of the sea, and that, together with the cold, +brings Khorre to his senses. + +"Noni!" he calls hoarsely, but Haggart does not hear him. After a +moment's thought, he calls once more: + +"Captain. Noni! Get up." + +But Haggart does not answer and the sailor mutters: + +"Noni is drunk and he sleeps. Let him sleep. Oh, what a cold night +it is. There isn't enough warmth in it even to warm your nose. I am +cold. I feel cold and lonesome, Noni. I can't drink like that, +although everybody knows I am a drunkard. But it is one thing to +drink, and another to drown in gin--that's an entirely different +matter. Noni--you are like a drowned man, simply like a corpse. I +feel ashamed for your sake, Noni. I shall drink now and--" + +He rises, and staggering, finds an unopened bottle and drinks. + +"A fine wind. They call this a storm--do you hear, Noni? They call +this a storm. What will they call a real storm?" + +He drinks again. + +"A fine wind!" + +He goes over to the window and, pushing aside the corner of the +sail, looks out. + +"Not a single light on the sea, or in the village. They have hidden +themselves and are sleeping--they are waiting for the storm to pass. +B-r-r, how cold! I would have driven them all out to sea; it is mean +to go to sea only when the weather is calm. That is cheating the +sea. I am a pirate, that's true; my name is Khorre, and I should +have been hanged long ago on a yard, that's true, too--but I shall +never allow myself such meanness as to cheat the sea. Why did you +bring me to this hole, Noni?" + +He picks up some brushwood, and throws it into the fireplace. + +"I love you, Noni. I am now going to start a fire to warm your +feet. I used to be your nurse, Noni; but you have lost your reason-- +that's true. I am a wise man, but I don't understand your conduct at +all. Why did you drop your ship? You will be hanged, Noni, you will +be hanged, and I will dangle by your side. You have lost your +reason, that's true!" + +He starts a fire, then prepares food and drink. + +"What will you say when you wake up? 'Fire.' And I will answer, +'Here it is.' Then you will say, 'Something to drink.' And I will +answer, 'Here it is.' And then you will drink your fill again, and I +will drink with you, and you will prate nonsense. How long is this +going to last? We have lived this way two months now, or perhaps two +years, or twenty years--I am drowning in gin--I don't understand your +conduct at all, Noni." + +He drinks. + +"Either I have lost my mind from this gin, or a ship is being +wrecked near by. How they are crying!" + +He looks out of the window. + +"No, no one is here. It is the wind. The wind feels weary, and it +plays all by itself. It has seen many shipwrecks, and now it is +inventing. The wind itself is crying; the wind itself is scolding +and sobbing; and the wind itself is laughing--the rogue! But if you +think that this rag with which I have covered the window is a sail, +and that this ruin of a castle is a three-masted brig, you are a +fool! We are not going anywhere! We are standing securely at our +moorings, do you hear?" + +He pushes the sleeping man cautiously. + +"Get up, Noni. I feel lonesome. If we must drink, let's drink +together--I feel lonesome. Noni!" + +Haggart awakens, stretches himself and says, without opening his eyes: + +"Fire." + +"Here it is." + +"Something to drink." + +"Here it is! A fine wind, Noni. I looked out of the window, and the +sea splashed into my eyes. It is high tide now and the water-dust flies +up to the tower. I feel lonesome, Noni. I want to speak to you. Don't +be angry!" + +"It's cold." + +"Soon the fire will burn better. I don't understand your actions. +Don't be angry, Noni, but I don't understand your actions! I am +afraid that you have lost your mind." + +"Did you drink again?" + +"I did." + +"Give me some." + +He drinks from the mouth of the bottle lying on the floor, his eyes +wandering over the crooked mutilated walls, whose every projection +and crack is now lighted by the bright flame in the fireplace. He is +not quite sure yet whether he is awake, or whether it is all a dream. +With each strong gust of wind the flame is hurled from the fireplace, +and then the entire tower seems to dance--the last shadows melt and +rush off into the open door. + +"Don't drink it all at once, Noni! Not all at once!" says the +sailor and gently takes the bottle away from him. Haggart seats +himself and clasps his head with both hands. + +"I have a headache. What is that cry? Was there a shipwreck?" + +"No, Noni. It is the wind playing roguishly." + +"Khorre!" + +"Captain." + +"Give me the bottle." + +He drinks a little more and sets the bottle on the table. Then he +paces the room, straightening his shoulders and his chest, and looks +out of the window. Khorre looks over his shoulder and whispers: + +"Not a single light. It is dark and deserted. Those who had to die +have died already, and the cautious cowards are sitting on the solid +earth." + +Haggart turns around and says, wiping his face: + +"When I am intoxicated, I hear voices and singing. Does that happen +to you, too, Khorre? Who is that singing now?" + +"The wind is singing, Noni--only the wind." + +"No, but who else? It seems to me a human being is singing, a woman +is singing, and others are laughing and shouting something. Is that +all nothing but the wind?" + +"Only the wind." + +"Why does the wind deceive me?" says Haggart haughtily. + +"It feels lonesome, Noni, just as I do, and it laughs at the human +beings. Have you heard the wind lying like this and mocking in the +open sea? There it tells the truth, but here--it frightens the +people on shore and mocks them. The wind does not like cowards. You +know it." + +Haggart says morosely: + +"I heard their organist playing not long ago in church. He lies." + +"They are all liars." + +"No!" exclaims Haggart angrily. "Not all. There are some who tell +the truth there, too. I shall cut your ears off if you will slander +honest people. Do you hear?" + +"Yes." + +They are silent; they listen to the wild music of the sea. The wind +has evidently grown mad. Having taken into its embrace a multitude +of instruments with which human beings produce their music--harps, +reed-pipes, priceless violins, heavy drums and brass trumpets--it +breaks them all, together with a wave, against the sharp rocks. It +dashes them and bursts into laughter--only thus does the wind +understand music--each time in the death of an instrument, each time +in the breaking of strings, in the snapping of the clanging brass. +Thus does the mad musician understand music. Haggart heaves a deep +sigh and with some amazement, like a man just awakened from sleep, +looks around on all sides. Then he commands shortly: + +"Give me my pipe." + +"Here it is." + +Both commence to smoke. + +"Don't be angry, Noni," says the sailor. "You have become so angry +that one can't come near you at all. May I chat with you?" + +"There are some who do tell the truth there, too," says Haggart +sternly, emitting rings of smoke. + +"How shall I say it you, Noni?" answers the sailor cautiously but +stubbornly. "There are no truthful people there. It has been so +ever since the deluge. At that time all the honest people went out +to sea, and only the cowards and liars remained upon the solid earth." + +Haggart is silent for a minute; then he takes the pipe from his +mouth and laughs gaily. + +"Have you invented it yourself?" + +"I think so," says Khorre modestly. + +"Clever! And it was worth teaching you sacred history for that! +Were you taught by a priest?" + +"Yes. In prison. At that time I was as innocent as a dove. That's +also from sacred scriptures, Noni. That's what they always say there." + +"He was a fool! It was not necessary to teach you, but to hang +you," says Haggart, adding morosely: "Don't talk nonsense, sailor. +Hand me a bottle." + +They drink. Khorre stamps his foot against the stone floor and asks: + +"Do you like this motionless floor?" + +"I should have liked to have the deck of a ship dancing under my +feet." + +"Noni!" exclaims the sailor enthusiastically. "Noni! Now I hear +real words! Let us go away from here. I cannot live like this. I +am drowning in gin. I don't understand your actions at all, Noni! +You have lost your mind. Reveal yourself to me, my boy. I was your +nurse. I nursed you, Noni, when your father brought you on board +ship. I remember how the city was burning then and we were putting +out to sea, and I didn't know what to do with you; you whined like a +little pig in the cook's room. I even wanted to throw you overboard-- +you annoyed me so much. Ah, Noni, it is all so touching that I can't +bear to recall it. I must have a drink. Take a drink, too, my boy, +but not all at once, not all at once!" + +They drink. Haggart paces the room heavily and slowly, like a man +who is imprisoned in a dungeon but does not want to escape. + +"I feel sad," he says, without looking at Khorre. Khorre, as though +understanding, shakes his head in assent. + +"Sad? I understand. Since then?" + +"Ever since then." + +"Ever since we drowned those people? They cried so loudly." + +"I did not hear their cry. But this I heard--something snapped in +my heart, Khorre. Always sadness, everywhere sadness! Let me drink!" + +He drinks. + +"He who cried--am I perhaps afraid of him, Khorre? That would be +fine! Tears were trickling from his eyes; he wept like one who is +unfortunate. Why did he do that? Perhaps he came from a land where +the people had never heard of death--what do you think, sailor?" + +"I don't remember him, Noni. You speak so much about him, while I +don't remember him." + +"He was a fool," says Haggart. "He spoilt his death for himself, +and spoilt me my life. I curse him, Khorre. May he be cursed. But +that doesn't matter, Khorre--no!" + +Silence. + +"They have good gin on this coast," says Khorre. "He'll pass +easily, Noni. If you have cursed him there will be no delay; he'll +slip into hell like an oyster." + +Haggart shakes his head: + +"No, Khorre, no! I am sad. Ah, sailor, why have I stopped here, +where I hear the sea? I should go away, far away on land, where the +people don't know the sea at all, where the people have never heard +about the sea--a thousand miles away, five thousand miles away!" + +"There is no such land." + +"There is, Khorre. Let us drink and laugh, Khorre. That organist +lies. Sing something for me, Khorre--you sing well. In your hoarse +voice I hear the creaking of ropes. Your refrain is like a sail that +is torn by the storm. Sing, sailor!" + +Khorre nods his head gloomily. + +"No, I will not sing." + +"Then I shall force you to pray as they prayed!" + +"You will not force me to pray, either. You are the Captain, and +you may kill me, and here is your revolver. It is loaded, Noni. And +now I am going to speak the truth, Captain! Khorre, the boatswain, +speaks to you in the name of the entire crew." + +Haggart says: + +"Drop this performance, Khorre. There is no crew here. You'd +better drink something." + +He drinks. + +"But the crew is waiting for you, you know it. Captain, is it your +intention to return to the ship and assume command again?" + +"No." + +"Captain, is it perhaps your intention to go to the people on the +coast and live with them?" + +"No." + +"I can't understand your actions, Noni. What do you intend to do, +Captain?" + +Haggart drinks silently. + +"Not all at once, Noni, not at once. Captain, do you intend to stay +in this hole and wait until the police dogs come from the city? Then +they will hang us, and not upon a mast, but simply on one of their +foolish trees." + +"Yes. The wind is getting stronger. Do you hear, Khorre? The wind +is getting stronger!" + +"And the gold which we have buried here?" He points below, with his +finger. + +"The gold? Take it and go with it wherever you like." + +The sailor says angrily: + +"You are a bad man, Noni. You have only set foot on earth a little +while ago, and you already have the thoughts of a traitor. That's +what the earth is doing!" + +"Be silent, Khorre. I am listening. Our sailors are singing. Do +you hear? No, that's the wine rushing to my head. I'll be drunk +soon. Give me another bottle." + +"Perhaps you will go to the priest? He would absolve your sins." + +"Silence!" roars Haggart, clutching at his revolver. + +Silence. The storm is increasing. Haggart paces the room in +agitation, striking against the walls. He mutters something +abruptly. Suddenly he seizes the sail and tears it down furiously, +admitting the salty wind. The illumination lamp is extinguished and +the flame in the fireplace tosses about wildly--like Haggart. + +"Why did you lock out the wind? It's better now. Come here." + +"You were the terror of the seas!" says the sailor. + +"Yes, I was the terror of the seas." + +"You were the terror of the coasts! Your famous name resounded like +the surf over all the coasts, wherever people live. They saw you in +their dreams. When they thought of the ocean, they thought of you. +When they heard the storm, they heard you, Noni!" + +"I burnt their cities. The deck of my ship is shaking under my +feet, Khorre. The deck is shaking under me!" + +He laughs wildly, as if losing his senses. + +"You sank their ships. You sent to the bottom the Englishman who +was chasing you." + +"He had ten guns more than I." + +"And you burnt and drowned him. Do you remember, Noni, how the wind +laughed then? The night was as black as this night, but you made day +of it, Noni. We were rocked by a sea of fire." + +Haggart stands pale-faced, his eyes closed. Suddenly he shouts +commandingly: + +"Boatswain!" + +"Yes," Khorre jumps up. + +"Whistle for everybody to go up on deck." + +"Yes." + +The boatswain's shrill whistle pierces sharply into the open body of +the storm. Everything comes to life, and it looks as though they +were upon the deck of a ship. The waves are crying with human +voices. In semi-oblivion, Haggart is commanding passionately and +angrily: + +"To the shrouds!--The studding sails! Be ready, forepart! Aim at +the ropes; I don't want to sink them all at once. Starboard the +helm, sail by the wind. Be ready now. Ah, fire! Ah, you are +already burning! Board it now! Get the hooks ready." + +And Khorre tosses about violently, performing the mad instructions. + +"Yes, yes." + +"Be braver, boys. Don't be afraid of tears! Eh, who is crying +there? Don't dare cry when you are dying. I'll dry your mean eyes +upon the fire. Fire! Fire everywhere! Khorre--sailor! I am dying. +They have poured molten tar into my chest. Oh, how it burns!" + +"Don't give way, Noni. Don't give way. Recall your father. Strike +them on the head, Noni!" + +"I can't, Khorre. My strength is failing. Where is my power?" + +"Strike them on the head, Noni. Strike them on the head!" + +"Take a knife, Khorre, and cut out my heart. There is no ship, +Khorre--there is nothing. Cut out my heart, comrade--throw out the +traitor from my breast." + +"I want to play some more, Noni. Strike them on the head!" + +"There is no ship, Khorre, there is nothing--it is all a lie. I +want to drink." + +He takes a bottle and laughs: + +"Look, sailor--here the wind and the storm and you and I are locked. +It is all a deception, Khorre!" + +"I want to play." + +"Here my sorrow is locked. Look! In the green glass it seems like +water, but it isn't water. Let us drink, Khorre--there on the bottom +I see my laughter and your song. There is no ship--there is nothing! +Who is coming?" + +He seizes his revolver. The fire in the fire-place is burning +faintly; the shadows are tossing about--but two of these shadows are +darker than the others and they are walking. Khorre shouts: + +"Halt!" + +A man's voice, heavy and deep, answers: + +"Hush! Put down your weapons. I am the abbot of this place." + +"Fire, Noni, fire! They have come for you." + +"I have come to help you. Put down your knife, fool, or I will +break every bone in your body without a knife. Coward, are you +frightened by a woman and a priest?" + +Haggart puts down his revolver and says ironically: + +"A woman and a priest! Is there anything still more terrible? +Pardon my sailor, Mr. abbot, he is drunk, and when he is drunk he is +very reckless and he may kill you. Khorre, don't turn your knife." + +"He has come after you, Noni." + +"I have come to warn you; the tower may fall. Go away from here!" +says the abbot. + +"Why are you hiding yourself, girl? I remember your name; your name +is Mariet," says Haggart. + +"I am not hiding. I also remember your name--it is Haggart," +replies Mariet. + +"Was it you who brought him here?" + +"I." + +"I have told you that they are all traitors, Noni," says Khorre. + +"Silence!" + +"It is very cold here. I will throw some wood into the fireplace. +May I do it?" asks Mariet. + +"Do it," answers Haggart. + +"The tower will fall down before long," says the abbot. "Part of the +wall has caved in already; it is all hollow underneath. Do you hear?" + +He stamps his foot on the stone floor. + +"Where will the tower fall?" + +"Into the sea, I suppose! The castle is splitting the rocks." + +Haggart laughs: + +"Do you hear, Khorre? This place is not as motionless as it seemed +to you--while it cannot move, it can fall. How many people have you +brought along with you, priest, and where have you hidden them?" + +"Only two of us came, my father and I," says Mariet. + +"You are rude to a priest. I don't like that," says the abbot. + +"You have come here uninvited. I don't like that either," says Haggart. + +"Why did you lead me here, Mariet? Come," says the abbot. + +Haggart speaks ironically: + +"And you leave us here to die? That is unChristian, Christian." + +"Although I am a priest, I am a poor Christian, and the Lord knows +it," says the abbot angrily. "I have no desire to save such a rude +scamp. Let us go, Mariet." + +"Captain?" asks Khorre. + +"Be silent, Khorre," says Haggart. "So that's the way you speak, +abbot; so you are not a liar?" + +"Come with me and you shall see." + +"Where shall I go with you?" + +"To my house." + +"To your house? Do you hear, Khorre? To the priest! But do you +know whom you are calling to your house?" + +"No, I don't know. But I see that you are young and strong. I see +that although your face is gloomy, it is handsome, and I think that +you could be as good a workman as others." + +"A workman? Khorre, do you hear what the priest says?" + +Both laugh. The abbot says angrily: + +"You are both drunk." + +"Yes, a little! But if I were sober I would have laughed still +more," answers Haggart. + +"Don't laugh, Haggart," says Mariet. + +Haggart replies angrily: + +"I don't like the tongues of false priests, Mariet--they are coated +with truth on top, like a lure for flies. Take him away, and you, +girl, go away, too! I have forgotten your name!" + +He sits down and stares ahead sternly. His eyebrows move close +together, and his hand is pressed down heavily by his lowered head, +by his strong chin. + +"He does not know you, father! Tell him about yourself. You speak +so well. If you wish it, he will believe you, father. Haggart!" + +Haggart maintains silence. + +"Noni! Captain!" + +Silence. Khorre whispers mysteriously: + +"He feels sad. Girl, tell the priest that he feels sad." + +"Khorre," begins Mariet. Haggart looks around quickly. + +"What about Khorre? Why don't you like him, Mariet? We are so much +like each other." + +"He is like you?" says the woman with contempt. "No, Haggart! But +here is what he did: He gave gin to little Noni again to-day. He +moistened his finger and gave it to him. He will kill him, father." + +Haggart laughs: + +"Is that so bad? He did the same to me." + +"And he dipped him in cold water. The boy is very weak," says +Mariet morosely. + +"I don't like to hear you speak of weakness. Our boy must be +strong. Khorre! Three days without gin." + +He shows him three fingers. + +"Who should be without gin? The boy or I?" asks Khorre gloomily. + +"You!" replies Haggart furiously. "Begone!" + +The sailor sullenly gathers his belongings--the pouch, the pipe, and +the flask--and wabbling, goes off. But he does not go far--he sits +down upon a neighbouring rock. Haggart and his wife look at him. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +The work is ended. Having lost its gloss, the last neglected fish +lies on the ground; even the children are too lazy to pick it up; and +an indifferent, satiated foot treads it into the mud. A quiet, +fatigued conversation goes on, mingled with gay and peaceful laughter. + +"What kind of a prayer is our abbot going to say to-day? It is +already time for him to come." + +"And do you think it is so easy to compose a good prayer? He is +thinking." + +"Selly's basket broke and the fish were falling out. We laughed so +much! It seems so funny to me even now!" + +Laughter. Two fishermen look at the sail in the distance. + +"All my life I have seen large ships sailing past us. Where are +they going? They disappear beyond the horizon, and I go off to +sleep; and I sleep, while they are forever going, going. Where are +they going? Do you know?" + +"To America." + +"I should like to go with them. When they speak of America my heart +begins to ring. Did you say America on purpose, or is that the truth?" + +Several old women are whispering: + +"Wild Gart is angry again at his sailor. Have you noticed it?" + +"The sailor is displeased. Look, how wan his face is." + +"Yes, he looks like the evil one when he is compelled to listen to a +psalm. But I don't like Wild Gart, either. No. Where did he come +from?" + +They resume their whispers. Haggart complains softly: + +"Why have you the same name, Mariet, for everybody? It should not +be so in a truthful land." + +Mariet speaks with restrained force, pressing both hands to her +breast: + +"I love you so dearly, Gart; when you go out to sea, I set my teeth +together and do not open them until you come back. When you are +away, I eat nothing and drink nothing; when you are away, I am +silent, and the women laugh: 'Mute Mariet!' But I would be insane +if I spoke when I am alone." + +HAGGART--Here you are again compelling me to smile. You must not, +Mariet--I am forever smiling. + +MARIET--I love you so dearly, Gart. Every hour of the day and the +night I am thinking only of what I could still give to you, Gart. +Have I not given you everything? But that is so little--everything! +There is but one thing I want to do--to keep on giving to you, +giving! When the sun sets, I present you the sunset; when the sun +rises, I present you the sunrise--take it, Gart! And are not all the +storms yours? Ah, Haggart, how I love you! + +HAGGART--I am going to toss little Noni so high to-day that I will +toss him up to the clouds. Do you want me to do it? Let us laugh, +dear little sister Mariet. You are exactly like myself. When you +stand that way, it seems to me that I am standing there--I have to +rub my eyes. Let us laugh! Some day I may suddenly mix things up +--I may wake up and say to you: "Good morning, Haggart!" + +MARIET--Good morning, Mariet. + +HAGGART--I will call you Haggart. Isn't that a good idea? + +MARIET--And I will call you Mariet. + +HAGGART--Yes--no. You had better call me Haggart, too. + +"You don't want me to call you Mariet?" asks Mariet sadly. + +The abbot and old Dan appear. The abbot says in a loud, deep voice: + +"Here I am. Here I am bringing you a prayer, children. I have just +composed it; it has even made me feel hot. Dan, why doesn't the boy +ring the bell? Oh, yes, he is ringing. The fool--he isn't swinging +the right rope, but that doesn't matter; that's good enough, too. +Isn't it, Mariet?" + +Two thin but merry bells are ringing. + +Mariet is silent and Haggart answers for her: + +"That's good enough. But what are the bells saying, abbot?" + +The fishermen who have gathered about them are already prepared to +laugh--the same undying jest is always repeated. + +"Will you tell no one about it?" says the abbot, in a deep voice, +slily winking his eye. "Pope's a rogue! Pope's a rogue!" + +The fishermen laugh merrily. + +"This man," roars the abbot, pointing at Haggart, "is my favourite +man! He has given me a grandson, and I wrote the Pope about it in +Latin. But that wasn't so hard; isn't that true, Mariet? But he +knows how to look at the water. He foretells a storm as if he +himself caused it. Gart, do you produce the storm yourself? Where +does the wind come from? You are the wind yourself." + +All laugh approval. An old fisherman says: + +"That's true, father. Ever since he has been here, we have never +been caught in a storm." + +"Of course it is true, if I say it. 'Pope's a rogue! Pope's a +rogue!'" + +Old Dan walks over to Khorre and says something to him. Khorre nods +his head negatively. The abbot, singing "Pope's a rogue," goes +around the crowd, throws out brief remarks, and claps some people on +the shoulder in a friendly manner. + +"Hello, Katerina, you are getting stout. Oho! Are you all ready? +And Thomas is missing again--this is the second time he has stayed +away from prayer. Anna, you are rather sad--that isn't good. One +must live merrily, one must live merrily! I think that it is jolly +even in hell, but in a different way. It is two years since you have +stopped growing, Philipp. That isn't good." + +Philipp answers gruffly: + +"Grass also stops growing if a stone falls upon it." + +"What is still worse than that--worms begin to breed under the rock." + +Mariet says softly, sadly and entreatingly: + +"Don't you want me to call you Mariet?" + +Haggart answers obstinately and sternly: + +"I don't. If my name will be Mariet, I shall never kill that man. +He disturbs my life. Make me a present of his life, Mariet. He +kissed you." + +"How can I present you that which is not mine? His life belongs to +God and to himself." + +"That is not true. He kissed you; do I not see the burns upon your +lips? Let me kill him, and you will feel as joyful and care-free as +a seagull. Say 'yes,' Mariet." + +"No; you shouldn't do it, Gart. It will be painful to you." + +Haggart looks at her and speaks with deep irony. + +"Is that it? Well, then, it is not true that you give me anything. +You don't know how to give, woman." + +"I am your wife." + +"No! A man has no wife when another man, and not his wife, grinds +his knife. My knife is dull, Mariet!" + +Mariet looks at him with horror and sorrow. + +"What did you say, Haggart? Wake up; it is a terrible dream, +Haggart! It is I--look at me. Open your eyes wider, wider, until +you see me well. Do you see me, Gart?" + +Haggart slowly rubs his brow. + +"I don't know. It is true I love you, Mariet. But how incomprehensible +your land is--in your land a man sees dreams even when he is not asleep. +Perhaps I am smiling already. Look, Mariet." + +The abbot stops in front of Khorre. + +"Ah, old friend, how do you do? You are smiling already. Look, Mariet." + +"I don't want to work," ejaculates the sailor sternly. + +"You want your own way? This man," roars the abbot, pointing at +Khorre, "thinks that he is an atheist. But he is simply a fool; he +does not understand that he is also praying to God--but he is doing +it the wrong way, like a crab. Even a fish prays to God, my children; +I have seen it myself. When you will be in hell, old man,give my +regards to the Pope. Well, children, come closer, and don't gnash +your teeth. I am going to start at once. Eh, you, Mathias--you +needn't put out the fire in your pipe; isn't it the same to God what +smoke it is, incense or tobacco, if it is only well meant. Why do +you shake your head, woman?" + +WOMAN--His tobacco is contraband. + +YOUNG FISHERMAN--God wouldn't bother with such trifles. The abbot +thinks a while: + +"No; hold on. I think contraband tobacco is not quite so good. +That's an inferior grade. Look here; you better drop your pipe +meanwhile, Mathias; I'll think the matter over later. Now, silence, +perfect silence. Let God take a look at us first." + +All stand silent and serious. Only a few have lowered their heads. +Most of the people are looking ahead with wide-open, motionless eyes, +as though they really saw God in the blue of the sky, in the +boundless, radiant, distant surface of the sea. The sea is +approaching with a caressing murmur; high tide has set in. + +"My God and the God of all these people! Don't judge us for +praying, not in Latin but in our own language, which our mothers have +taught us. Our God! Save us from all kinds of terrors, from unknown +sea monsters; protect us against storms and hurricanes, against +tempests and gales. Give us calm weather and a kind wind, a clear +sun and peaceful waves. And another thing, O Lord! we ask You; don't +allow the devil, to come close to our bedside when we are asleep. In +our sleep we are defenceless, O Lord! and the devil terrifies us, +tortures us to convulsions, torments us to the very blood of our +heart. And there is another thing, O Lord! Old Rikke, whom You know, +is beginning to extinguish Your light in his eyes and he can make +nets no longer--" + +Rikke frequently shakes his head in assent. + +"I can't, I can't!" + +"Prolong, then, O Lord! Your bright day and bid the night wait. Am +I right, Rikke?" + +"Yes." + +"And here is still another, the last request, O Lord. I shall not +ask any more: The tears do not dry up in the eyes of our old women +crying for those who have perished. Take their memory away, O Lord, +and give them strong forgetfulness. There are still other trifles, O +Lord, but let the others pray whose turn has come before You. Amen." + +Silence. Old Dan tugs the abbot by the sleeve, and whispers +something in his ear. + +ABBOT--Dan is asking me to pray for those who perished at sea. + +The women exclaim in plaintive chorus: + +"For those who perished at sea! For those who died at sea!" + +Some of them kneel. The abbot looks tenderly at their bowed heads, +exhausted with waiting and fear, and says: + +"No priest should pray for those who died at sea--these women should +pray. Make it so, O Lord, that they should not weep so much!" + +Silence. The incoming tide roars more loudly--the ocean is carrying +to the earth its noise, its secrets, its bitter, briny taste of +unexplored depths. + +Soft voices say: + +"The sea is coming." + +"High tide has started." + +"The sea is coming." + +Mariet kisses her father's hand. + +"Woman!" says the priest tenderly. "Listen, Gart, isn't it strange +that this--a woman"--he strokes his daughter tenderly with his finger +on her pure forehead--"should be born of me, a man?" + +Haggart smiles. + +"And is it not strange that this should have become a wife to me, a +man?" He embraces Mariet, bending her frail shoulders. + +"Let us go to eat, Gart, my son. Whoever she may be, I know one +thing well. She has prepared for you and me an excellent dinner." + +The people disperse quickly. Mariet says confusedly and cheerfully: + +"I'll run first." + +"Run, run," answers the abbot. "Gart, my son, call the atheist to +dinner. I'll hit him with a spoon on the forehead; an atheist +understands a sermon best of all if you hit him with a spoon." + +He waits and mutters: + +"The boy has commenced to ring the bells again. He does it for +himself, the rogue. If we did not lock the steeple, they would pray +there from morning until night." + +Haggart goes over to Khorre, near whom Dan is sitting. + +"Khorre! Let us go to eat--the priest called you." + +"I don't want to go, Noni." + +"So? What are you going to do here on shore?" + +"I will think, Noni, think. I have so much to think to be able to +understand at least something." + +Haggart turns around silently. The abbot calls from the distance: + +"He is not coming? Well, then, let him stay there. And Dan--never +call Dan, my son"--says the priest in his deep whisper, "he eats at +night like a rat. Mariet purposely puts something away for him in +the closet for the night; when she looks for it in the morning, it +is gone. Just think of it, no one ever hears when he takes it. +Does he fly?" + +Both go off. Only the two old men, seated in a friendly manner on +two neighbouring rocks, remain on the deserted shore. And the old +men resemble each other so closely, and whatever they may say to each +other, the whiteness of their hair, the deep lines of their wrinkles, +make them kin. + +The tide is coming. + +"They have all gone away," mutters Khorre. "Thus will they cook hot +soup on the wrecks of our ship, too. Eh, Dan! Do you know he +ordered me to drink no gin for three days. Let the old dog croak! +Isn't that so, Noni?" + +"Of those who died at sea... Those who died at sea," mutters Dan. +"A son taken from his father, a son from his father. The father +said go, and the son perished in the sea. Oi, oi, oi!" + +"What are you prating there, old man? I say, he ordered me to drink +no gin. Soon he will order, like that King of yours, that the sea be +lashed with chains." + +"Oho! With chains." + +"Your king was a fool. Was he married, your king?" + +"The sea is coming, coming!" mutters Dan. "It brings along its +noise, its secret, its deception. Oh, how the sea deceives man. +Those who died at sea--yes, yes, yes. Those who died at sea." + +"Yes, the sea is coming. And you don't like it?" asks Khorre, +rejoicing maliciously. "Well, don't you like it? I don't like +your music. Do you hear, Dan? I hate your music!" + +"Oho! And why do you come to hear it? I know that you and Gart +stood by the wall and listened." + +Khorre says sternly: + +"It was he who got me out of bed." + +"He will get you out of bed again." + +"No!" roars Khorre furiously. "I will get up myself at night. Do +you hear, Dan? I will get up at night and break your music." + +"And I will spit into your sea." + +"Try," says the sailor distrustfully. "How will you spit?" + +"This way," and Dan, exasperated, spits in the direction of the sea. +The frightened Khorre, in confusion, says hoarsely: + +"Oh, what sort of man are you? You spat! Eh, Dan, look out; it +will be bad for you--you yourself are talking about those who died +at sea." + +Dan shouts, frightened: + +"Who speaks of those that perished at sea? You, you dog!" + +He goes away, grumbling and coughing, swinging his hand and stooping. +Khorre is left alone before the entire vastness of the sea and the sky. + +"He is gone. Then I am going to look at you, O sea, until my eyes +will burst of thirst!" + +The ocean, approaching, is roaring. + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +At the very edge of the water, upon a narrow landing on the rocky +shore, stands a man--a small, dark, motionless dot. Behind him is +the cold, almost vertical slope of granite, and before his eyes the +ocean is rocking heavily and dully in the impenetrable darkness. Its +mighty approach is felt in the open voice of the waves which are +rising from the depths. Even sniffing sounds are heard--it is as +though a drove of monsters, playing, were splashing, snorting, lying +down on their backs, and panting contentedly, deriving their +monstrous pleasures. + +The ocean smells of the strong odour of the depths, of decaying +seaweeds, of its grass. The sea is calm to-day and, as always, alone. + +And there is but one little light in the black space of water and +night--the distant lighthouse of the Holy Cross. + +The rattle of cobblestones is heard from under a cautious step: +Haggart is coming down to the sea along a steep path. He pauses, +silent with restraint, breathing deeply after the strain of passing +the dangerous slope, and goes forward. He is now at the edge--he +straightens himself and looks for a long time at him who had long +before taken his strange but customary place at the very edge of the +deep. He makes a few steps forward and greets him irresolutely and +gently--Haggart greets him even timidly: + +"Good evening, stranger. Have you been here long?" + +A sad, soft, and grave voice answers: + +"Good evening, Haggart. Yes, I have been here long." + +"You are watching?" + +"I am watching and listening." + +"Will you allow me to stand near you and look in the same direction +you are looking? I am afraid that I am disturbing you by my uninvited +presence--for when I came you were already here--but I am so fond +of this spot. This place is isolated, and the sea is near, and the +earth behind is silent; and here my eyes open. Like a night-owl, I +see better in the dark; the light of day dazzles me. You know, I +have grown up on the sea, sir." + +"No, you are not disturbing me, Haggart. But am I not disturbing +you? Then I shall go away." + +"You are so polite, sir," mutters Haggart. + +"But I also love this spot," continues the sad, grave voice. "I, +too, like to feel that the cold and peaceful granite is behind me. +You have grown up on the sea, Haggart--tell me, what is that faint +light on the right?" + +"That is the lighthouse of the Holy Cross." + +"Aha! The lighthouse of the Holy Cross. I didn't know that. But +can such a faint light help in time of a storm? I look and it always +seems to me that the light is going out. I suppose it isn't so." + +Haggart, agitated but restrained, says: + +"You frighten me, sir. Why do you ask me what you know better than +I do? You want to tempt me--you know everything." + +There is not a trace of a smile in the mournful voice--nothing but +sadness. + +"No, I know little. I know even less than you do, for I know more. +Pardon my rather complicated phrase, Haggart, but the tongue responds +with so much difficulty not only to our feeling, but also to our +thought." + +"You are polite," mutters Haggart agitated. "You are polite and +always calm. You are always sad and you have a thin hand with rings +upon it, and you speak like a very important personage. Who are you, +sir?" + +"I am he whom you called--the one who is always sad." + +"When I come, you are already here; when I go away, you remain. Why +do you never want to go with me, sir?" + +"There is one way for you, Haggart, and another for me." + +"I see you only at night. I know all the people around this +settlement, and there is no one who looks like you. Sometimes I +think that you are the owner of that old castle where I lived. If +that is so I must tell you the castle was destroyed by the storm." + +"I don't know of whom you speak." + +"I don't understand how you know my name, Haggart. But I don't want +to deceive you. Although my wife Mariet calls me so, I invented that +name myself. I have another name--my real name--of which no one has +ever heard here." + +"I know your other name also, Haggart. I know your third name, too, +which even you do not know. But it is hardly worth speaking of this. +You had better look into this dark sea and tell me about your life. +Is it true that it is so joyous? They say that you are forever +smiling. They say that you are the bravest and most handsome +fisherman on the coast. And they also say that you love your wife +Mariet very dearly." + +"O sir!" exclaims Haggart with restraint, "my life is so sad that +you could not find an image like it in this dark deep. O sir! my +sufferings are so deep that you could not find a more terrible place +in this dark abyss." + +"What is the cause of your sorrow and your sufferings, Haggart?" + +"Life, sir. Here your noble and sad eyes look in the same direction +my eyes look--into this terrible, dark distance. Tell me, then, what +is stirring there? What is resting and waiting there, what is silent +there, what is screaming and singing and complaining there in its own +voices? What are the voices that agitate me and fill my soul with +phantoms of sorrow, and yet say nothing? And whence comes this +night? And whence comes my sorrow? Are you sighing, sir, or is it +the sigh of the ocean blending with your voice? My hearing is +beginning to fail me, my master, my dear master." + +The sad voice replies: + +"It is my sigh, Haggart. My great sorrow is responding to your +sorrow. You see at night like an owl, Haggart; then look at my thin +hands and at my rings. Are they not pale? And look at my face--is +it not pale? Is it not pale--is it not pale? Oh, Haggart, my dear +Haggart." + +They grieve silently. The heavy ocean is splashing, tossing about, +spitting and snorting and sniffing peacefully. The sea is calm +to-night and alone, as always. + +"Tell Haggart--" says the sad voice. + +"Very well. I will tell Haggart." + +"Tell Haggart that I love him." + +Silence--and then a faint, plaintive reproach resounds softly: + +"If your voice were not so grave, sir, I would have thought that you +were laughing at me. Am I not Haggart that I should tell something +to Haggart? But no--I sense a different meaning in your words, and +you frighten me again. And when Haggart is afraid, it is real +terror. Very well, I will tell Haggart everything you have said." + +"Adjust my cloak; my shoulder is cold. But it always seems to me +that the light over there is going out. You called it the lighthouse +of the Holy Cross, if I am not mistaken?" + +"Yes, it is called so here." + +"Aha! It is called so here." + +Silence. + +"Must I go now?" asks Haggart. + +"Yes, go." + +"And you will remain here?" + +"I will remain here." + +Haggart retreats several steps. + +"Good-bye, sir." + +"Good-bye, Haggart." + +Again the cobblestones rattle under his cautious steps; without +looking back, Haggart climbs the steep rocks. + +Of what great sorrow speaks this night? + + + +CHAPTER V + + +"Your hands are in blood, Haggart. Whom have you killed, Haggart?" + +"Silence, Khorre, I killed that man. Be silent and listen--he will +commence to play soon. I stood here and listened, but suddenly my +heart sank, and I cannot stay here alone." + +"Don't confuse my mind, Noni; don't tempt me. I will run away from +here. At night, when I am already fast asleep, you swoop down on me +like a demon, grab me by the neck, and drag me over here--I can't +understand anything. Tell me, my boy, is it necessary to hide the +body?" + +"Yes, yes." + +"Why didn't you throw it into the sea?" + +"Silence! What are you prating about? I have nothing to throw into +the sea." + +"But your hands are in blood." + +"Silence, Khorre! He will commence soon. Be silent and listen--I +say to you--Are you a friend to me or not, Khorre?" + +He drags him closer to the dark window of the church. Khorre mutters: + +"How dark it is. If you raised me out of bed for this accursed music--" + +"Yes, yes; for this accursed music." + +"Then you have disturbed my honest sleep in vain; I want no music, Noni." + +"So! Was I perhaps to run through the street, knock at the windows +and shout: 'Eh, who is there; where's a living soul? Come and help +Haggart, stand up with him against the cannons.'" + +"You are confusing things, Noni. Drink some gin, my boy. What cannons?" + +"Silence, sailor." + +He drags him away from the window. + +"Oh, you shake me like a squall!" + +"Silence! I think he looked at us from the window; something white +flashed behind the window pane. You may laugh. Khorre--if he came +out now I would scream like a woman." + +He laughs softly. + +"Are you speaking of Dan? I don't understand anything, Noni." + +"But is that Dan? Of course it is not Dan--it is some one else. +Give me your hand, sailor." + +"I think that you simply drank too much, like that time--remember, +in the castle? And your hand is quivering. But then the game was +different--" + +"Tss!" + +Khorre lowers his voice: + +"But your hand is really in blood. Oh, you are breaking my fingers!" + +Haggart threatens: + +"If you don't keep still, dog, I'll break every bone of your body! +I'll pull every vein out of your body, if you don't keep still, you +dog!" + +Silence. The distant breakers are softly groaning, as if complaining-- +the sea has gone far away from the black earth. And the night is silent. +It came no one knows whence and spread over the earth; it spread over the +earth and is silent; it is silent, waiting for something. And ferocious +mists have swung themselves to meet it--the sea breathed phantoms, driving +to the earth a herd of headless submissive giants. A heavy fog is coming. + +"Why doesn't he light a lamp?" asks Khorre sternly but submissively. + +"He needs no light." + +"Perhaps there is no one there any longer." + +"Yes, he's there." + +"A fog is coming. How quiet it is! There's something wrong in the +air--what do you think, Noni?" + +"Tss!" + +The first soft sounds of the organ resound. Some one is sitting +alone in the dark and is speaking to God in an incomprehensible +language about the most important things. And however faint the +sounds--suddenly the silence vanishes, the night trembles and stares +into the dark church with all its myriads of phantom eyes. An +agitated voice whispers: + +"Listen! He always begins that way. He gets a hold of your soul at +once! Where does he get the power? He gets a hold of your heart!" + +"I don't like it." + +"Listen! Now he makes believe he is Haggart, Khorre! Little +Haggart in his mother's lap. Look, all hands are filled with golden +rays; little Haggart is playing with golden rays. Look!" + +"I don't see it, Noni. Leave my hand alone, it hurts." + +"Now he makes believe he is Haggart! Listen!" + +The oppressive chords resound faintly. Haggart moans softly. + +"What is it, Noni? Do you feel any pain?" + +"Yes. Do you understand of what he speaks?" + +"No." + +"He speaks of the most important--of the most vital, Khorre--if we +could only understand it--I want to understand it. Listen, Khorre, +listen! Why does he make believe that he is Haggart? It is not my +soul. My soul does not know this." + +"What, Noni?" + +"I don't know. What terrible dreams there are in this land! +Listen. There! Now he will cry and he will say: 'It is Haggart +crying.' He will call God and will say: 'Haggart is calling.' He +lies--Haggart did not call, Haggart does not know God." + +He moans again, trying to restrain himself. + +"Do you feel any pain?" + +"Yes--Be silent." + +Haggart exclaims in a muffled voice: + +"Oh, Khorre!" + +"What is it, Noni?" + +"Why don't you tell him that it isn't Haggart? It is a lie!" +whispers Haggart rapidly. "He thinks that he knows, but he does not +know anything. He is a small, wretched old man with red eyes, like +those of a rabbit, and to-morrow death will mow him down. Ha! He is +dealing in diamonds, he throws them from one hand to the other like +an old miser, and he himself is dying of hunger. It is a fraud, +Khorre, a fraud. Let us shout loudly, Khorre, we are alone here." + +He shouts, turning to the thundering organ: + +"Eh, musician! Even a fly cannot rise on your wings, even the +smallest fly cannot rise on your wings. Eh, musician! Let me have +your torn hat and I will throw a penny into it; your lie is worth no +more. What are you prating there about God, you rabbit's eyes? Be +silent, I am shamed to listen to you. I swear, I am ashamed to +listen to you! Don't you believe me? You are still calling? +Whither?" + +"Strike them on the head, Noni." + +"Be silent, you dog! But what a terrible land! What are they doing +here with the human heart? What terrible dreams there are in this +land?" + +He stops speaking. The organ sings solemnly. + +"Why did you stop speaking, Noni?" asks the sailor with alarm. + +"I am listening. It is good music, Khorre. Have I said anything?" + +"You even shouted, Noni, and you forced me to shout with you." + +"That is not true. I have been silent all the time. Do you know, I +haven't even opened my mouth once! You must have been dreaming, +Khorre. Perhaps you are thinking that you are near the church? You +are simply sleeping in your bed, sailor. It is a dream." + +Khorre is terrified. + +"Drink some gin, Noni." + +"I don't need it. I drank something else already." + +"Your hands?" + +"Be silent, Khorre. Don't you see that everything is silent and is +listening, and you alone are talking? The musician may feel offended!" + +He laughs quietly. Brass trumpets are roaring harmoniously about +the triumphant conciliation between man and God. The fog is growing +thicker. + +A loud stamping of feet--some one runs through the deserted street +in agitation. + +"Noni!" whispers the sailor. "Who ran by?" + +"I hear." + +"Noni! Another one is running. Something is wrong." + +Frightened people are running about in the middle of the night--the +echo of the night doubles the sound of their footsteps, increasing their +terror tenfold, and it seems as if the entire village, terror-stricken, +is running away somewhere. Rocking, dancing silently, as upon waves, +a lantern floats by. + +"They have found him, Khorre. They have found the man I killed, +sailor! I did not throw him into the sea; I brought him and set his +head up against the door of his house. They have found him." + +Another lantern floats by, swinging from side to side. As if +hearing the alarm, the organ breaks off at a high chord. An instant +of silence, emptiness of dread waiting, and then a woman's sob of +despair fills it up to the brim. + +The mist is growing thicker. + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +The flame in the oil-lamp is dying out, having a smell of burning. +It is near sunrise. A large, clean, fisherman's hut. A skilfully +made little ship is fastened to the ceiling, and even the sails are +set. Involuntarily this little ship has somehow become the centre of +attraction and all those who speak, who are silent and who listen, +look at it, study each familiar sail. Behind the dark curtain lies +the body of Philipp--this hut belonged to him. + +The people are waiting for Haggart--some have gone out to search for +him. On the benches along the walls, the old fishermen have seated +themselves, their hands folded on their knees; some of them seem to +be slumbering; others are smoking their pipes. They speak +meditatively and cautiously, as though eager to utter no unnecessary +words. Whenever a belated fisherman comes in, he looks first at the +curtain, then he silently squeezes himself into the crowd, and those +who have no place on the bench apparently feel embarrassed. + +The abbot paces the room heavily, his hands folded on his back, his +head lowered; when any one is in his way, he quietly pushes him aside +with his hand. He is silent and knits his brows convulsively. +Occasionally he glances at the door or at the window and listens. + +The only woman present there is Mariet. She is sitting by the table +and constantly watching her father with her burning eyes. She +shudders slightly at each loud word, at the sound of the door as it +opens, at the noise of distant footsteps. + +At night a fog came from the sea and covered the earth. And such +perfect quiet reigns now that long-drawn tolling is heard in the +distant lighthouse of the Holy Cross. Warning is thus given to the +ships that have lost their way in the fog. + +Some one in the corner says: + +"Judging from the blow, it was not one of our people that killed +him. Our people can't strike like that. He stuck the knife here, +then slashed over there, and almost cut his head off." + +"You can't do that with a dull knife!" + +"No. You can't do it with a weak hand. I saw a murdered sailor on +the wharf one day--he was cut up just like this." + +Silence. + +"And where is his mother?" asks some one, nodding at the curtain. + +"Selly is taking care of her. Selly took her to her house." + +An old fisherman quietly asks his neighbour: + +"Who told you?" + +"Francina woke me. Who told you, Marle?" + +"Some one knocked on my window." + +"Who knocked on your window?" + +"I don't know." + +Silence. + +"How is it you don't know? Who was the first to see?" + +"Some one passed by and noticed him." + +"None of us passed by. There was nobody among us who passed by." + +A fisherman seated at the other end, says: + +"There was nobody among us who passed by. Tell us, Thomas." + +Thomas takes out his pipe: + +"I am a neighbour of Philipp's, of that man there--" he points at +the curtain. "Yes, yes, you all know that I am his neighbour. And +if anybody does not know it--I'll say it again, as in a court of +justice: I am his neighbour--I live right next to him--" he turns +to the window. + +An elderly fisherman enters and forces himself silently into the line. + +"Well, Tibo?" asks the abbot, stopping. + +"Nothing." + +"Haven't you found Haggart?" + +"No. It is so foggy that they are afraid of losing themselves. +They walk and call each other; some of them hold each other by the +hand. Even a lantern can't be seen ten feet away." + +The abbot lowers his head and resumes his pacing. The old fisherman +speaks, without addressing any one in particular. + +"There are many ships now staring helplessly in the sea." + +"I walked like a blind man," says Tibo. "I heard the Holy Cross +ringing. But it seems as if it changed its place. The sound comes +from the left side." + +"The fog is deceitful." + +Old Desfoso says: + +"This never happened here. Since Dugamel broke Jack's head with a +shaft. That was thirty--forty years ago." + +"What did you say, Desfoso?" the abbot stops. + +"I say, since Dugamel broke Jack's head--" + +"Yes, yes!" says the abbot, and resumes pacing the room. + +"Then Dugamel threw himself into the sea from a rock and was dashed +to death--that's how it happened. He threw himself down." + +Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with hatred. Silence. + +"What did you say, Thomas?" + +Thomas takes his pipe out of his mouth. + +"Nothing. I only said that some one knocked at my window." + +"You don't know who?" + +"No. And you will never know. I came out, I looked--and there +Philipp was sitting at his door. I wasn't surprised--Philipp often +roamed about at night ever since--" + +He stops irresolutely. Mariet asks harshly: + +"Since when? You said 'since.'" + +Silence. Desfoso replies frankly and heavily: + +"Since your Haggart came. Go ahead, Thomas, tell us about it." + +"So I said to him: 'Why did you knock, Philipp? Do you want +anything?' But he was silent." + +"And he was silent?" + +"He was silent. 'If you don't want anything, you had better go to +sleep, my friend,' said I. But he was silent. Then I looked at him +--his throat was cut open." + +Mariet shudders and looks at the speaker with aversion. Silence. +Another fisherman enters, looks at the curtain and silently forces +his way into the crowd. Women's voices are heard behind the door; +the abbot stops. + +"Eh, Lebon! Chase the women away," he says. "Tell them, there is +nothing for them to do here." + +Lebon goes out. + +"Wait," the abbot stops. "Ask how the mother is feeling; Selly is +taking care of her." + +Desfoso says: + +"You say, chase away the women, abbot? And your daughter? She is +here." + +The abbot looks at Mariet. She says: + +"I am not going away from here." + +Silence. The abbot paces the room again; he looks at the little +ship fastened to the ceiling and asks: + +"Who made it?" + +All look at the little ship. + +"He," answers Desfoso. "He made it when he wanted to go to America +as a sailor. He was always asking me how a three-masted brig is +fitted out." + +They look at the ship again, at its perfect little sails--at the +little rags. Lebon returns. + +"I don't know how to tell you about it, abbot. The women say that +Haggart and his sailor are being led over here. The women are afraid." + +Mariet shudders and looks at the door; the abbot pauses. + +"Oho, it is daybreak already, the fog is turning blue!" says one +fisherman to another, but his voice breaks off. + +"Yes. Low tide has started," replies the other dully. + +Silence. Then uneven footsteps resound. Several young fishermen +with excited faces bring in Haggart, who is bound, and push Khorre in +after him, also bound. Haggart is calm; as soon as the sailor was +bound, something wildly free appeared in his movements, in his +manners, in the sharpness of his swift glances. + +One of the men who brought Haggart says to the abbot in a low voice: + +"He was near the church. Ten times we passed by and saw no one, +until he called: 'Aren't you looking for me?' It is so foggy, +father." + +The abbot shakes his head silently and sits down. Mariet smiles to +her husband with her pale lips, but he does not look at her. Like +all the others, he has fixed his eyes in amazement on the toy ship. + +"Hello, Haggart," says the abbot. + +"Hello, father." + +"You call me father?" + +"Yes, you." + +"You are mistaken, Haggart. I am not your father." + +The fishermen exchanged glances contentedly. + +"Well, then. Hello, abbot," says Haggart with indifference, and +resumes examining the little ship. Khorre mutters: + +"That's the way, be firm, Noni." + +"Who made this toy?" asks Haggart, but no one replies. + +"Hello, Gart!" says Mariet, smiling. "It is I, your wife, Mariet. +Let me untie your hands." + +With a smile, pretending that she does not notice the stains of +blood, she unfastens the ropes. All look at her in silence. Haggart +also looks at her bent, alarmed head. + +"Thank you," he says, straightening his hands. + +"It would be a good thing to untie my hands, too," said Khorre, but +there is no answer. + +ABBOT--Haggart, did you kill Philipp? + +HAGGART--I. + +ABBOT--Do you mean to say--eh, you, Haggart--that you yourself +killed him with your own hands? Perhaps you said to the sailor: +"Sailor, go and kill Philipp," and he did it, for he loves you and +respects you as his superior? Perhaps it happened that way! Tell +me, Haggart. I called you my son, Haggart. + +HAGGART--No, I did not order the sailor to do it. I killed Philipp +with my own hand. + +Silence. + +KHORRE--Noni! Tell them to unfasten my hands and give me back my +pipe. + +"Don't be in a hurry," roars the priest. "Be bound awhile, +drunkard! You had better be afraid of an untied rope--it may be +formed into a noose." + +But obeying a certain swift movement or glance of Haggart, Mariet +walks over to the sailor and opens the knots of the rope. And again +all look in silence upon her bent, alarmed head. Then they turn +their eyes upon Haggart. Just as they looked at the little ship +before, so they now look at him. And he, too, has forgotten about +the toy. As if aroused from sleep, he surveys the fishermen, and +stares long at the dark curtain. + +ABBOT--Haggart, I am asking you. Who carried Philipp's body? + +HAGGART--I. I brought it and put it near the door, his head against +the door, his face against the sea. It was hard to set him that way, +he was always falling down. But I did it. + +ABBOT--Why did you do it? + +HAGGART--I don't know exactly. I heard that Philipp has a mother, +an old woman, and I thought this might please them better--both him +and his mother. + +ABBOT--(With restraint.) You are laughing at us? + +HAGGART--No. What makes you think I am laughing? I am just as +serious as you are. Did he--did Philipp make this little ship? + +No one answers. Mariet, rising and bending over to Haggart across +the table, says: + +"Didn't you say this, Haggart: 'My poor boy, I killed you because I +had to kill you, and now I am going to take you to your mother, my +dear boy'?" + +"These are very sad words. Who told them to you, Mariet?" asks +Haggart, surprised. + +"I heard them. And didn't you say further: 'Mother, I have brought +you your son, and put him down at your door--take your boy, mother'?" + +Haggart maintains silence. + +"I don't know," roars the abbot bitterly. "I don't know; people +don't kill here, and we don't know how it is done. Perhaps that is +as it should be--to kill and then bring the murdered man to his +mother's threshold. What are you gaping at, you scarecrow?" + +Khorre replies rudely: + +"According to my opinion, he should have thrown him into the sea. +Your Haggart is out of his mind; I have said it long ago." + +Suddenly old Desfoso shouts amid the loud approval of the others: + +"Hold your tongue! We will send him to the city, but we will hang +you like a cat ourselves, even if you did not kill him." + +"Silence, old man, silence!" the abbot stops him, while Khorre looks +over their heads with silent contempt. "Haggart, I am asking you, +why did you take Philipp's life? He needed his life just as you need +yours." + +"He was Mariet's betrothed--and--" + +"Well?" + +"And--I don't want to speak. Why didn't you ask me before, when he +was alive? Now I have killed him." + +"But"--says the abbot, and there is a note of entreaty in his heavy +voice. "But it may be that you are already repenting, Haggart? You +are a splendid man, Gart. I know you; when you are sober you cannot +hurt even a fly. Perhaps you were intoxicated--that happens with +young people--and Philipp may have said something to you, and you--" + +"No." + +"No? Well, then, let it be no. Am I not right, children? But +perhaps something strange came over you--it happens with people-- +suddenly a red mist will get into a man's head, the beast will begin +to howl in his breast, and-- In such cases one word is enough--" + +"No, Philipp did not say anything to me. He passed along the road, +when I jumped out from behind a large rock and stuck a knife into his +throat. He had no time even to be scared. But if you like--" +Haggart surveys the fishermen with his eyes irresolutely--"I feel a +little sorry for him. That is, just a little. Did he make this toy?" + +The abbot lowers his head sternly. And Desfoso shouts again, amidst +sobs of approval from the others: + +"No! Abbot, you better ask him what he was doing at the church. +Dan saw them from the window. Wouldn't you tell us what you and your +accursed sailor were doing at the church? What were you doing there? +Speak." + +Haggart looks at the speaker steadfastly and says slowly: + +"I talked with the devil." + +A muffled rumbling follows. The abbot jumps from his place and +roars furiously: + +"Then let him sit on your neck! Eh, Pierre, Jules, tie him down as +fast as you can until morning. And the other one, too. And in the +morning--in the morning, take him away to the city, to the Judges. I +don't know their accursed city laws"--cries the abbot in despair-- +"but they will hang you, Haggart! You will dangle on a rope, Haggart!" + +Khorre rudely pushes aside the young fisherman who comes over to him +with a rope, and says to Desfoso in a low voice: + +"It's an important matter, old man. Go away for a minute--he +oughtn't to hear it," he nods at Haggart. + +"I don't trust you." + +"You needn't. That's nothing. Noni, there is a little matter here. +Come, come, and don't be afraid. I have no knife." + +The people step aside and whisper. Haggart is silently waiting to +be bound, but no one comes over to him. All shudder when Mariet +suddenly commences to speak: + +"Perhaps you think that all this is just, father? Why, then, don't +you ask me about it? I am his wife. Don't you believe that I am his +wife? Then I will bring little Noni here. Do you want me to bring +little Noni? He is sleeping, but I will wake him up. Once in his +life he may wake up at night in order to say that this man whom you +want to hang in the city is his father." + +"Don't!" says Haggart. + +"Very well," replies Mariet obediently. "He commands and I must +obey--he is my husband. Let little Noni sleep. But I am not +sleeping, I am here. Why, then, didn't you ask me: 'Mariet, how was +it possible that your husband, Haggart, should kill Philipp'?" + +Silence. Desfoso, who has returned and who is agitated, decides: + +"Let her speak. She is his wife." + +"You will not believe, Desfoso," says Mariet, turning to the old +fisherman with a tender and mournful smile. "Desfoso, you will not +believe what strange and peculiar creatures we women are!" + +Turning to all the people with the same smile, she continues: + +"You will not believe what queer desires, what cunning, malicious +little thoughts we women have. It was I who persuaded my husband to +kill Philipp. Yes, yes--he did not want to do it, but I urged him; I +cried so much and threatened him, so he consented. Men always give +in--isn't that true, Desfoso?" + +Haggart looks at his wife in a state of great perplexity, his +eyebrows brought close to each other. Mariet continues, without +looking at him, still smiling as before: + +"You will ask me, why I wanted Philipp's death? Yes, yes, you will +ask this question, I know it. He never did me any harm, that poor +Philipp, isn't that true? Then I will tell you: He was my +betrothed. I don't know whether you will be able to understand me. +You, old Desfoso--you would not kill the girl you kissed one day? Of +course not. But we women are such strange creatures--you can't even +imagine what strange, suspicious, peculiar creatures we are. Philipp +was my betrothed, and he kissed me--" + +She wipes her mouth and continues, laughing: + +"Here I am wiping my mouth even now. You have all seen how I wiped +my mouth. I am wiping away Philipp's kisses. You are laughing. But +ask your wife, Desfoso--does she want the life of the man who kissed +her before you? Ask all women who love--even the old women! We +never grow old in love. We are born so, we women." + +Haggart almost believes her. Advancing a step forward, he asks: + +"You urged me? Perhaps it is true, Mariet--I don't remember." + +Mariet laughs. + +"Do you hear? He has forgotten. Go on, Gart. You may say that it +was your own idea? That's the way you men are--you forget +everything. Will you say perhaps that I--" + +"Mariet!" Haggart interrupts her threateningly. + +Mariet, turning pale, looking sorrowfully at his terrible eyes which +are now steadfastly fixed upon her, continues, still smiling: + +"Go on, Gart! Will you say perhaps that I--Will you say perhaps +that I dissuaded you? That would be funny--" + +HAGGART--No, I will not say that. You lie, Mariet! Even I, Haggart-- +just think of it, people--even I believed her, so cleverly does this +woman lie. + +MARIET--Go--on--Haggart. + +HAGGART--You are laughing? Abbot, I don't want to be the husband of +your daughter--she lies. + +ABBOT--You are worse than the devil, Gart! That's what I say-- You +are worse than the devil, Gart! + +HAGGART--You are all foolish people! I don't understand you; I +don't know now what to do with you. Shall I laugh? Shall I be +angry? Shall I cry? You want to let me go--why, then, don't you let +me go? You are sorry for Philipp. Well, then, kill me--I have told +you that it was I who killed the boy. Am I disputing? But you are +making grimaces like monkeys that have found bananas--or have you +such a game in your land? Then I don't want to play it. And you, +abbot, you are like a juggler in the marketplace. In one hand you +have truth and in the other hand you have truth, and you are forever +performing tricks. And now she is lying--she lies so well that my +heart contracts with belief. Oh, she is doing it well! + +And he laughs bitterly. + +MARIET--Forgive me, Gart. + +HAGGART--When I wanted to kill him, she hung on my hand like a rock, +and now she says that she killed him. She steals from me this +murder; she does not know that one has to earn that, too! Oh, there +are queer people in your land! + +"I wanted to deceive them, not you, Gart. I wanted to save you," +says Mariet. + +Haggart replies: + +"My father taught me: 'Eh, Noni, beware! There is one truth and +one law for all--for the sun, for the wind, for the waves, for the +beasts--and only for man there is another truth. Beware of this +truth of man, Noni!' so said my father. Perhaps this is your truth? +Then I am not afraid of it, but I feel very sad and very embittered. +Mariet, if you sharpened my knife and said: 'Go and kill that man'-- +it may be that I would not have cared to kill him. 'What is the use +of cutting down a withered tree?'--I would have said. But now-- +farewell, Mariet! Well, bind me and take me to the city." + +He waits haughtily, but no one approaches him. Mariet has lowered +her head upon her hands, her shoulders are twitching. The abbot is +also absorbed in thought, his large head lowered. Desfoso is +carrying on a heated conversation in whispers with the fishermen. +Khorre steps forward and speaks, glancing at Haggart askance: + +"I had a little talk with them, Noni--they are all right, they are +good fellows, Noni. Only the priest--but he is a good man, too--am I +right, Noni? Don't look so crossly at me, or I'll mix up the whole +thing! You see, kind people, it's this way: this man, Haggart, and I +have saved up a little sum of money, a little barrel of gold. We +don't need it, Noni, do we? Perhaps you will take it for yourselves? +What do you think? Shall we give them the gold, Noni? You see, here +I've entangled myself already." + +He winks slyly at Mariet, who has now lifted her head. + +"What are you prating there, you scarecrow?" asks the abbot. + +Khorre continues: + +"Here it goes, Noni; I am straightening it out little by little! +But where have we buried it, the barrel? Do you remember, Noni? I +have forgotten. They say it's from the gin, kind people; they say +that one's memory fails from too much gin. I am a drunkard, that's +true." + +"If you are not inventing--then you had better choke yourself with +your gold, you dog!" says the abbot. + +HAGGART--Khorre! + +KHORRE--Yes. + +HAGGART--To-morrow you will get a hundred lashes. Abbot, order a +hundred lashes for him! + +ABBOT--With pleasure, my son. With pleasure. + +The movements of the fishermen are just as slow and languid, but +there is something new in their increased puffing and pulling at +their pipes, in the light quiver of their tanned hands. Some of +them arise and look out of the window with feigned indifference. + +"The fog is rising!" says one, looking out of the window. "Do you +hear what I said about the fog?" + +"It's time to go to sleep. I say, it's time to go to sleep!" + +Desfoso comes forward and speaks cautiously: + +"That isn't quite so, abbot. It seems you didn't say exactly what +you ought to say, abbot. They seem to think differently. I don't +say anything for myself--I am simply talking about them. What do +you say, Thomas?" + +THOMAS--We ought to go to sleep, I say. Isn't it true that it is +time to go to sleep? + +MARIET (softly)--Sit down, Gart. You are tired to-night. You don't +answer? + +An old fisherman says: + +"There used to be a custom in our land, I heard, that a murderer was +to pay a fine for the man he killed. Have you heard about it, +Desfoso?" + +Another voice is heard: + +"Philipp is dead. Philipp is dead already, do you hear, neighbour? +Who is going to support his mother?" + +"I haven't enough even for my own! And the fog is rising, neighbour." + +"Abbot, did you hear us say: 'Gart is a bad man; Gart is a +good-for-nothing, a city trickster?' No, we said: 'This thing +has never happened here before,'" says Desfoso. + +Then a determined voice remarks: + +"Gart is a good man! Wild Gart is a good man!" + +DESFOSO--If you looked around, abbot, you couldn't find a single, +strong boat here. I haven't enough tar for mine. And the church--is +that the way a good church ought to look? I am not saying it myself, +but it comes out that way--it can't be helped, abbot. + +Haggart turns to Mariet and says: + +"Do you hear, woman?" + +"I do." + +"Why don't you spit into their faces?" + +"I can't. I love you, Haggart. Are there only ten Commandments of +God? No, there is still another: 'I love you, Haggart.'" + +"What sad dreams there are in your land." + +The abbot rises and walks over to the fishermen. + +"Well, what did you say about the church, old man? You said +something interesting about the church, or was I mistaken?" + +He casts a swift glance at Mariet and Haggart. + +"It isn't the church alone, abbot. There are four of us old men: +Legran, Stoffle, Puasar, Kornu, and seven old women. Do I say that +we are not going to feed them? Of course, we will, but don't be +angry, father--it is hard! You know it yourself, abbot--old age +is no fun." + +"I am an old man, too!" begins old Rikke, lisping, but suddenly he +flings his hat angrily to the ground. "Yes, I am an old man. I +don't want any more, that's all! I worked, and now I don't want +to work. That's all! I don't want to work." + +He goes out, swinging his hand. All look sympathetically at his +stooping back, at his white tufts of hair. And then they look again +at Desfoso, at his mouth, from which their words come out. A voice +says: + +"There, Rikke doesn't want to work any more." + +All laugh softly and forcedly. + +"Suppose we send Gart to the city--what then?" Desfoso goes on, +without looking at Haggart. "Well, the city people will hang him-- +and then what? The result will be that a man will be gone, a +fisherman will be gone--you will lose a son, and Mariet will lose her +husband, and the little boy his father. Is there any joy in that?" + +"That's right, that's right!" nods the abbot, approvingly. "But +what a mind you have, Desfoso!" + +"Do you pay attention to them, Abbot?" asked Haggart. + +"Yes, I do, Haggart. And it wouldn't do you any harm to pay attention +to them. The devil is prouder than you, and yet he is only the devil, +and nothing more." + +Desfoso affirms: + +"What's the use of pride? Pride isn't necessary." + +He turns to Haggart, his eyes still lowered; then he lifts his eyes +and asks: + +"Gart! But you don't need to kill anybody else. Excepting Philipp, +you don't feel like killing anybody else, do you?" + +"No." + +"Only Philipp, and no more? Do you hear? Only Philipp, and no +more. And another question--Gart, don't you want to send away this +man, Khorre? We would like you to do it. Who knows him? People say +that all this trouble comes through him." + +Several voices are heard: + +"Through him. Send him away, Gart! It will be better for him!" + +The abbot upholds them. + +"True!" + +"You, too, priest!" says Khorre, gruffly. Haggart looks with a +faint smile at his angry, bristled face, and says: + +"I rather feel like sending him away. Let him go." + +"Well, then, Abbot," says Desfoso, turning around, "we have decided, +in accordance with our conscience--to take the money. Do I speak +properly?" + +One voice answers for all: + +"Yes." + +DESFOSO--Well, sailor, where is the money? + +KHORRE--Captain? + +HAGGART--Give it to them. + +KHORRE (rudely)--Then give me back my knife and my pipe first! Who +is the eldest among you--you? Listen, then: Take crowbars and +shovels and go to the castle. Do you know the tower, the accursed +tower that fell? Go over there--" + +He bends down and draws a map on the floor with his crooked finger. +All bend down and look attentively; only the abbot gazes sternly out +of the window, behind which the heavy fog is still grey. Haggart +whispers in a fit of rage: + +"Mariet, it would have been better if you had killed me as I killed +Philipp. And now my father is calling me. Where will be the end of +my sorrow, Mariet? Where the end of the world is. And where is the +end of the world? Do you want to take my sorrow, Mariet?" + +"I do, Haggart." + +"No, you are a woman." + +"Why do you torture me, Gart? What have I done that you should +torture me so? I love you." + +"You lied." + +"My tongue lied. I love you." + +"A serpent has a double tongue, but ask the serpent what it wants-- +and it will tell you the truth. It is your heart that lied. Was it +not you, girl, that I met that time on the road? And you said: +'Good evening.' How you have deceived me!" + +Desfoso asks loudly: + +"Well, abbot? You are coming along with us, aren't you, father. +Otherwise something wrong might come out of it. Do I speak properly?" + +The abbot replies merrily: + +"Of course, of course, children. I am going with you. Without me, +you will think of the church. I have just been thinking of the +church--of the kind of church you need. Oh, it's hard to get along +with you, people!" + +The fishermen go out very slowly--they are purposely lingering. + +"The sea is coming," says one. "I can hear it." + +"Yes, yes, the sea is coming! Did you understand what he said?" + +The few who remained are more hasty in their movements. Some of +them politely bid Haggart farewell. + +"Good-bye, Gart." + +"I am thinking, Haggart, what kind of a church we need. This one +will not do, it seems. They prayed here a hundred years; now it is +no good, they say. Well, then, it is necessary to have a new one, a +better one. But what shall it be?" + +"'Pope's a rogue, Pope's a rogue.' But, then, I am a rogue, too. +Don't you think, Gart, that I am also something of a rogue? One +moment, children, I am with you." + +There is some crowding in the doorway. The abbot follows the last +man with his eyes and roars angrily: + +"Eh, you, Haggart, murderer! What are you smiling at? You have no +right to despise them like that. They are my children. They have +worked--have you seen their hands, their backs? If you haven't +noticed that, you are a fool! They are tired. They want to rest. +Let them rest, even at the cost of the blood of the one you killed. +I'll give them each a little, and the rest I will throw out into the +sea. Do you hear, Haggart?" + +"I hear, priest." + +The abbot exclaims, raising his arms: + +"O Lord! Why have you made a heart that can have pity on both the +murdered and the murderer! Gart, go home. Take him home, Mariet, +and wash his hands!" + +"To whom do you lie, priest?" asks Haggart, slowly. "To God or to +the devil? To yourself or to the people? Or to everybody?" + +He laughs bitterly. + +"Eh, Gart! You are drunk with blood." + +"And with what are you drunk?" + +They face each other. Mariet cries angrily, placing herself between +them: + +"May a thunder strike you down, both of you, that's what I am praying +to God. May a thunder strike you down! What are you doing with my +heart? You are tearing it with your teeth like greedy dogs. You +didn't drink enough blood, Gart, drink mine, then! You will never +have enough, Gart, isn't that true?" + +"Now, now," says the abbot, calming them. "Take him home, Mariet. +Go home, Gart, and sleep more." + +Mariet comes forward, goes to the door and pauses there. + +"Gart! I am going to little Noni." + +"Go." + +"Are you coming along with me?" + +"Yes--no--later." + +"I am going to little Noni. What shall I tell him about his father +when he wakes up?" + +Haggart is silent. Khorre comes back and stops irresolutely at the +threshold. Mariet casts at him a glance full of contempt and then +goes out. Silence. + +"Khorre!" + +"Yes." + +"Gin!" + +"Here it is, Noni. Drink it, my boy, but not all at once, not all +at once, Noni." + +Haggart drinks; he examines the room with a smile. + +"Nobody. Did you see him, Khorre? He is there, behind the curtain. +Just think of it, sailor--here we are again with him alone." + +"Go home, Noni!" + +"Right away. Give me some gin." + +He drinks. + +"And they? They have gone?" + +"They ran, Noni. Go home, my boy! They ran off like goats. I was +laughing so much, Noni." + +Both laugh. + +"Take down that toy, Khorre. Yes, yes, a little ship. He made it, +Khorre." + +They examine the toy. + +"Look how skilfully the jib was made, Khorre. Good boy, Philipp! +But the halyards are bad, look. No, Philipp! You never saw how real +ships are fitted out--real ships which rove over the ocean, tearing +its grey waves. Was it with this toy that you wanted to quench your +little thirst--fool?" + +He throws down the little ship and rises: + +"Khorre! Boatswain!" + +"Yes." + +"Call them! I assume command again, Khorre!" + +The sailor turns pale and shouts enthusiastically: + +"Noni! Captain! My knees are trembling. I will not be able to +reach them and I will fall on the way." + +"You will reach them! We must also take our money away from these +people--what do you think, Khorre? We have played a little, and now +it is enough--what do you think, Khorre?" + +He laughs. The sailor looks at him, his hands folded as in prayer, +and he weeps. + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +"These are your comrades, Haggart? I am so glad to see them. You +said, Gart, yes--you said that their faces were entirely different +from the faces of our people, and that is true. Oh, how true it is! +Our people have handsome faces, too--don't think our fishermen are +ugly, but they haven't these deep, terrible sears. I like them very +much, I assure you, Gart. I suppose you are a friend of Haggart's-- +you have such stern, fine eyes? But you are silent? Why are they +silent, Haggart; did you forbid them to speak? And why are you +silent yourself, Haggart? Haggart!" + +Illuminated by the light of torches, Haggart stands and listens to +the rapid, agitated speech. The metal of the guns and the uniforms +vibrates and flashes; the light is also playing on the faces of those +who have surrounded Haggart in a close circle--these are his nearest, +his friends. And in the distance there is a different game--there a +large ship is dancing silently, casting its light upon the black +waves, and the black water plays with them, pleating them like a +braid, extinguishing them and kindling them again. + +A noisy conversation and the splashing of the waters--and the +dreadful silence of kindred human lips that are sealed. + +"I am listening to you, Mariet," says Haggart at last. "What do you +want, Mariet? It is impossible that some one should have offended +you. I ordered them not to touch your house." + +"Oh, no, Haggart, no! No one has offended me!" exclaimed Mariet +cheerfully. "But don't you like me to hold little Noni in my arms? +Then I will put him down here among the rocks. Here he will be warm +and comfortable as in his cradle. That's the way! Don't be afraid +of waking him, Gart; he sleeps soundly and will not hear anything. +You may shout, sing, fire a pistol--the boy sleeps soundly." + +"What do you want, Mariet? I did not call you here, and I am not +pleased that you have come." + +"Of course, you did not call me here, Haggart; of course, you +didn't. But when the fire was started, I thought: 'Now it will +light the way for me to walk. Now I will not stumble.' And I went. +Your friends will not be offended, Haggart, if I will ask them to +step aside for awhile? I have something to tell you, Gart. Of +course, I should have done that before, I understand, Gart; but I +only just recalled it now. It was so light to walk!" + +Haggart says sternly: + +"Step aside, Flerio, and you all--step aside with him." + +They all step aside. + +"What is it that you have recalled, Mariet? Speak! I am going away +forever from your mournful land, where one dreams such painful +dreams, where even the rocks dream of sorrow. And I have forgotten +everything." + +Gently and submissively, seeking protection and kindness, the woman +presses close to his hand. + +"O, Haggart! O, my dear Haggart! They are not offended because I +asked them so rudely to step aside, are they? O, my dear Haggart! +The galloons of your uniform scratched my cheek, but it is so pleasant. +Do you know, I never liked it when you wore the clothes of our fishermen +--it was not becoming to you, Haggart. But I am talking nonsense, and +you are getting angry, Gart. Forgive me!" + +"Don't kneel. Get up." + +"It was only for a moment. Here, I got up. You ask me what I want? +This is what I want: Take me with you, Haggart! Me and little Noni, +Haggart!" + +Haggart retreats. + +"You say that, Mariet? You say that I should take you along? +Perhaps you are laughing, woman? Or am I dreaming again?" + +"Yes, I say that: Take me with you. Is this your ship? How large +and beautiful it is, and it has black sails, I know it. Take me on +your ship, Haggart. I know, you will say: 'We have no women on the +ship,' but I will be the woman: I will be your soul. Haggart, I +will be your song, your thoughts, Haggart! And if it must be so, let +Khorre give gin to little Noni--he is a strong boy." + +"Eh, Mariet?" says Haggart sternly. "Do you perhaps want me to +believe you again? Eh, Mariet? Don't talk of that which you do not +know, woman. Are the rocks perhaps casting a spell over me and +turning my head? Do you hear the noise, and something like voices? +That is the sea, waiting for me. Don't hold my soul. Let it go, +Mariet." + +"Don't speak, Haggart! I know everything. It was not as though I +came along a fiery road, it was not as though I saw blood to-day. Be +silent, Haggart! I have seen something more terrible, Haggart! Oh, +if you could only understand me! I have seen cowardly people who ran +without defending themselves. I have seen clutching, greedy fingers, +crooked like those of birds, like those of birds, Haggart! And out +of these fingers, which were forced open, gold was taken. And +suddenly I saw a man sobbing. Think of it, Haggart! They were +taking gold from him, and he was sobbing." + +She laughs bitterly. Haggart advances a step toward her and puts +his heavy hand upon her shoulder: + +"Yes, yes, Mariet. Speak on, girl, let the sea wait." + +Mariet removes his hand and continues: + +"'No,' I thought. 'These are not my brethren at all!' I thought +and laughed. And father shouted to the cowards: 'Take shafts and +strike them.' But they were running. Father is such a splendid man." + +"Father is a splendid man," Haggart affirms cheerfully. + +"Such a splendid man! And then one sailor bent down close to Noni-- +perhaps he did not want to do any harm to him, but he bent down to +him too closely, so, I fired at him from your pistol. Is it nothing +that I fired at our sailor?" + +Haggart laughs: + +"He had a comical face! You killed him, Mariet." + +"No. I don't know how to shoot. And it was he who told me where +you were. O Haggart, O brother!" + +She sobs, and then she speaks angrily with a shade of a serpentine +hiss in her voice: + +"I hate them! They were not tortured enough; I would have tortured +them still more, still more. Oh, what cowardly rascals they are! +Listen, Haggart, I was always afraid of your power--to me there was +always something terrible and incomprehensible in your power. 'Where +is his God?' I wondered, and I was terrified. Even this morning I +was afraid, but now that this night came, this terror has fled, and I +came running to you over the fiery road: I am going with you, +Haggart. Take me, Haggart, I will be the soul of your ship!" + +"I am the soul of my ship, Mariet. But you will be the song of my +liberated soul, Mariet. You shall be the song of my ship, Mariet! +Do you know where we are going? We are going to look for the end of +the world, for unknown lands, for unknown monsters. And at night +Father Ocean will sing to us, Mariet!" + +"Embrace me, Haggart. Ah, Haggart, he is not a God who makes +cowards of human beings. We shall go to look for a new God." + +Haggart whispers stormily: + +"I lied when I said that I have forgotten everything--I learned this +in your land. I love you, Mariet, as I love fire. Eh, Flerio, +comrade!" He shouts cheerfully: "Eh, Flerio, comrade! Have you +prepared a salute?" + +"I have, Captain. The shores will tremble when our cannons speak." + +"Eh, Flerio, comrade! Don't gnash your teeth, without biting--no +one will believe you. Did you put in cannon balls--round, east-iron, +good cannon balls? Give them wings, comrade--let them fly like +blackbirds on land and sea." + +"Yes, Captain." + +Haggart laughs: + +"I love to think how the cannon ball flies, Mariet. I love to watch +its invisible flight. If some one comes in its way--let him! Fate +itself strikes down like that. What is an aim? Only fools need an +aim, while the devil, closing his eyes, throws stones--the wise game +is merrier this way. But you are silent! What are you thinking of, +Mariet?" + +"I am thinking of them. I am forever thinking of them." + +"Are you sorry for them?" Haggart frowns. + +"Yes, I am sorry for them. But my pity is my hatred, Haggart. I +hate them, and I would kill them, more and more!" + +"I feel like flying faster--my soul is so free. Let us jest, Mariet! +Here is a riddle, guess it: For whom will the cannons roar soon? You +think, for me? No. For you? no, no, not for you, Mariet! For little +Noni, for him--for little Noni who is boarding the ship to-night. Let +him wake up from this thunder. How our little Noni will be surprised! +And now be quiet, quiet--don't disturb his sleep-- don't spoil little +Noni's awakening." + +The sound of voices is heard--a crowd is approaching. + +"Where is the captain?" + +"Here. Halt, the captain is here!" + +"It's all done. They can be crammed into a basket like herrings." + +"Our boatswain is a brave fellow! A jolly man." + +Khorre, intoxicated and jolly, shouts: + +"Not so loud, devils! Don't you see that the captain is here? They +scream like seagulls over a dead dolphin." + +Mariet steps aside a little distance, where little Noni is sleeping. + +KHORRE--Here we are, Captain. No losses, Captain. And how we +laughed, Noni. + +HAGGART--You got drunk rather early. Come to the point. + +KHORRE--Very well. The thing is done, Captain. We've picked up all +our money--not worse than the imperial tax collectors. I could not +tell which was ours, so I picked up all the money. But if they have +buried some of the gold, forgive us, Captain--we are not peasants to +plough the ground. + +Laughter. Haggart also laughs. + +"Let them sow, we shall reap." + +"Golden words, Noni. Eh, Tommy, listen to what the Captain is +saying. And another thing: Whether you will be angry or not--I have +broken the music. I have scattered it in small pieces. Show your +pipe, Tetyu! Do you see, Noni, I didn't do it at once, no. I told +him to play a jig, and he said that he couldn't do it. Then he lost +his mind and ran away. They all lost their minds there, Captain. +Eh, Tommy, show your beard. An old woman tore half of his beard out, +Captain--now he is a disgrace to look upon. Eh, Tommy! He has +hidden himself, he's ashamed to show his face, Captain. And there's +another thing: The priest is coming here." + +Mariet exclaims: + +"Father!" + +Khorre, astonished, asks: + +"Are you here? If she came to complain, I must report to you, +Captain--the priest almost killed one of our sailors. And she, too. +I ordered the men to bind the priest--" + +"Silence." + +"I don't understand your actions, Noni--" + +Haggart, restraining his rage, exclaims: + +"I shall have you put in irons! Silence!" + +With ever-growing rage: + +"You dare talk back to me, riff-raff! You--" + +Mariet cautions him: + +"Gart! They have brought father here." + +Several sailors bring in the abbot, bound. His clothes are in +disorder, his face is agitated and pale. He looks at Mariet with +some amazement, and lowers his eyes. Then he heaves a sigh. + +"Untie him!" says Mariet. Haggart corrects her restrainedly: + +"Only I command here, Mariet. Khorre, untie him." + +Khorre unfastens the knots. Silence. + +ABBOT--Hello, Haggart. + +"Hello, abbot." + +"You have arranged a fine night, Haggart!" + +Haggart speaks with restraint: + +"It is unpleasant for me to see you. Why did you come here? Go +home, priest, no one will touch you. Keep on fishing--and what else +were you doing? Oh, yes--make your own prayers. We are going out to +the ocean; your daughter, you know, is also going with me. Do you +see the ship? That is mine. It's a pity that you don't know about +ships--you would have laughed for joy at the sight of such a beautiful +ship! Why is he silent, Mariet? You had better tell him." + +ABBOT--Prayers? In what language? Have you, perhaps, discovered a +new language in which prayers reach God? Oh, Haggart, Haggart! + +He weeps, covering his face with his hands. Haggart, alarmed, asks: + +"You are crying, abbot?" + +"Look, Gart, he is crying. Father never cried. I am afraid, Gart." + +The abbot stops crying. Heaving a deep sigh, he says: + +"I don't know what they call you: Haggart or devil or something else-- +I have come to you with a request. Do you hear, robber, with a request? +Tell your crew not to gnash their teeth like that--I don't like it." + +Haggart replies morosely: + +"Go home, priest! Mariet will stay with me." + +"Let her stay with you. I don't need her, and if you need her, take +her. Take her, Haggart. But--" + +He kneels before him. A murmur of astonishment. Mariet, frightened, +advances a step to her father. + +"Father! You are kneeling?" + +ABBOT--Robber! Give us back the money. You will rob more for +yourself, but give this money to us. You are young yet, you will rob +some more yet-- + +HAGGART--You are insane! There's a man--he will drive the devil +himself to despair! Listen, priest, I am shouting to you: You have +simply lost your mind! + +The abbot, still kneeling, continues: + +"Perhaps, I have--by God, I don't know. Robber, dearest, what is +this to you? Give us this money. I feel sorry for them, for the +scoundrels! They rejoiced so much, the scoundrels. They blossomed +forth like an old blackthorn which has nothing but thorns and a +ragged bark. They are sinners. But am I imploring God for their +sake? I am imploring you. Robber, dearest--" + +Mariet looks now at Haggart, now at the priest. Haggart is +hesitating. The abbot keeps muttering: + +"Robber, do you want me to call you son? Well, then--son--it makes +no difference now--I will never see you again. It's all the same! +Like an old blackthorn, they bloomed--oh, Lord, those scoundrels, +those old scoundrels!" + +"No," Haggart replied sternly. + +"Then you are the devil, that's who you are. You are the devil," +mutters the abbot, rising heavily from the ground. Haggart shows his +teeth, enraged. + +"Do you wish to sell your soul to the devil? Yes? Eh, abbot--don't +you know yet that the devil always pays with spurious money? Let me +have a torch, sailor!" + +He seizes a torch and lifts it high over his head--he covers his +terrible face with fire and smoke. + +"Look, here I am! Do you see? Now ask me, if you dare!" + +He flings the torch away. What does the abbot dream in this land +full of monstrous dreams? Terrified, his heavy frame trembling, +helplessly pushing the people aside with his hands, he retreats. He +turns around. Now he sees the glitter of the metal, the dark and +terrible faces; he hears the angry splashing of the waters--and he +covers his head with his hands and walks off quickly. Then Khorre +jumps up and strikes him with a knife in his back. + +"Why have you done it?"--the abbot clutches the hand that struck him +down. + +"Just so--for nothing!" + +The abbot falls to the ground and dies. + +"Why have you done it?" cries Mariet. + +"Why have you done it?" roars Haggart. + +And a strange voice, coming from some unknown depths, answers with +Khorre's lips: + +"You commanded me to do it." + +Haggart looks around and sees the stern, dark faces, the quivering +glitter of the metal, the motionless body; he hears the mysterious, +merry dashing of the waves. And he clasps his head in a fit of terror. + +"Who commanded? It was the roaring of the sea. I did not want to +kill him--no, no!" + +Sombre voices answer: + +"You commanded. We heard it. You commanded." + +Haggart listens, his head thrown back. Suddenly he bursts into loud +laughter: + +"Oh, devils, devils! Do you think that I have two ears in order +that you may lie in each one? Go down on your knees, rascal!" + +He hurls Khorre to the ground. + +"String him up with a rope! I would have crushed your venomous head +myself--but let them do it. Oh, devils, devils! String him up with +a rope." + +Khorre whines harshly: + +"Me, Captain! I was your nurse, Noni." + +"Silence! Rascal!" + +"I? Noni! Your nurse? You squealed like a little pig in the +cook's room. Have you forgotten it, Noni?" mutters the sailor +plaintively. + +"Eh," shouts Haggart to the stern crowd. "Take him!" + +Several men advance to him. Khorre rises. + +"If you do it to me, to your own nurse--then you have recovered, +Noni! Eh, obey the captain! Take me! I'll make you cry enough, +Tommy! You are always the mischief-maker!" + +Grim laughter. Several sailors surround Khorre as Haggart watches +them sternly. A dissatisfied voice says: + +"There is no place where to hang him here. There isn't a single +tree around." + +"Let us wait till we get aboard ship! Let him die honestly on the +mast." + +"I know of a tree around here, but I won't tell you," roars Khorre +hoarsely. "Look for it yourself! Well, you have astonished me, +Noni. How you shouted, 'String him up with a rope!' Exactly like +your father--he almost hanged me, too. Good-bye, Noni, now I +understand your actions. Eh, gin! and then--on the rope!" + +Khorre goes off. No one dares approach Haggart; still enraged, he +paces back and forth with long strides. He pauses, glances at the +body and paces again. Then he calls: + +"Flerio! Did you hear me give orders to kill this man?" + +"No, Captain." + +"You may go." + +He paces back and forth again, and then calls: + +"Flerio! Have you ever heard the sea lying?" + +"No." + +"If they can't find a tree, order them to choke him with their hands." + +He paces back and forth again. Mariet is laughing quietly. + +"Who is laughing?" asks Haggart in fury. + +"I," answers Mariet. "I am thinking of how they are hanging him and +I am laughing. O, Haggart, O, my noble Haggart! Your wrath is the +wrath of God, do you know it? No. You are strange, you are dear, +you are terrible, Haggart, but I am not afraid of you. Give me your +hand, Haggart, press it firmly, firmly. Here is a powerful hand!" + +"Flerio, my friend, did you hear what he said? He says the sea +never lies." + +"You are powerful and you are just--I was insane when I feared your +power, Gart. May I shout to the sea: 'Haggart, the Just'?" + +"That is not true. Be silent, Mariet, you are intoxicated with +blood. I don't know what justice is." + +"Who, then, knows it? You, you, Haggart! You are God's justice, +Haggart. Is it true that he was your nurse? Oh, I know what it +means to be a nurse; a nurse feeds you, teaches you to walk--you +love a nurse as your mother. Isn't that true, Gart--you love a +nurse as a mother? And yet--'string him up with a rope, Khorre'!" + +She laughs quietly. + +A loud, ringing laughter resounds from the side where Khorre was led +away. Haggart stops, perplexed. + +"What is it?" + +"The devil is meeting his soul there," says Mariet. + +"No. Let go of my hand! Eh, who's there?" + +A crowd is coming. They are laughing and grinning, showing their +teeth. But noticing the captain, they become serious. The people +are repeating one and the same name: + +"Khorre! Khorre! Khorre!" + +And then Khorre himself appears, dishevelled, crushed, but happy--the +rope has broken. Knitting his brow, Haggart is waiting in silence. + +"The rope broke, Noni," mutters Khorre hoarsely, modestly, yet with +dignity. "There are the ends! Eh, you there, keep quiet! There is +nothing to laugh at--they started to hang me, and the rope broke, +Noni." + +Haggart looks at his old, drunken, frightened, and happy face, and +he laughs like a madman. And the sailors respond with roaring +laughter. The reflected lights are dancing more merrily upon the +waves--as if they are also laughing with the people. + +"Just look at him, Mariet, what a face he has," Haggart is almost +choking with laughter. "Are you happy? Speak--are you happy? Look, +Mariet, what a happy face he has! The rope broke--that's very strong +--it is stronger even than what I said: 'String him up with a rope.' +Who said it? Don't you know, Khorre? You are out of your wits, and +you don't know anything--well, never mind, you needn't know. Eh, +give him gin! I am glad, very glad that you are not altogether +through with your gin. Drink, Khorre!" + +Voices shout: + +"Gin!" + +"Eh, the boatswain wants a drink! Gin!" + +Khorre drinks it with dignity, amid laughter and shouts of approval. +Suddenly all the noise dies down and a sombre silence reigns--a +woman's strange voice drowns the noise--so strange and unfamiliar, as +if it were not Mariet's voice at all, but another voice speaking with +her lips: + +"Haggart! You have pardoned him, Haggart?" + +Some of the people look at the body; those standing near it step +aside. Haggart asks, surprised: + +"Whose voice is that? Is that yours, Mariet? How strange! I did +not recognise your voice." + +"You have pardoned him, Haggart?" + +"You have heard--the rope broke--" + +"Tell me, did you pardon the murderer? I want to hear your voice, +Haggart." + +A threatening voice is heard from among the crowd: + +"The rope broke. Who is talking there? The rope broke." + +"Silence!" exclaims Haggart, but there is no longer the same +commanding tone in his voice. "Take them all away! Boatswain! +Whistle for everybody to go aboard. The time is up! Flerio! Get +the boats ready." + +"Yes, yes." + +Khorre whistles. The sailors disperse unwillingly, and the same +threatening voice sounds somewhere from the darkness: + +"I thought at first it was the dead man who started to speak. But I +would have answered him too: 'Lie there! The rope broke.'" + +Another voice replies: + +"Don't grumble. Khorre has stronger defenders than you are." + +"What are you prating about, devils?" says Khorre. "Silence! Is +that you, Tommy? I know you, you are always the mischief-maker--" + +"Come on, Mariet!" says Haggart. "Give me little Noni, I want to +carry him to the boat myself. Come on, Mariet." + +"Where, Haggart?" + +"Eh, Mariet! The dreams are ended. I don't like your voice, woman-- +when did you find time to change it? What a land of jugglers! I +have never seen such a land before!" + +"Eh, Haggart! The dreams are ended. I don't like your voice, +either--little Haggart! But it may be that I am still sleeping--then +wake me. Haggart, swear that it was you who said it: 'The rope +broke.' Swear that my eyes have not grown blind and that they see +Khorre alive. Swear that this is your hand, Haggart!" + +Silence. The voice of the sea is growing louder--there is the +splash and the call and the promise of a stern caress. + +"I swear." + +Silence. Khorre and Flerio come up to Haggart. + +"All's ready, Captain," says Flerio. + +"They are waiting, Noni. Go quicker! They want to feast to-night, +Noni! But I must tell you, Noni, that they--" + +HAGGART--Did you say something, Flerio? Yes, yes, everything is +ready. I am coming. I think I am not quite through yet with land. +This is such a remarkable land, Flerio; the dreams here drive their +claws into a man like thorns, and they hold him. One has to tear his +clothing, and perhaps his body as well. What did you say, Mariet? + +MARIET--Don't you want to kiss little Noni? You shall never kiss +him again. + +"No, I don't want to." + +Silence. + +"You will go alone." + +"Yes, I will go alone." + +"Did you ever cry, Haggart?" + +"No." + +"Who is crying now? I hear some one crying bitterly." + +"That is not true--it is the roaring of the sea." + +"Oh, Haggart! Of what great sorrow does that voice speak?" + +"Be silent, Mariet. It is the roaring of the sea." + +Silence. + +"Is everything ended now, Haggart?" + +"Everything is ended, Mariet." + +Mariet, imploring, says: + +"Gart! Only one motion of the hand! Right here--against the heart-- +Gart!" + +"No. Leave me alone." + +"Only one motion of the hand! Here is your knife. Have pity on me, +kill me with your hand. Only one motion of your hand, Gart!" + +"Let go. Give me my knife." + +"Gart, I bless you! One motion of your hand, Gart!" + +Haggart tears himself away, pushing the woman aside: + +"No! Don't you know that it is just as hard to make one motion of +the hand as it is for the sun to come down from the sky? Good-bye, +Mariet!" + +"You are going away?" + +"Yes, I am going away. I am going away, Mariet. That's how it +sounds." + +"I shall curse you, Haggart. Do you know! I shall curse you, +Haggart. And little Noni will curse you, Haggart--Haggart!" + +Haggart exclaims cheerfully and harshly: + +"Eh, Khorre. You, Flerio, my old friend. Come here, give me your +hand--Oh, what a powerful hand it is! Why do you pull me by the +sleeve, Khorre? You have such a funny face. I can almost see how +the rope snapped, and you came down like a sack. Flerio, old friend, +I feel like saying something funny, but I have forgotten how to say +it. How do they say it? Remind me, Flerio. What do you want, +sailor?" + +Khorre whispers to him hoarsely: + +"Noni, be on your guard. The rope broke because they used a rotten +rope intentionally. They are betraying you! Be on your guard, Noni. +Strike them on the head, Noni." + +Haggart bursts out laughing. + +"Now you have said something funny. And I? Listen, Flerio, old +friend. This woman who stands and looks--No, that will not be funny!" + +He advances a step. + +"Khorre, do you remember how well this man prayed? Why was he +killed? He prayed so well. But there is one prayer he did not know-- +this one--'To you I bring my great eternal sorrow; I am going to you, +Father Ocean!'" + +And a distant voice, sad and grave, replies: + +"Oh, Haggart, my dear Haggart." + +But who knows--perhaps it was the roaring of the waves. Many sad +and strange dreams come to man on earth. + +"All aboard!" exclaims Haggart cheerily, and goes off without +looking around. Below, a gay noise of voices and laughter resounds. +The cobblestones are rattling under the firm footsteps--Haggart is +going away. + +"Haggart!" + +He goes, without turning around. + +"Haggart!" + +He has gone away. + +Loud shouting is heard--the sailors are greeting Haggart. They +drink and go off into the darkness. On the shore, the torches which +were cast aside are burning low, illumining the body, and a woman is +rushing about. She runs swiftly from one spot to another, bending +down over the steep rocks. Insane Dan comes crawling out. + +"Is that you, Dan? Do you hear, they are singing, Dan? Haggart has +gone away." + +"I was waiting for them to go. Here is another one. I am gathering +the pipes of my organ. Here is another one." + +"Be accursed, Dan!" + +"Oho? And you, too, Mariet, be accursed!" + +Mariet clasps the child in her arms and lifts him high. Then she +calls wildly: + +"Haggart, turn around! Turn around, Haggart! Noni is calling you. +He wants to curse you, Haggart. Turn around! Look, Noni, look--that +is your father. Remember him, Noni. And when you grow up, go out on +every sea and find him, Noni. And when you find him--hang your +father high on a mast, my little one." + +The thundering salute drowns her cry. Haggart has boarded his ship. +The night grows darker and the dashing of the waves fainter--the +ocean is moving away with the tide. The great desert of the sky is +mute and the night grows darker and the dashing of the waves ever +fainter. + + + + + +JUDAS ISCARIOT AND OTHERS + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +Jesus Christ had often been warned that Judas Iscariot was a man of +very evil repute, and that He ought to beware of him. Some of the +disciples, who had been in Judaea, knew him well, while others had +heard much about him from various sources, and there was none who had +a good word for him. If good people in speaking of him blamed him, +as covetous, cunning, and inclined to hypocrisy and lying, the bad, +when asked concerning him, inveighed against him in the severest terms. + +"He is always making mischief among us," they would say, and spit in +contempt. "He always has some thought which he keeps to himself. He +creeps into a house quietly, like a scorpion, but goes out again with +an ostentatious noise. There are friends among thieves, and comrades +among robbers, and even liars have wives, to whom they speak the +truth; but Judas laughs at thieves and honest folk alike, although he +is himself a clever thief. Moreover, he is in appearance the ugliest +person in Judaea. No! he is no friend of ours, this foxy-haired +Judas Iscariot," the bad would say, thereby surprising the good +people, in whose opinion there was not much difference between him +and all other vicious people in Judaea. They would recount further +that he had long ago deserted his wife, who was living in poverty and +misery, striving to eke out a living from the unfruitful patch of +land which constituted his estate. He had wandered for many years +aimlessly among the people, and had even gone from one sea to the +other,--no mean distance,--and everywhere he lied and grimaced, and +would make some discovery with his thievish eye, and then suddenly +disappear, leaving behind him animosity and strife. Yes, he was as +inquisitive, artful and hateful as a one-eyed demon. Children he had +none, and this was an additional proof that Judas was a wicked man, +that God would not have from him any posterity. + +None of the disciples had noticed when it was that this ugly, +foxy-haired Jew first appeared in the company of Christ: but he had +for a long time haunted their path, joined in their conversations, +performed little acts of service, bowing and smiling and currying +favour. Sometimes they became quite used to him, so that he escaped +their weary eyes; then again he would suddenly obtrude himself on eye +and ear, irritating them as something abnormally ugly, treacherous +and disgusting. They would drive him away with harsh words, and for +a short time he would disappear, only to reappear suddenly, +officious, flattering and crafty as a one-eyed demon. + +There was no doubt in the minds of some of the disciples that under +his desire to draw near to Jesus was hidden some secret intention-- +some malign and cunning scheme. + +But Jesus did not listen to their advice; their prophetic voice did +not reach His ears. In that spirit of serene contradiction, which +ever irresistibly inclined Him to the reprobate and unlovable, He +deliberately accepted Judas, and included him in the circle of the +chosen. The disciples were disturbed and murmured under their +breath, but He would sit still, with His face towards the setting +sun, and listen abstractedly, perhaps to them, perhaps to something +else. For ten days there had been no wind, and the transparent +atmosphere, wary and sensitive, continued ever the same, motionless +and unchanged. It seemed as though it preserved in its transparent +depths every cry and song made during those days by men and beasts +and birds--tears, laments and cheerful song, prayers and curses--and +that on account of these crystallised sounds the air was so heavy, +threatening, and saturated with invisible life. Once more the sun +was sinking. It rolled heavily downwards in a flaming ball, setting +the sky on fire. Everything upon the earth which was turned towards +it: the swarthy face of Jesus, the walls of the houses, and the +leaves of the trees--everything obediently reflected that distant, +fearfully pensive light. Now the white walls were no longer white, +and the white city upon the white hill was turned to red. + +And lo! Judas arrived. He arrived bowing low, bending his back, +cautiously and timidly protruding his ugly, bumpy head--just exactly +as his acquaintances had described. He was spare and of good height, +almost the same as that of Jesus, who stooped a little through the +habit of thinking as He walked, and so appeared shorter than He was. +Judas was to all appearances fairly strong and well knit, though for +some reason or other he pretended to be weak and somewhat sickly. He +had an uncertain voice. Sometimes it was strong and manly, then +again shrill as that of an old woman scolding her husband, +provokingly thin, and disagreeable to the ear, so that ofttimes one +felt inclined to tear out his words from the ear, like rough, +decaying splinters. His short red locks failed to hide the curious +form of his skull. It looked as if it had been split at the nape of +the neck by a double sword-cut, and then joined together again, so +that it was apparently divided into four parts, and inspired +distrust, nay, even alarm: for behind such a cranium there could be +no quiet or concord, but there must ever be heard the noise of +sanguinary and merciless strife. The face of Judas was similarly +doubled. One side of it, with a black, sharply watchful eye, was +vivid and mobile, readily gathering into innumerable tortuous +wrinkles. On the other side were no wrinkles. It was deadly flat, +smooth, and set, and though of the same size as the other, it seemed +enormous on account of its wide-open blind eye. Covered with a +whitish film, closing neither night nor day, this eye met light and +darkness with the same indifference, but perhaps on account of the +proximity of its lively and crafty companion it never got full credit +for blindness. + +When in a paroxysm of joy or excitement, Judas would close his sound +eye and shake his head. The other eye would always shake in unison +and gaze in silence. Even people quite devoid of penetration could +clearly perceive, when looking at Judas, that such a man could bring +no good.... + +And yet Jesus brought him near to Himself, and once even made him +sit next to Him. John, the beloved disciple, fastidiously moved +away, and all the others who loved their Teacher cast down their eyes +in disapprobation. But Judas sat on, and turning his head from side +to side, began in a somewhat thin voice to complain of ill-health, +and said that his chest gave him pain in the night, and that when +ascending a hill he got out of breath, and when he stood still on the +edge of a precipice he would be seized with a dizziness, and could +scarcely restrain a foolish desire to throw himself down. And many +other impious things he invented, as though not understanding that +sicknesses do not come to a man by chance, but as a consequence of +conduct not corresponding with the laws of the Eternal. Thus Judas +Iscariot kept on rubbing his chest with his broad palm, and even +pretended to cough, midst a general silence and downcast eyes. + +John, without looking at the Teacher, whispered to his friend Simon +Peter-- + +"Aren't you tired of that lie? I can't stand it any longer. I am +going away." + +Peter glanced at Jesus, and meeting his eye, quickly arose. + +"Wait a moment," said he to his friend. + +Once more he looked at Jesus; sharply as a stone torn from a +mountain, he moved towards Judas, and said to him in a loud voice, +with expansive, serene courtesy-- + +"You will come with us, Judas." + +He gave him a kindly slap on his bent back, and without looking at +the Teacher, though he felt His eye upon him, resolutely added in his +loud voice, which excluded all objection, just as water excludes air-- + +"It does not matter that you have such a nasty face. There fall +into our nets even worse monstrosities, and they sometimes turn out +very tasty food. It is not for us, our Lord's fishermen, to throw +away a catch, merely because the fish have spines, or only one eye. +I saw once at Tyre an octopus, which had been caught by the local +fishermen, and I was so frightened that I wanted to run away. But +they laughed at me. A fisherman from Tiberias gave me some of it to +eat, and I asked for more, it was so tasty. You remember, Master, +that I told you the story, and you laughed, too. And you, Judas, are +like an octopus--but only on one side." + +And he laughed loudly, content with his joke. When Peter spoke, his +words resounded so forcibly, that it seemed as though he were driving +them in with nails. When Peter moved, or did anything, he made a +noise that could be heard afar, and which called forth a response +from the deafest of things: the stone floor rumbled under his feet, +the doors shook and rattled, and the very air was convulsed with +fear, and roared. In the clefts of the mountains his voice awoke the +inmost echo, and in the morning-time, when they were fishing on the +lake, he would roll about on the sleepy, glittering water, and force +the first shy sunbeams into smiles. + +For this apparently he was loved: when on all other faces there +still lay the shadow of night, his powerful head, and bare breast, +and freely extended arms were already aglow with the light of dawn. + +The words of Peter, evidently approved as they were by the Master, +dispersed the oppressive atmosphere. But some of the disciples, who +had been to the seaside and had seen an octopus, were disturbed by +the monstrous image so lightly applied to the new disciple. They +recalled the immense eyes, the dozens of greedy tentacles, the +feigned repose--and how all at once: it embraced, clung, crushed and +sucked, all without one wink of its monstrous eyes. What did it +mean? But Jesus remained silent, He smiled with a frown of kindly +raillery on Peter, who was still telling glowing tales about the +octopus. Then one by one the disciples shame-facedly approached +Judas, and began a friendly conversation, with him, but--beat a hasty +and awkward retreat. + +Only John, the son of Zebedee, maintained an obstinate silence; and +Thomas had evidently not made up his mind to say anything, but was +still weighing the matter. He kept his gaze attentively fixed on +Christ and Judas as they sat together. And that strange proximity of +divine beauty and monstrous ugliness, of a man with a benign look, +and of an octopus with immense, motionless, dully greedy eyes, +oppressed his mind like an insoluble enigma. + +He tensely wrinkled his smooth, upright forehead, and screwed up his +eyes, thinking that he would see better so, but only succeeded in +imagining that Judas really had eight incessantly moving feet. But +that was not true. Thomas understood that, and again gazed +obstinately. + +Judas gathered courage: he straightened out his arms, which had been +bent at the elbows, relaxed the muscles which held his jaws in +tension, and began cautiously to protrude his bumpy head into the +light. It had been the whole time in view of all, but Judas imagined +that it had been impenetrably hidden from sight by some invisible, +but thick and cunning veil. But lo! now, as though creeping out from +a ditch, he felt his strange skull, and then his eyes, in the light: +he stopped and then deliberately exposed his whole face. Nothing +happened; Peter had gone away somewhere or other. Jesus sat pensive, +with His head leaning on His hand, and gently swayed His sunburnt +foot. The disciples were conversing together, and only Thomas gazed +at him attentively and seriously, like a conscientious tailor taking +measurement. Judas smiled; Thomas did not reply to the smile; but +evidently took it into account, as he did everything else, and +continued to gaze. But something unpleasant alarmed the left side of +Judas' countenance as he looked round. John, handsome, pure, without +a single fleck upon his snow-white conscience, was looking at him out +of a dark corner, with cold but beautiful eyes. And though he walked +as others walk, yet Judas felt as if he were dragging himself along +the ground like a whipped cur, as he went up to John and said: "Why +are you silent, John? Your words are like golden apples in vessels +of silver filigree; bestow one of them on Judas, who is so poor." + +John looked steadfastly into his wide-open motionless eye, and said +nothing. And he looked on, while Judas crept out, hesitated a +moment, and then disappeared in the deep darkness of the open door. + +Since the full moon was up, there were many people out walking. +Jesus went out too, and from the low roof on which Judas had spread +his couch he saw Him going out. In the light of the moon each white +figure looked bright and deliberate in its movements; and seemed not +so much to walk as to glide in front of its dark shadow. Then +suddenly a man would be lost in something black, and his voice became +audible. And when people reappeared in the moonlight, they seemed +silent--like white walls, or black shadows--as everything did in the +transparent mist of night. Almost every one was asleep when Judas +heard the soft voice of Jesus returning. All in and around about the +house was still. A cock crew; somewhere an ass, disturbed in his +sleep, brayed aloud and insolently as in daytime, then reluctantly +and gradually relapsed into silence. Judas did not sleep at all, but +listened surreptitiously. The moon illumined one half of his face, +and was reflected strangely in his enormous open eye, as on the +frozen surface of a lake. + +Suddenly he remembered something, and hastily coughed, rubbing his +perfectly healthy chest with his hairy hand: maybe some one was not +yet asleep, and was listening to what Judas was thinking! + + + +CHAPTER II + + +They gradually became used to Judas, and ceased to notice his +ugliness. Jesus entrusted the common purse to him, and with it there +fell on him all household cares: he purchased the necessary food and +clothing, distributed alms, and when they were on the road, it was +his duty to choose the place where they were to stop, or to find a +night's lodging. + +All this he did very cleverly, so that in a short time he had earned +the goodwill of some of the disciples, who had noticed his efforts. +Judas was an habitual liar, but they became used to this, when they +found that his lies were not followed by any evil conduct; nay, they +added a special piquancy to his conversation and tales, and made life +seem like a comic, and sometimes a tragic, tale. + +According to his stories, he seemed to know every one, and each +person that he knew had some time in his life been guilty of evil +conduct, or even crime. Those, according to him, were called good, +who knew how to conceal their thoughts and acts; but if one only +embraced, flattered, and questioned such a man sufficiently, there +would ooze out from him every untruth, nastiness, and lie, like +matter from a pricked wound. He freely confessed that he sometimes +lied himself; but affirmed with an oath that others were still +greater liars, and that if any one in this world was ever deceived, +it was Judas. + +Indeed, according to his own account, he had been deceived, time +upon time, in one way or another. Thus, a certain guardian of the +treasures of a rich grandee once confessed to him, that he had for +ten years been continually on the point of stealing the property +committed to him, but that he was debarred by fear of the grandee, +and of his own conscience. And Judas believed him--and he suddenly +committed the theft, and deceived Judas. But even then Judas still +trusted him--and then he suddenly restored the stolen treasure to the +grandee, and again deceived Judas. Yes, everything deceived him, +even animals. Whenever he pets a dog it bites his fingers; but when +he beats it with a stick it licks his feet, and looks into his eyes +like a daughter. He killed one such dog, and buried it deep, laying +a great stone on the top of it--but who knows? Perhaps just because +he killed it, it has come to life again, and instead of lying in the +trench, is running about cheerfully with other dogs. + +All laughed merrily at Judas' tale, and he smiled pleasantly +himself, winking his one lively, mocking eye--and by that very smile +confessed that he had lied somewhat; that he had not really killed +the dog. But he meant to find it and kill it, because he did not +wish to be deceived. And at these words of Judas they laughed all +the more. + +But sometimes in his tales he transgressed the bounds of probability, +and ascribed to people such proclivities as even the beasts do not +possess, accusing them of such crimes as are not, and never have been. +And since he named in this connection the most honoured people, some +were indignant at the calumny, while others jokingly asked: + +"How about your own father and mother, Judas--were they not good people?" + +Judas winked his eye, and smiled with a gesture of his hands. And +the fixed, wide-open eye shook in unison with the shaking of his +head, and looked out in silence. + +"But who was my father? Perhaps it was the man who used to beat me +with a rod, or may be--a devil, a goat or a cock.... How can Judas +tell? How can Judas tell with whom his mother shared her couch. +Judas had many fathers: to which of them do you refer?" + +But at this they were all indignant, for they had a profound +reverence for parents; and Matthew, who was very learned in the +scriptures, said severely in the words of Solomon: + +"'Whoso slandereth his father and his mother, his lamp shall be +extinguished in deep darkness.'" + +But John the son of Zebedee haughtily jerked out: "And what of us? +What evil have you to say of us, Judas Iscariot?" + +But he waved his hands in simulated terror, whined, and bowed like a +beggar, who has in vain asked an alms of a passer-by: "Ah! they are +tempting poor Judas! They are laughing at him, they wish to take in +the poor, trusting Judas!" And while one side of his face was crinkled +up in buffooning grimaces, the other side wagged sternly and severely, +and the never-closing eye looked out in a broad stare. + +More and louder than any laughed Simon Peter at the jokes of Judas +Iscariot. But once it happened that he suddenly frowned, and became +silent and sad, and hastily dragging Judas aside by the sleeve, he +bent down, and asked in a hoarse whisper-- + +"But Jesus? What do you think of Jesus? Speak seriously, I entreat you." + +Judas cast on him a malign glance. + +"And what do you think?" + +Peter whispered with awe and gladness-- + +"I think that He is the son of the living God." + +"Then why do you ask? What can Judas tell you, whose father was a +goat?" + +"But do you love Him? You do not seem to love any one, Judas." + +And with the same strange malignity, Iscariot blurted out abruptly +and sharply: "I do." + +Some two days after this conversation, Peter openly dubbed Judas "my +friend the octopus"; but Judas awkwardly, and ever with the same +malignity, endeavoured to creep away from him into some dark corner, +and would sit there morosely glaring with his white, never-closing eye. + +Thomas alone took him quite seriously. He understood nothing of +jokes, hypocrisy or lies, nor of the play upon words and thoughts, +but investigated everything positively to the very bottom. He would +often interrupt Judas' stories about wicked people and their conduct +with short practical remarks: + +"You must prove that. Did you hear it yourself? Was there any one +present besides yourself? What was his name?" + +At this Judas would get angry, and shrilly cry out, that he had seen +and heard everything himself; but the obstinate Thomas would go on +cross-examining quietly and persistently, until Judas confessed that +he had lied, or until he invented some new and more probable lie, +which provided the others for some time with food for thought. But +when Thomas discovered a discrepancy, he would immediately come and +calmly expose the liar. + +Usually Judas excited in him a strong curiosity, which brought about +between them a sort of friendship, full of wrangling, jeering, and +invective on the one side, and of quiet insistence on the other. +Sometimes Judas felt an unbearable aversion to his strange friend, +and, transfixing him with a sharp glance, would say irritably, and +almost with entreaty-- + +"What more do you want? I have told you all." + +"I want you to prove how it is possible that a he-goat should be +your father," Thomas would reply with calm insistency, and wait for +an answer. + +It chanced once, that after such a question, Judas suddenly stopped +speaking and gazed at him with surprise from head to foot. What he +saw was a tall, upright figure, a grey face, honest eyes of +transparent blue, two fat folds beginning at the nose and losing +themselves in a stiff, evenly-trimmed beard. He said with conviction: + +"What a stupid you are, Thomas! What do you dream about--a tree, a +wall, or a donkey?" + +Thomas was in some way strangely perturbed, and made no reply. But +at night, when Judas was already closing his vivid, restless eye for +sleep, he suddenly said aloud from where he lay--the two now slept +together on the roof-- + +"You are wrong, Judas. I have very bad dreams. What think you? +Are people responsible for their dreams?" + +"Does, then, any one but the dreamer see a dream?" Judas replied. + +Thomas sighed gently, and became thoughtful. But Judas smiled +contemptuously, and firmly closed his roguish eye, and quickly gave +himself up to his mutinous dreams, monstrous ravings, mad phantoms, +which rent his bumpy skull to pieces. + +When, during Jesus' travels about Judaea, the disciples approached a +village, Iscariot would speak evil of the inhabitants and foretell +misfortune. But almost always it happened that the people, of whom +he had spoken evil, met Christ and His friends with gladness, and +surrounded them with attentions and love, and became believers, and +Judas' money-box became so full that it was difficult to carry. And +when they laughed at his mistake, he would make a humble gesture with +his hands, and say: + +"Well, well! Judas thought that they were bad, and they turned out +to be good. They quickly believed, and gave money. That only means +that Judas has been deceived once more, the poor, confiding Judas +Iscariot!" + +But on one occasion, when they had already gone far from a village, +which had welcomed them kindly, Thomas and Judas began a hot dispute, +to settle which they turned back, and did not overtake Jesus and His +disciples until the next day. Thomas wore a perturbed and sorrowful +appearance, while Judas had such a proud look, that you would have +thought that he expected them to offer him their congratulations and +thanks upon the spot. Approaching the Master, Thomas declared with +decision: "Judas was right, Lord. They were ill-disposed, stupid +people. And the seeds of your words has fallen upon the rock." And +he related what had happened in the village. + +After Jesus and His disciples left it, an old woman had begun to cry +out that her little white kid had been stolen, and she laid the theft +at the door of the visitors who had just departed. At first the +people had disputed with her, but when she obstinately insisted that +there was no one else who could have done it except Jesus, many +agreed with her, and even were about to start in pursuit. And +although they soon found the kid straying in the underwood, they +still decided that Jesus was a deceiver, and possibly a thief. + +"So that's what they think of us, is it?" cried Peter, with a snort. +"Lord, wilt Thou that I return to those fools, and--" + +But Jesus, saying not a word, gazed severely at him, and Peter in +silence retired behind the others. And no one ever referred to the +incident again, as though it had never occurred, and as though Judas +had been proved wrong. In vain did he show himself on all sides, +endeavouring to give to his double, crafty, hooknosed face an +expression of modesty. They would not look at him, and if by chance +any one did glance at him, it was in a very unfriendly, not to say +contemptuous, manner. + +From that day on Jesus' treatment of him underwent a strange change. +Formerly, for some reason or other, Judas never used to speak +directly with Jesus, who never addressed Himself directly to him, but +nevertheless would often glance at him with kindly eyes, smile at his +rallies, and if He had not seen him for some time, would inquire: +"Where is Judas?" + +But now He looked at him as if He did not see him, although as +before, and indeed more determinedly than formerly, He sought him out +with His eyes every time that He began to speak to the disciples or +to the people; but He was either sitting with His back to him, so +that He was obliged, as it were, to cast His words over His head so +as to reach Judas, or else He made as though He did not notice him at +all. And whatever He said, though it was one thing one day, and then +next day quite another, although it might be the very thing that Judas +was thinking, it always seemed as though He were speaking against him. +To all He was the tender, beautiful flower, the sweet-smelling rose +of Lebanon, but for Judas He left only sharp thorns, as though Judas +had neither heart, nor sight, nor smell, and did not understand, even +better than any, the beauty of tender, immaculate petals. + +"Thomas! Do you like the yellow rose of Lebanon, which has a swarthy +countenance and eyes like the roe?" he inquired once of his friend, +who replied indifferently-- + +"Rose? Yes, I like the smell. But I have never heard of a rose +with a swarthy countenance and eyes like a roe!" + +"What? Do you not know that the polydactylous cactus, which tore +your new garment yesterday, has only one beautiful flower, and only +one eye?" + +But Thomas did not know this, although only yesterday a cactus had +actually caught in his garment and torn it into wretched rags. But +then Thomas never did know anything, though he asked questions about +everything, and looked so straight with his bright, transparent eyes, +through which, as through a pane of Phoenician glass, was visible a +wall, with a dismal ass tied to it. + +Some time later another occurrence took place, in which Judas again +proved to be in the right. + +At a certain village in Judaea, of which Judas had so bad an +opinion, that he had advised them to avoid it, the people received +Christ with hostility, and after His sermon and exposition of +hypocrites they burst into fury, and threatened to stone Jesus and +His disciples. Enemies He had many, and most likely they would have +carried out their sinister intention, but for Judas Iscariot. Seized +with a mad fear for Jesus, as though he already saw the drops of ruby +blood upon His white garment, Judas threw himself in blind fury upon +the crowd, scolding, screeching, beseeching, and lying, and thus gave +time and opportunity to Jesus and His disciples to escape. + +Amazingly active, as though running upon a dozen feet, laughable and +terrible in his fury and entreaties, he threw himself madly in front +of the crowd and charmed it with a certain strange power. He shouted +that the Nazarene was not possessed of a devil, that He was simply an +impostor, a thief who loved money as did all His disciples, and even +Judas himself: and he rattled the money-box, grimaced, and beseeched, +throwing himself on the ground. And by degrees the anger of the +crowd changed into laughter and disgust, and they let fall the stones +which they had picked up to throw at them. + +"They are not fit to die by the hands of an honest person," said +they, while others thoughtfully followed the rapidly disappearing +Judas with their eyes. + +Again Judas expected to receive congratulations, praise, and thanks, +and made a show of his torn garments, and pretended that he had been +beaten; but this time, too, he was greatly mistaken. The angry Jesus +strode on in silence, and even Peter and John did not venture to +approach Him: and all whose eyes fell on Judas in his torn garments, +his face glowing with happiness, but still somewhat frightened, +repelled him with curt, angry exclamations. + +It was just as though he had not saved them all, just as though he +had not saved their Teacher, whom they loved so dearly. + +"Do you want to see some fools?" said he to Thomas, who was +thoughtfully walking in the rear. "Look! There they go along the +road in a crowd, like a flock of sheep, kicking up the dust. But you +are wise, Thomas, you creep on behind, and I, the noble, magnificent +Judas, creep on behind like a dirty slave, who has no place by the +side of his masters." + +"Why do you call yourself magnificent?" asked Thomas in surprise. + +"Because I am so," Judas replied with conviction, and he went on +talking, giving more details of how he had deceived the enemies of +Jesus, and laughed at them and their stupid stones. + +"But you told lies," said Thomas. + +"Of course I did," quickly assented Iscariot. "I gave them what +they asked for, and they gave me in return what I wanted. And what +is a lie, my clever Thomas? Would not the death of Jesus be the +greatest lie of all?" + +"You did not act rightly. Now I believe that a devil is your +father. It was he that taught you, Judas." + +The face of Judas grew pale, and something suddenly came over +Thomas, and as if it were a white cloud, passed over and concealed +the road and Jesus. With a gentle movement Judas just as suddenly +drew Thomas to himself, pressed him closely with a paralysing +movement, and whispered in his ear-- + +"You mean, then, that a devil has instructed me, don't you, Thomas? +Well, I saved Jesus. Therefore a devil loves Jesus and has need of +Him, and of the truth. Is it not so, Thomas? But then my father was +not a devil, but a he-goat. Can a he-goat want Jesus? Eh? And +don't you want Him yourselves, and the truth also?" + +Angry and slightly frightened, Thomas freed himself with difficulty +from the clinging embrace of Judas, and began to stride forward +quickly. But he soon slackened his pace as he endeavoured to +understand what had taken place. + +But Judas crept on gently behind, and gradually came to a +standstill. And lo! in the distance the pedestrians became blended +into a parti-coloured mass, so that it was impossible any longer to +distinguish which among those little figures was Jesus. And lo! the +little Thomas, too, changed into a grey spot, and suddenly--all +disappeared round a turn in the road. + +Looking round, Judas went down from the road and with immense leaps +descended into the depths of a rocky ravine. His clothes blew out +with the speed and abruptness of his course, and his hands were +extended upwards as though he would fly. Lo! now he crept along an +abrupt declivity, and suddenly rolled down in a grey ball, rubbing +off his skin against the stones; then he jumped up and angrily +threatened the mountain with his fist-- + +"You too, damn you!" + +Suddenly he changed his quick movements into a comfortable, +concentrated dawdling, chose a place by a big stone, and sat down +without hurry. He turned himself, as if seeking a comfortable +position, laid his hands side by side on the grey stone, and heavily +sank his head upon them. And so for an hour or two he sat on, as +motionless and grey as the grey stone itself, so still that he +deceived even the birds. The walls of the ravine rose before him, +and behind, and on every side, cutting a sharp line all round on the +blue sky; while everywhere immense grey stones obtruded from the +ground, as though there had been at some time or other, a shower +here, and as though its heavy drops had become petrified in endless +split, upturned skull, and every stone in it was like a petrified +thought; and there were many of them, and they all kept thinking +heavily, boundlessly, stubbornly. + +A scorpion, deceived by his quietness, hobbled past, on its +tottering legs, close to Judas. He threw a glance at it, and, +without lifting his head from the stone, again let both his eyes rest +fixedly on something--both motionless, both veiled in a strange +whitish turbidness, both as though blind and yet terribly alert. And +lo! from out of the ground, the stones, and the clefts, the quiet +darkness of night began to rise, enveloped the motionless Judas, and +crept swiftly up towards the pallid light of the sky. Night was +coming on with its thoughts and dreams. + +That night Judas did not return to the halting-place. And the +disciples, forgetting their thoughts, busied themselves with +preparations for their meal, and grumbled at his negligence. + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Once, about mid-day, Jesus and His disciples were walking along a +stony and hilly road devoid of shade, and, since they had been more +than five hours afoot, Jesus began to complain of weariness. The +disciples stopped, and Peter and his friend John spread their cloaks +and those of the other disciples, on the ground, and fastened them +above between two high rocks, and so made a sort of tent for Jesus. +He lay down in the tent, resting from the heat of the sun, while they +amused Him with pleasant conversation and jokes. But seeing that +even talking fatigued Him, and being themselves but little affected +by weariness and the heat, they went some distance off and occupied +themselves in various ways. One sought edible roots among the stones +on the slope of the mountain, and when he had found them brought them +to Jesus; another, climbing up higher and higher, searched musingly +for the limits of the blue distance, and failing, climbed up higher +on to new, sharp-pointed rocks. John found a beautiful little blue +lizard among the stones, and smiling brought it quickly with tender +hands to Jesus. The lizard looked with its protuberant, mysterious +eyes into His, and then crawled quickly with its cold body over His +warm hand, and soon swiftly disappeared with tender, quivering tail. + +But Peter and Philip, not caring about such amusements, occupied +themselves in tearing up great stones from the mountain, and hurling +them down below, as a test of their strength. The others, attracted +by their loud laughter, by degrees gathered round them, and joined in +their sport. Exerting their strength, they would tear up from the +ground an ancient rock all overgrown, and lifting it high with both +hands, hurl it down the slope. Heavily it would strike with a dull +thud, and hesitate for a moment; then resolutely it would make a +first leap, and each time it touched the ground, gathering from it +speed and strength, it would become light, furious, all-subversive. +Now it no longer leapt, but flew with grinning teeth, and the +whistling wind let its dull round mass pass by. Lo! it is on the +edge--with a last, floating motion the stone would sweep high, and +then quietly, with ponderous deliberation, fly downwards in a curve +to the invisible bottom of the precipice. + +"Now then, another!" cried Peter. His white teeth shone between his +black beard and moustache, his mighty chest and arms were bare, and +the sullen, ancient rocks, dully wondering at the strength which +lifted them, obediently, one after another, precipitated themselves +into the abyss. Even the frail John threw some moderate-sized +stones, and Jesus smiled quietly as He looked at their sport. + +"But what are you doing, Judas? Why do you not take part in the +game? It seems amusing enough?" asked Thomas, when he found his +strange friend motionless behind a great grey stone. + +"I have a pain in my chest. Moreover, they have not invited me." + +"What need of invitation! At all events, I invite you; come! Look +what stones Peter throws!" + +Judas somehow or other happened to glance sideward at him, and +Thomas became, for the first time, indistinctly aware that he had two +faces. But before he could thoroughly grasp the fact, Judas said in +his ordinary tone, at once fawning and mocking-- + +"There is surely none stronger than Peter? When he shouts, all the +asses in Jerusalem think that their Messiah has arrived, and lift up +their voices too. You have heard them before now, have you not, +Thomas?" + +Smiling politely; and modestly wrapping his garment round his chest, +which was overgrown with red curly hairs, Judas stepped into the +circle of players. + +And since they were all in high good humour, they met him with mirth +and loud jokes, and even John condescended to vouchsafe a smile, when +Judas, pretending to groan with the exertion, laid hold of an immense +stone. But lo! he lifted it with ease, and threw it, and his blind, +wide-open eye gave a jerk, and then fixed itself immovably on Peter; +while the other eye, cunning and merry, was overflowing with quiet +laughter. + +"No! you throw again!" said Peter in an offended tone. + +And lo! one after the other they kept lifting and throwing gigantic +stones, while the disciples looked on in amazement. Peter threw a +great stone, and then Judas a still bigger one. Peter, frowning and +concentrated, angrily wielded a fragment of rock, and struggling as +he lifted it, hurled it down; then Judas, without ceasing to smile, +searched for a still larger fragment, and digging his long fingers +into it, grasped it, and swinging himself together with it, and +paling, sent it into the gulf. When he had thrown his stone, Peter +would recoil and so watch its fall; but Judas always bent himself +forward, stretched out his long vibrant arms, as though he were going +to fly after the stone. Eventually both of them, first Peter, then +Judas, seized hold of an old grey stone, but neither one nor the +other could move it. All red with his exertion, Peter resolutely +approached Jesus, and said aloud-- + +"Lord! I do not wish to be beaten by Judas. Help me to throw this +stone." + +Jesus made answer in a low voice, and Peter, shrugging his broad +shoulders in dissatisfaction, but not daring to make any rejoinder, +came back with the words-- + +"He says: 'But who will help Iscariot?'" + +Then glancing at Judas, who, panting with clenched teeth, was still +embracing the stubborn stone, he laughed cheerfully-- + +"Look what an invalid he is! See what our poor sick Judas is doing!" + +And even Judas laughed at being so unexpectedly exposed in his +deception, and all the others laughed too, and even Thomas allowed +his pointed, grey, overhanging moustache to relax into a smile. + +And so in friendly chat and laughter, they all set out again on the +way, and Peter, quite reconciled to his victor, kept from time to +time digging him in the ribs, and loudly guffawed-- + +"There's an invalid for you!" + +All of them praised Judas, and acknowledged him victor, and all +chatted with him in a friendly manner; but Jesus once again had no +word of praise for Judas. He walked silently in front, nibbling the +grasses, which He plucked. And gradually, one by one, the disciples +craved laughing, and went over to Jesus. So that in a short time it +came about, that they were all walking ahead in a compact body, while +Judas--the victor, the strong man--crept on behind, choking with dust. + +And lo! they stood still, and Jesus laid His hand on Peter's +shoulder, while with His other He pointed into the distance, where +Jerusalem had just become visible in the smoke. And the broad, +strong back of Peter gently accepted that slight sunburnt hand. + +For the night they stayed in Bethany, at the house of Lazarus. And +when all were gathered together for conversation, Judas thought that +they would now recall his victory over Peter, and sat down nearer. +But the disciples were silent and unusually pensive. Images of the +road they had traversed, of the sun, the rocks and the grass, of +Christ lying down under the shelter, quietly floated through their +heads, breathing a soft pensiveness, begetting confused but sweet +reveries of an eternal movement under the sun. The wearied body +reposed sweetly, and thought was merged in something mystically great +and beautiful--and no one recalled Judas! + +Judas went out, and then returned. Jesus was discoursing, and His +disciples were listening to Him in silence. + +Mary sat at His feet, motionless as a statue, and gazed into His +face with upturned eyes. John had come quite close, and endeavoured +to sit so that his hand touched the garment of the Master, but +without disturbing Him. He touched Him and was still. Peter +breathed loud and deeply, repeating under his breath the words of +Jesus. + +Iscariot had stopped short on the threshold, and contemptuously letting +his gaze pass by the company, he concentrated all its fire on Jesus. +And the more he looked the more everything around Him seemed to fade, +and to become clothed with darkness and silence, while Jesus alone +shone forth with uplifted hand. And then, lo! He was, as it were, +raised up into the air, and melted away, as though He consisted of +mist floating over a lake, and penetrated by the light of the setting +moon, and His soft speech began to sound tenderly, somewhere far, far +away. And gazing at the wavering phantom, and drinking in the tender +melody of the distant dream-like words, Judas gathered his whole soul +into his iron fingers, and in its vast darkness silently began building +up some colossal scheme. Slowly, in the profound darkness, he kept +lifting up masses, like mountains, and quite easily heaping them one +on another: and again he would lift up and again heap them up; and +something grew in the darkness, spread noiselessly and burst its bounds. +His head felt like a dome, in the impenetrable darkness of which the +colossal thing continued to grow, and some one, working on in silence, +kept lifting up masses like mountains, and piling them one on another +and again lifting up, and so on and on... whilst somewhere in the +distance the phantom-like words tenderly sounded. + +Thus he stood blocking the doorway, huge and black, while Jesus went +on talking, and the strong, intermittent breathing of Peter repeated +His words aloud. But on a sudden Jesus broke off an unfinished +sentence, and Peter, as though waking from sleep, cried out +exultingly-- + +"Lord! to Thee are known the words of eternal life!" + +But Jesus held His peace, and kept gazing fixedly in one direction. +And when they followed His gaze they perceived in the doorway the +petrified Judas with gaping mouth and fixed eyes. And, not +understanding what was the matter, they laughed. But Matthew, who +was learned in the Scriptures, touched Judas on the shoulder, and +said in the words of Solomon-- + +"'He that looketh kindly shall be forgiven; but he that is met +within the gates will impede others.'" + +Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully and everything +about him, his eyes, hands and feet, seemed to start in different +directions, as those of an animal which suddenly perceives the eye of +man upon him. Jesus went straight to Judas, as though words trembled +on His lips, but passed by him through the open, and now unoccupied, +door. + +In the middle of the night the restless Thomas came to Judas' bed, +and sitting down on his heels, asked-- + +"Are you weeping, Judas?" + +"No! Go away, Thomas." + +"Why do you groan, and grind your teeth? Are you ill?" + +Judas was silent for a while, and then fretfully there fell from his +lips distressful words, fraught with grief and anger-- + +"Why does not He love me? Why does He love the others? Am I not +handsomer, better and stronger than they? Did not I save His life +while they ran away like cowardly dogs?" + +"My poor friend, you are not quite right. You are not good-looking +at all, and your tongue is as disagreeable as your face. You lie and +slander continually; how then can you expect Jesus to love you?" + +But Judas, stirring heavily in the darkness, continued as though he +heard him not-- + +"Why is He not on the side of Judas, instead of on the side of those +who do not love Him? John brought Him a lizard; I would bring him a +poisonous snake. Peter threw stones; I would overthrow a mountain +for His sake. But what is a poisonous snake? One has but to draw +its fangs, and it will coil round one's neck like a necklace. What +is a mountain, which it is possible to dig down with the hands, and +to trample with the feet? I would give to Him Judas, the bold, +magnificent Judas. But now He will perish, and together with him +will perish Judas." + +"You are speaking strangely, Judas!" + +"A withered fig-tree, which must needs be cut down with the axe, +such am I: He said it of me. Why then does He not do it? He dare +not, Thomas! I know him. He fears Judas. He hides from the bold, +strong, magnificent Judas. He loves fools, traitors, liars. You are +a liar, Thomas; have you never been told so before?" + +Thomas was much surprised, and wished to object, but he thought that +Judas was simply railing, and so only shook his head in the darkness. +And Judas lamented still more grievously, and groaned and ground his +teeth, and his whole huge body could be heard heaving under the +coverlet. + +"What is the matter with Judas? Who has applied fire to his body? +He will give his son to the dogs. He will give his daughter to be +betrayed by robbers, his bride to harlotry. And yet has not Judas a +tender heart? Go away, Thomas; go away, stupid! Leave the strong, +bold, magnificent Judas alone!" + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +Judas had concealed some denarii, and the deception was discovered, +thanks to Thomas, who had seen by chance how much money had been +given to them. It was only too probable that this was not the first +time that Judas had committed a theft, and they all were enraged. +The angry Peter seized Judas by his collar and almost dragged him to +Jesus, and the terrified Judas paled but did not resist. + +"Master, see! Here he is, the trickster! Here's the thief. You +trusted him, and he steals our money. Thief! Scoundrel! If Thou +wilt permit, I'll--" + +But Jesus held His peace. And attentively regarding him, Peter +suddenly turned red, and loosed the hand which held the collar, while +Judas shyly rearranged his garment, casting a sidelong glance on +Peter, and assuming the downcast look of a repentant criminal. + +"So that's how it's to be," angrily said Peter, as he went out, +loudly slamming the door. They were all dissatisfied, and declared +that on no account would they consort with Judas any longer; but +John, after some consideration, passed through the door, behind which +might be heard the quiet, almost caressing, voice of Jesus. And when +in the course of time he returned, he was pale, and his downcast eyes +were red as though with recent tears. + +"The Master says that Judas may take as much money as he pleases." +Peter laughed angrily. John gave him a quick reproachful glance, and +suddenly flushing, and mingling tears with anger, and delight with +tears, loudly exclaimed: + +"And no one must reckon how much money Judas receives. He is our +brother, and all the money is as much his as ours: if he wants much +let him take much, without telling any one, or taking counsel with +any. Judas is our brother, and you have grievously insulted him--so +says the Master. Shame on you, brother!" + +In the doorway stood Judas, pale and with a distorted smile on his +face. With a light movement John went up to him and kissed him three +times. After him, glancing round at one another, James, Philip and +the others came up shamefacedly; and after each kiss Judas wiped his +mouth, but gave a loud smack as though the sound afforded him +pleasure. Peter came up last. + +"We were all stupid, all blind, Judas. He alone sees, He alone is +wise. May I kiss you?" + +"Why not? Kiss away!" said Judas as in consent. + +Peter kissed him vigorously, and said aloud in his ear-- + +"But I almost choked you. The others kissed you in the usual way, +but I kissed you on the throat. Did it hurt you?" + +"A little." + +"I will go and tell Him all. I was angry even with Him," said Peter +sadly, trying noiselessly to open the door. + +"And what are you going to do, Thomas?" asked John severely. He it +was who looked after the conduct and the conversation of the disciples. + +"I don't know yet. I must consider." + +And Thomas thought long, almost the whole day. The disciples had +dispersed to their occupations, and somewhere on the other side of the +wall, Peter was shouting joyfully--but Thomas was still considering. +He would have come to a decision more quickly had not Judas hindered +him somewhat by continually following him about with a mocking glance, +and now and again asking him in a serious tone-- + +"Well, Thomas, and how does the matter progress?" + +Then Judas brought his money-box, and shaking the money and +pretending not to look at Thomas, began to count it-- + +"Twenty-one, two, three.... Look, Thomas, a bad coin again. Oh! +what rascals people are; they even give bad money as offerings. +Twenty-four... and then they will say again that Judas has stolen +it... twenty-five, twenty-six...." + +Thomas approached him resolutely... for it was already towards +evening, and said-- + +"He is right, Judas. Let me kiss you." + +"Will you? Twenty-nine, thirty. It's no good. I shall steal +again. Thirty-one...." + +"But how can you steal, when it is neither yours nor another's? You +will simply take as much as you want, brother." + +"It has taken you a long time to repeat His words! Don't you value +time, you clever Thomas?" + +"You seem to be laughing at me, brother." + +"And consider, are you doing well, my virtuous Thomas, in repeating +His words? He said something of His own, but you do not. He really +kissed me--you only defiled my mouth. I can still feel your moist +lips upon mine. It was so disgusting, my good Thomas. Thirty-eight, +thirty-nine, forty. Forty denarii. Thomas, won't you check the sum?" + +"Certainly He is our Master. Why then should we not repeat the +words of our Master?" + +"Is Judas' collar torn away? Is there now nothing to seize him by? +The Master will go out of the house, and Judas will unexpectedly +steal three more denarii. Won't you seize him by the collar?" + +"We know now, Judas. We understand." + +"Have not all pupils a bad memory? Have not all masters been +deceived by their pupils? But the master has only to lift the rod, +and the pupils cry out, 'We know, Master!' But the master goes to +bed, and the pupils say: 'Did the Master teach us this?' And so, in +this case, this morning you called me a thief, this evening you call +me brother. What will you call me to-morrow?" + +Judas laughed, and lifting up the heavy rattling money-box with +ease, went on: + +"When a strong wind blows it raises the dust, and foolish people +look at the dust and say: 'Look at the wind!' But it is only dust, +my good Thomas, ass's dung trodden underfoot. The dust meets a wall +and lies down gently at its foot, but the wind flies farther and +farther, my good Thomas." + +Judas obligingly pointed over the wall in illustration of his +meaning, and laughed again. + +"I am glad that you are merry," said Thomas, "but it is a great pity +that there is so much malice in your merriment." + +"Why should not a man be cheerful, who has been kissed so much, and +who is so useful? If I had not stolen the three denarii would John +have known the meaning of delight? Is it not pleasant to be a hook, +on which John may hang his damp virtue out to dry, and Thomas his +moth-eaten mind?" + +"I think that I had better be going." + +"But I am only joking, my good Thomas. I merely wanted to know +whether you really wished to kiss the old obnoxious Judas--the thief +who stole the three denarii and gave them to a harlot." + +"To a harlot!" exclaimed Thomas in surprise. "And did you tell the +Master of it?" + +"Again you doubt, Thomas. Yes, to a harlot. But if you only knew, +Thomas, what an unfortunate woman she was. For two days she had had +nothing to eat." + +"Are you sure of that?" said Thomas in confusion. + +"Yes! Of course I am. I myself spent two days with her, and saw +that she ate and drank nothing except red wine. She tottered from +exhaustion, and I was always falling down with her." + +Thereupon Thomas got up quickly, and, when he had gone a few steps +away, he flung out at Judas: + +"You seem to be possessed of Satan, Judas." + +And as he went away, he heard in the approaching twilight how +dolefully the heavy money-box rattled in Judas' hands. And Judas +seemed to laugh. + +But the very next day Thomas was obliged to acknowledge that he had +misjudged Judas, so simple, so gentle, and at the same time so +serious was Iscariot. He neither grimaced nor made ill-natured +jokes; he was neither obsequious nor scurrilous, but quietly and +unobtrusively went about his work of catering. He was as active as +formerly, as though he did not have two feet like other people, but a +whole dozen of them, and ran noiselessly without that squeaking, +sobbing, and laughter of a hyena, with which he formerly accompanied +his actions. And when Jesus began to speak, he would seat himself +quickly in a corner, fold his hands and feet, and look so kindly with +his great eyes, that many observed it. He ceased speaking evil of +people, but rather remained silent, so that even the severe Matthew +deemed it possible to praise him, saying in the words of Solomon: + +"'He that is devoid of wisdom despiseth his neighbour: but a man of +understanding holdeth his peace.'" + +And he lifted up his hand, hinting thereby at Judas' former evil-speaking. +In a short time all remarked this change in him, and rejoiced at it: only +Jesus looked on him still with the same detached look, although he gave +no direct indication of His dislike. And even John, for whom Judas now +showed a profound reverence, as the beloved disciple of Jesus, and as +his own champion in the matter of the three denarii, began to treat +him somewhat more kindly, and even sometimes entered into conversation +with him. + +"What do you think, Judas," said he one day in a condescending +manner, "which of us, Peter or I, will be nearest to Christ in His +heavenly kingdom?" + +Judas meditated, and then answered-- + +"I suppose that you will." + +"But Peter thinks that he will," laughed John. + +"No! Peter would scatter all the angels with his shout; you have +heard him shout. Of course, he will quarrel with you, and will +endeavour to occupy the first place, as he insists that he, too, +loves Jesus. But he is already advanced in years, and you are young; +he is heavy on his feet, while you run swiftly; you will enter there +first with Christ? Will you not?" + +"Yes, I will not leave Jesus," John agreed. + +On the same day Simon Peter referred the very same question to +Judas. But fearing that his loud voice would be heard by the others, +he led Judas out to the farthest corner behind the house. + +"Well then, what is your opinion about it?" he asked anxiously. +"You are wise; even the Master praises you for your intellect. And +you will speak the truth." + +"You, of course," answered Iscariot without hesitation. And Peter +exclaimed with indignation, "I told him so!" + +"But, of course, he will try even there to oust you from the first +place." + +"Certainly!" + +"But what can he do, when you already occupy the place? Won't you +be the first to go there with Jesus? You will not leave Him alone? +Has He not named you the ROCK?" + +Peter put his hand on Judas' shoulder, and said with warmth: "I +tell you, Judas, you are the cleverest of us all. But why are you so +sarcastic and malignant? The Master does not like it. Otherwise you +might become the beloved disciple, equally with John. But to you +neither," and Peter lifted his hand threateningly, "will I yield my +place next to Jesus, neither on earth, nor there! Do you hear?" + +Thus Judas endeavoured to make himself agreeable to all, but, at the +same time, he cherished hidden thoughts in his mind. And while he +remained ever the same modest, restrained and unobtrusive person, he +knew how to make some especially pleasing remark to each. Thus to +Thomas he said: + +"The fool believeth every word: but the prudent taketh heed to his +paths." + +While to Matthew, who suffered somewhat from excess in eating and +drinking, and was ashamed of his weakness, he quoted the words of +Solomon, the sage whom Matthew held in high estimation: + +"'The righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soul: but the belly +of the wicked shall want.'" + +But his pleasant speeches were rare, which gave them the greater +value. For the most part he was silent, listening attentively to +what was said, and always meditating. + +When reflecting, Judas had an unpleasant look, ridiculous and at the +same time awe-inspiring. As long as his quick, crafty eye was in +motion, he seemed simple and good-natured enough, but directly both +eyes became fixed in an immovable stare, and the skin on his +protruding forehead gathered into strange ridges and creases, a +distressing surmise would force itself on one, that under that skull +some very peculiar thoughts were working. So thoroughly apart, +peculiar, and voiceless were the thoughts which enveloped Iscariot in +the deep silence of secrecy, when he was in one of his reveries, that +one would have preferred that he should begin to speak, to move, nay, +even, to tell lies. For a lie, spoken by a human tongue, had been +truth and light compared with that hopelessly deep and unresponsive +silence. + +"In the dumps again, Judas?" Peter would cry with his clear voice +and bright smile, suddenly breaking in upon the sombre silence of +Judas' thoughts, and banishing them to some dark corner. "What are +you thinking about?" + +"Of many things," Iscariot would reply with a quiet smile. And +perceiving, apparently, what a bad impression his silence made upon +the others, he began more frequently to shun the society of the +disciples, and spent much time in solitary walks, or would betake +himself to the flat roof and there sit still. And more than once he +startled Thomas, who has unexpectedly stumbled in the darkness +against a grey heap, out of which the hands and feet of Judas +suddenly started, and his jeering voice was heard. + +But one day, in a specially brusque and strange manner, Judas +recalled his former character. This happened on the occasion of the +quarrel for the first place in the kingdom of heaven. Peter and John +were disputing together, hotly contending each for his own place +nearest to Jesus. They reckoned up their services, they measured the +degrees of their love for Jesus, they became heated and noisy, and +even reviled one another without restraint. Peter roared, all red +with anger. John was quiet and pale, with trembling hands and biting +speech. Their quarrel had already passed the bounds of decency, and +the Master had begun to frown, when Peter looked up by chance on +Judas, and laughed self-complacently: John, too, looked at Judas, +and also smiled. Each of them recalled what the cunning Judas had +said to him. And foretasting the joy of approaching triumph, they, +with silent consent, invited Judas to decide the matter. + +Peter called out, "Come now, Judas the wise, tell us who will be +first, nearest to Jesus, he or I?" + +But Judas remained silent, breathing heavily, his eyes eagerly +questioning the quiet, deep eyes of Jesus. + +"Yes," John condescendingly repeated, "tell us who will be first, +nearest to Jesus." + +Without taking his eyes off Christ, Judas slowly rose, and answered +quietly and gravely: + +"I." + +Jesus let His gaze fall slowly. And quietly striking himself on the +breast with a bony finger, Iscariot repeated solemnly and sternly: +"I, I shall be nearest to Jesus!" And he went out. Struck by his +insolent freak, the disciples remained silent; but Peter suddenly +recalling something, whispered to Thomas in an unexpectedly gentle +voice: + +"So that is what he is always thinking about! See?" + + + +CHAPTER V + + +Just at this time Judas Iscariot took the first definite step +towards the Betrayal. He visited the chief priest Annas secretly. +He was very roughly received, but that did not disturb him in the +least, and he demanded a long private interview. When he found +himself alone with the dry, harsh old man, who looked at him with +contempt from beneath his heavy overhanging eyelids, he stated that +he was an honourable man who had become one of the disciples of Jesus +of Nazareth with the sole purpose of exposing the impostor, and +handing Him over to the arm of the law. + +"But who is this Nazarene?" asked Annas contemptuously, making as +though he heard the name of Jesus for the first time. + +Judas on his part pretended to believe in the extraordinary +ignorance of the chief priest, and spoke in detail of the preaching +of Jesus, of His miracles, of His hatred for the Pharisees and the +Temple, of His perpetual infringement of the Law, and eventually of +His wish to wrest the power out of the hands of the priesthood, and +to set up His own personal kingdom. And so cleverly did he mingle +truth with lies, that Annas looked at him more attentively, and +lazily remarked: "There are plenty of impostors and madmen in Judah." + +"No! He is a dangerous person," Judas hotly contradicted. "He +breaks the law. And it were better that one man should perish, +rather than the whole people." + +Annas, with an approving nod, said-- + +"But He, apparently, has many disciples." + +"Yes, many." + +"And they, it seems probable, have a great love for Him?" + +"Yes, they say that they love Him, love Him much, more than +themselves." + +"But if we try to take Him, will they not defend Him? Will they not +raise a tumult?" + +Judas laughed long and maliciously. "What, they? Those cowardly +dogs, who run if a man but stoop down to pick up a stone. They +indeed!" + +"Are they really so bad?" asked Annas coldly. + +"But surely it is not the bad who flee from the good; is it not +rather the good who flee from the bad? Ha! ha! They are good, and +therefore they flee. They are good, and therefore they hide +themselves. They are good, and therefore they will appear only in +time to bury Jesus. They will lay Him in the tomb themselves; you +have only to execute Him." + +"But surely they love Him? You yourself said so." + +"People always love their teacher, but better dead than alive. +While a teacher's alive he may ask them questions which they will +find difficult to answer. But, when a teacher dies, they become +teachers themselves, and then others fare badly in turn. Ha! ha!" + +Annas looked piercingly at the Traitor, and his lips puckered--which +indicated that he was smiling. + +"You have been insulted by them. I can see that." + +"Can one hide anything from the perspicacity of the astute Annas? +You have pierced to the very heart of Judas. Yes, they insulted poor +Judas. They said he had stolen from them three denarii--as though +Judas were not the most honest man in Israel!" + +They talked for some time longer about Jesus, and His disciples, and +of His pernicious influence on the people of Israel, but on this +occasion the crafty, cautious Annas gave no decisive answer. He had +long had his eyes on Jesus, and in secret conclave with his own +relatives and friends, with the authorities, and the Sadducees, had +decided the fate of the Prophet of Galilee. But he did not trust +Judas, who he had heard was a bad, untruthful man, and he had no +confidence in his flippant faith in the cowardice of the disciples, +and of the people. Annas believed in his own power, but he feared +bloodshed, feared a serious riot, such as the insubordinate, +irascible people of Jerusalem lent itself to so easily; he feared, in +fact, the violent intervention of the Roman authorities. Fanned by +opposition, fertilised by the red blood of the people, which vivifies +everything on which it falls, the heresy would grow stronger, and +stifle in its folds Annas, the government, and all his friends. So, +when Iscariot knocked at his door a second time Annas was perturbed +in spirit and would not admit him. But yet a third and a fourth time +Iscariot came to him, persistent as the wind, which beats day and +night against the closed door and blows in through its crevices. + +"I see that the most astute Annas is afraid of something," said +Judas when at last he obtained admission to the high priest. + +"I am strong enough not to fear anything," Annas answered haughtily. +And Iscariot stretched forth his hands and bowed abjectly. + +"What do you want?" + +"I wish to betray the Nazarene to you." + +"We do not want Him." + +Judas bowed and waited, humbly fixing his gaze on the high priest. + +"Go away." + +"But I am bound to return. Am I not, revered Annas?" + +"You will not be admitted. Go away!" + +But yet again and again Judas called on the aged Annas, and at last +was admitted. + +Dry and malicious, worried with thought, and silent, he gazed on the +Traitor, and, as it were, counted the hairs on his knotted head. +Judas also said nothing, and seemed in his turn to be counting the +somewhat sparse grey hairs in the beard of the high priest. + +"What? you here again?" the irritated Annas haughtily jerked out, as +though spitting upon his head. + +"I wish to betray the Nazarene to you." + +Both held their peace, and continued to gaze attentively at each +other. Iscariot's look was calm; but a quiet malice, dry and cold, +began slightly to prick Annas, like the early morning rime of winter. + +"How much do you want for your Jesus?" + +"How much will you give?" + +Annas, with evident enjoyment, insultingly replied: "You are +nothing but a band of scoundrels. Thirty pieces--that's what we will +give." + +And he quietly rejoiced to see how Judas began to squirm and run +about--agile and swift as though he had a whole dozen feet, not two. + +"Thirty pieces of silver for Jesus!" he cried in a voice of wild +madness, most pleasing to Annas. "For Jesus of Nazareth! You wish +to buy Jesus for thirty pieces of silver? And you think that Jesus +can be betrayed to you for thirty pieces of silver?" Judas turned +quickly to the wall, and laughed in its smooth, white fence, lifting +up his long hands. "Do you hear? Thirty pieces of silver! For +Jesus!" + +With the same quiet pleasure, Annas remarked indifferently: + +"If you will not deal, go away. We shall find some one whose work +is cheaper." + +And like old-clothes men who throw useless rags from hand to hand in +the dirty market-place, and shout, and swear and abuse each other, so +they embarked on a rabid and fiery bargaining. Intoxicated with a +strange rapture, running and turning about, and shouting, Judas +ticked off on his fingers the merits of Him whom he was selling. + +"And the fact that He is kind and heals the sick, is that worth +nothing at all in your opinion? Ah, yes! Tell me, like an honest +man!" + +"If you--" began Annas, who was turning red, as he tried to get in a +word, his cold malice quickly warming up under the burning words of +Judas, who, however, interrupted him shamelessly: + +"That He is young and handsome--like the Narcissus of Sharon, and +the Lily of the Valley? What? Is that worth nothing? Perhaps you +will say that He is old and useless, and that Judas is trying to +dispose of an old bird? Eh?" + +"If you--" Annas tried to exclaim; but Judas' stormy speech bore +away his senile croak, like down upon the wind. + +"Thirty pieces of silver! That will hardly work out to one obolus +for each drop of blood! Half an obolus will not go to a tear! A +quarter to a groan. And cries, and convulsions! And for the ceasing +of His heartbeats? And the closing of His eyes? Is all this to be +thrown in gratis?" sobbed Iscariot, advancing toward the high priest +and enveloping him with an insane movement of his hands and fingers, +and with intervolved words. + +"Includes everything," said Annas in a choking voice. + +"And how much will you make out of it yourself? Eh? You wish to +rob Judas, to snatch the bit of bread from his children. No, I can't +do it. I will go on to the market-place, and shout out: 'Annas has +robbed poor Judas. Help!'" + +Wearied, and grown quite dizzy, Annas wildly stamped about the floor +in his soft slippers, gesticulating: "Be off, be off!" + +But Judas on a sudden bowed down, stretching forth his hands +submissively: + +"But if you really.... But why be angry with poor Judas, who only +desires his children's good. You also have children, young and +handsome." + +"We shall find some one else. Be gone!" + +"But I--I did not say that I was unwilling to make a reduction. Did +I ever say that I could not too yield? And do I not believe you, +that possibly another may come and sell Jesus to you for fifteen +oboli--nay, for two--for one?" + +And bowing lower and lower, wriggling and flattering, Judas submissively +consented to the sum offered to him. Annas shamefacedly, with dry, +trembling hand, paid him the money, and silently looking round, as +though scorched, lifted his head again and again towards the ceiling, +and moving his lips rapidly, waited while Judas tested with his teeth +all the silver pieces, one after another. + +"There is now so much bad money about," Judas quickly explained. + +"This money was devoted to the Temple by the pious," said Annas, +glancing round quickly, and still more quickly turning the ruddy bald +nape of his neck to Judas' view. + +"But can pious people distinguish between good and bad money! Only +rascals can do that." + +Judas did not take the money home, but went beyond the city and hid +it under a stone. Then he came back again quietly with heavy, +dragging steps, as a wounded animal creeps slowly to its lair after a +severe and deadly fight. Only Judas had no lair; but there was a +house, and in the house he perceived Jesus. Weary and thin, +exhausted with continual strife with the Pharisees, who surrounded +Him every day in the Temple with a wall of white, shining, scholarly +foreheads, He was sitting, leaning His cheek against the rough wall, +apparently fast asleep. Through the open window drifted the restless +noises of the city. On the other side of the wall Peter was +hammering, as he put together a new table for the meal, humming the +while a quiet Galilean song. But He heard nothing; he slept on +peacefully and soundly. And this was He, whom they had bought for +thirty pieces of silver. + +Coming forward noiselessly, Judas, with the tender touch of a +mother, who fears to wake her sick child--with the wonderment of a +wild beast as it creeps from its lair suddenly, charmed by the sight +of a white flowerlet--he gently touched His soft locks, and then +quickly withdrew his hand. Once more he touched Him, and then +silently crept out. + +"Lord! Lord!" said he. + +And going apart, he wept long, shrinking and wriggling and +scratching his bosom with his nails and gnawing his shoulders. Then +suddenly he ceased weeping and gnawing and gnashing his teeth, and +fell into a sombre reverie, inclining his tear-stained face to one +side in the attitude of one listening. And so he remained for a long +time, doleful, determined, from every one apart, like fate itself. + + . . . . . . . . + +Judas surrounded the unhappy Jesus, during those last days of His +short life, with quiet love and tender care and caresses. Bashful +and timid like a maid in her first love, strangely sensitive and +discerning, he divined the minutest unspoken wishes of Jesus, +penetrating to the hidden depth of His feelings, His passing fits of +sorrow, and distressing moments of weariness. And wherever Jesus +stepped, His foot met something soft, and whenever He turned His +gaze, it encountered something pleasing. Formerly Judas had not +liked Mary Magdalene and the other women who were near Jesus. He had +made rude jests at their expense, and done them little unkindnesses. +But now he became their friend, their strange, awkward ally. With +deep interest he would talk with them of the charming little +idiosyncrasies of Jesus, and persistently asking the same questions, +he would thrust money into their hands, their very palms--and they +brought a box of very precious ointment, which Jesus liked so much, +and anointed His feet. He himself bought for Jesus, after desperate +bargaining, an expensive wine, and then was very angry when Peter +drank nearly all of it up, with the indifference of a person who +looks only to quantity; and in that rocky Jerusalem almost devoid of +trees, flowers, and greenery he somehow managed to obtain young +spring flowers and green grass, and through these same women to give +them to Jesus. + +For the first time in his life he would take up little children in +his arms, finding them somewhere about the courts and streets, and +unwillingly kiss them to prevent their crying; and often it would +happen that some swarthy urchin with curly hair and dirty little +nose, would climb up on the knees of the pensive Jesus, and +imperiously demand to be petted. And while they enjoyed themselves +together, Judas would walk up and down at one side like a severe +jailor, who had himself, in springtime, let a butterfly in to a +prisoner, and pretends to grumble at the breach of discipline. + +On an evening, when together with the darkness, alarm took post as +sentry by the window, Iscariot would cleverly turn the conversation +to Galilee, strange to himself but dear to Jesus, with its still +waters and green banks. And he would jog the heavy Peter till his +dulled memory awoke, and in clear pictures in which everything was +loud, distinct, full of colour, and solid, there arose before his +eyes and ears the dear Galilean life. With eager attention, with +half-open mouth in child-like fashion, and with eyes laughing in +anticipation, Jesus would listen to his gusty, resonant, cheerful +utterance, and sometimes laughed so at his jokes, that it was +necessary to interrupt the story for some minutes. But John told +tales even better than Peter. There was nothing ludicrous, nor +startling, about his stories, but everything seemed so pensive, +unusual, and beautiful, that tears would appear in Jesus' eyes, +and He would sigh softly, while Judas nudged Mary Magdalene and +excitedly whispered to her-- + +"What a narrator he is! Do you hear?" + +"Yes, certainly." + +"No, be more attentive. You women never make good listeners." + +Then they would all quietly disperse to bed, and Jesus would kiss +His thanks to John, and stroke kindly the shoulder of the tall Peter. + +And without envy, but with a condescending contempt, Judas would witness +these caresses. Of what importance were these tales and kisses and sighs +compared with what he, Judas Iscariot, the red-haired, misshapen Judas, +begotten among the rocks, could tell them if he chose? + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +With one hand betraying Jesus, Judas tried hard with the other to +frustrate his own plans. He did not indeed endeavour to dissuade +Jesus from the last dangerous journey to Jerusalem, as did the women; +he even inclined rather to the side of the relatives of Jesus, and of +those amongst His disciples who looked for a victory over Jerusalem +as indispensable to the full triumph of His cause. But he kept +continually and obstinately warning them of the danger, and in lively +colours depicted the threatening hatred of the Pharisees for Jesus, +and their readiness to commit any crime if, either secretly or +openly, they might make an end of the Prophet of Galilee. Each day +and every hour he kept talking of this, and there was not one of the +believers before whom Judas had not stood with uplifted finger and +uttered this serious warning: + +"We must look after Jesus. We must defend for Jesus, when the hour +comes." + +But whether it was the unlimited faith which the disciples had in +the miracle-working power of their Master, or the consciousness of +their own uprightness, or whether it was simply blindness, the +alarming words of Judas were met with a smile, and his continual +advice provoked only a grumble. When Judas procured, somewhere or +other, two swords, and brought them, only Peter approved of them, +and gave Judas his meed of praise, while the others complained: + +"Are we soldiers that we should be made to gird on swords? Is Jesus +a captain of the host, and not a prophet?" + +"But if they attempt to kill Him?" + +"They will not dare when they perceive how all the people follow Him." + +"But if they should dare! What then?" + +John replied disdainfully-- + +"One would think, Judas, that you were the only one who loved Jesus!" + +And eagerly seizing hold of these words, and not in the least offended, +Judas began to question impatiently and hotly, with stern insistency: + +"But you love Him, don't you?" + +And there was not one of the believers who came to Jesus whom he did +not ask more than once: "Do you love Him? Dearly love Him?" + +And all answered that they loved Him. + +He used often to converse with Thomas, and holding up his dry, +hooked forefinger, with its long, dirty nail, in warning, would +mysteriously say: + +"Look here, Thomas, the terrible hour is drawing near. Are you +prepared for it? Why did you not take the sword I brought you?" + +Thomas would reply with deliberation: + +"We are men unaccustomed to the use of arms. If we were to take +issue with the Roman soldiery, they would kill us all, one after the +other. Besides, you brought only two swords, and what could we do +with only two?" + +"We could get more. We could take them from the Roman soldiers," +Judas impatiently objected, and even the serious Thomas smiled +through his overhanging moustache. + +"Ah! Judas! Judas! But where did you get these? They are like +Roman swords." + +"I stole them. I could have stolen more, only some one gave the +alarm, and I fled." + +Thomas considered a little, then said sorrowfully-- + +"Again you acted ill, Judas. Why do you steal?" + +"There is no such thing as property." + +"No, but to-morrow they will ask the soldiers: 'Where are your +swords?' And when they cannot find them they will be punished though +innocent." + +The consequence was, that after the death of Jesus the disciples +recalled these conversations of Judas, and determined that he had +wished to destroy them, together with the Master, by inveigling them +into an unequal and murderous conflict. And once again they cursed +the hated name of Judas Iscariot the Traitor. + +But the angry Judas, after each conversation, would go to the women +and weep. They heard him gladly. The tender womanly element, that +there was in his love for Jesus, drew him near to them, and made him +simple, comprehensible, and even handsome in their eyes, although, as +before, a certain amount of disdain was perceptible in his attitude +towards them. + +"Are they men?" he would bitterly complain of the disciples, fixing +his blind, motionless eye confidingly on Mary Magdalene. "They are +not men. They have not an oboles' worth of blood in their veins!" + +"But then you are always speaking ill of others," Mary objected. + +"Have I ever?" said Judas in surprise. "Oh, yes, I have indeed +spoken ill of them; but is there not room for improvement in them? +Ah! Mary, silly Mary, why are you not a man, to carry a sword?" + +"It is so heavy, I could not lift it!" said Mary smilingly. + +"But you will lift it, when men are too worthless. Did you give +Jesus the lily that I found on the mountain? I got up early to find +it, and this morning the sun was so beautiful, Mary! Was He pleased +with it? Did He smile?" + +"Yes, He was pleased. He said that its smell reminded Him of +Galilee." + +"But surely, you did not tell Him that it was Judas--Judas Iscariot-- +who got it for Him?" + +"Why, you asked me not to tell Him." + +"Yes, certainly, quite right," said Judas, with a sigh. "You might +have let it out, though, women are such chatterers. But you did not +let it out; no, you were firm. You are a good woman, Mary. You know +that I have a wife somewhere. Now I should be glad to see her again; +perhaps she is not a bad woman either. I don't know. She said, +'Judas was a liar and malignant,' so I left her. But she may be a +good woman. Do you know?" + +"How should I know, when I have never seen your wife?" + +"True, true, Mary! But what think you, are thirty pieces of silver +a large sum? Is it not rather a small one?" + +"I should say a small one." + +"Certainly, certainly. How much did you get when you were a harlot, +five pieces of silver or ten? You were an expensive one, were you +not?" + +Mary Magdalene blushed, and dropped her head till her luxuriant, +golden hair completely covered her face, so that nothing but her +round white chin was visible. + +"How bad you are, Judas; I want to forget about that, and you remind +me of it!" + +"No, Mary, you must not forget that. Why should you? Let others +forget that you were a harlot, but you must remember. It is the +others who should forget as soon as possible, but you should not. +Why should you?" + +"But it was a sin!" + +"He fears who never committed a sin, but he who has committed it, +what has he to fear? Do the dead fear death; is it not rather the +living? No, the dead laugh at the living and their fears." + +Thus by the hour would they sit and talk in friendly guise, he-- +already old, dried-up and misshapen, with his bulbous head and +monstrous double-sided face; she--young, modest, tender, and charmed +with life as with a story or a dream. + +But time rolled by unconcernedly, while the thirty pieces of silver +lay under the stone, and the terrible day of the Betrayal drew +inevitably near. Already Jesus had ridden into Jerusalem on the +ass's back, and the people, strewing their garments in the way, had +greeted Him with enthusiastic cries of "Hosanna! Hosanna! He that +cometh in the name of the Lord!" + +So great was the exultation, so unrestrainedly did their loving +cries rend the skies, that Jesus wept, but His disciples proudly said: + +"Is not this the Son of God with us?" + +And they themselves cried out with enthusiasm: "Hosanna! Hosanna! +He that cometh in the name of the Lord!" + +That evening it was long before they went to bed, recalling the +enthusiastic and joyful reception. Peter was like a madman, as +though possessed by the demon of merriment and pride. He shouted, +drowning all voices with his leonine roar; he laughed, hurling his +laughter at their heads, like great round stones; he kept kissing +John and James, and even gave a kiss to Judas. He noisily confessed +that he had had great fears for Jesus, but that he feared nothing +now, that he had seen the love of the people for Him. + +Swiftly moving his vivid, watchful eye, Judas glanced in surprise +from side to side. He meditated, and then again listened, and +looked. Then he took Thomas aside, and pinning him, as it were, to +the wall with his keen gaze, he asked in doubt and fear, but with a +certain confused hopefulness: + +"Thomas! But what if He is right? What if He be founded upon a +rock, and we upon sand? What then?" + +"Of whom are you speaking?" + +"How, then, would it be with Judas Iscariot? Then I should be +obliged to strangle Him in order to do right. Who is deceiving +Judas? You or he himself? Who is deceiving Judas? Who?" + +"I don't understand you, Judas. You speak very unintelligently. +'Who is deceiving Jesus?' 'Who is right?'" + +And Judas nodded his head and repeated like an echo: + +"Who is deceiving Judas? Who?" + +And the next day, in the way in which Judas raised his hand with +thumb bent back,[1] and by the way in which he looked at Thomas, +the same strange question was implied: + +"Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?" + + +[1] Does our author refer to the Roman sign of disapprobation, +vertere, or convertere, pollicem?--Tr. + + +And still more surprised, and even alarmed, was Thomas, when +suddenly in the night he heard the loud, apparently glad voice of +Judas: + +"Then Judas Iscariot will be no more. Then Jesus will be no more. +Then there will be Thomas, the stupid Thomas! Did you ever wish to +take the earth and lift it? And then, possibly hurl it away?" + +"That's impossible. What are you talking about, Judas?" + +"It's quite possible," said Iscariot with conviction, "and we will +lift it up some day when you are asleep, stupid Thomas. Go to sleep. +I'm enjoying myself. When you sleep your nose plays the Galilean +pipe. Sleep!" + +But now the believers were already dispersed about Jerusalem, hiding +in houses and behind walls, and the faces of those that met them +looked mysterious. The exultation had died down. Confused reports +of danger found their way in; Peter, with gloomy countenance, tested +the sword given to him by Judas, and the face of the Master became +even more melancholy and stern. So swiftly the time passed, and +inevitably approached the terrible day of the Betrayal. Lo! the Last +Supper was over, full of grief and confused dread, and already had +the obscure words of Jesus sounded concerning some one who should +betray Him. + +"You know who will betray Him?" asked Thomas, looking at Judas with +his straight-forward, clear, almost transparent eyes. + +"Yes, I know," Judas replied harshly and decidedly. "You, Thomas, +will betray Him. But He Himself does not believe what He says! It +is full time! Why does He not call to Him the strong, magnificent +Judas?" + +No longer by days, but by short, fleeting hours, was the inevitable +time to be measured. It was evening; and evening stillness and long +shadows lay upon the ground--the first sharp darts of the coming +night of mighty contest--when a harsh, sorrowful voice was heard. It +said: + +"Dost Thou know whither I go, Lord? I go to betray Thee into the +hands of Thine enemies." + +And there was a long silence, evening stillness, and swift black +shadows. + +"Thou art silent, Lord? Thou commandest me to go?" + +And again silence. + +"Allow me to remain. But perhaps Thou canst not? Or darest not? +Or wilt not?" + +And again silence, stupendous, like the eyes of eternity. + +"But indeed Thou knowest that I love Thee. Thou knowest all things. +Why lookest Thou thus at Judas? Great is the mystery of Thy +beautiful eyes, but is mine less? Order me to remain! But Thou art +silent. Thou art ever silent. Lord, Lord, is it for this that in +grief and pains have I sought Thee all my life, sought and found! +Free me! Remove the weight; it is heavier than even mountains of +lead. Dost Thou hear how the bosom of Judas Iscariot is cracking +under it?" + +And the last silence was abysmal, like the last glance of eternity. + +"I go." + +But the evening stillness woke not, neither uttered cry nor plaint, +nor did its subtle air vibrate with the slightest tinkle--so soft was +the fall of the retreating steps. They sounded for a time, and then +were silent. And the evening stillness became pensive, stretched +itself out in long shadows, and then grew dark;--and suddenly night, +coming to meet it, all atremble with the rustle of sadly brushed-up +leaves, heaved a last sigh and was still. + +There was a bustle, a jostle, a rattle of other voices, as though +some one had untied a bag of lively resonant voices, and they were +falling out on the ground, by one and two, and whole heaps. It was +the disciples talking. And drowning them all, reverberating from the +trees and walls, and tripping up over itself, thundered the +determined, powerful voice of Peter--he was swearing that never would +he desert his Master. + +"Lord," said he, half in anger, half in grief: "Lord! I am ready +to go with Thee to prison and to death." + +And quietly, like the soft echo of retiring footsteps, came the +inexorable answer: + +"I tell thee, Peter, the cock will not crow this day before thou +dost deny Me thrice." + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +The moon had already risen when Jesus prepared to go to the Mount of +Olives, where He had spent all His last nights. But He tarried, for +some inexplicable reason, and the disciples, ready to start, were +hurrying Him. Then He said suddenly: + +"He that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip; and +he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment and buy one. For I +say unto you that this that is written must yet be accomplished in +me: 'And he was reckoned among the transgressors.'" + +The disciples were surprised and looked at one another in confusion. +Peter replied: + +"Lord, we have two swords here." + +He looked searchingly into their kind faces, lowered His head, and +said softly: + +"It is enough." + +The steps of the disciples resounded loudly in the narrow streets, +and they were frightened by the sounds of their own footsteps; on the +white wall, illumined by the moon, their black shadows appeared--and +they were frightened by their own shadows. Thus they passed in +silence through Jerusalem, which was absorbed in sleep, and now they +came out of the gates of the city, and in the valley, full of +fantastic, motionless shadows, the stream of Kedron stretched before +them. Now they were frightened by everything. The soft murmuring +and splashing of the water on the stones sounded to them like voices +of people approaching them stealthily; the monstrous shades of the +rocks and the trees, obstructing the road, disturbed them, and their +motionlessness seemed to them to stir. But as they were ascending +the mountain and approaching the garden, where they had safely and +quietly passed so many nights before, they were growing ever bolder. +From time to time they looked back at Jerusalem, all white in the +moonlight, and they spoke to one another about the fear that had +passed; and those who walked in the rear heard, in fragments, the +soft words of Jesus. He spoke about their forsaking Him. + +In the garden they paused soon after they had entered it. The +majority of them remained there, and, speaking softly, began to make +ready for their sleep, outspreading their cloaks over the transparent +embroidery of the shadows and the moonlight. Jesus, tormented with +uneasiness, and four of His disciples went further into the depth of +the garden. There they seated themselves on the ground, which had +not yet cooled off from the heat of the day, and while Jesus was +silent, Peter and John lazily exchanged words almost devoid of any +meaning. Yawning from fatigue, they spoke about the coolness of the +night; about the high price of meat in Jerusalem, and about the fact +that no fish was to be had in the city. They tried to determine the +exact number of pilgrims that had gathered in Jerusalem for the +festival, and Peter, drawling his words and yawning loudly, said that +they numbered 20,000, while John and his brother Jacob assured him +just as lazily that they did not number more than 10,000. Suddenly +Jesus rose quickly. + +"My soul is exceedingly sorrowful, even unto death; tarry ye here +and watch with Me," He said, and departed hastily to the grove and +soon disappeared amid its motionless shades and light. + +"Where did He go?" said John, lifting himself on his elbow. Peter +turned his head in the direction of Jesus and answered fatiguedly: + +"I do not know." + +And he yawned again loudly, then threw himself on his back and +became silent. The others also became silent, and their motionless +bodies were soon absorbed in the sound sleep of fatigue. Through his +heavy slumber Peter vaguely saw something white bending over him, +some one's voice resounded and died away, leaving no trace in his +dimmed consciousness. + +"Simon, are you sleeping?" + +And he slept again, and again some soft voice reached his ear and +died away without leaving any trace. + +"You could not watch with me even one hour?" + +"Oh, Master! if you only knew how sleepy I am," he thought in his +slumber, but it seemed to him that he said it aloud. And he slept +again. And a long time seemed to have passed, when suddenly the +figure of Jesus appeared near him, and a loud, rousing voice +instantly awakened him and the others: + +"You are still sleeping and resting? It is ended, the hour has come-- +the Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of the sinners." + +The disciples quickly sprang to their feet, confusedly seizing their +cloaks and trembling from the cold of the sudden awakening. Through +the thicket of the trees a multitude of warriors and temple servants +was seen approaching noisily, illumining their way with torches. And +from the other side the disciples came running, quivering from cold, +their sleepy faces frightened; and not yet understanding what was +going on, they asked hastily: + +"What is it? Who are these people with torches?" + +Thomas, pale faced, his moustaches in disorder, his teeth chattering +from chilliness, said to Peter: + +"They have evidently come after us." + +Now a multitude of warriors surrounded them, and the smoky, +quivering light of the torches dispelled the soft light of the moon. +In front of the warriors walked Judas Iscariot quickly, and sharply +turning his quick eye, searched for Jesus. He found Him, rested his +look for an instant upon His tall, slender figure, and quickly +whispered to the priests: + +"Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is He. Take Him and lead Him +cautiously. Lead Him cautiously, do you hear?" + +Then he moved quickly to Jesus, who waited for him in silence, and +he directed his straight, sharp look, like a knife, into His calm, +darkened eyes. + +"Hail, Master!" he said loudly, charging his words of usual greeting +with a strange and stern meaning. + +But Jesus was silent, and the disciples looked at the traitor with +horror, not understanding how the soul of a man could contain so much +evil. Iscariot threw a rapid glance at their confused ranks, noticed +their quiver, which was about to turn into a loud, trembling fear, +noticed their pallor, their senseless smiles, the drowsy movements of +their hands, which seemed as though fettered in iron at the shoulders +--and a mortal sorrow began to burn in his heart, akin to the sorrow +Christ had experienced before. Outstretching himself into a hundred +ringing, sobbing strings, he rushed over to Jesus and kissed His cold +cheek tenderly. He kissed it so softly, so tenderly, with such +painful love and sorrow, that if Jesus had been a flower upon a thin +stalk it would not have shaken from this kiss and would not have +dropped the pearly dew from its pure petals. + +"Judas," said Jesus, and with the lightning of His look He illumined +that monstrous heap of shadows which was Iscariot's soul, but he +could not penetrate into the bottomless depth. "Judas! Is it with a +kiss you betray the Son of Man?" + +And He saw how that monstrous chaos trembled and stirred. +Speechless and stern, like death in its haughty majesty, stood Judas +Iscariot, and within him a thousand impetuous and fiery voices +groaned and roared: + +"Yes! We betray Thee with the kiss of love! With the kiss of love +we betray Thee to outrage, to torture, to death! With the voice of +love we call together the hangmen from their dark holes, and we place +a cross--and high over the top of the earth we lift love, crucified +by love upon a cross." + +Thus stood Judas, silent and cold, like death, and the shouting and +the noise about Jesus answered the cry of His soul. With the rude +irresoluteness of armed force, with the awkwardness of a vaguely +understood purpose, the soldiers seized Him and dragged Him off-- +mistaking their irresoluteness for resistance, their fear for +derision and mockery. Like a flock of frightened lambs, the +disciples stood huddled together, not interfering, yet disturbing +everybody, even themselves. Only a few of them resolved to walk and +act separately. Jostled from all sides, Peter drew out the sword +from its sheath with difficulty, as though he had lost all his +strength, and faintly lowered it upon the head of one of the priests-- +without causing him any harm. Jesus, observing this, ordered him to +throw away the useless weapon, and it fell under foot with a dull +thud, and so evidently had it lost its sharpness and destructive +power that it did not occur to any one to pick it up. So it rolled +about under foot, until several days afterwards it was found on the +same spot by some children at play, who made a toy of it. + +The soldiers kept dispersing the disciples, but they gathered +together again and stupidly got under the soldiers' feet, and this +went on so long that at last a contemptuous rage mastered the +soldiery. One of them with frowning brow went up to the shouting +John; another rudely pushed from his shoulder the hand of Thomas, who +was arguing with him about something or other, and shook a big fist +right in front of his straightforward, transparent eyes. John fled, +and Thomas and James fled, and all the disciples, as many as were +present, forsook Jesus and fled. Losing their cloaks, knocking +themselves against the trees, tripping up against stones and falling, +they fled to the hills terror-driven, while in the stillness of the +moonlight night the ground rumbled loudly beneath the tramp of many +feet. Some one, whose name did not transpire, just risen from his +bed (for he was covered only with a blanket), rushed excitedly into +the crowd of soldiers and servants. When they tried to stop him, and +seized hold of his blanket, he gave a cry of terror, and took to +flight like the others, leaving his garment in the hands of the +soldiers. And so he ran stark-naked, with desperate leaps, and his +bare body glistened strangely in the moonlight. + +When Jesus was led away, Peter, who had hidden himself behind the +trees, came out and followed his Master at a distance. Noticing +another man in front of him, who walked silently, he thought that it +was John, and he called him softly: + +"John, is that you?" + +"And is that you, Peter?" answered the other, pausing, and by the +voice Peter recognised the traitor. "Peter, why did you not run away +together with the others?" + +Peter stopped and said with contempt: + +"Leave me, Satan!" + +Judas began to laugh, and paying no further attention to Peter, he +advanced where the torches were flashing dimly and where the clanking +of the weapons mingled with the footsteps. Peter followed him +cautiously, and thus they entered the court of the high priest almost +simultaneously and mingled in the crowd of the priests who were +warming themselves at the bonfires. Judas warmed his bony hands +morosely at the bonfire and heard Peter saying loudly somewhere +behind him: + +"No, I do not know Him." + +But it was evident that they were insisting there that he was one of +the disciples of Jesus, for Peter repeated still louder: "But I do +not understand what you are saying." + +Without turning around, and smiling involuntarily, Judas shook his +head affirmatively and muttered: + +"That's right, Peter! Do not give up the place near Jesus to any +one." + +And he did not see the frightened Peter walk away from the +courtyard. And from that night until the very death of Jesus, Judas +did not see a single one of the disciples of Jesus near Him; and amid +all that multitude there were only two, inseparable until death, +strangely bound together by sufferings--He who had been betrayed to +abuse and torture and he who had betrayed Him. Like brothers, they +both, the Betrayed and the betrayer, drank out of the same cup of +sufferings, and the fiery liquid burned equally the pure and the +impure lips. + +Gazing fixedly at the wood-fire, which imparted a feeling of warmth +to his eyes, stretching out his long, shaking hands to the flame, his +hands and feet forming a confused outline in the trembling light and +shade, Iscariot kept mumbling in hoarse complaint: + +"How cold! My God, how cold it is!" + +So, when the fishermen go away at night leaving an expiring fire of +drift-wood upon the shore, from the dark depth of the sea might +something creep forth, crawl up towards the fire, look at it with +wild intentness, and dragging all its limbs up to it, mutter in +hoarse complaint: + +"How cold! My God, how cold it is!" + +Suddenly Judas heard behind him a burst of loud voices, the cries +and laughter of the soldiers full of the usual sleepy, greedy malice; +and lashes, short frequent strokes upon a living body. He turned +round, a momentary anguish running through his whole frame--his very +bones. They were scourging Jesus. + +Has it come to that? + +He had seen the soldiers lead Jesus away with them to their +guardroom. The night was already nearly over, the fires had sunk +down and were covered with ashes, but from the guardroom was still +borne the sound of muffled cries, laughter, and invectives. They +were scourging Jesus. + +As one who has lost his way, Iscariot ran nimbly about the empty +courtyard, stopped in his course, lifted his head and ran on again, +and was surprised when he came into collision with heaps of embers, +or with the walls. + +Then he clung to the wall of the guardroom, stretched himself out to +his full height, and glued himself to the window and the crevices of +the door, eagerly examining what they were doing. He saw a confined +stuffy room, dirty, like all guardrooms in the world, with bespitten +floor, and walls as greasy and stained as though they had been +trodden and rolled upon. And he saw the Man whom they were +scourging. They struck Him on the face and head, and tossed Him +about like a soft bundle from one end of the room to the other. And +since He neither cried out nor resisted, after looking intently, it +actually appeared at moments as though it was not a living human +being, but a soft effigy without bones or blood. It bent itself +strangely like a doll, and in falling, knocking its head against the +stone floor it did not give the impression of a hard substance +striking against a hard substance, but of something soft and devoid +of feeling. And when one looked long, it became like some strange, +endless game--and sometimes it became almost a complete illusion. + +After one hard kick, the man or effigy fell slowly on its knees +before a sitting soldier, he in turn flung it away, and turning over, +it dropped down before the next, and so on and on. A loud guffaw +arose, and Judas smiled too,--as though the strong hand of some one +with iron fingers had torn his mouth asunder. It was the mouth of +Judas that was deceived. + +Night dragged on, and the fires were still smouldering. Judas threw +himself from the wall, and crawled to one of the fires, poked up the +ashes, rekindled it, and although he no longer felt the cold, he +stretched his slightly trembling hands over the flames, and began to +mutter dolefully: + +"Ah! how painful, my Son, my Son! How painful!" + +Then he went again to the window, which was gleaming yellow with a +dull light between the thick grating, and once more began to watch +them scourging Jesus. Once before the very eyes of Judas appeared +His swarthy countenance, now marred out of human semblance, and +covered with a forest of dishevelled hair. Then some one's hand +plunged into those locks, threw the Man down, and rhythmically +turning His head from one side to the other, began to wipe the filthy +floor with His face. Right under the window a soldier was sleeping, +his open mouth revealing his glittering white teeth; and some one's +broad back, with naked, brawny neck, barred the window, so that +nothing more could be seen. And suddenly the noise ceased. + +"What's that? Why are they silent? Have they suddenly divined the +truth?" + +Momentarily the whole head of Judas, in all its parts, was filled +with the rumbling, shouting and roaring of a thousand maddened +thoughts! Had they divined? They understood that this was the very +best of men--it was so simple, so clear! Lo! He is coming out, and +behind Him they are abjectly crawling. Yes, He is coming here, to +Judas, coming out a victor, a hero, arbiter of the truth, a god.... + +"Who is deceiving Judas? Who is right?" + +But no. Once more noise and shouting. They are scourging Him again. +They do not understand, they have not guessed, they are beating Him +harder, more cruelly than ever. The fires burn out, covered with +ashes, and the smoke above them is as transparently blue as the air, +and the sky as bright as the moon. It is the day approaching. + +"What is day?" asks Judas. + +And lo! everything begins to glow, to scintillate, to grow young +again, and the smoke above is no longer blue, but rose-coloured. It +is the sun rising. + +"What is the sun?" asks Judas. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +They pointed the finger at Judas, and some in contempt, others with +hatred and fear, said: + +"Look, that is Judas the Traitor!" + +This already began to be the opprobrious title, to which he had +doomed himself throughout the ages. Thousands of years may pass, +nation may supplant nation, and still the air will resound with the +words, uttered with contempt and fear by good and bad alike: + +"Judas the Traitor!" + +But he listened imperturbably to what was said of him, dominated by +a feeling of burning, all-subduing curiosity. Ever since the morning +when they led forth Jesus from the guardroom, after scourging Him, +Judas had followed Him, strangely enough feeling neither grief nor +pain nor joy--only an unconquerable desire to see and hear +everything. Though he had had no sleep the whole night, his body +felt light; when he was crushed and prevented from advancing, he +elbowed his way through the crowd and adroitly wormed himself into +the front place; and not for a moment did his vivid quick eye remain +at rest. At the examination of Jesus before Caiaphas, in order not +to lose a word, he hollowed his hand round his ear, and nodded his +head in affirmation, murmuring: + +"Just so! Thou hearest, Jesus?" + +But he was a prisoner, like a fly tied to a thread, which, buzzing, +flies hither and thither, but cannot for one moment free itself from +the tractable but unyielding thread. + +Certain stony thoughts lay at the back of his head, and to these he +was firmly bound; he knew not, as it were, what these thoughts were; +he did not wish to stir them up, but he felt them continually. At +times they would come to him all of a sudden, oppress him more and +more, and begin to crush him with their unimaginable weight, as +though the vault of a rocky cavern were slowly and terribly +descending upon his head. + +Then he would grip his heart with his hand, and strive to set his +whole body in motion, as though he were perishing with cold, and +hasten to shift his eyes to a fresh place, and again to another. +When they led Jesus away from Caiaphas, he met His weary eyes quite +close, and, somehow or other, unconsciously he gave Him several +friendly nods. + +"I am here, my Son, I am here," he muttered hurriedly, and +maliciously poked to some gaper in the back who stood in his way. + +And now, in a huge shouting crowd, they all moved on to Pilate for +the last examination and trial, and with the same insupportable +curiosity Judas searched the faces of the ever swelling multitude. +Many were quite unknown to him; Judas had never seen them before, but +some were there who had cried, "Hosanna!" to Jesus, and at each step +the number of them seemed to increase. + +"Well, well!" thought Judas, and his head spun round as if he were +drunk, "the worst is over. Directly they will be crying: 'He is ours, +He is Jesus! What are you about?' and all will understand, and--" + +But the believers walked in silence. Some hypocritically smiled, as +if to say: "The affair is none of ours!" Others spoke with +constraint, but their low voices were drowned in the rumbling of +movement, and the loud delirious shouts of His enemies. + +And Judas felt better again. Suddenly he noticed Thomas cautiously +slipping through the crowd not far off, and struck by a sudden +thought, he was about to go up to him. At the sight of the traitor, +Thomas was frightened, and tried to hide himself. But in a little +narrow street, between two walls, Judas overtook him. + +"Thomas, wait a bit!" + +Thomas stopped, and stretching both hands out in front of him +solemnly pronounced the words: + +"Avaunt, Satan!" + +Iscariot made an impatient movement of the hands. + +"What a fool you are, Thomas! I thought that you had more sense +than the others. Satan indeed! That requires proof." + +Letting his hands fall, Thomas asked in surprise: + +"But did not you betray the Master? I myself saw you bring the +soldiers, and point Him out to them. If this is not treachery, I +should like to know what is!" + +"Never mind that," hurriedly said Judas. "Listen, there are many of +you here. You must all gather together, and loudly demand: 'Give up +Jesus. He is ours!' They will not refuse you, they dare not. They +themselves will understand." + +"What do you mean! What are you thinking of!" said Thomas, with a +decisive wave of his hands. "Have you not seen what a number of +armed soldiers and servants of the Temple there are here? Moreover, +the trial has not yet taken place, and we must not interfere with the +court. Surely he understands that Jesus is innocent, and will order +His release without delay." + +"You, then, think so too," said Judas thoughtfully. "Thomas, +Thomas, what if it be the truth? What then? Who is right? Who has +deceived Judas?" + +"We were all talking last night, and came to the conclusion that the +court cannot condemn the innocent. But if it does, why then--" + +"What then!" + +"Why, then it is no court. And it will be the worse for them when +they have to give an account before the real Judge." + +"Before the real! Is there any 'real' left?" sneered Judas. + +"And all of our party cursed you; but since you say that you were +not the traitor, I think you ought to be tried." + +Judas did not want to hear him out; but turned right about, and +hurried down the street in the wake of the retreating crowd. He +soon, however, slackened his pace, mindful of the fact that a crowd +always travels slowly, and that a single pedestrian will inevitably +overtake it. + +When Pilate led Jesus out from his palace, and set Him before the +people, Judas, crushed against a column by the heavy backs of the +soldiers, furiously turning his head about to see something between +two shining helmets, suddenly felt clearly that the worst was over. +He saw Jesus in the sunshine, high above the heads of the crowd, +blood-stained, pale with a crown of thorns, the sharp spikes of +which pressed into His forehead. + +He stood on the edge of an elevation, visible from His head to His +small, sunburnt feet, and waited so calmly, was so serene in His +immaculate purity, that only a blind man, who perceived not the very +sun, could fail to see, only a madman would not understand. And the +people held their peace--it was so still, that Judas heard the +breathing of the soldier in front of him, and how, at each breath, a +strap creaked somewhere about his body. + +"Yes, it will soon be over! They will understand immediately," +thought Judas, and suddenly something strange, like the dazzling joy +of falling from a giddy height into a blue sparkling abyss, arrested +his heart-beats. + +Contemptuously drawing his lips down to his rounded well-shaven +chin, Pilate flung to the crowd the dry, curt words--as one throws +bones to a pack of hungry hounds--thinking to cheat their longing +for fresh blood and living, palpitating flesh: + +"You have brought this Man before me as a corrupter of the people, +and behold I have examined Him before you, and I find this Man +guiltless of that of which you accuse Him...." + +Judas closed his eyes. He was waiting. + +All the people began to shout, to sob, to howl with a thousand +voices of wild beasts and men: + +"Put Him to death! Crucify Him! Crucify Him!" And as though in +self-mockery, as though wishing in one moment to plumb the very +depths of all possible degradation, madness and shame, the crowd +cries out, sobs, and demands with a thousand voices of wild beasts +and men: + +"Release unto us Barabbas! But crucify Him! Crucify Him!" + +But the Roman had evidently not yet said his last word. Over his +proud, shaven countenance there passed convulsions of disgust and +anger. He understood! He has understood all along! He speaks +quietly to his attendants, but his voice is not heard in the roar of +the crowd. What does he say? Is he ordering them to bring swords, +and to smite those maniacs? + +"Bring water." + +"Water? What water? What for?" + +Ah, lo! he washes his hands. Why does he wash his clean white hands +all adorned with rings? He lifts them and cries angrily to the +people, whom surprise holds in silence: + +"I am innocent of the blood of this Just Person. See ye to it." + +While the water is still dripping from his fingers on to the marble +pavement, something soft prostrates itself at his feet, and sharp, +burning lips kiss his hand, which he is powerless to withdraw, glue +themselves to it like tentacles, almost bite and draw blood. He +looks down in disgust and fear, and sees a great squirming body, a +strangely twofold face, and two immense eyes so queerly diverse from +one another that, as it were, not one being but a number of them +clung to his hands and feet. He heard a broken, burning whisper: + +"O wise and noble... wise and noble." + +And with such a truly satanic joy did that wild face blaze, that, +with a cry, Pilate kicked him away, and Judas fell backwards. And +there he lay upon the stone flags like an overthrown demon, still +stretching out his hand to the departing Pilate, and crying as one +passionately enamoured: + +"O wise, O wise and noble...." + +Then he gathered himself up with agility, and ran away followed by +the laughter of the soldiery. Evidently there was yet hope. When +they come to see the cross, and the nails, then they will understand, +and then.... What then? He catches sight of the panic-stricken +Thomas in passing, and for some reason or other reassuringly nods to +him; he overtakes Jesus being led to execution. The walking is +difficult, small stones roll under the feet, and suddenly Judas feels +that he is tired. He gives himself up wholly to the trouble of +deciding where best to plant his feet, he looks dully around, and +sees Mary Magdalene weeping, and a number of women weeping--hair +dishevelled, eyes red, lips distorted--all the excessive grief of a +tender woman's soul when submitted to outrage. Suddenly he revives, +and seizing the moment, runs up to Jesus: + +"I go with Thee," he hurriedly whispers. + +The soldiers drive him away with blows of their whips, and squirming +so as to avoid the blows, and showing his teeth at the soldiers, he +explains hurriedly: + +"I go with Thee. Thither. Thou understandest whither." + +He wipes the blood from his face, shakes his fist at one of the +soldiers, who turns round and smiles, and points him out to the +others. Then he looks for Thomas, but neither he nor any of the +disciples are in the crowd that accompanies Jesus. Again he is +conscious of fatigue, and drags one foot with difficulty after the +other, as he attentively looks out for the sharp, white, scattered +pebbles. + +When the hammer was uplifted to nail Jesus' left hand to the tree, +Judas closed his eyes, and for a whole age neither breathed, nor saw, +nor lived, but only listened. + +But lo! with a grating sound, iron strikes against iron, time after +time, dull, short blows, and then the sharp nail penetrating the soft +wood and separating its particles is distinctly heard. + +One hand. It is not yet too late! + +The other hand. It is not yet too late! + +A foot, the other foot! Is all lost? + +He irresolutely opens his eyes, and sees how the cross is raised, +and rocks, and is set fast in the trench. He sees how the hands of +Jesus are convulsed by the tension, how painfully His arms stretch, +how the wounds grow wider, and how the exhausted abdomen disappears +under the ribs. The arms stretch more and more, grow thinner and +whiter, and become dislocated from the shoulders, and the wounds of +the nails redden and lengthen gradually--lo! in a moment they will be +torn away. No. It stopped. All stopped. Only the ribs move up and +down with the short, deep breathing. + +On the very crown of the hill the cross is raised, and on it is the +crucified Jesus. The horror and the dreams of Judas are realised, he +gets up from his knees on which, for some reason, he has knelt, and +gazes around coldly. + +Thus does a stern conqueror look, when he has already determined in +his heart to surrender everything to destruction and death, and for +the last time throws a glance over a rich foreign city, still alive +with sound, but already phantom-like under the cold hand of death. +And suddenly, as clearly as his terrible victory, Iscariot saw its +ominous precariousness. What if they should suddenly understand? It +is not yet too late! Jesus still lives. There He gazes with +entreating, sorrowing eyes. + +What can prevent the thin film which covers the eyes of mankind, so +thin that it hardly seems to exist at all, what can prevent it from +rending? What if they should understand? What if suddenly, in all +their threatening mass of men, women and children, they should +advance, silently, without a cry, and wipe out the soldiery, plunging +them up to their ears in their own blood, should tear from the ground +the accursed cross, and by the hands of all who remain alive should +lift up the liberated Jesus above the summit of the hill! Hosanna! +Hosanna! + +Hosanna? No! Better that Judas should lie on the ground. Better +that he should lie upon the ground, and gnashing his teeth like a +dog, should watch and wait until all these should rise up. + +But what has come to Time? Now it almost stands still, so that one +would wish to push it with the hands, to kick it, beat it with a whip +like a lazy ass. Now it rushes madly down some mountain, and catches +its breath, and stretches out its hand in vain to stop itself. There +weeps the mother of Jesus. Let them weep. What avail her tears now? +nay, the tears of all the mothers in the world? + +"What are tears?" asks Judas, and madly pushes unyielding Time, +beats it with his fists, curses it like a slave. It belongs to some +one else, and therefore is unamenable to discipline. Oh! if only it +belonged to Judas! But it belongs to all these people who are +weeping, laughing, chattering as in the market. It belongs to the +sun; it belongs to the cross; to the heart of Jesus, which is dying +so slowly. + +What an abject heart has Judas! He lays his hand upon it, but it +cries out: "Hosanna," so loud that all may hear. He presses it to +the ground, but it cries, "Hosanna, Hosanna!" like a babbler who +scatters holy mysteries broadcast through the street. + +"Be still! Be still!" + +Suddenly a loud broken lamentation, dull cries, the last hurried +movements towards the cross. What is it? Have they understood at +last? + +No, Jesus is dying. But can this be? Yes, Jesus is dying. His +pale hands are motionless, but short convulsions run over His face, +and breast, and legs. But can this be? Yes, He is dying. His +breathing becomes less frequent. It ceases. No, there is yet one +sigh, Jesus is still upon the earth. But is there another? No, no, +no. Jesus is dead. + +It is finished. Hosanna! Hosanna! + +His horror and his dreams are realised. Who will now snatch the +victory from the hands of Iscariot? + +It is finished. Let all people on earth stream to Golgotha, and +shout with their million throats, "Hosanna! Hosanna!" And let a sea +of blood and tears be poured out at its foot, and they will find only +the shameful cross and a dead Jesus! + +Calmly and coldly Iscariot surveys the dead, letting his gaze rest +for a moment on that neck, which he had kissed only yesterday with a +farewell kiss; and slowly goes away. Now all Time belongs to him, +and he walks without hurry; now all the World belongs to him, and he +steps firmly, like a ruler, like a king, like one who is infinitely +and joyfully alone in the world. He observes the mother of Jesus, +and says to her sternly: + +"Thou weepest, mother? Weep, weep, and long will all the mothers +upon earth weep with thee: until I come with Jesus and destroy death." + +What does he mean? Is he mad, or is he mocking--this Traitor? He +is serious, and his face is stern, and his eyes no longer dart about +in mad haste. Lo! he stands still, and with cold attention views a +new, diminished earth. + +It has become small, and he feels the whole of it under his feet. +He looks at the little mountains, quietly reddening under the last +rays of the sun, and he feels the mountains under his feet. + +He looks at the sky opening wide its azure mouth; he looks at the +small round disc of the sun, which vainly strives to singe and +dazzle, and he feels the sky and the sun under his feet. Infinitely +and joyfully alone, he proudly feels the impotence of all forces +which operate in the world, and has cast them all into the abyss. + +He walks farther on, with quiet, masterful steps. And Time goes +neither forward nor back: obediently it marches in step with him in +all its invisible immensity. + +It is the end. + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +As an old cheat, coughing, smiling fawningly, bowing incessantly, +Judas Iscariot the Traitor appeared before the Sanhedrin. It was the +day after the murder of Jesus, about mid-day. There they were all, +His judges and murderers: the aged Annas with his sons, exact and +disgusting likenesses of their father, and his son-in-law Caiaphas, +devoured by ambition, and all the other members of the Sanhedrin, +whose names have been snatched from the memory of mankind--rich and +distinguished Sadducees, proud in their power and knowledge of the Law. + +In silence they received the Traitor, their haughty faces remaining +motionless, as though no one had entered. And even the very least, +and most insignificant among them, to whom the others paid no +attention, lifted up his bird-like face and looked as though no one +had entered. + +Judas bowed and bowed and bowed, and they looked on in silence: as +though it were not a human being that had entered, but only an +unclean insect that had crept in, and which they had not observed. +But Judas Iscariot was not the man to be perturbed: they kept +silence, and he kept on bowing, and thought that if it was necessary +to go on bowing till evening, he could do so. + +At length Caiaphas inquired impatiently: + +"What do you want?" + +Judas bowed once more, and said in a loud voice-- + +"It is I, Judas Iscariot, who betrayed to you Jesus of Nazareth." + +"Well, what of that? You have received your due. Go away!" ordered +Annas; but Judas appeared unconscious of the command, and continued +bowing. Glancing at him, Caiaphas asked Annas: + +"How much did you give?" + +"Thirty pieces of silver." + +Caiaphas laughed, and even the grey-bearded Annas laughed, too, and +over all their proud faces there crept a smile of enjoyment; and even +the one with the bird-like face laughed. Judas, perceptibly +blanching, hastily interrupted with the words: + +"That's right! Certainly it was very little; but is Judas +discontented, does Judas call out that he has been robbed? He is +satisfied. Has he not contributed to a holy cause--yes, a holy? Do +not the most sage people now listen to Judas, and think: He is one +of us, this Judas Iscariot; he is our brother, our friend, this Judas +Iscariot, the Traitor! Does not Annas want to kneel down and kiss +the hand of Judas? Only Judas will not allow it; he is a coward, he +is afraid they will bite him." + +Caiaphas said: + +"Drive the dog out! What's he barking about?" + +"Get along with you. We have no time to listen to your babbling," +said Annas imperturbably. + +Judas drew himself up and closed his eyes. The hypocrisy, which he +had carried so lightly all his life, suddenly became an insupportable +burden, and with one movement of his eyelashes he cast it from him. +And when he looked at Annas again, his glance was simple, direct, and +terrible in its naked truthfulness. But they paid no attention to +this either. + +"You want to be driven out with sticks!" cried Caiaphas. + +Panting under the weight of the terrible words, which he was lifting +higher and higher, in order to hurl them hence upon the heads of the +judges, Judas hoarsely asked: + +"But you know... you know... who He was... He, whom you condemned +yesterday and crucified?" + +"We know. Go away!" + +With one word he would straightway rend that thin film which was +spread over their eyes, and all the earth would stagger beneath the +weight of the merciless truth! They had a soul, they should be +deprived of it; they had a life, they should lose their life; they +had light before their eyes, eternal darkness and horror should cover +them. Hosanna! Hosanna! + +And these words, these terrible words, were tearing his throat +asunder-- + +"He was no deceiver. He was innocent and pure. Do you hear? Judas +deceived you. He betrayed to you an innocent man." + +He waits. He hears the aged, unconcerned voice of Annas, saying: + +"And is that all you want to say?" + +"You do not seem to have understood me," says Judas, with dignity, +turning pale. "Judas deceived you. He was innocent. You have slain +the innocent." + +He of the bird-like face smiles; but Annas is indifferent, Annas +yawns. And Caiaphas yawns, too, and says wearily: + +"What did they mean by talking to me about the intellect of Judas +Iscariot? He is simply a fool, and a bore, too." + +"What?" cries Judas, all suffused with dark madness. "But who are +you, the clever ones! Judas deceived you--hear! It was not He that +he betrayed--but you--you wiseacres, you, the powerful, you he +betrayed to a shameful death, which will not end, throughout the +ages. Thirty pieces of silver! Well, well. But that is the price +of YOUR blood--blood filthy as the dish-water which the women throw +out of the gates of their houses. Oh! Annas, old, grey, stupid Annas, +chock-full of the Law, why did you not give one silver piece, just +one obolus more? At this price you will go down through the ages!" + +"Be off!" cries Caiaphas, growing purple in the face. But Annas +stops him with a motion of the hand, and asks Judas as unconcernedly +as ever: + +"Is that all?" + +"Verily, if I were to go into the desert, and cry to the wild +beasts: 'Wild beasts, have ye heard the price at which men valued +their Jesus?'--what would the wild beasts do? They would creep out +of the lairs, they would howl with anger, they would forget their +fear of mankind, and would all come here to devour you! If I were to +say to the sea: 'Sea, knowest thou the price at which men valued +their Jesus?' If I were to say to the mountains: 'Mountains, know +ye the price at which men valued their Jesus?' Then the sea and the +mountains would leave their places, assigned to them for ages, and +would come here and fall upon your heads!" + +"Does Judas wish to become a prophet? He speaks so loud!" mockingly +remarks he of the bird-like face, with an ingratiating glance at +Caiaphas. + +"To-day I saw a pale sun. It was looking at the earth, and saying: +'Where is the Man?' To-day I saw a scorpion. It was sitting upon a +stone and laughingly said: 'Where is the Man?' I went near and +looked into its eyes. And it laughed and said: 'Where is the Man? +I do not see Him!' Where is the Man? I ask you, I do not see Him-- +or is Judas become blind, poor Judas Iscariot!" + +And Iscariot begins to weep aloud. + +He was, during those moments, like a man out of his mind, and +Caiaphas turned away, making a contemptuous gesture with his hand. +But Annas considered for a time, and then said: + +"I perceive, Judas, that you really have received but little, and +that disturbs you. Here is some more money; take it and give it to +your children." + +He threw something, which rang shrilly. The sound had not died +away, before another, like it, strangely prolonged the clinking. + +Judas had hastily flung the pieces of silver and the oboles into the +faces of the high priest and of the judges, returning the price paid +for Jesus. The pieces of money flew in a curved shower, falling on +their faces, and on the table, and rolling about the floor. + +Some of the judges closed their hands with the palms outwards; +others leapt from their places, and shouted and scolded. Judas, +trying to hit Annas, threw the last coin, after which his trembling +hand had long been fumbling in his wallet, spat in anger, and went out. + +"Well, well," he mumbled, as he passed swiftly through the streets, +scaring the children. "It seems that thou didst weep, Judas? Was +Caiaphas really right when he said that Judas Iscariot was a fool? +He who weeps in the day of his great revenge is not worthy of it-- +know'st thou that, Judas? Let not thine eyes deceive thee; let not +thine heart lie to thee; flood not the fire with tears, Judas +Iscariot!" + +The disciples were sitting in mournful silence, listening to what +was going on without. There was still danger that the vengeance of +Jesus' enemies might not confine itself to Him, and so they were all +expecting a visit from the guard, and perhaps more executions. Near +to John, to whom, as the beloved disciple, the death of Jesus was +especially grievous, sat Mary Magdalene, and Matthew trying to +comfort him in an undertone. Mary, whose face was swollen with +weeping, softly stroked his luxurious curling hair with her hand, +while Matthew said didactically, in the words of Solomon: + +"'The long suffering is better than a hero; and he that ruleth his +own spirit than one who taketh a city.'" + +At this moment Judas knocked loudly at the door, and entered. All +started up in terror, and at first were not sure who it was; but when +they recognised the hated countenance, the red-haired, bulbous head, +they uttered a simultaneous cry. + +Peter raised both hands and shouted: + +"Get out of here, Traitor! Get out, or I will kill you." + +But the others looked more carefully at the face and eyes of the +Traitor, and said nothing, merely whispering in terror: + +"Leave him alone, leave him alone! He is possessed with a devil." + +Judas waited until they had quite done, and then cried out in a loud +voice: + +"Hail, ye eyes of Judas Iscariot! Ye have just seen the cold-blooded +murderers. Lo! Where is Jesus? I ask you, where is Jesus?" + +There was something compelling in the hoarse voice of Judas, and +Thomas replied obediently-- + +"You know yourself, Judas, that our Master was crucified yesterday." + +"But how came you to permit it? Where was your love? Thou, Beloved +Disciple, and thou, Rock, where were you all when they were +crucifying your Friend on the tree?" + +"What could we do, judge thou?" said Thomas, with a gesture of +protest. + +"Thou asketh that, Thomas? Very well!" and Judas threw his head +back, and fell upon him angrily. "He who loves does not ask what can +be done--he goes and does it--he weeps, he bites, he throttles the +enemy, and breaks his bones! He, that is, who loves! If your son +were drowning would you go into the city and inquire of the passers +by: 'What must I do? My son is drowning!' No, you would rather +throw yourself into the water and drown with him. One who loved +would!" + +Peter replied grimly to the violent speech of Judas: + +"I drew a sword, but He Himself forbade." + +"Forbade? And you obeyed!" jeered Judas. "Peter, Peter, how could +you listen to Him? Does He know anything of men, and of fighting?" + +"He who does not submit to Him goes to hell fire." + +"Then why did you not go, Peter? Hell fire! What's that? Now, +supposing you had gone--what good's your soul to you, if you dare not +throw it into the fire, if you want to?" + +"Silence!" cried John, rising. "He Himself willed this sacrifice. +His sacrifice is beautiful!" + +"Is a sacrifice ever beautiful, Beloved Disciple? Wherever there is +a sacrifice, then there is an executioner, and there traitors! +Sacrifice--that is suffering for one and disgrace for all the others! +Traitors, traitors, what have ye done with the world? Now they look +at it from above and below, and laugh and cry: 'Look at that world, +upon it they crucified Jesus!' And they spit on it--as I do!" + +Judas angrily spat on the ground. + +"He took upon Him the sin of all mankind. His sacrifice is +beautiful," John insisted. + +"No! you have taken all sin upon yourselves. You, Beloved Disciple, +will not a race of traitors take their beginning from you, a +pusillanimous and lying breed? O blind men, what have ye done with +the earth? You have done your best to destroy it, ye will soon be +kissing the cross on which ye crucified Jesus! Yes, yes, Judas gives +ye his word that ye will kiss the cross!" + +"Judas, don't revile!" roared Peter, pushing. "How could we slay +all His enemies? They are so many!" + +"And thou, Peter!" exclaimed John in anger, "dost thou not perceive +that he is possessed of Satan? Leave us, Tempter! Thou'rt full of +lies. The Teacher forbade us to kill." + +"But did He forbid you to die? Why are you alive, when He is dead? +Why do your feet walk, why does your tongue talk trash, why do your +eyes blink, when He is dead, motionless, speechless? How do your +cheeks dare to be red, John, when His are pale? How can you dare to +shout, Peter, when He is silent? What could you do? You ask Judas? +And Judas answers you, the magnificent, bold Judas Iscariot replies: +'Die!' You ought to have fallen on the road, to have seized the +soldiers by the sword, by the hands, and drowned them in a sea of +your own blood--yes, die, die! Better had it been, that His Father +should have cause to cry out with horror, when you all enter there!" + +Judas ceased with raised head. Suddenly he noticed the remains of a +meal upon the table. With strange surprise, curiously, as though for +the first time in his life he looked on food, he examined it, and +slowly asked: + +"What is this? You have been eating? Perhaps you have also been +sleeping?" + +Peter, who had begun to feel Judas to be some one, who could command +obedience, drooping his head, tersely replied: "I slept, I slept and +ate!" + +Thomas said, resolutely and firmly: + +"This is all untrue, Judas. Just consider: if we had all died, who +would have told the story of Jesus? Who would have conveyed His +teaching to mankind if we had all died, Peter and John and I?" + +"But what is the truth itself in the mouths of traitors? Does it +not become a lie? Thomas, Thomas, dost thou not understand, that +thou art now only a sentinel at the grave of dead Truth? The +sentinel falls asleep, and the thief cometh and carries away the +truth; say, where is the truth? Cursed be thou, Thomas! Fruitless, +and a beggar shalt thou be throughout the ages, and all you with him, +accursed ones!" + +"Accursed be thou thyself, Satan!" cried John, and James and Matthew +and all the other disciples repeated his cry; only Peter held his +peace. + +"I am going to Him," said Judas, stretching his powerful hand on +high. "Who will follow Iscariot to Jesus?" + +"I--I also go with thee," cried Peter, rising. + +But John and the others stopped him in horror, saying: + +"Madman! Thou hast forgotten, that he betrayed the Master into the +hands of His enemies." + +Peter began to lament bitterly, striking his breast with his fist: + +"Whither, then, shall I go? O Lord! whither shall I go?" + + . . . . . . . . + +Judas had long ago, during his solitary walks, marked the place +where he intended to make an end of himself after the death of Jesus. + +It was upon a hill high above Jerusalem. There stood but one tree, +bent and twisted by the wind, which had torn it on all sides, half +withered. One of its broken, crooked branches stretched out towards +Jerusalem, as though in blessing or in threat, and this one Judas had +chosen on which to hang a noose. + +But the walk to the tree was long and tedious, and Judas Iscariot +was very weary. The small, sharp stones, scattered under his feet, +seemed continually to drag him backwards, and the hill was high, +stern, and malign, exposed to the wind. Judas was obliged to sit +down several times to rest, and panted heavily, while behind him, +through the clefts of the rock, the mountain breathed cold upon his +back. + +"Thou too art against me, accursed one!" said Judas contemptuously, +as he breathed with difficulty, and swayed his heavy head, in which +all the thoughts were now petrifying. + +Then he raised it suddenly, and opening wide his now fixed eyes, +angrily muttered: + +"No, they were too bad for Judas. Thou hearest Jesus? Wilt Thou +trust me now? I am coming to Thee. Meet me kindly, I am weary--very +weary. Then Thou and I, embracing like brothers, shall return to +earth. Shall we not?" + +Again he swayed his petrifying head, and again he opened his eyes, +mumbling: + +"But maybe Thou wilt be angry with Judas when he arrives? And Thou +wilt not trust him? And wilt send him to hell? Well! What then! I +will go to hell. And in Thy hell fire I will weld iron, and weld +iron, and demolish Thy heaven. Dost approve? Then Thou wilt believe +in me. Then Thou wilt come back with me to earth, wilt Thou not, +Jesus?" + +Eventually Judas reached the summit and the crooked tree, and there +the wind began to torment him. And when Judas rebuked it, it began +to blow soft and low, and took leave and flew away. + +"Right! But as for them, they are curs!" said Judas, making a +slip-knot. And since the rope might fail him and break, he hung it +over a precipice, so that if it broke, he would be sure to meet his +death upon the stones. And before he shoved himself off the brink +with his foot, and hanged himself, Judas Iscariot once more anxiously +prepared Jesus for his coming: + +"Yes, meet me kindly, Jesus. I am very weary." + +He leapt. The rope strained, but held. His neck stretched, but his +hands and feet were crossed, and hung down as though damp. + +He died. Thus, in the course of two days, one after another, Jesus +of Nazareth and Judas Iscariot, the Traitor, left the world. + +All the night through, like some monstrous fruit, Judas swayed over +Jerusalem, and the wind kept turning his face now to the city, and +now to the desert--as though it wished to exhibit Judas to both city +and desert. But in whichever direction his face, distorted by death, +was turned, his red eyes suffused with blood, and now as like one +another as two brothers, incessantly looked towards the sky. In the +morning some sharp-sighted person perceived Judas hanging above the +city, and cried out in horror. + +People came and took him down, and knowing who he was, threw him +into a deep ravine, into which they were in the habit of throwing +dead horses and cats and other carrion. + +The same evening all the believers knew of the terrible death of the +Traitor, and the next day it was known to all Jerusalem. Stony +Judaea knew of it and green Galilee; and from one sea to the other, +distant as it was, the news flew of the death of the Traitor. + +Neither faster nor slower, but with equal pace with Time itself, it +went, and as there is no end to Time so will there be no end to the +stories about the Traitor Judas and his terrible death. + +And all--both good and bad--will equally anathematise his shameful +memory; and among all peoples, past and present, will he remain alone +in his cruel destiny--Judas Iscariot, the Traitor. + + + + + +"THE MAN WHO FOUND THE TRUTH" + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +I was twenty-seven years old and had just maintained my thesis for +the degree of Doctor of Mathematics with unusual success, when I was +suddenly seized in the middle of the night and thrown into this +prison. I shall not narrate to you the details of the monstrous +crime of which I was accused--there are events which people should +neither remember nor even know, that they may not acquire a feeling +of aversion for themselves; but no doubt there are many people among +the living who remember that terrible case and "the human brute," as +the newspapers called me at that time. They probably remember how +the entire civilised society of the land unanimously demanded that +the criminal be put to death, and it is due only to the inexplicable +kindness of the man at the head of the Government at the time that I +am alive, and I now write these lines for the edification of the weak +and the wavering. + +I shall say briefly: My father, my elder brother, and my sister +were murdered brutally, and I was supposed to have committed the +crime for the purpose of securing a really enormous inheritance. + +I am an old man now; I shall die soon, and you have not the +slightest ground for doubting when I say that I was entirely innocent +of the monstrous and horrible crime, for which twelve honest and +conscientious judges unanimously sentenced me to death. The death +sentence was finally commuted to imprisonment for life in solitary +confinement. + +It was merely a fatal linking of circumstances, of grave and +insignificant events, of vague silence and indefinite words, which +gave me the appearance and likeness of the criminal, innocent though +I was. But he who would suspect me of being ill-disposed toward my +strict judges would be profoundly mistaken. They were perfectly +right, perfectly right. As people who can judge things and events +only by their appearance, and who are deprived of the ability to +penetrate their own mysterious being, they could not act differently, +nor should they have acted differently. + +It so happened that in the game of circumstances, the truth +concerning my actions, which I alone knew, assumed all the features +of an insolent and shameless lie; and however strange it may seem to +my kind and serious reader, I could establish the truth of my +innocence only by falsehood, and not by the truth. + +Later on, when I was already in prison, in going over in detail the +story of the crime and the trial, and picturing myself in the place +of one of my judges, I came to the inevitable conclusion each time +that I was guilty. Then I produced a very interesting and +instructive work; having set aside entirely the question of truth and +falsehood on general principles, I subjected the facts and the words +to numerous combinations, erecting structures, even as small children +build various structures with their wooden blocks; and after +persistent efforts I finally succeeded in finding a certain +combination of facts which, though strong in principle, seemed so +plausible that my actual innocence became perfectly clear, exactly +and positively established. + +To this day I remember the great feeling of astonishment, mingled +with fear, which I experienced at my strange and unexpected +discovery; by telling the truth I lead people into error and thus +deceive them, while by maintaining falsehood I lead them, on the +contrary, to the truth and to knowledge. + +I did not yet understand at that time that, like Newton and his +famous apple, I discovered unexpectedly the great law upon which the +entire history of human thought rests, which seeks not the truth, but +verisimilitude, the appearance of truth--that is, the harmony between +that which is seen and that which is conceived, based on the strict +laws of logical reasoning. And instead of rejoicing, I exclaimed in +an outburst of naive, juvenile despair: "Where, then, is the truth? +Where is the truth in this world of phantoms and falsehood?" (See my +"Diary of a Prisoner" of June 29, 18--.) + +I know that at the present time, when I have but five or six more +years to live, I could easily secure my pardon if I but asked for it. +But aside from my being accustomed to the prison and for several +other important reasons, of which I shall speak later, I simply have +no right to ask for pardon, and thus break the force and natural +course of the lawful and entirely justified verdict. Nor would I +want to hear people apply to me the words, "a victim of judicial +error," as some of my gentle visitors expressed themselves, to my +sorrow. I repeat, there was no error, nor could there be any error +in a case in which a combination of definite circumstances inevitably +lead a normally constructed and developed mind to the one and only +conclusion. + +I was convicted justly, although I did not commit the crime--such is +the simple and clear truth, and I live joyously and peacefully my +last few years on earth with a sense of respect for this truth. + +The only purpose by which I was guided in writing these modest notes +is to show to my indulgent reader that under the most painful +conditions, where it would seem that there remains no room for hope +or life--a human being, a being of the highest order, possessing a +mind and a will, finds both hope and life. I want to show how a +human being, condemned to death, looked with free eyes upon the +world, through the grated window of his prison, and discovered the +great purpose, harmony, and beauty of the universe--to the disgrace +of those fools who, being free, living a life of plenty and +happiness, slander life disgustingly. + +Some of my visitors reproach me for being "haughty"; they ask me +where I secured the right to teach and to preach; cruel in their +reasoning, they would like to drive away even the smile from the face +of the man who has been imprisoned for life as a murderer. + +No. Just as the kind and bright smile will not leave my lips, as an +evidence of a clear and unstained conscience, so my soul will never +be darkened, my soul, which has passed firmly through the defiles of +life, which has been carried by a mighty will power across these +terrible abysses and bottomless pits, where so many daring people +have found their heroic, but, alas! fruitless, death. + +And if the tone of my confessions may sometimes seem too positive to +my indulgent reader, it is not at all due to the absence of modesty +in me, but it is due to the fact that I firmly believe that I am +right, and also to my firm desire to be useful to my neighbour as far +as my faint powers permit. + +Here I must apologise for my frequent references to my "Diary of a +Prisoner," which is unknown to the reader; but the fact is that I +consider the complete publication of my "Diary" too premature and +perhaps even dangerous. Begun during the remote period of cruel +disillusions, of the shipwreck of all my beliefs and hopes, breathing +boundless despair, my note book bears evidence in places that its +author was, if not in a state of complete insanity, on the brink of +insanity. And if we recall how contagious that illness is, my +caution in the use of my "Diary" will become entirely clear. + +O, blooming youth! With an involuntary tear in my eye I recall your +magnificent dreams, your daring visions and outbursts, your +impetuous, seething power--but I should not want your return, +blooming youth! Only with the greyness of the hair comes clear +wisdom, and that great aptitude for unprejudiced reflection which +makes of all old men philosophers and often even sages. + + + +CHAPTER II + + +Those of my kind visitors who honour me by expressing their delight +and even--may this little indiscretion be forgiven me!--even their +adoration of my spiritual clearness, can hardly imagine what I was +when I came to this prison. The tens of years which have passed over +my head and which have whitened my hair cannot muffle the slight +agitation which I experience at the recollection of the first moments +when, with the creaking of the rusty hinges, the fatal prison doors +opened and then closed behind me forever. + +Not endowed with literary talent, which in reality is an indomitable +inclination to invent and to lie, I shall attempt to introduce myself +to my indulgent reader exactly as I was at that remote time. + +I was a young man, twenty-seven years of age--as I had occasion to +mention before--unrestrained, impetuous, given to abrupt deviations. +A certain dreaminess, peculiar to my age; a self-respect which was +easily offended and which revolted at the slightest insignificant +provocation; a passionate impetuosity in solving world problems; fits +of melancholy alternated by equally wild fits of merriment--all this +gave the young mathematician a character of extreme unsteadiness, of +sad and harsh discord. + +I must also mention the extreme pride, a family trait, which I +inherited from my mother, and which often hindered me from taking the +advice of riper and more experienced people than myself; also my +extreme obstinacy in carrying out my purposes, a good quality in +itself, which becomes dangerous, however, when the purpose in +question is not sufficiently well founded and considered. + +Thus, during the first days of my confinement, I behaved like all +other fools who are thrown into prison. I shouted loudly and, of +course, vainly about my innocence; I demanded violently my immediate +freedom and even beat against the door and the walls with my fists. +The door and the walls naturally remained mute, while I caused myself +a rather sharp pain. I remember I even beat my head against the +wall, and for hours I lay unconscious on the stone floor of my cell; +and for some time, when I had grown desperate, I refused food, until +the persistent demands of my organism defeated my obstinacy. + +I cursed my judges and threatened them with merciless vengeance. At +last I commenced to regard all human life, the whole world, even +Heaven, as an enormous injustice, a derision and a mockery. +Forgetting that in my position I could hardly be unprejudiced, I came +with the self-confidence of youth, with the sickly pain of a +prisoner, gradually to the complete negation of life and its great +meaning. + +Those were indeed terrible days and nights, when, crushed by the +walls, getting no answer to any of my questions, I paced my cell +endlessly and hurled one after another into the dark abyss all the +great valuables which life has bestowed upon us: friendship, love, +reason and justice. + +In some justification to myself I may mention the fact that during +the first and most painful years of my imprisonment a series of +events happened which reflected themselves rather painfully upon my +psychic nature. Thus I learned with the profoundest indignation that +the girl, whose name I shall not mention and who was to become my +wife, married another man. She was one of the few who believed in my +innocence; at the last parting she swore to me to remain faithful to +me unto death, and rather to die than betray her love for me--and +within one year after that she married a man I knew, who possessed +certain good qualities, but who was not at all a sensible man. I did +not want to understand at that time that such a marriage was natural +on the part of a young, healthy, and beautiful girl. But, alas! we +all forget our natural science when we are deceived by the woman we +love--may this little jest be forgiven me! At the present time Mme. +N. is a happy and respected mother, and this proves better than +anything else how wise and entirely in accordance with the demands of +nature and life was her marriage at that time, which vexed me so +painfully. + +I must confess, however, that at that time I was not at all calm. Her +exceedingly amiable and kind letter in which she notified me of her +marriage, expressing profound regret that changed circumstances and a +suddenly awakened love compelled her to break her promise to me--that +amiable, truthful letter, scented with perfume, bearing the traces of +her tender fingers, seemed to me a message from the devil himself. + +The letters of fire burned my exhausted brains, and in a wild +ecstasy I shook the doors of my cell and called violently: + +"Come! Let me look into your lying eyes! Let me hear your lying +voice! Let me but touch with my fingers your tender throat and pour +into your death rattle my last bitter laugh!" + +From this quotation my indulgent reader will see how right were the +judges who convicted me for murder; they had really foreseen in me a +murderer. + +My gloomy view of life at the time was aggravated by several other +events. Two years after the marriage of my fiancee, consequently +three years after the first day of my imprisonment, my mother died-- +she died, as I learned, of profound grief for me. However strange it +may seem, she remained firmly convinced to the end of her days that I +had committed the monstrous crime. Evidently this conviction was an +inexhaustible source of grief to her, the chief cause of the gloomy +melancholy which fettered her lips in silence and caused her death +through paralysis of the heart. As I was told, she never mentioned my +name nor the names of those who died so tragically, and she bequeathed +the entire enormous fortune, which was supposed to have served as the +motive for the murder, to various charitable organisations. It is +characteristic that even under such terrible conditions her motherly +instinct did not forsake her altogether; in a postscript to the will +she left me a considerable sum, which secures my existence whether I +am in prison or at large. + +Now I understand that, however great her grief may have been, that +alone was not enough to cause her death; the real cause was her +advanced age and a series of illnesses which had undermined her once +strong and sound organism. In the name of justice, I must say that +my father, a weak-charactered man, was not at all a model husband and +family man; by numerous betrayals, by falsehood and deception he had +led my mother to despair, constantly offending her pride and her +strict, unbribable truthfulness. But at that time I did not +understand it; the death of my mother seemed to me one of the most +cruel manifestations of universal injustice, and called forth a new +stream of useless and sacrilegious curses. + +I do not know whether I ought to tire the attention of the reader +with the story of other events of a similar nature. I shall mention +but briefly that one after another my friends, who remained my +friends from the time when I was happy and free, stopped visiting me. +According to their words, they believed in my innocence, and at first +warmly expressed to me their sympathy. But our lives, mine in prison +and theirs at liberty, were so different that gradually under the +pressure of perfectly natural causes, such as forgetfulness, official +and other duties, the absence of mutual interests, they visited me +ever more and more rarely, and finally ceased to see me entirely. I +cannot recall without a smile that even the death of my mother, even +the betrayal of the girl I loved did not arouse in me such a +hopelessly bitter feeling as these gentlemen, whose names I remember +but vaguely now, succeeded in wresting from my soul. + +"What horror! What pain! My friends, you have left me alone! My +friends, do you understand what you have done? You have left me +alone. Can you conceive of leaving a human being alone? Even a +serpent has its mate, even a spider has its comrade--and you have +left a human being alone! You have given him a soul--and left him +alone! You have given him a heart, a mind, a hand for a handshake, +lips for a kiss--and you have left him alone! What shall he do now +that you have left him alone?" + +Thus I exclaimed in my "Diary of a Prisoner," tormented by woeful +perplexities. In my juvenile blindness, in the pain of my young, +senseless heart, I still did not want to understand that the +solitude, of which I complained so bitterly, like the mind, was an +advantage given to man over other creatures, in order to fence around +the sacred mysteries of his soul from the stranger's gaze. + +Let my serious reader consider what would have become of life if man +were robbed of his right, of his duty to be alone. In the gathering +of idle chatterers, amid the dull collection of transparent glass +dolls, that kill each other with their sameness; in the wild city +where all doors are open, and all windows are open--passers-by look +wearily through the glass walls and observe the same evidences of the +hearth and the alcove. Only the creatures that can be alone possess +a face; while those that know no solitude--the great, blissful, +sacred solitude of the soul--have snouts instead of faces. + +And in calling my friends "perfidious traitors" I, poor youth that I +was, could not understand the wise law of life, according to which +neither friendship, nor love, nor even the tenderest attachment of +sister and mother, is eternal. Deceived by the lies of the poets, +who proclaimed eternal friendship and love, I did not want to see +that which my indulgent reader observes from the windows of his +dwelling--how friends, relatives, mother and wife, in apparent +despair and in tears, follow their dead to the cemetery, and after a +lapse of some time return from there. No one buries himself together +with the dead, no one asks the dead to make room in the coffin, and +if the grief-stricken wife exclaims, in an outburst of tears, "Oh, +bury me together with him!" she is merely expressing symbolically the +extreme degree of her despair--one could easily convince himself of +this by trying, in jest, to push her down into the grave. And those +who restrain her are merely expressing symbolically their sympathy +and understanding, thus lending the necessary aspect of solemn grief +to the funeral custom. + +Man must subject himself to the laws of life, not of death, nor to +the fiction of the poets, however beautiful it may be. But can the +fictitious be beautiful? Is there no beauty in the stern truth of +life, in the mighty work of its wise laws, which subjects to itself +with great disinterestedness the movements of the heavenly +luminaries, as well as the restless linking of the tiny creatures +called human beings? + + + +CHAPTER III + + +Thus I lived sadly in my prison for five or six years. + +The first redeeming ray flashed upon me when I least expected it. + +Endowed with the gift of imagination, I made my former fiancee the +object of all my thoughts. She became my love and my dream. + +Another circumstance which suddenly revealed to me the ground under +my feet was, strange as it may seem, the conviction that it was +impossible to make my escape from prison. + +During the first period of my imprisonment, I, as a youthful and +enthusiastic dreamer, made all kinds of plans for escape, and some of +them seemed to me entirely possible of realisation. Cherishing +deceptive hopes, this thought naturally kept me in a state of tense +alarm and hindered my attention from concentrating itself on more +important and substantial matters. As soon as I despaired of one +plan I created another, but of course I did not make any progress--I +merely moved within a closed circle. It is hardly necessary to +mention that each transition from one plan to another was accompanied +by cruel sufferings, which tormented my soul, just as the eagle +tortured the body of Prometheus. + +One day, while staring with a weary look at the walls of my cell, I +suddenly began to feel how irresistibly thick the stone was, how +strong the cement which kept it together, how skilfully and +mathematically this severe fortress was constructed. It is true, my +first sensation was extremely painful; it was, perhaps, a horror of +hopelessness. + +I cannot recall what I did and how I felt during the two or three +months that followed. The first note in my diary after a long period +of silence does not explain very much. Briefly I state only that +they made new clothes for me and that I had grown stout. + +The fact is that, after all my hopes had been abandoned, the +consciousness of the impossibility of my escape once for all +extinguished also my painful alarm and liberated my mind, which was +then already inclined to lofty contemplation and the joys of +mathematics. + +But the following is the day I consider as the first real day of my +liberation. It was a beautiful spring morning (May 6) and the balmy, +invigourating air was pouring into the open window; while walking +back and forth in my cell I unconsciously glanced, at each turn, with +a vague interest, at the high window, where the iron grate outlined +its form sharply and distinctly against the background of the azure, +cloudless sky. + +"Why is the sky so beautiful through these bars?" I reflected as I +walked. "Is not this the effect of the aesthetic law of contrasts, +according to which azure stands out prominently beside black? Or is +it not, perhaps, a manifestation of some other, higher law, according +to which the infinite may be conceived by the human mind only when it +is brought within certain boundaries, for instance, when it is +enclosed within a square?" + +When I recalled that at the sight of a wide open window, which was +not protected by bars, or of the sky, I had usually experienced a +desire to fly, which was painful because of its uselessness and +absurdity--I suddenly began to experience a feeling of tenderness for +the bars; tender gratitude, even love. Forged by hand, by the weak +human hand of some ignorant blacksmith, who did not even give himself +an account of the profound meaning of his creation; placed in the +wall by an equally ignorant mason, it suddenly represented in itself +a model of beauty, nobility and power. Having seized the infinite +within its iron squares, it became congealed in cold and proud peace, +frightening the ignorant, giving food for thought to the intelligent +and delighting the sage! + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +In order to make the further narrative clearer to my indulgent +reader, I am compelled to say a few words about the exclusive, quite +flattering, and, I fear, not entirely deserved, position which I +occupy in our prison. On one hand, my spiritual clearness, my rare +and perfect view of life, and the nobility of my feelings, which +impress all those who speak to me; and, on the other hand, several +rather unimportant favours which I have done to the Warden, have +given me a series of privileges, of which I avail myself, rather +moderately, of course, not desiring to upset the general plan and +system of our prison. + +Thus, during the weekly visiting days, my visitors are not limited +to any special time for their interviews, and all those who wish to +see me are admitted, sometimes forming quite a large audience. Not +daring to accept altogether the assurances made somewhat ironically +by the Warden, to the effect that I would be "the pride of any +prison," I may say, nevertheless, without any false modesty, that my +words are treated with proper respect, and that among my visitors I +number quite a few warm and enthusiastic admirers, both men and +women. I shall mention that the Warden himself and some of his +assistants honour me by their visits, drawing from me strength and +courage for the purpose of continuing their hard work. Of course I +use the prison library freely, and even the archives of the prison; +and if the Warden politely refused to grant my request for an exact +plan of the prison, it is not at all because of his lack of +confidence in me, but because such a plan is a state secret.... + +Our prison is a huge five-story building. Situated in the outskirts +of the city, at the edge of a deserted field, overgrown with high +grass, it attracts the attention of the wayfarer by its rigid +outlines, promising him peace and rest after his endless wanderings. +Not being plastered, the building has retained its natural dark red +colour of old brick, and at close view, I am told, it produces a +gloomy, even threatening, impression, especially on nervous people, +to whom the red bricks recall blood and bloody lumps of human flesh. +The small, dark, flat windows with iron bars naturally complete the +impression and lend to the whole a character of gloomy harmony, or +stern beauty. Even during good weather, when the sun shines upon our +prison, it does not lose any of its dark and grim importance, and is +constantly reminding the people that there are laws in existence and +that punishment awaits those who break them. + +My cell is on the fifth story, and my grated window commands a +splendid view of the distant city and a part of the deserted field to +the right. On the left, beyond the boundary of my vision, are the +outskirts of the city, and, as I am told, the church and the cemetery +adjoining it. Of the existence of the church and even the cemetery I +had known before from the mournful tolling of the bells, which custom +requires during the burial of the dead. + +Quite in keeping with the external style of architecture, the +interior arrangement of our prison is also finished harmoniously and +properly constructed. For the purpose of conveying to the reader a +clearer idea of the prison, I will take the liberty of giving the +example of a fool who might make up his mind to run away from our +prison. Admitting that the brave fellow possessed supernatural, +Herculean strength and broke the lock of his room--what would he +find? The corridor, with numerous grated doors, which could +withstand cannonading--and armed keepers. Let us suppose that he +kills all the keepers, breaks all the doors, and comes out into the +yard--perhaps he may think that he is already free. But what of the +walls? The walls which encircle our prison, with three rings of stone? + +I omitted the guard advisedly. The guard is indefatigable. Day and +night I hear behind my doors the footsteps of the guard; day and +night his eye watches me through the little window in my door, +controlling my movements, reading on my face my thoughts, my +intentions and my dreams. In the daytime I could deceive his +attention with lies, assuming a cheerful and carefree expression on +my face, but I have rarely met the man who could lie even in his +sleep. No matter how much I would be on my guard during the day, at +night I would betray myself by an involuntary moan, by a twitch of +the face, by an expression of fatigue or grief, or by other +manifestations of a guilty and uneasy conscience. Only very few +people of unusual will power are able to lie even in their sleep, +skilfully managing the features of their faces, sometimes even +preserving a courteous and bright smile on their lips, when their +souls, given over to dreams, are quivering from the horrors of a +monstrous nightmare--but, as exceptions, these cannot be taken into +consideration. I am profoundly happy that I am not a criminal, that +my conscience is clear and calm. + +"Read, my friend, read," I say to the watchful eye as I lay myself +down to sleep peacefully. "You will not be able to read anything on +my face!" + +And it was I who invented the window in the prison door. + +I feel that my reader is astonished and smiles incredulously, +mentally calling me an old liar, but there are instances in which +modesty is superfluous and even dangerous. Yes, this simple and +great invention belongs to me, just as Newton's system belongs to +Newton, and as Kepler's laws of the revolution of the planets belong +to Kepler. + +Later on, encouraged by the success of my invention, I devised and +introduced in our prison a series of little innovations, which were +concerned only with details; thus the form of chains and locks used +in our prison has been changed. + +The little window in the door was my invention, and, if any one +should dare deny this, I would call him a liar and a scoundrel. + +I came upon this invention under the following circumstances: One +day, during the roll call, a certain prisoner killed with the iron +leg of his bed the Inspector who entered his cell. Of course the +rascal was hanged in the yard of our prison, and the administration +light mindedly grew calm, but I was in despair--the great purpose of +the prison proved to be wrong since such horrible deeds were +possible. How is it that no one had noticed that the prisoner had +broken off the leg of his bed? How is it that no one had noticed the +state of agitation in which the prisoner must have been before +committing the murder? + +By taking up the question so directly I thus approached considerably +the solution of the problem; and indeed, after two or three weeks had +elapsed I arrived simply and even unexpectedly at my great discovery. +I confess frankly that before telling my discovery to the Warden of +the prison I experienced moments of a certain hesitation, which was +quite natural in my position of prisoner. To the reader who may +still be surprised at this hesitation, knowing me to be a man of a +clear, unstained conscience, I will answer by a quotation from my +"Diary of a Prisoner," relating to that period: + +"How difficult is the position of the man who is convicted, though +innocent, as I am. If he is sad, if his lips are sealed in silence, +and his eyes are lowered, people say of him: 'He is repenting; he is +suffering from pangs of conscience.' + +"If in the innocence of his heart he smiles brightly and kindly, the +keeper thinks: 'There, by a false and feigned smile, he wishes to +hide his secret.' + +"No matter what he does, he seems guilty--such is the force of the +prejudice against which it is necessary to struggle. But I am +innocent, and I shall be myself, firmly confident that my spiritual +clearness will destroy the malicious magic of prejudice." + +And on the following day the Warden of the prison pressed my hand +warmly, expressing his gratitude to me, and a month later little +holes were made in all doors in every prison in the land, thus +opening a field for wide and fruitful observation. + +The entire system of our prison life gives me deep satisfaction. +The hours for rising and going to bed, for meals and walks are +arranged so rationally, in accordance with the real requirements of +nature, that soon they lose the appearance of compulsion and become +natural, even dear habits. Only in this way can I explain the +interesting fact that when I was free I was a nervous and weak young +man, susceptible to colds and illness, whereas in prison I have grown +considerably stronger and that for my sixty years I am enjoying an +enviable state of health. I am not stout, but I am not thin, either; +my lungs are in good condition and I have saved almost all my teeth, +with the exception of two on the left side of the jaw; I am good +natured, even tempered; my sleep is sound, almost without any dreams. +In figure, in which an expression of calm power and self-confidence +predominates, and in face, I resemble somewhat Michaelangelo's +"Moses"--that is, at least what some of my friendly visitors have +told me. + +But even more than by the regular and healthy regime, the +strengthening of my soul and body was helped by the wonderful, yet +natural, peculiarity of our prison, which eliminates entirely the +accidental and the unexpected from its life. Having neither a family +nor friends, I am perfectly safe from the shocks, so injurious to +life, which are caused by treachery, by the illness or death of +relatives--let my indulgent reader recall how many people have +perished before his eyes not of their own fault, but because +capricious fate had linked them to people unworthy of them. Without +changing my feeling of love into trivial personal attachments, I thus +make it free for the broad and mighty love for all mankind; and as +mankind is immortal, not subjected to illness, and as a harmonious +whole it is undoubtedly progressing toward perfection, love for it +becomes the surest guarantee of spiritual and physical soundness. + +My day is clear. So are also my days of the future, which are +coming toward me in radiant and even order. A murderer will not +break into my cell for the purpose of robbing me, a mad automobile +will not crush me, the illness of a child will not torture me, cruel +treachery will not steal its way to me from the darkness. My mind is +free, my heart is calm, my soul is clear and bright. + +The clear and rigid rules of our prison define everything that I +must not do, thus freeing me from those unbearable hesitations, +doubts, and errors with which practical life is filled. True, +sometimes there penetrates even into our prison, through its high +walls, something which ignorant people call chance, or even Fate, and +which is only an inevitable reflection of the general laws; but the +life of the prison, agitated for a moment, quickly goes back to its +habitual rut, like a river after an overflow. To this category of +accidents belong the above-mentioned murder of the Inspector, the +rare and always unsuccessful attempts at escape, and also the +executions, which take place in one of the remotest yards of our +prison. + +There is still another peculiarity in the system of our prison, +which I consider most beneficial, and which gives to the whole thing +a character of stern and noble justice. Left to himself, and only to +himself, the prisoner cannot count upon support, or upon that +spurious, wretched pity which so often falls to the lot of weak +people, disfiguring thereby the fundamental purposes of nature. + +I confess that I think, with a certain sense of pride, that if I am +now enjoying general respect and admiration, if my mind is strong, my +will powerful, my view of life clear and bright, I owe it only to +myself, to my power and my perseverance. How many weak people would +have perished in my place as victims of madness, despair, or grief? +But I have conquered everything! I have changed the world. I gave +to my soul the form which my mind desired. In the desert, working +alone, exhausted with fatigue, I have erected a stately structure in +which I now live joyously and calmly, like a king. Destroy it--and +to-morrow I shall begin to build a new structure, and in my bloody +sweat I shall erect it! For I must live! + +Forgive my involuntary pathos in the last lines, which is so +unbecoming to my balanced and calm nature. But it is hard to +restrain myself when I recall the road I have travelled. I hope, +however, that in the future I shall not darken the mood of my reader +with any outbursts of agitated feelings. Only he shouts who is not +confident of the truth of his words; calm firmness and cold +simplicity are becoming to the truth. + +P.S.--I do not remember whether I told you that the criminal who +murdered my father has not been found as yet. + + + +CHAPTER V + + +Deviating from time to time from the calm form of a historical +narrative I must pause on current events. Thus I will permit myself +to acquaint my readers in a few lines with a rather interesting +specimen of the human species which I have found accidentally in our +prison. + +One afternoon a few days ago the Warden came to me for the usual +chat, and among other things told me there was a very unfortunate man +in prison at the time upon whom I could exert a beneficent influence. +I expressed my willingness in the most cordial manner, and for +several days in succession I have had long discussions with the +artist K., by permission of the Warden. The spirit of hostility, +even of obstinacy, with which, to my regret, he met me at his first +visit, has now disappeared entirely under the influence of my +discussion. Listening willingly and with interest to my ever +pacifying words he gradually told me his rather unusual story after a +series of persistent questions. + +He is a man of about twenty-six or twenty-eight, of pleasant appearance, +and rather good manners, which show that he is a well-bred man. A +certain quite natural unrestraint in his speech, a passionate vehemence +with which he talks about himself, occasionally a bitter, even ironical +laughter, followed by painful pensiveness, from which it is difficult +to arouse him even by a touch of the hand-- these complete the make-up +of my new acquaintance. Personally to me he is not particularly +sympathetic, and however strange it may seem I am especially annoyed +by his disgusting habit of constantly moving his thin, emaciated fingers +and clutching helplessly the hand of the person with whom he speaks. + +K. told me very little of his past life. + +"Well, what is there to tell? I was an artist, that's all," he +repeated, with a sorrowful grimace, and refused to talk about the +"immoral act" for which he was condemned to solitary confinement. + +"I don't want to corrupt you, grandpa--live honestly," he would jest +in a somewhat unbecoming familiar tone, which I tolerated simply +because I wished to please the Warden of the prison, having learned +from the prisoner the real cause of his sufferings, which sometimes +assumed an acute form of violence and threats. During one of these +painful minutes, when K.'s will power was weak, as a result of +insomnia, from which he was suffering, I seated myself on his bed and +treated him in general with fatherly kindness, and he blurted out +everything to me right there and then. + +Not desiring to tire the reader with an exact reproduction of his +hysterical outbursts, his laughter and his tears, I shall give only +the facts of his story. + +K.'s grief, at first not quite clear to me, consists of the fact +that instead of paper or canvas for his drawings he was given a large +slate and a slate pencil. (By the way, the art with which he +mastered the material, which was new to him, is remarkable. I have +seen some of his productions, and it seems to me that they could +satisfy the taste of the most fastidious expert of graphic arts. +Personally I am indifferent to the art of painting, preferring live +and truthful nature.) Thus, owing to the nature of the material, +before commencing a new picture, K. had to destroy the previous one +by wiping it off his slate, and this seemed to lead him every time to +the verge of madness. + +"You cannot imagine what it means," he would say, clutching my hands +with his thin, clinging fingers. "While I draw, you know, I forget +entirely that it is useless; I am usually very cheerful and I even +whistle some tune, and once I was even incarcerated for that, as it is +forbidden to whistle in this cursed prison. But that is a trifle--for +I had at least a good sleep there. But when I finish my picture--no, +even when I approach the end of the picture, I am seized with a sensation +so terrible that I feel like tearing the brain from my head and trampling +it with my feet. Do you understand me?" + +"I understand you, my friend, I understand you perfectly, and I +sympathise with you." + +"Really? Well, then, listen, old man. I make the last strokes with +so much pain, with such a sense of sorrow and hopelessness, as though +I were bidding good-bye to the person I loved best of all. But here +I have finished it. Do you understand what it means? It means that +it has assumed life, that it lives, that there is a certain +mysterious spirit in it. And yet it is already doomed to death, it +is dead already, dead like a herring. Can you understand it at all? +I do not understand it. And, now, imagine, I--fool that I am--I +nevertheless rejoice, I cry and rejoice. No, I think, this picture I +shall not destroy; it is so good that I shall not destroy it. Let it +live. And it is a fact that at such times I do not feel like drawing +anything new, I have not the slightest desire for it. And yet it is +dreadful. Do you understand me?" + +"Perfectly, my friend. No doubt the drawing ceases to please you on +the following day--" + +"Oh, what nonsense you are prating, old man! (That is exactly what +he said. 'Nonsense.') How can a dying child cease to please you? +Of course, if he lived, he might have become a scoundrel, but when he +is dying-- No, old man, that isn't it. For I am killing it myself. +I do not sleep all night long, I jump up, I look at it, and I love it +so dearly that I feel like stealing it. Stealing it from whom? What +do I know? But when morning sets in I feel that I cannot do without +it, that I must take up that cursed pencil again and create anew. +What a mockery! To create! What am I, a galley slave?" + +"My friend, you are in a prison." + +"My dear old man! When I begin to steal over to the slate with the +sponge in my hand I feel like a murderer. It happens that I go +around it for a day or two. Do you know, one day I bit off a finger +of my right hand so as not to draw any more, but that, of course, was +only a trifle, for I started to learn drawing with my left hand. +What is this necessity for creating! To create by all means, create +for suffering--create with the knowledge that it will all perish! Do +you understand it?" + +"Finish it, my friend, don't be agitated; then I will expound to you +my views." + +Unfortunately, my advice hardly reached the ears of K. In one of +those paroxysms of despair, which frighten the Warden of our prison, +K. began to throw himself about in his bed, tear his clothes, shout +and sob, manifesting in general all the symptoms of extreme +mortification. I looked at the sufferings of the unfortunate youth +with deep emotion (compared with me he was a youth), vainly endeavouring +to hold his fingers which were tearing his clothes. I knew that for +this breach of discipline new incarceration awaited him. + +"O, impetuous youth," I thought when he had grown somewhat calmer, +and I was tenderly unfolding his fine hair which had become +entangled, "how easily you fall into despair! A bit of drawing, +which may in the end fall into the hands of a dealer in old rags, or +a dealer in old bronze and cemented porcelain, can cause you so much +suffering!" But, of course, I did not tell this to my youthful +friend, striving, as any one should under similar circumstances, not +to irritate him by unnecessary contradictions. + +"Thank you, old man," said K., apparently calm now. "To tell the +truth you seemed very strange to me at first; your face is so +venerable, but your eyes. Have you murdered anybody, old man?" + +I deliberately quote the malicious and careless phrase to show how +in the eyes of lightminded and shallow people the stamp of a terrible +accusation is transformed into the stamp of the crime itself. +Controlling my feeling of bitterness, I remarked calmly to the +impertinent youth: + +"You are an artist, my child; to you are known the mysteries of the +human face, that flexible, mobile and deceptive masque, which, like +the sea, reflects the hurrying clouds and the azure ether. Being +green, the sea turns blue under the clear sky and black when the sky +is black, when the heavy clouds are dark. What do you want of my +face, over which hangs an accusation of the most cruel crime?" + +But, occupied with his own thoughts, the artist apparently paid no +particular attention to my words and continued in a broken voice: + +"What am I to do? You saw my drawing. I destroyed it, and it is +already a whole week since I touched my pencil. Of course," he +resumed thoughtfully, rubbing his brow, "it would be better to break +the slate; to punish me they would not give me another one--" + +"You had better return it to the authorities." + +"Very well, I may hold out another week, but what then? I know +myself. Even now that devil is pushing my hand: 'Take the pencil, +take the pencil.'" + +At that moment, as my eyes wandered distractedly over his cell, I +suddenly noticed that some of the artist's clothes hanging on the +wall were unnaturally stretched, and one end was skilfully fastened +by the back of the cot. Assuming an air that I was tired and that I +wanted to walk about in the cell, I staggered as from a quiver of +senility in my legs, and pushed the clothes aside. The entire wall +was covered with drawings! + +The artist had already leaped from his cot, and thus we stood facing +each other in silence. I said in a tone of gentle reproach: + +"How did you allow yourself to do this, my friend? You know the +rules of the prison, according to which no inscriptions or drawing on +the walls are permissible?" + +"I know no rules," said K. morosely. + +"And then," I continued, sternly this time, "you lied to me, my +friend. You said that you did not take the pencil into your hands +for a whole week." + +"Of course I didn't," said the artist, with a strange smile, and +even a challenge. Even when caught red-handed, he did not betray any +signs of repentance, and looked rather sarcastic than guilty. Having +examined more closely the drawings on the wall, which represented +human figures in various positions, I became interested in the +strange reddish-yellow colour of an unknown pencil. + +"Is this iodine? You told me that you had a pain and that you +secured iodine." + +"No. It is blood." + +"Blood?" + +"Yes." + +I must say frankly that I even liked him at that moment. + +"How did you get it?" + +"From my hand." + +"From your hand? But how did you manage to hide yourself from the +eye that is watching you?" + +He smiled cunningly, and even winked. + +"Don't you know that you can always deceive if only you want to do +it?" + +My sympathies for him were immediately dispersed. I saw before me a +man who was not particularly clever, but in all probability terribly +spoiled already, who did not even admit the thought that there are +people who simply cannot lie. Recalling, however, the promise I had +made to the Warden, I assumed a calm air of dignity and said to him +tenderly, as only a mother could speak to her child: + +"Don't be surprised and don't condemn me for being so strict, my +friend. I am an old man. I have passed half of my life in this +prison; I have formed certain habits, like all old people, and +submitting to all rules myself, I am perhaps overdoing it somewhat in +demanding the same of others. You will of course wipe off these +drawings yourself--although I feel sorry for them, for I admire them +sincerely--and I will not say anything to the administration. We +will forget all this, as if nothing had happened. Are you satisfied?" + +He answered drowsily: + +"Very well." + +"In our prison, where we have the sad pleasure of being confined, +everything is arranged in accordance with a most purposeful plan and +is most strictly subjected to laws and rules. And the very strict +order, on account of which the existence of your creations is so +short lived, and, I may say, ephemeral, is full of the profoundest +wisdom. Allowing you to perfect yourself in your art, it wisely +guards other people against the perhaps injurious influence of your +productions, and in any case it completes logically, finishes, +enforces, and makes clear the meaning of your solitary confinement. +What does solitary confinement in our prison mean? It means that the +prisoner should be alone. But would he be alone if by his +productions he would communicate in some way or other with other +people outside?" + +By the expression of K.'s face I noticed with a sense of profound +joy that my words had produced on him the proper impression, bringing +him back from the realm of poetic inventions to the land of stern but +beautiful reality. And, raising my voice, I continued: + +"As for the rule you have broken, which forbids any inscription or +drawing on the walls of our prison, it is not less logical. Years +will pass; in your place there may be another prisoner like you--and +he may see that which you have drawn. Shall this be tolerated? Just +think of it! And what would become of the walls of our prison if +every one who wished it were to leave upon them his profane marks?" + +"To the devil with it!" + +This is exactly how K. expressed himself. He said it loudly, even +with an air of calmness. + +"What do you mean to say by this, my youthful friend?" + +"I wish to say that you may perish here, my old friend, but I shall +leave this place." + +"You can't escape from our prison," I retorted, sternly. + +"Have you tried?" + +"Yes, I have tried." + +He looked at me incredulously and smiled. He smiled! + +"You are a coward, old man. You are simply a miserable coward." + +I--a coward! Oh, if that self-satisfied puppy knew what a tempest +of rage he had aroused in my soul he would have squealed for fright +and would have hidden himself on the bed. I--a coward! The world +has crumbled upon my head, but has not crushed me, and out of its +terrible fragments I have created a new world, according to my own +design and plan; all the evil forces of life--solitude, imprisonment, +treachery, and falsehood--all have taken up arms against me, but I +have subjected them all to my will. And I who have subjected to +myself even my dreams--I am a coward? + +But I shall not tire the attention of my indulgent reader with these +lyrical deviations, which have no bearing on the matter. I continue. + +After a pause, broken only by K.'s loud breathing, I said to him +sadly: + +"I--a coward! And you say this to the man who came with the sole +aim of helping you? Of helping you not only in word but also in deed?" + +"You wish to help me? In what way?" + +"I will get you paper and pencil." + +The artist was silent. And his voice was soft and timid when he +asked, hesitatingly: + +"And--my drawings--will remain?" + +"Yes; they will remain." + +It is hard to describe the vehement delight into which the exalted +young man was thrown; naive and pure-hearted youth knows no bounds +either in grief or in joy. He pressed my hand warmly, shook me, +disturbing my old bones; he called me friend, father, even "dear old +phiz" (!) and a thousand other endearing and somewhat naive names. +To my regret our conversation lasted too long, and, notwithstanding +the entreaties of the young man, who would not part with me, I +hurried away to my cell. + +I did not go to the Warden of the prison, as I felt somewhat +agitated. At that remote time I paced my cell until late in the +night, striving to understand what means of escaping from our prison +that rather foolish young man could have discovered. Was it possible +to run away from our prison? No, I could not admit and I must not +admit it. And gradually conjuring up in my memory everything I knew +about our prison, I understood that K. must have hit upon an old +plan, which I had long discarded, and that he would convince himself +of its impracticability even as I convinced myself. It is impossible +to escape from our prison. + +But, tormented by doubts, I measured my lonely cell for a long time, +thinking of various plans that might relieve K.'s position and thus +divert him from the idea of making his escape. He must not run away +from our prison under any circumstances. Then I gave myself to +peaceful and sound sleep, with which benevolent nature has rewarded +those who have a clear conscience and a pure soul. + +By the way, lest I forget, I shall mention the fact that I destroyed +my "Diary of a Prisoner" that night. I had long wished to do it, but +the natural pity and faint-hearted love which we feel for our +blunders and our shortcomings restrained me; besides, there was +nothing in my "Diary" that could have compromised me in any way. And +if I have destroyed it now it is due solely to my desire to throw my +past into oblivion and to save my reader from the tediousness of long +complaints and moans, from the horror of sacrilegious cursings. May +it rest in peace! + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +Having conveyed to the Warden of our prison the contents of my +conversation with K., I asked him not to punish the young man for +spoiling the walls, which would thus betray me, and I, to save the +youth, suggested the following plan, which was accepted by the Warden +after a few purely formal objections. + +"It is important for him," I said, "that his drawings should be +preserved, but it is apparently immaterial to him in whose possession +these drawings are. Let him, then, avail himself of his art, paint +your portrait, Mr. Warden, and after that the portraits of the entire +staff of your officials. To say nothing of the honour you would show +him by this condescension--an honour which he will surely know how to +appreciate--the painting may be useful to you as a very original +ornament in your drawing room or study. Besides, nothing will +prevent us from destroying the drawings if we should not care for +them, for the naive and somewhat selfish young man apparently does +not even admit the thought that anybody's hand would destroy his +productions." + +Smiling, the Warden suggested, with a politeness that flattered me +extremely, that the series of portraits should commence with mine. I +quote word for word that which the Warden said to me: + +"Your face actually calls for reproduction on canvas. We shall hang +your portrait in the office." + +The zeal of creativeness--these are the only words I can apply to +the passionate, silent agitation in which K. reproduced my features. +Usually talkative, he now maintained silence for hours, leaving +unanswered my jests and remarks. + +"Be silent, old man, be silent--you are at your best when you are +silent," he repeated persistently, calling forth an involuntary smile +by his zeal as a professional. + +My portrait would remind you, my indulgent reader, of that +mysterious peculiarity of artists, according to which they very often +transmit their own feelings, even their external features, to the +subject upon which they are working. Thus, reproducing with +remarkable likeness, the lower part of my face, where kindness and +the expression of authoritativeness and calm dignity are so +harmoniously blended, K. undoubtedly introduced into my eyes his own +suffering and even his horror. Their fixed, immobile gaze; madness +glimmering somewhere in their depth; the painful eloquence of a deep +and infinitely lonely soul--all that was not mine. + +"Is this I?" I exclaimed, laughing, when from the canvas this +terrible face, full of wild contradictions, stared at me. "My +friend, I do not congratulate you on this portrait. I do not think +it is successful." + +"It is you, old man, you! It is well drawn. You criticise it +wrongly. Where will you hang it?" + +He grew talkative again like a magpie, that amiable young man, and +all because his wretched painting was to be preserved for some time. +O impetuous, O happy youth! Here I could not restrain myself from a +little jest for the purpose of teaching a lesson to the self-confident +youngster, so I asked him, with a smile: + +"Well, Mr. Artist, what do you think? Am I murderer or not?" + +The artist, closing one eye, examined me and the portrait +critically. Then whistling a polka, he answered recklessly: "The +devil knows you, old man!" + +I smiled. K. understood my jest at last, burst out laughing and +then said with sudden seriousness: + +"You are speaking of the human face but do you know that there is +nothing worse in the world than the human face? Even when it tells +the truth, when it shouts about the truth, it lies, it lies, old man, +for it speaks its own language. Do you know, old man, a terrible +incident happened to me? It was in one of the picture galleries in +Spain. I was examining a portrait of Christ, when suddenly--Christ, +you understand, Christ--great eyes, dark, terrible suffering, sorrow, +grief, love--well, in a word--Christ. Suddenly I was struck with +something; suddenly it seemed to me that it was the face of the +greatest wrongdoer, tormented by the greatest unheard-of woes of +repentance-- Old man, why do you look at me so! Old man!" + +Nearing my eyes to the very face of the artist, I asked him in a +cautious whisper, as the occasion required, dividing each word from +the other: + +"Don't you think that when the devil tempted Him in the desert He did +not renounce him, as He said later, but consented, sold Himself--that +He did not renounce the devil, but sold Himself. Do you understand? +Does not that passage in the Gospels seem doubtful to you?" + +Extreme fright was expressed on the face of my young friend. Forcing +the palms of his hands against my chest, as if to push me away, he +ejaculated in a voice so low that I could hardly hear his indistinct +words: + +"What? You say Jesus sold Himself? What for?" + +I explained softly: + +"That the people, my child, that the people should believe Him." + +"Well?" + +I smiled. K.'s eyes became round, as if a noose was strangling him. +Suddenly, with that lack of respect for old age which was one of his +characteristics, he threw me down on the bed with a sharp thrust and +jumped away into a corner. When I was slowly getting up from the +awkward position into which the unrestraint of that young man had +forced me--I fell backward, with my head between the pillow and the +back of the bed--he cried to me loudly: + +"Don't you dare! Don't you dare get up, you Devil." + +But I did not think of rising to my feet. I simply sat down on the +bed, and, thus seated, with an involuntary smile at the passionate +outburst of the youth, I shook my head good naturedly and laughed. + +"Oh, young man, young man! You yourself have drawn me into this +theological conversation." + +But he stared at me stubbornly, wide eyed, and kept repeating: + +"Sit there, sit there! I did not say this. No, no!" + +"You said it, you, young man--you. Do you remember Spain, the +picture gallery! You said it and now you deny it, mocking my clumsy +old age. Oh!" + +K. suddenly lowered his hands and admitted in a low voice: + +"Yes. I said it. But you, old man--" + +I do not remember what he said after that--it is so hard to recall all +the childish chatter of this kind, but unfortunately too light-minded +young man. I remember only that we parted as friends, and he pressed +my hand warmly, expressing to me his sincere gratitude, even calling me, +so far as I can remember, his "saviour." + +By the way, I succeeded in convincing the Warden that the portrait +of even such a man as I, after all a prisoner, was out of place in +such a solemn official room as the office of our prison. And now the +portrait hangs on the wall of my cell, pleasantly breaking the cold +monotony of the pure white walls. + +Leaving for a time our artist, who is now carried away by the +portrait of the Warden, I shall continue my story. + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +My spiritual clearness, as I had the pleasure of informing the reader +before, has built up for me a considerable circle of men and women +admirers. With self-evident emotion I shall tell of the pleasant +hours of our hearty conversations, which I modestly call "My talks." + +It is difficult for me to explain how I deserved it, but the majority +of those who come to me regard me with a feeling of the profoundest +respect, even adoration, and only a few come for the purpose of +arguing with me, but these arguments are usually of a moderate and +proper character. I usually seat myself in the middle of the room, +in a soft and deep armchair, which is furnished me for this occasion +by the Warden; my hearers surround me closely, and some of them, the +more enthusiastic youths and maidens, seat themselves at my feet. + +Having before me an audience more than half of which is composed of +women, and entirely disposed in my favour, I always appeal not so +much to the mind as to the sensitive and truthful heart. Fortunately +I possess a certain oratorical power, and the customary effects of +the oratorical art, to which all preachers, beginning in all +probability with Mohammed, have resorted, and which I can handle +rather cleverly, allow me to influence my hearers in the desired +direction. It is easily understood that to the dear ladies in my +audience I am not so much the sage, who has solved the mystery of the +iron grate, as a great martyr of a righteous cause, which they do not +quite understand. Shunning abstract discussions, they eagerly hang +on every word of compassion and kindness, and respond with the same. +Allowing them to love me and to believe in my immutable knowledge of +life, I afford them the happy opportunity to depart at least for a +time from the coldness of life, from its painful doubts and questions. + +I say openly without any false modesty, which I despise even as I +despise hypocrisy, there were lectures at which I myself being in a +state of exaltation, called forth in my audience, especially in my +nervous lady visitors, a mood of intense agitation, which turned into +hysterical laughter and tears. Of course I am not a prophet; I am +merely a modest thinker, but no one would succeed in convincing my +lady admirers that there is no prophetic meaning and significance in +my speeches. + +I remember one such lecture which took place two months ago. The +night before I could not sleep as soundly as I usually slept; perhaps +it was simply because of the full moon, which affects sleep, +disturbing and interrupting it. I vaguely remember the strange +sensation which I experienced when the pale crescent of the moon +appeared in my window and the iron squares cut it with ominous black +lines into small silver squares.... + +When I started for the lecture I felt exhausted and rather inclined +to silence than to conversation; the vision of the night before +disturbed me. But when I saw those dear faces, those eyes full of +hope and ardent entreaty for friendly advice; when I saw before me +that rich field, already ploughed, waiting only for the good seed to +be sown, my heart began to burn with delight, pity and love. +Avoiding the customary formalities which accompany the meetings of +people, declining the hands outstretched to greet me, I turned to the +audience, which was agitated at the very sight of me, and gave them +my blessing with a gesture to which I know how to lend a peculiar +majesty. + +"Come unto me," I exclaimed; "come unto me; you who have gone away +from that life. Here, in this quiet abode, under the sacred +protection of the iron grate, at my heart overflowing with love, you +will find rest and comfort. My beloved children, give me your sad +soul, exhausted from suffering, and I shall clothe it with light. I +shall carry it to those blissful lands where the sun of eternal truth +and love never sets." + +Many had begun to cry already, but, as it was too early for tears, I +interrupted them with a gesture of fatherly impatience, and continued: + +"You, dear girl, who came from the world which calls itself free-- +what gloomy shadows lie on your charming and beautiful face! And +you, my daring youth, why are you so pale? Why do I see, instead of +the ecstasy of victory, the fear of defeat in your lowered eyes? And +you, honest mother, tell me, what wind has made your eyes so red? +What furious rain has lashed your wizened face? What snow has +whitened your hair, for it used to be dark?" + +But the weeping and the sobs drowned the end of my speech, and +besides, I admit it without feeling ashamed of it, I myself brushed +away more than one treacherous tear from my eyes. Without allowing +the agitation to subside completely, I called in a voice of stern and +truthful reproach: + +"Do not weep because your soul is dark, stricken with misfortunes, +blinded by chaos, clipped of its wings by doubts; give it to me and I +shall direct it toward the light, toward order and reason. I know +the truth. I have conceived the world! I have discovered the great +principle of its purpose! I have solved the sacred formula of the +iron grate! I demand of you--swear to me by the cold iron of its +squares that henceforth you will confess to me without shame or fear +all your deeds, your errors and doubts, all the secret thoughts of +your soul and the dreams and desires of your body!" + +"We swear! We swear! We swear! Save us! Reveal to us the truth! +Take our sins upon yourself! Save us! Save us!" numerous +exclamations resounded. + +I must mention the sad incident which occurred during that same +lecture. At the moment when the excitement reached its height and +the hearts had already opened, ready to unburden themselves, a +certain youth, looking morose and embittered, exclaimed loudly, +evidently addressing himself to me: + +"Liar! Do not listen to him. He is lying!" + +The indulgent reader will easily believe that it was only by a great +effort that I succeeded in saving the incautious youth from the fury +of the audience. Offended in that which is most precious to a human +being, his faith in goodness and the divine purpose of life, my women +admirers rushed upon the foolish youth in a mob and would have beaten +him cruelly. Remembering, however, that there was more joy to the +pastor in one sinner who repents than in ten righteous men, I took +the young man aside where no one could hear us, and entered into a +brief conversation with him. + +"Did you call me a liar, my child?" + +Moved by my kindness, the poor young man became confused and +answered hesitatingly: + +"Pardon me for my harshness, but it seems to me that you are not +telling the truth." + +"I understand you, my friend. You must have been agitated by the +intense ecstasy of the women, and you, as a sensible man, not +inclined to mysticism, suspected me of fraud, of a hideous fraud. +No, no, don't excuse yourself. I understand you. But I wish you +would understand me. Out of the mire of superstitions, out of the +deep gulf of prejudices and unfounded beliefs, I want to lead their +strayed thoughts and place them upon the solid foundation of strictly +logical reasoning. The iron grate, which I mentioned, is not a +mystical sign; it is only a formula, a simple, sober, honest, +mathematical formula. To you, as a sensible man, I will willingly +explain this formula. The grate is the scheme in which are placed +all the laws guiding the universe, which do away with chaos, +substituting in its place strict, iron, inviolable order, forgotten +by mankind. As a brightminded man you will easily understand--" + +"Pardon me. I did not understand you, and if you will permit me I-- +But why do you make them swear?" + +"My friend, the soul of man, believing itself free and constantly +suffering from this spurious freedom, is demanding fetters for itself +--to some these fetters are an oath, to others a vow, to still others +simply a word of honour. You will give me your word of honour, will +you not?" + +"I will." + +"And by this you are simply striving to enter the harmony of the +world, where everything is subjected to a law. Is not the falling of +a stone the fulfilment of a vow, of the vow called the law of +gravitation?" + +I shall not go into detail about this conversation and the others +that followed. The obstinate and unrestrained youth, who had +insulted me by calling me liar, became one of my warmest adherents. + +I must return to the others. During the time that I talked with the +young man, the desire for penitence among my charming proselytes +reached its height. Not patient enough to wait for me, they +commenced in a state of intense ecstasy to confess to one another, +giving to the room an appearance of a garden where dozens of birds of +paradise were twittering at the same time. When I returned, each of +them separately unfolded her agitated soul to me.... + +I saw how, from day to day, from hour to hour, terrible chaos was +struggling in their souls with an eager inclination for harmony and +order; how in the bloody struggle between eternal falsehood and +immortal truth, falsehood, through inconceivable ways, passed into +truth, and truth became falsehood. I found in the human soul all the +forces in the world, and none of them was dormant, and in the mad +whirlpool each soul became like a fountain, whose source is the abyss +of the sea and whose summit the sky. And every human being, as I +have learned and seen, is like the rich and powerful master who gave +a masquerade ball at his castle and illuminated it with many lights; +and strange masks came from everywhere and the master greeted them, +bowing courteously, and vainly asking them who they were; and new, +ever stranger, ever more terrible, masks were arriving, and the +master bowed to them ever more courteously, staggering from fatigue +and fear. And they were laughing and whispering strange words about +the eternal chaos, whence they came, obeying the call of the master. +And lights were burning in the castle--and in the distance lighted +windows were visible, reminding him of the festival, and the +exhausted master kept bowing ever lower, ever more courteously, ever +more cheerfully. My indulgent reader will easily understand that in +addition to a certain sense of fear which I experienced, the greatest +delight and even joyous emotion soon came upon me--for I saw that +eternal chaos was defeated and the triumphant hymn of bright harmony +was rising to the skies.... + +Not without a sense of pride I shall mention the modest offerings by +which my kind admirers were striving to express to me their feelings +of love and adoration. I am not afraid of calling out a smile on the +lips of my readers, for I feel how comical it is--I will say that +among the offerings brought me at first were fruit, cakes, all kinds +of sweet-meats. But I am afraid, however, that no one will believe +me when I say that I have actually declined these offerings, +preferring the observance of the prison regime in all its rigidness. + +At the last lecture, a kind and honourable lady brought me a +basketful of live flowers. To my regret, I was compelled to decline +this present, too. + +"Forgive me, madam, but flowers do not enter into the system of our +prison. I appreciate very much your magnanimous attention--I kiss +your hands, madam--" I said, "but I am compelled to decline the +flowers. Travelling along the thorny road to self-renunciation, I +must not caress my eyes with the ephemeral and illusionary beauty of +these charming lilies and roses. All flowers perish in our prison, +madam." + +Yesterday another lady brought me a very valuable crucifix of ivory, +a family heirloom, she said. Not afflicted with the sin of +hypocrisy, I told my generous lady frankly that I do not believe in +miracles. + +"But at the same time," I said, "I regard with the profoundest +respect Him who is justly called the Saviour of the world, and I +honour greatly His services to mankind. + +"If I should tell you, madam, that the Gospel has long been my +favourite book, that there is not a day in my life that I do not open +this great Book, drawing from it strength and courage to be able to +continue my hard course--you will understand that your liberal gift +could not have fallen into better hands. Henceforth, thanks to you, +the sad solitude of my cell will vanish; I am not alone. I bless +you, my daughter." + +I cannot forego mentioning the strange thoughts brought out by the +crucifix as it hung there beside my portrait. It was twilight; +outside the wall the bell was tolling heavily in the invisible +church, calling the believers together; in the distance, over the +deserted field, overgrown with high grass, an unknown wanderer was +plodding along, passing into the unknown distance, like a little +black dot. It was as quiet in our prison as in a sepulchre. I +looked long and attentively at the features of Jesus, which were so +calm, so joyous compared with him who looked silently and dully from +the wall beside Him. And with my habit, formed during the long years +of solitude, of addressing inanimate things aloud, I said to the +motionless crucifix: + +"Good evening, Jesus. I am glad to welcome You in our prison. +There are three of us here: You, I, and the one who is looking from +the wall, and I hope that we three will manage to live in peace and +in harmony. He is looking silently, and You are silent, and Your +eyes are closed--I shall speak for the three of us, a sure sign that +our peace will never be broken." + +They were silent, and, continuing, I addressed my speech to the +portrait: + +"Where are you looking so intently and so strangely, my unknown +friend and roommate? In your eyes I see mystery and reproach. Is it +possible that you dare reproach Him? Answer!" + +And, pretending that the portrait answered, I continued in a +different voice with an expression of extreme sternness and boundless +grief: + +"Yes, I do reproach Him. Jesus, Jesus! Why is Your face so pure, +so blissful? You have passed only over the brink of human +sufferings, as over the brink of an abyss, and only the foam of the +bloody and miry waves have touched You. Do You command me, a human +being, to sink into the dark depth? Great is Your Golgotha, Jesus, +but too reverent and joyous, and one small but interesting stroke is +missing--the horror of aimlessness!" + +Here I interrupted the speech of the Portrait, with an expression of +anger. + +"How dare you," I exclaimed; "how dare you speak of aimlessness in +our prison?" + +They were silent; and suddenly Jesus, without opening His eyes--He +even seemed to close them more tightly--answered: + +"Who knows the mysteries of the heart of Jesus?" + +I burst into laughter, and my esteemed reader will easily understand +this laughter. It turned out that I, a cool and sober mathematician, +possessed a poetic talent and could compose very interesting comedies. + +I do not know how all this would have ended, for I had already +prepared a thundering answer for my roommate when the appearance of +the keeper, who brought me food, suddenly interrupted me. But +apparently my face bore traces of excitement, for the man asked me +with stern sympathy: + +"Were you praying?" + +I do not remember what I answered. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +Last Sunday a great misfortune occurred in our prison: The artist +K., whom the reader knows already, ended his life in suicide by +flinging himself from the table with his head against the stone +floor. The fall and the force of the blow had been so skilfully +calculated by the unfortunate young man that his skull was split in +two. The grief of the Warden was indescribable. Having called me to +the office, the Warden, without shaking hands with me, reproached me +in angry and harsh terms for having deceived him, and he regained his +calm, only after my hearty apologies and promises that such accidents +would not happen again. I promised to prepare a project for watching +the criminals which would render suicide impossible. The esteemed +wife of the Warden, whose portrait remained unfinished, was also +grieved by the death of the artist. + +Of course, I had not expected this outcome, either, although a few +days before committing suicide, K. had provoked in me a feeling of +uneasiness. Upon entering his cell one morning, and greeting him, I +noticed with amazement that he was sitting before his slate once more +drawing human figures. + +"What does this mean, my friend?" I inquired cautiously. "And how +about the portrait of the second assistant?" + +"The devil take it!" + +"But you--" + +"The devil take it!" + +After a pause I remarked distractedly: + +"Your portrait of the Warden is meeting with great success. +Although some of the people who have seen it say that the right +moustache is somewhat shorter than the left--" + +"Shorter?" + +"Yes, shorter. But in general they find that you caught the +likeness very successfully." + +K. had put aside his slate pencil and, perfectly calm, said: + +"Tell your Warden that I am not going to paint that prison riffraff +any more." + +After these words there was nothing left for me to do but leave him, +which I decided to do. But the artist, who could not get along +without giving vent to his effusions, seized me by the hand and said +with his usual enthusiasm: + +"Just think of it, old man, what a horror! Every day a new +repulsive face appears before me. They sit and stare at me with +their froglike eyes. What am I to do? At first I laughed--I even +liked it--but when the froglike eyes stared at me every day I was +seized with horror. I was afraid they might start to quack--qua-qua!" + +Indeed there was a certain fear, even madness, in the eyes of the +artist--the madness which shortly led him to his untimely grave. + +"Old man, it is necessary to have something beautiful. Do you +understand me?" + +"And the wife of the Warden? Is she not--" + +I shall pass in silence the unbecoming expressions with which he +spoke of the lady in his excitement. I must, however, admit that to +a certain extent the artist was right in his complaints. I had been +present several times at the sittings, and noticed that all who had +posed for the artist behaved rather unnaturally. Sincere and naive, +conscious of the importance of their position, convinced that the +features of their faces perpetuated upon the canvas would go down to +posterity, they exaggerated somewhat the qualities which are so +characteristic of their high and responsible office in our prison. A +certain bombast of pose, an exaggerated expression of stern +authority, an obvious consciousness of their own importance, and a +noticeable contempt for those on whom their eyes were directed--all +this disfigured their kind and affable faces. But I cannot +understand what horrible features the artist found where there should +have been a smile. I was even indignant at the superficial attitude +with which an artist, who considered himself talented and sensible, +passed the people without noticing that a divine spark was glimmering +in each one of them. In the quest after some fantastic beauty he +light-mindedly passed by the true beauties with which the human soul +is filled. I cannot help feeling sorry for those unfortunate people +who, like K., because of a peculiar construction of their brains, +always turn their eyes toward the dark side, whereas there is so much +joy and light in our prison! + +When I said this to K. I heard, to my regret, the same stereotyped +and indecent answer: + +"The devil take it!" + +All I could do was to shrug my shoulders. Suddenly changing his +tone and bearing, the artist turned to me seriously with a question +which, in my opinion, was also indecent: + +"Why do you lie, old man?" + +I was astonished, of course. + +"I lie?" + +"Well, let it be the truth, if you like, but why? I am looking and +thinking. Why did you say that? Why?" + +My indulgent reader, who knows well what the truth has cost me, will +readily understand my profound indignation. I deliberately mention +this audacious and other calumnious phrases to show in what an +atmosphere of malice, distrust, and disrespect I have to plod along +the hard road of suffering. He insisted rudely: + +"I have had enough of your smiles. Tell me plainly, why do you +speak so?" + +Then, I admit, I flared up: + +"You want to know why I speak the truth? Because I hate falsehood +and I commit it to eternal anathema! Because fate has made me a +victim of injustice, and as a victim, like Him who took upon Himself +the great sin of the world and its great sufferings, I wish to point +out the way to mankind. Wretched egoist, you know only yourself and +your miserable art, while I love mankind." + +My anger grew. I felt the veins on my forehead swelling. + +"Fool, miserable dauber, unfortunate schoolboy, in love with +colours! Human beings pass before you, and you see only their +froglike eyes. How did your tongue turn to say such a thing ? Oh, +if you only looked even once into the human soul! What treasures of +tenderness, love, humble faith, holy humility, you would have +discovered there! And to you, bold man, it would have seemed as if +you entered a temple--a bright, illuminated temple. But it is said +of people like you--'do not cast your pearls before swine.'" + +The artist was silent, crushed by my angry and unrestrained speech. +Finally he sighed and said: + +"Forgive me, old man; I am talking nonsense, of course, but I am so +unfortunate and so lonely. Of course, my dear old man, it is all +true about the divine spark and about beauty, but a polished boot is +also beautiful. I cannot, I cannot! Just think of it! How can a +man have such moustaches as he has ? And yet he is complaining that +the left moustache is shorter!" + +He laughed like a child, and, heaving a sigh, added: + +"I'll make another attempt. I will paint the lady. There is really +something good in her. Although she is after all--a cow." + +He laughed again, and, fearing to brush away with his sleeve the +drawing on the slate, he cautiously placed it in the corner. + +Here I did that which my duty compelled me to do. Seizing the +slate, I smashed it to pieces with a powerful blow. I thought that +the artist would rush upon me furiously, but he did not. To his weak +mind my act seemed so blasphemous, so supernaturally horrible, that +his deathlike lips could not utter a word. + +"What have you done?" he asked at last in a low voice. "You have +broken it?" + +And raising my hand I replied solemnly: + +"Foolish youth, I have done that which I would have done to my heart +if it wanted to jest and mock me! Unfortunate youth, can you not see +that your art has long been mocking you, that from that slate of +yours the devil himself was making hideous faces at you?" + +"Yes. The devil!" + +"Being far from your wonderful art, I did not understand you at +first, nor your longing, your horror of aimlessness. But when I +entered your cell to-day and noticed you at your ruinous occupation, +I said to myself: It is better that he should not create at all than +to create in this manner. Listen to me." + +I then revealed for the first time to this youth the sacred formula +of the iron grate, which, dividing the infinite into squares, thereby +subjects it to itself. K. listened to my words with emotion, looking +with the horror of an ignorant man at the figures which must have +seemed to him to be cabalistic, but which were nothing else than the +ordinary figures used in mathematics. + +"I am your slave, old man," he said at last, kissing my hand with +his cold lips. + +"No, you will be my favourite pupil, my son. I bless you." + +And it seemed to me that the artist was saved. True, he regarded me +with great joy, which could easily be explained by the extreme +respect with which I inspired him, and he painted the portrait of the +Warden's wife with such zeal and enthusiasm that the esteemed lady +was sincerely moved. And, strange to say, the artist succeeded in +making so strangely beautiful the features of this woman, who was +stout and no longer young, that the Warden, long accustomed to the +face of his wife, was greatly delighted by its new expression. Thus +everything went on smoothly, when suddenly this catastrophe occurred, +the entire horror of which I alone knew. + +Not desiring to call forth any unnecessary disputes, I concealed +from the Warden the fact that on the eve of his death the artist had +thrown a letter into my cell, which I noticed only in the morning. I +did not preserve the note, nor do I remember all that the unfortunate +youth told me in his farewell message; I think it was a letter of +thanks for my effort to save him. He wrote that he regretted +sincerely that his failing strength did not permit him to avail +himself of my instructions. But one phrase impressed itself deeply +in my memory, and you will understand the reason for it when I repeat +it in all its terrifying simplicity. + +"I am going away from your prison," thus read the phrase. + +And he really did go away. Here are the walls, here is the little window +in the door, here is our prison, but he is not there; he has gone away. +Consequently I, too, could go away. Instead of having wasted dozens of +years on a titanic struggle, instead of being tormented by the throes of +despair, instead of growing enfeebled by horror in the face of unsolved +mysteries, of striving to subject the world to my mind and my will, I +could have climbed the table and--one instant of pain--I would be free; +I would be triumphant over the lock and the walls, over truth and +falsehood, over joys and sufferings. I will not say that I had not +thought of suicide before as a means of escaping from our prison, but +now for the first time it appeared before me in all its attractiveness. +In a fit of base faint-heartedness, which I shall not conceal from my +reader, even as I do not conceal from him my good qualities; perhaps +even in a fit of temporary insanity I momentarily forgot all I knew +about our prison and its great purpose. I forgot--I am ashamed to say-- +even the great formula of the iron grate, which I conceived and mastered +with such difficulty, and I prepared a noose made of my towel for the +purpose of strangling myself. But at the last moment, when all was ready, +and it was but necessary to push away the taburet, I asked myself, with +my habit of reasoning which did not forsake me even at that time: But +where am I going? The answer was: I am going to death. But what is +death? And the answer was: I do not know. + +These brief reflections were enough for me to come to myself, and +with a bitter laugh at my cowardice I removed the fatal noose from my +neck. Just as I had been ready to sob for grief a minute before, so +now I laughed--I laughed like a madman, realising that another trap, +placed before me by derisive fate, had so brilliantly been evaded by +me. Oh, how many traps there are in the life of man! Like a cunning +fisherman, fate catches him now with the alluring bait of some truth, +now with the hairy little worm of dark falsehood, now with the +phantom of life, now with the phantom of death. + +My dear young man, my fascinating fool, my charming silly fellow--who +told you that our prison ends here, that from one prison you did not +fall into another prison, from which it will hardly be possible for +you to run away? You were too hasty, my friend, you forgot to ask me +something else--I would have told it to you. I would have told you +that omnipotent law reigns over that which you call non-existence and +death just as it reigns over that which you call life and existence. +Only the fools, dying, believe that they have made an end of themselves +--they have ended but one form of themselves, in order to assume another +form immediately. + +Thus I reflected, laughing at the foolish suicide, the ridiculous +destroyer of the fetters of eternity. And this is what I said +addressing myself to my two silent roommates hanging motionlessly on +the white wall of my cell: + +"I believe and confess that our prison is immortal. What do you say +to this, my friends?" + +But they were silent. And having burst into good-natured laughter-- +What quiet roommates I have! I undressed slowly and gave myself to +peaceful sleep. In my dream I saw another majestic prison, and +wonderful jailers with white wings on their backs, and the Chief +Warden of the prison himself. I do not remember whether there were +any little windows in the doors or not, but I think there were. I +recall that something like an angel's eye was fixed upon me with +tender attention and love. My indulgent reader will, of course, +guess that I am jesting. I did not dream at all. I am not in the +habit of dreaming. + +Without hoping that the Warden, occupied with pressing official +affairs, would understand me thoroughly and appreciate my idea +concerning the impossibility of escaping from our prison, I confined +myself, in my report, to an indication of several ways in which +suicides could be averted. With magnanimous shortsightedness +peculiar to busy and trusting people, the Warden failed to notice the +weak points of my project and clasped my hand warmly, expressing to +me his gratitude in the name of our entire prison. + +On that day I had the honour, for the first time, to drink a glass +of tea at the home of the Warden, in the presence of his kind wife +and charming children, who called me "Grandpa." Tears of emotion +which gathered in my eyes could but faintly express the feelings that +came over me. + +At the request of the Warden's wife, who took a deep interest in me, +I related in detail the story of the tragic murders which led me so +unexpectedly and so terribly to the prison. I could not find +expressions strong enough--there are no expressions strong enough in +the human language--to brand adequately the unknown criminal, who not +only murdered three helpless people, but who mocked them brutally in +a fit of blind and savage rage. + +As the investigation and the autopsy showed, the murderer dealt the +last blows after the people had been dead. It is very possible, +however--even murderers should be given their due--that the man, +intoxicated by the sight of blood, ceased to be a human being and +became a beast, the son of chaos, the child of dark and terrible +desires. It was characteristic that the murderer, after having +committed the crime, drank wine and ate biscuits--some of these were +left on the table together with the marks of his blood-stained +fingers. But there was something so horrible that my mind could +neither understand nor explain: the murderer, after lighting a cigar +himself, apparently moved by a feeling of strange kindness, put a +lighted cigar between the closed teeth of my father. + +I had not recalled these details in many years. They had almost +been erased by the hand of time, and now while relating them to my +shocked listeners, who would not believe that such horrors were +possible, I felt my face turning pale and my hair quivering on my +head. In an outburst of grief and anger I rose from my armchair, and +straightening myself to my full height, I exclaimed: + +"Justice on earth is often powerless, but I implore heavenly +justice, I implore the justice of life which never forgives, I +implore all the higher laws under whose authority man lives. May the +guilty one not escape his deserved punishment! His punishment!" + +Moved by my sobs, my listeners there and then expressed their zeal +and readiness to work for my liberation, and thus at least partly +redeem the injustice heaped upon me. I apologised and returned to my +cell. + +Evidently my old organism cannot bear such agitation any longer; +besides, it is hard even for a strong man to picture in his +imagination certain images without risking the loss of his reason. +Only in this way can I explain the strange hallucination which +appeared before my fatigued eyes in the solitude of my cell. As +though benumbed I gazed aimlessly at the tightly closed door, when +suddenly it seemed to me that some one was standing behind me. I had +felt this deceptive sensation before, so I did not turn around for +some time. But when I turned around at last I saw--in the distance, +between the crucifix and my portrait, about a quarter of a yard above +the floor--the body of my father, as though hanging in the air. It +is hard for me to give the details, for twilight had long set in, but +I can say with certainty that it was the image of a corpse, and not +of a living being, although a cigar was smoking in its mouth. To be +more exact, there was no smoke from the cigar, but a faintly reddish +light was seen. It is characteristic that I did not sense the odour +of tobacco either at that time or later--I had long given up smoking. +Here--I must confess my weakness, but the illusion was striking--I +commenced to speak to the hallucination. Advancing as closely as +possible--the body did not retreat as I approached, but remained +perfectly motionless--I said to the ghost: + +"I thank you, father. You know how your son is suffering, and you +have come--you have come to testify to my innocence. I thank you, +father. Give me your hand, and with a firm filial hand-clasp I will +respond to your unexpected visit. Don't you want to? Let me have +your hand. Give me your hand, or I will call you a liar!" + +I stretched out my hand, but of course the hallucination did not +deem it worth while to respond, and I was forever deprived of the +opportunity of feeling the touch of a ghost. The cry which I uttered +and which so upset my friend, the jailer, creating some confusion in +the prison, was called forth by the sudden disappearance of the +phantom--it was so sudden that the space in the place where the +corpse had been seemed to me more terrible than the corpse itself. + +Such is the power of human imagination when, excited, it creates +phantoms and visions, peopling the bottomless and ever silent +emptiness with them. It is sad to admit that there are people, +however, who believe in ghosts and build upon this belief nonsensical +theories about certain relations between the world of the living and +the enigmatic land inhabited by the dead. I understand that the +human ear and eye can be deceived--but how can the great and lucid +human mind fall into such coarse and ridiculous deception? + +I asked the jailer: + +"I feel a strange sensation, as though there were the odour of cigar +smoke in my cell. Don't you smell it?" + +The jailer sniffed the air conscientiously and replied: + +"No I don't. You only imagined it." + +If you need any confirmation, here is a splendid proof that all I +had seen, if it existed at all, existed only in the net of my eye. + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +Something altogether unexpected has happened; the efforts of my +friends, the Warden and his wife, were crowned with success, and for +two months I have been free, out of prison. + +I am happy to inform you that immediately upon my leaving the prison +I occupied a very honourable position, to which I could hardly have +aspired, conscious of my humble qualities. The entire press met me +with unanimous enthusiasm. Numerous journalists, photographers, even +caricaturists (the people of our time are so fond of laughter and +clever witticisms), in hundreds of articles and drawings reproduced +the story of my remarkable life. With striking unanimity the +newspapers assigned to me the name of "Master," a highly flattering +name, which I accepted, after some hesitation, with deep gratitude. +I do not know whether it is worth mentioning the few hostile notices +called forth by irritation and envy--a vice which so frequently +stains the human soul. In one of these notices, which appeared, by +the way, in a very filthy little newspaper, a certain scamp, guided +by wretched gossip and baseless rumours about my chats in our prison, +called me a "zealot and liar." Enraged by the insolence of the +miserable scribbler, my friends wanted to prosecute him, but I +persuaded them not to do it. Vice is its own proper punishment. + +The fortune which my kind mother had left me and which had grown +considerably during the time I was in prison has enabled me to settle +down to a life of luxury in one of the most aristocratic hotels. I +have a large retinue of servants at my command and an automobile--a +splendid invention with which I now became acquainted for the first +time--and I have skilfully arranged my financial affairs. Live +flowers brought to me in abundance by my charming lady visitors give +to my nook the appearance of a flower garden or even a bit of a +tropical forest. My servant, a very decent young man, is in a state +of despair. He says that he had never seen such a variety of flowers +and had never smelled such a variety of odours at the same time. If +not for my advanced age and the strict and serious propriety with +which I treat my visitors, I do not know how far they would have gone +in the expression of their feelings. How many perfumed notes! How +many languid sighs and humbly imploring eyes! There was even a +fascinating stranger with a black veil--three times she appeared +mysteriously, and when she learned that I had visitors she +disappeared just as mysteriously. + +I will add that at the present time I have had the honour of being +elected an honourary member of numerous humanitarian organisations +such as "The League of Peace," "The League for Combating Juvenile +Criminality," "The Society of the Friends of Man," and others. +Besides, at the request of the editor of one of the most widely read +newspapers, I am to begin next month a series of public lectures, for +which purpose I am going on a tour together with my kind impresario. + +I have already prepared my material for the first three lectures +and, in the hope that my reader may be interested, I shall give the +synopsis of these lectures. + + +FIRST LECTURE + +Chaos or order? The eternal struggle between chaos and order. The +eternal revolt and the defeat of chaos, the rebel. The triumph of +law and order. + +SECOND LECTURE + +What is the soul of man? The eternal conflict in the soul of man +between chaos, whence it came, and harmony, whither it strives +irresistibly. Falsehood, as the offspring of chaos, and Truth, as +the child of harmony. The triumph of truth and the downfall of +falsehood. + +THIRD LECTURE + +THE EXPLANATION OF THE SACRED FORMULA OF THE IRON GRATE + + +As my indulgent reader will see, justice is after all not an empty +sound, and I am getting a great reward for my sufferings. But not +daring to reproach fate which was so merciful to me, I nevertheless +do not feel that sense of contentment which, it would seem, I ought +to feel. True, at first I was positively happy, but soon my habit +for strictly logical reasoning, the clearness and honesty of my +views, gained by contemplating the world through a mathematically +correct grate, have led me to a series of disillusions. + +I am afraid to say it now with full certainty, but it seems to me that +all their life of this so-called freedom is a continuous self-deception +and falsehood. The life of each of these people, whom I have seen +during these days, is moving in a strictly defined circle, which is +just as solid as the corridors of our prison, just as closed as the +dial of the watches which they, in the innocence of their mind, lift +every minute to their eyes, not understanding the fatal meaning of the +eternally moving hand, which is eternally returning to its place, and +each of them feels this, even as the circus horse probably feels it, +but in a state of strange blindness each one assures us that he is +perfectly free and moving forward. Like the stupid bird which is +beating itself to exhaustion against the transparent glass obstacle, +without understanding what it is that obstructs its way, these people +are helplessly beating against the walls of their glass prison. + +I was greatly mistaken, it seems, also in the significance of the +greetings which fell to my lot when I left the prison. Of course I +was convinced that in me they greeted the representative of our +prison, a leader hardened by experience, a master, who came to them +only for the purpose of revealing to them the great mystery of +purpose. And when they congratulated me upon the freedom granted to +me I responded with thanks, not suspecting what an idiotic meaning +they placed on the word. May I be forgiven this coarse expression, +but I am powerless now to restrain my aversion for their stupid life, +for their thoughts, for their feelings. + +Foolish hypocrites, fearing to tell the truth even when it adorns +them! My hardened truthfulness was cruelly taxed in the midst of +these false and trivial people. Not a single person believed that I +was never so happy as in prison. Why, then, are they so surprised at +me, and why do they print my portraits? Are there so few idiots that +are unhappy in prison? And the most remarkable thing, which only my +indulgent reader will be able to appreciate, is this: Often +distrusting me completely, they nevertheless sincerely go into +raptures over me, bowing before me, clasping my hands and mumbling at +every step, "Master! Master!" + +If they only profited by their constant lying--but, no; they are +perfectly disinterested, and they lie as though by some one's higher +order; they lie in the fanatical conviction that falsehood is in no +way different from the truth. Wretched actors, even incapable of a +decent makeup, they writhe from morning till night on the boards of +the stage, and, dying the most real death, suffering the most real +sufferings, they bring into their deathly convulsions the cheap art +of the harlequin. Even their crooks are not real; they only play the +roles of crooks, while remaining honest people; and the role of +honest people is played by rogues, and played poorly, and the public +sees it, but in the name of the same fatal falsehood it gives them +wreaths and bouquets. And if there is really a talented actor who +can wipe away the boundary between truth and deception, so that even +they begin to believe, they go into raptures, call him great, start a +subscription for a monument, but do not give any money. Desperate +cowards, they fear themselves most of all, and admiring delightedly +the reflection of their spuriously made-up faces in the mirror, they +howl with fear and rage when some one incautiously holds up the +mirror to their soul. + +My indulgent reader should accept all this relatively, not +forgetting that certain grumblings are natural in old age. Of +course, I have met quite a number of most worthy people, absolutely +truthful, sincere, and courageous; I am proud to admit that I found +among them also a proper estimate of my personality. With the +support of these friends of mine I hope to complete successfully my +struggle for truth and justice. I am sufficiently strong for my +sixty years, and, it seems, there is no power that could break my +iron will. + +At times I am seized with fatigue owing to their absurd mode of +life. I have not the proper rest even at night. + +The consciousness that while going to bed I may absent-mindedly have +forgotten to lock my bedroom door compels me to jump from my bed +dozens of times and to feel the lock with a quiver of horror. + +Not long ago it happened that I locked my door and hid the key under +my pillow, perfectly confident that my room was locked, when suddenly +I heard a knock, then the door opened, and my servant entered with a +smile on his face. You, dear reader, will easily understand the +horror I experienced at this unexpected visit--it seemed to me that +some one had entered my soul. And though I have absolutely nothing +to conceal, this breaking into my room seems to me indecent, to say +the least. + +I caught a cold a few days ago--there is a terrible draught in their +windows--and I asked my servant to watch me at night. In the morning +I asked him, in jest: + +"Well, did I talk much in my sleep?" + +"No, you didn't talk at all." + +"I had a terrible dream, and I remember I even cried." + +"No, you smiled all the time, and I thought--what fine dreams our +Master must see!" + +The dear youth must have been sincerely devoted to me, and I am +deeply moved by such devotion during these painful days. + +To-morrow I shall sit down to prepare my lectures. It is high time! + + + +CHAPTER X + + +My God! What has happened to me? I do not know how I shall tell my +reader about it. I was on the brink of the abyss, I almost perished. +What cruel temptations fate is sending me! Fools, we smile, without +suspecting anything, when some murderous hand is already lifted to +attack us; we smile, and the very next instant we open our eyes wide +with horror. I--I cried. I cried. Another moment and deceived, I +would have hurled myself down, thinking that I was flying toward the +sky. + +It turned out that "the charming stranger" who wore a dark veil, and +who came to me so mysteriously three times, was no one else than Mme. +N., my former fiancee, my love, my dream and my suffering. + +But order! order! May my indulgent reader forgive the involuntary +incoherence of the preceding lines, but I am sixty years old, and my +strength is beginning to fail me, and I am alone. My unknown reader, +be my friend at this moment, for I am not of iron, and my strength is +beginning to fail me. Listen, my friend; I shall endeavour to tell +you exactly and in detail, as objectively as my cold and clear mind +will be able to do it, all that has happened. You must understand +that which my tongue may omit. + +I was sitting, engaged upon the preparation of my lecture, seriously +carried away by the absorbing work, when my servant announced that +the strange lady in the black veil was there again, and that she +wished to see me. I confess I was irritated, that I was ready to +decline to see her, but my curiosity, coupled with my desire not to +offend her, led me to receive the unexpected guest. Assuming the +expression of majestic nobleness with which I usually greet my +visitors, and softening that expression somewhat by a smile in view +of the romantic character of the affair, I ordered my servant to open +the door. + +"Please be seated, my dear guest," I said politely to the stranger, +who stood as dazed before me, still keeping the veil on her face. + +She sat down. + +"Although I respect all secrecy," I continued jestingly, "I would +nevertheless ask you to remove this gloomy cover which disfigures +you. Does the human face need a mask?" + +The strange visitor declined, in a state of agitation. + +"Very well, I'll take it off, but not now--later. First I want to +see you well." + +The pleasant voice of the stranger did not call forth any +recollections in me. Deeply interested and even flattered, I +submitted to my strange visitor all the treasures of my mind, +experience and talent. With enthusiasm I related to her the edifying +story of my life, constantly illuminating every detail with a ray of +the Great Purpose. (In this I availed myself partly of the material +on which I had just been working, preparing my lectures.) The +passionate attention with which the strange lady listened to my +words, the frequent, deep sighs, the nervous quiver of her thin +fingers in her black gloves, her agitated exclamations--inspired me. + +Carried away by my own narrative, I confess, I did not pay proper +attention to the queer behaviour of my strange visitor. Having lost +all restraint, she now clasped my hands, now pushed them away, she +cried and availing herself of each pause in my speech, she implored: + +"Don't, don't, don't! Stop speaking! I can't listen to it!" + +And at the moment when I least expected it she tore the veil from +her face, and before my eyes--before my eyes appeared her face, the +face of my love, of my dream, of my boundless and bitter sorrow. +Perhaps because I lived all my life dreaming of her alone, with her +alone I was young, with her I had developed and grown old, with her I +was advancing to the grave--her face seemed to me neither old nor +faded--it was exactly as I had pictured it in my dreams--it seemed +endlessly dear to me. + +What has happened to me? For the first time in tens of years I forgot +that I had a face--for the first time in tens of years I looked helplessly, +like a youngster, like a criminal caught red-handed, waiting for some +deadly blow. + +"You see! You see! It is I. It is I! My God, why are you silent? +Don't you recognise me?" + +Did I recognise her? It were better not to have known that face at +all! It were better for me to have grown blind rather than to see +her again! + +"Why are you silent ? How terrible you are! You have forgotten me!" + +"Madam--" + +Of course, I should have continued in this manner; I saw how she +staggered. I saw how with trembling fingers, almost falling, she was +looking for her veil; I saw that another word of courageous truth, +and the terrible vision would vanish never to appear again. But some +stranger within me--not I--not I--uttered the following absurd, +ridiculous phrase, in which, despite its chilliness, rang so much +jealousy and hopeless sorrow: + +"Madam, you have deceived me. I don't know you. Perhaps you +entered the wrong door. I suppose your husband and your children are +waiting for you. Please, my servant will take you down to the +carriage." + +Could I think that these words, uttered in the same stern and cold +voice, would have such a strange effect upon the woman's heart? With +a cry, all the bitter passion of which I could not describe, she +threw herself before me on her knees, exclaiming: + +"So you do love me!" + +Forgetting that our life had already been lived, that we were old, +that all had been ruined and scattered like dust by Time, and that it +can never return again; forgetting that I was grey, that my shoulders +were bent, that the voice of passion sounds strangely when it comes +from old lips--I burst into impetuous reproaches and complaints. + +"Yes, I did deceive you!" her deathly pale lips uttered. "I knew +that you were innocent--" + +"Be silent. Be silent." + +"Everybody laughed at me--even your friends, your mother whom I +despised for it--all betrayed you. Only I kept repeating: 'He is +innocent!'" + +Oh, if this woman knew what she was doing to me with her words! If +the trumpet of the angel, announcing the day of judgment, had +resounded at my very ear, I would not have been so frightened as now. +What is the blaring of a trumpet calling to battle and struggle to +the ear of the brave? It was as if an abyss had opened at my feet. +It was as if an abyss had opened before me, and as though blinded by +lightning, as though dazed by a blow, I shouted in an outburst of +wild and strange ecstasy: + +"Be silent! I--" + +If that woman were sent by God, she would have become silent. If +she were sent by the devil, she would have become silent even then. +But there was neither God nor devil in her, and interrupting me, not +permitting me to finish the phrase, she went on: + +"No, I will not be silent. I must tell you all. I have waited for +you so many years. Listen, listen!" + +But suddenly she saw my face and she retreated, seized with horror. + +"What is it? What is the matter with you? Why do you laugh? I am +afraid of your laughter! Stop laughing! Don't! Don't!" + +But I was not laughing at all, I only smiled softly. And then I +said very seriously, without smiling: + +"I am smiling because I am glad to see you. Tell me about yourself." + +And, as in a dream, I saw her face and I heard her soft terrible +whisper: + +"You know that I love you. You know that all my life I loved you +alone. I lived with another and was faithful to him. I have +children, but you know they are all strangers to me--he and the +children and I myself. Yes, I deceived you, I am a criminal, but I +do not know how it happened. He was so kind to me, he made me +believe that he was convinced of your innocence--later I learned that +he did not tell the truth, and with this, just think of it, with this +he won me." + +"You lie!" + +"I swear to you. For a whole year he followed me and spoke only of +you. One day he even cried when I told him about you, about your +sufferings, about your love." + +"But he was lying!" + +"Of course he was lying. But at that time he seemed so dear to me, so +kind that I kissed him on the forehead. Then we used to bring you flowers +to the prison. One day as we were returning from you--listen--he suddenly +proposed that we should go out driving. The evening was so beautiful--" + +"And you went! How did you dare go out with him? You had just seen +my prison, you had just been near me, and yet you dared go with him. +How base!" + +"Be silent. Be silent. I know I am a criminal. But I was so +exhausted, so tired, and you were so far away. Understand me." + +She began to cry, wringing her hands. + +"Understand me. I was so exhausted. And he--he saw how I felt--and +yet he dared kiss me." + +"He kissed you! And you allowed him ? On the lips?" + +"No, no! Only on the cheek." + +"You lie!" + +"No, no. I swear to you." + +I began to laugh. + +"You responded? And you were driving in the forest--you, my +fiancee, my love, my dream! And all this for my sake? Tell me! +Speak!" + +In my rage I wrung her arms, and wriggling like a snake, vainly +trying to evade my look, she whispered: + +"Forgive me; forgive me." + +"How many children have you?" + +"Forgive me." + +But my reason forsook me, and in my growing rage I cried, stamping +my foot: + +"How many children have you? Speak, or I will kill you!" + +I actually said this. Evidently I was losing my reason completely +if I could threaten to kill a helpless woman. And she, surmising +apparently that my threats were mere words, answered with feigned +readiness: + +"Kill me! You have a right to do it! I am a criminal. I deceived +you. You are a martyr, a saint! When you told me--is it true that +even in your thoughts you never deceived me--even in your thoughts!" + +And again an abyss opened before me. Everything trembled, +everything fell, everything became an absurd dream, and in the last +effort to save my extinguishing reason I shouted: + +"But you are happy! You cannot be unhappy; you have no right to be +unhappy! Otherwise I shall lose my mind." + +But she did not understand. With a bitter laugh, with a senseless +smile, in which her suffering mingled with bright, heavenly joy, she +said: + +"I am happy! I--happy! Oh, my friend, only near you I can find +happiness. From the moment you left the prison I began to despise my +home. I am alone there; I am a stranger to all. If you only knew +how I hate that scoundrel! You are sensible; you must have felt that +you were not alone in prison, that I was always with you there--" + +"And he?" + +"Be silent! Be silent! If you only heard with what delight I +called him scoundrel!" + +She burst into laughter, frightening me by the wild expression on +her face. + +"Just think of it! All his life he embraced only a lie. And when, +deceived, happy, he fell asleep, I looked at him with wide-open eyes, +I gnashed my teeth softly, and I felt like pinching him, like +sticking him with a pin." + +She burst into laughter again. It seemed to me that she was driving +wedges into my brain. Clasping my head, I cried: + +"You lie! You lie to me!" + +Indeed, it was easier for me to speak to the ghost than to the +woman. What could I say to her? My mind was growing dim. And how +could I repulse her when she, full of love and passion, kissed my +hands, my eyes, my face? It was she, my love, my dream, my bitter +sorrow! + +"I love you! I love you!" + +And I believed her--I believed her love. I believed everything. +And once more I felt that my locks were black, and I saw myself young +again. And I knelt before her and wept for a long time, and +whispered to her about my sufferings, about the pain of solitude, +about a heart cruelly broken, about offended, disfigured, mutilated +thoughts. And, laughing and crying, she stroked my hair. Suddenly +she noticed that it was grey, and she cried strangely: + +"What is it? And life? I am an old woman already." + + +On leaving me she demanded that I escort her to the threshold, like +a young man; and I did. Before going she said to me: + +"I am coming back to-morrow. I know my children will deny me--my +daughter is to marry soon. You and I will go away. Do you love me?" + +"I do." + +"We will go far, far away, my dear. You wanted to deliver some +lectures. You should not do it. I don't like what you say about +that iron grate. You are exhausted, you need a rest. Shall it be so?" + +"Yes." + +"Oh, I forgot my veil. Keep it, keep it as a remembrance of this +day. My dear!" + +In the vestibule, in the presence of the sleepy porter, she kissed +me. There was the odour of some new perfume, unlike the perfume with +which her letter was scented. And her coquettish laugh was like a +sob as she disappeared behind the glass door. + +That night I aroused my servant, ordered him to pack our things, and +we went away. I shall not say where I am at present, but last night +and to-night trees were rustling over my head and the rain was +beating against my windows. Here the windows are small, and I feel +much better. I wrote her a rather long letter, the contents of which +I shall not reproduce. I shall never see her again. + +But what am I to do? May the reader pardon these incoherent +questions. They are so natural in a man in my condition. Besides, I +caught an acute rheumatism while travelling, which is most painful +and even dangerous for a man of my age, and which does not permit me +to reason calmly. For some reason or another I think very often +about my young friend K., who went to an untimely grave. How does he +feel in his new prison? + +To-morrow morning, if my strength will permit me, I intend to pay a +visit to the Warden of our prison and to his esteemed wife. Our +prison-- + + + +CHAPTER XI + + +I am profoundly happy to inform my dear reader that I have +completely recovered my physical as well as my spiritual powers. A +long rest out in the country, amid nature's soothing beauties; the +contemplation of village life, which is so simple and bright; the +absence of the noise of the city, where hundreds of wind-mills are +stupidly flapping their long arms before your very nose, and finally +the complete solitude, undisturbed by anything--all these have +restored to my unbalanced view of the world all its former steadiness +and its iron, irresistible firmness. I look upon my future calmly +and confidently, and although it promises me nothing but a lonely +grave and the last journey to an unknown distance, I am ready to meet +death just as courageously as I lived my life, drawing strength from +my solitude, from the consciousness of my innocence and my uprightness. + +After long hesitations, which are not quite intelligible to me now, +I finally resolved to establish for myself the system of our prison +in all its rigidness. For that purpose, finding a small house in the +outskirts of the city, which was to be leased for a long term of +years, I hired it. Then with the kind assistance of the Warden of +our prison, (I cannot express my gratitude to him adequately enough +in words,) I invited to the new place one of the most experienced +jailers, who is still a young man, but already hardened in the strict +principles of our prison. Availing myself of his instruction, and +also of the suggestions of the obliging Warden, I have engaged +workmen who transformed one of the rooms into a cell. The +measurements as well as the form and all the details of my new, and, +I hope, my last dwelling are strictly in accordance with my plan. My +cell is 8 by 4 yards, 4 yards high, the walls are painted grey at the +bottom, the upper part of the walls and the ceiling are white, and +near the ceiling there is a square window 1 1/2 by 1 1/2 yards, with +a massive iron grate, which has already become rusty with age. In +the door, locked with a heavy and strong lock, which issues a loud +creak at each turn of the key, there is a small hole for observation, +and below it a little window, through which the food is brought and +received. The furnishing of the cell: a table, a chair, and a cot +fastened to the wall; on the wall a crucifix, my portrait, and the +rules concerning the conduct of the prisoners, in a black frame; and +in the corner a closet filled with books. This last, being a +violation of the strict harmony of my dwelling, I was compelled to do +by extreme and sad necessity; the jailer positively refused to be my +librarian and to bring the books according to my order, and to engage +a special librarian seemed to me to be an act of unnecessary +eccentricity. Aside from this, in elaborating my plans, I met with +strong opposition not only from the local population, which simply +declared me to be insane, but even from the enlightened people. Even +the Warden endeavoured for some time to dissuade me, but finally he +clasped my hand warmly, with an expression of sincere regret at not +being in a position to offer me a place in our prison. + +I cannot recall the first day of my confinement without a bitter +smile. A mob of impertinent and ignorant idlers yelled from morning +till night at my window, with their heads lifted high (my cell is +situated in the second story), and they heaped upon me senseless +abuse; there were even efforts--to the disgrace of my townspeople--to +storm my dwelling, and one heavy stone almost crushed my head. Only +the police, which arrived in time, succeeded in averting the +catastrophe. When, in the evening, I went out for a walk, hundreds +of fools, adults and children, followed me, shouting and whistling, +heaping abuse upon me, and even hurling mud at me. Thus, like a +persecuted prophet, I wended my way without fear amidst the maddened +crowd, answering their blows and curses with proud silence. + +What has stirred these fools? In what way have I offended their +empty heads? When I lied to them, they kissed my hands; now, when I +have re-established the sacred truth of my life in all its strictness +and purity, they burst into curses, they branded me with contempt, +they hurled mud at me. They were disturbed because I dared to live +alone, and because I did not ask them for a place in the "common cell +for rogues." How difficult it is to be truthful in this world! + +True, my perseverance and firmness finally defeated them. With the +naivete of savages, who honour all they do not understand, they +commenced, in the second year, to bow to me, and they are making ever +lower bows to me, because their amazement is growing ever greater, +their fear of the inexplicable is growing ever deeper. And the fact +that I never respond to their greetings fills them with delight, and +the fact that I never smile in response to their flattering smiles, +fills them with a firm assurance that they are guilty before me for +some grave wrong, and that I know their guilt. Having lost +confidence in their own and other people's words, they revere my +silence, even as people revere every silence and every mystery. If I +were to start to speak suddenly, I would again become human to them +and would disillusion them bitterly, no matter what I would say; in +my silence I am to them like their eternally silent God. For these +strange people would cease believing their God as soon as their God +would commence to speak. Their women are already regarding me as a +saint. And the kneeling women and sick children that I often find at +the threshold of my dwelling undoubtedly expect of me a trifle--to +heal them, to perform a miracle. Well, another year or two will +pass, and I shall commence to perform miracles as well as those of +whom they speak with such enthusiasm. Strange people, at times I +feel sorry for them, and I begin to feel really angry at the devil +who so skilfully mixed the cards in their game that only the cheat +knows the truth, his little cheating truth about the marked queens +and the marked kings. They bow too low, however, and this hinders me +from developing a sense of mercy, otherwise--smile at my jest, +indulgent reader--I would not restrain myself from the temptation of +performing two or three small, but effective miracles. + +I must go back to the description of my prison. + +Having constructed my cell completely, I offered my jailer the +following alternative: He must observe with regard to me the rules +of the prison regime in all its rigidness, and in that case he would +inherit all my fortune according to my will, or he would receive +nothing if he failed to do his duty. It seemed that in putting the +matter before him so clearly I would meet with no difficulties. Yet +at the very first instance, when I should have been incarcerated for +violating some prison regulation, this naive and timid man absolutely +refused to do it; and only when I threatened to get another man +immediately, a more conscientious jailer, was he compelled to perform +his duty. Though he always locked the door punctually, he at first +neglected his duty of watching me through the peephole; and when I +tried to test his firmness by suggesting a change in some rule or +other to the detriment of common sense he yielded willingly and +quickly. One day, on trapping him in this way, I said to him: + +"My friend, you are simply foolish. If you will not watch me and +guard me properly I shall run away to another prison, taking my +legacy along with me. What will you do then?" + +I am happy to inform you that at the present time all these +misunderstandings have been removed, and if there is anything I can +complain of it is rather excessive strictness than mildness. Now +that my jailer has entered into the spirit of his position this +honest man treats me with extreme sternness, not for the sake of the +profit but for the sake of the principle . Thus, in the beginning of +this week he incarcerated me for twenty-four hours for violating some +rule, of which, it seemed to me, I was not guilty; and protesting +against this seeming injustice I had the unpardonable weakness to say +to him: + +"In the end I will drive you away from here. You must not forget +that you are my servant." + +"Before you drive me away I will incarcerate you," replied this +worthy man. + +"But how about the money?" I asked with astonishment. "Don't you +know that you will be deprived of it?" + +"Do I need your money? I would give up all my own money if I could +stop being what I am. But what can I do if you violate the rule and +I must punish you by incarcerating you?" + +I am powerless to describe the joyous emotion which came over me at +the thought that the consciousness of duty had at last entered his +dark mind, and that now, even if in a moment of weakness I wanted to +leave my prison, my conscientious jailer would not permit me to do +it. The spark of firmness which glittered in his round eyes showed +me clearly that no matter where I might run away he would find me and +bring me back; and that the revolver which he often forgot to take +before, and which he now cleans every day, would do its work in the +event I decided to run away. + +And for the first time in all these years I fell asleep on the stone +floor of my dark cell with a happy smile, realising that my plan was +crowned with complete success, passing from the realm of eccentricity +to the domain of stern and austere reality. And the fear which I felt +while falling asleep in the presence of my jailer, my fear of his +resolute look, of his revolver; my timid desire to hear a word of praise +from him, or to call forth perhaps a smile on his lips, re-echoed in my +soul as the harmonious clanking of my eternal and last chains. + +Thus I pass my last years. As before, my health is sound and my +free spirit is clear. Let some call me a fool and laugh at me; in +their pitiful blindness let others regard me as a saint and expect me +to perform miracles; an upright man to some people, to others--a liar +and a deceiver--I myself know who I am, and I do not ask them to +understand me. And if there are people who will accuse me of +deception, of baseness, even of the lack of simple honour--for there +are scoundrels who are convinced to this day that I committed murder-- +no one will dare accuse me of cowardice, no one will dare say that I +could not perform my painful duty to the end. From the beginning +till the end I remained firm and unbribable; and though a bugbear, a +fanatic, a dark horror to some people, I may awaken in others a +heroic dream of the infinite power of man. + +I have long discontinued to receive visitors, and with the death of +the Warden of our prison, my only true friend, whom I visited +occasionally, my last tie with this world was broken. Only I and my +ferocious jailer, who watches every movement of mine with mad +suspicion, and the black grate which has caught in its iron embrace +and muzzled the infinite--this is my life. Silently accepting the +low bows, in my cold estrangement from the people I am passing my +last road. + +I am thinking of death ever more frequently, but even before death I +do not bend my fearless look. Whether it brings me eternal rest or a +new unknown and terrible struggle, I am humbly prepared to accept it. + +Farewell, my dear reader! Like a vague phantom you appeared before +my eyes and passed, leaving me alone before the face of life and +death. Do not be angry because at times I deceived you and lied-- +you, too, would have lied perhaps in my place. Nevertheless I loved +you sincerely, and sincerely longed for your love; and the thought of +your sympathy for me was quite a support to me in my moments and days +of hardship. I am sending you my last farewell and my sincere +advice. Forget about my existence, even as I shall henceforth forget +about yours forever. + + ---------- + +A deserted field, overgrown with high grass, devoid of an echo, +extends like a deep carpet to the very fence of our prison, whose +majestic outlines subdue my imagination and my mind. When the dying +sun illumines it with its last rays, and our prison, all in red, +stands like a queen, like a martyr, with the dark wounds of its grated +windows, and the sun rises silently and proudly over the plain--with +sorrow, like a lover, I send my complaints and my sighs and my tender +reproach and vows to her, to my love, to my dream, to my bitter and +last sorrow. I wish I could forever remain near her, but here I look +back--and black against the fiery frame of the sunset stands my jailer, +stands and waits. + +With a sigh I go back in silence, and he moves behind me noiselessly, +about two steps away, watching every move of mine. + +Our prison is beautiful at sunset. + + + + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE CRUSHED FLOWER AND OTHER STORIES *** + +This file should be named cflow10.txt or cflow10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, cflow11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, cflow10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/cflow10.zip b/old/cflow10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0931ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/cflow10.zip |